• Oil & Gas Exploration & Production
  • Energy
EQT Corporation logo
EQT Corporation
EQT · US · NYSE
31.1
USD
+0.14
(0.45%)
Executives
Name Title Pay
Ms. Lesley Evancho Chief Human Resources Officer 600K
Mr. Robert R. Wingo Executive Vice President of Corporate Ventures --
Mr. William E. Jordan Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary 858K
Mr. Toby Z. Rice President, Chief Executive Officer & Director 1.05M
Mr. Jeremy T. Knop Chief Financial Officer 1.48M
Mr. Todd M. James Chief Accounting Officer --
Mr. Cameron Jeffrey Horwitz C.F.A. Managing Director of Investor Relations & Strategy --
Mr. Richard Anthony Duran Chief Information Officer 632K
Insider Transactions
Date Name Title Acquisition Or Disposition Stock / Options # of Shares Price
2024-07-24 Knop Jeremy CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 985 35.1
2024-07-22 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 92 12.42
2024-07-22 VAGT ROBERT F director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 50226 0
2024-07-22 VAGT ROBERT F director A - A-Award Common Stock 9239 12.42
2024-07-22 VAGT ROBERT F director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4210 0
2024-07-22 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 1713 0
2024-07-22 BAILEY VICKY A director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 65297 0
2024-07-22 BAILEY VICKY A director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4210 0
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Common Stock 470301 0
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director D - F-InKind Common Stock 237127 35.88
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Common Stock 225056 0
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Common Stock 66448 0
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director D - F-InKind Common Stock 33504 35.88
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director D - F-InKind Common Stock 113475 35.88
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Common Stock 105027 12.42
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Common Stock 8760 12.42
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Common Stock 7008 12.42
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 1713 0
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4210 0
2024-07-22 VAGT ROBERT F director D - Common Stock 0 0
2024-07-22 VAGT ROBERT F director D - Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 4032 0
2024-07-22 KARAM THOMAS F director D - Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 4032 0
2024-07-22 BAILEY VICKY A director D - Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 39509 0
2024-07-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 642 0
2024-07-01 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 765 0
2024-07-01 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 879 0
2024-05-29 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - S-Sale Common Stock 35000 40.72
2024-05-28 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 46884 41.29
2024-04-17 Vanderhider Hallie A. director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 6736 0
2024-04-17 Vanderhider Hallie A. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 Vanderhider Hallie A. director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 6736 0
2024-04-17 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 Powers Anita M. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 MCMANUS J T director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 6736 0
2024-04-17 MCMANUS J T director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 MCMANUS J T director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 6736 0
2024-04-17 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 6736 0
2024-04-17 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 MCCARTNEY JOHN director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 6736 0
2024-04-17 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 Jackson Kathryn Jean director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 Jackson Kathryn Jean director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 6736 0
2024-04-17 Jackson Kathryn Jean director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 6736 0
2024-04-17 Carrig Janet director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 Beebe Lydia I director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5830 0
2024-04-17 Beebe Lydia I director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 6736 0
2024-04-17 Beebe Lydia I director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 6736 0
2024-04-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 641 0
2024-04-01 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 708 0
2024-04-01 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 877 0
2024-03-11 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 659841 0
2024-03-11 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 286965 34.61
2024-03-11 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC A - A-Award Common Stock 146638 0
2024-03-11 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 57703 34.61
2024-03-11 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 36667 0
2024-03-11 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 15210 34.61
2024-03-11 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 74344 0
2024-03-11 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 32166 34.61
2024-03-11 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 73319 0
2024-03-11 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 28658 34.61
2024-02-16 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 103410 0
2024-02-16 Knop Jeremy CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 28300 0
2024-02-16 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC A - A-Award Common Stock 21770 0
2024-02-16 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 7950 0
2024-02-16 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 10490 0
2024-02-16 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 10890 0
2024-02-13 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 15770 34.1
2024-02-13 Knop Jeremy CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 884 34.1
2024-02-13 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 3171 34.1
2024-02-13 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 888 34.1
2024-02-13 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 1105 34.1
2024-02-13 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 982 34.1
2024-02-12 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 42334 34.93
2024-02-12 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 6059 34.93
2024-02-12 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 1990 34.93
2024-02-12 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 3126 34.93
2024-02-12 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 2635 34.93
2024-02-05 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 20390 34.18
2024-02-05 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 3226 34.18
2024-02-05 Knop Jeremy CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 802 34.18
2024-02-05 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 1317 34.18
2024-02-05 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 2003 34.18
2024-02-05 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 1713 34.18
2024-01-18 Knop Jeremy CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 3808 35.21
2024-01-02 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 679 0
2024-01-02 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 614 0
2024-01-02 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 841 0
2023-10-02 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 585 0
2023-10-02 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 647 0
2023-10-02 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 801 0
2023-09-14 VANLOH S WIL JR 10 percent owner D - S-Sale Common Stock 20000000 41.4
2023-08-24 U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association - 0 0
2023-08-22 VANLOH S WIL JR 10 percent owner I - Common Stock 0 0
2023-07-24 Knop Jeremy CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 7560 0
2023-07-24 Knop Jeremy CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 7390 0
2023-07-24 Knop Jeremy CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - Common Stock 0 0
2023-07-03 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 577 0
2023-07-03 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 638 0
2023-07-03 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 790 0
2023-06-09 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 31170 38.56
2023-04-19 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4542 0
2023-04-19 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 MCCARTNEY JOHN director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 4542 0
2023-04-19 MCMANUS J T director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4542 0
2023-04-19 MCMANUS J T director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 MCMANUS J T director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 4542 0
2023-04-19 Carrig Janet director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 Beebe Lydia I director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 Beebe Lydia I director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 4542 0
2023-04-19 Beebe Lydia I director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4542 0
2023-04-19 Jackson Kathryn Jean director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 Jackson Kathryn Jean director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 4542 0
2023-04-19 Jackson Kathryn Jean director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4542 0
2023-04-19 Powers Anita M. director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4542 0
2023-04-19 Powers Anita M. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 Powers Anita M. director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 4542 0
2023-04-19 Vanderhider Hallie A. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6630 0
2023-04-19 Vanderhider Hallie A. director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4542 0
2023-04-19 Vanderhider Hallie A. director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 4542 0
2023-04-03 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 823 0
2023-04-03 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1018 0
2023-04-03 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 744 0
2023-03-08 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 1093926 0
2023-03-08 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 475749 32.16
2023-03-08 Khani David M. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 182328 0
2023-03-08 Khani David M. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 79842 32.16
2023-03-08 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC A - A-Award Common Stock 145868 0
2023-03-08 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 57399 32.16
2023-03-08 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 25318 0
2023-03-08 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 11062 32.16
2023-03-08 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 73954 0
2023-03-08 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 32163 32.16
2023-03-08 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 72934 0
2023-03-08 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 28700 32.16
2023-03-01 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 16 33.3
2023-03-01 Khani David M. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 60 33.3
2023-03-01 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 44 33.3
2023-03-01 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 6 33.3
2023-03-01 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 14 33.3
2023-02-25 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 1633 33.53
2023-02-25 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 3618 33.53
2023-02-25 Khani David M. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 13588 33.53
2023-02-25 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 9768 33.53
2023-02-25 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 3023 33.53
2023-02-13 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 11900 0
2023-02-10 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 2593 31.67
2023-02-13 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 11450 0
2023-02-10 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 3076 31.67
2023-02-13 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 7140 0
2023-02-10 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 1550 31.67
2023-02-13 Khani David M. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 29740 0
2023-02-10 Khani David M. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 9105 31.67
2023-02-13 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC A - A-Award Common Stock 23790 0
2023-02-10 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 5392 31.67
2023-02-13 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 107050 0
2023-02-10 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 41660 31.67
2023-02-04 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 1049 29.98
2023-02-04 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 2007 29.98
2023-02-04 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 1697 29.98
2023-02-04 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 3184 29.98
2023-02-04 Rice Toby Z. PRESIDENT & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 19402 29.98
2023-02-04 Khani David M. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 4601 29.98
2023-01-03 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 739 33.83
2023-01-03 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 665 33.83
2022-11-10 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9821 42.1549
2022-11-09 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - S-Sale Common Stock 98783 41.5469
2022-11-01 Jordan William E. - 0 0
2022-11-04 James Todd CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 12168 41.08
2022-11-01 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - S-Sale Common Stock 98783 41.5088
2022-10-03 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 613 40.75
2022-10-03 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 552 40.75
2022-09-06 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 104 46.31
2022-09-06 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 116 46.31
2022-08-08 Duran Richard A CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 31432 41.34
2022-08-08 Evancho Lesley CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 35286 41.34
2022-07-11 Jordan William E. EVP, GC AND CORP SEC D - F-InKind Common Stock 29096 34.56
2022-07-01 Rice Daniel J. IV A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 654 34.4
2022-07-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 654 0
2022-07-01 Hu Frank C. A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 727 34.4
2022-05-03 Jackson Kathryn Jean D - S-Sale Common Stock 11568 42.34
2022-04-20 Hu Frank C. A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 Hu Frank C. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 5005 0
2022-04-20 MCCARTNEY JOHN A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 MCCARTNEY JOHN D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 11569 0
2022-04-20 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 11569 0
2022-04-20 Rice Daniel J. IV A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 Rice Daniel J. IV D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 11569 0
2022-04-20 Vanderhider Hallie A. A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 Vanderhider Hallie A. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 11569 0
2022-04-20 Jackson Kathryn Jean A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 Jackson Kathryn Jean director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 11569 0
2022-04-20 Jackson Kathryn Jean A - M-Exempt Common Stock 11569 0
2022-04-20 MCMANUS J T director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 11568 0
2022-04-20 MCMANUS J T A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 MCMANUS J T D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 11568 0
2022-04-20 Powers Anita M. A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 CANAAN LEE M A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 Beebe Lydia I A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-20 Carrig Janet A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4480 0
2022-04-01 BEHRMAN PHILIP G A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 690 34.41
2022-04-01 Hu Frank C. A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 727 34.41
2022-04-01 Rice Daniel J. IV A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 654 34.41
2022-04-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 654 0
2022-03-03 Duran Richard A Chief Information Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 2994 22.76
2022-03-03 Evancho Lesley Chief Human Resources Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 3552 22.76
2022-03-03 James Todd Chief Accounting Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 1216 22.76
2022-03-03 Jordan William E. EVP, GC and Corp Sec D - F-InKind Common Stock 9678 22.76
2022-03-03 Khani David M. Chief Financial Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 13458 22.76
2022-02-10 James Todd Chief Accounting Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 1731 21.67
2022-02-10 Duran Richard A Chief Information Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 2751 21.67
2022-02-10 Evancho Lesley Chief Human Resources Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 3253 21.67
2022-02-10 Jordan William E. EVP, GC and Corp Sec D - F-InKind Common Stock 5279 21.67
2022-02-10 Khani David M. Chief Financial Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 7684 21.67
2022-02-10 Rice Toby Z. President & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 41389 21.67
2022-02-04 Rice Toby Z. President & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 164090 0
2022-02-04 Khani David M. Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 45580 0
2022-02-04 Jordan William E. EVP, GC and Corp Sec A - A-Award Common Stock 36470 0
2022-02-04 Evancho Lesley Chief Human Resources Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 18490 0
2022-02-04 Duran Richard A Chief Information Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 18240 0
2022-02-04 James Todd Chief Accounting Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 9120 0
2021-12-31 Khani David M. officer - 0 0
2021-12-31 Duran Richard A officer - 0 0
2021-12-31 Evancho Lesley officer - 0 0
2021-12-31 James Todd officer - 0 0
2022-01-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1032 0
2021-10-19 Hu Frank C. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4980 0
2021-10-19 Hu Frank C. - 0 0
2021-10-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1100 0
2021-08-03 Khani David M. Chief Financial Officer A - P-Purchase Common Stock 8475 17.7
2021-08-02 Khani David M. Chief Financial Officer A - P-Purchase Common Stock 6412 17.93
2021-08-02 Rice Toby Z. President & CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 28000 17.83
2021-02-25 Jordan William E. EVP, GC and Corp Sec D - F-InKind Common Stock 6090 18.15
2021-07-12 Jordan William E. EVP, GC and Corp Sec D - F-InKind Common Stock 28876 21.4
2020-07-10 Jordan William E. EVP, GC and Corp Sec D - F-InKind Common Stock 22099 13.02
2021-07-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1011 0
2021-04-21 Powers Anita M. director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 12680 0
2021-04-21 Powers Anita M. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (April 2021) 11510 0
2021-04-21 Powers Anita M. director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2021-04-21 MCMANUS J T director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 12680 0
2021-04-21 MCMANUS J T director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (April 2021) 11510 0
2021-04-21 MCMANUS J T director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2021-04-21 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 12680 0
2021-04-21 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (April 2021) 11510 0
2021-04-21 MCCARTNEY JOHN director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2021-04-21 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 12680 0
2021-04-21 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (April 2021) 11510 0
2021-04-21 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2021-04-21 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 11510 0
2021-04-21 Beebe Lydia I director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 11510 0
2021-04-21 Vanderhider Hallie A. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 11510 0
2021-04-21 Carrig Janet director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 11510 0
2021-04-21 Jackson Kathryn Jean director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 11510 0
2021-04-21 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 11510 0
2021-04-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1211 0
2021-02-10 James Todd Chief Accounting Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 15740 0
2021-02-10 Duran Richard A Chief Information Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 31480 0
2021-02-10 Evancho Lesley Chief Human Resources Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 31920 0
2021-02-10 Jordan William E. EVP, GC and Corp Sec A - A-Award Common Stock 62950 0
2021-02-10 Khani David M. Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 78680 0
2021-02-10 Rice Toby Z. President & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 283250 0
2021-01-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1672 0
2020-12-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 336 0
2020-10-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1643 0
2020-07-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1786 0
2020-05-12 Beebe Lydia I director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 1000 12.86
2020-05-01 THORINGTON STEPHEN A director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5648 0
2020-05-01 THORINGTON STEPHEN A director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2020-05-01 THORINGTON STEPHEN A director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (January 2020) 5648 0
2020-05-01 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5648 0
2020-05-01 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2020-05-01 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (January 2020) 5648 0
2020-05-01 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2020-05-01 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5648 0
2020-05-01 MCCARTNEY JOHN director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (January 2020) 5648 0
2020-05-01 MCMANUS J T director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5648 0
2020-05-01 MCMANUS J T director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2020-05-01 MCMANUS J T director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (January 2020) 5648 0
2020-05-01 Powers Anita M. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units (May 2020) 12680 0
2020-05-01 Powers Anita M. director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5648 0
2020-05-01 Powers Anita M. director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units (January 2020) 5648 0
2020-05-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 12680 0
2020-05-01 Beebe Lydia I director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 12680 0
2020-05-01 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 12680 0
2020-05-01 Jackson Kathryn Jean director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 12680 0
2020-05-01 KELLY JANET LANGFORD director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 12680 0
2020-05-01 Vanderhider Hallie A. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 12680 0
2020-04-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 3006 0
2020-03-03 Beebe Lydia I director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 3000 6
2020-02-25 James Todd Chief Accounting Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 12740 0
2020-02-25 Duran Richard A Chief Information Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 36700 0
2020-02-25 Khani David M. Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 91750 0
2020-02-25 Evancho Lesley Chief Human Resources Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 37220 0
2020-02-25 Jordan William E. EVP and General Counsel A - A-Award Common Stock 73400 0
2020-02-27 Rice Toby Z. President & CEO A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 1000000 10
2019-07-10 Rice Toby Z. President & CEO D - Common Stock 0 0
2020-01-09 Jordan William E. EVP and General Counsel A - A-Award Common Stock 219060 0
2020-01-03 Khani David M. officer - 0 0
2020-01-01 Jackson Kathryn Jean director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-01 Beebe Lydia I director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-01 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-01 KELLY JANET LANGFORD director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-01 MCMANUS J T director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-01 Vanderhider Hallie A. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-01 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-01 Powers Anita M. director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-01 THORINGTON STEPHEN A director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-02 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 4358 0
2020-01-01 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2020-01-02 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1950 0
2020-01-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5620 0
2019-11-04 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 2110 0
2019-11-04 James Todd Chief Accounting Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 31190 0
2019-11-04 James Todd officer - 0 0
2019-10-01 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1885 0
2019-10-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Stock Units 1997 0
2019-08-29 Derham Kyle Interim Chf Financial Officer D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-08-08 Evancho Lesley Chief Human Resources Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 80420 0
2019-08-08 Duran Richard A Chief Information Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 79310 0
2019-07-22 Evancho Lesley Chief Human Resources Officer D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-22 Duran Richard A Chief Information Officer D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-22 Vanderhider Hallie A. director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 5570 0
2019-07-22 MCMANUS J T director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 5570 0
2019-07-22 MCCARTNEY JOHN director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 5570 0
2019-07-22 Jackson Kathryn Jean director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 5570 0
2019-07-22 KELLY JANET LANGFORD director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 5570 0
2019-07-22 CANAAN LEE M director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 5570 0
2019-07-22 Beebe Lydia I director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 5570 0
2019-07-10 Vanderhider Hallie A. director D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-10 MCMANUS J T director D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-10 Jackson Kathryn Jean director D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-10 KELLY JANET LANGFORD director D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-10 KELLY JANET LANGFORD director I - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-10 CANAAN LEE M - 0 0
2019-07-10 Beebe Lydia I director D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-10 MCCARTNEY JOHN director D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-10 Jordan William E. EVP and General Counsel D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-10 Rice Toby Z. President & CEO D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-07-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Common Stock 1344 15.81
2019-07-01 MacCleary Gerald F. director A - A-Award Common Stock 1423 15.81
2019-07-01 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - A-Award Common Stock 1581 15.81
2019-06-13 Centofanti Erin R. Former EVP, Production D - S-Sale Common Stock 2970 16.03
2019-05-29 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 13572 18.37
2019-04-22 Gould Gary E EVP & Chief Operating Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 30580 0
2019-04-22 Gould Gary E EVP & Chief Operating Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 190810 0
2019-04-22 Gould Gary E EVP & Chief Operating Officer A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 110100 20.44
2019-04-22 Gould Gary E officer - 0 0
2019-04-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 1025 20.74
2019-04-01 MacCleary Gerald F. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 1085 20.74
2019-04-01 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 1205 20.74
2019-03-29 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production A - P-Purchase Common Stock 7765 20.83
2019-03-29 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 12660 20.8
2019-03-15 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5052 0
2019-03-15 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO D - D-Return Common Stock 5052 19.41
2019-03-15 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 5052 0
2019-03-15 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3370 0
2019-03-15 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty D - D-Return Common Stock 3370 19.41
2019-03-15 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 3370 0
2019-03-15 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer A - M-Exempt Common Stock 678 0
2019-03-15 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer D - D-Return Common Stock 678 19.41
2019-03-14 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer A - P-Purchase Common Stock 6000 19.79
2019-03-15 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 678 0
2019-03-07 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer A - M-Exempt Common Stock 326 0
2019-03-07 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer D - D-Return Common Stock 326 18.87
2019-03-07 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 326 0
2019-03-07 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources A - M-Exempt Common Stock 653 0
2019-03-07 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources D - D-Return Common Stock 653 18.87
2019-03-07 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 653 0
2019-03-07 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1306 0
2019-03-07 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP D - D-Return Common Stock 1306 18.87
2019-03-07 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1306 0
2019-02-22 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty A - P-Purchase Common Stock 5750 19.46
2019-02-19 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP A - P-Purchase Common Stock 7903 19.04
2019-02-19 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources A - P-Purchase Common Stock 16800 19.06
2019-02-19 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 1496 19.1
2019-02-14 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 66169 0
2019-02-14 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 27083 18.2
2019-02-14 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty A - A-Award Common Stock 9932 0
2019-02-14 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty D - F-InKind Common Stock 2829 18.2
2019-02-14 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4426 0
2019-02-14 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty D - D-Return Common Stock 4426 18.89
2019-02-14 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 4426 0
2019-02-14 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3609 0
2019-02-14 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 1863 0
2019-02-14 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 531 18.2
2019-02-14 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer D - D-Return Common Stock 3609 18.89
2019-02-14 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 3609 0
2019-02-14 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP A - A-Award Common Stock 2422 0
2019-02-14 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP D - F-InKind Common Stock 698 18.2
2019-02-14 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1635 0
2019-02-14 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP D - D-Return Common Stock 1635 18.89
2019-02-14 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4711 0
2019-02-14 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1635 0
2019-02-14 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources A - A-Award Common Stock 3764 0
2019-02-14 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources A - M-Exempt Common Stock 2766 0
2019-02-14 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources D - F-InKind Common Stock 1072 18.2
2019-02-14 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources D - D-Return Common Stock 2766 18.89
2019-02-14 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 3048 0
2019-02-14 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 2766 0
2019-02-14 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production A - A-Award Common Stock 5050 0
2019-02-14 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4200 0
2019-02-14 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production D - F-InKind Common Stock 1439 18.2
2019-02-14 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production D - D-Return Common Stock 4200 18.89
2019-02-14 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 3023 0
2019-02-14 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 4200 0
2019-02-14 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 1863 0
2019-02-14 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 514 18.2
2019-02-14 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer A - M-Exempt Common Stock 966 0
2019-02-14 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer D - D-Return Common Stock 966 18.89
2019-02-14 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 735 0
2019-02-14 Mitchell Jeffery C. VP and Prin Accounting Officer D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 966 0
2019-02-12 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 10088 0
2019-02-12 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 6729 0
2019-02-12 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 1354 0
2018-10-24 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP D - Restricted Stock Units 2603 0
2018-11-12 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources D - Restricted Stock Units 1302 0
2018-11-12 Mitchell Jeffery C. Principal Accounting Officer D - Restricted Stock Units 651 0
2019-01-01 TORETTI CHRISTINE J director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-01 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 88100 18.89
2019-01-01 Jenkins Donald M. EVP Commercial, BD, IT & Safty A - A-Award Common Stock 26470 0
2019-01-01 THORINGTON STEPHEN A director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-01 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 51100 18.89
2019-01-01 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP A - A-Award Common Stock 15360 0
2019-01-01 ROHR JAMES E director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-01 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-01 Mitchell Jeffery C. Principal Accounting Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 3270 0
2019-01-01 Mitchell Jeffery C. Principal Accounting Officer A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 10900 18.89
2019-01-01 Cassotis Christina Anne director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-01 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 44700 18.89
2019-01-01 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources A - A-Award Common Stock 13420 0
2019-01-01 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-02 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 1390 18.89
2019-01-01 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 88100 18.89
2019-01-01 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production A - A-Award Common Stock 26470 0
2019-01-01 LAMBERT WILLIAM M director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-01 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 88100 18.89
2019-01-01 Smith Jimmi Sue SVP & Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 26470 0
2019-01-01 MacCleary Gerald F. director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-02 MacCleary Gerald F. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 671 18.89
2019-01-01 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 281700 18.89
2019-01-01 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 84710 0
2019-01-01 TODD LEE T JR director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2019-01-01 Powers Anita M. director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 9800 0
2018-12-26 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 5331 19.37
2018-11-21 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production A - P-Purchase Common Stock 10000 17.52
2018-11-16 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP A - P-Purchase Common Stock 2960 16.83
2018-11-16 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources A - P-Purchase Common Stock 10000 16.33
2018-11-16 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 20000 16.51
2018-11-16 McNally Robert Joseph President & CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 8700 16.69
2018-11-13 Cassotis Christina Anne director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 1420 0
2018-11-13 MacCleary Gerald F. director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 1420 0
2018-11-13 LAMBERT WILLIAM M director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 1420 0
2018-11-13 Powers Anita M. director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 1420 0
2018-11-12 Mitchell Jeffery C. Principal Accounting Officer D - Common Stock 0 0
2021-01-01 Mitchell Jeffery C. Principal Accounting Officer D - Restricted Stock Units 551 0
2018-11-12 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources D - Common Stock 0 0
2018-11-12 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources I - Common Stock 0 0
2021-01-01 Smith David Joseph SVP, Human Resources D - Restricted Stock Units 1322 0
2018-11-12 Cassotis Christina Anne - 0 0
2018-11-12 MacCleary Gerald F. - 0 0
2018-11-12 LAMBERT WILLIAM M - 0 0
2018-11-12 Powers Anita M. - 0 0
2018-11-02 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer A - P-Purchase Common Stock 3500 33.2
2018-11-02 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 2829 32.93
2018-11-02 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production A - P-Purchase Common Stock 6000 33.07
2018-11-02 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer A - P-Purchase Common Stock 7500 33.13
2018-11-01 ROHR JAMES E director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 10000 34.66
2018-10-24 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP D - Common Stock 0 0
2018-10-24 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP I - Common Stock 0 0
2021-01-01 Lushko Jonathan M. General Counsel & SVP D - Restricted Stock Units 2044 0
2018-10-24 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production D - Common Stock 0 0
2018-10-24 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production I - Common Stock 0 0
2018-10-24 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production I - Common Stock 0 0
2021-01-01 Centofanti Erin R. EVP, Production D - Restricted Stock Units 2274 0
2018-10-31 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 15800 34.16
2018-10-01 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 593 44.23
2018-10-01 Szydlowski Norman J director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 480 44.23
2018-08-09 Burke Kenneth Michael director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 5000 50.2
2018-08-09 KARAM THOMAS F Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 59340 0
2018-07-02 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 476 55.18
2018-07-02 Szydlowski Norman J director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 385 55.18
2018-06-06 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 4000 51.18
2018-05-31 VAGT ROBERT F director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5641 0
2018-05-31 VAGT ROBERT F director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 5641 0
2018-04-02 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 558 47.51
2018-04-02 Szydlowski Norman J director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 447 47.51
2018-02-22 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 1436 0
2018-02-22 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 410 50.82
2018-02-22 PETRELLI CHARLENE VP & Chief HR Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 19044 0
2018-02-22 PETRELLI CHARLENE VP & Chief HR Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 6726 50.82
2018-02-22 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 9449 0
2018-02-22 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 4109 50.82
2018-02-22 GARDNER LEWIS B General Counsel & VP A - A-Award Common Stock 23727 0
2018-02-22 GARDNER LEWIS B General Counsel & VP D - F-InKind Common Stock 8844 50.82
2018-02-22 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 9304 0
2018-02-22 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 4074 50.82
2018-02-22 PORGES DAVID L Chairman A - A-Award Common Stock 98676 0
2018-02-22 PORGES DAVID L Chairman D - F-InKind Common Stock 43569 50.82
2018-02-22 SCHLOTTERBECK STEVEN T President & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 51555 0
2018-02-22 SCHLOTTERBECK STEVEN T President & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 22416 50.82
2018-02-15 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1433 0
2018-02-15 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer D - D-Return Common Stock 1433 56.92
2018-02-15 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 3595 0
2018-02-15 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1433 0
2018-02-15 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer A - M-Exempt Common Stock 7514 0
2018-02-15 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer D - D-Return Common Stock 7514 56.92
2018-02-15 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 4409 0
2018-02-15 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 7514 0
2018-02-15 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 7496 0
2018-02-15 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President D - D-Return Common Stock 7496 56.92
2018-02-15 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 3672 0
2018-02-15 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 7496 0
2018-01-01 VAGT ROBERT F director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 TORETTI CHRISTINE J director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 TODD LEE T JR director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 THORINGTON STEPHEN A director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 Szydlowski Norman J director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-02 Szydlowski Norman J director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 151 56.92
2018-01-01 ROHR JAMES E director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 DORMAN MARGARET K director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-02 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 558 56.92
2018-01-01 Burke Kenneth Michael director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 BEHRMAN PHILIP G director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 BAILEY VICKY A director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 3430 0
2018-01-01 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 6800 56.92
2018-01-01 Smith Jimmi Sue Chief Accounting Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 2030 0
2018-01-01 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 8800 56.92
2018-01-01 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 2640 0
2018-01-01 PETRELLI CHARLENE VP & Chief HR Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 4780 0
2018-01-01 PETRELLI CHARLENE VP & Chief HR Officer A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 16000 56.92
2018-01-01 GARDNER LEWIS B General Counsel & VP A - A-Award Common Stock 7110 0
2018-01-01 GARDNER LEWIS B General Counsel & VP A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 23700 56.92
2018-01-01 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 40200 56.92
2018-01-01 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 12030 0
2018-01-01 Ashcroft Jeremiah J III Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 12550 0
2018-01-01 Ashcroft Jeremiah J III Senior Vice President A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 41900 56.92
2018-01-01 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 12550 0
2018-01-01 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 41900 56.92
2018-01-01 SCHLOTTERBECK STEVEN T President & CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 32510 0
2018-01-01 SCHLOTTERBECK STEVEN T President & CEO A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 108500 56.92
2017-12-22 Rice Daniel J. IV director D - G-Gift Common Stock 72000 0
2017-12-21 PORGES DAVID L Chairman A - M-Exempt Common Stock 76700 44.84
2017-12-21 PORGES DAVID L Chairman D - F-InKind Common Stock 69135 55.36
2017-12-21 PORGES DAVID L Chairman D - M-Exempt Option (Right to Buy) 76700 44.84
2017-12-18 SCHLOTTERBECK STEVEN T President & CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 38500 44.84
2017-12-18 SCHLOTTERBECK STEVEN T President & CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 34666 55
2017-12-18 SCHLOTTERBECK STEVEN T President & CEO D - M-Exempt Option (Right to Buy) 38500 44.84
2017-11-16 PORGES DAVID L Chairman D - S-Sale Common Stock 53760 59.14
2017-11-13 VAGT ROBERT F director A - A-Award Common Stock 18289 5.3
2017-11-13 VAGT ROBERT F director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 5641 0
2017-11-13 VAGT ROBERT F director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 380 0
2017-11-13 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Common Stock 307904 0
2017-11-13 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Common Stock 125624 5.3
2017-11-13 Rice Daniel J. IV director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 380 0
2017-11-13 Szydlowski Norman J director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 380 0
2017-11-15 KARAM THOMAS F director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 10000 59.26
2017-11-13 KARAM THOMAS F director A - A-Award Deferred Compensation-Phantom Units 380 0
2017-11-13 VAGT ROBERT F - 0 0
2017-11-13 Rice Daniel J. IV - 0 0
2017-11-13 Szydlowski Norman J - 0 0
2017-11-13 KARAM THOMAS F director D - Common Stock 0 0
2017-10-02 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 406 65.24
2017-08-07 Ashcroft Jeremiah J III Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 34430 0
2017-08-07 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 5610 0
2017-08-07 Ashcroft Jeremiah J III officer - 0 0
2017-07-03 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 401 58.59
2017-06-23 PETRELLI CHARLENE VP & Chief HR Officer A - I-Discretionary Common Stock 20000 52.6
2017-06-23 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 5373 53.99
2017-06-23 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 22627 53.44
2017-06-22 SCHLOTTERBECK STEVEN T President & CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 2000 52.14
2017-06-22 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - P-Purchase Common Stock 10000 50.96
2017-06-21 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 1500 50
2017-04-03 Cary A. Bray Jr. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 421 61.1
2017-03-31 Hyland M Elise Senior Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 3479 60.56
2017-03-21 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 2981 57.76
2017-03-01 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 5060 0
2017-03-01 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 17300 59.89
2017-03-01 Hyland M Elise Senior Vice President A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 19700 59.89
2017-03-01 Hyland M Elise Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 5760 0
2017-03-01 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 840 0
2017-03-01 McNally Robert Joseph Sr. Vice President and CFO A - A-Award Option (Right to Buy) 2900 59.89
2017-03-01 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President D - Common Stock 0 0
2017-03-01 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President I - Common Stock 0 0
2017-03-01 Schlosser David E. Jr. Senior Vice President D - Restricted Stock Units 7481 0
2017-03-01 Hyland M Elise Senior Vice President D - Common Stock 0 0
2017-03-01 Hyland M Elise Senior Vice President D - Restricted Stock Units 8445 0
2017-03-01 Hyland M Elise Senior Vice President D - Option (Right to Buy) 6100 58.98
2017-03-01 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer D - Common Stock 0 0
2017-03-01 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer I - Common Stock 0 0
2017-03-01 Jenkins Donald M. Chief Commercial Officer D - Restricted Stock Units 7499 0
2017-02-16 CRAWFORD RANDALL L Senior Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 28575 0
2017-02-16 CRAWFORD RANDALL L Senior Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 13171 62.25
2017-02-16 PETRELLI CHARLENE VP & Chief HR Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 7838 0
Transcripts
Operator:
Thank you for standing by. And welcome to the EQT Second Quarter 2024 Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] I now like to turn the call over to Cameron Horwitz, Managing Director, Investor Relations and Strategy. You may begin.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning and thank you for joining our second quarter 2024 earnings results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and Jeremy Knop, Chief Financial Officer. In a moment, Toby and Jeremy will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website and we will reference certain slides during today’s discussion. A replay of today’s call will be available on our website beginning this evening. I’d like to remind you that today’s call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in yesterday’s earnings release, in our investor presentation, the Risk Factors section of our most recent Form 10-K and Form 10-Q and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today’s call also contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I will turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks Cam, and good morning, everyone. This week marked a significant milestone in the history of our company as we closed the acquisition of Equitrans Midstream transforming EQT into America's only large-scale, vertically integrated natural gas business. To put the significance of our combined companies into perspective, EQT's assets now encompass nearly 2 million acres of leasehold, producing more than 6 Bcfe per day with almost 4,000 low-cost remaining drilling locations, more than 2,000 miles of gathering lines with greater than 8 Bcfe per day of throughput, nearly 500 miles of water lines, 43 Bcfe of natural gas storage, 800,000 horsepower of compression, almost 950 miles of critical transmission infrastructure, plus the newly commissioned 300-mile Mountain Valley Pipeline, all of which are located at the Gateway of Appalachia, and ideally positioned to serve growing U.S. and international natural gas demand for decades to come. This combination creates a differentiated business model among the U.S. energy landscape, as EQT is now at the absolute low end of the North American natural gas cost curve. A low cost structure is the only competitive advantage one can have in a commodity business, and with the closing of Equitrans’ acquisition, EQT's unlevered free cash flow breakeven price is projected to be $2 per million BTU which further downside potential upon synergy capture. This cost profile structurally derisks our business in the low parts of the commodity cycle which in turn eliminates the longer term need to defensively hedge thus unlocking unmatched upside to higher price environments. We believe the sustainable cost structure advantage combined with our scale, peer leading inventory depth, low emissions profile and world-class operating team offers the best risk -adjusted exposure to natural gas prices of any publicly investible asset in the world. I also want to welcome Equitrans employees and shareholders to the EQT crew. We're excited to get to work on locking the full potential of our combined company's asset base. With the acquisition closing a full quarter ahead of our original timeline, we estimate savings of nearly $150 million relative to our initial underwriting assumptions even before synergies. We're also able to more rapidly mobilize our integration team which has a proven track record of turning around EQT and efficiently integrating three large-scale acquisitions over the past several years including seamlessly onboarding an entire midstream division with the XcL acquisition last fall. This accelerated closing amplifies our momentum and pulls forward our timeline to synergy capture. We have continued to study synergy potential since announcement and have identified further upside potential driven by completion efficiency gains through water asset integration which is on top of early compression uplift results that are exceeding our high-end synergy assumption and we plan to share additional details as our teams work through the integration process. Shifting gears June 14th, 2024 marked a historic moment of progress for our country as natural gas began flowing through Mountain Valley Pipeline. The gas moving through this critical infrastructure will provide low cost, low emission energy to millions of Americans while strengthening our national security. The upstream development underpinning flows on MVP will generate hundreds of millions of dollars of royalties every year to local communities in the Appalachian region while supporting well-paying private sector jobs. Downstream, the delivery of low cost Appalachian gas will strengthen the competitiveness of American manufacturers whose energy input costs will be a fraction of the price paid by global competitors, which should further support a manufacturing renaissance in America. MVP will also provide utilities access to cheap, reliable fuel to power America's data center and artificial intelligence buildout which is one of the strongest secular growth stories in the world. Since announcing the Equitrans’ acquisition earlier this year, we have fielded significant inbound interest from end users of gas in the region, underscoring the depth of demand in the value of EQT's MVP capacity. MVP's volumes alone are estimated to reduce carbon emissions by up to 60 million tons per year via displacement of legacy coal generation, which to put in context is five times the emission reductions associated with Tesla's electric vehicles. In fact, thanks to MVP's completion, EVs in the southeast region can now run on low-emission EQT gas delivered through MVP, rather than the coal generation powering many of them today. Given the regional exposure, upstream inventory depth, and counterparty quality, we believe MVP is among the most valuable natural gas pipelines in the world, and EQT is honored to be the operator and steward of this critical infrastructure. Turning to second quarter results, we experienced yet another quarter of operational outperformance marked again by incremental efficiency gains. A tangible example of this on our recent Mallory C Pad in Lycoming County, Pennsylvania, where our top-holed rigs recently drilled the fastest well to kick-off point in EQT history, with the overall average drilling time to kick off point across the pad being 25% faster than the offset wells we drilled in 2022. This efficiency improvement is resulting in tangible well cost savings as the average top-holed drilling cost on the Mallory C Pad came in 14% below our pre-drill estimate. Within completions, recent improvements in logistics planning and water throughput have driven materially faster completion times on our latest wells. Our average footage completed per day is up 6% year-over-year thus far in 2024, but our most recent pads implementing new logistics techniques have outpaced our average 2023 completion speed by more than 35%, indicating the potential for material future capital efficiency improvements. Notably, this average excludes a pad we are currently fracking, which today has seen completed footage per day that is a whopping 120% faster than our 2023 program average and set a new EQT standard with more than 3,200 feet of lateral completed in a single day. As I mentioned previously, we believe the integration of EQT and Equitrans’ water systems can help sustain these completion efficiency improvements as streamlining water logistics is one of the most imperative elements to systematically increasing completed footage per day. Despite efficiency gains accelerating activity into Q2, our second quarter CapEx still came in below the midpoint of our guidance range, highlighting how operational efficiency gains are driving tangible per well cost savings. Alongside well cost savings, we are also seeing strong well performance across our asset base, which drove upside to our second quarter volumes despite price related curtailments. As shown on slide 6 of our investor deck, this represents a continuation of the track record of productivity gains that have been a hallmark of EQT since new management took over in 2019. Over this period, third party data shows we have seen a nearly 40% improvement in average EUR per lateral foot, while most of our peers have seen productivity degradation as core inventory is exhausted. As a result, EQT is now generating the highest average EUR per foot of any major operator across the Appalachian Basin. I also want to highlight this productivity improvement has come despite a material increase in field pressures across Equitrans’ gathering system over the same period, which essentially makes it more difficult to flow our wells. We see significant upside from investing in compression to lower system pressures, which in turn should further improve well productivity and further reduce our upstream maintenance capital requirements in future years. On slide 7 of our investor deck, we highlight data from three recent infield examples showing how impactful adding compression and lowering line pressure can be on existing wells. After lowering system pressures by approximately 300 PSI, we saw per well production rates immediately jump by roughly 50% on average across the three projects. Over the first 12 months post-pressure reduction, we forecast cumulative production gains ranging from 18% to 27%, which in effect, lowers our base PDP decline rate and we believe will translate to higher EURS per well. Notably, the average production uplift from these projects is approximately 2x more than what we assumed in our $175 million per annum of upside synergies with the E-Train deal, indicating potential for even more positive benefit than we originally expected. These concrete examples underscore the impact of adding compression to lower system pressures on thousands of producing wells that comprise EQT's base production. This uplift on base volumes should in turn allow us to drill and complete fewer wells to maintain production, driving sustainable improvements and long-term capital efficiency. We are currently in the process of identifying optimal compression locations across the E-Train system and expect the tailwinds from lower maintenance capital to begin accruing in 2026. Turning to our recent ESG report, I am proud to highlight that we took another material step forward towards our ambitious environmental goals as our 2023 Scope 1 and 2 legacy production segment, greenhouse gas emissions declined by 35% year-over-year to approximately 281,000 tons. We have now reduced our historical Scope 1 and 2 production emissions by nearly 70% over the past five years and are squarely on track to achieve our ambitious and peer leading net zero goal by 2025. From an emissions intensity perspective, we achieved our 2025 greenhouse gas emissions intensity goal of 160 tons per Bcfe, a full year ahead of schedule. Looking at methane after significantly outperforming our pneumatic device replacement timeline, the methane intensity from our production operations is now 0.0074%, which is more than 60% below our 2025 goal and 97% below the one future 2025 target, making EQT among the lowest methane intensity producers of natural gas anywhere in the world. With that, I'll now turn the call over to Jeremy.
Jeremy Knop :
Thanks, Toby. Before I summarize Q2 results, I want to take a moment to thank our shareholders for the tremendous show of support in last week's vote on the Equitrans acquisition, of EQT shares cast more than 99% voted in favor of the deal despite this being an unconventional acquisition relative to what investors have become accustomed to in upstream M&A over the past decade. We see this vote underscoring the strong support from investors. They share a philosophical view that being at the absolute low end of the cost curve will create differentiated and sustainable long-term value amid a volatile commodity price landscape. Since taking over EQT in 2019, we as a management team have never been more [inaudible] that this company is on the right strategic path, and we look forward to continuing our track record of execution on behalf of our shareholders. Shifting to second quarter results, as planned, we curtailed one Bcf per day of growth production throughout most of the quarter, which along with non-operated curtailments impacted net production by approximately 60 Bcfe during Q2. Despite curtailments, strong operational efficiency and well performance drove production of 508 Bcfe above the high end of our guidance range. Per unit operating costs came in at $1.40 per Mcfe below the low end of guidance due to LOE and G&A expenses coming in below expectations. CapEx also came in below the midpoint of guidance despite an accelerated development pace, as efficiency gains drove lower than expected well costs. Turning to the balance sheet, we're off to a fast start on our deleveraging plan as we repaid $600 million of 2025 senior notes last month with cash on hand and proceeds from the Equitrans transaction. We exited the quarter with net debt of roughly $4.9 billion down from $5.7 billion at the end of 2023. Concurrent with the closing of Equitrans, we also upsized our revolver from $2.5 billion to 3.5 billion, which speaks to the depth of support for our bank group. This revolver is on par with the largest companies in the energy industry and gives us ample liquidity to handle any foreseeable natural gas price scenario moving forward. With the close of Equitrans this week, pro forma gross debt is expected to be approximately $13.5 billion, inclusive over the redemption of Equitrans is 14% preferred equity at closing. With the deal closing sooner than we originally anticipated, we expect our deleveraging timetable to be pulled forward by approximately six months. On the midstream side, we plan to pursue a minority equity sale of Equitrans as regulated assets, which are projected to generate approximately $700 million of adjusted EBITDA. This strategy will allow EQT to retain full operational control and upside value associated with synergy capture and future pipeline expansions. We're also marketing the remaining 60% of our non-operated assets in Northeast Pennsylvania and are in active discussions with both domestic and international buyers. We continue to target reducing our long-term debt to $5 billion to $7 billion and are highly confident in achieving our goal. Alongside planned after sales, we have further de-risked our deleveraging plan by increasing our near-term hedge position. We're approximately 60% hedged in the second half of 2024 with an average floor price of roughly $3.30 per MMBtu and approximately 60% hedged in the first half of 2025 at an average floor price of roughly $3.20 per MMBtu. We are actively building our hedge position in the second half of 2025 in order to bulletproof our deleveraging plan in any reasonable natural gas price scenario. Turning briefly to the Appalachia macro landscape, while the pace of eastern storage builds is moderated, absolute storage levels remain high on the back of warm winter weather last year, thus pressuring Appalachia pricing this year. In response to market fundamentals, we continue to tactically curtail production, including over the past weeks, and expect to continue this tactical curtailment program during the upcoming fall shoulder season. To this end, our second half 2024 production guidance assumes 90 Bcfe of anticipated curtailments, which should have a meaningful impact on both eastern and total U.S. storage levels as the market wraps up injection season. I want to highlight that normalized for the roughly 180 Bcfe of total curtailments that we expect this year, our production would have been above the high end of our original 2024 guidance range, which speaks to the productivity and operational efficiency gains that Toby spoke to a few minutes ago. While Appalachian storage is elevated today, the startup of MVP last month should provide support to Appalachian differentials moving forward. To put MVP's impact in context, assuming MVP flows at just half of its capacity on average for a year implies 300 to 400 Bcf of gas that otherwise would end up in Eastern storage that now will be directed to the Southeast demand centers. Given total maximum Eastern storage is roughly 975 Bcf, MVP flows represent a material and structural shift and local supply and demand fundamentals, which in turn should help tighten local basis over the coming years. In fact, between MVP coal retirements and organic load growth, we see implied Appalachian demand approaching 41 Bcf per day by 2030 compared with 35 to 36 Bcf per day of current basin supply, which should translate to better local pricing and present a sustainable growth opportunity for EQT at some point in the coming years, given we have the deepest, highest quality inventory of any operator in the basin. Turning to guidance, we have issued pro forma Q3 and Q4 metrics on slide 29 of our investor presentation. Our cash operating expenses are expected to range from approximately $1.10 to $1.25 per Mcfe in the second half of the year, which at the midpoint is roughly $0.25 per Mcfe below our standalone operating expenses in Q2. This reflects the benefit of eliminating expenses associated with the Equitrans acquisition or the most notable movement being our gathering rates, which are forecasted to decline from $0.59 per Mcfe in Q2 to just $0.05 to $0.09 per Mcfe in the second half of the year. Inclusive of the benefits from third-party revenue and the full run rate distributions from our MVP ownership, our net operating expense should equate to roughly $0.75 to $0.85 per Mcfe by the fourth quarter, which is approximately $0.60 per Mcfe lower than standalone EQT and drive home the relative advantage of our vertically integrated cost structure. It's also worth highlighting that we do not embed any of the $250 million of base synergies into our Q3 or Q4 numbers as we have conservatively modeled base synergy capture beginning in mid-2025. As I mentioned previously, our second half 2024 production outlook embeds approximately 90 Bcfe of strategic curtailments this fall, which we will opportunistically execute should gas prices remain depressed. I'd note that curtailments are driving approximately $0.05 per Mcfe of upward pressure on our second half 2024 cost structure. So our 2025 expenses should be even lower than the range as I cited previously. While we still need to go through our full budgeting process for 2025, we preliminarily expect an all in pro forma capital budget in the range of $2.3 billion to $2.6 billion. Beyond 2025, we forecast long term pro forma capital spending ranging from $2.1 billion to $2.4 billion per annum prior to capturing the $175 million of upside annual synergies we laid out with the Equitrans acquisition announcement. Said another way, our long term capital spending inclusive of Equitrans should essentially be in line with standalone EQT capital spend in 2024. And this is before capturing upside synergies, which speaks to the structural capital efficiency improvements accruing in our upstream business. At recent strip pricing, we forecast pro forma cumulative free cash flow of approximately $16.5 billion from 2025 to 2029 in an average annual gas price of roughly $3.60 per MMBtu over this period. Even assuming a $2.75 natural gas price over this period, EQT will still generate north of $9 billion of five year cumulative free cash flow. While the bulk of our peers would be cash flow neutral or negative, underscoring the power of our low cost structure and highlighting how EQT is uniquely positioned to create differentiated shareholder value in all parts of the commodity cycle. And with that, I'll turn the call back over to Toby for some concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks Jeremy. In closing, July 10th marks the five year anniversary of the EQT takeover. It has been a lifetime of work but passed by in the blink of an eye. We have been reflecting recently on what this management team has accomplished together, taking a struggling company with great assets and transforming it into a best-in-class producer recognized as an industry leader. We have increased production over 50% from 4 Bcfe per day to 6.3 Bcfe per day and have transformed our free cash flow cost structure from $3 per million BTU to a peer-leading $2 per million BTU through operational improvements and thoughtful and accretive M&A deals. Normalized for natural gas prices, we have grown the free cash flow generation of EQT by 5x and increased free cash flow per share by nearly 2x and we have repaired our balance sheet and reattained investment grade credit ratings. Today, we are executing at a high level operationally with identified opportunities and completions and midstream set to drive yet another step change in operational improvements. We are executing financially with a fast start to our deleveraging plan and robust support from our bank group and shareholders and we are executing strategically at an industry leading pace as we continue to transform EQT into the energy company of the future. I'd now like to open the call up for questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from a line of Arun Jayaram from J.P. Morgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning, gentlemen. My questions are regarding kind of the asset sales or divestiture program. Jeremy, maybe I was wondering if you could start with the process to sell some of your non-op in the Northeast. Could you gauge the level of interest that you're seeing for the remaining 60%? And do you still believe the market is supportive of a similar valuation marker as you got in the Equitrans transaction?
Jeremy Knop :
Hey, Jeremy. Good morning. Yes, we're seeing really good interest. I think I would characterize it as really a renewed set of interest, a lot of new names, actually, in the process from the international space that we didn't see the first time around. So that's been really encouraging, a lot of great engagement. So I think our feeling towards that process remains really positive. And I hope to get that wrapped up by your end.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And then my follow-up is you've highlighted kind of a structure you planned to pursue in terms of carving out your regulated assets and selling a minority interest in those assets. Do you plan to reduce gross debt at the EQT parent level as part of that process? And just a question that's come up is, do you, what type of partner approvals, is there a row for an MVP but could you just go through some of those types of things that you need to do to process that the next phase of your leveraging program?
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, taking the route that we outlined in the prepared remarks actually bypasses most of the sort of considerations you might typically get hung up in with like drag rides, tag rides, and a deal like that. So it really simplifies it and I think it really provides a better, higher quality, more diverse set of assets to back an investment which drives the cost of capital down. So look, we've spent a lot of time, we've had a lot of discussions with a lot of parties on this already, even pre-closing. And so with closing happening a couple days ago, we're really in the thick of getting that data organized so we can kick that process off. And I hope to be able to get that wrapped up as soon as yearend. It might bleed into early Q1 but I think there's a real chance that all gets wrapped up this year as well.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Doug Leggate from Wolfe Research.
Doug Leggate:
Hey guys, thanks for having me on and congratulations. I didn't quite realize it'd been five years Toby. It has indeed flown by. I've got two quick questions, I hope. The first one is on the capital budget for the next two or three years alongside the compression results that you've had. What we're trying to figure out is how much of the spending is related to that de-bottle making, if you like, and when does it roll over so that you basically get back to a steady state level of spending associated with your growing program?
Toby Rice:
Yes Doug, thanks for the question. On the compression, higher level, we just refer to this as pressure system optimization across our systems. We think this is going to be about a few hundred million dollars. Now the timing of that, there's some lead time there, so that's probably going to start maybe 12 months from now, and that could span over a couple of years just determining on the type of pace that we see. But that being said, we have in our ‘25 budget right now, we have included some cushion to be able to get those projects started as quickly as possible. And the results that we showed, the pilot that we showed today about the compression uplift is really encouraging and will lead to some really exciting returns that we'd like to accelerate as quickly as possible.
Jeremy Knop :
Yes Doug, welcome back by the way. If you look at what we've put in our new slide deck that we put out last time, we put a couple case studies in from some recent pad level compression projects that we've installed. These are not a perfect proxy to centralized compression, which is a lot, it's going to have a much broader impact superior to what these examples show. But even those examples at $3 gas, I mean these are, you're generating 2.5x to 3x your money on that compression on just the pad level. So again, on a centralized basis, it's going to be higher than that. And then beyond just uplifting that base PDP for the existing production, you're going to see an impact on all of our future development as well. So the rate of return on this compression is superior to probably any well we could pick to drill. And as Toby said, the spend amount is really not that much. When you space it out across a couple of years on an annual basis, it's mitigated even more. But if you look at slide 8 of our investor presentation, the delta between that 2025 guidance number and then what we call long term right below that, you can kind of think about that as the annual difference in sort of uplift and spending we might see in a given year while we're doing that before reverting to a much lower range long term. And as a reminder that lower range that we show from $2.1 billion to $2.4 billion long term that excludes the $175 million of synergies that we called upside synergies. So I would say that upside synergy assumption assumed a level of uplift from compression less than what we're already seeing on even a pad level basis. So I think that number is probably even biased higher as we see the benefits of these projects come to fruition.
Doug Leggate:
So guys I'm sorry for the follow-up but just to simplify it. So would it be a stretch to say that when you get to that point with the synergies your run rate capital could be under $2 billion?
Toby Rice:
That's correct. That's a simple way to put it up.
Doug Leggate:
Okay, that's what I was trying to get to. Thank you, guys. My follow-up is a quick one. Hopefully Jeremy, managed to right down your fairway. Why is any ownership of the regulated assets make sense?
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, that's a great question, actually. It's something we've kind of debated internally as we've thought about the right structure here. So for the regulated assets specifically, if you start with the transmission storage segment of Equitrans, that is really an extension of the gathering system. There are a lot of big header pipes that cross state lines, and so they are regulated. Maintaining the right pressures on those systems, being able to control things like expansions, is really integral to managing the gathering systems appropriately. And then when you think about those pipes then flowing into a longer distance regulated pipeline like MVP, maintaining that interconnection, that pressure at an appropriate level, it all kind of works together as a single system. And then as we think about MVP, as we talked about last quarter, the expansion on that project, we think is a highly economic expansion. That's something that we want to get done to evacuate more gas out of Appalachia and get it to a premium end market in the southeast. We want to make sure that project happens. Whether 5 or 10 years from now, it makes sense to still own something like MVP. Once all that expansion is completed, I think that's something we'll always evaluate. But I think at this juncture, we do want to maintain the operatorship and ownership of it.
Toby Rice:
Yes, Doug, I'd say at a very high level, what we're doing here at EQT is creating a culture that is going to be able to pick up every penny, nickel and dime within our operating footprint. And one of the ways that we can drive the value creation is to expand the size of the operational footprint. And so there is an element of having those transmissions, a bigger commercial system, is going to make it a little bit easier for us to identify and capture some of those opportunities. So that's just another factor that we have in the back of our heads as well.
Doug Leggate:
I guess that's pretty clear. Thanks for taking my questions in place and thanks for your comments, Jeremey.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Neil Mehta from Goldman Sachs.
Neil Mehta:
Yes, congratulations on closing the transaction, team. Two questions on the macro here. First is just can you talk through your hedging strategy, both near and long term, and how does the E-Train acquisition play into your hedging decisions going forward as you want to take advantage of the volatile market that you talk about.
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, good morning, Neil. I'll break it into kind of two pieces. Near term, it's really all focused on balance sheet, de-risking, de-leveraging. I call that through 2025. Beyond 2025, I think our view is the deal we just did not only unlocks the value we've been talking about, but it really provides a structural hedge for our business. So the need to hedge beyond that. We won't have financial leverage to really protect. We won't have operating leverage to protect. And so we don't really have to hedge at all. I think if we do, it'll be more opportunistic, but it'll be pretty small in nature probably at max around a 20% level if we just get really bearish on the outlook for some reason. But otherwise, I think the goal strategically of what we're trying to do is set ourselves up where we don't have to hedge, because we see so much more upside than downside. But I think as you've even seen this year you've seen gas prices go as low as about $1.60, rebounded over $3, and now trade back towards $2, right. So you're already seeing this theme of volatility play out. And the best way to capture value from that is to not have to hedge. And so that's really the long-term plan and how we're trying to position.
Neil Mehta:
That's helpful. And then can you just talk through, you've done a great job walking us through your long-term views around data centers and power demand growth, which we agree is a very compelling story. 2025 is a little trickier just because you've got some pushout of some major projects like Golden Pass, and we're trying to digest the spare capacity that might be in the system too. So how do you think about the supply demand outlook for gas as we think about 2025, and what are you guys watching as markers?
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, so I think the key thing we're watching probably going into yearend is production. I think this number hovering around 102, it's a healthy number, but if you see a surge into winter again, if other producers turn on a lot of volume, I think we are watching for that because that could be a near-term headwind to price. I think at most that would impact the first half of 2025. I know the team at Goldman has been pushed out into 2026 for a golden path and service date. I think with some of the updates that we've seen even this week with that bankruptcy process of Zachry Holdings, it seems like that might get pulled back forward, but a couple of these key factors on the LNG side are really going to drive that. So I see it really is a story of production and a story of LNG. I don't beyond that see any sort of step change benefits necessarily in 2025 that are going to move the needle nearly as much as those two factors.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Scott Hanold from RBC.
Scott Hanold:
Good morning. Hey, a question on now that MVP is online, I'm just kind of curious is there any change in the dynamics you're seeing in the Appalachian or the Southeast market now that's flowing and related to that, have you seen any moves by some of the Appalachian producers to increase activity given the, obviously extraction of some of the volumes in the basin?
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, so this is actually something really exciting that we've been really pleasantly surprised by. So I guess on the production side, we have not seen any reaction. So we have, production continues to be flat consistent with our expectations. What has surprised us though is that in that end market, we model the way we sort of mark that station 165 pricing where we're selling gas, we've sort of modeled it around a $0.20 premium dip to M2 pricing. We have seen pricing recently kind of average $0.50 to $0.70 above, so significantly higher than what we have assumed. And there have been periods of time where it's well worth $1 above M2. And so I think we've been really encouraged by how much gas that market has been taking. Part of it has been impacted by some maintenance on Transco, but I think for being a midsummer period, seeing that demand and that premium price already show up, I think is an awesome really early side marker. And so I think that the benefit we might see in winter periods could be even better as well, and certainly better than maybe what we have forecasted, but it's still early. There's a new price marker that flat put out for that station 165 market. So we're watching like everybody else to see how that develops, but I think all signs are pointing to a really positive direction on that.
Toby Rice:
Yes, Scott, one other thing I'd just have you take a look at on slide 6 where we talk about the improving EURS for EQT. If you look at sort of where the peers are at and you see in the EURS come down over time, that's just a sign of some of the inventory, the core inventory depletion. The read-through there is there could be some pressure against operators and their willingness to go out there and accelerate or grow purely just to preserve inventory. So that's another thing that's happening in the background and there's only a couple operators that really have high-quality inventory like EQT and [inaudible] where we've been pretty vocal in staying in this maintenance mode, but continue to supply the market. So I think that's an important backdrop just to keep in the back of your head.
Scott Hanold:
I appreciate that. Sounds good. Here's my follow-up, Toby. Look, you've been never shy to discuss politics from time to time. And as it relates to being a gas producer, what do you think the biggest issues are for the upcoming election? Like, what are the things that are you really focused on?
Toby Rice:
Well, I'd say we align our politics with the politics of our customers, which is every American that uses our products. So we don't try and be too biased one way or the other, just really centered on the facts. Listen, I think we're in a period of time where people are only going to get smarter about energy. There are some clips talking about some politicians talking about banning fracking. And this is a time for us as an industry and as Americans to hold leaders accountable for statements that I think are really damaging and cause completely unintended impacts. I mean, as it relates to hydraulic fracturing and the ban of that. We cannot ignore the science on this. Over 10 years it's been studied in under the Obama administration. The EPA put out a report saying hydraulic fracturing is safe. And understanding the implications of these type of decisions 98% of the wells in this country require hydraulic fracturing. That goes away. You snap your fingers and the production in the United States, which we fought for decades to create America as an energy powerhouse, would sort of evaporate. And we'd see production in this country drop 35%. That's going to lead to a lot of terrible things. And the ironic thing is as an oil and gas operator this is a price times volume game, our production at EQT would go down call it 25%, our corporate decline, but price would skyrocket. And that's the tough part here is that it would actually be constructive for prices but it be bad for Americans and that's why we need to make sure our politicians are putting the right policies in place with all the crazy things that are happening in this world we're really encouraged to see that energy is still at the top of the list of the as a key issue for American voters and it's something that we need to take very seriously.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Josh Silverstein from UBS.
Josh Silverstein:
Good morning, guys. Just on the [inaudible] for next year I'm trying to think about the trajectory of the natural gas volumes. Do we think about no kind of the second half run rate going forward with the curtailment coming back? Do you think you'd probably keep this the volumes curtailed? So maybe a little bit more clarity there will be helpful. Thanks.
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, Josh, I think in our view it's just maintenance mode. I mean I think in our prepared remarks we commented that if we had not retailed this year, we would have been above the high end of the range originally that was 2,300 Bcfe on the high end, We're running our business in maintenance mode so I would expect looking at the next year that's the volume level you look at. I think the only difference there is that the divestment of our non-op interest in some of the transaction impacts from that but aside from that we're running enough in a steady maintenance of cadence.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. So that kind of around maybe like 550 or kind of quarterly Candance or around them?
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, call it 550 to 600 hangs on a quarter.
Josh Silverstein:
Right, got it, okay, so still growth in the next year relative to the back half , got it. Okay. And then just on the pro forma kind of cash flow profile, when you first announced the transaction with E-Train, you mentioned about 30% of the pro forma cash flow would be midstream. I'm wondering if that still holds given that the minority sales that you guys are looking at what the number actually be lower and if it is lower would you want to reduce that even further to where you guys want to be performing? Thanks.
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, it really comes down to kind of what value and multiple we would sell that at. But yes, I mean, all else equal, if you sell down some of that, it should drop a little bit. But that's factored into how we look at pro forma leverage already. So I don't think it really impacts how we think about our plans. And the only other thing that's going to impact that next year, too, is obviously gas prices. So if prices decline or go up a lot, that percent of midstream is going to oscillate with that as well.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Roger Reed from Wells Fargo.
Roger Read:
Yes, thanks. Good morning, everybody. I'd like to take a look slide 11, you have the organic deleveraging and the free cash flow expectations, ‘25 through ‘29. I'm just curious. Clearly, you're not going to be aggressive on the hedging side in the future. So what's sort of the underlying assumption on gas prices, gas volumes that gets us the numbers you lay out there?
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, so the numbers we look at on page 11 are really based on our internal assumptions around the asset sales and then where strip pricing is today. But look, that's the reason why we're also hedging. If you look at just organic free cash flow, really between now and the end of 2025, at $2.75 gas prices, you're still generating over $1 billion of free cash flow. So I really, in any case that we've laid out, if we take a more conservative lean to that, if things just go wrong in the macro for whatever reason, I think we still feel really good about that assumption. That initial target we have, the specific target of $7.5 billion by the end of 2025, I'd call that our initial target level. I think that's within a margin of safety that the rating agencies outlined for us. But longer term, we would like to take that lower. That's why we talked about that $5 billion to $7 billion level. That could oscillate in time, depending on where we are in the cycle, depending on the opportunities of where else to invest cash. And look, we also want to very intentionally position ourselves so we have ample liquidity so that if there is volatility in the macro landscape and in our stock, that we're positioned to step in and buy a lot of stock back counter-stick quickly. If you don't pay down debt below a mid-cycle level, if you don't have a lot of liquidity, you can't do that. So another example of that revolver we just expanded by $1 billion to a $3.5 billion size, that's also trying to tee up and position ourselves for volatility and to take advantage of those opportunities. So this is all kind of placed hand in hand together with how we're trying to position ourselves to maximize value as we reallocate capital in the coming years.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of David Deckelbaum from TD Cowen.
David Deckelbaum:
Thanks Toby and Jeremy for taking my questions. I wanted to just go back to the capital progression just in the context of the benefits that you've seen on the upstream side, I think you highlighted obviously the impressive achievements is getting your cycle times down on completions, like 35%. How much of that is reflected in the reduction in spend in ‘25 versus ‘24? And I guess just in conjunction with that, how much do you expect upstream CapEx to moderate next year?
Toby Rice:
Yes, we have a small amount of those completion efficiencies baked into our ‘25 plan right now given the newness of this step change in completion efficiencies, we want to see a little bit more time, but we'll continue to add that back in there. And in the second part of the question?
David Deckelbaum:
I was just thinking about this if you think year-over-year, what you're spending on upstream in ‘25 in that $2.3 billion to $2.6 billion versus this year?
Toby Rice:
Yes, I would say, we think the upstream spending profile is going to be pretty similar to what we had pre-E -Train. I'd say that the impacts of the reduced CapEx are going to really start once those compression projects start hitting the front lines, which I'd say ballpark 12 to 18 months before that slope down. So everything that you're seeing in the upstream spending now is really just driven by base operating efficiencies and balancing the service pricing we see.
Jeremy Knop :
David, from like a modeling perspective, I think about it this way at a high level. We've baked in the guidance we've given on those capital cost numbers. We've baked in all the capital costs, but we haven't baked in the benefits. We haven't baked in the, really the completion benefits, nearly to the level that we're actually seeing right now, we haven't baked in the $175 million of upside synergies even though the more work we do I think our bias is that that number probably grows. So I think there's a lot still on the table beyond what we have given out that we're hopeful to achieve but it's still early innings and so we want to see more definitive results there before we actually bake that into our definitive guidance.
David Deckelbaum:
Yes, thanks, Jeremy. Just continuing on that I guess that long-term guidance of $2.1 billion to $2.4 billion at the midpoint is it fair to say that that's just reflecting the benefits from the installed compression bringing down that upstream budget relative to sort of the $2.3 billion the $2.6 billion in ’25?
Toby Rice:
No, we'd say that $2.1 billion to $2.4 billion really reflects that the spend on the compression is behind us. As we mentioned earlier in the call that $175 million of annual cost reductions as a result of that spending would be -- reduce that $2.1 billion $2.4 billion lower so I think we're going to just continue to quantify this and then you can see that come down in the future.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Kevin MacCurdy from Pickering Energy Partners.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Hey, good morning. We appreciate all the details on 2025 included in slide 8 and the further commentary you've offered in the Q&A. I have just a few more clarifying questions on that slide. I guess my first question is does the adjusted EBITDA number include the MVP distributions for next year and it's just annualizing your 4Q guidance kind of a good run rate for that?
Jeremy Knop :
That number that EBITDA number actually does not include the MVP distributions because that's going to be more of an equity method investment. So we'll provide clarity on that as we go forward. And the second part of your question was what again?
Kevin MacCurdy:
And if it's just a good estimate to annualize the fourth quarter guidance for the MVP distribution for 2025.
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, I think it is for MVP specifically. I think on a whole company basis, the main impact was what we noted in our remarks earlier that curtailments are skewing the per unit cost metrics higher. So I think as you look into 2025, if you were to look at per unit metrics, those should skew lower, assuming no curtailments. But otherwise I think it should be a pretty decent proxy, which is why we broke it out separately.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Great. And then you mentioned that this outlook was built using a maintenance production number. What is the risk of shut-ins coming back next year? And how have you thought about that in terms of your free cash flow or does the lower cost structure kind of reduce that shut-in risk?
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, we don't proactively, on like a year ahead basis, bake in things like shut-ins, that's more of in response to the market. So if we did say the whole thesis in ’25 -‘26 analogy just got derailed for some reason, and there was a need to curtail, that would take production below that this sort of quarterly annualized number that I think you were getting at. But that's something that I think we would address more real-time as the market evolve.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jake Roberts with TPH.
Jake Roberts:
Good morning. Maybe staying on that topic, is there any difference in how we should be thinking about the curtailments being baked into the guide of the back half of this year relative to what we saw in the first half? And what we're trying to think about is if there's a change in ECT's elasticity of supply between the two periods, perhaps with MVP online.
Jeremy Knop :
No, I don't think MVP impacts that at all. I think we maintain full flexibility. I do think having midstream wholly owned where those MVCs effectively have been integrated away, I think that does give us a tremendous amount more flexibility to be a little more, yes, I guess really to pursue curtailments more than maybe we had in the past where we felt like we otherwise had a big debt obligation we're having to pay to the midstream service provider. But I think our reaction in the back half this year is more just governed by pricing. We haven't changed sort of the pricing levels we outlined earlier this year where we would look to curtail just because we own the midstream. I think we still have that sort of floor threshold level sort of focused on earning returns on shareholder capital, not just well CapEx, not just maintaining realized pricing above cash cost. It's got to be higher than that. So that's why we're proactively trying to guide to that.
Jake Roberts:
Got it. Thank you. Quick second one. On slide 7, the three sites you've highlighted, I think you mentioned that you see kind of thousands of opportunities across the field to implement this. Can you give a sense of which how many wells each site touches, so to speak?
Toby Rice:
Well, I wouldn't say that that would be the way we think about it. I would just say at a very high level, we just look at the system pressures. We've got over a dozen gathering systems that are all hydraulically connected. Each one of those has operating pressure that is sort of based on the amount of volume that's going through there, vintage of the wells that feed that, drive that. We also layer in where our development program is going to go and that will influence pressures as well. So there's the exercise that the teams have run through is sort of forecasting what those system pressures look like and then assessing through compression what the productivity uplift will be if we lower the system pressures three, four, 500 PSI and what that will look like. So I would say as a whole, this is a pretty large opportunity for us at EQT and it's really exciting to look at the evolution of the improvements we made in this business. I'd say the last five years have really been focused on optimizing the efforts on site, drilling, completing wells and being more efficient on the production side. But now the efficiencies that we're focused on are going to be really more on the midstream footprint and the actual field wide improvements.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Michael Scialla from Stephens.
Michael Scialla:
Yes, good morning, everybody. I just want to ask on the expansion of MPP. Sounds like I heard you right the time frame you're thinking there's maybe five years down the road even though you're seeing pricing they're getting a pretty hefty premium to other parts of the basin. So just wanted to explore that timing is that because you don't think the demand there -- is there right now or just any more color you could provide on the timing of that expansion?
Jeremy Knop :
Yes. I'm not sure where the five years came from. I think we're excited to pursue that expansion as soon as possible actually. I think the only the only thing that we would that would cause us any delay is just making sure that it was time to come online with that expansion project on Transco to take all the gas but beyond that I think we were incentivized to get that built as soon as possible. And again that net to EQT that's a cost of probably $200 million to $250 million net to get that built and I would say that the guidance that we have given out in our slide deck that longer-term guidance today. I just say there's ample cushion built in. So I wouldn't expect that CapEx number longer term to really change it all despite the timing that we decide to pursue that expansion project. So that remains something that high on our priority list to get knocked out.
Michael Scialla:
No, okay, great. Sorry, I misheard you on that. Have you started an open season there yet, or is that still down the road?
Jeremy Knop :
No. I mean we just closed two days ago, so it's a little quick to do that. But I think it's something that we're going to start exploring quickly.
Michael Scialla:
Got you. And just want to ask on curtailments, can you say how much you're currently curtailing in that 90 Bcf in the second half? Is that all assumed to be in the third quarter? Any more color you can provide there.
Jeremy Knop :
Look, it's in response to the market if we can make money selling gas who wouldn't curtail anything obviously. But our assumption right now is that the majority of those curtailments probably take place in September and October We have curtailed even over the past week some volumes on given days depending on weather depending on maybe it's over a weekend not up quite to a 1 Bcf a day level, but we do on a very dynamic basis optimized realized pricing to make sure that we're optimizing value creation and not just giving our product away for price where we can't make money. And that's what we'll continue to do,
Operator:
Your next question comes from line of Noel Parks from Tuohy Brothers.
Noel Parks:
Hi, good morning. Just had a couple. I was wondering you talked a bit about the impact of MVP on regional gas storage especially in the east and where do you say we are in really offsetting the effect of seasonality as a big driver of gas pricing LNG eventually as a feed then is going to offset that, but just some thoughts on where you think we are at this point.
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, I mean look, winter has always been, and I expect to continue to be the biggest source of demand for natural gas. I think I'd love to see a world where power generation grows and helps increase that demand in the summer time as well, so you kind of see two peaks in the market, but I think it's probably a little too early to say exactly how quickly that develops. Now I will say if you look at our slides from last quarter, what we outlined in power demand growth for natural gas, and the fact that over the past decade you've had increase of about 10 Bcf a day just on the power side, and now what's happening with load growth on top of that, on top of coal retirements, I do think we are moving that direction in time, but it doesn't mean you're getting away from seasonality, it just means that you have a lot of demand at peak summer and a lot of demand peak winter, so I just think the nature that's going to evolve a little bit, and then LNG send out in the middle of that, which also could be somewhat seasonally driven, I think only amplify that seasonality.
Noel Parks:
Got it, and I wondered just if you had thoughts on the outlook for industrial demand, both sort of in-region and out-of-region in terms of gas from more of an energy security resiliency level, just taking a greater role and sort of on a microgrid level as power demand overall keeps increasing.
Jeremy Knop :
Yes, I mean, look, I think this theme of reshoring manufacturing is going to continue, it seems like they're both sides of the aisle are very supportive of that. I think the sort of deglobalization movement out of Asia for manufacturing will be a tailwind to that. I think energy policy and prices in Europe are a tailwind for that. That is something that is baked into our comments that we made earlier on about Appalachia demand growing upwards by the end of the decade, maybe to 40, 41 Bcf a day. There is a component of that baked in, but I would say the beauty of industrial is it's pretty steady, it's pretty predictable, and I think if you look at recent history of that, it has been flat to slowly growing, and I think that trend should continue. I wouldn't say there's any sort of big catalyst needle movers that should really skew up a fundamentals model all that much.
Toby Rice:
Yes, I'd say at a very high level, energy insecurity is going to continue to be a big theme around the world and even in parts of this country, and the volatility that we see is only going to drive consumers of natural gas closer to the source of where that energy is produced to reduce the number of things in between their manufacturing facility and the source of energy. That's one way they can protect their supply and protect their business. And that just is going to mean that we think this volatility is going to drive more in base and demand for natural gas products.
Operator:
That concludes our question and answer session. I will now turn the call back over to Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks everybody for being here today. With this being our five year anniversary, I just want to reiterate to everybody that all of the progress that we've made at EQT would not have been possible without the shareholders. It was you that voted 80% to put in a new management team here and give us this opportunity to realize the full potential of EQT. It was you all that voted, brought in a board of directors that has really been amazing at guiding us through this amazing transformation. And with this 99% shareholder vote supporting transformative transaction with the E-Train assets, you've given us a platform to continue this momentum. And we're really excited about working hard for you going forward.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning. My name is Briana, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I'd like to welcome everyone to the EQT First Quarter 2024 Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]
I would now like to turn the conference over to Cameron Horwitz, Managing Director, Investor Relations and Strategy. Please go ahead.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning, and thank you for joining our first quarter 2024 earnings results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and Jeremy Knop, Chief Financial Officer. In a moment, Toby and Jeremy will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. A replay of today's call will be available on our website beginning this evening.
I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of factors described in yesterday's earnings release, in our investor presentation, the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call also contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Cam, and good morning, everyone. Last month, we announced our agreement to acquire Equitrans Midstream, a transaction that will transform EQT into America's first vertically integrated large-scale natural gas business. As we described in our conference call last month, this deal catapults EQT to the absolute low end of the North American natural gas cost curve, providing free cash flow durability in the low parts of the commodity cycle while simultaneously unlocking unmatched price upside by mitigating defensive hedging needs, thus providing investors with peer-leading risk-adjusted exposure to natural gas prices. This combination is anticipated to drive our long-term free cash flow breakeven price to approximately $2 per million BTU, which is $0.75 below the peer average and $1.50 below the marginal cost of supply in the Haynesville.
This gap between EQT and both average and marginal natural gas producers is a sustainable advantage, which is rare to find among any commodity business and ensures EQT is best positioned to create through cycle value for shareholders, while other producers are forced to either chase commodity prices with the drill bit in a similar fashion to what has led to historical industry, value destruction or defensively hedge a significant amount of production, thus limiting the ability to capture value in the up cycle. Along with the material cost structure advantage, the combination of EQT and Equitrans will also create an integrated well to watch solution that will help enable and power growing demand associated with the data center and artificial intelligence booms that are burgeoning across the Southeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States. Our base case view suggests the proliferation of data centers along with growth in other electricity-intensive markets such as electric vehicles to drive an incremental 10 Bcf per day of natural gas demand by 2030. While there is a plausible upside case that could take this number up to 18 Bcf per day. This means growth in the power generation segment that exceed LNG exports as a bullish demand catalyst for the natural gas market this decade. And this structural baseload demand growth story resides at the doorstep of our asset base. Our 1.2 Bcf a day of capacity on MVP, along with the long-term firm sales arrangements we announced with investment-grade utilities last year, means EQT's low emissions natural gas will be a key facilitator of the data center build-out occurring in the Southeastern United States and will give us significant exposure to premium Transco Zones 4 and 5 price points. Due to the confluence of LNG facilities pulling gas South on Transco and power demand growth in the Southeast, we expect this region will become even more desirable than the Gulf Coast later this decade. As a result, we intend to pursue an expansion of MVP through additional compression to increase capacity from 2 to 2.5 Bcf per day, which will provide additional affordable, reliable and clean Appalachian natural gas to our downstream utility customers. On top of the tremendous opportunity to service customers in the Southeast, where we already have first-mover advantage through our record-sized physical gas supply deals with utilities we announced last fall, EQT is ideally situated to meet significant growth in power demand within PJM as well. Our analysis suggests the combination of data center build-outs and additional coal retirements could generate up to 6 Bcf a day of incremental natural gas power demand in our own backyard by 2030. Whether it's in the Southeast or at the doorstep of our asset base in Appalachia, EQT is well positioned to capture this thematic tailwind through our material inventory depth and integrated business model that will create a one-stop shop to provide clean, reliable and affordable natural gas that will be foundational to meeting America's power needs as we embark on what will be a transformational journey into the age of AI. Turning briefly to first quarter results. The significant operational momentum we achieved last year has carried into 2024, which facilitated better-than-expected results across our drilling and completion teams in Q1. The continuation of highly efficient operational execution, along with strong well performance and lower-than-expected LOE, associated with our water infrastructure investments drove outperformance relative to consensus expectations across every major financial metric during the first quarter. We continue to find new innovative ways to push the envelope of what is possible and I want to thank our entire crew for their relentless pursuit of operational excellence. Shifting gears. Last week, we announced an agreement with Equinor to sell a 40% undivided interest in our nonoperated natural gas assets in Northeast Pennsylvania. Consideration is comprised of $500 million of cash and upstream and midstream assets worth more than $600 million, implying EQT is receiving total value north of $1.1 billion in this transaction. For perspective, we attributed approximately $1.1 billion of value to 100% of the Northeast PA non-op assets when we originally acquired them as part of our Alta acquisition. And the assets have already generated free cash flow in excess of that amount in the past 2 years. So this transaction marks an incredibly successful outcome for shareholders and a strong start to our deleveraging plan. The upstream assets we are receiving include approximately 26,000 net acres in Monroe County, Ohio, directly offsetting EQT-operated existing core acreage in West Virginia. We are also receiving an average working interest of 14% in more than 200 producing wells that EQT currently operates in Lycoming County, Pennsylvania, along with a 16.25% interest in the EQT-operated Seely and Warrensville gathering systems servicing this acreage. Following the closing of this transaction, EQT will own 100% of the Seely and Warrensville gathering systems which aligns with our strategy of lowering cost structure via vertical integration. I'd also note, our teams have identified significant operational synergy potential across the operated assets as well as longer-term upside associated with the liquids-rich Marcellus in Monroe County. The nonoperated assets we are selling have forecasted 2025 net production of approximately 225 million cubic feet per day, while the operated assets we are receiving have forecasted 2025 net production of approximately 150 million cubic feet per day. Comparing to $1.1 billion of total value to the 225 million cubic feet per day of total production we are selling, implies a roughly $4,900 per Mcf flowing production multiple. While looking at metrics using net divested production and comparing this to the $500 million of cash consideration equates to roughly $6,700 per flowing Mcfd production multiple. We believe these attractive transaction metrics speak to the value of the high-quality natural gas assets, which are increasingly being coveted by international buyers looking to get exposure to the U.S. natural gas market. This transaction highlights that we are wasting no time, jump starting the deleveraging plan we laid out with the Equitrans announcement and creating additional shareholder value in the process. The sale of our remaining 60% interest in these nonoperated upstream assets and the option to monetize regulated or noncore midstream assets at Equitrans gives us tremendous confidence in our ability to achieve our debt repayment goals, and we look forward to updating the market as we make additional progress on this front. To sum up, first quarter results demonstrate a continuation of peak performance at EQT. Our announcement of the Equitrans acquisition is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to vertically integrate one of the highest quality natural gas resource bases in the world, creating a one-stop shop to provide natural gas that will meet the growing data center and power generation needs at the doorstep of our asset base. And our recent transaction with Equinor illuminates significant hidden value embedded in our nonoperated natural gas assets and gets us off to an extremely strong start towards achieving our deleveraging goals. I'll now turn the call over to Jeremy.
Jeremy Knop:
Thanks, Toby, and good morning, everyone. I'll start by summarizing our first quarter results beginning with sales volumes, which totaled 534 Bcfe. As previously announced, we curtailed 1 Bcf per day of gross production beginning in late February and through all of March in response to the low natural gas price environment resulting from warm winter weather.
Along with nonoperated curtailments, we estimate the total impact was 30 to 35 Bcfe during the quarter. Thus, normalized for curtailments, first quarter production would have been toward the high end of our guidance range, underscoring strong operational efficiency and well performance during the quarter. Despite the curtailments during the quarter, our per unit operating costs still came in at the midpoint of our guidance range at $1.36 per Mcfe. A significant contributor to this was the outperformance on LOE, which came in below the low end of our guidance range. This LOE beat represents a continuation of the trend of LOE outperformance we highlighted throughout 2023, as our strategic investments in water infrastructure continue to drive tangible cost structure reductions. Turning to the balance sheet. Recall, we retired all of our outstanding convertible notes, which eliminated $400 million of absolute debt over the past 2 quarters. We also liquidated the capped call that we had purchased in conjunction with issuing the convertible notes for cash proceeds of $93 million. Additionally, we issued a $750 million 10-year bond and use the proceeds to reduce our term loan balance from $1.25 billion to $500 million, while extending the maturity by 12 months to June 2026. We exited the first quarter with total debt of approximately $5.5 billion and roughly $650 million of cash on the balance sheet, leaving a net debt position of approximately $4.9 billion at the end of the quarter, down from $5.7 billion at the end of 2023. Subsequent to quarter end, we used $205 million of our cash balance to fund the previously announced buyout of a minority equity partner in EQT-operated gathering systems in Lycoming County, Pennsylvania, which closed earlier this month. This acquisition is expected to add approximately $30 million to our 2025 free cash flow outlook, highlighting an attractive free cash flow yield on assets that are annuity-like and have near zero execution risk due to EQT's existing operatorship of both upstream development and the midstream system. We intend to apply the remainder of our cash balance, along with the $500 million of cash proceeds from the Equinor deal towards debt reduction, which will allow us to make swift and significant progress toward the deleveraging goals that we laid out with the Equitrans announcement. We also recently added to our Q4 2024 and first half 2025 hedge book to further derisk our deleveraging plans. We are now between 40% and 50% hedged for the remainder of 2024, with an average floor price of approximately $3.40 per MMBtu. We are also approximately 40% hedged in Q1 and Q2 of 2025, with average floor prices ranging from roughly $3.05 to $3.30 per MMBtu. Upon closing the Equitrans acquisition and achieving our debt targets, we anticipate limiting defensive programmatic hedging to less than 20% of our production in a given year. Going forward, our $2 Henry Hub free cash flow breakeven price provides a structural hedge as the Equitrans acquisition strips out the operating leverage from our business, limiting our need to financially hedge. This unique dynamic provides EQT's investors differentiated upside torque to natural gas prices and peer-leading downside protection simultaneously. Turning to the 2024 outlook, we issued second quarter guidance and updated our full year production outlook to reflect voluntary production curtailments in response to the current low natural gas price environment. Our second quarter production outlook and per unit metrics embed the expectation that we will continue to curtail 1 Bcf per day of gross operated production through the end of May. Our updated full year production guidance also captures this assumption and embeds additional optionality for further curtailments this fall should natural gas prices remain low. We believe our strategy of near-term curtailments while maintaining steady operations is the right approach to this market for EQT, in contrast to high-cost producers who need to cut activity to reduce CapEx in hopes of remaining free cash flow positive. It is also important to remember that production is fungible between old wells and new wells, so it makes little sense to defer new well TILs versus simply turning off production today. Our production today is a product of our investments in the last 2 to 3 years. And our CapEx investments today have little impact on the volume this year, but rather drive volumes in 2025 and 2026, when the futures market suggests gas prices will be higher than they are today. EQT is positioned to take this approach as a result of our low-cost structure and strong balance sheet. And this is a good reminder of why we refer to a low-cost structure as our strategic north star. We also embedded a June startup for MVP and our updated outlook on the heels of Equitrans' filing for in service with the FERC this week. This represents a meaningful milestone as MVPs in service is a contractual condition precedent to closing the Equitrans acquisition and will finally allow EQT to provide much-needed natural gas to consumers in the Southeast region to meet growing power demand, displace coal and improve grid reliability. As Toby mentioned, upon closing of the Equitrans acquisition, we intend to pursue expanding MVP from 2 Bcf per day to 2.5 Bcf per day to meet additional demand growth expected in the Southeast region. This expansion will be achieved through the addition of compression to the existing pipe rather than laying new steel and thus has a low execution and regulatory risk profile and high returns, with an estimated build multiple of just 4 to 5x EBITDA. Turning to Slide 7 of our investor presentation, we provided more granular details on how the Equitrans transaction is expected to impact EQT's pro forma cost structure. While we are still working through some of the nuances of exactly how the transaction will be accounted for in our financial statements, this cost walk should give investors a good framework for thinking about the pro forma impacts of the transaction. In summary, we expect the transaction to drive a pro forma unlevered cost structure improvement of approximately $0.50 per Mcfe. Base synergies equate to approximately $0.12 per Mcfe and upside synergies provide a further $0.08 improvement. So the cost structure benefits to EQT from the Equitrans deal could total approximately $0.70 per Mcfe over time. That is a monumental impact. The advantage arising from this cost structure improvement is evident on Slide 10 of our investor deck, where we show cumulative 2025 to 2029 free cash flow for pro forma EQT and natural gas peers at gas prices ranging from $2.75 to $5 per MMBtu. EQT's pro forma free cash flow durability is peer leading at $2.75 natural gas prices as we project approximately $8 billion of cumulative free cash flow versus most peers to our free cash flow negative at this price deck. At the same time, free cash flow and an upside price environment, pro forma cumulative free cash flow generation of a staggering $26 billion. And importantly, most peers will actually have much less upside than shown here as they are likely to defensively and programmatically hedge away much of the commodity price upside to protect the downside risk resulting from high operating leverage. This underscores how the Equitrans acquisition drives free cash flow durability and down cycles while unlocking the ability to capture asymmetric upside in high-priced environments, given limited financial hedging needs. I want to close by sharing a few observations from the more than 100 meetings we've had with EQT and Equitrans shareholders in the wake of our acquisition announcement. While we have already experienced a high grading of our shareholder base over the past several years, the Equitrans transaction has further accelerated this trend as the merits of pairing the characteristics of a major integrated company with the superior long-term demand profile of natural gas is resonating extremely well. And we have been encouraged by the near unanimous support for the transaction from some of the world's largest, most thoughtful long-term fund managers, including shareholders of Equitrans who have expressed excitement in owning significant stakes in the new EQT. We think our easy-to-own business model will be increasingly coveted by long-term coffee can style investors who are structurally bullish natural gas long term. and we look forward to demonstrating this differentiated value proposition for shareholders as we navigate the volatile world ahead. And with that, we'd now like to open up the call to questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from the line of Neil Mehta with Goldman Sachs.
Ati Modak:
This is Ati on for Neil. Guys, I'd be curious on the nonoperated asset sales in the pipeline, how are you thinking about the portion that's remaining? How the conversations are going with potential buyers? And what should we expect in terms of the structure of those deals? Should it be similar to what you've announced? Or is it going to be a little bit more cash oriented?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So we're continuing to have some really constructive conversations there and have a lot of great momentum. And I think what we're seeing is the announcement of the deal with Equinor a couple of weeks ago is actually really catalyzing those to move forward even more swiftly. So we have a ton of confidence in getting that done and a lot of great dialogue that's ongoing.
Look, I think the deal with Equinor was a little bit unique because they had other strategic objectives in their exit from U.S. onshore. That's why we structured that deal the way we did, but I'd anticipate the remaining sale of that interest to be in the -- in cash consideration as opposed to a more complex kind of mix of assets and cash.
Ati Modak:
Got it. Appreciate that. And then as you think about the supply/demand macro for natural gas in the U.S. right now, you did mention that you will extend the cuts. How are you seeing the response -- the production response that you're seeing from the latest numbers? Is that -- is there an element of sufficiency there? Do you think there's additional cuts required? And how should we think about your philosophy as you think of bringing the cadence back online?
Toby Rice:
Yes. We think that you're going to continue to see cuts and discipline from other operators. But I think a lot of eyeballs are focused on what's going to happen with some weather with a normal summer, that could bring the -- that could tighten up some of the storage overhang we have. And then also these low gas prices are going to encourage more power demand. So I mean, we think there's a couple of catalysts here. But in the meantime, until those hit, I think you could continue to see more patience from operators.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. At a high level, when you think about the macro outlook, you added about 400 Bcf a day into storage in excess from the winter weather, then another 200 on top of that from production being higher than we all forecasted. So you have an overhang of about 600 Bcf that has to get worked out by, call it, October. And that will happen -- the market mechanism forces that to happen both through curtailments to limitations in supply but also increases in demand from coal to gas switching. And as Toby said, certainly constructive summer weather can give that a boost as well. But look, I think to maintain that market rebalance through the summer, you probably maintain low prices. It probably can't rise all that much. But once you get through that October period, you see the inflection of LNG demand really start to pick up. We think that market starts to change pretty swiftly.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Gentlemen, I wanted to get your thoughts on, obviously, the data center demand, you highlighted in your deck how you think that this could create kind of a premium opportunity for gas that's sold on the Transco Zones 4 and 5 South lines. I was wondering if you could give us just your general thoughts on how differentials may play out in the Appalachia Basin over time and specifically highlight your leverage to these 2 zones?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes, Arun. So look, I'd start with going back to those physical gas sales deals that we announced in Q3, Q4 last year. And if you look at the way that was structured, we tranche that out across those markets. And so those were sold in tranches ranging from M2 plus $1.15, all the way up to Henry Hub plus $0.50, right? So we gave you guys the blended pricing for how that impacts the company. But to us, that sort of keyed us off to a lot of the demand and the tailwinds that are really coming that the utilities are seeing. And effectively, the premium being paid is to lock in reliability of supply. And so I think that's a good proxy for where that market moves in time. And if you think about what's happening between just electrification of everything, now adding data centers into that and think about the way the Transco pipeline, where it supplies gaps across the country, you're going to see the LNG facilities pull gas south on that pipeline and create an even bigger deficit in that Southeast market.
So we think that market really in time becomes the most premium market in the country because you have a combination of LNG pulling gas away, and a deeper deficit from all these other factors we're talking about, whether it's retirement of coal, whether it's data center growth. And so that's why the utilities, I think, are willing to pay the prices that they did to lock up reliable gas supply. That's the reason we're so excited about expanding MVP and adding additional capacity because we think -- I mean, there's a big demand sync being created in that market from both themes but it's really the confluence of both of those big demand themes that's going to drive that market where it is. That's why we're so excited about MVP and also where our asset sits adjacent to that market.
Arun Jayaram:
And just I have a follow-up. We had been liaising with a couple of utilities and they mentioned how Governor Shapiro in Pennsylvania was somewhat focused on trying to keep grow demand within the state. And so I just wondered, Toby, give your perspective on some of the thoughts because Pennsylvania, as you know, exports electricity and gas, thoughts about some of that data center demand coming within the state of Pennsylvania as well as any latest views on East Coast LNG.
Toby Rice:
Yes, we were certainly encouraged to hear Governor Shapiro's comments about natural gas, both on increasing potential for power demand, but also in his comments about the LNG pause and advising President Biden that this LNG pause is a bad idea. I think Governor Shapiro understands that the people of Pennsylvania understand that natural gas is the economic engine that's powering the economy here in Pennsylvania and understands that natural gas is the key to decarbonizing, not only our own grids in the U.S., which Pennsylvania is the poster child for how impactful you can be lowering emissions when you replace coal with gas, but also understanding how we can do that on the world stage.
People need to recognize -- I think a lot of people don't understand how much power Pennsylvania actually generates. And with the lowest cost, cleanest source of natural gas in the country being located in Pennsylvania, we have an opportunity to really think about expanding electricity exports to other states. And listen, look at what's happening in the Northeast part of this country, a lot of them put a lot of eggs in the offshore wind basket, and we consistently see offshore wind get knocked down, have projects get pulled. What's going to replace that? The sure thing, the thing that's always been there, natural gas demand, and we have an opportunity here that we are pushing to make sure natural gas can continue to give Americans affordable, reliable clean energy.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Jacob Roberts with TPH & Company.
Jacob Roberts:
Just looking at the second quarter production guide, I apologize if I missed it, but can you help quantify the impact of the non-op side of things on the curtailments and TIL deferrals, please?
Toby Rice:
Are you talking about from the sale or which you're talking about specifically?
Jacob Roberts:
I believe the guide includes the 1 Bcf a day from your side and then also note some non-op TIL deferrals and curtailments as well. So I was just wondering on that on non-op side of things.
Toby Rice:
Yes. So net to the non-op interest, what's baked in there is about 10 to 15 Bs and the rest of it is operated deferrals that we -- are direct impact of our decisions.
Jacob Roberts:
Okay. Great. And then the second question, I think our work would help us agreeing with you on the outlook on the Southeast and Mid-Atlantic demand growth as we progressed through the decade. Just wanted to get your views on the potential to send more gas that way beyond MVP and the expansion? And maybe related to that, how should we think about third-party volumes on MVP over time?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So I think what's unique about MVP is that it is a -- it's a pipe where EQT owns 60% of the capacity today. And we are the only producer shipper on that pipe. So there's no other producers who actually can access that market through MVP. The other 40% are held by utilities on the other end. And so I think we are very uniquely positioned in that sense. The expansion will be part of a FERC open season. So who ends up with that capacity just under that regulated process. But it's certainly something that we think we are positioned to benefit from either way. I mean there's value to be created through the expansion. There's value to be added for the utilities by supplying them new gas in that end market. I mean we're all aligned and wanting to have that happen. Even if we are not the ones to take the capacity out, not win that auction, I think we benefit either way, we get to sell more gas where producers collectively in Appalachia get to sell more gas to the utilities on the other end of that pipe. So it's -- no matter how you look at it, I think, a big net benefit to EQT.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Michael Scialla with Stephens.
Michael Scialla:
I want to see a little bit more detail on your curtailments in terms of price level you would need to see before you change your decision there on the Bcf per day of curtailments.
Toby Rice:
Yes. At a high level, we think about it as cash cost plus F&D costs. We do want to recover the sunk cost of drilling the well. So that's why we think about it like that. So I mean you -- I mean it depends on the area, but call it around $1.50 in basin.
Michael Scialla:
Okay. And Jeremy, so say you -- it sounds like you expect a pretty good step up in price when you get to sort of the October time frame. If you were to see that $1.50 price persists through the summer before you see that step up, would that suggest you're going to likely extend those curtailments through the summer?
Jeremy Knop:
I mean, look, we'll always do what's best to create long-term value. So look, we're always watching the market. There's always events that happen that we will change our decisions if the facts change. So it depends. But what we've mapped out right now is our current expectation.
Michael Scialla:
Got you. And then just want to follow up on MVP. You talked about the demand growth you see in the Southeast U.S. and your plans to expand the pipeline, so a lot of focus on the integrated upstream, midstream model for you in your lower cost structure. How do you think about that with your divestiture plan and your potential to lay off, so I'm interested in that pipeline. Is it important to maintain control there? Or could you sell off all your interest there? I guess, just how you're thinking about marrying those 2 things?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So we have a tremendous amount of optionality, first of all. If you think about -- I mean, look, I think if you back in, first of all, the non-op asset sales side, the $1.1 billion value level that we called out for what we did with Equinor, if you gross that up, that implies about $2.75 billion to that whole package, right? So if the rest of it is a cash sale, you end up with, call it, $2 billion to $2.5 billion of cash coming in the door from that side, right? That's already, call it, 2/3 of the $3.5 billion asset sale target we talked about a month or 2 ago when we announced the Equitrans deal. So we don't have to really divest a lot or many assets on the Equitrans side if we don't want to. So again, it gives us a lot of optionality.
If you think about some of the other deals done in the market like in the regulated space recently, TC Energy did a pretty interesting deal with GIP. It was a deal done for assets, not as high quality as MVP at like 11x EBITDA. BlackRock did a deal with Portland Gas recently also about 11x EBITDA. Again, not as good of a quality asset as MVP. And when you think about just the regulated assets overall in Equitrans, it's call it a $7 billion bucket of value. We could sell off some of those, we could sell off a minority interest, maintain control, maintain operatorship. There's a lot of different ways to structure it. And that is something we're working through right now. But I think our confidence level in getting something done that maintains optionality both near term and long term while still ensuring we delever the balance sheet rapidly in a really efficient way is very, very high.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from Bert Donnes with Truist Securities.
Bertrand Donnes:
Just had a question on the potential divestitures. As you reduce debt, how price sensitive are you? Is this kind of a highest bidder wins? Or is this, say, hey, if the bids aren't up to your expectations, you just kind of walk away?
Toby Rice:
Yes. As Jeremy mentioned, I mean, we have a ton of optionality and that means we're going to continue to be really value focused on these things. So while there's certainly -- there's a lot of interest here, which gives us a lot of confidence in completing this plan. I think you look at the Equinor transaction, we're going to be getting some pretty good values for these assets.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. If you step back and think about the time line, the rating agency guided us towards, it's, call it, 12 to 18 months post-closing. We have guided closing to be probably a Q4 event. So we think about it as like we need to get through the deleveraging plan by the end of 2025, right? I think most of us expect the market for gas in 2025 to be a lot more robust than it is today, so because we're taking an opportunistic approach. We have good momentum right now. I feel very good that we get things done near term at very attractive values. But if we -- if something happens, and we decide, hey, let's be a little more patient, wait 6 months, wait 9 months, there's no issue doing that to make sure we maximize value.
Bertrand Donnes:
That makes sense. And then switching to the LNG agreement you announced. I just wanted to make sure I understood the strategy right. This puts you at 45% of kind of your Gulf Coast exposure. Are you approaching the limit? Or is maybe there some understanding that, hey, you could go to 75% or so if you in the future plan to add some volumes that maybe had Gulf Coast exposure through a bolt-on or something like that? Or is there some number you guys have in your head where you kind of call it off or is 100% fine?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think stepping back at a very high level, just from a market diversification perspective, we sort of soft circled around 10% of our volumes being exposed to international pricing, feels about right. And depending on the discussions with end buyers, we could toggle that number up or down. Where we're at right now, we've got about 10% of our numbers here. But keep in mind, these agreements are nonbinding, and there's some work to do to get the terms that allow us to achieve our objectives. So we have that level here, but maybe not all of those agreements will make it to the finish line, but we've got a lot of optionality, give us the ability to make sure we get the terms that we need.
Bertrand Donnes:
Got you. And then this is a shot in the dark and it's related. I wouldn't call it an extra question. Is there any push because of the data center demand that maybe you would take your foot off the pedal of LNG? Is there -- are there balancing forces there? Or there are just kind of 2 positive outlooks that you're looking at? That's all I've got.
Toby Rice:
Yes, it's certainly another dynamic that we're putting into consideration. And when we step back and we look at the opportunity, servicing the emerging market of LNG, we have capacity to do that with our existing pipes. But one of the great things about data center demand is Appalachia has proximity to that. And so when we talk about advocating for LNG, this is more of a tide is going to raise all ships and be constructive for long-term demand of natural gas demand in the U.S. But when it comes to data centers, our view is really how can we get more direct exposure to that rising demand. And so we positioned the company extremely favorably to be able to make sure that we can get differentiated access to this new opportunity set. Things like positioning with MVP is great, showing the willingness to be first mover on doing large transformative gas supply deals that deliver reliable clean energy to customers. We're fielding calls on that front. And so we're really taking a much more targeted approach and leveraging our operation and commercial footprint to capture these opportunities in front of us.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. I think it's really important to remember, if you step back and think about these LNG deals. I mean, they are very long-term agreements. And if you just look at the time when the U.S. became an exporter of LNG from 2015 to 2020, that arb was actually negative, right? So we expect over the long-term LNG to be a very positive catalyst, can add a lot of value. But if you sign up for too much LNG and that arb is negative for a couple of years, it's like a very, very expensive pipeline contract, right? You can get yourself into trouble with that. You saw that happen in the past decade. And so we think about it from -- you learn from the past. This is -- it's not the same as pipeline, but it is similar. So we are taking a very prudent approach to it. And when we step back and compare and contrast LNG versus data center demand, I think what's happening in the data centers will create a lot more like structural baseload demand not subject to is the arb open, is the arb closed for different periods of time. And that sort of stability is something that we really try to focus on in our business as we build it for the long term. So we'll have exposure to both, right? So in certain periods, one will be better than the other. But I think that growing data center demand theme on the doorstep of our asset base is something that has really surprised us. And the more we study it, the more excited we get.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Roger Read with Wells Fargo.
Roger Read:
Yes. Just want to follow up. Is there any update on any of the regulatory hurdles related to the acquisition of ETRN?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Part for the course, we pulled and refiled with the FTC and the sustained operating procedure. So we've continued to work alongside the FTC and provide updates along the way. We're really encouraged about the opportunity to talk to the FCC about how this transaction makes Americas natural gas Champion EQT, a lower-cost energy provider, delivering more reliable energy and also helping customers acquire cleaner energy sources. So a lot of great things for us to talk about with the FTC, and we're excited about the process.
Roger Read:
Understood. And along those lines, the long-term demand here on the AI side, is there anything the data centers, let's call it, is there anything else you've seen recently or heard recently or any sort of direct outreach from consumers to EQT?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think there's a new dynamic that's really taking center stage here. Everybody understands the energy that they acquired. They want it affordable. They want it reliable. They want it clean. And certainly, with data centers liability is at the top of the list. But the other dynamic at play is going to be speed. And there's only one energy source that has shown the proof of track record of being able to meet any sort of demand from America and that is natural gas. Speed matters. And at a very high level, there's a couple of things that's going to allow natural gas to service this new demand quickly. Number one is leveraging existing power infrastructure, understanding that natural gas power plants are only running on average around a 60% utilization factor. There's an opportunity to leverage that underutilized capacity, and that could increase natural gas demand in the near short term.
And then stepping back, I think people are getting -- looking at how are they going to service this new demand. And all the challenges it takes to build any infrastructure even looking at natural gas, which will require a 20-acre footprint and all the permits associated need to make that happen, compare that to a 3,000-acre footprint if you're going to do solar or a 5,000-acre footprint if you're going to do wind. And you can understand that the best bet and the fastest option most proven is going to be leveraging natural gas to fill this demand.
Jeremy Knop:
I think it's super important to remember here, too, in terms of like in consumers reaching out wanting to buy gas, like if there is a first-mover advantage in this, like we already have it, right? We already sold 1.2 Bcf a day on a 10-year basis to the 2 biggest utilities in this region, right? And so when you think about where all the demand for data centers is right now in the country, today, you have about 20 gigawatts of demand. 13 of that is in the Southeast market, right? So a tremendous amount. So when these utilities reach out and they say, we need long-term reliable gas from a stable producer like EQT is the first name on the list. That is why we are the only ones who have already done a deal like this and done it at a scale that I think dwarfs what most people could do because we're the preferred supplier of gas. And you have to have a lot of characteristics in your business to be able to be that preferred supplier, part of it is scale, part of it is depth of inventory, it's credit ratings. It's having a really creative team that can work with utilities in buyers of gas to structure deals like this.
So look, we think we're really, really well positioned to leverage what we've already done and accelerate that. And look, like we've already done, we're taking molecules that anyone can produce and selling them at a premium. I mean that's the essence of what we're doing. And I think we can do that and unlock sustainable demand in the process.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Noel Parks with Tuohy Brothers.
Noel Parks:
I've got a couple of questions. Start on some of the same curve you've just been discussing. One of them was -- well, maybe sort of a broader question. You guys have clearly done a lot of thinking about risk reward and LNG timing. And I just wondered if you had any thoughts sort of in hindsight on the Freeport LNG outage of a couple of years ago. As we have LNG taking up a greater percentage of the consumption, possibility of events like that seems to loom a little large. I'm just wondering what your thoughts are on that? Whether that's something that's best addressed through hedging or whether it's just going to be another sort of potential volatility in the gas market?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think the Freeport outage is just an example of the uncertainties that exist in any market, natural gas not excluded. And the Ukraine war, who saw that happening and the positive catalyst that created on our market. I think how do we deal with these types of uncertainties. One is understand that these uncertainties will exist. And part of the way we handle that and position the business is to take a steady measured approach when we're thinking about accessing new markets. I think we certainly are the first ones to get excited. But when it comes to translating that to action, we are very strategic and very methodical on the steps that we're taking to do that.
And I think you look at these uncertainties, this volatility that we're going to see in the natural gas market, we positioned our business at a very high level to be able to thrive in a volatile commodity price environment. And you can hedge, you can pay down debt, but we think the most impactful thing you can do to derisk your business is to lower your cost structure. And having a cost structure at $2 is not only going to derisk our business, it's also going to increase our exposure to higher pricing by mitigating our need to defensively hedge. So I think we're pretty good with the strategy right here, and it's just keeping the track on all the different moving parts and pieces, but that's sort of the general framework that we're deploying here.
Jeremy Knop:
Noel, think about how much LNG export capacity is being built just in Calcasieu Pass as an example, right? I mean that dwarfs just Freeport alone. So say there's a hurricane or a barge sinks, I mean, come up with any scenario, say that is shut in even for a month, the amount of volume that backs up in U.S. storage from just one event like that can be pretty tremendous.
So when you think about LNG, I think there's certainly risk where like the pull could be to the upside. But in terms of what happens really quick, you don't expect it's probably more skewed to the downside, right? So what we're trying to do with our business, I mean, we make money as price times volume less costs, right? It's pretty simple. We want to make sure that no matter what that cost is so low that we don't have to be chasing after price, right? Because it's easy to cut production. That's what we've done right now. Increasing production is a lot harder, right? So if you run a business model where bad thing happens, you have to decline production, a significant amount to remain cash flow positive. But then when prices go up, it takes you 12 to 18 months to ramp production back up sustainably. I mean, prices don't hang high that long, right? It's a bit of a chasing after the wind. So we're trying to run our business in a much more stable way, where the downside is not really a big deal. We can still generate durable cash flow. And in the upside case, we've got the same volume times the higher price, and we don't have the huge hedge loss, right? One of the things that I think is remarkable to us when we step back and look at the last 5 years, even the winners in 2020 were the big integrated companies, right? They didn't really sweat COVID as much because they have high-quality, low-cost businesses. The winters in 2022 when you had windfall pricing about oil and gas, were again integrated because they were unhedged, right? That's why stock prices are at all-time highs. They're sitting on a lot of cash. We lost more money hedging in 2022, nearly $6 billion than the market cap we just paid for Equitrans. So just like put that in perspective and think about you go through that sort of cycle again in a world we expect to be more volatile that looks more and more like that more frequently, if a deal like this puts us in a position where we can emulate the sort of success that those bigger companies actually achieved over that time period, the amount of shareholder value unlocked by doing that is tremendous. It's a very hard thing to model, right? But in reality, when you overlay psychology and risk management coming to protect against operating leverage on top of that, that's the result that plays out. right? And so that's how we positioned ourselves. We think there's a lot more events like that, that happen again, whether it's from LNG or something else. Prices will go very low. You're seeing it this year. Conversely, all of a sudden, demand gets pulled. You have full utilization. You can drain U.S. storage very rapidly. And it will take production a little while to respond, right? So we want to be in a position where we're best able to weather the downside and capture that upside. And over the long term, that value will compound in a very differentiated way.
Noel Parks:
Great. And I totally understand your framing of the factors of data center demand growth, coal retirement. And sort of on the issue of grid fragility, I think, in particular, about the microgrid market. I was thinking back to your deal with Bloom Energy a couple of years ago for RSG certificate sales. And I just wondered if you saw similar opportunities, whether deals like that are kind of a good investment in company time, in terms of just what you can capture, in terms of sort of economics of those. So any thoughts on that would be great.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Specifically on RSG and making investments there, we think, producing clean energy and having the transparency backed up with certificates to prove that, it's going to be normal operating procedure going forward. But if your question is about power generation and partnering with power-generating companies like Bloom Energy, there's really 2 different worlds that are going to be servicing this data set, this power demand. One is going to be on the grid. And if you want to use that, get in line. You've got long queues that you need to work through to get interconnected to the grid. But this other world, which is one of the ones we're being a little bit more direct with our partnerships to bring solutions to market is behind the grid power generation solutions. That's where we can leverage our operational footprint, our existing assets, the pipelines and develop behind the grid energy solutions for customers. We think that could offer a much faster pathway to meeting their energy demands. And as I mentioned before, speed matters. And I think behind the grid solutions will be ways that we can flex some of those partnerships.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Josh Silverstein with UBS.
Joshua Silverstein:
So you provided a lot of good details on the lower breakeven price. So I just had a couple of questions there. First, I think you exclude the non-divestiture impacts. Can you give us what the pro forma numbers would be? And then just around the third-party revenues, it's big at $0.27 here. Does this change over time? Or are these under 10-, 15-year or 20-year agreements that, that should stay pretty consistent through 2030s?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So I guess, first of all, on the cost walk, I don't anticipate much of a change from the non-op sales. They are high-quality assets, but it's not going to move the needle all that much. I think there's other variables in the mix that will have a more outsized impact of that in terms of like you capturing synergies, other projects we're investing in around the asset footprint. So I wouldn't -- I think that's still a pretty good directional walk as to where we expect that to end up.
Toby Rice:
Yes. And then as far as the third-party opportunity set, yes, we look at that as a way to reduce our cost structure. Listen, we're rolling up our sleeves and understanding what the opportunity set looks like there. Like what we did when we came in here with EQT, we wanted to realize the full potential of EQT's assets. It's the same playbook being -- in mentality being applied to the E-Train assets. And one of the ways that we can realize the full potential of those assets is increasing the utilization of those midstream assets. And one of the ways that we can do that is with our own volumes, but also there's going to be opportunities where there's opportunities for us to increase utilization using third-party volumes. So that's something that we're mapping out. The leadership at EQT, that's going to be running these assets, has a track record of maximizing the utilization of our pipe systems. Just a reminder, at Rice Energy producing 2 Bcf a day gross, our midstream team was gathering almost 3 Bcf a day. So this is a part of the DNA, and it's aligned with our core strategy of lowering our cost structure.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got it. That's helpful. And then just before just on the hedges, just going back to the prior call, I thought the view was that E-Train would now be the new hedge, but you guys have added hedges into the first half of next year, pretty similar to it looks like to what the second half of '24 is. Was it just a view of maybe some potential weakness or uncertainty this winter before you have a rising demand outlook going forward? Or is this a change in strategy over the past few months?
Jeremy Knop:
No, Josh, it's consistent with what we talked about before. I mean step one is deleveraging. So we need to protect the balance sheet first and foremost. By the time we get through that, we hit our targets by the end of 2025. I think you see the post 2025 hedge strategy look very different. But look, the next 12 to 18 months is all about the balance sheet, bulletproofing that plan. But in 2026 and beyond, I think you're going to see us have differentiated upside to higher gas prices in volatility.
Operator:
There are no other questions in the queue. This will conclude today's conference. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Hello and thank you for standing by. My name is Regina and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the EQT Fourth Quarter 2023 Quarterly Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to turn the conference over to Cameron Horwitz, Managing Director of Investor Relations and Strategy. Please go ahead.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning and thank you for joining our fourth quarter and year end 2023 earnings results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer and Jeremy Knop, Chief Financial Officer. In a moment, Toby and Jeremy will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website and we will reference certain slides during today’s discussion. A replay of today’s call will be available on our website beginning this evening. I’d like to remind you that today’s call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in yesterday’s earnings release, in our investor presentation, the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today’s call also contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I will turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Cam and good morning everyone. Coming into 2023, I sat down with our leadership team and we set our overarching corporate mission and goal for the year with two simple words
Jeremy Knop:
Thanks, Toby and good morning, everyone. I’ll start by summarizing our fourth quarter results, which highlight our operational momentum as we closed out the year. Sales volumes of 564 Bcfe was toward the high end of our guidance range, reflecting continued best-in-class execution from our drilling and completion teams, along with strong well performance. Our per unit adjusted operating revenues were $2.75 per Mcfe, and our total per unit operating costs were $1.27 per Mcfe, which were at the low end of our guidance range driven by lower-than-expected LOE and G&A expenses. It’s worth noting that we outperformed LOE expectations every quarter in 2023 with total absolute LOE coming in $40 million below our internal forecast, driven largely by more efficient water handling facilitated by the investments we’ve made in water infrastructure. Capital expenditures were $539 million, which were in the lower half of our guidance range, reflecting the operational efficiency gains Toby mentioned previously. Turning to the balance sheet. Last month, we completed several transactions that eliminated debt, reduced interest expense, simplified our balance sheet and established an important 10-year pricing reference point, which is the longest dated bond outstanding of our natural gas peers and underscores the market’s confidence in our inventory duration. First, we retired all outstanding convertible senior notes due in 2026, which eliminated more than $400 million of absolute debt. Recall, our fully diluted share count already included the shares associated with our convertible notes. We simultaneously liquidated the capped call that we had purchased in conjunction with the issuance of the convertible notes for cash proceeds of $93 million. Pro forma the convertible note retirement, our total debt outstanding is currently $5.5 billion, which equates to a 1.6x leverage when annualizing fourth quarter adjusted EBITDA. Following the convertible note settlement, we executed a highly successful $750 million 10-year bond offering last month, the proceeds of which we used to pay off 60% of the term loan that we borrowed in conjunction with the closing of the Tug Hill and XcL Midstream acquisitions. We saw extremely strong demand from the credit market with a peak order book of almost $6 billion and the bonds pricing at a tight 1.65% spread to comparable U.S. treasury rates, which is similar to credit spreads of many of the highest quality large-cap companies in the broader energy sector. In conjunction with the bond offering, we also extended the maturity of our remaining term loan from mid-2025 to mid-2026, providing ample flexibility for maturity management moving forward. In terms of capital allocation, we will continue to prioritize debt pay-down until we achieve our $3.5 billion gross debt target. Our capital allocation philosophy is underpinned by an unwavering focus on establishing a fortress balance sheet, countercyclical and opportunistic share repurchases and a steadily growing base dividend. This long-term focused value investing framework has received resounding support from our increasingly high-quality shareholder base, and we will continue to allocate capital in accordance with this first principles framework. Looking ahead to 2024, we are setting an annual production guidance range of 2,200 to 2,300 Bcfe, which is underpinned by a fully loaded maintenance capital program of $1.95 million to $2.05 billion. Additionally, we are investing $200 million to $300 million into several strategic growth projects in the form of midstream and water infrastructure and infill land capture this year. These opportunistic investments are significantly value enhancing, and I want to take a moment to highlight the merits of each of these. The acquisition of XcL Midstream last year created a full-service midstream platform within EQT. And through this platform, we are already sourcing proprietary opportunities that generate strong risk-adjusted returns and robust free cash flow yields, even superior to those of our core Marcellus wells, while at the same time derisking our upstream operations. As shown on Slide 10, we are investing in three Midstream growth projects this year, comprised of the Clarington Connector, the OakGate Pipeline and the Pacific Coast Compression project. The combined capital associated with these projects is approximately $115 million. And once fully operational, these projects should generate aggregate annual free cash flow of nearly $50 million in the form of superior price realizations. This implies these investments will generate an aggregate free cash flow yield of nearly 40%, which is extremely attractive given the absence of price risk and the annuity-like cash flow profile over a 20-year asset life. We forecast a total return on investment of roughly 8x and the aggregate net present value of these projects is estimated at $250 million, implying value creation for shareholders equivalent to roughly $0.60 per share. Despite only having this Midstream business for just 6 months, these initial projects provide a glimpse into the long-term opportunity we see for this new business line. Reinvestment opportunities of this quality only come about because of the symbiotic relationship between our midstream and upstream teams working in alignment together. We believe this approach to growing shareholder value is differentiated among peers, especially in a $2 gas world, and intend to cultivate this platform so that it becomes an even more impactful driver of shareholder value creation over time. Within our reserve development CapEx, we’ve also allocated $80 million to expand our existing water infrastructure assets in West Virginia. As shown on Slide 12 of our investor deck, we expect 2024 investments into our water infrastructure to drive annual savings of $20 million, implying a 25% free cash flow yield on our invested capital. Our EQT-owned water system has materially increased the amount of water produced that we can recycle, which is having a tangible impact on our cost structure as demonstrated by our LOE coming in below forecast every quarter last year, translating to $40 million more free cash flow than originally forecasted. Turning to land. We have roughly $100 million allocated to opportunistic infill leasehold growth in mineral acquisitions this year. As shown on Slide 13 of our investor presentation, opportunistic leasehold additions organically replenished 65% of the acreage that we developed over just the past year, which is a pace of replenishment that can materially expand our years of inventory when aggregated over time. We believe this ability to organically backfill developed inventory is a unique feature among U.S. shale plays that largely exists only within Southwest Appalachia due to the land configuration and historic development activity. We are seeing notable opportunities to add to our acreage position at extremely attractive prices this year given the low commodity price environment, which we were able to capture due to our strong financial position. To put into context, the value creation potential of deploying leasehold capital, we highlight a very tangible example on Slide 13 of our investor presentation. In 2022, we infilled leased acreage and increased our working interest by 18% in our Polecat North development located in Greene County, which we brought online last year. The incremental interest we added in this project through organic leasing is projected to generate a 90%-plus free cash flow yield in year 1 alone and nearly 55% of annual free cash flow yield over the first 5 years and a return on invested capital of roughly 7x the strip pricing. This example highlights why we see these tactical land expenditures as an extremely attractive reinvestment of capital while simultaneously extending inventory duration, which can, in turn, help facilitate additional strategic initiatives such as signing long-term supply agreements. A key point I want to leave you with on these growth projects is whether it’s land capital, infrastructure investments, our acquisition strategy, long-term agreements with utilities or our base upstream business, we are incredibly intentional about aligning these decisions to ensure they symbiotically work together to enhance each other and collectively result in optimal risk-adjusted compounding of shareholder capital in the decades ahead. In essence, this is the definition of terminal value. And through building a successful track record of these decisions, we expect this to be reflected in our stock price. Lastly, I want to quickly touch on our cost structure guidance given the moving pieces with the imminent startup of MVP. We are guiding full year transmission expense to $0.42 to $0.44 per Mcfe, which is up approximately $0.10 year-over-year driven by the costs associated with MVP. This is partly offset by an accompanying contractual step-down in our gathering rates, which we forecast to be in the $0.52 to $0.54 range for 2024, down from roughly $0.65 in 2023. Within our 2024 corporate differential guidance of $0.50 to $0.70, we conservatively assume EQT flows only a portion of our MVP capacity due to downstream limitations at Station 165. In the winter months, we should be able to flow at higher rates on MVP and realize a greater premium on downstream pricing. Thus, the cash flow uplift associated with MVP will be seasonal in nature until downstream expansion projects come online. It’s also worth highlighting that we have roughly 500 MMcf per day of our Station 165 pricing exposure hedged through financial instruments and firm physical sales through 2025, which provides downside protection should there be any further price pressure downstream of MVP over the next few years. With nearly 2.5 Bcf per day of upcoming project expansions at Station 165 and significant demand pull from the Southeast region, our ability to flow volumes on MVP and associated realized pricing should progressively improve over the coming years culminating in the commencement of our firm sales contracts in 2027 that are projected to improve our corporate-wide differential by $0.15 to $0.20, driving a $300 million-plus uplift in annual free cash flow generation. Turning to Slide 11 of our investor presentation. We announced the proposed acquisition of an additional 34% ownership in the EQT operated Seely and Warrensville gathering system in Northeast Pennsylvania for $205 million in cash, and we currently expect the transaction to close in late Q1 or early Q2. EQT currently owns 50% of this gathering system. So our pro forma ownership will increase to 84% based on terms agreed to in the purchase agreement, subject to the potential exercise of certain preferential purchase rights. Recall, this gathering system was part of the Alta acquisition we completed in 2021, which has been a significant source of value creation for EQT. The purchase price implies we are acquiring these assets for a double-digit free cash flow yield, underscoring how this deal allows us to reinvest capital into durable, long-lived infrastructure at an attractive rate of return with near zero execution risk, given we operate both the system and the upstream development underpinning the assets. Consistent with our broader strategy to reinvest capital into assets that improve our corporate cost structure, our greater ownership in the system will immediately lower our overall free cash flow breakeven price by more than $0.01 per Mcfe upon close. We are currently looking at ways we can shift even more development activity onto this system over the coming years, which could drive additional upside to the transaction. Moving to hedging. We tactically added to the front end of our 2024 hedge position earlier this year, leaning into the price spike that occurred ahead of the winter storm in January. We have now greater than 50% of our first quarter 2024 production volumes hedged with a weighted average floor price of $3.87 per MMBtu, which has derisked a significant portion of our free cash flow outlook for the year. We have nearly 50% of our second quarter production hedged with a weighted average floor of $3.39 per MMBtu. And roughly 40% of our Q3 production covered at a weighted average floor price of $3.42 per MMBtu. Additionally, we’ve recently added some 2024 winter hedges, taking our fourth quarter hedge coverage up to more than 20% with a weighted average floor price of $3.47 per MMBtu. Turning to Appalachian. Basis differentials were relatively wide during the fourth quarter, driven by an elevated Eastern storage level and rising production associated with multiple operators completing wells that were deferred from earlier in the year. Our strong basis hedge position again paid dividends this quarter, boosting our corporate-wide realized natural gas price by $0.08 per MMBtu. As it relates to the increase in Appalachian supply, after peaking at just under 37 Bcf per day in December, production in the basin has fallen by roughly 1.5 Bcf per day, and we anticipate further declines in the Appalachian supply through the second quarter. On the local demand side, it’s noteworthy that PJM recently doubled its 15-year annualized load growth forecast from 0.8% to 1.6%. This equates to nearly 7 gigawatts of additional power demand by 2027, in more than 10 gigawatts by 2030, which, if satisfied by natural gas, would translate to nearly 2 Bcf per day of additional local demand by the end of the decade. This trend of increasing local demand juxtaposed against a relatively flat basin supply and the commencement of MVP should provide a structural tailwind for local pricing over the coming years, which we do not believe is currently priced into the basis futures market. As it relates to Lower 48 supply, it’s worth highlighting that a prominent data vendor revised its year-to-date supply estimates downward by 1 to 2 Bcf per day this week. We had suspected certain data sources were overstating production, and this downward revision validated the market is not as oversupplied as many previously thought. Assuming production simply stays flat at the current revised level and weather is normal through the injection season, end of summer gas storage will be roughly in-line with the 5-year average level. I’ll close by sharing a few philosophical thoughts on what we believe it takes to not only survive but to thrive as a natural gas producer and a macro backdrop that we expect will be characterized by unpredictable volatility for the foreseeable future. The real long-term winners in this business will not be the biggest companies that gain scale simply for the sake of scale, but will instead be the companies that have a corporate cost structure that is currently and in the future at the low end of the cost curve. A low cost structure is the only competitive advantage one can have in a commodity-driven business, which is why it is our North Star and drives nearly all of our strategic decision-making. While we are believers that future natural gas prices will be higher on average, we do not believe that prices will be stable at the $4 to $5 level, like the prevailing consensus view. And building a business around this assumption of average prices is likely to end poorly. Until we return to a world where we can build necessary domestic infrastructure, we believe we are more likely to see prices either around the $2 level they are today to force high-cost producers to curtail production and activity were materially higher to curtail demand, as pricing becomes the only variable left to balance natural gas inventories. Said another way, we believe an increasingly fat-tailed distribution of outcomes. That is a critical distinction, and we’re already seeing the manifestation of this dynamic with prompt month pricing at this moment. However, EQT is at the low end of the cost curve and will be moving even further down the cost curve over the next 5 years due to our contractual gathering rate reductions in long-term MVP firm sales agreements. This outcome is by design as our philosophy toward creating value in a cyclical, volatile commodity business has underpinned every one of our strategic decisions over the past several years. The culmination of these decisions has created a unique opportunity for investors, deploy capital into the preeminent natural gas platform that is positioned to generate peer-leading shareholder value through all parts of the commodity cycle over the long-term. And with that, we will open the call to questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question will come from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes. Good morning, team. I wanted to see on Slide 9, you highlight your views on maintenance CapEx and strategic growth CapEx and you compared it from 2024 relative to a 2025 to ‘28 outlook. Jeremy, I was wondering if you can maybe help us think about the trajectory of that spend? How does 2025 look versus ‘28? And maybe just some thoughts on midstream CapEx under this outlook because that was a clear focus of today some of the strategic midstream investments that EQT is making.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes, absolutely. So we’ve assumed in our go-forward forecast and our 5-year outlook, about $150 million per year, which is kind of a loose bucket we’ve assigned. I wouldn’t say it’s entirely defined through that forecast, but that’s our broad assumption, which is what’s reflected on that slide. There is a little bit of carryover on this Clarington Connector project into 2025, but I would say that expectation for spending is within that bucket. I mean look, I think these sort of spending projects, it’s not something that necessarily will be recurring. But look, if we see great opportunities that make our business better, sometimes it costs a little bit of money to invest and actually capture that price and that value. That’s what you’re seeing us do in 2024. There’ll be years, we probably don’t spend any of that capital and other years where we spend a little bit more.
Arun Jayaram:
That’s absolute helpful. Second question. Give us some thoughts on the glide path on the $2 billion deleveraging target. There have been some recent press reports on EQT, potentially looking at selling your non-op piece in Northeast PA. I don’t know if this is a great environment to be selling assets. I was wondering if you could comment on maybe some inorganic opportunities to de-lever, call it, in a big bang type of approach.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. Look, obviously, with the volatile commodity price environment, even a month ago, the outlook when the strip was at $3 is different than where the strip is today, closer to $40. So it’s, in many ways, organically, it will depend on just where the strip settles. We continue to be really bullish the next 6 to 9 months might be a little bit bumpy. But I think we continue to have the view, and I think you’re starting to see it from some of the earnings guidance already coming out this quarter. Really a curtailment in activity today is just going to really amplify the upside, I think, as we get into next year. So we remain well positioned to capture that. I think as much as really anybody. In terms of inorganic ways to de-lever, I mean, look, we – for the right price, we’re a seller of anything, right? I mean our focus and our North Star is really just creating shareholder value if there is an opportunity to do that. Certainly, I think when we started thinking about rationalizing the portfolio in Q4, we were looking at a $350 strip. So the process for executing on that might be maybe a little bit delayed. But I would say there is a renewed interest really across the market in non-operated assets, really from international players who have interest in having exposure to U.S. gas, and I think we’ve seen a little bit of this recently, but don’t want to actually have U.S. operations. So we really started exploring that because of inbounds we got. And I think a lot of those buyers are a little less price sensitive than some of the buyers domestically. So look, we – anything we do, it certainly is not defensive, it would be opportunistic. And I’d say we’ve seen some really good interest on the asset. I think it values that certainly do not reflect strip pricing. So we will remain opportunistic, but it’s something that could happen near-term. It could happen a year from now. But it’s just part of our continued effort to not necessarily just chase scale, but really chase quality and what creates the most value.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. I will turn it back. Thanks.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Sam Margolin with Wolfe Research. Please go ahead.
Sam Margolin:
Hey, good morning, everybody. Thanks for taking the question.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
Sam Margolin:
Thanks for the detail on the – on your activity plans for ‘24. As always, that’s a recurring slide. My question is the ranges of the number of wells that you drill and complete and turn to sales are the same range, but they are not necessarily aligned on either end. And so when you think about how you execute within those ranges, do they move together on a one-to-one basis? Or is there a scenario where you drill 120 wells, you complete 120 wells and you turn 120 wells in-line. And you have no change in sort of like your DUC backlog or your deferred TILs?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So to provide some more color on the numbers we put out there, I mean there is a mix of wells that are – not all the numbers are the same for what we spud to what we horizontally drill, complete and what we ultimately turn in line. When we put those numbers out – when we have to pick a number, it’s typically the TIL. And so there will be a little bit of a range there to account for some flexibility. If we see a more compelling opportunity in ‘25, we could pause on some of the TIL activity.
Sam Margolin:
Okay. That makes sense. And then, I mean, this is sort of a follow-up to those ranges. They are designed, I guess, to correspond to a number of different market outcomes. I mean what’s the market condition where you might materially change those ranges and bring down activity levels below where you’ve been running? Obviously, as you can imagine, that’s an inbound question I think all of us get from investors. Thanks.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes, Sam. It’s something that I think we, like every one of our peers is probably thinking about every day right now. I mean you look at the prompt price in the $160s. The market is asking for not only production curtailments, but also activity reductions. And look, if you look at our – even our production guidance that we gave in that bond prospectus in mid-January, you’ll notice we’ve reduced that range by about 50 Bcfe. I would characterize that as a response to the price environment we’re in and wanting to make sure there is flexibility. So EQT can respond and make sure that if price gives a signal for lower activity and in lower production, we stand ready to respond.
Sam Margolin:
Understood. Thank you so much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of John Abbott with Bank of America. Please go ahead.
John Abbott:
Hey, good morning. And thank you for taking our questions. Our first question is really on your 5-year cumulative free cash flow outlook. You mentioned $9 billion. And that’s lower than you gave in the third quarter. Obviously, that’s part of lower commodity prices. But when you think about those two outlooks, has there anything really changed on the cost side in terms of assumptions? And anything particularly moved when you look at those two projections?
Jeremy Knop:
No, John, there have been no changes. I don’t think of any material consequence aside from pricing.
John Abbott:
Alright. And then the other question here is really all related to your long-term gas differential. Where do you think your differential sort of – if you sort of look at strip pricing, where do you think it is from 2027? And then Jeremy, you sort of went out there and you suggested that in-basin demand should improve over time, and that’s not reflected in current differentials. Where do you think that could potentially move?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So if you look at just the EQT forecast, the midpoint of our range is that $0.60 level for differentials for this next year. If you look at where we end up in 2028 with the expansion projects in-line and just at current strip pricing, our realized differential will be about $0.50. So – our differential on average drops about $0.10 from where we sit today to really the back end of that 5-year guidance range. I mean, look, when you think about the in-basin demand dynamics, I think what we’ve highlighted could add potentially up to 2 Bs a day of demand in-basin, some of that might be taken by renewables, so call it 1 to 2 Bs net to gas. And then the MVP downstream expansion projects come online, too. I mean that’s going to fully utilize MVP. And I actually think from conversations we’re having, there is probably likelihood MVP gets expanded by another half B a day. At EQT, we stand ready to really be a supplier of that to support that project. I think there is ample demand in that southeast market with data center build-outs really underpinned by the AI revolution right now and population growth in that area that’s really pulling on gas for just absolute power demand increases in addition to core retirement. So it’s power, I think, in our view, as you look towards the end of this decade is increasingly becoming, I think, as bullish of a thematic tailwind is really LNG, and we will probably really take the torch from LNG in the coming years. And so I think that dynamic really – when you couple all those dynamics and themes together and I think you really see a really healthy backdrop for Appalachia. And I think certainly, as you see some operators start to run thin on inventory in the basin. I think it provides opportunity for companies like EQT to not only capture better in-basin pricing but actually really grow our own production into that and take a bigger share of the pie. So we – that’s really our expectation over the next couple of years. We stand ready to respond to it, but we see it really more as a tailwind than a headwind.
John Abbott:
Very, very helpful. Thanks for taking our questions.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of David Deckelbaum with TD Cowen. Please go ahead.
David Deckelbaum:
Good morning, guys. Thanks for taking my questions. I was hoping just to dig in a little bit more on just Arun’s question. I think you will highlight the lower implied maintenance CapEx going into ‘25 and beyond. I guess if we think about that delta of – I guess, $100 million, $200 million next year, is most of that just coming from continued synergies on the Tug Hill assets? Is it lower base decline? Is it implied cost savings? Is it less infrastructure spend? Or is it sort of all of the above? Or what’s driving the bulk of that?
Toby Rice:
Yes, I would say it would be all of the above. Teams are looking across all angles of the business, looking for ways to shave pennies off the program.
David Deckelbaum:
And then maybe just to talk a little bit about just the LOE side or production cost side. I think you’ve highlighted in the deck, especially on Slide 12, the benefits of the water system. The guidance, obviously, this year, I guess, now inclusive of the Tug Hill deal and some other moving parts, your LOE is moving higher. Are you including the expected benefits from the water system investments in your ‘24 guidance around LOE? Or is that something that would be additional upside?
Jeremy Knop:
You’re talking about the savings of $40 million that we referred to in the prepared remarks or what are you referring to?
David Deckelbaum:
Yes, the $40 million, and I guess like the completion of the systems in ‘24?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So those investments, I mean, you don’t get an instant response to the same year. I mean the time it takes to build those systems, you usually see that savings show up in the following year and the years after that. So like the water system investments, the additional $80 million we’re spending this year in interconnecting really the Chevron Water Systems, what we’ve built out the Tug Hill systems. I mean that’s really going to pay dividends for us, not only in completion costs over the coming years just through lower water cost and water recycling, but also through LOE. I expect more of that to show up in 2025 and beyond where you start seeing that move the needle.
David Deckelbaum:
Appreciate the color.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Kevin MacCurdy with Pickering Energy Partners. Please go ahead.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Hey, good morning. I had a couple of questions on the liquids production and pricing. The first question is, it looked like ethane production was lower than guidance for 4Q, while pricing for the other NGLs was higher than what we expected. Can you give some more detail on those two items and maybe remind us how your heavier NGLs are priced?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. Look, I would say on the ethane side, it really just comes down to what’s going on with the Shell cracker both in terms of Q4 actuals and also the outlook for 2024. So that’s really going to be the main driver of that. I think in the guidance we gave – assumed that – our underlying assumption there is influenced by our expectation that, that cracker plant is not fully online really for another year. But that’s something that I think we and our peers around us in Southwest Appalachia are having a haircut a little bit just due to the continued startup delays on that facility.
Kevin MacCurdy:
And how are your NGLs price?
Jeremy Knop:
Really just based on index in basin, I wouldn’t say there was anything that’s really changing as it relates to those dynamics.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Great. And looking at the forward guidance, it looks like liquids, excluding ethane, declines from 4Q volumes and then again from the 1Q volumes. What’s driving the decrease for the heavier liquids?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. I would simply chalk it up to just – we have some pretty lumpy pads in the way we develop. It really just comes down to some of the liquids-rich pads that we acquired from Tug and how that alternates with some of the more of the Utica pads that get turned online or other Marcellus, just dry Marcellus activity. So it’s just kind of normal course lumpiness. But I wouldn’t expect any sort of long-term trend or change from what you’ve seen recently.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Okay. I appreciate the detail. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Ati Modak with Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Ati Modak:
Hi, good morning, team. Thank you for taking the questions. You talked about the capital allocation priorities this year highlighted debt pay-down as the focus, maybe help us understand the thought process around how your view of the macro environment factors into that decision matrix between the different pieces and how we could expect that to evolve?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes, for sure. It actually is really driven by the macro in many ways. I think at a high level – I mean look, I think we are as bullish as anybody as it relates to the gas macro outlook as you get to kind of mid-‘25 into 2026. So, really, what we have to weigh on our end is if we did – if we reallocated those dollars instead of debt pay down to something like a buyback and accelerating that right now, it would probably in turn cause us to want to go hedge more and protect the balance sheet in case you just had a bunch of macro factors not go according to plan in that time period. So, when it comes to opportunity costs for us, it’s really just a simple question of what’s the upside swing in the dollars buying the stock versus the upside, leaving that more un-hedged. And I think with the asymmetric expectation we have to where pricing could go, certainly by the end of 2025 as you get into 2026 that – I mean that dwarfs any sort of return we can get just by buying back stock right now. And so for us, the question is what ultimately is going to create the most shareholder value. And so really, we would rather be patient on the hedging front and use our dollars near-term to just to de-risk the balance sheet. So, really by doing that, we think that actually gives investors more upside and exposure to gas prices. And if for some reason things don’t work out on our expectations on the macro, it provides more downside at the same time. So, that’s why we have allocated and plan to allocate the way I already explained.
Ati Modak:
Got it. Thank you for that. And then you mentioned the low cost structure as an advantage. You mentioned a couple of drivers there as well, but I was wondering if you could provide some more color on those pieces and what drives it down further over the next few years?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. I mean it’s a couple of kind of key things, and it’s really contractual. So, I mean our gathering rights, I mean you have seen our guidance with MVP coming online, the impact on just the full year is those rates stepping down at the same time MVP goes into service. Those further step down, as we have talked about before, into 2026, ‘27 really hit a bottom in 2028. And so really, those rates are Equitrans contract that last year were about $0.80 for just the gathering rate hit a bottom of $0.30 by the time you get to 2028. On a blended basis, I mean they don’t gather all of our production, so on a blended basis, it’s a little more muted. You don’t see that full $0.50 drop. But that is a contractual step down that is part of our longer term forecast. And again, just a tailwind to us even if you have flat pricing and everything else in the environment doesn’t improve. And then the other piece of that, too, as we talked about last quarter, these supply deals that we signed downstream MVP, and so that’s going to also improve our realizations, our realized pricing by $0.15 to $0.20, which over our production base is that kind of rounded $300 million of free cash flow. So, it’s really the combination of the two. There are some offsetting factors in there, but around like compression adds and you have a tailwind as you pay down debt, your interest expense falls as well. But by the time you get to 2028, we see that breakeven cost structure about $2.30, down about $0.30 from where we sit right now. So, it’s a continued tailwind. And look, as we have talked about, I think over and over again, I think that is really unique to EQT. I think where you are in the shale revolution right now, a lot of that core inventory is depleted or rapidly getting depleted. I expect a lot of cost structures to be rising over that period. So, it’s really a unique differentiating characteristic of EQT and it’s really just further like share price upside, free cash flow upside relative to what you get anywhere else.
Ati Modak:
Thank you. I appreciate that. I will turn it over.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. Hey. You all kind of indicated that your breakeven point this year is around 220. And how do you think about that with the gas cracker, if gas prices do, say, continue to trend on the direction they are related to weather, whatnot, I mean would you guys be willing to make changes to make sure that you guys generate positive free cash flow, like so. The bottom line question is like when you start getting around that 220 threshold, would you be willing to cut a little bit more to kind of preserve free cash flow rather than burn some cash?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Scott, I think there is two factors that we think about that would cause us to curtail. One is preserving the ability to not lose money. And so that certainly would look for us to curtail. And the other one is we are looking in 2025, where you see a $1 higher pricing, and that is even – that’s going to be further intensive for us to pinch back and deliver those molecules into a higher-priced market. So, yes, it’s something we are watching and thinking a lot about.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. Scott, I would just underpin too. I mean you have to remember, I mean certainly for a business like EQT, where we are drilling 15 wells, 20 wells a pad, the CapEx we spend this year has no real impact on our production this year. It really has an impact on production next year. And so when we are thinking about that sort of rate of return and you save yourself $100 million this year, what’s the impact on free cash flow next year. Certainly, with where pricing even is today after pulling back and I think our expectation is probably significantly higher than the strip today. It’s really hard for us to justify that, especially just given the financial position we are in, the amount of liquidity we have in our credit ratings. We are just not under the same pressure that most of our peers are. So, that allows us to be a little stickier and plan for the long-term and not be as reactive. But look, we – as we have said before, our production guidance gives us flexibility to reduce as needed. But reducing CapEx activity this year is not – I mean it would be window addressing this year at the expense of next year, and it’s just not how we run the business.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. And Toby, I appreciate the fact that, obviously looking at the forward curve, we do all see, obviously that improvement. But one could argue if we step back several months ago, I mean certainly, 2024 looked significantly better than it is right now. So, like as you step back and think about the macro, like what do you think the big risks are that this gas price trend remains what we have been seeing outside of, obviously weather. But more on, I guess the political front and everything else that’s out there? And then how do you react as a company of this persists into 2025?
Toby Rice:
Yes. It’s a great question. Listen, I think on the political front, I mean I think political force can override market forces for so long. And our job is to align with the market is to make sure the energy we produce is the cheapest, most reliable, cleanest form of energy that’s out there. And I think eventually, the demand for this product is going to overweigh, I think the political short-term gains that people are thinking that they are helping by doing this. So, I mean long-term, we feel even more optimistic about the large role natural gas will play in the commodity mix going forward. But yes, I mean in the short-term, we need to be sensitive to the market that we are in. Activity reduction is going to be a big thing. I mean a key part of our thinking is we positioned our business to be a low-cost operator in the U.S. I mean our breakevens are significantly lower than what we think is the marginal cost of production. And we are going to see if those marginal producers reduce activities. We have already seen that start to happen. But that’s something we are going to be monitoring and then it’s – eventually, we will have a normal winter. But even without that, with just normal weather, we should be balanced coming into 2025.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. I appreciate that.
Jeremy Knop:
And Scott, with all the bearish narratives out there, I think it’s really important to remember that with these data revisions that came out of Genscape a week or so ago, I mean production levels were not at 107, pushing this bearish narrative, production levels today are like 104.5. And so if you look at where we are at today with normal weather, the market is actually balanced. And so the extra, call it, 275 Bcf that’s in storage right now is really just a result of, again, a really warm El Nino winter. If we had just had normal weather, the market would be balanced right now. So, I think this sort of overarching view of the market is just so out of balance, production is way too high. LNG is delayed. I think when you step back and kind of cut through the noise, it’s really not the case, which is I think why we are being a little more patient and disciplined here. And as it relates to a lot of the LNG headlines and some of the politics playing into that, I mean there is really no impact through – at least the end of 2026. So, as we look at the market today, we don’t really see any change in the LNG build-out timeline. I mean we expect in Q3, Q4, those facilities start to come online. And again, I think that the work the market needs to do is just to clean up that excess overhang in storage coming out of winter. But the market is really not that far out of balance. I mean it’s a difference of 1% to 2% kind of change in your fundamental model. And it can flip back pretty quick too. So, I think if you are running a long-term business, you just have to – you have to keep that in focus. We are really not that far out of whack on the fundamentals.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. No, I appreciate that. And Toby, we all appreciate your – obviously, your insights into the political side. So, just kind of curious if I can extend the question. Like what are some of the major push-backs you are getting when you go to Washington and try to fight for kind of the gas companies? What is the main push-back, and how do you address it?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean it’s really just asking people to step back and see. It seems like we are in violent disagreement – violent agreement here on what we want from our energy system in the future, like Republican and Democrat, everybody wants more affordable energy. Everybody wants more reliable energy. Everybody wants cleaner energy. And I think the work that we are doing is highlighting, I mean I would say the biggest difference that we are doing, the hump that we need to get people over is to understand that natural gas is a cleaner form of energy. And the good news is we don’t have to play with theories. We don’t have to rely on literature. We have case studies at big scale that show that natural gas is a decarbonizing force, whether that’s simply putting the spotlight in America and showcasing why we are the number one leader in lowering emissions in the world, it’s because of natural gas. And also, I would say the other narrative we need to address is the fact that some people think that America is the largest producer of oil and gas, the regulations or pipeline blockages can’t be that bad. But I think the simple response to that position is yes, we might be the largest producer of oil and gas in the country. We are the largest exporter of LNG in the world. But the question that needs to be asked is, is that enough, we have got ramp of inflation, wars in Ukraine, global emissions still skyrocketing, energy poverty is growing, energy security is crippled. Clearly, the United States needs to do a whole heck of a lot more because the world can only contain so much chaos before it starts spilling over and impacting Americans. So, the world security is our security. And these are simple points that we can make. It is a little bit of a different perspective that people haven’t thought too much about. You lay that common sense approach underneath the framework from climate leaders around the world that recently gathered at COP and came out with a very simple punch list of what needs to happen. Transition fuels are going to be necessary to meet the climate ambitions that we have. That’s a fancy word for natural gas is going to play a role. Carbon capture is going to be a part of those solutions. And then I think also the recognition that solar and wind as great as they can be, they are not the complete solution, and you need a heavyweight solution, and that is natural gas to meet the goal. So, we have got cover from the environmental front, but it’s really just getting this common sense message out, and that’s where we spend a lot of time working the megaphone.
Scott Hanold:
Appreciate that.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Josh Silverstein with UBS. Please go ahead.
Josh Silverstein:
Yes. Thanks. Good morning guys. You mentioned previously that you think we are in an environment where natural gas could be $2 or it could be $4. How do you operate in that environment? Does your production stay relatively flat through all of this? Do you build DUCs when we are at $2? Do you release them when we are at $4? How are you kind of thinking about your development plans going forward in that kind of framework? Thank you.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I would say at a very high level, I mean keys to success is to have a low-cost structure so that we can weather the storm. And that also is going to position us to be opportunistic to play some of the volatility. Operate – and I will let Jeremy expand on that a little bit. But operationally, one of the things that we have looked to build into our business is the ability to bring some surge capacity. So, understand whether that’s choke management and pension volumes back so we can respond to higher price environments or in some cases, just holding back some TILs and building some DUCs. I think having a flexible program is going to be something that’s needed. But that’s going to be more around the edges. Having a low cost structure is going to allow us to run consistent programs and be responsive, but not be completely whipsawed by the commodity price.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. I mean I think one of the key things to remember as you think about how to actually manage the business in that environment comes down to like how do you see that distribution of outcomes. And so remember, our cost structure being – call it, mid-2s now headed towards low-2s. If we think about like what’s the worst that’s happened in the last couple of years, which was 2020, and you had gas settled at about $1.99, let’s call it $2. In an environment like that, even if we at EQT weren’t hedged and we have like a $2.30 breakeven, our free cash flow outflow would be in the – I don’t know, $500 million to $700 million range. So, a lot, and you can certainly hedge to protect that. But imagine being a producer in that environment and your breakeven is $3 and you are at scale, I mean you would have multiple billions of dollars of cash outflows, you just can’t survive for more than a year of that because your liquidity gets drained. So, for us, I think one of the things we have realized at scale is that one of the risks that is created is if you pair scale with a really volatile environment and your cost structure is too high, even if your balance sheet is clean, you can put yourself in a pretty precarious position pretty quick. So, that’s why we sort of – that’s why we focus so much on driving that cost structure down because for us, if our downside, call it, $0.50 and that’s pretty low, but if the upside is you have a year settling at $6, $7, $8, I mean you are talking about $10 billion type of cash flow to our business. So, we want to be in a position where we don’t have to hedge and inherently having a low cost structure like a structural hedge. And I think that really is what positions us to, again, not only just kind of survive in cruise through those down periods, but not have to defensively hedge so much of your production that you really missed out on the price. And the price is that sort of asymmetric upside. So, again, I think at a high level, you might – some people might say, well, it’s a little dilutive to just focus on cost structure so much near-term. I think that’s easy to see if you run a static model at like $3.50, $4 gas. Well, that doesn’t capture those is the element of volatility. And if you talk to any of the producers, any of our peers, I think the theme of volatility is well understood. I just – I think EQT is unique in how we position ourselves to, again, be structurally defensive towards that for long-term investors and then provide the best risk-adjusted upside to that theme and capture that every 3 years to 4 years when that sort of windfall period shows up. And again, I mean think about it, we had a little bit – you had a warm winter this year, you have an extra 275 Bs in storage. It could have gone the other way. And we will have winters that go the other way. You could have pricing at $5 just as quickly as you have pricing at $1.50. And that amount of cash flow at our scale is just an absolutely tremendous amount of value. So, we are trying to position ourselves to be able to capture it and not – again, like the last couple of years where we lost so much on hedging, continue to give that upside up. So, that’s again, why we just sort of philosophically focus on running the business the way we do.
Josh Silverstein:
Thanks. My last question was just on hedges. You mentioned a lot in there, but it looks like you didn’t add anything for 2025. I definitely get the constructive outlook that you guys have. But clearly there is the factor of weather, which you have mentioned as well that we just don’t know how that will play out. Why not at least look to add in something for 2025 at this point, just to have a base level in there? It looks like you added something for second half or fourth quarter for this year below where the strip is next year. So, I thought that would be great. Thanks.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So, I think we think about hedging going forward, just with our balance sheet and credit ratings where we are. I think you will see us start to hedge at a level that effectively drops our – I mean look, if you think about what hedging does in a low-price environment, it effectively synthetically drops your breakeven price. And so if our breakeven price, call it, is headed towards $2.30, we might long-term hedge between like 20% and 30%. And so if you do get that $2 a year on average, that’s kind of your free cash flow breakeven point on a hedged basis. We are kind of towards that with our hedging in 2024 right now. That’s that $2.20 level that we talked about. I think – look, we don’t plan to go into 2025 totally un-hedged. I think we are just willing to be patient. And I think some of the bearish narrative in positioning in the commodity markets has really pushed pricing really below where it probably needs to be. So, look, we don’t need to hedge defensively right now. I think we are – we want to be opportunistic, and we just think there is so much asymmetric called SKU that should show up in that market in 2025. I think we are willing to be patient on that. But I mean look, we will take off risk at the right point in time, but we are going to continue to be patient on that.
Josh Silverstein:
Thanks.
Operator:
Our last question will come from the line of Paul Diamond with Citi. Please go ahead.
Paul Diamond:
Hi. Good morning. Thanks for taking my call. I just wanted to touch base real quickly on – you talked about LOE and some of the savings have been driven by water handling. I guess my question is how much more, I guess meat on the bone you think there is there? How much further do you think you can drive it lower?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I would say that we had a big step change. I think if you look at the water recycling rate, that’s a big driver on a large portion of our LOE. Obviously, water is the biggest portion. So, the goal for us is to stay in that 95% plus range on water recycling. I think the other benefits that the water system will come through just more efficient logistics to service our completions team and allow to give these guys the space to continue to run hard and continue to capture the operational efficiencies they are seeing there.
Paul Diamond:
Understood. And then I have just kind of one final quick one. As the prop market sits right now on the curve, how should we think about kind of the operational cadence through the year with that 140 – or 110 to 140 TILs, should we think about that as pretty steady throughout the year, and more back half loaded, or how should we think about it as the market sits down?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. Look, I would call it pretty steady throughout the year. I mean when you are running the size of spreads we are and the size of logistics operations, it’s not something you start to stop quickly or easily. The bar is pretty high for that. I think the range we give is just based on some shifts in timing that can happen. I think in terms of the macro environment, I mean look, we – the quickest thing that’s going to balance the market is not having operators in Appalachia, which have a pretty shallow base decline cutting activity and are drilling big pads that are hard to slow down. I mean that’s base load supply as we think about it. When we think about really the production that needs to come out of the market, the fastest way to balance the market, it’s taking Haynesville activity even further downward. They are drilling two wells to three wells at a time on the pads, becoming more and more infill wells and you have a 50% to 60% base decline. A cut in that activity would balance the market a lot faster. And that’s also the marginal producer today and will continue to be in the future. So, we expect that’s really where the volatility of production and variances and production cadence will show up and will continue to show up, I think in the backdrop of volatility that we have talked about.
Paul Diamond:
Understood. Thanks for your time.
Operator:
I will now hand the call back to Toby Rice for any closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thank you everybody for your time. We are looking forward to executing for you in 2024. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
That does conclude today’s meeting. We thank you all for joining and you may now disconnect.
Operator:
Thank you for standing by. My name is Eric, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the EQT Q3 2023 Results Conference Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Thank you. I would now like to turn the call over to Cameron Horwitz, Director of Investor Relations and Strategy. Please go ahead.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning, and thank you, for joining our third quarter 2023 earnings results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and Jeremy Knop, Chief Financial Officer. In a moment, Toby and Jeremy will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. A replay of today's call will be available on our website beginning this evening. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of factors described in yesterday's earnings release and our investor presentation, the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call also contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Cam, and good morning, everyone. The third quarter saw a multitude of positive highlights and record-breaking performance at EQT, including closing the strategic acquisition of Tug Hill and XcL Midstream in late August. As shown on Slide 5 of our investor deck, with roughly 60 days under our belt post closing, we currently have 74% of total integration milestones actions completed. To put this in context, this is a record pace for EQT and the most efficient integration yet despite significantly greater deal complexity relative to Alta and Chevron. The successive improvement in our integration pace is reflective of leveraging lessons learned from previous transactions to refine our integration playbook, which is unique to EQT's proprietary digital platform and is a repeatable process that we have honed with each successful acquisition. I want to take a moment to send a huge shout-out to the EQT crew for all the hard work that has facilitated the incredible integration efficiency achieved over the past two months. Alongside efficiently integrating the Tug Hill and XcL Midstream assets, the teams have identified multiple areas of potential operational improvements that we did not contemplate when underwriting the acquisition. We broadly see these opportunities falling into two buckets comprised of well-designed and operational efficiencies. As it relates to operational efficiencies, I want to first talk about third quarter performance for stand-alone EQT and then provide some stats on what the teams have already achieved on the Tug Hill assets. As shown on Slide 7 of our investor deck, after posting stellar second quarter operational performance, both our drilling and completions again set new internal and world records in 3Q. Recall last quarter, we highlighted EQT's world record of drilling over 18,200 feet in 48 hours on the same run. This record lasted a mere 60 days as our team bested that effort by drilling 18,264 feet in 48 hours on our Denver 5H well in August. On the completions front, our teams are firing on all cylinders with third quarter pumping hours per crew averaging north of 400 hours, which is an all-time high pace for EQT. This includes besting our prior record for monthly pumping hours twice during the quarter, with two crews each achieving north of 500 pumping hours in a month. To put this into context, the theoretical maximum pumping hours in a month for a single frac crew is roughly 600 hours after accounting for minimum maintenance time, so our teams are knocking on the doorstep of perfection. This performance reflects our strategy of aggressively attacking all facets of the supply chain to eliminate as many bottlenecks as possible for our completions team, and our Q3 execution underscores the dividends accruing from these efforts. Turning back to Tug Hill. As shown on Slide 6 of our investor deck, our teams are wasting no time unleashing EQT's industry-leading operational progress as we've taken over the assets. To put some numbers around this, in just 60 days since taking over operations, our completions team has already increased the amount of stages completed per day by 35% relative to legacy Tug Hill development, and we see room for additional upside as our teams optimize water handling and sand logistics across the asset base. On the drilling front, since taking over operations, our team has already improved horizontal drilling speeds by 50% relative to legacy Tug Hill performance and driven down horizontal drilling cost per foot by more than 40%. As we high-grade equipment and fully implement EQT best practices, we expect further efficiency gains that will allow us to drop drilling activity on Tug's acreage from two rigs to one by the end of the year all while still drilling the same amount of lateral footage year-over-year in 2024. Our teams also plan to methodically test various EQT well-design changes on the Tug Hill assets, including cluster spacing, clusters per stage, proppant loading, proppant type and casing weight, to name a few. While it's still early to quantify the full impact of efficiency gains and operational synergies on the Tug Hill assets, we preliminarily see the potential for up to $150 per foot of well cost savings associated with these efforts. The potential impact from optimizing well design parameters and improving operational efficiencies represent value creation upside on top of the $80 million of synergy value potential we announced with the deal. As a reminder, the original synergies we discussed were only driven by water system integration, firm transport optimization and land spend efficiencies, which should accrue over the next several years. Looking ahead to 2024, while we are still in the process of fine-tuning our pro forma operation schedule, we preliminarily expect to run three horizontal rigs and three to four frac crews in total next year, which is a level of activity that maintains production at approximately 2.3 Tcfe per annum. At current strip pricing of approximately $3.40 per million BTU next year, we preliminarily see roughly $1.7 billion of pro forma free cash flow in 2024 and cumulative free cash flow of approximately $14 billion from 2024 to 2028. As shown on Slide 11 of our investor deck, this equates to cumulative free cash flow of approximately 60% of our enterprise value, which is the highest not only among our gas peers, but also the broader upstream energy sector. We believe this outlook underscores the tremendous absolute and relative value proposition of EQT shares even after strong relative stock performance over the past several years. Shifting gears to Slide 8 of our investor presentation, we are excited to announce that we have signed two 10-year firm sales agreements with investment-grade utilities covering all 1.2 Bcf per day of our capacity on MVP that will commence concurrent with the completion of downstream expansion projects in 2027. Recall, we had previously entered into an AMA for 525 million cubic feet per day of our MVP capacity, which we have restructured into an 800 million cubic feet per day, firm sales arrangement with the same counterparty and entered into an additional 400 million cubic feet per day firm sale with a separate counterparty. These are two of the largest long-term physical supply deals ever executed in the North American natural gas market, and we believe signal the buyers’ confidence in EQT's unique ability to deliver reliable, clean and affordable natural gas supply to millions of customers in the southeastern part of the United States. These agreements also highlight how EQT's scale and depth of inventory are catalyzing the expansion opportunities downstream of MVP, which will bring gas further into the Southeast demand centers where it is critically needed to replace coal-fired power generation and meet the region's climate goals. To put the environmental benefits into perspective, assuming EQT's natural gas displaces coal-fired power generation, the combined impact of these supply agreements would result in approximately 40 million tons per annum of emissions reductions, which is equivalent to taking more than 8 million gasoline-powered vehicles off the road every year. On top of the environmental benefits, these deals should create a win-win economic impact, providing cash flow uplift for EQT while concurrently dampening natural gas price volatility for consumers in the Southeast region. Recall, our capacity on MVP will initially receive pricing at Station 165, but as downstream projects and these new firm sales arrangements commence, EQT's capacity will be debottlenecked and our pricing exposure will shift to a blend of premium demand areas, including Henry Hub and Transco Zones 4 and 5 South. To put the impact of this in context, we see these firm sales arrangements and associated downstream debottlenecking projects increasing our annual free cash flow by more than $300 million beginning in 2028. At the same time, the debottlenecking of EQT supply further into the Southeast should dampen natural gas price volatility for consumers in the region, improve grid reliability and materially reduce the risk of service interruptions. In our view, these agreements represent clear and tangible examples of EQT's ability to generate differentiated shareholder value out of each molecule while simultaneously fostering better outcomes for American consumers by leveraging our unique platform consisting of peer-leading scale, a strong investment-grade balance sheet, low cost structure, deep high-quality inventory and advantaged environmental attributes. Turning to LNG. Last month, we announced a heads of agreement for liquefaction services from Commonwealth LNG facility in Cameron Parish, Louisiana to produce 1 million tons per annum of LNG under a 15-year tolling agreement. This comes on the heel of a prior HOA with Lake Charles LNG and upon completion of definitive agreements will take our total committed LNG tolling capacity to 2 million tons per annum or roughly 270 million cubic feet of gas per day. The Commonwealth agreement is a continuation of our LNG strategy we described on our last call, which entails diversifying a portion of the 1.2 Bcf per day we delivered to the Gulf Coast via firm pipeline capacity into international markets. As a reminder, EQT is pursuing a differentiated and more integrated approach to international exposure through tolling arrangements, which we believe provide the best combination of upside exposure with downside risk mitigation. Our strategy gives us direct connectivity to end users of our gas globally, allows for end market structuring flexibility and superior downside protection. We are currently pursuing signing SPAs with prospective international buyers as well as additional opportunities to increase our tolling exposure. Our scale, low-cost structure, peer-leading core inventory depth and environmental attributes uniquely position us to compete and win in the global energy arena. And we believe the international market will increasingly covet EQT's molecules as a long-duration secure supply source that can drive meaningful emissions reductions via coal displacement, similar to the precedent we are setting in the U.S. Southeast market with our newly announced firm sales agreements directly with utilities. Shifting to Slide 16 of our investor deck, we recently announced a first-of-its-kind public-private partnership with the state of West Virginia to identify and implement forced management practices across the state. Facilitated by the state's Department of Commerce, Division of Forestry and Division of Natural Resources, the partnership brings together EQT's transparent, data-driven approach to emissions reduction and West Virginia's commitment to the conservation, development and protection of its renowned forest lands to advance Appalachia's position as a premier world partner in decarbonization. We plan to deploy advanced soil probe technology from our partners at Teralytic, which allow for real-time soil measurement to ensure the quantification of carbon reduction is accurate and transparent. We will also leverage our strategic partnership with Context Labs to provide full digital integration and accountability of our carbon reduction effort. Operational efficacy of these projects will be assured and audited by West Virginia University's Natural Resources Analysis Center, a multidisciplinary research and teaching facility. We believe the processes being deployed in our partnership with West Virginia will create one of the highest-quality, most verifiable nature-based carbon sequestration projects anywhere around the globe. The output of this effort will be a key enabling factor for EQT to become the first energy company in the world of meaningful scale to achieve verifiable net zero Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions. Turning to Slide 17 of our investor presentation, we were excited to see the Appalachia Regional Clean Hydrogen Hub, or ARCH2, recently selected as one of seven hydrogen hubs in the country to receive DOE funding to accelerate the deployment of U.S. hydrogen technologies and contribute to decarbonizing multiple sectors of the economy. As a reminder, ARCH2 is a collaboration initiated by EQT, the state of West Virginia, Batel, GTI Energy and Allegheny Science and Technology. The broader ARCH2 team is comprised of multiple entities with operations across the Appalachian region, spanning the hydrogen value chain as well as technology organizations, consultants, academic institutions, community organizations and NGOs that will provide commercial and technical leadership for the development and build-out of the hub. The DOE has allocated up to $925 million to ARCH2, noting the hub will leverage the region's ample access to low-cost, low emissions natural gas to produce clean hydrogen and permanently sequester CO2. Along with the decarbonization impact, ARCH2 is anticipated to facilitate various community benefits, including the potential to create more than 21,000 high-paying jobs. The selection of ARCH2 deeply reinforces the critical role natural gas, particularly Appalachia natural gas, will play in our nation's transition to a lower carbon energy future, and EQT is uniquely positioned to be at the forefront of this process. In terms of EQT's participation, we are in the early stages of formulating a high-level development plan with rigorous assessment of project economics to better understand value creation potential, and we expect minimal capital requirements over the next couple of years. Over the medium term, EQT will have significant optionality to evaluate and participate in projects within the ARCH2 hub all while retaining complete flexibility as it relates to our level of exposure. Outside of our direct participation, we expect ARCH2 will also have second-order effects of driving greater in-basin demand for EQT's low emissions natural gas and could present opportunities for us to leverage our subsurface expertise and 1.9 million net acreage position for CO2 sequestration. While still very early in the evolution of ARCH2, we believe EQT's participation in the hub, along with various other pillars of our new venture strategy, are planting the seeds that have the potential to catalyze the transformation of natural gas into the holy grail of cheap, reliable and zero carbon energy. I'll now turn the call over to Jeremy.
Jeremy Knop:
Thanks Toby, and good morning, everyone. I'll start by briefly summarizing our third quarter results, which as a reminder include 39 days of contribution from the Tug Hill and XcL assets. Sales volumes in the third quarter were 523 Bcfe comprised of 491 Bcf of natural gas and 5.2 million barrels of liquids. We note third quarter production volumes included roughly 5 Bcfe of curtailment principally in response to weak local demand and approximately 8 Bcfe associated with lower-than-expected non-operated turn-in lines and curtailments. On a per unit basis, adjusted operating revenues were $2.28 per Mcfe, and our total per unit operating costs were $1.29, down from $1.37 in the second quarter, reflecting the accretion benefit from a partial quarter contribution of Tug Hill's low-cost assets and lower-than-expected LOE due to increased produced water recycling. Capital expenditures excluding non-controlling interests were $445 million, including stand-alone EQT CapEx of approximately $400 million, which was at the low end of our guidance range, reflecting the continued operational efficiency gains Toby mentioned previously. Adjusted operating cash flow and free cash flow were $443 million and negative $2 million, respectively. It's worth noting, however, free cash flow was negatively impacted by $28 million of non-recurring expenses from the Tug Hill transaction without which we would have generated positive free cash flow during the quarter. Looking ahead to the fourth quarter, we provided guidance on Slide 33, which reflects a full quarter of contribution from Tug Hill and XcL Midstream acquisitions. It's worth highlighting that the midpoint of our GP&T guidance range of $1 per Mcfe is roughly $0.10 lower than our stand-alone GP&T in the second quarter, which underscores the cost structure accretion from the low breakeven Tug Hill and XcL assets. I'd also note our fourth quarter production outlook embeds expectations of curtailments in the first half of the quarter, given elevated Eastern storage and seasonal demand weakness. While we are still early in the budgeting process and working through the optimization of our development schedule for 2024, we preliminarily expect to run three rigs and three to four frac crews next year, which should allow us to maintain pro forma production at approximately 2.3 Tcfe. We anticipate free cash flow of roughly $1.7 billion next year at recent strip pricing of approximately $3.40 per MMBtu, which equates to a 2024 free cash flow yield of 10%. On a cumulative basis, we project nearly $14 billion of free cash flow from 2024 to 2028, which is roughly 60% of our enterprise value and 80% of equity market capitalization. This means at our current valuation, investors have the opportunity to buy the premier natural gas company in North America with the most scale, the deepest and highest quality inventory and among the lowest cost structures and the best credit rating at a material discount to peers. Turning to the balance sheet. Recall, we funded the cash consideration of the Tug Hill and XcL acquisition upon close in August with $1 billion of cash on hand and $1.25 billion of term loan borrowings. We exited the third quarter with $5.9 billion of total debt, including $400 million related to equity-light convertible notes, which equates to an LTM leverage of 2.1x, though we note this figure includes the full impact of financing the Tug Hill and XcL acquisitions with just 39 days of EBITDA contribution. For reference, excluding Tug Hill and XcL impacts, we estimate LTM net debt-to-EBITDA would have been approximately 1.25x at the end of the third quarter. Despite rising treasury yields, EQT's credit spreads have tightened, highlighting our strong credit profile. Recall, we were upgraded to Baa3 by Moody's shortly after we closed the Tug Hill acquisition, so we are now investment-grade across all three credit rating agencies. I will also note that EQT has the lowest five-year bond yields among natural gas-weighted peers, 100 basis points below the average, which also reflects the strength of our credit quality, an unwavering commitment to low leverage and our differentiated scale, inventory quality and low cost structure. As it relates to capital allocation, we remain pleased with the execution of our shareholder return framework to date, and we will continue with our opportunistic all-the-above strategy with our North Star being the countercyclical long-term compounding of cash flow. Consistent with our track record, we will maintain a strong bias towards debt repayment over the coming quarters, at least until we achieve our 1x leverage target at $2.75 per MMBtu natural gas pricing, which will provide a fortress balance sheet through all parts of the commodity cycle. This will, in turn, minimize downside risk to our enterprise while allowing us to limit the need to defensively hedge and cap what we anticipate being unpredictable asymmetric price movements to the upside in the years ahead. We also continue to rigorously assess new investment opportunities with strong risk-adjusted returns that improve the quality of our business, similar to our West Virginia water system we highlighted last quarter. With the XcL Midstream team now part of EQT, we are actively exploring opportunities to deploy capital into differentiated infrastructure investments that can debottleneck our upstream production, allow us to durably compound cash flow at very attractive rates of return with minimal risk while simultaneously improving our operational efficiency. Our share buyback program also remains a key tool for opportunistic execution at points in the cycle where we see favorable risk-reward potential for generating returns well in excess of our weighted average cost of capital. Recall, at our current share price, we have generated an approximate 40% return for shareholders on the roughly $600 million of share repurchases we have executed to date, which is the highest amongst our peer group, and we still have approximately $1.4 billion remaining under our existing authorization. And finally, sustainable long-term base dividend growth is a key pillar of our shareholder return strategy, and to this end, we recently raised our dividend by 5% to $0.63 per share on an annualized basis. Since initiating our dividend in late 2021, we have now increased it by more than 25% cumulatively over that period, which underscores our confidence in the sustainability of our business and a corporate free cash flow breakeven price that is amongst the lowest in North America. As we eliminate structural costs from the business through actions such as debt repayment, share repurchases and synergy capture, we expect to continue growing our base dividend over time without putting upward pressure on our corporate cost structure. Turning to the macro environment. We see several factors lending support to the natural gas market in 2024 and beyond. First, strong gas-fired power generation, resilient LNG export demand and lower-than-expected production this summer reduced expected storage overhang than many were forecasting back in the spring by over 300 Bcf. Second, while we do expect some incremental supply from associated gas in connection with new Permian pipeline capacity commencing in the fourth quarter, we see Lower 48 volumes exiting this year flat to slightly down compared to Q3 of 2023. And we see further declines in the first half of 2024 as the impact from a 25%-plus drop in gas rigs since March begins to set in, especially in the high decline Haynesville play where the rig count remains well below maintenance levels. Third, the progress demonstrated commissioning the Golden Pass and Plaquemines LNG facilities has been encouraging and will create structural tailwinds, allowing LNG demand to reach a record 15 Bcf per day even before the facilities are fully operational. Fourth, we expect natural gas power generation to continue taking away share from coal as the investment case for coal weakens further, with the market increasingly turning to cleaner burning natural gas. We expect coal production to drop by over 20% year-over-year in 2024 as the effect of the recent wave of coal retirement takes hold, and a tightening coal market will further support the natural gas fundamentals in the power sector moving forward, where total gas equivalent demand for coal still stands at 14 Bcf per day in the United States alone. Moving to hedging. We tactically added to our hedge position during the quarter to further derisk a portion of our expected free cash flow and debt repayment goals. We now have greater than 40% of our Q1 through Q3 2024 production hedged, inclusive of Tug Hill's volumes with a weighted average core price of approximately $3.60 per MMBtu and a weighted average ceiling of $4.10 per MMBtu. Note, our hedge position remains strategically tilted towards the first half of 2024, where we see the most potential downside risk should normal weather again not materialize. While protecting near-term cash flow and prioritizing our debt repayment goals, we are intentionally creating the flexibility to maintain maximum upside price exposure in late 2024, 2025 and beyond when the natural gas market looks increasingly tight and we see the potential for pricing to move asymmetrically higher. As it relates to basis, Appalachian differentials have been relatively wide of late, driven by elevated Eastern storage levels, a byproduct of the warm prior winter. Our strong basis hedge position paid dividends this quarter, boosting our corporate-wide realized natural gas price by $0.12 per MMBtu. We have roughly 80% of expected fourth quarter local volumes covered with basis hedges that are in the money relative to the current strip so we remain in an advantaged position near-term. Over the medium to long-term, we see several factors that could lend structural support to Appalachian bases, including the commencement of MVP and additional coal-fired power retirements in the PJM market, creating incremental demand upward of 4 Bcf per day. As it relates to MVP timing, we're encouraged by the recent Equitrans and PHMSA consent order and continue to model the first quarter of 2024 in-service date. The outlook for MVP increasingly derisks expansion projects to move production further into the Southeast U.S. are progressing. As Toby highlighted, EQT's scale, quality and depth of inventory, low cost structure and investment-grade balance sheet uniquely position us to help facilitate these expansion projects. This dynamic is underscored by the 1.2 Bcf per day of long-term firm sales agreements that we recently signed with investment-grade utilities in the Southeast region. These deals create a win-win outcome as they underpin the debottlenecking of downstream markets and directly link EQT's volumes to a market price at a meaningful premium to Henry Hub while simultaneously providing utility customers with surety of low-cost natural gas supply for decades to come. Upon commencement, we see these agreements and the associated debottlenecking projects improving our 2028 corporate-wide differentials by $0.18 per Mcf, which in turn should drive more than $300 million of annualized free cash flow uplift in 2028 and beyond. These deals provide EQT long-term supply growth optionality that is paired with sustainable utility demand, dynamics which could drive an even greater uplift to long-term free cash flow over time. Importantly, these contracts and debottleneckings occur around the same time our gathering rates with Equitrans complete the contractual step down from $0.80 today to $0.30 per Mcf in 2028, further accelerating the decline in our free cash flow breakeven price and supercharging the free cash flow growth at a time when we expect other gas plays like the Haynesville to be approaching inventory depletion, thus driving up the marginal cost of natural gas. Quite simply, the difference between a higher marginal cost of natural gas experienced by peers compared to EQT's declining cost structure should uniquely accrue to EQT's shareholders in the form of free cash flow growth and value creation. These firm sales agreements represent examples of the various differentiated opportunities we are seeing arise from EQT's gravity and momentum as the clear operator of choice for the highest-quality long-duration inventory in the North American natural gas market. And we believe these opportunities will ultimately allow us to continue to create differentiated shareholder value relative to peers in the years ahead. Importantly, these types of opportunities are not simply due to scale but underpinned by EQT's world-class assets, coupled with a culture and teams that are relentless in their pursuit of excellence as the operator of choice and driven to maximize value for shareholders. I'll close by highlighting Slide 12 of our investor presentation, which illustrates an internal analysis of the natural gas price required to generate sufficient free cash flow such that a gas producer generates a simple 10% return on current respective enterprise value, what we view to be the most basic tenet of shareholder value creation. We believe the days of wellhead IRRs driving activity levels amongst U.S. gas producers are in the rearview mirror as this behavior related to the destruction of hundreds of billions of dollars of capital in the last decade. Put very simply, wellhead IRRs on D&C CapEx are unrelated to corporate returns and cost of capital. Instead, we see the marginal cost of U.S. natural gas supply beholden to a fully burdened corporate cost curve that requires a sufficient return on corporate capital or enterprise value, not just a return on field level CapEx. I want to highlight a few observations from this slide. First, the marginal molecule of U.S. gas supply is coming from the Haynesville, requiring a natural gas price of approximately $3.50 per MMBtu to even begin generating cash flow in maintenance mode, meaning below this price, no shareholder value is being created and inventory optionality is being depleted. On the other hand, EQT is at the low end of the cost of supply curve, which translates to structurally more durable through-the-cycle free cash flow generation and returns for our shareholders and also less need to defensively hedge away gas price upside. Further, we see the price required to generate corporate return for Haynesville producers already at north of $4 per MMBtu based on current market valuations. On the other hand, EQT shares are pricing in a level embedding a mid-$3 gap price, providing a superior entry point to gain exposure to natural gas prices and in a superior risk-adjusted manner due to EQT's lower cost of supply. As previously noted, our contractual gathering rate improvement, unrivaled depth of repeatable low-cost inventory and new firm sales agreements will drive EQT's cost of supply even lower over the next five years in contrast to the rest of the industry, which will likely see upward pressure over this period as peer producers move toward lower-quality inventory. As a result, we believe EQT is uniquely positioned to capture a disproportionate amount of natural gas price upside relative to peers in the years ahead. I'll now turn the call back over to Toby for some concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Jeremy. To conclude today's prepared remarks, I want to reiterate a few key points. Number one, the momentum and gravity at EQT right now is unrivaled, and I have never felt anything like it in my career. We are executing at record levels, signing historic physical supply deals that simultaneously maximize the value of each molecule and provide secure supply to end customers while cutting emissions and executing on a vision to create the preeminent low-cost producer of natural gas on the global stage. Second, integration of the Tug Hill and XcL assets is blazing ahead at record pace, which speaks to the power of our proprietary digital platform and continued refinements of our integration playbook. Third, after a stellar second quarter, our drilling and completions teams yet again set new internal and world records in Q3. Fourth, this superior operational execution is facilitating additional value creation potential on the Tug Hill assets, with EQT's team already improving drilling and completion efficiency by 40% in just 60 days of operating the assets, driving the potential for $150 per foot of well cost savings. Fifth, the firm sales agreements we announced associated with our MVP capacity are materially accretive to our long-term free cash flow outlook and shareholder value and highlight the differentiated opportunities arising from EQT's peer-leading scale, low cost structure, inventory depth and environmental attributes. And finally, sixth, our first-of-its-kind public-private forced management partnership with the State of West Virginia should create one of the highest quality, most verifiable nature-based carbon sequestration projects and should help facilitate EQT becoming the first energy company in the world of meaningful scale to achieve net zero emissions. And with that, I'd now like to open the call to questions.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from the line of Umang Choudhary with Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Umang Choudhary:
Hi. Good morning. Thank you for taking my questions. The firm sales contract on the Mountain Valley Pipeline is notable, given it improves the company's long-term supply cost positioning, which I assume is not completely reflected on Slide number 12. So a couple of questions here. Like how did this deal come together? Is there potential for similar opportunities in the future? And also if you can help investors get a better sense of the risk in achieving the free cash flow uplift of more than $300 million.
Toby Rice:
Hi, Umang. This is Toby. Let me just put some broader color on what's happening in the United States, and then I'll kick it over to Jeremy for more of the details. Over the last 10 years, we've seen natural gas demand grow about 50% in this country. During that period of time, the pipeline capacity that's been built has only grown about 25%. And so it shows the drive from a need for more pipeline infrastructure that would lead to opportunities like this going forward. Jeremy, do you want to cover some of the more detailed points about this transaction, how it came together?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes, absolutely. So this is something we've been working on for several months, and it's part of just our ongoing commercial strategy to really find opportunities like this. If you want to think about it at a high level, we're effectively taking 1.2 Bcf a day of volume that's currently being sold in the local M2 market. And instead, through these transactions, the net effect is selling that at about a NYMEX minus $0.40 type differential when you take into account the premium in-market pricing we're getting and the cost to transport it there on MVP. That gets you to that, call it, $0.15 to $0.20 of all-in company-wide differential improvement in 2028 and beyond. And that's what gets that $300 million just in total of annual cash flow uplift.
Umang Choudhary:
Great. And is there any further opportunities of such nature which you foresee in the future? And also, if you can help us quantify the risk around that free cash flow uplift of $300 million. Do you see any scenarios where that $300 million will not come through for EQT?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. It's a good question. You know what, we think the risk is relatively low because the contracts were structured in different tranches. In many ways, we're actually linked to NYMEX pricing and Gulf Coast pricing. And so any change in NYMEX or just from the pull on the LNG market in that export Gulf Coast region should really benefit these contracts and the way they're priced directly. In terms of further uplift, look, we hope this is really the first of a lot of contracts like this. We still have plenty of volume at our scale that we can use to try to pair into deals like this. And really, if you think about the way we're approaching our LNG strategy through the tolling structure, what we'd really like to do is try to replicate the essence of what we're doing here really on the global stage, taking molecules that are sold domestically and pairing them up with contracts like this and selling them abroad. So we really hope across the business, this is the first of many deals like this. But they take time to do, but again, it's – I think it's evidence we're building the business for the long run, doing deals like this that even if there might be some sort of near-term cost, I mean, you think about a deal like these firm sales deals, there might be, near-term, a little bit of downside to cash flow. But think about it, the AMA that we restructured here is maybe a couple of hundred million dollars in the next year or two of hit, but that's really made up by 10x that over the life of these contracts. So it's really restructuring something for kind of a 10:1 investment return is really how we look at it as we're really trying to build long-term value.
Umang Choudhary:
That’s very helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of John Abbott with Bank of America. Please go ahead.
John Abbott:
Good morning, and thank you for taking our questions. Toby, there's been a lot of press speculation recently about further industry consolidation even between gas companies. How do you think about industry consolidation from here and how do you see EQT's potential role in that?
Toby Rice:
Well, my view hasn't changed. We think consolidation is a tool, when used correctly, to create a lot of value for shareholders. I think you look at the track record that we've established over the past few years, we've done really smart deals and we've created a lot of value. Look at the Tug Hill acquisition, we are focused on lowering our cost structure. Those assets have lowered our cost structure by about $0.15 pre-synergies. So the operational efficiencies that we're demonstrating now will be additive on top of that, improved our long-life inventory and also making the energy cleaner. Tug Hill ran a pretty clean program but now these assets are going to be incorporated into our net zero goal, so make the energy we produce cleaner as well. So I think every opportunity has to be looked at, at a stand-alone basis. But for us, the guiding light is always what can we do to lower our cost structure, make us a better business, produce more reliable and cleaner energy. And we'll be disciplined and continue to wait until we see anything that looks attractive to us.
John Abbott:
Appreciate that. And then for our follow-up question, appreciate the free cash flow guidance that you sort of provided right there. But when you think about spending, I mean, you haven't put out your budget, but when you think about long-term, true long-term maintenance CapEx without taking into account potential debottlenecking opportunities, how do you think of that at this point in time from a spend perspective to hold maybe 2.3 Tcfe flat?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes, let me take that one. So let's use next year as a proxy. So we expect, while we're still working through the budget, we expect a low $2 billion type all-in CapEx number. But we'll provide more color at a later date on this, but it's really important to note that the CapEx required to just maintain our base business is really quite a bit below that. Really, what we're trying to do right now is find new opportunities to reinvest into low-risk, strong return opportunities, so things like the West Virginia water system that we invested in talked about last quarter, good example of that. We're looking at a couple of other infrastructure projects through our XcL platform now to debottleneck volumes, to realize better pricing. We're also seeing opportunities really on the land front, which we think are unique to Appalachia, opportunities where we effectively can acquire new locations for about $1 million per location, and these are locations worth $5 million to $10 million when drilled. So we have a pretty active program replacing about 80% of our lateral footage developed each year, which sort of perpetually extends our inventory. And so on a rate of return basis, we see those as, call it, 5:1, 10:1 type investments. And so as we see those come up, we'll continue to allocate CapEx towards that. But really that long-term just maintenance CapEx number for the base business is probably closer to right about $2 billion. And we don't see that changing materially in the really five-year forecast at least.
John Abbott:
Very, very helpful. Thank you for taking our questions.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes. Good morning. Toby, the crown jewel of the Tug Hill deal was the XcL Midstream system. I wanted to get your thoughts on value creation opportunities from integrating the midstream further in terms of internal and third-party opportunities. Obviously, it is going to help your cost structure as you highlighted as well.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Arun, we're excited about the potential for this asset base and the leadership team we picked up to create value in this area. But I'd say as we're looking for more investment opportunities that will generate pretty attractive low-risk returns that we're looking for, we're going to continue to just keep pushing the ball along and capturing those synergies that we identified. That Clarington Connector is something that's top of mind for us, looking to accelerate any water debottlenecking. One thing that's really important to just highlight is a lot of the completion efficiency gains have come from debottlenecking water. So that will be – continue to be a big focus there on that front. And hopefully these investments in water infrastructure will give us an opportunity to continually come back and talk about the cost savings, both on an LOE front and the completion side of things. From a third-party business opportunity, this team is definitely capable and with our systems that we have, we're able to provide those opportunities to others where it makes sense. But one of the things with a really large contiguous acreage position is third-party opportunities are limited, but if they do pop up, we've got our eyes out for them and we'll be taking advantage of those.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And just maybe a follow-up on the 2024 outlook where you've highlighted $1.7 billion of free cash flow potential. It sounds like CapEx will be in the low $2 billion range. Can you give us a sense on your thoughts on differentials for next year?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. I'd say on a – kind of what's embedded in that is on an all-in company basis like a $0.55 to $0.60 kind of all-in differential. I mean, we're seeing quite a bit of movement right now, but that's probably the appropriate range if you're trying to tie numbers out.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Nitin Kumar with Mizuho. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
Hi. Good morning guys, and thanks for taking my questions. I kind of want to start on this new firm sales contract. I think, Jeremy, you mentioned that there's an impact of about $100 million to $200 million near-term. Could you help us bridge the gap of what is driving that? I understand that the longer-term benefit comes from better pricing. What's the restructuring of the AMA costing you?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So that AMA originally, if you remember, was $525 million a day. And so the cost of MVP during this, call it, two to three year period until these expansion projects are built out, effectively, what that's saying is that's probably $125 million to $150 million a year of near-term free cash flow that we opted to give up, so call it $300 million maybe in total. And if you use some high-level math and say the total annual free cash flow we gain when these projects come online is about $300 million, it's like a 10% free cash flow yield is about $3 billion. So we kind of see it as, again, $3 billion over $300 million is about 10:1. So again, we think about it more from an investment perspective, it's a near-term investment for a pretty material long-term value uplift.
Nitin Kumar:
Got it. That makes sense. And then just maybe a quick question around service costs. You mentioned the low $2 billion type of CapEx number for next year. If you could maybe help us peel the onion a little bit around assumptions around deflation. You talked about pretty material capital savings from operating efficiencies on Tug Hill, $150 per foot. How much of that is baked in or what are your thoughts on the service cost environment right now?
Toby Rice:
So at a very high level, we're expecting, I'd say, single-digit service cost deflation. Biggest driver there is on the steel where we'll see a 20% reduction in steel costs. I'd say the bigger opportunity for us to lower our cost is going to come from continued operational excellence in the field. One of the examples that's sort of underpinning our budget in this upcoming year is assuming a 400 hour per month frac pace. And as we've seen with the teams, 500 hours is possible. So we're working to shore up what we can do to make the 500 number more of the average, not just the high watermark. And those will translate to probably more significant cost savings than what we're seeing on the service side.
Nitin Kumar:
Okay. Thanks guys.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of David Deckelbaum with TD Cowen. Please go ahead.
David Deckelbaum:
Hey guys. Thanks for the questions. I wanted to ask just that you provided the 2024 outlook. I assume that at this point, it sounds like that's the original budget of the $1.7 billion base for EQT and then $300 million-plus or so for Tug Hill. So it doesn't seem like you're incorporating any of the benefits that you're seeing so far of improvements, especially on the Tug Hill side?
Jeremy Knop:
Well, I would say, again, the important caveat to that is from a true maintenance perspective from our business, if you don't count infrastructure spend, some of the opportunistic land spend and maybe a couple of other small items we have in there, I think that actual maintenance CapEx number would come in very much at the low end. So we're guiding more towards total CapEx, including some of that growth opportunistic capital. That makes sense. So that, I think, should bridge the numbers that you're talking to.
David Deckelbaum:
Well, maybe like if you could expand on that a bit because I think that's helpful. As we think about improvements into the business from an efficiency standpoint into 2025, could you sort of quantify some of like the maybe front-loaded opportunistic investments around infrastructure and lands that would be in 2024? Does that extend through 2025, 2026? Is this a multi-year integration and investment process? Or is this more of an upfront 2024 situation?
Jeremy Knop:
Look, I think it's just opportunistic. It's based on when we see opportunities come about. And obviously, they have to meet our pretty stringent criteria to justify investment. But again, if we're looking at the opportunity to pick up some additional land in one to two years ahead of the drill bit and make 5:1, 10:1 on that investment, we're going to do that every time. If we see the opportunity to invest in long-term infrastructure and get a 20%, 25% cash flow yield on that with virtually no risk, we're going to do that. And so look, I think next year, it could be in the $100 million to $200 million range of that additional growth capital. And I think what's true maintenance, if you want to think about that, is probably much closer to that $2 billion number.
David Deckelbaum:
Appreciate it. If I could sneak in the housekeeping one. Is there a meaningful shift in your deferred tax assumptions for next year, cash tax as a percentage of overall burden?
Jeremy Knop:
No. We don't see any material taxes paid in 2024. And then I think as you get into 2025, at least where strip is today, we're maybe looking at closer to like a 15% tax rate. And then by the time you get to 2026, we're a full cash taxpayer, kind of a low 20% cash tax rate.
David Deckelbaum:
Appreciate a little help. Thank you guys.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Michael Scialla with Stephens. Please go ahead.
Michael Scialla:
Good morning, everybody. Wanted to see, you talked about the potential for the $150 per foot of savings with the operational efficiencies that you're applying to the Tug Hill assets, what needs to happen for that to become a reality? And I guess where are those relative costs based on the wells completed there so far?
Toby Rice:
Well, the cost savings that we had, the $150, about half of that is operational efficiency, the other half is well design. So for that to materialize, we need to continue executing in the field and putting up some big numbers on drilling speeds and completion pace, obviously doing it as safely as possible to accomplish that. The other thing I'd say on the well design side of things, that's probably going to take a little bit more time to materialize because we will take a more methodical pace on the science. We don't just run out and make all the changes at once. So there'll be some monitoring time observed there. But when you step back and think about these type of operational synergies that we'll achieve, the $150 a foot could translate to about $50 million of total spend, which would translate to about, call it, $0.02 to $0.03 lower on our cost structure on top of the previously planned $0.15. So I hope that adds some more color to your question.
Michael Scialla:
That's helpful. Thank you. And I wanted to ask about the – your agreements with the LNG. In terms of – any comments there on the discussions you're having with potential end users of LNG? And would any agreement there be contingent on converting your HOAs to binding agreements? Sort of what's the process that needs to play out there?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. Great question. There's actually been a lot of interest, a lot of parties reaching out to us about this so we've been really encouraged by that to date. In terms of sequencing, we do need to get those long-term agreements signed on the supply side before signing the ultimate SPA. But it's really a – it's a parallel process and so we are working through that. In terms of timing, it's probably six to 12 months out before kind of the whole package of those is done. But look, we've been really encouraged by the progress to date.
Michael Scialla:
Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Kevin MacCurdy with Pickering Energy Partners. Please go ahead.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Hey, good morning. The firm sales contracts you locked in starting in 2027 are very impressive. With those margins derisked, do you have any plans to grow into the volumes? And is that baked into your 2024 to 2028 free cash flow outlook?
Jeremy Knop:
We certainly have the option to. We just got these deals signed a couple of weeks ago so we've not made any long-term plan adjustments. But that is an exciting option that's really paired with this from a value creation standpoint and something that we will evaluate in time if the price environment merits that level of activity.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Got it. So it's not baked into that outlook at this time, the 60% free cash flow of BV?
Jeremy Knop:
That's right.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Great. And then you mentioned the $0.55 of NYMEX for 2024. I just wanted to get a little bit more clarity on whether that included basis hedges and any Btu uplift?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes, that's right. It's all in.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Jean Ann Salisbury with Bernstein. Please go ahead.
Jean Ann Salisbury:
Hi. Good morning. I just – on the 2 MPA of HOAs, do you have an ideal share of portfolio linked to global gas prices? And what's kind of your thinking that underpins that ideal share if you do?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think if you step back and said and looked at this purely from a market diversification perspective, somewhere around 10% exposed to international markets feels balanced. But this will ultimately depend on what type of netbacks that we're able to achieve by connecting to that market, and that will sort of turn the knob on where we sit with that. But right now, as it stands, this 2 million tons per annum for us is us putting our toes in the water. I mean, it's a significant amount of volume of the gas and provide a ton of energy security for customers around the world, but it's less than 5% of our total volume. So we're going to take a measured approach in accessing this market.
Jean Ann Salisbury:
Great. That's all for me. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Paul Diamond with Citi. Please go ahead.
Paul Diamond:
Good morning and thanks for taking my call. Just a quick one. You guys talked about the kind of that theoretical max is 500 days versus the average of about 400 currently. I just wanted to see if you guys could put a little bit of clarity around, I guess, how you see bridging that gap. Like how close can you get to the 600 and over what timeframe?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So the theoretic max is around 600 hours per month, and we set plans for 400 and hope to repeat the 500 hours per month. Listen, the biggest thing is going to be the logistical support for these frac operations. And that's all about getting as much water and sand to location as possible. We've spent a lot of time on the sand side. There could be some infrastructure investment opportunities for us on that pace to bring transload facilities closer to the actual frac sites. Those opportunities are relatively small, $8 million to $10 million upfront cost but they can pay dividends over time. And then obviously, we understand the benefits and economics behind water infrastructure. One of the biggest benefits with EQT and one of the benefits of our having a deep inventory in this area is we're going to be able to make these investments because we have so much inventory that's going to benefit from these investments. And that certainly is a key differentiator to think about when you think about these opportunities present within EQT versus others.
Paul Diamond:
Understood. Thank you. And just one quick follow-up. You guys talked about the incorporation of MVP and coal retirements producing about 4 Bcf of incremental demand out of Appalachia. Just want to see if you could give a bit of clarity around the timing of that. Is that over the next one year, five years? Just how do you see that kind of developing?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So I mean, half of that is obviously MVP at 2 Bcf a day. And the rest of it, we kind of look at it over the next five years kind of chipping away. It's not obviously an annual growth number, but we see over that timeframe that demand showing up kind of through those different changes in the market.
Paul Diamond:
Understood. That's all for me. Thanks for your time.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Noel Parks with Tuohy Brothers. Please go ahead.
Noel Parks:
Hi. Good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
Noel Parks:
One question I had was as you have put together some of these longer-term forecasts and projections, and when you make the infrastructure piece, some of the trends look really compelling. As you look at different pricing scenarios, do you picture, and this, of course, would be a high class problem. Do you picture a gas price high enough where a plausible feeder kind of gets reintroduced of the industry overdrilling again? I mean, I know is that sustained $6, $7 or something like that?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean, I think our biggest thing that is going to be the biggest driving force maybe on how people think about the dollars they spend towards drilling is really getting away from the half-cycle wellhead returns and looking more at a holistic cost of returns and gas price needed to actually not just generate free cash flow and cover your cost of supply, but actually create, deliver value back towards shareholders. And that right-now scenario is showing us that even with current strip is below the price level needed to generate the cost of returns that investors are demanding right now. So if you look at it from that perspective, I think you'd be a little bit more cautious over activity levels. But we think the – what's happened in this industry over the past few years in this sustainable shale era is operators, I think, are being much more holistic when they're making their investment decisions, and that's going to lead to better – a more durable industry that's better to serve customers over the long-term and also keep investors happy and satisfied with the returns that they're making.
Jeremy Knop:
I'd say another interesting caveat to that, that's really important to remember. I think a lot of people like to talk in terms of averages when talking about future gas prices or commodity prices. In our view, I think what's going to change a bit in the character of the gas market going forward is in a world where there's less coal to switch to, you have renewable intermittency, you have your days of demand covered dwindling for gas. You're going to see a lot more volatility. And so instead of a clear price signal, so to speak, of $5 or $6, as you suggested, which would give you confidence to drill and grow, I think you might see a year where gas is really high and another year where gas is really low. That will average out to an attractive price to the middle, but it does create a lot of volatility. And I think from a planning perspective for companies that are just pure upstream producers, it creates a lot more pause before saying we want to go invest an extra $1 billion in drilling in a given year. And I think that if you want to look at a case study of that, you can see what happened in the past 12 months where that really seemed to be all the rage in 2022 of prices were high single digits. And all it took were a couple of events and prices fell as low as $2. Now you're seeing the Haynesville start to really decline. So I think when you look ahead, I think that's an important differentiation. But I think the net effect is you're going to see some air gaps emerge of oversupply and undersupply. And that really underpins our focus on cost structure because we don't want to be one of those producers that has to decline and has to ramp back up. We'd love to be able to really produce durable cash flow and return for investors through the cycle. And again, if you're worried about prices one year falling to $2 like we just saw this year and you have to hedge that but then you missed prices going back up materially higher, over the long run, you're not going to generate nearly as much value. So again, that outlook is really informing how we scope the business, whether it's through just organic cost cutting, it's our hedging strategy, our balance sheet, how we think about future M&A. But that characteristic, I think, is an important caveat and it will be a lot different in the next five years compared to the prior five years.
Noel Parks:
Great. Thanks a lot for bringing the volatility angle into it. And I also want to touch on the issue of coal replacement. And I was just wondering, are you – as you see utilities doing their longer-term planning, do you see any signs of the impact from some of the advanced technology out there, for example, for gas turbines, greater efficiency, lower emissions and so forth? Is that in the equation as you see some of these coal replacements on the horizon?
Toby Rice:
Well, I think what you are seeing is energy security coming back into the headlines in the American grid. And when you look at a lot of the power generation capacity that's been added, over the last five years, a lot of it has come from intermittent, albeit lower carbon energy solutions like wind and solar. And people are now stepping back and saying, do we have the reliability that we need? And you see this across all ISOs across the country where your peak demand number is coming very close to your reliable electricity generation. While you may have coverage from intermittent sources above that, you realize that when that peak demand hits and you're pushing them, your red lining, your reliable electricity power generation, you're on your knees praying for the wind to blow and the sun to shine. And I think people are looking at this now and looking for more energy security and realizing that low carbon energy solutions like natural gas are going to be the solution that the world needs.
Noel Parks:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Thank you. Your final question comes from the line of Bert Donnes with Truist. Please go ahead.
Bertrand Donnes:
Hey, thanks guys. Toby, I think you brought this up a few times, the idea of downside protection when it comes to hedging and even your LNG strategy that I think provides a floor. It seems like you're more careful in protecting the downside risk versus some of your peers. So maybe that backs off a little bit once you hit your leverage target. But do you think this is just the nature of you guys being the biggest guy in the room or are you looking longer term? Or maybe you just currently have a different investor base that are asking different things of you. But just any thoughts there?
Toby Rice:
Well, I think it's just prudent as an investor to think about protecting against the downside while also providing exposure to what we think is going to be a really exciting natural gas market. So I think one thing that's going to be the alternative is, and we can play that with – by hedging and caring about the floors and also caring about the ceilings we're putting in our business, we can do that with some of the supply deals, we structure delivering floors that cover our cost of capital, allow us to generate the returns that our investors are demanding while also providing ceilings that prevent customers from experiencing price blowouts. And at the end of the day, the integrated energy producer like EQT that has control over the cost to pull the gas out of the ground, the contracts to move it through the pipeline and get it through the tailpipe of LNG facility, we can offer pricing that ensures us to be able to generate returns but also gives the world what it really needs, which is guardrails on pricing. And that is – that will give them the energy security that ultimately is so desperately needed right now. So again, we think customers that are looking to play the spot market with this volatility, it's going to get pretty exciting. And I think we can take away some of the volatility and still generates pretty great returns and create some really great win-win scenarios for customers.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. And let me add to that, Bert. I mean, look, I think we've moved from a world in the last couple of years, we're playing defense and very programmatically hedging to a position being fully back to investment grade now with the low cost structure, one of the lowest amongst peers where we can much more opportunistically say, where do we see risk on the curve? Where do we see opportunity? And again, that's why we keep trying to reemphasize how we're taking a more tactical approach to hedging at the moment. So again, we've increasingly leaned into more hedges in the next 12, really nine to 12 months because whether the biggest driver's winter during that time period, or whether that is a warm winter, a cold winter, a normal winter, prices could be up $0.50 to $1 or down $0.50 to $1. We don't see it materially moving probably beyond that, but that changes a lot as you get later into 2024 and into 2025, where relative to where the strip is right now and the other fundamental factors playing into it, the declines in production we expect to see start to really materialize in the Haynesville, in particular, combined with the pickup in LNG demand, which by the end of 2025, we're modeling at about a 5 Bcf a day increase, and you have another probably 1 Bcf a day increase on top of that in the form of exports to Mexico. Another structural demand from things like industrial. That market looks increasingly tight with a backdrop of low DUC inventory and actually under-investment. And so when we see opportunities like that emerge, we want to provide investors exposure to that. But look, at the end of the day, if I were to say, you don't have a dynamic like that at play, I think our focus in hedging will be protecting just the fixed cost structure of the business and taking out some of the volatility associated with that. And again, in a world of high volatility, as I explained a few minutes ago that we'd expect to see in the future, there'll be really great years and also some years that could be pretty tough like we saw earlier this year. And so we'd like to really take that volatility out. And if you think about the essence of what a lot of investors, high-quality investors, in particular, are looking for an energy right now, is durable cash flow and yield and price exposure, right? And so what we're trying to do through our hedging program is really try to scope that exposure for those investors and provide that long-term runway where they can have that in the next five to 10 years. We're not trying to run a business that is just the highest volatility option on gas price. We're trying to run it like a real business.
Bertrand Donnes:
Those are a lot of great points. Thanks, guys. And then maybe shifting gears a little bit. It looks like you're drilling slightly shorter laterals in 4Q versus 3Q, but you're still completing or turning in line maybe some longer laterals. So could you talk if there's a strategy shift there or if that's just a quarterly blip and you're still targeting longer laterals?
Toby Rice:
Yes. We're still targeting longer laterals. There will be variances quarter-to-quarter and that's sort of what you maybe seeing here. But the strategy has not changed. The strategy to continue to leverage common development and unlock the scale of our asset base is still being top of mind and applied every day.
Bertrand Donnes:
That's perfect. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, there are no further questions at this time. I will now turn the call over to Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Eric. This quarter marks another quarter where we've demonstrated some pretty meaningful steps to make the energy we produce at EQT cheaper, more reliable and cleaner for the world and also create value for shareholders. What was really great to see this quarter is really talking about how the differentiating aspects of our business, our low-cost structure, our scale, our deep inventory and environmental attributes are actually creating value and creating opportunities for our business that we are optimistic will present some really attractive investment opportunities for us in the future, and we look forward to keeping you guys updated along the way.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Thank you for standing by. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the EQT Q2 2023 Results Conference Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Thank you. Cameron Horwitz, Managing Director, Investor Relations and Strategy, you may begin your conference.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning, and thank you for joining our second quarter 2023 results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; Jeremy Knop, newly appointed Chief Financial Officer; and David Khani, outgoing Chief Financial Officer. In a moment, the team will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. A replay for today's call will be available on our website beginning this evening. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of factors described in yesterday's earnings release and our investor presentation, the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Cam, and good morning, everyone. Before speaking to second quarter results, I want to say thank you again to Dave for being a great colleague and friend over the past three years. Your knowledge and experience during a unique time in EQT's history combined with a thoughtful approach and heart made you a favorite of all who had the pleasure of working alongside you. I want to thank you for your tremendous contribution to EQT, and we are excited to see your continued success into the next phase of your life. I also want to introduce Jeremy Knop, who is taking the reins from Dave as our new Chief Financial Officer. Jeremy joined EQT in 2021 as the EVP of Corporate Development and has extensive experience in strategic decision-making, investment management, capital allocation, M&A and transaction execution from his time at EQT in previous roles at Blackstone and as an investment banker. Jeremy's strategic value-oriented mindset and deep understanding of our business instills great confidence that he will continue to drive value creation, strengthen our balance sheet and ensure the realization of our long-term vision. His exceptional leadership skills and unwavering focus on value creation, make him the ideal candidate to steer EQT toward continued success. Jeremy's proven track record and dedication to leading purpose-driven teams make him an invaluable asset to our executive group, and we look forward to the meaningful impact and contributions he will undoubtedly make in his new role. Now turning to Q2 results. Our operations teams built upon the momentum we achieved in the first quarter with notable execution on both drilling and completions. As shown on Slide 6 of our investor presentation, our drilling team recently set an EQT record by drilling 12,318 feet in 24 hours on our SGL 8H well in Green County and followed this up setting a new world record by drilling 18,200 feet in 48 hours on the same run. This is not just one-off execution. However, as we recently ran a benchmarking exercise that shows EQT is consistently achieving best-in-class drilling results. Specifically, we found that EQT's recent Southwest Appalachia wells were drilled at a rate of penetration greater than 60% faster than peers, which means that even with materially longer laterals, our average spud-to-TD days are 20% less than nearby operators. To further put this point in context, one horizontal EQT rig can drill roughly 300,000 more lateral feet per year relative to our peer average, which is why we can maintain greater than 5 Bcfe per day of net production running just two to three horizontal rigs. A few contributing factors to this performance include diligent landing zone targeting, best-in-class geo-steering and innovative use of rotary steerable tools. It's all about people, planning, the right equipment and execution. Turning to completions. Slide 7 shows our team replicated the solid efficiency gains achieved in Q1, with first half 2023 frac crew pumping hours up roughly 20% year-over-year and in line with peak levels experienced in early 2021. Not to be outdone by our drilling performance, our completions group set two records of their own in Q2. First, our team completed and drilled out 20,818 feet of lateral on our Michael 4H well, which at nearly four miles, is one of the longest completed laterals in the history of U.S. shale development and an internal EQT record. Our completion team also beat our previously set world record during the quarter by drilling out 262 frac plugs with a single roller cone bit, which was 90% above the prior peer record. I want to give a big shout-out to both our drilling and completion teams for the excellent performance and continuing to push the envelope when it comes to achieving peak performance. This stellar execution allowed us to achieve the midpoint of second quarter production guidance even in the face of lower-than-expected liquids volumes from downtime at the Shell ethane cracker, and fewer than expected non-operated TILs, which negatively impacted our production by a combined 12 Bcfe relative to our forecast. After a challenging 2022 environment where operations performance was plagued by third-party issues, our teams have resumed peak execution driving best-in-class performance. Another highlight of the quarter was LOE, which came in at just $0.08 per Mcfe and averaged $0.07 per Mcfe in the first half of the year. A contributing factor to EQT's peer-leading LOE is our ability to efficiently handle water, which speaks to the benefits from the West Virginia water system that we've invested capital into building over the past several years. As a reminder, our West Virginia water system currently comprises 28 miles of installed water pipe and 250,000 barrels of water storage. Alongside the LOE benefit, our percentage of produced water recycled continues to climb as we target 90% this year, up from roughly 70% in 2020. Our West Virginia water system is an example of our ability to invest capital into projects that have strong risk-adjusted rates of return and add structural resiliency into our free cash flow generation. Specifically, we have invested $80 million into our West Virginia water system to date and have realized $20 million of associated annualized cost savings, implying this investment is generating a highly attractive 25% free cash flow yield. We are currently finalizing plans for similar projects that will facilitate water connectivity between our West Virginia and Pennsylvania assets, which should provide further resiliency and LOE reduction opportunities moving forward. Lastly, we retired $800 million of incremental debt during the second quarter, taking another material step forward towards achieving our balance sheet objectives. We have now retired a total of $1.9 billion of debt since initiating our shareholder returns framework in late 2021, which has driven a meaningful reduction in our leverage and was a key enabler of achieving our investment-grade credit ratings. Moving forward, we will continue to prioritize debt paydown until achieving our leverage targets as a bulletproof balance sheet ensures that EQT can maximize value creation through all parts of the commodity cycle and to provide investors the best risk-adjusted exposure to natural gas. Turning to LNG. As highlighted in our press release, we recently signed an HOA with Lake Charles LNG to supply 1 million-ton per annum or 135 million cubic feet per day under a 15-year tolling agreement. This deal aligns with our strategy of allocating a portion of the 1.2 Bcf per day we have covered via FT to the Gulf to international markets and gives us the flexibility to sell our guests directly to end users globally. We have spent the last 1.5 years studying the nuances of LNG export opportunities and believe the strategy we are pursuing provides the best combination of upside exposure with downside risk mitigation. Relative to the netback structures that are commonly being signed, EQT is pursuing a more integrated approach with direct connectivity to end users of our gas. This strategy allows us to creatively structure deals with downside price protection, obtain visibility into global downstream markets and interact with a wide array of potential customers. We plan to pursue signing one or more SPAs with prospective international buyers and have additional opportunities to increase our tolling exposure, though we will remain measured in our approach as we ensure the best risk-adjusted outcomes for EQT. As America's largest natural gas producer, we have played a critical role in providing energy security to the United States while driving significant emissions reductions via coal displacement. Our scale, peer-leading inventory depth and environmental attributes uniquely position us to facilitate these objectives, both domestically and abroad, and we are excited to begin unleashing EQT's reliable low emissions natural gas on the global stage. Turning to our recently released ESG report. We received multiple accolades highlighting our ESG leadership over the past year and made continued material progress toward our goal of net zero Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 2025. Some of these accolades include being just 1 of 14 upstream companies globally to achieve the UN's OGMP 2.0 gold standard, receiving an A grade rating from MIQ for our peer-leading methane intensity, increasing our MSCI rating to AA reflecting our ESG risk mitigation actions and being named one of the top workplaces in the U.S. by Energage for the third consecutive year. Looking specifically at emissions, our 2022 Scope 1 and 2 production segment, GHG emissions totaled just 433,000 metric tons, which was 20% lower year-over-year and 50% below 2018 levels prior to new management taking over at EQT. It's worth noting that the bulk of our pneumatic device replacement was completed in the second half of 2022. So 2023 emissions should see a further benefit from this initiative. We expect the completion of our pneumatics replacement to further lower our methane intensity from 0.038% in 2022 to near our 2025 target of 0.02% this year, which is 90% below the ONE Future 2025 target and makes EQT one of the lowest methane intensity upstream producers on the planet. Between increasing operational efficiencies and replacing our pneumatics, we have now reduced our absolute emissions to essentially as low as possible under current technologies. From here, we are preparing multiple nature-based projects to generate our own carbon offsets that will leverage cutting-edge soil probe technology to ensure the quantification of these offsets is accurate and transparent. These projects will help offset our remaining emissions and be a key enabling factor for EQT to become the first energy company in the world of meaningful scale to achieve a verifiable net zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions. Turning to Slide 9 of our investor presentation. We commend the House and Senate for passing the Fiscal Responsibility Act, which included the approval of the Mountain Valley Pipeline and begins to address critical permitting reform components. We see the completion of MVP as imperative to addressing increasingly unaffordable and insufficient electricity in the Southeastern United States while simultaneously allowing the region to achieve its climate goals. Its inclusion in this bill shows that permitting reform is not a political bargaining chip but, instead, a necessity recognized by a bipartisan government acting for the good of all Americans. While the recent stay from the Fourth Circuit Court creates some timing uncertainty, we still expect MVP to enter service by the first half of 2024. As it relates to EQT, our capacity on MVP has limited impact to our free cash flow in the near term, assuming current future strip pricing. That said, the pipeline brings much needed breathing room to Appalachian infrastructure and should lower high line pressures in certain parts of the field that can in turn lessen the risk of system outages moving forward. Longer term, the completion of MVP should catalyze multiple southern expansion projects that will bring gas further into the Southeast demand centers where it is critically needed to replace coal-fired power generation and meet the region's climate goals. We believe this will in turn drive better price realizations and materially enhance the value that MVP brings to EQT over the coming years while simultaneously lowering energy prices for consumers in the Southeast. I'll conclude with a few comments on our pending Tug Hill acquisition. While the transaction has taken modestly longer than we anticipated to close, we continue to work constructively with the FTC and expect we will complete the transaction in Q3. As a reminder, Tug Hill and XcL Midstream bring low-risk, high-quality assets offsetting our existing acreage that should drive an additional $0.15 decline in our corporate free cash flow breakeven price providing even greater resiliency to our business moving forward. I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby. It's bittersweet to be on my final conference call after three and half amazing years at EQT and over 30 years on Wall Street and in the corporate world. I'm honored to have left my mark on this company, and I feel a deep sense of pride in all that we have accomplished in a relatively short period of time. Since I joined in January of 2020, the stock is essentially quadrupled. We regained investment-grade credit status and EQT was added to the S&P 500 Index. Even with this, EQT is truly a unique organization on a trajectory that I believe will create tremendous value for years to come, which is why I'm excited to remain a long-term shareholder in this company. I'm also thrilled to see Jeremy appointed as EQT's next CFO. I've seen his exceptional execution capabilities first hand, and I'm extremely confident he is the right person for the job. Jeremy and I have worked closely together on many aspects of the business, including financial policy, capital allocation and hedging, which will ensure strategic continuity and a smooth transition of the role. With that, I'd like to say one final thank you to all our stakeholders for your support. And I'll now turn the call over to Jeremy.
Jeremy Knop:
Thanks, Dave, and good morning, everyone. I'm extremely excited and grateful to take the reins from Dave as EQT's next Chief Financial Officer. Since joining the company in 2021, I've been continually impressed by the depth and quality of EQT's assets. The company's world-class execution capabilities and the heart, trust and teamwork that flows among our employees. I believe these attributes materially differentiate EQT in today's energy landscape and set the stage for us to drive meaningful value creation for our shareholders. Our high-level financial strategy will remain consistent with the execution you've come to expect from us over the past several years with a focus on ensuring we always maintain a bullet proof balance sheet, continued execution of our value-oriented shareholder return framework and thoughtfully investing capital in ways that structurally improve our business. I'm excited to make an even more impactful contribution to the organization and look forward to engaging in even more dialogue with our shareholders in my new role. Turning to second quarter results. Sales volumes were 471 Bcfe in line with the midpoint of our guidance range. As Toby highlighted, our drilling and completions team saw extremely strong field-level execution during the quarter, which allowed us to offset the negative impact of downtime at Shell's ethane cracker and lower non-operated TILs associated with the broader slowdown in gas-directed activity, which combined reduced quarterly net production by 12 Bcfe relative to our forecast. Note that we have applied a greater risking to our ethane production forecast going forward to better account for continued operational issues as a cracker as Shell works to bring it fully online. Our pre unit adjusted operating revenues were $2.11 per Mcfe and our total per unit operating costs were toward the low end of our guidance range at $1.37, resulting in an operating margin of $0.75 per Mcfe. Capital expenditures, excluding non-controlling interests, were $470 million, in line with the midpoint of our guidance range. Adjusted operating cash flow and free cash flow were $341 million and negative $129 million, respectively. We also saw a $96 million working capital benefit driven by declining accounts receivable and lower margin postings, which offset much of the total cash impact from negative free cash flow during the quarter. Turning to the balance sheet. A strong credit profile and ample liquidity remain core to our operating philosophy and will provide access to differentiated value creation opportunities for EQT shareholders moving forward. Our balance sheet remains very strong with trailing 12-month net leverage exiting the quarter at 1.1x, down from 1.6x a year ago. We exited the second quarter with $3.5 billion of net debt and $1.2 billion of cash on hand. As shown on Slide 12 of our investor deck, we further built upon our track record of debt retiring with $800 million of incremental debt retired during the second quarter. This was comprised of the $300 million tender offer for our sixth and 1/8% 2025 senior notes and the full redemption of our 5 and 5/8% 2025 senior notes. Since rolling out our shareholder return framework in 2021, we've now retired over $1.9 billion of total debt, which has eliminated nearly $90 million of annual interest expense. Despite the challenging natural gas macro environment this year, we expect our leverage to remain well in check as we forecast exiting 2023 with a net debt-to-EBITDA ratio of 1.3x at current strip, excluding the pending Tug Hill acquisition. At the end of the quarter, liquidity stood at $4.9 billion, comprised of $1.2 billion of cash, $2.5 billion of availability under our credit facility and a $1.25 billion term loan that we have in place for the pending Tug Hill acquisition. Moving to hedging. Second quarter results highlighted the beneficial position of our 2023 hedge book as we realized $237 million of cash NYMEX hedge gains for the quarter, inclusive of deferred put premiums. The recent strip, we expect full-year NYMEX cash hedge gains of approximately $440 million net of deferred put premiums. Looking into 2024, we opportunistically added to our hedge position to de-risk a portion of our expected free cash flow and debt repayment goals. We currently have 30% of our 2024 production hedged with a weighted average floor price of $3.64 per MMBtu, and a weighted average ceiling of $4.14 per MMBtu. Note, our hedge position is strategically tilted towards the first half of 2024, where we see the most potential downside risk should normal winter weather, again, not materialize. By protecting near-term free cash flow and prioritizing our debt repayment goals, we are intentionally creating flexibility to maintain maximum upside price exposure in late 2024, 2025 and beyond when the natural gas market looks increasingly tight, and we believe pricing is asymmetrically skewed to the upside, while at the same time, mitigating downside risk. As it relates to basis, Appalachian differentials have widened for the balance of 2023, driven by elevated Eastern storage levels, a byproduct of the warm prior winter. The current [MQ] future strip implies more than $1.50 per MMBtu differential to NYMEX this fall, which is a price level below cash costs for many producers. EQT is well positioned here, however, as we have roughly 90% of balance 2023 local volumes covered with basis hedges that are solidly in the money relative to current strip. On MVP, we modeled a first half of 2024 in service date to acknowledge there could be some risk to the timetable based on the recent activity from the Fourth Circuit Court. When MVP does come online, higher transmission expense associated with our capacity should be largely offset by a combination of the immediate material step down in our gathering rate and better price realizations, resulting in a negligible impact to EQT's free cash flow in the near term. However, as Toby mentioned, we see significant opportunity to move production further into the Southeast U.S. over time as expansion projects are completed. This will occur at a time when Gulf Coast volumes supply in the area shift more towards satisfying LNG export demand, which will likely contribute to better price realizations and value for our MVP capacity over time. Turning to the natural gas macro landscape. Fundamentals are largely playing out as we expected. As discussed on our last earnings call, we anticipated additional gas-directed activity cuts given prices fell well below mini producers breakeven across the U.S. Activity reductions have played out with 35 gas rigs laid down across the U.S. in the second quarter, 22 of which were in the high-cost Haynesville play, a nearly 40% fall from the peak in a very short amount of time. We expect incremental gas rig drops for the rest of 2023, albeit at a much slower pace relative to the last few months. The large year-to-date reduction in drilling activity should moderate supply from current levels and help support prices for the balance of 2023 and as we head into 2024. We also note over 45 oil-directed rigs were laid down during the second quarter and oil activity is now roughly 15% below highs set late last year. Further declines in oil-directed activity will likely result in associated gas growth underperforming relative to consensus, blending additional structural support to natural gas prices in 2024 and 2025. Another area of significant market support has come from strong gas-fired power demand. Lower spot natural gas prices and materially weaker-than-expected wind generation drove approximately 3 Bcf a day of higher natural gas power generation during the second quarter. Specifically, wind generation underperformed expectations by a staggering 20 million-megawatt hours. Most of this shortfall was met by natural gas generation, demonstrating the need and the value of reliable generation to compensate for inherent volatility of renewables. LNG performance during the quarter remained strong as Europe and China listed U.S. cargoes to refill storage and meet demand from record-breaking heat realized in May and June. Some of this strength was offset by major maintenance at Sabine Pass in June, but this has since been completed. Looking ahead, we anticipate 6 Bcf a day of incremental nameplate LNG capacity online by year-end 2025, which should create a significant tailwind for natural gas fundamentals over the next several years. Turning to oilfield service pricing. The rate of change in inflationary pressure has slowed meaningfully over the past several months, and we're starting to see leading indicators of potential softening in certain areas. Recent indications suggest steel casing prices have declined 15% to 20% relative to the recent peak, and we should start to see the benefits of this beginning in late Q3 as we deplete our current inventory. For reference, deal associated with casing and wellheads makes up around 10% of our total well costs. In terms of drilling and completions, we are currently running two horizontal rigs and two to three frac spreads. Given our focus on consistent execution of our combo development strategy, we lock in the bulk of our rigs and frac spreads under long-term contracts. This strategy has paid dividends for us over the past several years as our rates have been consistently below the spot market. And the quantity needed is much lower than peers due to our higher efficiencies. We do see the opportunity for some modest downward pressure on big ticket items. As our contracts roll off, we're exploring ways to improve our efficiencies that could translate into incremental downward pressure on well costs. While still too early to predict with precision, we preliminarily see the potential for our total well cost to decline by up to 5% year-over-year in 2024. Turning to guidance. We are reiterating our 2023 production outlook of 1,900 to 2,000 Bcfe. Our 2023 capital budget of $1.7 billion to $1.9 billion excluding the pending Tug Hill acquisition and our per unit operating expense in differential ranges. On Slide 33 of our investor deck, we provide adjusted EBITDA, operating cash flow and free cash flow outlook at various natural gas prices for the remainder of 2023. At recent strip pricing, 2023 adjusted EBITDA is expected to be approximately $2.8 billion, and 2023 free cash flow was anticipated to be roughly $900 million prior to the impact of our pending acquisition. As it relates to capital allocation, we are pleased with the execution of our shareholder return framework to date, and we'll continue with our opportunistic all of the above construct moving forward. As a reminder, since initiating our framework in late 2021, we have retired more than $1.9 billion of debt, repurchased more than $600 million of stock and pay an annual base dividend of $0.60 per share which we grew 20% last year relative to our initial dividend. As it relates to our buyback execution, we believe our opportunistic strategy is generating superior results as our current share price suggests we have generated a weighted average return of 31% for our shareholders versus a negative 5% on average for the peer group. Looking ahead and consistent with our track record, investors should expect we will maintain a bias towards debt repayment until we achieve our target of 1x leverage at $2.75 per MMBtu natural gas prices, which will ensure a bulletproof balance sheet through all parts of the commodity cycle. This will, in turn, minimize the downside while allowing us to limit the need to defensively hedge and cap what we expect to be unpredictable, asymmetric price movement to the upside in the years ahead. We will also continue to rigorously assess investment opportunities with strong risk-adjusted returns that improve the quality of our business while compounding cash flow, which is the foundation of sustainable shareholder value creation in any business, similar to our West Virginia water system that Toby highlighted earlier. Our buyback remains a key tool for opportunistic execution that points in the cycle where we see favorable risk reward potential for generating returns well in excess of our weighted average cost of capital. And finally, sustainable long-term base dividend growth will remain a key pillar of our shareholder return strategy moving forward. I'll close by highlighting Slide 3 of our investor presentation, which I think elegantly summarizes the value proposition at EQT. We believe our modern data-driven operating model, significant scale, peer-leading inventory quality and depth, ESG leadership and low investment-grade cost of capital make EQT one of the most compelling investment opportunities in the market today. However, despite these characteristics and strong relative stock performance recently, EQT trades at the highest five-year cumulative free cash flow yield as a percentage of enterprise value amongst the gas peers, meaning we could buy back more of our enterprise value with organically generated free cash flow at strip pricing. Interestingly and as illustrated on the left side of Slide 11, thanks to our relentless focus on achieving the lowest free cash flow breakeven at our current stock price, EQT shares simultaneously provide among the least downside in a long-term $3 gas price scenario and the most upside in a $5 gas price scenario, again, when measured by the next five years of cumulative free cash flow relative to enterprise value. Whether investors fully appreciate this or not, is this cash flow is realized, it should drive our equity value higher by definition. And we believe this will propel further share price outperformance. This signals to us the market is only scratching the surface of appreciating EQT's strategically advantaged position and high-quality assets, and I look forward to helping identify and capture significant value for shareholders in my new role moving forward. I'll now turn the call back over to Toby for some concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Jeremy. To conclude today's prepared remarks, I want to reiterate a few key points. Number one, EQT's operational execution has been on point in 2023 with our drilling and completion teams, setting multiple internal and world records during the quarter. Number two, we continue to successfully implement our value-oriented capital returns framework with an incremental $800 million of debt retired in Q2, taking our cumulative debt retirement to more than $1.9 billion since late 2021. Number three, our recent HOA for tolling capacity at Lake Charles represents an initial step in progressing our LNG strategy, which seeks to diversify a portion of our production into international markets and achieve the best combination of upside exposure with downside risk mitigation. And four, we strategically added to our 2024 hedge position which ensures the accelerated achievement of our debt retirement goals while simultaneously providing shareholders maximum upside exposure to gas prices in late 2024, 2025 and beyond. And lastly, number five, our 2022 ESG report underscores our peer-leading environmental performance with a 20% year-over-year decline in EQT's production segment Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions, moving us yet another step closer toward the realization of our ambitious 2025 net zero emissions goal. I'd now like to open the call to questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question is from Umang Choudhary of Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Umang Choudhary:
Thank you. And best of luck, Dave, and hope to stay in touch. My first question was around your plans of around improving your free cash flow breakeven. I wanted to get your thoughts on capital efficiency improvement heading into 2024, given you recently – given you highlighted drilling completion efficiency gains and a 5% reduction from deflation. Also if there's any update on the next-gen well design, which you talked about early in the year?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So a couple of things that will take place in 2024. We'll see a little bit lower activity levels compared to 23%, and that's as a result of just the catch-up activity that we added in 2023. So that would be helpful. On the operational efficiency side of things, that's great to see the progress that the teams have made there, but really the focus is going to be on service cost inflation reductions that we see. So we're being conservative with that low single digits, but we'll update that as the teams continue to procure bids. And obviously, at a stepping back, bigger picture, we've got Tug Hill, which will lower our cost structure. And then also, as a reminder, we say it every quarter, the step down in gathering rates will be impactful as well. So pretty unique in the sense that EQT has some pretty big items that will lower our cost structure going forward. I think that's definitely unique and worth pointing out. As it relates to the MACH3 science campaign that we run, we have completed all of the operational execution of that, and we are currently in monitoring mode for the impact there. We have taken some best practices and incorporated that into our well design program. And with the monitoring that we've done, we have tightened up the controls in our assessment to take these different parameters and make sure that we are applying the best for market conditions. So it's been some practice implemented, greater awareness on the knobs that we're turning and we'll continue to monitor that. As we mentioned in the past, biggest focus for us, determining factor is really going to be where the service cost environment shakes out. So we'll keep everybody updated on that front.
Umang Choudhary:
Got you. That's very helpful. And my next question was on LNG strategy. You've obviously taken the first step towards executing your strategy by signing the HOA agreement with Lake Charles, any update on what the end customers are looking for? Any color on the price exposure, which they're willing to take and their willingness to sign collar contracts?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So at a very high level, what customers are looking for, they're looking for energy security. And while you've seen customers around the world build out the infrastructure to receive LNG that you've seen customers acquire supply to feed that infrastructure. But as long as this supply is tied to index pricing, it's hard to see that energy security which only comes with cost controls and guardrails on pricing. So this is something that we thought was incredibly important. We thought it was unique. And with this tolling structure that we put in place, we now have the flexibility to give that energy security to our customers with fixed price collared floors and ceilings type price controls on the LNG and energy that they're buying. So we think there'll be tremendous interest. And now that we have this tolling capacity, we can really dial up the conversations ultimately leading to a sales and purchase agreement with some of these customers.
Umang Choudhary:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question is from Devin McDermott of Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Devin McDermott:
Hey. Good morning. Thanks for taking my question. And Dave, congrats again on the retirement. So my first one is just on Tug Hill and Toby, I'm not sure how much more you can say, but I was wondering if you could talk a little bit about just the high-level dialogue with the FTC, the reason for the slight delay here and what gives you confidence in the ability to close this deal here in 3Q?
Toby Rice:
Well, conversations have been constructive with the FTC over the past 12 months, I'd say. But I think we said that – by the middle of this year, we'd have better insight on where this deal stands. And I can tell you today that we have confidence that we will reach resolution within the next 30 days.
Devin McDermott:
Okay. Great. And then separately, on MVP, that disclosure on it being roughly cash flow neutral is helpful. But I was wondering if you could elaborate a bit just on some of the moving pieces there. I know you've taken some cash payments upfront for the scheduled rate relief that comes along with that pipe entering service. What's the net remaining rate relief? And how should we think about the impact of that piece over the next few years?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. There's a couple of pieces to that. So when that pipeline comes online and you think about the associated capacity that supports it like Hammerhead, you'll see our rates step up on the transportation side. But at the same time, that triggers a gathering rate reduction and we'll access more premium markets. And so net-net, as we've talked about before, that should really net the impact out. I think as you look through the end of the decade and you look at some of the expansion projects that are in play that Williams and others are talking about right now, our expectation is that, that market we deliver to through MVP at Station 65 will start to trade more like that Transco Zone 5 market. So if you look at what Cal 25 looks like in the basis markets today, Station 165 trades about $0.40 back and that Zone 5 market trades at a better about $1 premium to NYMEX. And so it's going to be an evolution of that market as those downstream projects are built out, but that's what we're looking forward to really in the years ahead. And I think that capacity – the value of it will increase each year that goes by.
Devin McDermott:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question is from Bertrand Donnes of Truist. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Bertrand Donnes:
Hey. Good morning guys. Just one of your peers have taken the approach that LNG exports will be about 15% to 20% of U.S. volumes, so they want to keep their contribution in that range. I just want to see if that matched kind of your internal strategy or does the tolling agreement if you have maybe let you pivot more easily and so you maybe could go above that percentage.
Jeremy Knop:
The way we've talked about this historically is having that 1.2 Bcf a day of supply into that Gulf Coast market today. We will use a portion of that to sell into international markets, but we haven't necessarily set any sort of guidance range like you described around it. I think we'll be opportunistic depending on the facility depending on what the market provides us. Long term, I think we'd like to increase capacity to the extent it makes sense, but within a proper risk-adjusted framework.
Bertrand Donnes:
Got you. And then my follow-up on the same topic is just kind of two smaller points. Does your ability to increase your capacity to the Gulf Coast have any impact on maybe the pace of additional LNG deals? And then the second part of that is just with a 15-year term on your side, did you want to match the end users agreements to that duration? Or do you maybe want to do five years here and there and add up to that 15 years? Thanks, guys.
Toby Rice:
Yes. On the structure with the sales and purchase agreement, we would like to see parity with what we're doing on the tolling side. And I would say just what's going to govern the pace for us given the fact that we have ample exposure to the Gulf Coast and LNG, the pace is really going to be covered by the customers. And if we can execute attractive collar type pricing that locks in some pretty favorable returns for us. Then I think we'll look at continuing the pace and doing more. So these are the conversations that we're going to be having over the next 12 months that we've already begun, and that will come back and determine pace, and we'll update you guys along the way.
Bertrand Donnes:
Sounds good. I appreciate it.
Operator:
Your next question is from Arun Jayaram of JPMorgan Chase. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes. Good morning. Toby, I wanted to get a follow-up on your comments on your expectation that you could close the deal with Tug Hill in the next 30 days I mean, do you contemplate any changes to the original agreement. And so I just wanted a sense is if you close in 30 days, do you expect it to be consistent with the original terms signed with Tug Hill.
Toby Rice:
Yes. We expect to be closing within 30 days. And one of the guiding principles for us as we're going through this process is to make sure that we preserve the economics of the deal that we signed up and feel like we're going to be able to deliver that and also preserve the strategic flexibility going forward. So it's been a long process, but we see the light at the end of the tunnel, and we're going to achieve our original goals.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. My follow-up, Toby, you started the call talking about a lot of efficiency gains on the drilling and completion side. And then obviously, you have the MACH3 program, which is underway, excluding any kind of impacts from service cost tailwinds next year, how should we be thinking about capital efficiency of next year's program, just given some of the benefits, efficiency gains that you highlighted this morning.
Toby Rice:
Yes, Arun, Slide 22 for us really puts the spotlight on CapEx efficiency over time, and we do anticipate there to be a tick down on our CapEx intensity. And I think looking longer term, when you get the benefits of Tug Hill, you get the benefits of the lower gathering rates, overall corporate breakeven will continue to trend lower.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And I also want to pass on my regards to Dave, good luck in retirement. Great working with you over these years.
Toby Rice:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question is from John Abbott of Bank of America. Please go ahead, your line is open.
John Abbott:
Hey. Thank you very much for taking our questions. And Dave, the BofA team wishes you also at the best of luck in your next adventures. Toby, like just – Toby, first question is really on West Virginia, you've mentioned other opportunities here for like improvements like water infrastructure between West Virginia and PPA. Could you characterize the number of opportunities are we talking about, too, how do you see potential cost versus the $80 million that you spent previously, maybe there has been some sort of cost inflation? And just how quickly would you want to be go after these types of opportunities? Are we looking at 2024, do you want to see some deflation? How should we think about that?
Toby Rice:
Well, I think what's special about West Virginia is the terrain and logistics become very important. And so to solve logistics constraints, investing in infrastructure is the solution. And so you've seen the benefit from the water infrastructure investment that we've done in West Virginia, that will continue, and we've identified a synergy with the Tug Hill acquisition to combine the Tug Hill water system with our system that not only is going to expand our produced water network, but also freshwater delivery. So we're excited about continuing with the progress on the water side.
down :
Jeremy Knop:
John, I think just to add to that from more of a financial perspective too, if you look at that water system we built out, we spent about $80 million doing that. And today, that's generating savings of about $20 million a year. So think about that as like a 25% free cash flow yield. And that's something that – it's not like a well that declines, it's durable. It's got longevity to it for the next 10 to 15 years. Some of the other projects we've looked at recently, one of which we highlighted when we announced that Tug Hill acquisition, was additional pipeline connectivity throughout the basin. We're seeing similar sorts of returns on those projects at kind of a mid-20% free cash flow yield. The more projects like that we can find to reinvest capital into the more value we think we can create both through reinvesting and compounding but also just improving the base quality of the business. So it's something we're focused on. We've got the operational teams looking around trying to find more opportunities to reinvest cash flow like that. But I mean, those are two examples just to make it a little more tangible.
John Abbott:
Appreciate it. And the second question is on MVP. Assuming it comes online, maybe you can't – maybe if the basin can't necessarily grow into all at once. But when you sort of think about that capacity coming on, what are your thoughts about EQT growing into some of that capacity over time? Would you want to maintain market share? How do you think about that you want to just stay flat? How do you think about that capacity?
Toby Rice:
Yes, certainly, out of the gate until some of the downstream expansion projects are completed that really create more of that demand pull at that delivered market. We just plan to reallocate volumes that are currently being sold in basin to that MVP capacity. Where the basin sits today, and I think 2023 is a good example where in-basin storage is about 100 Bcf a day above – not per day, 100 Bcf above normal. There's not a lot of headroom, we think MVP coming online. We'll take some of that froth out of storage and balance the market a little bit more. If additional infrastructure is built, we would love the opportunity to grow into it. But where we sit today, it's hard to see that being in the next one to two years.
John Abbott:
Appreciate it. Thank you very much for taking our questions.
Operator:
Your next question is from Scott Hanold of RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. Thanks. Hey, Toby. You obviously have some confidence in seeing the Tug Hill closing it sounds with a lot of the economics and kind of non-negotiables that you wanted. Can you talk about more specifically though, your view on further consolidation within the basin beyond that? Because I know that was the strategy a few years ago to generate more shareholder value. Do you see any limitations based on your conversations with the FTC to do much beyond the Tug Hill deal?
Toby Rice:
Scott, at this time, I think we'd just like to stay focused on getting the deal done with the FTC, and we'll look forward to updating you guys on path forward after we get through this.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. Understand. And then on the LNG tolling agreement, I think that you indicated some of the things that the buyers were interested in getting. Can you just give a high-level view on the way that you're structuring the agreements like what do you see as in terms of the benefit of reaching those international markets, what kind of bands are you looking at relative to what you could get in the U.S.? And does that also mitigate the need for you all to hedge those volumes when you do have some coloring on the pricing?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So let me answer it this way. Getting these deals in place is a multi-step process. Signing the HOA is the first step in that. As we look forward to the next steps it comes down to getting a binding agreement in place based on those HOA terms. And then following up on that with that sales and purchase agreement, a collar structure is what comes into play as part of that sales and purchase agreement. So it's a little premature to give too much clarity around that at the time. But you're right that, that is still our intention.
Scott Hanold:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question is from Michael Scialla of Stephens. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Michael Scialla:
Yes. Thank you, and congratulations to both David and Jeremy. Jeremy, you talked about the 24 hedges you added during the quarter that were weighted to the first half, I guess, to take some winter risk off the table. But I want to see how you guys are viewing the market in the second half 2024 and into 2025. I guess it sounds like you would stay lightly hedged there given the incremental LNG capacity. Is that fair?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So there's a couple of dynamics at play. And when we look at the market going forward, we try to get a sense for – well, it's hard to predict price exactly. We try to get a sense for where the SKU is. And so when you look at where storage is today heading into this winter in the first half of 2024, we feel like there's pretty equal upside, downside SKU. And so that's why you've seen us lean a little bit more into swaps, even though it's something we're generally trying to deemphasize in the past. Unless we see strong cost SKU in the options market, it's hard to feel good about leaning into those. But really near-term because that we would like to derisk our debt repayment goals and so as we get towards the back half of 2024 and into 2025, where that upside is just so much more asymmetrically skewed, but is not yet reflected in the options market or in the future strip. We want to remain patient there and hedging more near-term allows us to do that. So look, it doesn't mean we're not going to hedge 2025 at some point, but we think where the market sits today, it's far off from where really it should be. And as you think about how the market might trade as you get into 2024, I think most market participants and analysts see that how 2025, 2026 market is getting especially tight as you see that demand ramp for at least – ramp in nameplate capacity of LNG, but the market obviously trades the season ahead. And so I think as you get towards next summer, and the market starts looking at winter 2024, 2025 and a lot of that demand ramp, unless you have a step change really increase in production at the same time. I think the market will look increasingly tight, and that will probably start getting reflected next summer and probably a much more asymmetric way. And so I think we're trying to be patient at this point in time and not be in a position where we need to really defensively hedge and take away that upside, which is what I think a lot of our investors are looking for in the market today.
Michael Scialla:
That makes sense. Thank you. And I wanted to ask on if Tug Hill does close within the next 30 days, is it fair to assume that your second half activity that you've laid out on your legacy properties doesn't change. And looks like, I think they're running two rigs right now. Would you expect to just maintain those two rigs into the end of the year?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Operational cadence for EQT assets will remain the same. Our plan with Tug assets to continue to maintain activity levels. I think the high-grade opportunities would probably start seeing those, hit the schedule maybe 12 months just take some time for us to set those wheels in motion. But pretty much in summary, similar plans for the first 12 months and then you could start seeing us optimize the asset base.
Michael Scialla:
Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Your next question is from Josh Silverstein of UBS. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Josh Silverstein:
Yes. Thanks. Good morning. Congrats to Jeremy and David as well. Just on the LNG front, I know you're starting to sign some contracts here. Longer term do you think this leads to a potential stake in an LNG facility to help kind of have the kind of vertical change, so to speak, there?
Toby Rice:
Yes, Josh, we've always looked at investing in LNG facilities does the world need it to do that right now? It seems like these projects are getting going, what the world needs is EQT supply, so we're participating in that front. So our price here is really getting exposure to international markets. If we can do anything on the East Coast, that would give us exposure to sustainable growth opportunities. That's the real value for us. So we're not looking to make investments in LNG, but there could be opportunities where from a risk mitigation perspective, it could make sense for us to make a small investment in LNG facility, but that's sort of how we're viewing it right now.
Josh Silverstein:
Got you. Yes. I was just wondering if there's an investment to be made, maybe it pushes through the Lake Charles facility a little bit faster. So it was referring from that angle.
Toby Rice:
No. I think just when we looked at several facilities early on, we weren't sure if we needed to make an equity investment to get international pricing and after a lot of discussions, we found that we really don't need to do that.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. That's helpful. And then, Jeremy, you mentioned the free cash flow over the next five years and the ability to start returning capital to shareholders. You don't have a formal strategy in place right now. The share buybacks have gone up and down based on where the commodity prices has been. Once the Tug Hill transaction is closed, do you foresee you kind of getting towards, call it, a formal 50% kind of split between balance sheet reduction, shareholder returns? Do you want to hit a certain debt level before you kind of commit to that? So I'm curious how you're thinking about the shareholder return profile going forward?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So you're right that really while this deal has been pending, our focus has been to be opportunistic tactically, but really accumulate cash ahead of closing. So until closing happens, I think you can expect us to continue doing the same thing. After the acquisition closes, I think you should really expect, until we meet our debt targets, to really pursue the same strategy, which is weighted towards debt repayment. And then tactically, when we see dislocations in the market lean into that buyback. But I think the concept of a formulaic programmatic buyback. It's just a long-term strategy. It's something you'll see us probably shy away from at least near-term. I think we like to be more tactical in how we approach that, especially in an industry that is inherently always cyclical, both from a macro standpoint and even a weather-driven standpoint. We think there'll be continued opportunities to create outsized value for patients just like we've done to date.
Josh Silverstein:
Great. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Your next question is from Paul Diamond of Citi. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Paul Diamond:
Thank you. Good morning, everyone. Thanks for taking the call. Just a quick one talking about the completion efficiency is up 20% year-on-year, and you also had some pretty strong drilling performance as of late substantially. It's kind of like breaking yourselves away from peers. I guess the first part of the question is how much more on the bone do you see there? Is that something we should think as like a step change in the future or more incremental? And also as far as like others catching you, is that to keep running in place? Or is that a gap you think you can really maintain.
Toby Rice:
Yes. The goal for us is to raise the bar. These records show what could happen and the potential we have and the goal for the operating teams is to move that average performance up to peak performance. So that's the game that we're playing and we're removing any bottlenecks to achieving that peak performance along the way. Our attitude is that peers have the ability to keep up with us. And this is the fire that keeps us continuing to evolve and look for ways to continue raising the bar. So we're proud of where we're at, but we're always looking to get better. And that's really – I'd say one of the defining characteristics of our culture is just our ability and the drive to continually evolve our business.
Paul Diamond:
Understood. Thanks.
Operator:
Your next question is from Jeoffrey Lambujon of TPH. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Jeoffrey Lambujon:
Good morning, everyone, and congrats to both Jeremy and Dave. I appreciate you all taking my questions. My first one is just a follow-up to the water infrastructure commentary that you mentioned. I think that was part of the synergies that you highlighted with the deal, but just wanted to get a sense for if any of the savings here from these opportunities would be incremental to that $0.15 breakeven improvement that you all have highlighted in the past.
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. So that $0.15 that we talked about associated with the deal. That's all pre-synergies. This kind of as a rule of thumb. We don't like to include synergies and just our base guidance. So think when we announced Tug Hill, we were talking about $80 million a year of total synergies. We haven't been able to refine that just due to some gun jumping laws around just this FTC process. But that's all incremental upside to the guidance we've given, that $0.15 and even that rate of return that we talked about on that existing West Virginia water system we already built.
Jeoffrey Lambujon:
Okay. Great. And then maybe going back to MVP and potential infrastructure downstream. I imagine D&E in particular on that slide will be relatively important from a pricing standpoint. But be great to get any thoughts that you can share just on the projects that we show there and how you're thinking about the potential impacts to your marketing or regional mix as those get developed?
Jeremy Knop:
Yes. We see most of those projects as more demand pull back rather than supply push. So we don't anticipate needing to take out contracted capacity, but those are important for just the long-term development of that station 165 market.
Jeoffrey Lambujon:
Thank you all.
Operator:
Your next question is from Noel Parks of Tuohy Brothers. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Noel Parks:
Hi. Good morning. I just wanted to go back to the project swapping out the pneumatics. And I just wondered, could you give us a sense as to what sort of the scale of that overall cost was looking back?
Toby Rice:
It is about $28 million. And when you think about it, normalize on a dollar per ton, it's less than $10 per ton to achieve the emissions reductions.
Noel Parks:
Great. And I guess just one thing, and I apologize if this has been touched on already. But with the FTC review, is the fact that in the Tug Hill transaction, you're also doing the infrastructure purchase, is that a factor that has made the overall review process go on a little longer? Or is that sort of unrelated?
Toby Rice:
I don't think there's any elements that are unique here that stand out. I think this is just part of the process to review the deal and concept. I mean, I'd just remind everybody when the FTC issued their second request to us who was back in November. And I think if you just remember what the gas market was like, there was a lot of concerns over a natural gas, what was happening with Europe and peak fear on gas shortages. So I think we took the opportunity to take a closer look, and that's the process that we're going through and are happy that we're in a place where we're confident in getting this in close within the next 30 days.
Noel Parks:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Your next question is from John Daniel of Daniel Energy Partners. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
John Daniel:
Hi, guys. Thank you for including me. And Dave, congrats. If you get bored, give me a call. Toby, you noted some of the drivers of the improved drilling performance. But how much of that improvement is due to an internal process versus third-party technology from one of the service providers?
Toby Rice:
Well, I think on the internal side, I mean look at the setup we're delivering to the operations teams, I mean, large-scale, long lateral combo development certainly sets the teams up to knock it out of the park. And that definitely would be considered an internal improved thing that we do that is going to be hard to replicate with other asset bases. But you got to go out there and you got to execute and the teams are doing that. We have very close relationships with our service providers. I think on this run here, there's been a lot of improvements on bit design that the teams have worked with our service providers. So really close relationship and our success is really going to be based on the success of our partnerships, and we've got some great partners on the drilling front and across the operational spectrum. So I'd say probably half of it is internal, and the other half is the great working relationship we have with our service providers.
John Daniel:
Okay. Thank you. And then the second one for me is when you look at this – the drilling success and assuming a portion of it can be copied into other basins and just seeing the efficiencies that you've achieved. I mean, when you look at analysts such as myself, are we fooling ourselves when we propose a rising rig count in future years? Are we going to see these efficiencies render data a lot of reality…
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean when I step back and you look at the – I mean we've sort of gotten past the step change in operational efficiencies. It's more of a slow grind and the factors that are ultimately going to be defining the success of the operation, we sort of pushed past just what specifically we're doing on site at that operation, and it's really external factors that are really influencing things like do we have long laterals ready to drill. What's the land situation look like? And on the completion side, what's the logistics on water and sand. So it's as much as the system that we're creating as it is the actual individual performance. And I think industry has already made the move to recognize that long laterals are the key and how much of that they have and the quality of inventory, I think, is going to be defining characteristics on their efficiency going forward.
John Daniel:
Fair enough. But what you reported, it seems like a step change better to me. So maybe I haven't been paying attention, but that's pretty impressive. Thank you for including me on the call.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I will now turn the call over to Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, everybody, for your time today. We look forward to continuing our strategy to make the energy we produce cheaper, more reliable and cleaner and we'll look forward to keeping you updated on our progress. Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning or good afternoon, and welcome to the EQT Q1 Results Conference Call. My name is Adam, and I'll be your operator for today. [Operator Instructions]. I will now hand the floor over to Cameron Horwitz, Manging Director of IR and Strategy. Cameron, ready when you are.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning, and thank you for joining our first quarter 2023 results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website beginning this evening. In a moment, Toby and Dave will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in yesterday's earnings release and our investor presentation, in the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Cam, and good morning, everyone. While the current natural gas macro environment has created some headwinds for U.S. natural gas producers at large, the price pullback is reinforcing EQT's confidence in our corporate strategy and illuminating several facets of differentiation relative to our peers. A key pillar of distinction has been EQT's M&A strategy where we have taken a disciplined approach to acquisitions specifically focused on assets that lower our cost structure. The current gas price environment underscores the benefits of this strategy with enhanced free cash flow durability through the bottom parts of the commodity cycle allowing for accretive capital allocation decisions, resiliency and corporate returns and greater consistency and operational cadence. Our pending Tug Hill acquisition further builds on this M&A strategy as it is expected to drive an additional $0.15 decline in our corporate free cash flow breakeven price, providing even greater resiliency to our business moving forward. Another area where EQT is differentiating itself is through our evolved hedging strategy. While we no longer have financial needs requiring hedging, given material improvements in our balance sheet, we have evolved into opportunistic hedgers, predominantly using glide college to derisk free cash flow at the bottom part of the cycle while maintaining material upside exposure to natural gas prices. This strategy is paying off in real time as EQT has among the best hedge books of any natural gas peer in 2023 with 62% of our production covered via floors with an average strike price of $3.38 per MMBtu. In conjunction with our M&A and cost reduction efforts, our hedge book is a key factor driving our full year 2023 corporate NYMEX free cash flow breakeven down to less than $1.65 per MMBtu A third pillar of EQT's strategy driving distinction among peers is our opportunistic capital returns approach. When we rolled out our return framework in late 2021, we did so under the premise that we would look to maximize returns to shareholders via our capital allocation decisions, which requires a tactical and thoughtful approach to both debt repayment and equity repurchases. With more than a year under our belt of returning capital to shareholders, we believe our underlying approach and execution is generating superior results, which is exemplified by the fact that we have achieved the best return on our equity buybacks among our peer group and retired a material amount of debt at discounts to par as interest rates have risen. A fourth element of differentiation comes on the environmental front as EQT has taken material steps forward in achieving our peer-leading goal of net zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions from production operations by 2025. We highlighted the material benefit of completing our pneumatic device replacement initiative a year ahead of schedule with our fourth quarter results. And we are building upon this momentum with recent announcements of strategic partnerships directed at advancing the development of low carbon intensity, natural gas products and generating verifiable carbon offsets. In short, we believe the key tenets of our corporate operating philosophy are laying the foundation for differentiated and sustainable long-term value creation for EQT, and you can expect continued execution upon our proven strategy going forward. Now turning to first quarter results. 2023 got off to a very strong start across the board at EQT. As shown on Slide 7 of our investor presentation, we replicated the solid efficiency gains we achieved late last year in the first quarter with frac crew pumping hours up 35% year-over-year as the third-party infrastructure constraints that slowed our operational pace in 2022 moved firmly into the rear view. These efficiency gains facilitated our first quarter production coming in 2% above the midpoint of guidance, while our CapEx came in 7% below the midpoint of our expectations. Our advantaged firm transportation portfolio allowed us to achieve an average differential of $0.16 above NYMEX. While operating expenses came in 2% below the midpoint of our guidance on lower-than-expected LOE production taxes and G&A. Combined, these factors drove free cash flow of $774 million during the first quarter which is EQT's highest quarterly free cash flow and significantly derisks our free cash flow generation for the year. I want to personally thank all members of our crew for their hard work in facilitating this execution as we have made significant strides toward our goal of achieving peak performance this year. On the capital return front, we repurchased nearly 6 million shares or $200 million of stock during the first quarter at an average price of less than $34 per share. We also retired $210 million of debt principal during the quarter at an average cost of 96% of par. Even with these significant returns to shareholders, we exited the quarter with greater than $2.1 billion of cash on hand, up from $1.5 billion at year-end 2022. Our net debt at the end of the first quarter was approximately $3.3 billion compared with the $4.2 billion at the end of 2022. Our net debt to trailing EBITDA currently stands at 0.9x, underscoring the tremendous balance sheet progress we have achieved over the past several years. In terms of full year guidance, we are reiterating our $1.7 billion to $1.9 billion capital budget, which excludes our pending Tug Hill acquisition. As a reminder, our 2023 budget includes $100-plus million of nonrecurring capital associated with third-party constraints that shifted roughly 30 TILs into 2023 and and assumes 10% to 15% of year-over-year oilfield service cost inflation. As it relates to the latter, we are seeing a notable trend of flattening out in oilfield service costs as industry activity moderates and we believe the stage is set for some degree of softening in the second half of the year, which, if manifested, would provide upside to our current outlook. Our 2023 production guidance is unchanged and at 1,900 to 2,000 Bcfe, and we are operationally on track to get back to 500 Bcfe per quarter of run rate production by the middle of this year. That said, as we mentioned last quarter, the lower end of our guidance range contemplates scenarios where we slow our production cadence for the year should natural gas prices continue to deteriorate. And we have the flexibility to make game time decisions on our cadence as the year progresses. On Slide 32 of our investor presentation, we've provided an updated range of 2023 adjusted EBITDA and operated cash flow and free cash flow outlooks at various natural gas prices for the remainder of the year. At recent strip pricing and factoring in first quarter actuals, we forecast 2023 adjusted EBITDA of approximately $2.9 billion and free cash flow of roughly $1 billion this year, implying a 9% free cash flow yield at the bottom part of the commodity cycle. As shown on Slide 5 of our presentation, our free cash flow generation has significant durability and duration with our internal forecast projecting cumulative free cash flow from 2023 and to 2027 of greater than $12 billion at strip pricing and excluding the benefit of Tug Hill. This equates to more than 105% of our current market capitalization and greater than 80% of enterprise value underscoring the significant value proposition embedded in EQT shares even after the recent decline in strip pricing. Our free cash flow outlook gives us tremendous confidence in being able to achieve our absolute debt target of $3.5 billion pro forma for the Tug Hill acquisition, while also being able to continue to opportunistically retiring our stock via our $2 billion share repurchase authorization. Turning to our environmental initiatives. We announced multiple key projects over the past few weeks. First, we entered into a strategic partnership with Context Labs to advance the development of verified low-carbon intensity natural gas products and carbon offsets. Through tracking, reporting and verification of critical emissions data, this strategic partnership will support us in achieving our industry-leading emissions reduction targets. With a focus on emissions quantification, operational analysis and the certification of natural gas production we plan to work with context labs to scale emissions mitigation across the full energy value chain. Context Labs will provide an enterprise-wide deployment across EQT's asset footprint with the goal of achieving full digital integration of our carbon intensity data. The resulting creation of certified low carbon intensity products will add another dimension to EQT's already robust and digitally enabled organization. We view the emissions profile of our natural gas as a strategic asset for our shareholders, and this partnership will further aid in illuminating the relative value of our product and ensure EQT's molecules remain among the most coveted in the world. Additionally, we announced EQT's first nature-based carbon offset initiative earlier this month. We partnered with the Wheeling Park Commission, a public park in West Virginia, Teralytic a soil analytics company and Climate Smart Environmental Consulting to implement forest management projects with the goal of generating carbon offsets in our own backyard. These projects will span more than 1,000 acres of forest land and we will utilize Teralytics soil probe technology to ensure the quantification of offsets is accurate and transparent. EQT has been an industry leader in reducing operational emissions, and our natural gas already has some of the lowest greenhouse gas intensity in the world. Nature-based projects like this, which are supported by cutting-edge technology that ensures accuracy and transparency will offset our remaining emissions and be a key enabling factor for EQT to become the first energy company in the world of meaningful scale to achieve verifiable net zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions. As it relates to the pending Tug Hill acquisition, we have been constructively working with the FTC and believe we are on track to close the acquisition around midyear. Due to the relative value structure of the deal with a meaningful equity component and the interim free cash flow since the deal's effective date of July 1, 2022, we expect the price paid at closing to be roughly $2.3 billion of cash and approximately 48 million shares, which added $33 per share price equates to a closing value of roughly $3.9 billion. We note this deal structure contrasts with other recent transactions in the industry, which were cash heavy and thus more levered to commodity prices. This consideration mix, along with Tug Hill's cost structure have served as a hedge for EQT as gas prices have fallen as evidenced by the deal accretion more than doubling since announcement, all while leverage has stayed in check. In summary, our strong first quarter results underscore that the third-party infrastructure challenges we faced last year are in the rearview and EQT is back to peak performance. We generated our highest quarterly free cash flow we purchased a material amount of equity and debt and exited the quarter with an improved leverage position in over $2.1 billion of cash on hand. While the current natural gas macro environment does present challenges, it also illuminates the relative advantages of EQT's corporate strategy, underpinned by large-scale combo development, a disciplined M&A focus on low-cost assets, a risk-adjusted hedging strategy and opportunistic capital returns. This unique corporate profile has laid the foundation for significant value creation through all parts of the commodity cycle. And we look forward to building on our successful track record of execution on behalf of all of our stakeholders. I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby, and good morning, everyone. I'll briefly summarize our first quarter results before discussing our balance sheet, the macro landscape, hedging, 2023 guidance and use of our free cash flow. Sales volumes for the first quarter were 459 Bcfe or 2% above the midpoint of our guidance range. Our per unit adjusted operating revenues were $4.11 per Mcfe and our total per unit operating costs were $1.34, resulting in an operating margin of $2.70 per Mcfe. Capital expenditures, excluding noncontrolling interests were $464 million or 7% below the midpoint of our guidance range as operational efficiencies exceeded expectations. Adjusted operating cash flow and free cash flow were $1.24 billion and $774 million, respectively. We also had a $426 million working capital tailwind during the quarter, largely driven by declining accounts receivable from decreasing prices with a further tailwind expected in Q2 and Q3. Our capital efficiency for the quarter came in at $1.01 per Mcfe, which was approximately 10% better than what was implied by the midpoint of our guidance ranges, driven by outperformance on both production and capital spending. Note that as we complete the excess pills that were shifted from last year, our second half capital efficiency should improve by double digits relative to the first half. Turning to the balance sheet. Our strong credit profile and ample liquidity remain a core tenet, underpinning our operating philosophy and will provide differentiated value for opportunities for EQT moving forward. Our balance sheet position continued improving with trailing 12-month net leverage exiting the quarter at 0.9x, down from 1.2x last quarter and 1.9x a year ago. We exited the first quarter with $3.3 billion of net debt and $2.1 billion of cash on hand, inclusive of the $1 billion in proceeds from our notes offering. This week, we extended our $1.25 billion term loan to the end of 2023, which aligns with the timing of the amended purchase agreement and provides timing flexibility. The bank term loan, along with our cash balance, gives us the flexibility and confidence to fund the cash portion of the Tug Hill deal independent of any bond proceeds that we raised last fall. As Toby mentioned, we continue to actively progress our debt retirement initiatives. We retired 210 million of senior notes principal in the first quarter primarily via open market purchases at an average price of 96% of par. Since unveiling our capital returns framework, we have retired more than $1.1 billion of debt principal, which has eliminated nearly $40 million of annual interest expense. Our commitment to a bullet-proof balance sheet is being recognized by the credit rating agencies. S&P and Fitch reaffirmed our investment-grade credit ratings over the past several weeks with stable outlooks at both agencies, even as natural gas prices have temporarily receded as we further execute our objective of achieving $3.5 billion of gross debt pro forma for the pending Tug Hill acquisition, we believe additional credit rating upgrades are possible. I'd like to also briefly highlight Slide 10 of our investor presentation, which shows our track record of materially growing our asset base while lowering our net debt. At year-end '19, our net debt was $5.3 billion. Our proved reserves were 17.5 Tcfe our production -- net production was 4.1 Bcfe per day. Fast forward to 2022, -- we increased our proved reserves to 25 Tcfe and our production to 5.3 Bcfe per day through the Chevron and Alta acquisitions and organic reserve growth. All while decreasing our net debt to $3.3 billion through the end of the first quarter. Said another way, we have grown our asset base by 30% to 40%, while simultaneously lowering our net debt by a comparable percentage over the 3 years and our plan for additional debt reduction post closing the Tug Hill acquisition should more acutely highlight this track record. Turning to a few brief thoughts on the gas macro landscape. The combination of warm winter weather and the Freeport outage left roughly 400 Bcf of excess natural gas in storage this winter. The market is in process of rationing this excess gas with the balancing items likely to be split between low production and increased gas-fired power demand. On the former, declines in gas directed activity has accelerated as of late with pricing falling well below many producer breakevens across the U.S., and we believe additional gas-directed activity declines in the coming months to moderate the pace of storage injections by roughly 200 Bcf. As it relates to power generation, over 7,000 megawatts of U.S. coal generation is set to be retired in 2023 and we are seeing gas take further share from coal in the power stack to the tune of roughly 2 Bcf per day this year. With the average cost of coal rising materially in 2022, the coal to natural gas switching floor has increased by 50% or more and we believe this is a structural shift given the massive underinvestment in coal capacity. There are several avenues of upside potential that could drive additional market timing above our current base case expectation, including higher sustained LNG exports, greater industrial demand, and reduce imports from Canada, given a tight Canadian storage market. We expect continued volatility in natural gas prices as gas and coal activity moderates and storage overall is an inadequate buffer relative to peak demand. Moving to hedging. Our 2023 hedge book underscores our evolved hedging philosophy that seeks to provide investors with the best risk-adjusted exposure to natural gas prices. We have 62% of our 2023 production covered with floors at an average weighted price of $3.38 per MMBtu, which provides significant cash flow protection and downside pricing scenarios while maintaining upside exposure. We also have 10% of our 24 volumes hedged at a weighted average floor price of $4.20 per MMBtu and a weighted average ceiling of $5.40 per MMB2. Given our expectation of improving natural gas macro fundamentals as the year progresses, we will opportunistically look to add to our 2024 hedge position at the appropriate time. As it relates to basis, we are seeing a material benefit from our expanded firm transportation portfolio. which was reflected in our first quarter differential coming in at a $0.16 premium to NYMEX as we captured favorable pricing spreads during the quarter. We continue to expect additional opportunities to expand our FT position as other Appalachian operators release existing firm transportation capacity. As it relates to MVP, Slide 8 of our investor presentation illustrates the project's impact on EQT's cumulative free cash flow. While the benefit of MVP is interlated with the spread between NYMEX and local Appalachian prices, the current future strips suggest MVP has an immaterial impact on our cumulative free cash flow as higher price realizations are largely offset by higher transportation expense. That said, we continue to be staunch supporters of the MVP as the project is necessary to ensure energy security for the Southeastern region of the United States while achieving its carbon reduction goals via the phaseout of coal-fired generation. We were encouraged to see Energy Secretary Grand Home show of support for MVP and broader energy infrastructure this week with notable comments on how these projects will deliver dependable energy to Americans while supporting the reliability of the electric grid. For reference, our model assumes MVP starts up in the second half of 2024 and and we will adjust assumptions if needed. Importantly, gathering rates contractually begin declining in 2025 independent of MVP success, providing a further tailwind to to free cash flow as margins widened by $0.15 from current levels, adding approximately $300 million of annual pretax free cash flow by 2028. Turning to guidance. We are reading our 2023 production outlook of 1.9 to 2 Tcfe. This range provides significant flexibility to respond to evolving macro conditions with the low end of our production guidance of product's potential outcome of moderating activity should natural gas prices continue to decline. We are currently running 2 operating horizontal rigs and thus not contemplating reducing rig activity. but we have flexibility around our completion cadence as well as our choke management program. We are also reiterating our 2023 capital budget of $1.7 billion to $1.9 billion, excluding the pending Tug Hill acquisition, which embeds 10% to 15% year-over-year oil field service inflation. As it relates to leading edge inflation trends, we are experiencing a flattening out of steel costs and starting to see long-haul logistics prices softening. We believe this is a signaling of some degree of price relief on local logistics such as sand and water hauling and could enable further completion efficiencies. While still too early to predict with precision, we believe this backdrop could set up for some degree of net price relief for EQT by the fall and upside potential to our free cash flow outlook later in 2023 and into 2024. As a reminder, $100-plus million of our budget is associated with turning in line wells that slipped from 2022 into 2023 due to third-party constraints and thus is not anticipated to carry forward into future periods. This dynamic, along with the shallowing of our base PDP decline is anticipated to drive 5% to 10% improvement in our capital efficiency in 2024 and beyond, independent of any oil field service cost relief. Our per unit operating expense range is 2% per Mcfe lower at the midpoint driven by lower production taxes and G&A. We're also lowering the range of our average differential forecast for the year to negative $0.35 to negative $0.60 per Mcfe, driven by narrowing local basis and the benefits from our firm transportation portfolio. On Slide 32 of our investor deck, we provide adjusted EBITDA, operating cash flow and free cash flow outlooks at various natural gas prices for the remainder of 2023. At recent strip pricing, 2023 adjusted EBITDA is expected to be approximately $2.9 billion and 2023 free cash flow is anticipated to be roughly $1 billion implying a free cash flow yield of 9% at the bottom part of the cycle. As it relates to cash taxes, we continue to expect our remaining federal NOLs to offset the bulk of our 2023 taxes. Our 2024 cash tax rate would be approximately 5% to 7% of operating income or $120 million to $170 million at current strip pricing, increasing to the low 20% range in 2025 and beyond which is fully captured in our cumulative free cash flow outlook. Turning to capital allocation. We repurchased almost 6 million shares during the first quarter and have retired a total of more than 20 million shares under our buyback authorization at an average price of roughly $30 per share. Our buyback strategy is opportunistic in nature as we seek to maximize the return generated for investors, and we are pleased with our execution to date as we have generated the best buyback return among the gas peer group. We've also retired $210 million of debt principal during the quarter at an average price of 96% of par taking our total debt principal retired to $1.1 billion since initiating our capital return framework. This focus on debt retirement has driven our net leverage down a full turn over the past year highlighting our commitment to a bulletproof balance sheet. Looking ahead, our cash position affords us tremendous flexibility as it relates to financing the cash portion of the pending Tug Hill acquisition. As we work constructively with the FTC and approach deal closing, we plan to maintain cash on hand to effectively prefund a portion of our expected debt paydown post deal close. We will also look for opportunities to buy back additional stock post deal close, especially in light of the value accretion and the cost structure improvements that Tug Hill and XL assets will bring to EQT. As Toby mentioned, we see greater than $12 billion of cumulative free cash flow from 2023 through 2027 at today's lower strip even before factoring the benefits of the pending Tug Hill acquisition, leaving us with plenty of firepower to fully achieve and exceed our debt retirement goal and our equity buyback authorization. I'll now turn the call back over to Toby for some concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. To conclude today's prepared remarks, I want to reiterate a few key points
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Our first question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
My first question regards the differential guide. You guys reduced your full year differential guide relative to the 4Q press release by about $0.15 per Mcfe, which obviously is nearly $300 million tailwind to cash flow. So I was wondering if you could talk about what actions you've taken to support the lower or the narrower differentials? We did see that you have a little bit more takeaway to the Midwest and Gulf Coast. And maybe help us think about how much of that lower differential is related to the FT versus maybe some basis hedges that you've set up? And what is the potential impact beyond this year as we think about longer-term differentials for EQT?
David Khani:
Yes. So it's a great question, Arun. So we've added about 500 Bcf -- I'm sorry, $500 million a day of FT capacity over the last 18 months, mostly to the Midwest and some to the Gulf Coast. These are definitely higher value regions that give us exposure to improve realization. So -- and we continue to expect to add more this year and make that better. So that was definitely a piece of it. The other piece of it was our hedging strategy and how we had certain areas and leave certain areas open. M3 was a very strong region for us this quarter. As a nuclear facility in New York went offline, we're seeing higher and higher values up in that M3 area as winter shows up. So winter is a very positive M3 area. And then like the third piece is, as natural gas NYMEX prices come down, our local basis narrows as the correlation is about 80% to 85%. So NYMEX goes up. Our basis widens NIM has come down or basis narrows. So those are the 3 impacts of which I'd say the first 2 will probably long-lasting, and we'll improve -- keep doing it. And the last one is going to be obviously subject to what NYMEX prices do.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And my follow-up is for Toby. Toby, it's been just a little bit over a year. I think you announced your unleash LNG initiative at Serra week last year. But I was wondering if you could maybe talk about some of the wins that you think you've had, maybe some of the things that haven't developed as quickly as you'd like. I mean, we do note that we do have now 10 Bcf a day or so of projects, which have been FID-ed. So there is going to be a lot more demand for feed gas for LNG. But I wonder if you could give us a sense, after a year, some of your thoughts on just the overall initiative.
Toby Rice:
Yes, Arun, let's look at where people's heads are at around the world when they're thinking about energy. I think there's a couple of classes where people sets are at. We've got some people that still have their heads in the sand, thinking that just focusing on the United States and fixing emissions here is going to somehow solve the global emissions issue that they're concerned about. They need to pick their head up. We've got other people that have their heads in the clouds and thinking that some of these solutions that are being proposed, the 5 physics and are only addressing 1 part of the energy ecosystem, and they may be a little bit too optimistic. What we need is people to have a level head talking about deploying proven, scalable, truly sustainable solutions like unleash U.S. LNG that will have the biggest impact on lowering global emissions that will have the biggest impact on providing more energy security to the world. Now I'm excited about where the world has moved. We've moved away from a world that is a sum of the above approach towards energy, only solar only wind. We've seen that strategy play out in Europe and the world has taken notice that, that may not be the best solution, and it may not be capable solution. So the world has moved back towards a more realistic and more practical approach in all of the above approach towards energy. That's where unleash U.S. LNG sits. But if we want to meet the environmental ambitions and the time line needed to get there. If we want to accelerate pulling the 3 billion people around the world that live in energy poverty, if we want to protect the 60% of Americans who live paycheck to paycheck, we need to move from an all-of-the-above approach to energy to a best of the above approach towards energy. And while the world certainly, I think isn't capable right now on determining what is the best source of energy, one of the things that we're excited about over the last year is we've been successful in defining the criteria at which energy will be graded upon. And those criteria are cheap, reliable and clean. And one of the -- that seems to be universally accepted as the 3 main criteria. And we're seeing actions with the administration Secretary Grand Home supporting pipelines, supporting MVP and in the closing paragraph of her letter says that energy needs to be affordable, reliable and clean. So we are very excited about the progress we've made. There's still a lot of work left to do. I think permit reform is inevitable. Our energy ecosystem is maxed out. Pipelines are full. Refineries are running at maximum capacity. And without that extra flexibility, we are at risk of a major event to throw us back into another energy crisis. That event can be weather. We see utilities in New England writing letters to the President saying that they're concerned if they experience a mild -- a cold winter. How they will deal with that. It could be a cyber event. We saw what happened with Colonial Pipeline. It could be another geopolitical event. It's not -- in my opinion, it's not if one of these events happen, it's when. And we need to build up our industrial energy capacity so that we can deal with these events when they take place. And that's 1 of the reasons why we believe Perma Reform is inevitable. I think people understand where we're at and what we need to do, and we're excited about helping lead the conversation going forward.
Operator:
The next question comes from Umang Chaudhry from Goldman Sachs.
Umang Choudhary:
My first question was on the -- on your plans. On the outlook, I mean, you appreciate your thoughts around the natural gas macro outlook. I was wondering if you can give any color in terms of like what levels would you look to adjust your completion activity? And any color you can provide on your choke management plans.
Toby Rice:
So we'll continue to measure the current commodity price. I think the default plan for EQT is to continue a steady pace operationally even given what we see in the commodity outlook. We have the luxury of keeping a steadier plan because of the fact that we are the low-cost operator. And so we'll be able to capture some of the efficiencies that come along with with that steady activity plan. As far as production is concerned, if we see local prices get below the cost it takes for us to produce, then you're going to see us curtail volumes. So that will be a game time decision and we'll watch how the setup continues to evolve and operate our business accordingly.
David Khani:
Yes. And I'd just add, due to the water line issue last year, our production has not -- is below maintenance levels normally by, we'll call it 2% to 3% already. So we've actually contributed, I would say, our share a little bit of the reduction in gas to help balance the market as well.
Umang Choudhary:
Got you. That make sense. And then I guess, more for a longer-term question. As you highlighted in Slide 29, we are probably going to be in a volatile gas price environment going forward given you have not built up our gas storage capacity here in the U.S., even as demand has grown. Would love to revisit your thoughts around around the optimal long-term leverage and also on your hedging levels, acknowledging that obviously, your free cash flow breakeven is low, and it's probably going to even reduce going forward.
David Khani:
Yes, it's a great question because you're right, with lack of coal-fired generation as baseload with some nuclear coming offline and then replacing it with gas and renewables, you're going to have more and more volatility going forward. And so as a producer, how do you handle that One, you have to have a very, very strong balance sheet. So having investment grade, having onetime leverage. Maybe over time, we'll build up cash as well. So our net leverage might even below that 1x. The second is you have to have the low-cost structure, right? So if you notice, we've taken our cost structure down from from we'll call it, $2.85 to $2.90 down into the 220s, right, over time. So very important to be a low-cost producer in a commodity business. And then third is we're using our hedging strategy with collars. If we do something on the LNG front, we'll do stuff with collar. So we'll try to manage that volatility. And so I think that's the 3 ways we'll do it. And I'd say the fourth way is probably also to have very low to no emissions because that means the end market demand will stay very strong for your product on a relative basis.
Operator:
The next question comes from John Abbott from Bank of America.
John Abbott:
Apologies for the sirens in the background here. It sounds like something is going on. Our first question is related again to the Tug Hill and Excel Midstream acquisition. It looks like you're still suggesting those are going to close around midyear. It sounds at that time, we'll have potentially some sort of update to guidance. Just sort of thinking about that, could you remind us what is included in the $80-plus million of synergies that you had initially suggested? And at this point in time, where do you see potential upside versus that?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So the $80 million in synergies that we identified primarily came from some midstream synergies, connecting our -- building some pipelines that would connect our asset base from Ohio, West Virginia and Pennsylvania. Another synergy that's fairly large is connecting our water systems. So there will be a synergy there. I'd say all these things, when we look at the synergies, we tried to be really practical in outlining what those are. Those will be additive to the accretion numbers that we put out. And given the fact that these are largely infrastructure related, they're typically lower risk in nature. Some of the upsides that we look at, we have a track record of improving operations on the assets that that we ultimately inherit. Our drilling team is a really great example. Look at the drilling performance that we -- the uplift we've seen in performance on the Alta acquisition, -- we do think there is an opportunity for us to repeat that. We've got a very strong drilling team. So those will be some of the upsides to that. And when we look at that $80 million of synergies, how does that compare to the $0.15 that the Tog Hill transaction will impact by lowering our free cash flow breakevens, these $80 million would be an additional $0.04 and on top of that $0.15 just shows you the impact of adding this asset under our belt will be very impactful in lowering our costs.
John Abbott:
So just to be clear, does combo development factor into those synergies?
Toby Rice:
Combo development does factor into the synergies the dual development also will take place. I'd say the only other logistical impact that will present itself is -- the frac activity that's taking place on the Tolko assets will become another location for our water team to use for recycling. And water recycling is a big needle mover on efficiency gains. Our water recycling team is -- our water recycling rates have gone from 80% to over 90%, and we're going to continue to focus on increasing our water recycle rates in the Tuck Hill assets will give us a little bit more flexibility on how to achieve that.
John Abbott:
Appreciate it. And then I want to go back to Arun's earlier question on differentials. So Dave, it sounds -- as you said, you've had about $500 million of FT over the last 18 months. How do you describe the opportunity set sort of going forward to improve on realizations going forward at this point? What is -- how do you think about available FT coming up? What is the opportunity set there for you to improve realizations at this point?
David Khani:
Yes. So I would just say there are other producers in the basin that are letting FT go. And so as that comes available, we'll pick it off I don't want to get too specific because, obviously, we want to execute on first and then we'll talk about it. But there -- I'd just say there are pieces out there over time that we will pick up and continue to grow that number. And I'd just say as producers have less and less inventory in the basin, those opportunities just grow.
Operator:
The next question comes from David Deckelbaum from Cowen.
David Deckelbaum:
Perhaps I just wanted to go back on a couple of points that you had already made. But if you could provide any color on what your expectation is in terms of crews and rigs perhaps leaving Appalachia if you give us a sense of magnitude and timing when we might expect to see some incremental softening around the service side as you think about getting into the back half of '23 here?
Toby Rice:
Sure. Just to level set what we've seen, we've seen a 10% reduction in rigs that were focused on gas. It's about 17 rigs have come off. We expect that trend to continue down -- and we're also looking at some of the commentary. The big focus really needs to be on the completion activity -- and from the earnings with Halliburton next year Liberty, they are signaling that they're seeing a mobilization of frac crews moving away from gas towards oil. So that will be something else that we're looking at throughout the course of the year in addition to the rig reductions. .
David Khani:
Yes. And I'd just say Yes. I'd say logistics items like sand, falling, steel, those are things that we're looking at probably in the second half of the year to probably soften -- and -- but we obviously didn't put that into our numbers because we need to see it happen before we make that move. .
David Deckelbaum:
You brought up, I think, if there are some ongoing headwinds here before we get to a lot of the LNG egress that comes on in -- and obviously, the coal retirements looking for some displaced gas there. How do you think about managing a like short-term curtailment profile? And you highlight at a corporate level now your free cash breakeven this year are $1.65 with the benefit of the hedge book. Do you think about curtailing things at a corporate level? Or is this still calculated at a field level of sort of an individual area or a bad basis? .
David Khani:
Yes. We look at it at a field level. We look at it both, but -- and we could tell things, I'd say, at moments in time, we don't really talk about it much. So there might be a weekend here, we can there -- but when we want to do like a broader, larger, then we'll look at the overall rates of return. We'll look at the forward curve. And make a decision about are we -- can we create value by moving gas into the, future as opposed to keeping it producing today. So -- you know we've shut in production in 2020 a couple of times, but we also shut in production in '21 that we didn't really talk much about. Those are shorter term in nature. So we'll do it both field and corporate.
David Deckelbaum:
I appreciate that, David. And if I could just ask a little bit more on just Umang's question earlier around the hedge book. The curve for '24 is kind of sitting in and around the area where you guys had hedged out for '23. You don't have much hedge volumes in '24 now. I guess how do you think about that dynamic just given the fact that your realizations could look pretty attractive if you hedged out 24 at this point? Is that more a sort of a commentary or reflection on your confidence in hitting deleveraging goals this year and requiring less of a hedge profile next year? Or is that more of taking this wait and see into what ultimately might be a volatile spike for the '24 curve?
David Khani:
Well, when we hedge and we use collars, okay, we like to see SKU in the -- when we do that. And so the best times to add collars is when you have an upper movement in gas. If we wanted to do swaps, which we could do and lock in some of this and protect some of the 2024 picture. But what we're also seeing is we're seeing activity slowing on the gas side. We're seeing activity starting to slow on the coal side, and we're heading into the summer months here, which is a catalyst. And we're also seeing some incremental LNG come on in the first quarter of next year with Golden Pass. So I think the worries about storage levels getting to 4 Tcf or 4.1 TCF. One, we don't think it's going to get there. I think you're going to see it come in short of that. And then the second is, if you think about storage, even at 4 Tcf, that's basically 30 days of cover which if you understand the commodity business, I know you do, you really need 60 days to really provide any buffer in a peak demand period. So we see if you get normal winter, you could see spike in gas and you really need about 400 Bcf of incremental storage in 2024 to be able to support that incremental LNG that's coming online in '24. So I think we're seeing a very positive setup here. The big negative could be if summer doesn't show up and we do on show up. And that's why we like to hedge is to manage those risks. So we're going to try to figure out the right time to jump in and add those hedges and try to derisk it. But we see a lot of moving parts, both positive and negative and trying to make sure that we get from a timing perspective and how we hedge right.
Operator:
The next question comes from [indiscernible]. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Unidentified Analyst:
You touched on the [indiscernible], could you talk about your current volumes that were able to get down to the Gulf Coast? I see the 28% you have on Slide 20. But I wasn't sure if some of that was financial exposure and maybe not actual volumes. And then maybe how you're thinking about your options to increase takeaway specifically to the Gulf Coast? Are you looking to do something similar to that $200 million you picked up last year? Or are there -- are you comfortable with your mix? Or are you looking at M&A or midstream partnerships?
David Khani:
Yes. So the volumes down to the Gulf, that's all physical. That's not financial. And so -- and we are looking to add more over time, and there is more pieces that will come up over time. It's very episodic, as you can imagine. So we will look to continue to grow the FT position to all the higher-valued areas, including the Gulf. And I think it's important to note that as you see a lot of volume growth down in that area. It's important to have hedging will play more of a role in the Gulf Coast as Haynesville tries to grow and Permian tries to growth. So you need to have Gulf Coast and hedging as a strategy now. Once you get tied up into the LNG market, then that will actually alleviate some of the need to hedge basis down there, too. So there's a lot of things that you need to do to manage the complexity down there.
Unidentified Analyst:
Got you. Very helpful. And then maybe could you talk about the allocation of free cash flow in future periods. If we see a significant call on gas prices from LNG demand, do buybacks compete with acceleration? Do you look at them independently? Or do you compare them on kind of an IRR level? Or is it maybe you guys have an internal NAV on your company? And if your shares trade below or above, that's how you decide what activity level to do?
David Khani:
Well, right now, until we have all LNG off the East Coast, we're going to be running in a maintenance of capital perspective. So right now, the buybacks are competing probably more with our debt retirement and maybe a little bit on the margin with dividend. If we were to get access to East Coast LNG and be able to grow, which we're talking -- we'll call it several years into the future, then it will be a rate of return exercise, and we'll have a view of what we think our NAV at a, we'll call it mid-cycle price, and then we'll compare it against the value we can get to lock in that growth with LNG pricing.
Operator:
The next question comes from Harry Matti [ph] from Barclays.
Unidentified Analyst:
Circling back to Tug Hill, the bonds you issued last year had some SMR conditions in them linked to a deal closing by June 30. And I appreciate you still think you're on track to close by midyear, but clearly, it's going to be a little bit closer to that date than you originally envisioned. Dave, maybe you can talk a bit about how you're thinking through those mechanics and what your contingency is of closing so last June.
David Khani:
Yes. So I think if you listen to the comments we made, we purposely made the comment that we're sitting with a lot of cash and we have the term loan extension that we just did. We effectively don't need any of the bonds if we cross over into past June 30.
Unidentified Analyst:
Got it. Okay. And then my follow-up there is just, I mean, given the strong start to free cash flow this year, would your preference actually be to have even more short-term prepayable bank debt and the financing mix. you originally envisioned just to provide even more short-term debt reduction runway?
David Khani:
We'll think about that. That's more of a, I'll call it, maturity management exercise. So that's something we'll think about as we get closer to midyear.
Operator:
The next question is from Paul Diamond from Citi.
Paul Diamond:
Just a quick circle back. I mean given the -- kind of looking beyond 2023 and given structural takeaway constraints, -- how do you guys think about opportunities for in-basin growth, whether that's through industrial or other means?
David Khani:
Are you talking about the demand growth? Or you're talking about us growing production?
Paul Diamond:
Demand growth in [ph] basin.
David Khani:
Yes. So you'll have coal retirements as part of that. As you know, the Shell cracker has come on as well. And -- and I would say probably in the neighborhood of 1 to maybe 2 Bcf per day over the next several years is probably a good sort of ballpark number.
Paul Diamond:
Understood. And just kind of a more 30,000-foot question. As you look kind of beyond Tug Hill on the M&A front, -- should we think about your guys' potential use of any cash flow in a longer term, still focusing on costs? Or will any of those -- any of those goals kind of shift, whether it's to inventory or filling production? Or how do you guys think about that kind of beyond [indiscernible] in '24 and beyond. .
Toby Rice:
On an M&A basis, our strategy will stay the same. Obviously, a commitment to making sure the financial accretion is there. But the differentiating aspect is looking for opportunities that will lower our cost structure. And the new dynamic is really the competition is competing with the value from buying back our own stock. So I mean, that ultimately is going to be the thing that changes given where our stock trades, but we're going to stay committed with this strategy that we've laid out. We think it's created a lot of value and we'll stay disciplined.
Operator:
The next question comes from Noel Parks from Tuohy Brothers.
Noel Parks:
I just wanted to talk a bit about when we're thinking about expansion of nat gas into industrial uses, microgrid reduces and so forth. I sort of have in mind your your project with Bloom Energy that is been underway for a while now. In a lot of these type of installations, what becomes evident pretty quickly is the whole sort of grid integration type of issues that can come up, especially when you're looking to sort of resiliency type issues. And I was just wondering, in the sort of EMS management -- energy management system software technology market, I'm hearing more and more about that being a focus as people look at projects. I just wondered, is that something that you could protect potentially see yourself making an investment in sort of the software, energy integration software. Is that something you could picture yourself doing under the EQT umbrella?
Toby Rice:
For us, we do -- are very big supporters of electrify the world. Doing that is going to present a lot of challenges that you mentioned, the resiliency of the grids are they capable of handling extra load presents some serious problems. I think you look at -- see what happened with California where the are going to ban ICE engines and then a week later tell their citizens to not plug in their electric vehicles and the to charge them. This going to present some big changes but they're also going to present some big opportunities. One of the investments that we've made on our new ventures front has been an investment in a company that is going to address the behind the grid power generation company called what fuel cells is creating basically a fuel cell that runs off natural gas and generates power for the size of a microwave can power your house. These are the type of solutions that are going to strengthen our grid but it's going to be the decentralized smaller scale opportunities that will exist and at price points that retail consumers can get into. So that's sort of what we're looking at and that falls into our promoting natural gas demand while supporting the electrification theme that's taking place.
Noel Parks:
Great. Not something I've heard of before. So it's interesting. And just taking another stab at sort of the macro picture. If we look at sort of this incredibly volatile year we've had sort of spurred off by Russia, Ukraine and then sort of the downward move you saw on weather. Do you think that we are I mean the software a long time was that LNG and that export demand, if anything, might sort of contain volatility a bit. But I'm wondering if it may be -- the reality is that we're going to see from geopolitical pressures and seasonal variances. Is it conceivable you think that we're headed towards maybe a permanent level of this sort of volatility I mean, I looked back over the past year, there's maybe only 1 or 2 months that haven't seemed to then like a $2 swing intra month on pricing. So yes, I guess I just interested in your thoughts on is -- is this the new norm we're going to get used to? Or do you look at the past year as being more an aberration that will indeed get smoothed out by.
Toby Rice:
Yes. So we're in a world where natural gas is becoming a global commodity and what happens in the world will influence prices here in America. So that could introduce more volatility, but we have the opportunity to reduce the volatility and provide more stable, lower prices for Americans and also for the world. Our ability to export natural gas, our potential is here in this country is 60 Bcf a day is what we think we have the production potential to put that amount to bring that amount of energy into the world, put it on the water and provide energy security for the world. that amount of energy is equivalent to 10 million barrels a day. It's equivalent to adding a Saudi Arabia of clean energy to the world stage. That's going to be a decarbonizing force and exports mean surplus and surplus means less volatility. Stores levels will stay fuller and the commodities, I think, ultimately will be underpinned in the economics to the people participating in LNG will be set with long-term contracts. So the certainty on pricing and the economics of the investments that we're making will be shored up. So we think it's a tremendous opportunity. The world will be volatility. We do not need to accept it. We can respond in America and energy producers like EQT are the key to reducing the volatility.
David Khani:
Yes. And I'd just say we need more storage capacity and we need more pipelines to be able to do it because if you keep taking coal-fired generation, which is baseload offline and don't replace it with the ability to add more baseload kind of fuel. You're going to increase volatility.
Operator:
The next question comes from Josh Silverstein from UBS.
Josh Silverstein:
Great. SP249079218's You guys mentioned some flexibility in the program for this year, obviously, depending on price. Can you just elaborate a little bit more what that might mean? Would you reduce rigs? Would you just build up DUCs for next year or thoughts and any shut-ins. Just curious what you guys would think about as far as flexing activity. . Josh, the simple way to think about it is EQT is.
Toby Rice:
Going to continue building our production capacity. Whether we deliver that production capacity into the market will be -- at what levels will be determined by the price that we're receiving for the product. So that means rigs are going to continue to roll roll forward the development plans, same thing with frac crews, but whether we put that production into the market will be something that we determined at the time where those -- where that decision will be made.
David Khani:
Yes. I mean we're not running 15 rigs we're running 2 put in perspective -- so we don't have a lot of cutting 50% of our rigs would be more damaging to us. We can manage the production in other ways if we have to. .
Josh Silverstein:
Got you. Yes. And you guys had rolled some 2022 capital into into this year as well, so I wasn't sure. And then just another question on free cash flow allocation. Europe you extended the thoughts on debt reduction and buyback out, obviously, because of the delay in closing the Tokyo transaction. But relative to your targets, you have about $2.9 billion left in debt reduction, $1.4 billion left in the buyback. So pkind of a 2:1 ratio there. How do you think about the allocation of and hit those targets, and obviously, depending on the deal, but just as far as how you're thinking about the -- wanting to tackle both of those.
David Khani:
Yes. So we are -- we're actually further along on the debt buyback is the amount of free cash flow that we generate. And so I think we could see ourselves getting to a target somewhere around midyear next year. That gives us flexibility to buy back stock as well in that. So I'd say Q1 is probably still a good ratio. And then once we hit our debt targets, we could then effectively change that ratio be much more equity if you want to, assuming we're going to be opportunistic, right? But we have -- we'll have a lot of flexibility. And then just beyond that, you think about it, we really only allocated about 1/3 of our free cash flow. So you think about that as a longer term -- how do we deploy that capital. And again, that will be and the next guy sitting in my seat role to figure out how to allocate capital properly.
Toby Rice:
And Dave, the next guy is going to be leveraging the capital allocation framework that you put in place, the modern hedging strategy put in place. So there'll be a lot of continuity in the strategic decisions that are made in this organization.
Operator:
So I'll hand back to the management team for concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks for joining our call today. thanks for joining the call today. We are in a world that is struggling with energy security. It's been compromised and the ambitions to lower global emissions has never been stronger. Fortunately, EQT is a company that provides energy security to Americans and the world. And has the capability of significantly lowering global emissions by using our natural gas to replace coal. So we're excited about the opportunity set in front of us, and we will keep our heads down executing on our business. Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today's call. Thank you very much for your attendance. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Good morning, and thank you for attending today's EQT Q4 2022 Quarterly Results Conference Call. My name is Jason, and I'll be the moderator for today's call. All lines will be muted during the presentation portion of the call and opportunity of question and answers at the end. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to pass the conference over to our host, Cameron Horwitz Managing Director, Investor Relations & Strategy. You may begin.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning, and thank you for joining our fourth quarter and year-end 2022 results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website beginning this evening. In a moment, Toby and Dave will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in yesterday's earnings release, in our investor presentation, in the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Cam, and good morning, everyone. 2022 proved to be a year marked by tremendous geopolitical and natural gas price volatility. That said, through the ups and downs, EQT never took its eye off the ball in our relentless drive towards improving efficiency, lowering our cost structure, reducing our emissions intensity and generating meaningful value for our shareholders. I am extremely proud of the positive milestones we achieved last year and want to briefly reflect on our accomplishments. On the financial side of our business, we generated almost $2 billion of free cash flow, achieved investment-grade credit ratings. EQT stock was added to the S&P 500 Index and we executed our capital return strategy with $1.7 billion of shareholder returns via debt retirement, a base dividend and share repurchases. On the operations front, despite a challenging oil field service and infrastructure environment, we successfully implemented sand hauling and flowback initiatives that will structurally improve cycle times achieved meaningful completion efficiency gains in the latter part of the year that have continued into early 2023, eclipsed the basin record for drill out performance by a factor of almost 2 times and reduced top hole drilling costs on our Northeast Appalachia position by 30%, leveraging lessons learned from Southwest Appalachia. On the M&A front, we announced the accretive acquisitions of Tug Hill and XcL Midstream which checks all of the boxes of our guiding M&A principles, including accretion on free cash flow and NAV per share while strengthening the free cash flow durability of our business through a material reduction in our cost structure and improved operational control through midstream integration. As it relates to the positive social impact of our business, EQT paid out over $1.8 billion in royalties last year to roughly 39,000 mineral owners in nearly every state in the country. Our organization also made almost $5 million in childhood donations last year, and our employees volunteered over 13,000 hours during 2022. Building on our leadership among decarbonization efforts, we completed our pneumatic device replacement initiative, a full year ahead of schedule, received a gold standard rating from the Oil and Gas Methane Partnership, or OGMP bear headed the launch of the partnership to address global emissions in the Appalachian methane initiative, and we announced the collaboration to form the Appalachian Regional Clean Hydrogen Hub or ARCH2. Our 2022 achievements represent yet another positive step of the journey we've been on since taking over the helm of GT in 2019. Over this period, our team has improved asset productivity, strengthened our balance sheet, evolved our hedging strategy and added to our successful M&A track record, creating a durable free cash flow focused business model that will thrive in all natural gas price scenarios. These efforts will inevitably show through in 2023 and beyond and position EQT to create differentiated through-cycle value for all of our stakeholders. As previously mentioned, 2022 marked a significant milestone on our path to net 0 emissions as we eliminated 100% of our nearly 9,000 natural gas powered pneumatic devices from our production operations. The impact of this effort is substantial as we reduced our methane emissions by 70% compared to 2021 levels and lowered our annual carbon footprint by roughly 305,000 metric tons of CO2 equivalent which is equivalent to taking over 66,000 passenger vehicles off the road. The coordinated effort covering 3,000 wells in nearly 550 pad sites is another testament to EQT's ability to efficiently engineer and execute projects at scale. Our team completed this effort a full year ahead of schedule at a cost of $28 million. This equates to a carbon abatement cost of just $6 per ton, highlighting our position at the lowest end of the carbon abatement cost curve globally. The successful execution of our pneumatic device replacement program materially derisks our path to net zero by 2025. And at which point, EQT will be the first energy company in the world of meaningful scale to achieve net zero GHG emissions on a scope 1 and 2 basis. We view the emissions profile of our natural gas as a strategic asset for our shareholders ensuring that EQT's molecules will remain among the most coveted in the world for decades to come. In addition to our individual emissions reduction success, we also recently spearheaded the launch of the Appalachia Methane initiative, or AMI, to further enhance methane monitoring throughout the Appalachian Basin. AMI will promote greater efficiency in the identification and remedy of potential fugitive methane emissions to a coordinated satellite and aerial surveys with monitored results through transparent publicly available reporting. This basin-wide sector agnostic approach to methane monitoring will not only allow accountability for methane emissions from all emitters, we believe it will eliminate any doubt that Appalachian natural gas is the cleanest form of traditional energy in the world. Turning to our reserve report. When taking the range of EQT in 2019, our team implemented multiple initiatives aimed at creating consistent, predictable well performance in systematically minimizing parent-child impacts via large-scale combo development. These initiatives have laid the foundation for our team to generate a solid track record of forecasting accuracy with well performance projections regularly within accuracy. This consistency is reflected in our 2022 reserve report as our proved reserves were up modestly year-over-year to more than 25 Tcfe Included in this number is more than 350 Bcfe of positive performance revisions, underscoring the strong productivity trends we have achieved over the past several years and a long-term repeatability from our deep core inventory. We also note the core Lower Marcellus formation accounts for 99% of our proved undeveloped reserves, meaning we have essentially no future bookings associated with secondary targets. At the year-end 2022, SEC NYMEX price deck of $6.36 per million Btu, our after-tax proved reserve value is $40.1 billion, which equates to $100 per share after subtracting our current net debt. As shown on Slide 6 of our investor presentation, after-tax proved reserve value ranges from $14 billion at $3.50 gas to $41 billion at 650 Gas, which equates to $28 to $101 per share after deducting net debt. We believe this underscores the extremely favorable risk/reward setup for EQT stock as our proved reserves ascribe value to just 300 net locations or roughly 15% of our risk inventory of greater than 1,800 and core remaining locations. Looking to 2023, we are setting a capital budget of $1.7 billion to $1.9 billion this year, excluding our pending Tug Hill acquisition. This contemplates turning in line 110 to 150 net wells, which is up from 74 in 2022 as third-party constraints shifted roughly 30 kills into 2023. Reserve development accounts for approximately 82% of our 2023 spending forecast. Land and lease is 7% in other, including facilities, midstream and capitalized items comprises 11%. Our budget assumes 10% to 15% of year-over-year oilfield service inflation includes $100-plus million for TIs that have shifted from 2022 into 2023 and approximately $50 million for new well design science, $40 million for midstream and roughly $15 million for new ventures. Our 2023 production guidance is 1.9 to 2 Tcf which is consistent with our prior commentary of getting back to the 500 Bcfe per quarter of run rate production by the middle of this year. We've seen solid completion efficiency trends in Q4 and throughout January giving us confidence in our operational execution early in the year. That said, the low end of our guidance range contemplates a scenario where we slow our production cadence for the year should natural gas prices continue to deteriorate. At the midpoint of our guidance ranges, our implied all-in 2023 capital efficiency equates to approximately $0.90 per Mcfe. Given the catch-up capital associated with kills shifting from 2022 into 2023 will be nonrecurring on a go-forward basis, we expect our capital efficiency to improve by 5% to 10% in 2024 and beyond, as our till count normalizes and CapEx declines to run rate levels. On Slide 31 of our investor presentation, we provided a range of 2023 adjusted EBITDA, operating cash flow and free cash flow outlooks at various natural gas prices. We project adjusted EBITDA will range from roughly $2.9 billion at $3 gas to $3.9 billion at $4 gas and free cash flow from roughly $900 million to $2 billion at a similar price range, implying a free cash flow yield range of 8% to 17%. Recall our hedge book provides significant downside cash flow protection this year as we have 62% of our 2023 production hedged with a weighted average floor price of approximately $3.37 per million Btu. As highlighted on Slide 10 of our presentation, EQT offers the most compelling risk-adjusted exposure to natural gas with the highest 2023 free cash flow generation among the GACE peers across all reasonable commodity price scenarios. With the reductions in our corporate cost structure and our well-positioned hedge book, EQT's free cash flow breakeven price in 2023 is approximately $1.65 per million Btu, which is roughly 40% below the peer average and among the lowest of all natural gas producers in the country. I'd also note this number assumes no impact from the low-cost Tug Hill and XcL midstream assets, which is expected to further lower our breakeven threshold. Even with the recent decline in near-term natural gas pricing, our cumulative free cash flow generation from 2022 to 2027, at strip is forecasted at greater than $12 billion, excluding Tug Hill which equates to approximately 110% of our current market capitalization and underscores the significant value proposition embedded in EQT shares. The resiliency of our free cash flow generation positions us to generate value countercyclically for our shareholders, and we will continue to opportunistically do so via our share repurchase and debt repayment programs. We are capitalizing on the current environment as we have repurchased nearly 6 million shares or $200 million of stock since the beginning of the year at an average price of less than $34 per share. Since initiating our buyback program in late 2021, we have retired 20.4 million shares at an average price of approximately $30 per share. Along with the 5.7 million shares we retired via convertible note repurchases, we have reduced our fully diluted shares outstanding by more than 6% in a little over a year. Along with the equity repurchases, we have also retired an incremental $283 million of debt principal since our last update at an average cost of 95% of par. This takes our total debt retirement to more than $1.1 billion since the beginning of 2022 and underscores our commitment to a bulletproof balance sheet. Looking ahead, our game plan for shareholder returns remains consistent as we will methodically progress towards our goal of achieving 1 times to 1.5 times leverage at a conservative $2.75 gas price and we will opportunistically lean into equity repurchases to maximize returns for shareholders. As we mentioned previously, we project greater than $12 billion of free cash flow through 2027 at current strip, so we have material firepower for shareholder returns above and beyond our current equity and debt repurchase authorizations. As it relates to the pending Tug Hill acquisition, we are currently in the process of responding to the FTC's second request and remain committed to closing the acquisition. Recall, as we highlighted with the announcement the deal structure in Tug Hill's low-cost assets generate greater free cash flow per share accretion to EQT shareholders at lower natural gas prices. Our latest analysis shows the Tug Hill deal is more than 10% free cash flow per share accretive and in 24 through 2025 before factoring in synergies compared with approximately 5% at the time of announcement demonstrating the importance of EGT's focus on acquiring the lowest cost most durable free cash flow through well-structured transactions. We also note with the renegotiation of the purchase agreement late last year, Tug Hill layered on hedges covering roughly half of its 2023 gas volumes with floors at $5 per million Btu. The benefit of which will flow through to EQT via the purchase price adjustment at closing. We plan to update the market with more details around timing of closing the transaction as we approach midyear and will provide full pro forma guidance upon closing. To sum up, I am extremely proud of our 2022 accomplishments as we made significant progress in our pursuit to become the lowest cost, most reliable and cleanest energy producer in the world. Our operational and financial and acquisition efforts over the past several years have deliberately sculpted our business such that it can thrive through the ups and downs of all parts of the commodity price cycle. Notwithstanding the recent natural gas price pullback, we have never been as bullish on the future of natural gas and the value proposition of EQT as we are today, and we will continue our relentless efforts to crystallize this value for our stakeholders. Before turning the call over to Dave, as you may have seen earlier this week, we announced Dave will be transitioning out of EQT later this year. Dave has been an integral part of our team since 2020, and we are grateful for his contributions to our company. Dave came into EQT at a pivotal time and had clear objectives to help us turn around EQT and he delivered. We successfully positioned the company with a promising future through many efforts, include designing and executing a debt repayment strategy, improving our credit ratings and facilitating our capital allocation plans. Dave tackled these projects with heart and urgency and his leadership contributed to our company moving from a challenging balance sheet position back to investment grade in record time. He not only achieved his goals but did so with professionalism and thoughtfulness. I'm immensely thankful for him as a colleague and a friend and I'm excited to see him move on to the next phase in his life. I'll now turn the call over to you, guys.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby. It has been an honor having spent the last three years working with you and the EQT team. I've been amazed at how much this organization has accomplished in such a short period of time, and I am grateful to have been part of that evolution. EQT is truly a unique company with a world-class asset base and exceptional culture, a proven development model and a strong balance sheet. I am proud to have left my mark on this company and will be leaving we can see on the trajectory that will create shareholder value for years to come. As mentioned in the announcement this week, I will stay fully engaged with APP for the next several months as I help facilitate a smooth transition, and I look forward to seeing many of you at upcoming investor events. Now turning to results. I'll briefly summarize our fourth quarter and full year numbers before discussing our balance sheet hedging and 2023 guidance. Sales volumes for the fourth quarter were 459 Bcfe, roughly in line with the midpoint of our guidance range despite weather-related impact of approximately 10 Bcfe. Our adjusted operating revenues for the quarter were $1.32 billion or $2.87 per Mcfe, and our total per unit operating costs were $1.39 and resulting in an operating margin of $1.48 per Mcfe. Capital expenditures, excluding noncontrolling interests were $396 million in the fourth quarter, slightly below the midpoint of our guidance range. Full 2022 capital expenditures came in at $1.43 billion, excluding acquisitions, in line with the midpoint of our $1.4 billion to $1.475 billion guidance range. Fourth quarter adjusted operating cash flow was $622 million, and free cash flow was $226 million, which takes our total 2022 free cash flow generation to approximately $1.94 billion. We also saw a $442 million working capital tailwind during the quarter, which was driven by a receipt of our cash election option from E-Train, declining accounts receivables from decreasing prices and lower margin requirements. Our capital efficiency for the quarter came in at $0.86 per Mcfe, up from $0.72 per Mcfe in the third quarter driven by lower production. This was expected due to third-party infrastructure limitations earlier in the year that negatively impacted our 2022 TIL count. For the full year 2022 our capital efficiency averaged approximately $0.74 per Mcfe, which is roughly 30% below the gas peer group average despite the just noted third-party issues impacting production last year. Turning over to the balance sheet. A core tenet to our company's operating philosophy is to have a strong credit profile and ample liquidity. We believe this will create differentiated value opportunities for GT moving forward. Recall, we saw several positive balance sheet milestones last year, including achieving investment-grade credit ratings. Our balance sheet improvements to continue in the fourth quarter with trailing 12-month net leverage exiting the year at 1.2 times and down from 2.3 times a year ago. We exited 2022 with $4.2 billion of net debt and $1.46 billion of cash on hand inclusive of the $1 billion in proceeds from the notes offering in the fourth quarter that will be used to help fund the cash portion of our pending Tug Hill acquisition. As Toby mentioned, we continue actively progress towards our debt retirement initiatives. We've retired an incremental $283 million of senior note principal since our last update via open market purchases at an average price of $0.95 at par. Since unveiling our capital returns framework, we have now retired more than $1.1 billion of debt principal, which has eliminated nearly $40 million of annual interest expense. Moving to hedging. Our 2023 hedge book underscores our evolving hedge philosophy that seeks to provide investors with the best risk-adjusted exposure to natural gas prices. We currently have 62% of our 2023 gas production covered with 4s, an average weighted price of $3.37 per MMBtu, which provides significant cash flow protection and downside pricing scenarios while maintaining our private exposure. Since our last update, we have also added to our 2024 hedge position with 10% of our 24 volumes now hedged at a weighted average floor price of $4.20 per MMBtu and a weighted average ceiling of $5.40 per MMBtu. As it relates to basis, we have nearly 90% of our 2023 Appalachian production covered via basis hedges, providing significant protection against any potential material widening of differentials. Over the medium to long term, we see reasons for structural optimism as it relates to local basis, most notably driven by incremental power demand growth in PJM and coal-fired power retirements. We have also benefited from expanding firm transportation portfolio as we've been able to ship gas further west and capture associated favorite pricing dynamics. Recall, we have added an incremental $300 million a day to our FT portfolio last year, including $200 million to the Gulf Coast and $100 million to the Midwest. Looking ahead, we expect additional opportunities to expand our FT position as our peer-leading inventory depth allows us to capitalize on the trend we've seen of other Appalachian operators releasing existing firm transportation capacity. For 2023, our market mix is expected to be roughly 37% local 28% Gulf Coast, 20% Midwest and 15% eased. Note we now model an MDP start-up in the second half of 2024, which at the midpoint will take our local basin exposure to approximately 30%. As a reminder, our gathering rates contractually begin declining in 2025 independent of MPC's success, providing a further tailwind to free cash flow as our margins wide. Turning to guidance. We expect 2023 production volumes to range from 1.9 Ts to 2.0 Ts with the midpoint roughly flat compared with 2022. As we bring online the incremental pills that were delayed last year, we expect sequential growth in the second quarter and production achieving our 500 Bcfe quarterly maintenance run rate by midyear. Note that we contemplate a variety of scenarios in our 2023 planning with the low end of our production lines tied to the potential of moderating activity should natural gas prices continue to decline. We are setting the 2023 capital budget of $1.7 billion to $1.9 billion, excluding the pending Tug Hill acquisition. Our budget in beds, 10% to 15% year-over-year oil service inflation, with our supply chain contracting strategy, providing strong access and cost position. With the likely decline of gas-directed drilling activity this year, we see the opportunity for some price relief in the second half of 2023. This has not been factored into our outlook. As Toby mentioned, $100-plus million of our budget is associated with turning in line wells that slipped from 2022 into 2023 to third-party constraints and thus we not anticipate to carry forward into periods. This dynamic, along with the shallowing of our base PDP decline is anticipated to drive 5% to 10% improvement in our capital efficiency in 2024 and beyond. On Slide 31 of our investor deck, we provided adjusted EBITDA, operating cash flow and free cash flow outlook for 2023 at various NYMEX natural gas prices. Aided by insulation from our hedge book and material cost improvements we have achieved over the past several years, our projected 2023 free cash flow ranges from approximately $900 million at $3 gas to $2 billion at $4 gas implying a free cash flow yield of 8% to 17%. As it relates to cash taxes, we had roughly $1 billion of federal NOLs as of the end of 2022 and at current strip pricing, we expect these NOLs to offset the bulk of our 2023 cash taxes. Our 2024 cash tax rate would be approximately 7% to 9% of operating income or $150 million to $200 million at current strip pricing increasing to the low 20% range in 2025 and beyond, which is fully captured in our cumulative free cash flow outlook. Turning to capital allocation. We have now retired over 20 million shares of our buyback authorization at an average price of $30 per share. Recall that we have eliminated additional 5.7 million shares via convertible note repurchases last year. So in total, we've lowered our fully diluted share count by more than 6% since beginning of 2022. We still have significant firepower to retire shares with $1.4 billion remaining under our current $2 billion authorization. As mentioned previously, we've also made significant progress to our debt retirement with $1.1 billion of debt principal retired since initiating our capital return framework. We continue to target absolute debt of $3.5 billion pro forma for the tug acquisition, which will further bulletproof our balance sheet by taking our debt-to-EBITDA to 1 times to 1.5 times, assuming a $2.75 NYMEX gas price. Looking ahead, our low-cost structure and hedge book provide differentiated downside protection for 2023 free cash flow, which we will allocate towards our base dividend further debt retirement and opportunistic equity buybacks with an anticipated greater than $12 million of cumulative free cash flow from 2022 through 2027 and we have plenty of firepower to achieve and exceed our debt retirement goal and equity buyback authorizations. I'll conclude by highlighting Slide 11 of our investor deck, which underscores the economic impact of the cost structure improvements of EQT has achieved over the past several years from 2019 to 2021, we generated an average ROCE of negative 8% at an average realized natural gas price of approximately $2.50 per MMBtu, inclusive of hedging. Over this period, we've reduced annual costs by roughly $700 million, with spring loads our corporate return profile into an improving natural gas price environment. This was exemplified in 2022 as our ROCE jumped to roughly 17% with just a $0.50 improvement in realized natural gas prices at $3 per MMBtu. At current strip pricing, our ROCE should improve over the coming years, highlighting the sustainability of our operating model and the value creation potential of our business. I'll now turn the call back to Toby for some concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. To conclude today's prepared remarks, I want to reiterate a few points. One, through our relentless cost reduction efforts, balanced hedging strategy and execution on accretive M&A opportunities, we have purposely positioned EQT to thrive in all natural gas price scenarios; two, EQT is on track to become the first energy producer of meaningful scale to achieve net 0 Scope 1 and to GHG emissions, and we believe the market is only scratching the surface of recognizing the strategic value of the emissions profile of our natural gas. Three, our 2022 reserve report underscores the consistency of our combo development strategy positive well performance trends and the tremendous value inherent in our proved reserve base with significant upside based on our peer-leading inventory depth. Our opportunistic capital return strategy has positioned us well to capitalize on temporary gas price weakness ahead of a structurally bullish natural gas outlook over the coming decades. And lastly, EQT offers among the best risk-adjusted exposure to natural gas prices and as 1 of the lowest 2023 free cash flow breakeven NYMEX prices of all U.S. natural gas producers, which underscores the sustainability of our business through all parts of the commodity cycle. I'd now like to open the call to questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question is from Umang Choudhary with Goldman Sachs. Your line is now open.
Umang Choudhary :
First, Dave, thank you for everything and wish you the best as we begin the next after release, and hope to stay in touch and also look forward to engaging within the next quarter. I guess for the first question, given your low free cash flow breakeven this year, and you have some options. So how would you think about cash flow allocation opportunities between share repurchase and debt reduction?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Great question. So I think you'll see us continue our approach towards our capital allocation plans. What you've seen in the past has been a prioritization of debt paydown. That's going to shift asset value into the hands of our equity holders. And then you'll see us continue to be opportunistic with the buybacks. And obviously, the fixed dividend that we put in place is durable and will be a story that will continue to look to grow that over time.
David Khani:
Yes. And I'd just add to that as we hit our debt targets, you could see the percentage of our free cash flow increasing towards equity time.
Umang Choudhary :
And then would love your latest thoughts on the natural gas outlook. On the -- what are you expecting from a supply response, how are you thinking the market is shaping up and then how does that change the way you approach your strategy around hedging? And then any update on the -- any thoughts around M&A to the extent you can you can prosecute it given the -- given what's going on with age.
David Khani:
Yes. So gas volatility has tripled since early 2021. And so we think that's going to continue. And so our hedging strategy -- our Edge 2.0 strategy really encapsulates that volatility. So everybody has to remember, volatility moves in both directions. And so that's why we put our kind of the risk-adjusted upside in the way we structure our hedges with white collars. As far as gas right now, gas is right now oversupplied, and we kind of anticipated that and why we put as much of a hedge in place and got a little more aggressive mid-year we obviously see the higher cost producers starting to cut back on activity. It's going to take a little while to get there. You're also seeing coal burn coming down and absorbing some of this as well. We'll see some industrial demand pick back up as the chemical industry destocking and that will start to pick up and absorb some of the ethane that's in the system as well as well as increasing some of the power demand as well. So it's going to probably set the stage where it's going to take some time to get through this year to get to that balanced market. But I think if we anticipate producers reacting the way we do, we should get to kind of a more balanced market and set the stage for a better 2024.
Toby Rice:
Yes. And specifically, in regards to our strategy, I think Dave's comments on our hedging strategy is designed to give us the downside protection while also giving us great exposure to commodity prices. So you'll see us continue to execute that approach. As it relates to our activity levels, what you're seeing with us this year is putting a plan in place that will get our production capacity back to 500 Bcf per quarter run rate. We feel like that's prudent to get that capacity back. But that will give us the ability to respond in more real time if we continue to see gas prices decline or we'll be happy to have that production capacity if gas prices move back to our view of where we think prices will be in the future. So on an M&A basis, we're going to continue. You'll see no change on the approach there. One of the key characteristics of our M&A approach hasn't just been on making sure we see the financial accretion on deals with cash flow per share NAV per share. But the other factor, which is really showing up is our commitment to buying low-cost, high-quality assets and in a low cost low price environment today, you're seeing the benefits of that. And so we'll continue to reinforce that element of our M&A strategy.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Sam Margolin with Wolfe Research. Your line is now open.
Sam Margolin:
I wanted to ask about the remark on Slide 12 about looking at new well designs. And maybe just talk a little bit about like some specific outcomes you're going for with this approach, whether it's like a PDP extension type of outcome or if it's to manage declines? Or what exactly is going on with that comment?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean the ultimate approach in any of the science work we do is improve the economics of the projects that we're developing. The science that we're doing is going to have the effect of lowering our F&D through increasing the performance on an EUR per foot basis, but that does come with some associated increase in costs. So for us to make a full determination on the economics that we'll receive with this well design, we really need to continue through the monitoring period of the signs that we have in the ground right now. And also, we'll pair that up with service cost inflation expectations and make a decision. Insight date for that is towards the middle part of this year. So we'll come back to you with an update as we get this information.
Sam Margolin:
And then just as a follow-up that you just mentioned with respect to inflation. And you mentioned you thought that the current market would drive some activity levels lower. And I wonder if you could just characterize a little more of your outlook here, if it's just -- do you think that sort of unit cost on the service side are nearing a plateau or if maybe the activity levels were so overheated, that we could actually see services kind of give back some price right now just because of the severity of the market conditions?
Toby Rice:
Yes, it's been a hot market the last 6 months, specifically. But I think with the pullback in commodity prices, we do anticipate to see some activity reductions. You're already seeing it from what we consider the marginal producer here in the U.S. and the Haynesville. So I think in the next -- over the next few weeks, we'll have a better view on activity levels and how they're coming down. And ultimately, that should translate to lower service costs in the future, and we'll be monitoring that closely.
Operator:
Our next question is from David Deckelbaum with Cowen. Your line is now open.
David Deckelbaum:
Congrats, David, best of luck in the next chapter. I was hoping to just ask when you thought about 2023 planning, you obviously envision a large ramp in the back half of the year, which I suppose is just a function of the timing of TILs. I'd like a little bit of color how you're thinking about the risks around that ramp. But also just curious how the closing timing of Tug Hills sort of informs what you're doing this year on sort of legacy EQT or core EQT, where there might have been incremental activity that would have otherwise maybe been allocated towards West Virginia.
Toby Rice:
Yes. As it relates to our hitting our production capacity targets by Q3, the thing we're really looking at is completion efficiencies and really stages per day footage completed per day. And one of the slides we showed how we've gotten back to sort of historical performance levels there. So we'll be watching that, and that will really be the guiding factor on the pace of reaching that target. As it relates to the activity levels relative to toil acquisitions, we were always planning on running this activity level, and we weren't planning on changing our activities with the Tug Hill transaction that was probably going to be something that would be incorporated in '24. So we're executing sort of as we planned, and we'll adjust when that deal gets closed.
David Deckelbaum:
And is the expectation on everything you're seeing that if this were to close, let's say, in the end of the year, is $800 million a day, still the right production level. And I assume if it's not, there would be a purchase price adjustment?
David Khani:
Well, yes. So the purchase price was set at midyear last year. And so any change in free cash flow effectively will lower the price each month that will -- that this takes to close. So if they change -- if they decide to change activity and the response to this marketplace, then whatever impacts to free cash flow that will benefit to us. But we don't know that they're changing activity. We do know that they did add hedges at $5 on half of their gas production to lock in that a good portion of the free cash flow. So -- and our expectation right now is that this will close midyear.
David Deckelbaum:
And just a quick one. Just to confirm, the only difference between your 165 corporate level breakeven this year, and your 30 view just for EQT only longer term or through, I guess, the next several years, is just the benefit of the hedges in '23, right?
David Khani:
Correct, yes, we're just trying to show that we and a much lower gas price before we don't generate free cash flow.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann with Truist. Your line is now open.
Neal Dingmann:
First, Dave, thanks for all the time, definitely been a great help. And probably my first question is on cost, specifically. What's your comfort level with -- when you see inflation and other potential incremental pressures this year -- and just really wondering how sensitive is that to your D&C plan? You mentioned how you potentially would change D&C based on what gas prices. But I'm just wondering how does that relate to what you're thinking on costs as well.
Toby Rice:
Yes. When you look at the sensitivity that you got to look at is what percentage of services we have locked in and what exposure do we have to the spot market. Looking at the big picture items from rigs and frac crews, those are locked in. We have about 100 frac days that would show up in the back half of this year that we're looking to procure. So there's a little bit of exposure there to spot, but we're planning for it -- and we've got some time to see how the market shakes out before that. On steel, which is another big item for us, we're pretty good from a procurement perspective through the first half of this year. And we think that the steel markets hopefully are showing some signs of loosening there on price. So I feel like we're positioned there to procure the rest and hopefully, a better service price environment for steel. And then as far as sand and water is concerned, those are largely locked in and feel good. One thing I'd say about sand, that's important to note because that's something that has really been backers in other parts of the country. Appalachia, the large part of the sand that we procure is not is it a different market than what people are seeing in basin sand in the Permian. A lot of the sand that we're getting is coming from Wisconsin, Northern White. So it's a little bit it's not -- hasn't been as exposed as much service price inflation as other places in the country. So that's sort of how we see the service cost sensitivities and feel like we're in a good position and can be flexible and hopefully take advantage of a better service cost environment in the second half of this year.
Neal Dingmann:
Yes, definitely, it seems like the applicant guys are in better price or better area there. And just maybe lastly, just on housekeeping. I'm just wondering -- you mentioned about the $50 million adjustment per month color on the purchase price for the adjusted to included in Tug Hill. I'm just wondering, is that included in the Tug Hill hedges? Or is that incremental?
David Khani:
The $50 million, is that what you just said?
Neal Dingmann:
Yes. You mentioned about isn't there -- with that, you mentioned that $50 million per month regarding the purchase price adjustment, I'm just wondering, is that included in the Tug Hill hedges? Or is that incremental?
David Khani:
Well, so I think in the first 6 months of last -- so last year, we basically believe it was probably generate about $300 million to $350 million of excess free cash flow that would lower the purchase price. Roughly half of it goes to cash. Half of it goes to reducing the share count. And so with their hedges, if you thought the free cash flow still trends along that same pace, you might have, we'll call somewhere in that same vicinity in the second half of the year. So you could -- maybe you talk about 600 plus of purchase price adjustments that will help lower that purchase price. So the hedges will just solidify that.
Operator:
The next question comes from Roger Read of Wells Fargo. Your line is now open.
Roger Read:
Yes. Just one quick question probably for you, Toby. Just on -- as you think about gas prices, do you think in the end, it's more about the absolute decline risk in gas prices? Or do you think it's going to be more about duration of, let's just say, something below the average breakevens out there that ultimately forces activity and production lower and then maybe creates a little headroom for you on service costs by the latter part of this year.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think there's a couple of things that are happening from an activity level, as these mature basins -- or the shale plays continue to mature, the amount of activity levels will lower over time that should have an impact on lowering service costs. But also the other thing that's taking place is the breakevens in the United States is rising as operators are moving to Tier 2 geology and both in geography and also in the zones that they're completing. That will have the impact of increasing the marginal breakeven price of gas. That will help solidify price. The other thing I'd say is, as far as duration is concerned, I mean the one thing that we're seeing is the call for cheap reliable clean energy. And if we learned one thing in 2022, looking what happened in Ukraine and Russia, the lesson learned there is energy security matters. And without energy security, you cannot transition. Europe has gone backwards on their emissions targets because of the lack of energy security. And the most important takeaway from all of this is where did Europe turn for energy security. They turn to natural gas. And so we think that the call for this product is only going to strengthen over time because natural gas is the key to providing energy security to Americans in the world.
Operator:
Our next question is from John Abbott with Bank of America. Your line is now open.
John Abbott:
Dave, thanks for all of the entire Bank of America team who wants to echo best your best wishes in your next chapter. Our first question is going to be on the Tug Hill and XcL Midstream acquisitions. So when you look at -- so the guidance that you provided back in September of last year and when you sort of think about these acquisitions potentially closing in the middle of this year. First, is the midstream spend that you laid out in September still on track at XcL? And then second, how does your current thoughts on the potential impact of the breakeven include updated thoughts on inflation heading into this year.
David Khani:
So you take the second. I'll take the first. Okay. Go ahead.
Toby Rice:
So as far as -- what was the second part of the question there?
David Khani:
Inflation into our breakeven.
Toby Rice:
Yes. So I mean, the key thing with Tug Hill and the reason why those assets had such a low breakeven cost, was really due to the fact that they own their midstream and also the liquids percentage of their program that they're running there. So yes, they're going to be pay with inflation like every other operator and we'll recast what that looks like from a CapEx perspective. The one thing I'd say is these are pretty high-quality assets. So the activity levels needed to maintain production will mitigate some of the service cost inflation effects. But hopefully, by the time we take over, we've seen a little bit more balance come from service costs.
David Khani:
Yes. And then even incorporate -- if you look at our long-term breakevens that we give you, that does incorporate some inflation embedded in there. So that does -- and then as far as the midstream projects are concerned, some of those projects we were working on together were this M&A and some of those projects will absolutely continue through. As far as the rest, I think we'd have to wait and see until this closes to get an update from Tod on that.
John Abbott:
And then our second question is sort of on the natural gas macro. Despite spot weakness, the forward curve is about 50% above year-ago levels with former storage, albeit after losing Freeport exports. What do you think is going on?
David Khani:
I mean you have basically an oversupplied market heading into ‘23 in and I'll call very modest oversupply in '24. And then you've literally had Freeport and weather not show up, knocking the front end of the curve down and caused the modest oversupply increase. And so it's basically sending a signal to the producers start to cut production because pricing is forcing your activity off-line. So and it's also going to send demand up. And so it's going to create a reaction to try to get to that balanced market, which you're going to see from a combination of supply coming off or supply growth slowing, which will probably end up being about B a day of impact. You'll also see about an incremental B plus of demand being forced back into the system between power from coal going away in the stack and then also industrial demand coming online. So those will be the things that will balance the market and if it doesn't happen sooner, it will happen, it will take longer. That means that the rest of the '23 curve will come down some, and that will cause quicker reaction, the later action. So it will get there, and that's what the pricing signal always does.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Noel Parks with Tuohy. Your line is now open.
Noel Parks:
A few things. Wondering, in the reserves, did you experience any upward revisions on type curves, either just from general efficiency or anything you'd be able to see from your redesign?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So the type curve revisions resulted in an increase of about 350 Bcf and that's sort of what we're referring to when we said performance revisions. So we have seen an increase to performance didn't bake in anything on the science work that we're doing. It's just too early to factor that in.
David Khani:
Yes. You need to have more historical information for Netherlands tool to be comfortable with us booking any uplift in type person. That's probably more of a, we'll call it, '24 and beyond kind of benefit.
Toby Rice:
Yes. And I hope that investors look at this with a theme that you're starting to see around this industry where well performance is sort of degrading across industry to be assured to see that high-quality assets are translating to dependable performance, and you're seeing positive improvements in the well results that we're putting out, I think, is -- should be very reassuring for investors.
Noel Parks:
Great. And I just wanted to, at this point, looking ahead to services, of course, totally curious about what the service response is going to be if we do see activity continuing to head down. But just sort of as a reference point, when is your next significant renegotiation ahead either on the rig side or the frac side?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So rigs were good through the end of the year with the frac crews, 2 out of the 3 frac crews or -- sorry, we have 2 out of 3 factories locked up. We've got a frac crew that will be joining sort of middle part of this year that we're currently under negotiations for right now. So I'd say probably that's the biggest big resource we have that we're working on. And as I mentioned, steel is the other big factor, which we'll cover through the first half of this year, and we'll continue to work through that. pressure for the second half.
Noel Parks:
And just one more. Thinking about the Tug Hill acquisition, once that closes, can you just give a rough sense of maybe how many quarters of sort of deal-related onetime impact we might have on G&A and when G&A might get back to more of a steady state on a unit basis after the close.
David Khani:
Sure. So right now, we're dealing with extra G&A tied to the FTC and it will pull an unclosed process. So if we were to effectively close by midyear, I would say probably the last of what we would deal with is most likely all hitting at the end of the second quarter. It could some hit in the third quarter. But I would say that's probably your best bet from what we know right now.
Operator:
Our next question is from Paul Diamond with Citi. Your line is now open.
Paul Diamond:
Perfect just a quick question for you on 2023 guidance. The numbers give you some optionality around some growth versus some reductions just wanted to kind of get you guys sensed on the strategy. And should we be thinking about that in yearly with pricing? Or is it more -- or is there kind of [indiscernible] on the high side and then it will step change if pricing drops below a certain level?
David Khani:
Yes. So it will be a combination of pricing and duration and thinking about when we spend money and start to produce it's not going to all come out in one quarter. It's going to be over probably a 2-, 3-year period that ad matters from a returns perspective. So we'll look at the forward curve and we'll look at the drop and we'll try to anticipate what we think the impact will be. And so we'll model out. And so it will be a game-time decision. We're not going to make a decision today, but it's going to be price and duration that will drive it.
Paul Diamond:
And just one quick follow-up. As we kind of move to a more long-term supportive fundamentals of $24 million and $25 million has there been any shift in kind of your priorities from Southwest PA versus the Northeast versus West Virginia? Or is that still kind of Southwest PA still pretty much the kind of the front runner as far as priorities go.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean, our schedule is designed to develop the best rate of returns sooner. So that mix is sort of set. And what you see here for this year is probably going to continue into the future. So that's sort of how we have our schedule laid out. And also the surface impacts and where we can do combos, longer lateral lengths, more wells per combo is another factor that could move to factor into the schedule.
Operator:
There are no further questions. I'll pass the call back over to the management team for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, everybody, for your time today. Certainly, a lot of volatility in these environments. I think it's a really good time for people to look at the differentiation that exists within the energy space. And I think the work that we've done at EQT really is showing up here, even in a downside scenario, we built a business that still is going to generate double-digit free cash flow yields. And with our low cost structure, we'll be able to and look to a very promising future for natural gas and EQT. So we'll continue to work and our employees here at EQT are going to be really focused on delivering peak performance in 2023. So thanks for your time.
Operator:
That concludes the conference call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Welcome to the EQT Q3 2022 Quarterly Results Conference Call. My name is Harry, and I will be your moderator for today's call. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to hand over to Cameron Horwitz, Managing Director of Investor Relations and Strategy to begin. Cameron, please go ahead when you are ready.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning, and thank you for joining our third quarter 2022 earnings results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website beginning this evening. In a moment, Toby and Dave will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements, because of the factors described in yesterday's earnings release, in our investor presentation and the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks Cam. And good morning, everyone. The energy macro landscape remains volatile as the world continues to grapple with a structural under supply of natural gas. Thanks to American source LNG, Europe has done a commendable job refilling its storage over the past few months. But those thinking that the singular goal is making it through winter failed to understand the scale of the problem at hand. Any doubt that the European energy crisis is going to be multiyear and duration ended a few weeks ago with the sabotage of the Nord Stream pipelines. Domestically natural gas production has increased as of late, which is helping to ensure the US has the energy it needs to meet demand this winter. That said, electricity prices in many parts of the country remain extremely elevated. Highlighting the continued challenges we face connecting natural gas supply with demand due to a lack of pipeline infrastructure. As many of since unveiling our Unleash US LNG campaign in March, we have been on a relentless mission to educate policymakers on the driving factors limiting US producers' ability to meet the critical energy needs of consumers, both domestically and abroad. The social pain caused by crippling energy prices around the world is unacceptable to us at EQT. The US has the recoverable resources if necessary to single handedly double the global LNG market, providing both energy security and meaningful decarbonization through the replacement of foreign coal. While recent setbacks around permanent reform has been unfortunate, we continue to believe the US public's overwhelming desire for additional natural gas production and infrastructure will be heard. To help ensure that this is the case we recently spearheaded the launch of a new coalition. The Partnership to Address Global Emissions or PAGE coalition. PAGE brings together responsible energy producers, leading climate advocates and labor groups to advocate for the infrastructure that is critically required to increase production and exports of US natural gas to lower global emissions, reduce inflation and provide energy security to America and her allies. PAGE provides another avenue for EQT to help progress truly sustainable energy solutions that are required to have a meaningful impact on lowering global emissions, while simultaneously providing a tool to end the global energy crisis that is bringing unnecessary pain to consumers around the world. Turning to the third quarter, it was an active one at EQT as we announced the bolt-on acquisition of Tug Hill and XcL Midstream, as highlighted on our conference call last month, this deal checks all of the boxes of our guiding M&A principles have significant industrial logics given direct offset to our existing lease sold in West Virginia, and brings over 11 years of core inventory that immediately competes for capital inside and in EQT's portfolio. The acquisition drive discretion on free cash flow per share, NAV per share, lowers our cost structure and de-risks our business all while maintaining our investment grade balance sheet. The acquisition implies we are paying a sub $3 per million Btu long-term natural gas price underscoring the attractive risk adjusted return profile for our shareholders. Given the low-cost nature of Tug Hill's assets, we expect our corporate NYMEX free cash flow breakeven to drop from approximately $2.30 to $2.15 per million Btus on a pro forma basis, which adds further resiliency to our free cash flow profile to all parts of the commodity cycle. As a reminder, we did not bake in any synergies when underwriting this deal, but we highlighted $80 million of per annum potential and additional subsequent work by our teams suggests the opportunity for further upside largely due to greater competence in water system integration benefits. We continue to expect the transaction to close in the fourth quarter of this year and look forward to providing pro forma guidance after closing. Concurrent with the Tug Hill acquisition announcement, we raised our year end 2023 debt reduction target by $1.5 billion to $4 billion and doubled our stock buyback authorization to $2 billion. We've made material progress toward our debt reduction goals with $830 million of debt retired year-to-date. On the buyback front while securities laws prohibited us from repurchasing stock for a significant amount of the quarter due to the Tug Hill transaction, we have been active post deal announcement repurchasing 3.6 million shares for approximately $150 million in mid-September. Recall, we repurchase roughly 10 million shares in Q1 at an average price of around $23 per share, and effectively retired 5.7 million shares through our convertible note repurchases in Q2 at an implied share price of $37 per share. Combined with our activity over the past few weeks, we have now reduced our fully diluted share count by more than 19 million shares this year at a weighted average price of $31 per share. Looking ahead, we still have approximately $1.6 billion remaining on our buyback authorization, providing significant dry powder to repurchase our shares at an extremely attractive valuation. We will also look to redeploy cash savings from retiring debt, repurchasing shares and our realization of Tug Hill synergies into additional base dividend growth moving forward. Also in the third quarter, we announced a collaboration with the state of West Virginia, BATTELLE, GTI Energy & Allegheny Science & Technology Appalachian Regional Clean Hydrogen Hub or ARCH2. Appalachia is ideally suited to lead the charge in clean hydrogen production in the United States. Given abundant, low cost, low emissions natural gas, interconnected infrastructure and storage, existing transportation networks and proximity to major end use markets. The ARCH2 team is comprised of entities with operations across the Appalachian region, banding the hydrogen value chain, as well as technology organizations, consultants, academic institutions, community organizations, and NGOs that will provide commercial and technical leadership for the development and build out of the hub. Coalition plans to apply for the DOE regional clean hydrogen hub funding opportunity, which seeks to provide $8 billion in federal funding to accelerate the deployment of US hydrogen technologies and contribute to decarbonizing multiple sectors, while enabling regional and community benefits. We plan to submit our concept paper to the DOE this winter and our full application by next spring. With final deal we hub selection expected in the fall of 2023. During preparation of the concept, paper and full application, EQT and the rest of the ARCH2 coalition will design the hydrogen hub and develop projects that spanned the hydrogen value chain from production to transportation and storage all the way to end use. For the Funding Opportunity Announcement issued by the Department of Energy in September, the winning hub teams will be awarded between $500 million and $1 billion which can help subsidize all the projects included in the application. In terms of EQT capital commitments, we do not anticipate incurring any significant spending related to ARCH2 until the latter part of this decade. The ARCH2 announcement comes in an ideal time as the world is demanding cheaper, more reliable and cleaner energy. And we believe the use of EQT's extremely low emissions natural gas to create clean hydrogen can act as a strategic foundation for America's transition toward decarbonization. Our participation in ARCH2 is just one of many pillars across our broader new venture strategy, which is designed to uniquely positioned EQT in forging new paths and opening new markets as we progress into a lower carbon future. Turning to operations as shown in slide 11 of our investor deck, our shift to combo development in 2019 as new management took over EQT has resulted in multiyear well productivity improvements. Our 18-month lateral normalized recoveries are up almost 45% since 2019, which is greater than 2x the productivity increase experienced across broader Appalachia over the same period. This outperformance has been largely driven by the implementation of our evolves well design and mitigation of parent child effects through large scale combo development. While our underlying well productivity has been strong, multiple third party and logistical constraints this year have led to almost 30% less wells turned in line versus our original plan, pushing activity into 2023. These third-party constraints along with water restrictions due to drought conditions in parts of the basin negatively impacted our 2022 production by more than 150 Bcfe or 7% compared with our original volume expectations. Strong low productivity and great work by EQT's team to optimize field operations has helped to buffer the impact and clawed back almost 50 Bcfe of this volume impact. The net effect is our full year 2022 production is trending to the low end of our prior guidance range, while our full year 2022 CapEx is also trending towards the lower end of our prior outlook. While third party challenges have been disappointing this year, they also underscored the opportunity we have in front of us to integrate the Tug Hill and XcL assets to maintain greater control over infrastructure build out, facilitating more pipeline connectivity and enable additional operational flexibility across our asset base moving forward. Shifting to market dynamics, we were very pleased to see EQT added to the S&P 500 Earlier this month. We view inclusion in this index as another testament to our premier asset base, excess of our modern, digitally enabled operating model and the overall sustainability of our business. I want to thank all of our employees for their hard work evolving EQT into a world class organization that competes with the top companies across all segments of the economy. I'll wrap up by saying that despite EQT's stock performing reasonably well on a year-to-date basis, we believe the market has not remotely begun to reflect at the intrinsic value of our business, or relative quality versus peers. We are at a unique point in time, as the North American natural gas market is in the process of an unprecedented structural shift, as it is the bottleneck through LNG and the world is increasingly recognizing the role natural gas will play in providing affordable, reliable, low carbon energy for decades to come. EQT is among the best position companies in the world to benefit from the secular trend underpinned by a capital efficient asset base, unrivaled depth and quality of inventory and declining midstream fees. We believe these characteristics combined to create a superior value proposition for investors and will ultimately be reflected in our share performance as these factors are converted into durable free cash flow that we can compound over time. I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby. And good morning, everyone. I'll briefly summarize our third quarter results before discussing our balance sheet, hedging and guidance updates. Sales volumes for the third quarter were 488 Bcfe, which was modestly below the midpoint of our guidance range. As Toby mentioned, third party and logistical constraints put a governor on our activity during the quarter, limiting our TILs to just 16 verse our guidance range of 22 to 32. Our adjusted revenues for the quarter were $1.7 billion or $3.41 per Mcfe, and our total per unit operating costs were $1.42. As a result, our operating margin was $1.99, about $0.90 cents or 85% higher than last year. Capital expenditures were $349 million below the low end of our guidance range, largely due to lower-than-expected completion activity. Adjusted operating cash flow was $940 million, and free cash flow was $591 million, bring our total year-to-date free cash flow to approximately $1.7 billion. Our free cash flow also reflected a basis differential of $1.2 per Mcfe wider than our guidance of $0.80 to $0.90per Mcfe due to wider local differentials and unplanned outage on the NEXUS system. Our capital efficiency for the quarter came in at $0.72 per Mcfe which was a 4% sequential quarterly improvement resulting from lower capital spending. On slide 26, we highlight our capital efficiency has averaged $0.70 per Mcfe on a year-to-date basis, which is 35% below the gas peer group average despite the third-party issues impacting the timing of our production this year. Turning to the balance sheet, at the end of the third quarter, our trailing 12-month net leverage stood at 1.3x, down 0.3 turns from the prior quarter. To fund the Tug Hill and XcL acquisition we raised $2.25 billion of debt which is leveraged mutual to our existing profile. This comprised of raising $1 billion of senior notes and $1.25 billion of term loans with strong support from both the banks and our institutional investors. Despite a challenging credit environment, we priced our two tranches of senior notes at 175 to 200 basis point spreads to respect to treasuries with further tightening in the secondary market. This enabled us to lower funding costs and implement efficient repayment terms. We see the successful debt financing is another testament to the underlying credit quality of our business and value the support we received from our banks and bondholders. As highlighted with the deal announcement, we raised our year end '23 debt reduction target from $2.5 billion to $4 billion, which will take our gross pro forma debt down to approximately $3.5 billion. With our debt trading below par due to the Fed raising rates, we have even more principal purchasing power. Once we achieve our absolute debt target, we will have a bulletproof balance sheet with leverage of 1x to 1.5x using a conservative $2.75 per MMBtu to NYMEX gas price. We have already executed $830 million of debt reduction goal this year and expect to make material additional progress over the coming quarters, giving the robust projected free cash flow generation. Looking at liquidity, we ended the quarter with approximately $2.6 billion comprised of an essentially undrawn credit facility and $88 million of cash. Two positive equity items to point out. First, we replaced approximately $180 million of letters of credit with surety bonds during the quarter. And second, we received $196 million from ETRN Midstream, subsequent to quarter end as we exercise our option to receive cash in lieu of a portion of near-term fee relief. Now moving over to hedging, as mentioned on Tug Hill acquisition call, we added to our legacy hedge book in the third quarter, taking our hedge funds from 50% to 60% next year through the purchase of deferred premium puts with an average strike price of $4.65 per MMBtu. We've also executed on the majority of our plan to hedge 60% of Tug Hill's production next year through the combination of deferred premium puts and collars with an average floor price of $5.53 per MMBtu to an average ceiling of $10.80 per MMBtu. On a pro forma basis, we have approximately 60% of our 2023 production hedge with floors have an average strike price of $3.30 and approximately 45% covered with ceilings at an average strike price of $5.65 per MMBtu. We remain unhedged for 2024, and we'll be looking for opportunities to begin building our -- out our hedge position. Turning to guidance, as Toby mentioned, a third party and logistical constraints have reduced our plan 2022 TILs by approximately 30% verse our original outlook. Strong underlying well performance and field optimization have mitigated the impact to 2022 sales volumes, which are now expect it to be 1,925 to 1,975 Bcfe or roughly in line with the lower end of our prior guidance range. We're also lowering our full year capital expenditure guidance to $1.4 billion to 1.475 billion excluding acquisitions to reflect the lower TIL count. While we're in the midst of the budgeting process for 2023, our supply chain contracting strategy puts us in a strong access and cost position given our multiyear sand and frac crew contracts. We plan to give more fulsome details once we provide 2023 guidance, but we expect EQT to experience inflationary impacts at the lower end of broader industry ranges for next year. Given our structurally superior hedged position next year, we expect our 2023 free cash flow to expand by approximately 90% year-over-year at recent strip pricing prior to the effect of Tug Hill, and after factoring in cash taxes, providing differentiated free cash flow per share growth to our shareholders. I'll now turn the call back over to Toby for some concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks Dave. To conclude today's prepared remarks, I want to reiterate a few key points. One, the pending Tug Hill and XcL acquisition underscores our disciplined M&A strategy, adding low risk bolt-on assets to our business with clear industrial logic, a compelling valuation, material cost structure accretion and the opportunity to capture meaningful synergies. Two, we have returned approximately $1.5 billion of capital to shareholders this year, including almost $600 million of share repurchases and convertible note retirements at an average price of $31 per share. And our updated capital returns framework on the back of the Tug Hill deal provides material room for additional shareholder returns moving forward. Three, our move to combo development has driven significant well productivity gains since we took over EQT in 2019. And this tailwind along with our team's optimization efforts, has allowed us to ameliorate the impact of third-party constraints this year. Four, the ARCH2 hydrogen hub collaboration has the potential to lay the foundation for the next leg of decarbonization efforts at EQT, taking advantage of differentiated access to vast low-cost low emissions natural gas in Appalachia. And finally, we were honored to join the S&P 500 earlier this month, and see our inclusion in the index representing another significant milestone on EQT' 's journey to becoming the operator of choice for all stakeholders. I'd now like to open the call to questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our first question of the day is from the line of Arun Jayaram of JPMorgan Chase.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning, Toby. One of the early things from earnings has been some of the midstream issues that we've seen in the Appalachian Basin. You guys talked about it in a range and Antero as well. So I was wondering if you could maybe describe what you're seeing in terms of on the ground in terms of the general constraints? And maybe specific to EQT, when do you anticipate to get resolution on some of the issues that did affect your TIL count this year?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Good morning, Arun. So one thing I think that's worth noting is the waterline issues have been resolved, the pipelines have been fixed. And so those issues are behind us. Some of the supply chain issues that we face with some other third-party vendors; I think those issues will nagging at us. But we're doing everything we can to build an amorphous ability to program. I'd say all of these impacts together, largely are behind us. And I think we should be back on pace by mid-23 with that 2 Tcf run rate production base.
Arun Jayaram:
Got it. So for, you've highlighted $150 million prior some of the optimization work where you clawed back $50 million. If the buyside consensus has been around on a standalone basis, caught 2 Tcfe of production next year, do you think that you can get a range similar to that just given you are likely going to have some, I don't know if they're ducks, but you may have some tailwind from some of those wells that are in progress. But just general thoughts on output next year, as big as some of these constraints get better.
Toby Rice:
Yes, Arun, I think the answer there will be dependent on how much we can beat the baseline operational efficiencies that we have baked into our program. And then also looking for other optimization efforts within the system that's in front of us, that would be additive to what our base plan is. So I think, I mean, the punch line is the team is shown the ability to claw back and we're still fighting for every -- and every Mcf. And we think there could be an opportunity for us to get there, but it'll be dependent on those actions.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Umang Choudhary of Goldman Sachs.
Umang Choudhary:
Hi, thank you. Good morning. I just wanted to follow up on the question from Arun, I understand that you're working through a budget and that you have fewer TILs this year. How does that how, like given that TILs are probably going to have an impact to your first half '23 production. Would love your preliminary thoughts on 2023 activities? Should we expect your activity levels to go back for the legacy asset to keep it flat to around 90 to 100 wells per year? Or would it be higher next year? As you try to grow production sequentially exit to exit this next year?
Toby Rice:
Yes, Umang, so yes, I'd say the activity set should be fairly normal to for normal year. It's just the timing of when the wells will come online. So the bucket of wells that got pushed out in '22 have about a five-month lag time of putting them online due to the water issues that we had. And so that's why we'll get back to sort of that $500 million plus run rate by mid-year. But the activity set overall should be a cost standard fairly normal per year.
Umang Choudhary:
Got it, that's really helpful. And then my second question was really on the LNG strategy, any update and any update on the discussions which you are having with the LNG customers? As it comes to diversifying, you have exposure to international markets.
Toby Rice:
Yes, conversations are still progressing across the LNG value chain from LNG developers, marketers and buyers. I'd say the desire for bringing more LNG into this world has continued to strengthen, and we're having some pretty good conversations, but we'll come back when we have anything that materializes into something material.
Operator:
Our next question is from the line of Neal Dingmann of Truist.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning, Toby. I'd just circle back on the infrastructure; I was just trying to get a sense. So you talked about maybe just the degree of the curtailment between the different issues. I know, you mentioned the waters already been rectified. Just trying to find I guess, number one, what other issues were involved? And then secondly with obviously the XcL Midstream coming on, how much will that and some of the things you're done helped to sort of the situation going forward?
Toby Rice:
Yes, so outside of the waterline issues that have been repaired getting access to some equipment, there's been some longer lead times that sort of the supply chain should we talk about then with all of this, we've got backup plans, and our flexibility to execute on those backup plans has been challenged because of some weather and we experienced some drought conditions that wouldn't allow us to get fracs at the operational efficiency that we needed. And so that's one of the x factors that is driving sort of the weather impacts that we laid out on that chart.
Neal Dingmann:
Got it, okay. And then just a follow up. Could you talk and I am looking at that slide. I forget which one it is it shows with four rigs are running when you look now at the Northeast PA, Ohio, Utica, Southwest, West Virginia, Marcellus, is there any one or two there? Is that from returns is standout? Or are they just wondering, these days if you were to rank those, how you think about the four? Are they all sort of equally return basis these days in the ballpark?
Toby Rice:
Yes, Neal, I'd say with the best returns coming from Southwest Pennsylvania, the work that we've done to reduce costs in West Virginia have made those more competitive from a return's perspective. And then I'd also say over in the Utica, some of the science work that we've done, primarily widening spacing no surprises shown increased recoveries per foot makes those returns more attractive. So our ultimate goal is to sort of get to a place where we can improve the economics across all inventory, we're seeing that right now. And so I think, as we drive our schedule, it's really going to be dependent on these surface factors, number of wells, lateral lengths, combo development. And so that's sort of what drives the schedule on the makeup. I would say one of the things we look at is a board that shows the returns across every single project. And we are driving to drill our best acreage in our best wells first. And over 80% of our schedule is factoring on the projects that are in the top quartile of our inventory base.
Neal Dingmann:
Now, the improved ops are obvious from the previous owners. Thanks, Toby.
Operator:
And our next question is from the line of David Deckelbaum.
David Deckelbaum:
Thank you. Good morning, everyone. Thanks for the time, Toby. I know you discussed a lot about this, but maybe if you could revisit just the original plan in '22 versus '23. I am trying to get sense on some of the moving parts. Obviously, the 30% fewer TIL this year, but is there any capital benefit from any wells that would be in process that we've met in 2023?
Toby Rice:
So the benefit of moving wells back in '23, I guess, to argue maybe, Frank, some of the service costs environment we do hope that service costs will abate a little bit, so that could be one of these benefits but right now we'd like have these volumes today, with current price backwards, we're pushing -- the other thing is, if you notice then slide 11 -- ability to pull things back with -- so that was I hope that we were able to beat out that -- cycle time improvement will carry forward with our wells bore. So we'll get them in and then -- benefit.
David Deckelbaum:
Okay. And then I guess just a follow up on that, I guess as we think about '23. I suppose if you're thinking about like a balanced program between sort of core Western Pennsylvania versus West Virginia, Northeast PA, I guess, shall we see that kind of percentage of completions moving back to what we would have seen on a sort of a geographic blend in '21, '22 x maybe the additions with Tug Hill or I guess, would that activity be kind of shifted away from Northeast PA, back into the western region?
Toby Rice:
Yes, I think our mix that we do is a good baseline -- I would say one of the other things that will help with Tug Hill coming on board is this was increased our flexibility to be able to make up for or operate with --
David Deckelbaum:
Okay. And if I could just sneak one in. Just in any way, the delay that you saw in '22, that delay your program understanding around sort of this enhanced completion design that you all have talked about kind of earlier in the year?
Toby Rice:
Yes, we were hoping to get better insight and clarity on task forward with our science, these delays and some of the tils has happened on some of our science projects. So yes, inside, it's probably been pushed back, I'd say four to six months on the science as well.
Operator:
And our next question is from the line of Scott Hanold of RBC Capital Markets.
Scott Hanold:
Yes, thanks. I'm going to have a couple of questions. And I think you might have answered part of it in that last set of answers, but it sounds like there's some choppiness in his line that was hard to hear, but just to clarify, it sounds like Tug Hill, you don't anticipate any of these midstream issues to impact Tug Hill once you get that is part of EQT and also as part of that can you give us a sense of how much of the relative well outperformance underlying well outperformance, benefited EQT over the last say quarter or so.
Toby Rice:
Sure, I think one thing that's very helpful with the Tug Hill asset is the fact that we will control and operate the midstream that's going to give us much more operational control and the ability to mitigate any issues. As far as production uplift is concerned. I mean, that's been the majority of the productivity gains has been well performance and also increasing, keeping, I'd say pure leading production uptime. Some of the other benefits that have come out of this and these efforts to enhance our ability to produce and meet schedule, there have been some best practices identified that will be incorporated and allow us to accelerate some volumes and shorten the cycle times on our base development plans going forward into the future. So there is a bright side of the dealing with these.
Scott Hanold:
Got it. And then my follow up is on the shareholder return plan, obviously, you guys have had previously talked about doubling that the buyback pace and you've got a pretty good authorization out there $1.6 billion and I think that goes through 2023 along with the debt reduction. Is the goal here to really kind of eat through that authorization given your free cash flow profile, over the next year so should we expect you trying to utilize that as aggressively as possible. And with the buybacks if you can clarify exactly how much was done in the third quarter too.
Toby Rice:
Yes, so I mean, I think given where the stocks trading today and fact that are we can buy back our debt at pretty attractive levels. We're going to be aggressive towards, fulfilling the authorizations that we have in front of us on both aspects of that. Cam, did you have the number specifically in 3Q?
Cameron Horwitz :
I think the number was close to probably $75 million I think or two.
David Khani:
We've got $150 million, since -- September so.
Cameron Horwitz :
So -- but I think he's asking just for 3Q versus 4Q. So I think it's about -- roughly half was done in the third quarter, maybe a little bit more, and then a touch was done in the fourth quarter. And obviously, we'll probably do -- we'll obviously do more in the fourth quarter.
Operator:
Our next question is from the line of John Abbott of Bank of America.
John Abbott:
Hey, good morning, and thank you for taking my questions. Toby, I want to go back to a question that Neal had asked a little bit earlier about XcL Midstream optimization. And what I'm trying to understand is yes, I understand this is going to allow you to optimize your program on the water side. But what is the ability to on that extend on your existing asset base? You do have dedication? So is it really on the Tug Hill assets? Are there other assets that you already have that you couldn't optimize on? How does that kind of work?
Toby Rice:
Yes, on the water side, pretty tremendous opportunity. As you guys know, we've been building out our water network in West Virginia, to connect that water network to the Tug Hill assets, it's a very short jump, to put some water infrastructure in place to connect those two systems. This is going to allow us to manage produce water, pretty much across north, the western half of West Virginia. The benefits on the completion side, and surety on water delivery, the benefits on recycling, the benefits on just the logistics of handling produce water are very clear and a big part of the synergies that we're counting on so outside of the water, having the -- on the gathering side of things, being able to connect the Tug Hill system to some points we have in Ohio, that will streamline some of our gathering systems. And that will lead to some synergies as well. So the good thing with Midstream, I think the synergies that you can identify are typically pretty low risk. And so it's nice to see that we've got a complementary asset base that we can translate into synergies.
John Abbott:
Thank you. That's very, very helpful. And then for the second question, it's going to be on the new ventures. I mean, you discussed hydrogen here, and you are exploring other opportunities. What is the willingness to spend? What is your appetite to spend more on the new venture fund at this point in time?
Toby Rice:
Yes, that's a great question. I think, slide 7, we put a chart out there that I think really frames up how we think about this, when we think about new ventures, this is to help the energy transition that is taking place in the world. And the way that we look at energy transition is really in two parts. Number one, what can the United States do to continue to reduce emissions within its borders? But the most important question is, what can the United States do to reduce emissions outside of our borders, Unleash US LNG fits in the category of what the United States can do to lower emissions outside of our borders, that is the biggest green initiative on the planet. When we do that, we're going to be creating a surplus of natural gas in the United States, while slated for exports, it's going to create a number of opportunities where we can use natural gas to decarbonize the United States, and ultimately move from, gas to lower to zero carbon energy sources, like hydrogen, like carbon capture. And so while those concepts right now, I think, are a little bit unsure on what the profitability of those look like, we will invest modestly in those, I'd say more zero carbon technologies, this is going to allow us to achieve our higher purpose of lowering emissions in the United States. But before we would put any dollars, significant dollars there, we need to understand the profitability of those so really, the dollars that we're doing inside the US borders are really driven by the pilots to get an understanding of what the returns will look like. And then we'll get bring it back to our capital allocation framework. And see if this is the best use of our dollars, but we're definitely going to be leading on framing up what the type of returns perspective looks like, specifically around hydrogen and to have this coalition, this ARCH2 hub, is really going to position EQT to be very efficient with our time and dollars.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Noel Parks with Tuohy Brothers.
Noel Parks:
Hi, good morning. Couple of things. I wondered and probably we've touched on this already with Tug Hill now that you're a couple of months down the road since the announcement, could you just talk about sort of where they stood as far as their joining completion procedures? And also, any insight you have on sort of what they had done themselves on sort of parent child mitigation practices?
Toby Rice:
Yes, I think that the Tug Hill team has done a really good job with that asset base. So I think it's going to be, really confident, we're going to be able to at least replicate the success that they put out there. I also am optimistic and thinking that our drilling and completions teams will be able to showcase operational efficiency gains, like what we've done in the Alta assets. And that's simply a function of having access to the best technology, the best cruise that certainly is going to give us some tailwinds in doing that. What was the second part of that question about?
Noel Parks:
Oh, well, just about parent child.
Toby Rice:
Yes, it's hard, as far as the development approach with the Tug Hill, and this is one of the things we look at when we're looking at acquisitions is are we -- is this asset going to be suitable for, large scale combo development and Tug Hill assets are because the Tug Hill team was intelligent, and adopting, full pad development. So there's not a lot of child wells that we have to move around, they fully developed their pads, which is a great development program that sets us up for combo development.
Noel Parks:
Great. And just turning to the hydrogen project. Just wondering, do you have any thoughts at this point, as far as what maybe the technology evaluation process might be as far as hydrogen generation, I'm mindful, of course, that you have the relationship you struck with Bloom Energy. And so their fuel cell technologies being just one example. So at this stage, do you have any thoughts on what direction might go, whether you're going to be looking at casting a wide net of technologies to look at, or we have a pretty good idea of what sort of as you'd like to head down?
Toby Rice:
Yes, I think the most exciting technologies is technology that produces hydrogen and a solid form of carbon. And so we'll be testing some of that technology. But just standard technology that we know to make hydrogen today compare that with carbon capture, we can generate hydrogen, sub dollar 50 per kilogram. Right now, we look at hydrogen that the issues are really two issues before getting, big adoption of hydrogen. The first one is the cost for hydrogen. While we can make this stuff pretty cheaply, when you throw in the costs for transportation and the actual infrastructure takes to move hydrogen, you're looking at around $20 per million Btu. Why would the world choose that energy when they can buy natural gas for a price that's significant less than that. But what's really amazing is to think about when we Unleash US LNG, we will be creating an opportunity to rebuild, 50 Bcfe a day of new infrastructure in this country and when we build that infrastructure, we can build it hydrogen ready. And that means on lease US LNG, can underwrite a significant portion that is necessary to achieve the hydrogen economy is the future in this country. And if we can do that, then the feasibility of hydrogen becomes that much more attainable. And something that where is a really nice benefit of unleashing US LNG lowering emissions around the world is going to help us lower emissions within our borders. The second aspect of hydrogen that needs work is creating demand for this stuff. And so this is really the chicken and the egg. People haven't used hydrogen because it's not -- people aren't making and people aren't making because people aren't using it. This hub with having these this group of hydrogen producers and hydrogen consumers working together is going to allow us to get past that chicken and the egg issue and I think it's going to be a really great example of the collaboration necessary to make these exciting zero carbon solutions a reality. More to come.
Operator:
Our next question is from the line of Daniel Lungo from Bank of America.
Unidentified Analyst :
Hey, guys, thanks for taking my question. I just want to make sure that I have the debt reduction well understood. So you guys have done $830 million to date. Next year between the term loan, the convertibles and [Inaudible] that gets you up to about $3 billion of debt reduction. Is the plan for the other $1 billion to just come from buybacks in the secondary market or tender offer? Or is there some debt repayment that I'm missing in that calculation?
Toby Rice:
Yes, so no, between the term loans, and the callable notes that's about a little over $2 billion. And we'll just figure out how we get the remaining piece, whether it's open market tender, whatever, we'll get to our targets. As you know, there's not a lot of friction in this environment, as the Fed is raising rates and, principal values keep coming down as a result of it. So we'll be able to achieve our targets, I think fairly efficiently.
Unidentified Analyst :
Yes. And in terms of, if natural gas prices that we have a warm winter, and they're a lot lower than what strip is, would you dial back on the share buybacks to protect the debt repayment? Or would it be a mix of the two and you just wouldn't get to $4 billion reduction by the end of '23? How are you thinking of which is more important for cash flow? Which is the first use for --
Toby Rice:
Yes, I would say, we have cushion here because each range because of principal values have come down in our debt, so I just say, we'll, if for some reason, we have to make that choice, but that's going to be more of a game plan decision. Gotcha.
David Khani:
That's right. We're going to -- we'll take a balanced approach to that and look at the value of our stock and look the debt and where it's trading and make the best decision.
Toby Rice:
Yes, I mean, the other thing to also think about is, we have so much free cash flow, even beyond '23. That we have to think about how we use that as well.
Unidentified Analyst :
Oh, yes, it's not a question of you get in there. It's just if you get there by year end '23. But got you, sounds good. Thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our next question is from the line of Kevin MacCurdy of Pickering Partners.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Hey, good morning, guys. I think all the questions in the delayed turn lines have been answered. So shifting gears a little bit. We noticed in the financials, there was a more positive impact from lower midstream than we anticipated. Can you talk about the financial impact of that heading forward and maybe strategic plans for that asset?
Toby Rice:
Yes, so as you know, we own 35% of that system. And what happens is we get a rebate effectively from the -- that doesn't hit our unit costs, it comes in as other basically. And that's just the function of as prices go up, our unit costs go up in that system, but then we get a rebate in this other area. And so that's how it works. So effectively, the unit costs are really netted down. Right now, we don't have any plans to sell it. I mean every once in a while, we get approached by outside buyers. But right now, as you can imagine we've made two acquisitions subsequent to Chevron, and they both had midstream, and so just know that midstream helps us control operations and lower our costs. And so the desire to sell midstream is probably low on our list.
Kevin MacCurdy:
Great. And so the impact of Laurel Midstream, I think it was around $25 million this quarter. Is that a good run rate heading forward? Or was that driven just by the higher commodity prices that we saw in 3Q?
David Khani:
By the higher commodity prices. So it's -- yes, so our unit costs go up tied to M2, and then we get the 35% rebate effectively through our ownership. So you got to look at MCX, that will be -- determined.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Paul Diamond of Citi.
Paul Diamond:
Good morning, all. And thank you for taking my call. Just a quick one. I wanted to circle back on the budgeting process for 2023. I know you guys noted that you expect to be on kind of the lower end, the broader industry range. But that broader industry range has been a bit of a moving target. Could you give a bit of clarity on kind of where you guys see that going into that budgeting process and into next year?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think the industry range is sub between 10% and 20% inflation, so we should probably be at the lower end. And it is a moving target a little bit because, obviously, we don't have everything 100% locked up. And so we do have spot exposure to some commodities and things. So -- but if you look at steel pricing has come down, you look at some of the commodities have come down, you -- I think inflation in some of the equipment looks like it's slowing down. So I think we feel good about what we have contracted and kind of what the outlook for the open stuff is that should put us in a position. As you know, we invested in our sand infrastructure that reduce the last mile to last-mile delivery. You see we invested in the water system, which you can see how critical that is and when we took that into the Tug system. So we'll continue to reduce the inflationary impacts. And then obviously, we'll see what the new well design looks like for, we'll call it, the second half of '23 into '24?
Paul Diamond:
Understood. And actually, just drilling down a bit deeper on that. Are there any particular area you guys have seen through the budgeting process and the conversations thus far that -- what's the area you're least comfortable with? Any area that's given you a particular concern or anything you've noted?
David Khani:
Yes. It's a big focus for us has been the areas that we've seen the most dramatic increase in cost to date, which has been on the steel side of things. So we'll continue to focus on that.
Operator:
And we have no further questions. It would be my pleasure to hand back to Toby Rice for any closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, everybody, for joining us on this quarterly call. The world is certainly more volatile, but one thing that's consistent is our asset performance continues to show improvements. Our cost structure continues to decline. We have a free cash flow profile that's going to allow us to essentially retire our market cap and achieve our long-term leverage targets in the near term. And we've got a good track record doing some really smart consolidated deals on the consolidation front that's driven accretion and value creation for shareholders. And with our Unleash U.S. LNG campaign and the strengthening desire for cheap, reliable, clean energy that is going to be American-made natural gas, I think is going to present a pretty exciting and compelling opportunity for sustainable growth for our shareholders, and we're really excited about the future. And we'll talk to you guys' next quarter. Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. Thank you all for joining. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Thank you for attending today's EQT Q2 2022 Quarterly Results Conference Call. My name is Tia, and I will be your moderator for today's call. All lines will be muted during the presentation portion of the call with an opportunity for questions-and-answers at the end. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to pass the conference over to your host, Cameron Horwitz, you may proceed.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning, and thank you for joining our second quarter 2022 earnings results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website beginning this evening. In a moment, Toby and Dave will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements, because of the factors described in yesterday's earnings release, in our investor presentation and the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Cam, and good morning, everyone. Since our first quarter call, we have seen significant commodity price and equity market volatility. However, one thing that has not changed is the growing recognition that the world needs more clean, low-cost US natural gas supply in order to achieve its climate goals, drive down inflation and provide energy security, both domestically and to our allies abroad. We're seeing this recognition play out on a global stage with positive signposts and support for natural gas as a key fuel source for decades to come. One such example is the recent vote from the EU Parliament to include natural gas investment as climate-friendly under the European taxonomy starting in 2023. The systems like this highlight the global shift toward embracing pragmatic energy solutions that can address climate change by attacking the largest source of global emissions, which is foreign coal. In short, at a time when the world is being forced to determine what the best option is for affordable, clean and reliable energy, it is overwhelmingly turning to natural gas as the solution. Here at home, recent nationwide polling data shows the US public is speaking loud and clear in support of more domestic natural gas development. Specifically, the polling data shows nearly two-thirds of voters rank strengthening US energy independence and reducing energy costs as their top priority today. Nearly 70% of voters support increasing US natural gas production and a similar amount to support building new natural gas pipelines with majority support running across all party lines, and voters are more likely to support a candidate that supports natural gas development by a 33-point margin. Put simply, the American public is demanding that US natural gas play a leading role in providing affordable and reliable energy to the world, while also addressing climate change by replacing foreign call. And in a world that recognizes and acts on the need to unleash US natural gas, EQT will thrive for several key reasons. First, we are the largest producer of natural gas in the US with a multi-decade high return inventory. As shown on slide 12 of our investor deck, we highlight breakeven pricing of our entire 1,800 core Marcellus inventory with every location generating a 10% or higher return at a natural gas price below $3 per Mcf. We note this core inventory has very rigid inclusion criteria, and a derisked view of our portfolio shows more than two times upside to this location count across our broader acreage position. We believe this combination of depth and quality of our inventory is unrivaled among peers and gives us significant confidence in our ability to generate strong shareholder returns for as far as the eye can see. Second, our investment-grade credit ratings underscore the strength of our balance sheet, which we see as a key tenet for the long-term sustainability of our business and allows us to opportunistically lean into value-creating investments across commodity cycles. Year-to-date, we have repurchased approximately $830 million of debt principal, and we plan to further fortify our balance as we are rating our year-end 2023 debt reduction goal by $1 billion to $2.5 billion to tactically capture the market discount currently available. Third, we have among the best ESG credentials across the entire energy sector, which is backed up by the progress highlighted in our recently released 2021 ESG report. As shown on slide 14 of our deck, we have lowered our Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions by 36% on an absolute basis and reduced our methane intensity by a similar amount in just three years. Our track record gives us tremendous confidence in achieving our net zero goal by or before 2025, and we highlight the credible path we will take to get there on slide 15 of our deck. In summary, we have what the world needs; a leading inventory of low-cost, low emissions natural gas with the balance sheet and scale to support long-term development. These characteristics position EQT at the tip of the spear to meet the growing natural gas needs of both domestic and international end users via LNG. As highlighted in our last call, we continue to have discussions with LNG end users across various geographies. As a reminder, our firm transportation portfolio delivers approximately one Bcf per day of production to the Gulf Coast, and we are looking at various paths to unlock LNG opportunities along the East Coast. Turning to second quarter results. We executed on the midpoint of our production guidance as we were able to ameliorate the logistical issues that slowed down frac times in Q1. As shown on slide 13 of our deck, pumping hours per frac crew during the quarter increased by 25% sequentially and were up 7% year-over-year despite a significantly tighter oilfield service backdrop. We tip our hats to wear operations teams here as they have enabled continued efficient execution of our combo-development strategy even in the face of a challenging operating environment. We continue to make progress on the evolution of our new completion design with several key projects successfully executed in Q2 and several more planned for Q3 and Q4. While we are still in various phases of assessing our science work, recent indications give us incremental confidence in the productivity uplift associated with our new design, and we plan to make a decision in 2023 as to broader implementation across our asset base. As a reminder, full implementation of this new design would be expected to both reduce annual long-term well count and capital needed to produce the same level of volumes. Turning to capital returns. As shown on slide 9 of our investor deck, we are augmenting the framework we originally laid out to the market last December. First, we recently raised our base annualized dividend by 20% from $0.50 to $0.60 per share, which is a sign of the growing confidence we have in the sustainability of our business and longer term natural gas prices. We believe a strong and growing base dividend is one of the best read-throughs to the long-term value proposition of an organization, and this adjustment reflects exactly that. We plan to continue reassessing our base dividend at least annually and see material room for long-term sustainable growth. Second, we are increasing our debt reduction target by $1 billion to $2.5 billion by year-end 2023. While we had planned incremental debt retirement beyond 2023, given our long-term leverage goal of one to 1.5 times, we are taking the opportunity amid robust commodity prices to accelerate delevering and unequivocally fortifying our balance sheet. The recent rise of broader interest rates has created a unique opportunity as our bond prices have declined despite our strengthening underlying credit quality. Taking this action ensures long-term business sustainability, drives asset value to our equity holders and gives us significant flexibility to invest through our cycles. We are keenly focused on deploying capital to the best risk-adjusted return opportunities available to us and a pristine balance sheet is a key enabler for us to compound value for our shareholders over time. On share repurchases, recall, we rolled out our $1 billion authorization last December, noting we would be opportunistic with deployment. After aggressively repurchasing $230 million of stock in Q1 at an average cost of $23 per share, our stock more than doubled in value at certain points during the quarter. At the same time, we saw some early warning signs of recessionary risk, and as such, we temporarily tapped the brakes on our buyback, highlighting that we will remain disciplined on all forms of capital deployment and firmly focused on earning the best risk-adjusted return for our shareholders. As the stock pulled back toward the end of Q2, we started opportunistically retiring our convertible notes, which are trading virtually in parity with our common shares. With the $213 million we spent repurchasing convertible notes during and subsequent to the end of Q2, we lowered our fully diluted share count by almost six million shares at an effective equity price of approximately $37 per share, while simultaneously eliminating a debt obligation and simplifying our balance sheet. In total, our updated framework allocates roughly $4 billion towards shareholder returns by year-end 2023 and leaves approximately $3.5 billion of retained free cash flow flexibility on recent strip. With the continued resiliency of longer dated natural gas prices, we now see approximately $22 billion of cumulative after tax free cash flow from 2022 through 2027 at current strip. This is up from the prior $17 billion we highlighted last quarter and equates to approximately 140% of our current equity market cap, underscoring the tremendous value opportunity embedded in EQT shares. I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby, and good morning, everyone. I'll briefly summarize our second quarter results before discussing our balance sheet, hedging, basis and guidance updates. Sales volumes for the second quarter were 502 Bcfe, in line with the midpoint of our guidance. As Toby mentioned, we implemented new technologies during the quarter to address the tight trucking market we experienced in the first quarter. This is paying off as we saw a material improvement in completion efficiency on a sequential basis. Our adjusted operating revenues for the quarter were $1.6 billion or $3.21 per Mcfe, and our total per unit operating costs were $1.37. As a result, our operating margin was $1.84 per Mcfe, about $0.80 or 75% higher than last year on higher volumes and price realizations. Capital expenditures were $376 million, in line with the high end of our guidance range. Adjusted operating cash flow was $915 million and free cash flow was $543 million, bringing our total year-to-date free cash flow to more than $1.1 billion. Our capital efficiency for the quarter came in at $0.75 per Mcfe, which was up sequentially due to greater spending on science associated with our new completion design and continued inflationary pressure. Turning to the balance sheet. Recall, we achieved investment-grade credit ratings from Fitch and S&P earlier this year, underscoring the material progress we made in creating a more sustainable company for our stakeholders. As Toby mentioned, we are taking even more action to bull-proof our balance sheet through all parts of the commodity cycle by raising our year-end 2023 debt reduction target by $1 billion to $2.5 billion. This will reduce our gross debt to approximately $3 billion and accelerate achieving our long-term leverage target of one to 1.5x using a $2.75 gas price. We are not wasting any time executing our goals as we deployed approximately $390 million over the past several weeks, including repurchasing approximately $175 million of senior notes and $213 million of convertible note principal and premiums. We note that the retirement of convertible notes executed to date has lowered our fully diluted share count by approximately six million shares while also simplifying our balance sheet. At the end of the second quarter, our trailing 12-month net leverage stood at 1.6 times, down 0.3 turns from the prior quarter. Note, our net debt at quarter end reflects the impact of approximately $690 million of working capital usage during the quarter, the bulk of which should reverse in the second half of the year. At recent strip pricing, we forecast our year-end 2022 and 2023 net leverage to be approximately one time and 0.1 negative times, respectively, which contemplates executing the remainder of our buyback authorization and accounts for a 20% dividend increase. We ended the quarter with approximately $2.2 billion of liquidity, and we recently renewed our $2.5 billion unsecured revolving credit facility with a five-year maturity. Two key points to note here. First, we added two new banks to our bank syndicate. Second, we were easily able to maintain our credit size while most revolvers have shrunk by approximately 15%, both of which showcase the underlying credit of our business and the strength in our bank relationships. As noted in the SEC filing earlier this month, we exercised our option to receive a cash payment of $196 million from Equitrans Midstream in lieu of a portion of near-term fee relief. We expect to receive proceeds by late 3Q or early 4Q. As shown in slide 18 of our investor deck, this cash election does not impact the $0.15 per Mcfe long-term gathering rate reduction from today's levels. Also, we still model an MVP start-up in fourth quarter 2023. Moving over to hedging. During the quarter, we opportunistically restructured our hedge book for 2023. Specifically, we converted the bulk of our remaining 2Q through 4Q 2024 swap positions into costless collars. For the summer, we placed approximately $4 floors and $6.25 ceilings; and in the winter, $7.30 floors with $11 ceilings. The positive market skew at the time enabled us to set $3 of upside with only $1 downside, tying to our plan to provide stakeholders with strong risk-adjusted upside. Separately, as we've seen signposts of global economic slowdown, we thought it would be prudent to add floors to our 2023 hedge book, buying approximately $4.55 puts with premiums that we were able to defer into 2023. With these actions, we are now approximately 50% hedged on our 2023 volumes, predominantly with wide collars and puts. As an illustration of the resiliency of our forward outlook, if NYMEX retraced to approximately $3 per MMBtu in 2023, we would still expect to generate approximately $1.6 billion of free cash flow next year or a 10% free cash flow yield. Conversely, if natural gas averaged $7 per MMBtu level, we would expect to generate almost $6 billion of free cash flow in 2023 or nearly a 40% free cash flow yield. Now turning to LNG. As Toby mentioned, we are making progress on our strategy and see an increasingly bullish setup for global natural gas fundamentals on a multi-decade basis. We expect global natural gas demand outside of North America to grow from approximately 285 Bcf per day today to 375 Bcf per day by 2050. This means supply growth equivalent to doubling the entire US natural gas production base is necessary to balance the global market in less than 30 years. There is a growing recognition both domestically and abroad that we are unlikely to meet this demand without significant incremental production from Appalachia, which is home to the longest runway of low breakeven, low carbon intensive natural gas inventory in the world. As noted in our unleash US LNG deck, resource quality and longevity dictate that 70% of incremental US LNG export growth will ultimately need to come from Appalachia. Equity is currently in various stages of discussion for supply agreements covering approximately one Bcf per day of FT capacity to the Gulf Coast. We are looking at ways to catalyze East Coast LNG, which could have meaningful ramifications to our Appalachian production long-term. Turning over to guidance. As we noted last quarter, we saw pricing pressures broaden across all service lines. We experienced some further inflationary impact since our first quarter call, and as such, we are raising our 2022 CapEx guidance range to $1.4 billion to $1.5 billion, the midpoint of which is in line with the high end of our prior guidance. As highlighted in slide 13 of our slide deck, our contracting strategy provides significant risk mitigation on a go-forward basis. The most notable is our long-term sand supply agreement and frac crew contracts we extended to 2024 and 2025. We are reiterating our 2022 EBITDA and free cash flow guidance ranges, but see bias towards the upper end. Note that our guidance reflects strip pricing as of July 2022. Given a structurally superior hedge position next year, our 2023 free cash flow should expand by approximately 100% year-over-year, providing differentiated free cash flow per share growth even with flat production volumes. Again, using strip pricing, we see approximately $22 billion of cumulative free cash flow through 2027, which is net of all expected cash taxes and hedge premiums. I'll now turn it back over to Toby for some concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. To conclude today's prepared remarks, I want to reiterate a few key points. One, Americans are voicing clear support for more domestic natural gas, which is critical to reducing extreme energy costs, increasing America's energy independence and tackling global climate change by replacing international coal. Two, our depth and quality of inventory, investment grade balance sheet in our peer-leading ESG credentials differentiate EQT as a leading producer on a global scale, and we stand ready to meet the long-term call on natural gas demand. Three, we are outperforming our emissions reduction targets and have a clear and credible path to net-zero by 2025, which can be achieved with current technologies and at a very affordable price tag. And finally, our updated capital returns framework shows a resounding commitment to our shareholders. With $4 billion earmarked for year-end 2023 for debt reduction, share buyback and our increased base dividend, with plenty of room for upside given we expect to generate $22 billion of cumulative free cash flow through 2027. I'd now like to open the call to questions.
Operator:
We will now begin the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] The first question is from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. You may proceed.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah, good morning. Toby, you've announced some incremental action on shareholder return, the $1 billion in incremental debt reduction, plus the dividend increase. My question is regarding when do you think the company would provide more clarity around the retained flexibility category? On your updated guide, $6.4 billion of free cash flow if the strip holds over the next quarters. If you back out debt reduction and the dividend, you have just under $4.4 billion of unaccounted for free cash flow. So just some thoughts on that and perhaps the pace of buyback activity given -- under your current authorization?
Toby Rice:
Sure, Arun good morning. So as it relates to our capital allocation framework, I think what we've done is set out authorizations that we know we can execute, but as you mentioned, we do have flexibility to go above there. I think the flexibility is important because we want to make sure that we are matching the allocation decisions with the environment that we're in. I think there's a lot of clarity on the debt retirement goals that we've stated. But to put a little bit more color on our buyback approach, our buyback approach is opportunistic, and we believe that's appropriate given the current volatility that we see in this world. But understand that that's tough to model, the buyback pace that we have. So I'd ask you to look at what we've done in the past. In Q1, we've taken advantage of our buyback authorization and bought back over $240 million worth of stock, retiring about 9.9 million shares. In Q2, we repurchased about $213 million of convertible notes, and that has the impact of retiring around 5.7 million shares. So over the past two quarters, we've retired over $400 million of shares, retiring about 15 million shares at an average price of around $31 per share. I think the approach is providing some pretty good results. But look at what we can do in the future, and we have the opportunity to continue that pace. We're, obviously, stepping into a more robust free cash flow generation phase of this business, and I think the opportunity for us to do more is appropriate.
Arun Jayaram:
Fair enough. Perhaps for David. David, EQT repositioned your hedge portfolio. Getting some question on the impact to your free cash flow outlook. I know the repositioning started in the fourth quarter of this year. Can you give us a sense, if we kind of put in strip in the model, what kind of impact that had to cash flows from those moves? And was there any cost associated with this repositioning activity?
David Khani:
Yeah. So I'll answer that question. Yeah, no cost. Everything was done at market, and so no cost to us. So if you step back and just give you high levels, right now, with our hedges in place, we basically have a $2.92 floor and we have approximately $4.95 ceiling. And so that's the bounds of -- and we're about 45% -- I'm sorry, about 50% floors, and we're about 45% ceiling. So that provides the risk adjusted benefit. If the floors were reached, we'd be about $1.5 billion. If the ceiling would be reached or breached, it would be about almost $4 billion. So that just gives you a sense of range of outcome there. With the repositioning, okay, we basically converted our swaps, which we'll call it about 10% of our hedge position was converted into costless collars. And as I said earlier on the prepared comments, the SKU was about $3 up and $1 down. And if you look at the value today, that position that we did is about $110 million into the money. And if we hit the ceilings of that -- of what we just did, we would create about $450 million of upside on free cash flow. So that gives you a sense of magnitude of what we did and it allows investors to understand how we have -- we think about the risk-adjusted upside.
Arun Jayaram:
Thanks for that color. Appreciate it.
David Khani:
Welcome.
Operator:
Thank you. The next question is from the line of Umang Choudhary with Goldman Sachs. You may proceed.
Umang Choudhary:
Hi, good morning, and thank you for taking my question. My first question was on the well performance. Any -- from the next-generation completions, any early read through there? And then if it is successful, how would that change slide number 12? How much of that inventory would you be able to add with the sub-250 breakeven?
Toby Rice:
Umang, good morning. So it's early on our science. We are encouraged, but I will say that the wells are still in flat time in our choke management program. So we'll get a better read once these wells enter closer towards the decline periods of their lives. And so that's why we're refraining from being -- but we are leaning positive right now. For slide 12, the couple of impacts on the enhanced well design. One, it's obviously going to improve the economics of the inventory that we put there. So, you'll see those sticks shift down the cost curve, which would be good. That will also pull some more what we consider non-core and give that a shot of lowering their breakevens. But two, this will also have the impact of extending our inventory life because if this hit, this will allow us to reduce the number of wells that we need to drill each year to maintain volumes. So that will extend our inventory life past the 18 years of core inventory. So those are really the two dynamics that are at play right now.
Umang Choudhary:
That's helpful. And maybe next question is on the LNG strategy. You mentioned that you are in discussion with a lot of LNG customers. How are the discussions progressing? And what are the key points which the customers are looking for more clarity on?
David Khani:
Yes. So, I would just say, right now, we probably have an opportunity to lock in contracts for -- with probably about three or four different facilities. And so the question for us is duration and which we want to do. If we want international markets, do we -- what toll rates are we willing to accept. And then we're trying to work on with the end markets specifically, a collar structure where we give ourselves some protection on the downside but allow us to get that risk-adjusted upside. So, those are the things that we're looking at right now. And I'd just say there's a great demand from a producer standpoint. These facilities need gas supply. And so it gives us the option right now to figure out who we want to use and who we want to go through.
Umang Choudhary:
All right. That’s helpful. Thank you.
David Khani:
You're welcome.
Operator:
Thank you. The next question is from the line of Neal Dingmann with Truist. You may proceed.
Neal Dingmann:
Morning. Toby, could you talk a little bit about just the availability of capacity going forward? And if there's -- it seems like you'll have some availability going forward. Your thoughts on if there is -- your thoughts on wanting to grow?
Toby Rice:
Production capacity, yes, Neil. Pipeline capacity in Appalachia, we've finally reached the limit of the midstream takeaway capacity in Appalachia. And as long as that's the case, we are going to remain disciplined in maintenance production mode. We put a slide in our deck that sort of shows the dynamics of what's taking place on slide 29. One of the questions we get a lot is people have said, we say, well, why aren't we able to add more supply. We've got the biggest natural gas field in the world, and we cannot use that to help lower energy prices for Americans. Why is that? And we say, well, because we don't have pipelines. They've been blocked, canceled and opposed over the last 10 years. And people say, well, we've been blocking pipelines for the last 10 years and we've been able to experience low energy prices. Well, the reality is we've always had excess pipeline takeaway capacity out of this basin during those times when those pipelines were canceled. Those would have added to that capacity. We've hit the wall now. And that's why EQT is going to continue to remain disciplined. And it's an opportunity for this country to recognize this and say that -- and get more pipeline LNG infrastructure built in this country so we can address the growing demand for natural gas.
Neal Dingmann:
Yeah. It's great to hear. And then, not in the tight capacity, but the other. Then my thought is, again, given where gas prices are, obviously, returns are fantastic. Are you -- do you weigh like when you and Dave were looking at it, weigh -- is there -- I guess, sort of a two-part question, are there opportunities to roll in, I don't know, either bolt-ons or some bigger deals? And if so, is it just simply comparing that to -- you have ample acreage, no question, being the largest gas player. Is it just simply a comparison of what the deal price looks like maybe on PDPs or however you want to value them versus what's your organic growth to be?
Toby Rice:
Yeah, Neal. So I think, anything -- any asset you look at, I think you want to make sure you're getting quality. So we definitely compare asset quality versus ours. I think you look at Alta the cost structure that that asset base did, it lowered our cost structure of this company, lowered our breakevens by over $0.05. So that's one consideration. But I mean, at the end of the day, everything we do on M&A is going to be. It's got to be more accretive than buying back our stock, and that's the ultimate decision.
Neal Dingmann:
Yes. You all have been very disciplined and it's great to see that. Great quarter. Thanks, Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Neal.
David Khani:
Thanks, Neal.
Operator:
Thank you. The next question is from the line of Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets. You may proceed.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks a lot. Good morning. I have a question just to delve into a little bit more into the LNG discussions as well as that potential free cash flow use that's not allocated at this point. But when you step back and look at it, obviously, there's been some larger peers that have gone out and made a announcement of a potential agreement to invest in a Gulf Coast LNG facility. Where do you stand on using some of that free cash flow, potentially, to invest in the facility? And are you really looking at -- if so, is that more of an East Coast initiative that you think would make more sense for you all?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. So I sort of segregate the LNG into two categories, the Gulf Coast and the East Coast. From a Gulf Coast perspective, it's really more about looking at the best ways we can commit our supply to projects. I don't think that the capital is needed down there to get projects off the ground. On East Coast, for us, I think there's an opportunity for us to help identify projects and work with developers to get these projects off the ground. So, I mean, we're doing some feasibility work and some high-level assessments of what some of those projects would look like, but not a significant amount of dollars being thought up to apply to East Coast LNG. Obviously, for us, why spend dollars. Even on the feasibility side, I think East Coast LNG just could be so incredibly impactful to EQT and Appalachia, creating a demand source next to where we operate should help strengthen basis that would have an impact, not just on the volumes that we're able to supply to those facilities, but would also impact the amount of gas that we sell in basin. So there's just a lot of reasons why there's reasons for us to really want to push to get East Coast LNG and make that great idea a reality.
Scott Hanold:
That's great, good to hear. And then, my follow-up question is, you all talked about going after the converts versus directly targeting, I guess, the outstanding equity on your buyback program. Could you give us a little high-level view on – is that – I think there are a lot of benefits to that, but can you just walk us through of like – is there – at what point does it make sense to target the equity versus the converts, or do you feel all – is there somewhat of an indifference to doing that?
David Khani:
Yeah. So it really depends upon where the stock is and where the convert is. So right now, the convert is way in the money, and so it trades very much like the equity. There is a little bit of premium for – we'll call it, for future dividends and things like that that you have to account for. But effectively, it now, it's very much akin to equity. But there is a percentage that you would strive to the debt side as principle. So I think just know we have basically two tools in place, right? So we have the – we'll call it the direct way where we have our $1 billion buyback, and then we have the indirect way, which gets captured really in the $2.5 billion of debt principal that we have authorized to retire. So we have really two ways that gives us the flexibility to attack the equity. And where there's disconnects or things, we can try to play that arbitrage.
Scott Holland:
Understood. Thanks.
Toby Rice:
You’re welcome.
Operator:
Thank you. The next question is from the man John Abbott with Bank of America. You may proceed.
John Abbott:
Good morning, and thank you for taking my questions. Toby, the first question is for you. It's on inventory in West Virginia. During the first quarter call, you had mentioned the potential benefits of West Virginia signing in the pooling and utilization law. When you look at those 1,800 locations, the distribution, does that take into account those potential benefits? And have you had the time to assess what the benefits are to your inventory?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. Great question. So there was some legislation that was passed recently in West Virginia that basically allows modern unitization to take place. This is a tool that is available to operators now that really helps address, if there's unknown heirs, which is something that happens in West Virginia a lot. But if – the majority of landowners have signed up an ability to unitize as far as the way we view this is really – this is more of a backup plan in case we run to some of those roadblocks. We have not had to use this legislation and – but it's nice to know it has there – it's there. So ultimately, the way this reflects in our inventory is just a higher level of confidence that the sticks that we put on the map we're going to be able to develop, because we've got modern legislation in place that will facilitate that. For us, another read-through, we're out advocating for more pipeline infrastructure and the permitting policy reform. I think you look at what we've done in West Virginia, help leading to get that legislation put in place. I'm optimistic, I'm hopeful that we can continue to influence on a national level and help bring common sense, pragmatic permit reform so that we can get these pipelines and LNG facilities built, so we can address the energy crisis that's currently going on in the world.
John Abbott:
Appreciate it. And the next question is for you there, David. It's going to be on your cumulative free cash flow outlook and on cash tax. For that six-year outlook, just curious, does that assume – does it have an inflation assumption baked in for 2023 already? And then second, on the cash tax, I recognize you would provide more color at some point later during the year. But as you sort of look out to 2027 or this is more of a calibration cash tax question, are you more of a 15% cash taxpayer or more of a 20% cash tax payer long term?
David Khani:
Yes. So as far as inflation in our 2023 numbers, yes, they're in there. And as far as cash taxes, whether 15% or 20%, I think longer term, it's towards the 20%. But obviously, as we as we consume our NOLs and -- it will trend up over time. I would just say one other factor just that you should be aware of, Pennsylvania just announced a corporate reduction in cash taxes by about 3%. And so that should help on the margin with some cash taxes in the future.
John Abbott:
Thank you very much. Thank you very much for the color and for taking our questions.
David Khani:
Welcome.
Toby Rice:
Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. The next question is from the line of Vin Lovaglio with Mizuho. You may proceed.
Vin Lovaglio:
Yes, thanks for getting me on guys. So I really appreciate the vision on LNG projects tend to be longer lead and Appalachia, as you said, is off-take in stream. I'm wondering if you see yourselves as having a role to play in stimulating regional demand growth, and if there's anything that you could say around opportunities on that end, especially on the industrial side. Thanks.
Toby Rice:
Yes. There's an opportunity to increase gas demand locally. I don't think anything has the type of scale that we're talking about with LNG, but there's new technology. I mean natural gas, I think, can be transformed in a low-carbon energy solution like blue hydrogen. So a lot of the new ventures work that we're doing is focused on what is the sustainability of hydrogen and what can we do to help mature that, the confidence in the sustainability of hydrogen. There's also technology that's out there right now that instead of decarbonizing the product before it gets consumed, which is what happened with blue hydrogen, there's also technologies out there that will set the table for carbon capture while the energy is converted into electricity. So there's a lot of new technologies out there, a lot of low-carbon solutions that we're looking at. And right now, though, the key thing for us to do is energy providers is understand the true sustainability of these options. What is the actual cost? What's the profitability? What is the actual emissions, full cycle emissions associated with it? And then what -- how big could this be from a scale perspective? So those are sort of the things that we're thinking about as we're understanding these solutions.
David Khani:
Yes. And I'd just add, as we've gone back to investment grade, we're now being approached for, I'll call, longer-term firm sales contracts to some of the industrial space. So I'd just say stay tuned on that progress.
Vin Lovaglio:
Got it. Great. And I guess flipping over to the cost side. One thing that's really stuck out for us has been tubular pricing. Seems like a supply chain bottleneck, low inventories type of issue. Wondering how that -- if it has affected your planning, if at all, for 2023, compared to a more 'normal year'. Thanks.
Toby Rice:
Yeah. So when we set our budget for 2022, we did account for inflation, but you see we did take that up a little bit here this quarter. What's changed between the planning exercise at the end of the year and where we're at today, I think the assumption was that steel was going to be able to rebound in pricing and we get some steel relief in the back half of this year. Unfortunately, the war in Ukraine has just put more strain on supply chains when it comes to steel. And so we're seeing those -- we're not seeing the lower prices that we anticipated towards end of the year. And that's what's baked into our plan today and also into 2023 as well.
David Khani:
Yeah. And I'd just add. So there's, obviously, the intricacies of tubulars, but then if you look at the steel sector in general, steel prices have come down pretty materially, metallurgical coal, which is the feedstock into steel, has dropped from $600 a ton down into the $200 and change and then iron ore has come down pretty hard. So you have the makings of steel and tubulars to come down in price. It's just going to have to work its way through the processing side.
Vin Lovaglio:
Makes sense. Thanks guys.
Operator:
Thank you. The next question is from the line of Noel Parks with Tuohy Brothers. You may proceed.
Noel Parks:
Hi, good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
Noel Parks:
Just wanted to pick up on the comment you just about blue hydrogen and your research there. I'm just curious if you have any general thoughts on time frame of when you think some technologies might mature and also might be able to achieve scale. And just to give a sense of whether you're looking at, sort of, like a wide set of players or technologies or more of a short list?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. My view of hydrogen right now, blue hydrogen specifically, we think we can make blue hydrogen for cost of $20 per million BTU. That would include the carbon capture of that as well. And I remember a year ago looking at that and saying, wow, if it's too expensive, why would anybody pay $20 for hydrogen when you can buy natural gas for lower in that? Well, $20 per million BTU doesn't seem that high compared to what Europe is paying today. But when you look at the majority of the cost of blue hydro, how do we get that to a sustainable pricing level? The majority of the cost to make blue hydrogen isn't in the actual transformation of natural gas to the hydrogen and capturing carbon. The majority of the costs come in the infrastructure it takes to move the hydrogen. Now what's really interesting and what we're highlighting here is how can we bring the infrastructure cost down. Our unleash US LNG campaign initiative, one of the by-products of that is we have the ability to execute this plan and increase production in the United States by an incremental 50 Bcf a day slated for exports to replace foreign coal. We would have the opportunity to rebuild approximately 50 Bcf a day of pipeline infrastructure. And when we do that, we're looking at ways to make sure that when we build that pipeline, we build it so that they are hydrogen ready. And if we can do that, then we've just set the table for the hydrogen economy here in the United States. And it will basically secure natural gas' future, but the role of natural gas may transform from being an end-use product to being a feedstock for blue hydrogen. So we're looking at that. The other technology I'd say that's out there in hydrogen is -- the technology to keep an eye on is that natural gas goes in, hydrogen comes out and solid carbon comes out as opposed to gaseous CO2. That's obviously going to really lower the logistics for actually what we do to actually capture that hydrogen. So, that's some new technology that's out. That is probably three to five years out, but well within a time frame as we're figuring out these different options.
Noel Parks:
Great. That was really, really nice view of the -- or explanation of the waterfront out there. And I guess in general, when you're talking about how it does seem all roads or many roads lead to greater reliance on Appalachian gas. And that to get there, of course, the pipeline situation has to be addressed. What do you sort of see as maybe the catalyst or what party -- or piece of the puzzle do you think might be the first to budge, whether you think it's on the financing side on sort of like the state initiative side? Any ideas of kind of what might start to unlock greater access to new pipeline projects?
Toby Rice:
Yes, I think it starts by a shift in sentiment and a shift in understanding how important natural gas plays in this world. We are seeing the reality of a world that is undersupplied with hydrocarbons. And the result is this energy crisis we're facing today, unnecessarily high energy prices, ramped inflation, war in Ukraine and, by the way, emissions around the world are still rising because without natural gas, people are using more coal than they've ever used before. That, I think, is being recognized. And I think you're starting to see a shift in that sentiment shift translated to policies. The EU declaring natural gas as green. We're seeing that with the customers around the world. You're seeing that here domestically, the Anti-Inflation Act that Mancin has put together to talk about -- to include in that pipeline reform -- permitting reform that's necessary so that we could get the pipeline infrastructure and LNG infrastructure built on an accelerated time line in a more pragmatic way. That is another precursor that you're starting to see here. So, -- and then on top of all that, you just look at the polling of Americans, Americans get it. Over 70% saying we need more natural gas. So, the Americans support this The world is showing there's clearly a need for it. And now you're seeing governments adjust their policies to make this -- to make it easier for us to bring this energy into the world. But we're seeing the signs right now.
Noel Parks:
And then to sort of follow through, then the financing then follows or will follow, you anticipate sort of a financial consequence.
David Khani:
Yes. Yes. So, this is Dave. Yes, absolutely. Yes, the banks will be there. I think everything has got to be done obviously with a really with a low to no emissions kind of profile. And so people are not -- financing is not going to open up the kitty here unless missions and things are being done on a very, we'll call it responsible manner. So, -- and if it's done, I think that's -- then you'll see the financing absolutely be there.
Noel Parks:
Terrific. Thanks a lot.
Toby Rice:
Thanks. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. There are no additional questions at this time. I will pass it back to Toby for any closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
All right, everybody. Thanks for your time this morning, and we look forward to continue to working hard to create value for our stakeholders. Thank you.
Operator:
That concludes today's conference call. Thank you. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Good morning. Thank you for attending today's EQT Quarter One 2022 Quarterly Results Conference Call. My name is Amber, and I will be your moderator for today's call. All lines will be muted until the question-and-answer portion of today’s presentation. [Operator Instructions] I now have the pleasure of handing our conference over to our host, Cameron Horwitz with EQT. Cameron, please proceed.
Cameron Horwitz:
Good morning, and thank you for joining our first quarter 2022 earnings results conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website for a 7-day period beginning this evening. In a moment, Toby and Dave will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in yesterday's earnings release and our investor presentation and the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Cam, and good morning, everyone. Since our fourth quarter conference call, the dialogue around energy has been fundamentally altered. The invasion of Ukraine has accelerated an already emerging global energy crisis while also reasserting security as a foundational pillar of energy and climate policy. Even before the invasion, we were seeing the impacts of global undersupply of traditional energy sources. This manifested in high energy prices, economic rationing and rampant inflation. Now we have crossed an even dire threshold with military conflict occurring in Europe and signs of energy insecurity emerging in the United States as well. At the same time, the world is falling behind on its emissions reduction goals. With this as a backdrop, a fundamental shift is clearly needed, one offering bold yet practical solutions that can provide energy security to the world while getting us back on track to meeting global emissions targets. Last month, we unveiled our Unleash U.S. LNG plan to do just that. Our plan contemplates quadrupling U.S. LNG capacity by 2030 which we estimate would reduce international CO2 emissions by an incremental 1.1 billion tons per year. To put that in context, this is the emissions reduction equivalent to electrifying every U.S. passenger vehicle, putting solar panels on every home in America and doubling the installed capacity of U.S. wind power generation, all combined. Unleashing U.S. LNG is by far the largest green initiative on the planet, is ready to deploy today and would meaningfully bolster energy security for our allies. And without incremental U.S. natural gas, the world is reverting to coal. In just the last 12 months, emissions associated with international coal consumption increased at a level that effectively wipes out all of the progress made by the United States in deploying wind and solar over the last 15 years. We will not be successful in addressing climate change without providing a scalable solution to international coal. That scalable solution is natural gas, and we are the ones that have it. And to achieve the largest green initiative in the world, one that will help blunt the humanitarian and inflationary impacts of our global energy insecurity, all we need to do is build pipelines and more LNG infrastructure. No technology breakthroughs, no subsidies, nothing but building what we've built for decades. The reaction to our plan has been extremely positive as it is targeted, impactful and feasible. We are seeing encouraging political signals, with the Biden administration approving incremental LNG exports to Europe, supportive actions from the FERC and recognition from the likes of John Kerry on the decarbonization benefits of natural gas. The influx of support from the broader public has also been tremendous and will ultimately empower our industry to meet the energy demands of Americans while providing energy security to the world. At EQT, we are uniquely positioned to be the linchpin in putting this game plan into action. As the largest natural gas producer in the U.S., our scale provides a material supply base with multiple decades of core, high-return inventory. The depth and quality of our resource gives us tremendous confidence in being able to meet growing long-term natural gas demand. Our recent investment grade credit rating upgrade highlights the differentiated strength of our balance sheet. And as the largest producer of responsibly sourced gas with line of sight to being net 0 by or before 2025, we believe EQT's natural gas production is among the most coveted energy molecules in the world. We are currently in discussions with LNG end users across various geographies and are contemplating equity investment opportunities in LNG export facilities. Our firm transportation portfolio delivers over 1 Bcf a day of production to the Gulf Coast which will underpin the initial leg of our LNG strategy. We are pursuing a portfolio approach from the perspective of liquefication at end-to-end markets. Our goal is to have our first LNG contract signed by the end of the year, and believe we could see meaningful accretion associated with our LNG strategy by the middle part of the decade. Turning to first quarter results. We executed upon our guidance and got off to a fast start in returning capital to shareholders since announcing our capital allocation framework in December. On the operations front, we began to realize the returns from our investment in our mixed-use water system and execution of large-scale combo development in West Virginia. Our first 2 pads utilizing our modern development runs came in with D&C cost nearly 20% below legacy West Virginia development. Furthermore, after nearly a decade of advocacy, West Virginia Governor Justice recently signed into law modern pooling and unitization legislation, marking a huge win for both industry and landowners in the state. The unique property laws in West Virginia have made it a challenging place to operate, oftentimes resulting in delays and planning risks. This new legislation will streamline our operations and allow for more efficient, long lateral development of our nearly 300,000 core net acres. And when combined with the synergies we are realizing on the water and operational front, should drive additional value creation for our shareholders over the coming years. Since announcing our shareholder return framework in December, we have repurchased $230 million of our common stock at an average price of approximately $23 per share, reducing our share count by approximately 2.5%. And we made our first $47 million quarterly fixed dividend payment. We also repaid $570 million of 2022 senior notes during the quarter, marking substantial progress towards our goal of reducing debt by $1.5 billion by year-end '23. In total, we returned $816 million during the quarter via share repurchases, dividends and debt retirement. With the robust backdrop for natural gas prices, we are increasing our 2022 free cash flow outlook by 50% to roughly $2.35 billion at the midpoint. We believe the recent rise in natural gas forward curve is structural in nature and have positioned EQT stakeholders to meaningfully benefit. In the past quarter, we have not added any hedges, but early in this pricing run-up, we restructured our existing Q1 2023 swaps into collars with a ceiling of $10 per million Btu, providing shareholders direct exposure to the recent rally in both near- and long-dated natural gas prices. Looking to 2023, despite the recent appreciation in our share price, our 2023 free cash flow yield is approximately 25% at strip pricing as natural gas prices have rallied alongside our stock. We now expect to generate roughly $17 billion of cumulative free cash flow from 2022 through 2027, representing approximately 115% of our current equity market capitalization. Beyond 2027, our 15-plus years of core long lateral inventory has also substantially increased in value due to the rally in prices and the realization by investors and policymakers of the key role that natural gas will play in providing cheap, reliable and low carbon energy to the world for decades to come. We believe that while many operators' core inventory is being depleted, EQT will remain uniquely positioned amongst peers to continue delivering predictable, robust returns from our deep core inventory. This outlook underscores the compelling value opportunity at EQT and affords us tremendous flexibility to build upon our capital return framework moving forward. I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby, and good morning, everyone. I'll briefly summarize our first quarter results before moving to the balance sheet, hedging, RSG and with some guidance updates. Sales volumes in the first quarter were 492 Bcfe, roughly in line with the midpoint of guidance. We experienced some weather-related and trucking service impacts that put modest downward pressure in the first quarter production. To address tightness in the trucking market, we began to implement new technologies with positive results and believe we can substantially mitigate any sustained impact moving forward. Our adjusted operating revenues for the quarter were $1.57 billion or $3.19 per Mcfe and our total per unit operating costs were $1.33 per Mcfe. As a result, our operating margins were $1.86 per Mcfe, about $0.60 higher than last year and on higher volumes. Capital expenditures were $310 million, which was 5% below the midpoint of guidance and benefit from drilling costs coming in below budget. Adjusted operating cash flow was $889 million, and free cash flow was $580 million, inclusive of about $15 million of nonrecurring expenses for changes in litigation reserves and settlements. Our capital efficiency for the quarter came in at $0.63 per Mcfe or 3% better than what was implied by the midpoint of our capital and production guidance ranges. During the first quarter, we achieved investment-grade credit ratings from Fitch and S&P, marking yet another fast milestone in our efforts to become a more sustainable company for our stakeholders. Investment-grade ratings provide us an expected approximately $20 million per year in interest savings, improved liquidity, strong ability to maintain our $2.5 billion under secured revolver and potentially for higher revenue tied to our LNG strategy. During the quarter, we retired all our 2022 notes, which leaves us about $900 million left of our 2023 goal of reducing absolute debt by $1.5 billion. Also worth noting, with rising interest rates, we may be able to retire an even greater amount of principal with these dedicated dollars. Our trailing 12 month first quarter '21 net leverage stood at 1.9x. At recent strip pricing, we forecast our year-end 2022 and 2023 net leverage to be approximately 0.8x and 0.1x, respectively. Our forecast assumes we use the full $1.4 billion of dividends and share buybacks. We continue to target a long-term net leverage goal of 1x to 1.5x assuming a conservative $2.75 per Mcf natural gas price which should bulletproof our balance sheet through all parts of the commodity cycle. We ended the quarter with $2.1 billion of liquidity and expect the benefit of investment-grade credit ratings to add an additional $200-plus million to our liquidity position over the near term as letters of credits are eliminated. We also recently completed the sale of the remaining balance of the shares of Equitrans Midstream common stock for proceeds of $189 million. As highlighted last quarter, we transitioned from a defensive hedging strategy to a more balanced approach that utilizes wide collars and puts, providing prudent downside protection while allowing us to benefit from rising natural gas prices. Our percentage of production hedged for 2022 and 2023 remains unchanged from our prior outlook, with 65% and 45% of volumes hedged, respectively. However, we opportunistically restructured approximately 450 million a day of first quarter 2023 swaps, replacing them with costless collars with a floor price of approximately $5 and a ceiling of approximately $10. We are even better positioned to capture more upside from the bullish fundamental setup for the upcoming winter as storage refill will likely continue to underperform. Recall, last September, we spent approximately $75 million to restructure approximately 15% of our fourth quarter '21 and 2022 hedge book to gain greater upside exposure to natural gas prices. At recent strip pricing, the mark-to-market value of these positions is approximately $600 million. We also added to the basis hedge positions with 90% of our in-basin production now covered for the balance of 2022. The fundamentals within Appalachia remain solid. In-basin production has been trading below forecast this year, with volumes running approximately 2 Bcf or lower than year-end exit '20 rate. We believe the capital discipline due to lack of pipelines as well as general oilfield service segments are the key contributing factors. At the same time, gas-fired power generation is surprising to the upside as overall growth in power demand is occurring as coal supply has become even more increasingly tight. Europe's recent decision to ban Russia's coal imports could lead to further increases in natural gas demand as more Northern Appalachian coal is likely to be exported to Europe next year. These dynamics are leading to significant invasive gas price strength, with TETCO M2 and Dom South cash prices trading around $6.40 per MMBtu. As shown on Slide 20 of our investor deck, local prices are highly correlated to Henry Hub, with the average M2 forward curve trading at 75% to 80% of NYMEX. As Appalachian production growth slows, while demand continues to rise, we believe the fundamental backdrop for local pricing remains healthy. On the RSG front, we've now signed a total of 13 deals to sell responsibly sourced gas to various counterparties, totaling more than 3 Bcf per day. This includes our recently announced deal with Bloom Energy, which purchased certificates from us to cover all of its U.S. fleet's natural gas consumption for the next 2 years. Given the low methane intensity of our production, this represents the equivalent of taking more than 38,000 passenger vehicles off the road annually. This deal highlights the expanding opportunities we have to monetize RSG into the industrial complex and further validates the market's recognition of value associated with our low emissions natural gas. As the largest producer of RSG in the U.S., we are uniquely positioned to capitalize on these opportunities and directly facilitate emissions reductions goals across multiple industries. Turning to guidance. We are raising the midpoint of our '22 outlook for adjusted EBITDA by roughly 25% to $4 billion and free cash flow by 50% to $2.35 billion, respectively, which reflects the material rally in the forward gas curve since issuing our '22 guidance. As our hedges roll off next year, our '23 free cash flow should expand by 50% year-over-year, providing differentiated free cash flow per share growth even as we maintain flat production volumes. As Toby mentioned, we see $17 billion of cumulative free cash flow from 2022 to 2027 at recent strip pricing. We assume all cash taxes and modest well cost inflation in these projections, but do not assume any benefit from the broader success of our next-generation well completion design. As it relates to capital, oilfield service inflation has accelerated of late. Pricing pressure is broadening out across all service lines. That said, we are relatively well positioned with more than 50% of our 2022 capital locked in, and we remain comfortable with our capital guidance range at this time. Our long-term sand supply agreement is also a key differentiator for EQT and market tightness has driven increased industry focus on security of sand supply. I'll now turn it back to Toby for some concluding remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. To conclude today's prepared remarks, I want to reiterate a few key points. One, we believe the U.S. has a tremendous opportunity and responsibility to provide energy security to our allies while concurrently addressing global emissions associated with foreign coal, and this can only be done by unleashing U.S. LNG. Two, as the largest natural gas producer in the U.S. with a multi-decade core inventory, investment-grade balance sheet and the largest base of responsibly sourced gas, EQT will play a key role in meeting both domestic and global natural gas demand growth for the foreseeable future. And three, the recent rise in the natural gas curve is likely structural in nature, and EQT’s shareholders are well positioned to benefit on the back of the cost structure and balance sheet improvements we've achieved over the past several years. The shallowing of our base decline and future gathering rate improvements should drive an additional 10% reduction in our breakeven NYMEX price through 2027. And then four, lastly, we are aggressively executing upon our capital allocation framework and our updated free cash flow outlook underscores the material flexibility we have to expand shareholder returns over time. I'd now like to open the call up for questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Our first question comes from Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Toby, my first question is just on LNG. On the Baker Hughes call, that management team highlighted the potential for 100 million to 150 million tons per annum of new global LNG capacity over the next couple of years, most of that concentrated in the U.S., North America. Thus far, in my coverage, we've seen EOG and Apache sign agreements linked to global gas pricing. I was wondering if you could discuss what you're seeing today. Obviously, the market has changed a little bit over the last couple of years. And I wanted to maybe if you could give us some more details on the first LNG contract that you think could be signed by the end of the year.
Toby Rice:
Yes, Arun. So there's been a tremendous amount of demand that we've fielded here at EQT over the past few months. I'd say what EQT can offer with some of the contracts that we're looking at right now is to reduce the exposure for these international buyers to -- with the volatility that they're experiencing right now. I think some of the contract structures that we're looking at is to provide a collar type structure for these international buyers. And obviously, it's going to be something that respects where [TTF] is right now, but I think going longer term, I think, just gives us exposure to rising prices but provides the international buyers -- allows them to avoid the blowout. Because that's really the part that really hurts their countries and their economies, is these really significant pricing swings that they're experiencing right now.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Great. And my follow-up, Toby, in the deck you guys have highlighted over the next couple of years, after debt retirement, the buybacks, the dividend, you'd have, call it, $3 billion of excess free cash flow over the next couple of years. As you look at your opportunity set today, what -- how would you rank the priorities for that excess free cash flow between additional returns to shareholders, M&A, dividend? I’d love to see if we could see where your head's at, particularly with the stock now moving a lot higher than when you're buying back stock on a year-to-date basis.
Toby Rice:
Yes. While the current environment has certainly given us even more ability to return more capital to shareholders, that's very exciting, I think one thing that will be consistent is our approach towards making the best risk-adjusted allocation of this capital. So listen, I mean, this is -- the environment is constantly changing, but we still see a tremendous opportunity in our stock and that looks to be like a -- continues to be a priority in addition to accelerating the paydown of our debt. So I'd say we're going to continue to assess the landscape, but that will be our guiding principle. It's just making the best risk-adjusted return for our shareholders.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil.
Holly Stewart:
Maybe, Toby, just to continue on this LNG theme. I'm sure we'll beat a dead horse today. Just EQT has really spearheaded this whole LNG push. And now we have a few potential policy changes that are coming out of the EU and the U.S. So maybe my question would be, as you're looking at the landscape, what signals are you looking forward to see that we're on the right track? And maybe what do you expect to see first?
Toby Rice:
Yes, Holly, I think calling out sort of the biggest opposition against natural gas and really hydrocarbons in general is really we need to see a shift in the general sentiment and a differentiation that natural gas is -- should not be lumped in as -- with coal and just be called a fossil fuel. I think that there's a couple of things going on that people need to be aware of. One, emissions around the world are rising. Two, emissions in the United States are dropping. And three, the conclusion people need to take is, it's not really -- people need to understand that it doesn't really matter what we do in the United States because we've dropped the emissions here, but emissions around the world are still rising. And so this zero-carbon solution-only mentality needs to shift towards a any decarbonization opportunity needs to be considered and put on the playing field. And we are starting to hear those signals, specifically from John Kerry, to say that natural gas has -- is a decarbonizing tool. That's incredibly encouraging to hear. I think that message is going to start bleeding out into the -- to be a more common, practical mentality. And when you see that, then you'll -- I think we'll be able to start seeing the doors open on policies that will encourage and fast track the pipelines and LNG facilities that we need to build. We are fortunate that there is a tremendous amount of demand for this for international LNG. It's just really about having a framework that allows us to build these pipelines and LNG facilities faster than ever before. And I think the mentality shift towards decarbonizing projects like Unleash U.S. LNG is the key to really putting these plans in motion.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. So I don't really think about it as one regulatory item or something that we need to see come across, it's just the broader push on decarbonization and sort of not including natural gas in that mix. Is that safe to say?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Yes. And Holly, listen, I mean, I think you're going to start seeing -- I mean what we're doing right now is really just changing the -- is putting an environmental-centric approach justification on why natural gas should be utilized in the energy transition to decarbonize the world. This will change. There'll be specific policy requests. There will be specific projects to fast track. And when those projects get put on the table, then we'll have things specifically that we talk about and both the political support and financial support to make those projects a reality. But right now, we really just want to make the case of natural gas and unleashing U.S. LNG's biggest green initiative on the planet. It's the key towards providing energy security for the world. And getting people behind that idea and knowing that the projects will fall and we'll be able to have request-specific support on those as they come up.
Holly Stewart:
Yes. Okay. Perfect. And then, Dave, maybe one for you. Just you're forecasting sort of that sub 1x leverage by year-end. I know the target is 1 to 1.5, but assuming $2.75 gas. You got the IG nod. Buybacks just started in a material way. So I guess my question for you would just be what are you focusing on now? It seems like you've checked a lot of those financial boxes that you guys were certainly targeting.
David Khani:
Yes. So if you think about it a year ago, what we were focusing on our capital allocation plan was all about debt reduction. And now we have a much broader array of opportunity sets to think about and how we invest our capital. So I guess the positives and the challenges are, we need to make sure we have the broadest opportunity set that generates the greatest rate of return for the investors, whether it's buybacks, dividends, investing LNG and other infrastructure that generates, we'll call real sustainable on a listed rate of return.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann with Truist.
Neal Dingmann:
I just want to talk about cadence a bit. Toby, could you talk about, again, first, just on -- really kind of a twofold question. Just on any thoughts on stepping up activity. And secondly, all the activity be on your EQ combo development.
Toby Rice:
Yes, Neal, I mean we're sticking to maintenance mode. We've been pretty vocal about this. Without more pipelines, the prudent thing for us to do is to continue to stay in a maintenance mode. So that's been our mentality in the past, it's our mentality until we start getting some more pipelines put in. And everybody knows, MVP is a pipeline project that is still currently being imposed. And in this pricing environment, with these conflicts going on around the world, we've got to be asking our questions, what can we do as leaders in this country to facilitate this project and get this project built because America needs it, the world needs it. And we hope that people will look at this as one clear thing that people can do to address some of the issues that Americans are facing today with high prices. And people around the world are looking at the United States to get more access to more natural gas.
Neal Dingmann:
And a follow-up, just on the combo development. Can you just talk about cost around there? It seems like that's actually improving efficiencies and helping overall, I guess, unit costs. Is that fair to say?
Toby Rice:
Yes, that's very accurate to say, Neal. I think when you think about -- I mean, the biggest factor I think people are looking at in industry in general is just service cost inflation, and that's something that we factor into our forecast. But one thing I would like to highlight is the innovation that's taking place here at EQT are evolve the well design concept that we're putting out right now. This will have the potential impact to mitigate service cost inflation. So that's not baked into our forecast now, but that's an upside that would address, I think, what people's large concerns are on well costs going forward.
David Khani:
Yes, we would probably see more inflation and maybe some initial productivity issues as well.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Umang Choudhary with Goldman Sachs.
Umang Choudhary :
I wanted to follow up on your last comment around cost inflation. As you look to not just this year plan, but also to your next year plan, what are the areas where you're seeing some tightness in the market? And are there any opportunities to kind of proactively manage costs going forward beyond the combo development, which I'm excited to hear more about later this year.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Consistent with what others are saying, we're seeing impacts on steel and labor. Sand is a big factor across industry, especially in the Permian. You've seen -- getting access to sand supply, the costs have gone up. But for EQT, with our sand supply agreements, we're not seeing much inflation on that front. Our challenge is more on the labor side and getting that sand to location. So things like drivers is an area that we're looking to get some more horsepower into the system that way. So that's where we see the inflation really.
Umang Choudhary :
Great. And to follow up, would love your thoughts around gas macro, acknowledging that there's a very emerging potential for LNG longer term. But how do you frame the gas macro in the near term? And then also your thoughts around local Appalachia basis. I mean following some recent M&A and some of the gas plant retirement which you're seeing, do you see outlook for Appalachia basis improving in the near term?
David Khani:
Yes. So yes, so I would say, one, as NYMEX goes up, I think you'll see that Appalachia will continue to correlate fairly well. And again, we call it around -- roughly around 80% correlation. Some of the things that will change the correlation and maybe even tighten up the correlation in times will be there's multiple Bcf per day of either pipeline or end market demand, such as coal retirements, the Shell cracker that's coming online in July here. And so you could see -- and I think the basin is not really growing like it did before, it's really moderated. And you could see producers are looking at the end market and they want to participate like with NYMEX. So the discipline with that lack of pipeline is keeping it tighter. So on a broader base, the LNG market is going to continue to be pinned up as Europe needs to be refilled. You have the exports of Mexico. Industrial demand, there's a big arb between U.S. and Europe on gas price. So that's putting, we'll call, upward pressure on demand as well. And then we talked about Northern App coal supply, but the global market has really spent about 60% capital drops in the last 4 or 5 years. So supply will be very, very tight in coal supply, while demand is still growing, unfortunately, from a carbon perspective. So that's going to keep tightness in the power market for the next several years.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Josh Silverstein with Wolfe Research.
Josh Silverstein :
Just on the LNG contract and thinking about how this comes together, is it just a supply agreement in place? Do you guys think maybe you've take an equity stake in one of these facilities? Just trying to get a better sense as to what you guys think is the potential strategy here.
David Khani:
Yes. I would say it's all of the above right now. We have -- now we're assessing multiple different things out there to see whether investment to contract only. And so we have -- obviously, we have a large amount of free cash flow in front of us to think about how do we generate the right rate of return. But we want to make everything we do very sustainable. And so the contracts will be very easy thing to do. Investing in a facility comes with really some great opportunities there but also big projects and you have to think through that. So there's a lot of things we're looking at right now.
Josh Silverstein:
And it sounded like you guys were debating potentially what you could be doing with the free cash flow, depending on what the stock price is. But as you look out a few years, given the build-up and sustainability and the free cash flow profile, there's a pretty big opportunity to shrink the share count meaningfully maybe in half. I'm just curious how aggressive you guys may want to get on that now and maybe lock in some additional collars for 2024 because it just seems like the free cash flow yield is not coming down based on where the free cash flow is going towards.
Toby Rice :
Yes, Josh, I mean, that's a great question. It's something that -- the question that we ask ourselves every day as we look at the strip, I mean, going out past '23 into '24 through '26. Gas price is around $4, which if you looked at us 2 years ago and said, guys like that, we'd be hedging that all day long. But I think just looking at the macro today and the fact that we've just got a significant underinvestment in energy, the world is energy short. I think we're a little bit more patient from being -- being aggressive on locking in these prices. I mean if these -- unless something changes, there's a lot more reason to think that these prices will be sustained higher than sort of where they're at today, and there's room. Now that being said, there's always weather risk. So I mean, we have to balance all these things as we're looking. But yes, certainly, it's a really exciting setup for natural gas and the value creation potential from EQT.
David Khani :
Yes. And the other thing, Josh, is we might be hedging effectively by some of the LNG contracts that we do.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Hanold with RBC.
Scott Hanold :
Toby, you've obviously been one of the leading proponents on trying to build out LNG globally. But can you give a sense, I know you provided some color on some of the factors that are out there that should push the market that way. But is there -- as you start thinking about your desire to get a contract by the end of this year, from an investor or an analyst standpoint, like what are some of the key initiatives that are out there that you think is important for us to watch for that's really going to sort of highlight the fact that there's going to be this push to get these additional facilities up and running and there's the ability to kind of link pricing in the U.S. to something more like the global market right now?
Toby Rice :
Yes, I think a couple of things for everybody to look at. Number one, netback pricing that we're able to get with these types of contracts. And then the second part is if we do make investment, what are the returns on those investments in LNG. We've got a lot of value to bring to the table, looking at doing more on the LNG side, both in the robust supply that we can bring to the table to help support getting these projects to FID. And then also on the demand side, being America's largest natural gas producer, naturally international buyers are calling EQT directly, so we can help on that front as well. You throw in the fact that we're investment grade balance sheet, throw in the fact that we've got the cleanest energy on the -- I'd say, on the planet from a methane intensity perspective, there is an opportunity for us to leverage those tools to get some pretty differentiated terms and create more value for our shareholders with this LNG strategy.
Scott Hanold :
Yes. Yes. And look, I guess, maybe my question is more pointed to -- obviously, there's a lot of talk about trying to get U.S. being a part of the global market. But what are the key things you think needs to happen? I mean you obviously talked about political support. But is there 1 or 2 things you think could happen in the time frames? I'm just kind of curious, are there time frames, which those could happen which would -- will be a very good indication that it's sort of a green light for you guys to sign up for an LNG contract, this is coming to a reality versus a conversation.
Toby Rice :
Yes. So if you're asking for like what are some specific things that would symbolize that we are green light on unleashing U.S. LNG and moving towards that -- realizing the potential of American LNG for 50 Bcf a day, I mean I think we're starting to see the signs of it right now with people that have been very, very strict on only promoting zero-carbon solutions. I think to see that people are now admitting that natural gas is decarbonizing is the first sign. We're going to be coming up with some more projects here at EQT, working with the players on the downstream side of things in the LNG. But I think that's where you'll see some -- a little bit more tangible steps being made there. But really, the political signal right now is just incredibly important, not just for the regulators to help facilitate the -- and get to a place where it takes us longer to -- I mean the ultimate goal here is to get to a place where it takes us longer to build something than it does to permit but -- and also influencing the public sentiment so that Americans understand that more natural gas flowing, more energy flowing through the pipelines of America, underwritten by unleashing U.S. LNG, is going to provide a tremendous amount of energy security here in the United States and having that amount of natural gas on standby is what's going to keep energy prices the lowest in the world for Americans.
Scott Hanold :
Okay. Appreciate that. And maybe quickly for David. Could you give us some color like on your free cash flow outlook? Like how do you think cash taxes could progress in that outlook over the next, say, 12 to 18 months?
David Khani :
Yes. So, first of all, every free cash flow number we give you, whether it's the near term or the long term, has the impacts of cash taxes. So just so you know. And so when you see the, call it, the '23 numbers in our deck, you can know that we had that in there. So this year, we have really virtually none. But we're going to probably burn through our NOLs this year, and so we'll start to become more of a cash taxpayer in 2023. We'll give you more guidance on that as we get through this year. It's obviously very sensitive to the commodity price. And as you've seen, natural gas has been really, really volatile. So instead of giving you a number that we know will change probably 20 times between now and then, we'll give you probably more guidance on how to think about the framework of modeling it.
Operator:
Our next question comes from John Abbott with Bank of America.
John Abbott :
Yes, first question here, Toby, it's for you. The quarter did have -- you did have less turn-on lines during the quarter. It sounds like that was due to some tightness with trucking and hauling. Now looking forward, are those issues resolved? And what have you done in order to make sure those issues have been resolved? And let's just sort of start there.
Toby Rice :
Yes, John, I think just at a very high level, just recognizing that our production guidance is -- hasn't changed and CapEx is sort of still hasn't changed as well, you're going to see normal fluctuations quarter-to-quarter, but would point you to the high level, staying consistent. Some of the things that we've seen. One, on the sand hauling, has been some tightness. We've added some new technology that gives a little bit more flexibility to the driver pool. So there's -- in addition to just using pneumatic trucks, we are using some other technology that will give us access to a greater supply of trucks and easier for the drivers to go out there and bring sand to location. So that's one thing that is consistent. We've raised prices a little bit on the sand hauling front, that's attracted more labor. So the sand issues that we were dealing with have largely been mitigated going forward. And that really logistically has probably been one of the biggest constraints, holding back our completions team from being wide open. But that was a focus in the first quarter, I feel like what we've done is -- has given us a lot of confidence that that's been -- that's an issue that -- the debottleneck has been relieved.
John Abbott :
Appreciate it. And then for the second question, on the new completion design, could you just sort of remind us how that kind of sort of feeds in throughout the year, sort of the pace of that?
Toby Rice :
Yes. So it's going to be picking up second quarter and the back half of the year. And just as a reminder, I mean, what we're doing is making some changes to the completion design. I mean, what we're looking to improve is just the completion efficiency across the lateral. So we look at data. We think that we're stimulating about 60% of the wellbore effectively. And if we can change the completion design and get an extra 10% completion effectiveness, well, that could have the benefit of increasing our productivity almost 15%. So that's what we're looking at, we're targeting. And we're on track to get early indications by end of '22 and more firm indications on the total effectiveness by '23.
Operator:
Our next question comes from David Deckelbaum with Cowen.
David Deckelbaum :
I just wanted to ask, Toby, just for a little bit more clarification. I think you alluded to, I'm not sure intentionally or not before with one of the other questions. But will EQT -- are you envisioning a broader role within sort of like the vertically integrated LNG food chain outside of just being an anchor shipper or an anchor tenant? What sort of role do you envision EQT playing? Either would there be potential partnerships with LNG companies? Would there be capital available on your end? Just thinking about how you envision taking on this pretty sizable goal out there.
Toby Rice :
Yes. I think understanding our ultimate prize that we're looking for here at EQT is to get exposure to international markets. And we want to make sure we have the flexibility to enter into the contracts that really meet -- that will give us exposure to better realized pricing. One of the ways that we get more flexibility towards accessing those contracts is to take an investment in the LNG facility itself. I think that the other thing we look at, I mean, our company mission here is realize the full potential of EQT. And that's where I think our supply and the demand that we can potentially bring to the table, with the balance sheet, with the environmentally great -- great scores on the environmental front, coupled with our long inventory, are ways that we can hopefully translate those into some what I consider to be differentiated equity investments in these LNG facilities.
David Deckelbaum :
I appreciate that clarity because I think it answers the big question around the benefits of being investment grade now and having that opportunity to touch more of the premium pricing. So I appreciate that. And then just the last one for me, I guess, is the thought process now. You talked about being in maintenance mode, as we build out LNG capacity, do you consider those opportunities for growth molecules or just taking a maintenance product and just pricing it at a more premium market?
Toby Rice :
No. I mean Unleash U.S. LNG is going to be the long-term demand signal that this industry needs to see before they think about growth. So these would be sustainable growth opportunities for us. But the difference now versus in the past is we're going to need to see the pipelines, LNG facilities, long-term contracts all lined up. So we've really derisked the -- really derisk sort of the returns that we're looking to generate in addition to making sure that we're not throwing the supply-demand fundamentals out of whack. And Unleash U.S. LNG is a really great opportunity to bring sustainable growth back to this industry. And listen, I mean, it's -- we're not talking about a significant amount of growth for this industry to meet the targets that we've laid out. It's less than 10% growth a year, we can get to 50 Bcf a day as an industry. And I think we can do that very sustainably backed by long-term contracts to make sure we can preserve the type of returns that our shareholders are expecting and, quite frankly, deserve.
David Deckelbaum :
Thanks, Toby. Good luck unleashing everything.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Harry Mateer with Barclays.
Harry Mateer :
So I know -- first question, I know the base case on debt reduction has been 1.5 target through 2023. I guess, after restriking your hedges, given the structure of moving gas prices, do you think there's some opportunities to accelerate that relative to the existing plan and just get it done sooner. Especially with the rates moved, does that open up some additional options? Or is the preference to still just focused on what you can pay down through call schedules next year?
David Khani:
Yes. So good question. So I think I'll break it up into 2 pieces. The first part is, with some of our debt trading below par, if we just apply the $1.5 billion, we'll get more than $1.5 billion just from that discount. But I think the second part is, yes, we do see opportunities if we wanted to accelerate over and above the $1.5 billion. We see that, that is clearly an option. So being able to buy back our stock, being able to do -- maybe raising our dividend and accelerating the debt repayment, all 3 things look interesting to us as options along with maybe investing in LNG and other things like that, for sure.
Harry Mateer :
And then on the liquidity side, I know the company is working on its 2023 revolver. I'm curious how to think about a potential eventual Moody's upgrade there, lagging the other two? And whether that would drive an additional improvement in your liquidity and LC needs? Or is that benefit pretty much done now that you have S&P and Fitch at IG?
David Khani :
Yes. I would say probably 80% to 85% of the benefits really are coming from S&P and Fitch. There's a little bit of a, I’ll call, leftover piece that if Moody's were to upgrade us, we'll get a little bit extra improvement. So -- but as you can see, we're sitting with $2.1 billion of liquidity already. Our letters of credit are going to drop down pretty meaningfully already. And our all rate triggers that we had on our debt have all been reset down to zero effectively. So we've got, I'll call it, the majority of it in place. But it would be nice to see Moody's give us an upgrade and recognize where the balance sheet is.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Noel Parks with Touhy Brothers.
Noel Parks :
I was really interested in hearing you drill down a bit on the Bloom Energy deal. That's essentially sort of a milestone of the deal, I'm not aware of any other E&P having made a similar supply arrangement with a fuel cell company. So I was just curious about how long has it been in the works? Maybe who approached who? And what we might look for as far similar deals down the road? And also if you could comment on if there are any restrictions after the 2-year time frame as far as what you can do with them or other similar companies.
Toby Rice :
Yes, great question. So the RSG deal we did with Bloom Energy was something -- I think they approached us, which is great to see. I mean being out there in front of the environmental benefits of natural gas has led to a lot of calls like this. There's been a lot of interest in EQT molecules specifically. But listen, I think what's really exciting about the future of this is, people -- Bloom Energy is a company leveraging fuel cells to promote the responsible consumption of natural gas. Fuel cells naturally will lower the emissions of user and provide reliable energy at attractive cost. So there's a lot of people, and this is what we're really excited about, thinking about the fact that natural gas is the cheapest form of energy and reliability as well. What else can we do with natural gas? And so I think you're going to see a lot more demand for natural gas as people really use natural gas as the feedstock for innovation in a lower carbon future. You see other applications on the hydrogen side. There's a lot of -- there's a lot of innovation taking place on hydrogen. Again, that's going to be another follow-on opportunity for natural gas as feedstock in EQT. And I think it's just really exciting to see that people are looking for new creative ways to create demand for low-carbon natural gas.
David Khani:
This market is broadening...
Noel Parks :
Sorry.
David Khani:
No, that's it. Keep going. I'm sorry.
Noel Parks :
Okay. I was just going to ask about the terms, is there any exclusivity in it? Are you free to do similar deals with other folks looking for a supply arrangement?
David Khani:
Yes. We have the capacity to do other deals, yes.
Noel Parks :
Great. And then I was curious about how will the transaction be accounted for? Is this essentially an asset gain or capital gain? Is it something that's going to be accrued through income over the life of the agreement?
David Khani :
Yes. It will be accrued as income over the agreement, yes. It is -- this would be considered as ordinary income item, yes. And it would just improve -- effectively improve our net realizations is I want to think about it that way.
Noel Parks :
It will show up in realizations? Okay.
David Khani:
Yes.
Operator:
There are currently no further questions in queue. [Operator Instructions]. There are currently no further questions in queue, so I'll pass the conference back over to management team for any closing remarks.
Toby Rice :
Thank you. It certainly is an exciting time in natural gas. But I think one thing that's really driving EQT is knowing that there's a lot of issues that the world is dealing with, and we want to be a solution provider. And every day we're working hard to make sure that we address these issues and help provide energy security to the world while also helping arresting climate change. So it's going to be a big driving factor for us going forward, this continued commitment to making the world a better place. So thank you, everybody, for your support.
Operator:
That concludes today's EQT Quarter 1 2022 Quarterly Results Conference Call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Good morning. Welcome to today's EQT Q4 quarterly results 2022 and outlook conference call. My name is Candice, and I will be your moderator for today's call. All lines will be muted during the presentation portion of the call, with an opportunity for question-and-answer at the end. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to pass the conference over to our host, Andrew Breese, Director of Investor Relations.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning, and thank you for joining our fourth quarter and year-end 2021 conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website for a seven-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 1-866-813-9403 with a confirmation code of 523084. In a moment, Toby and Dave will present the prepared remarks and the question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website, and we will reference certain slides during today's discussion. I'd like to remind you that today's call may also contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of factors described in yesterday's earnings release, in our investor presentation, in the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our most recent earnings release and investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thank you, Andrew, and good morning, everyone. 2021 has been another transformative year for EQT, and I am excited today to reflect on the year to discuss our fourth quarter results and reveal our 2022 financial and operational outlook. But before I do that, I would like to take a step back and talk about the investment opportunity that EQT presents. The value opportunity for EQT has never been stronger than it is today. In two years, this team has righted the ship and set EQT on a trajectory that will allow us to benefit from and support the growing importance of natural gas in today's energy ecosystem. At January 31 strip pricing and including the free cash flow generated in 2021, EQT is projected to generate free cash flow through 2026 in excess of $10 billion, representing 125% of our current market cap. Further, our 2022 free cash flow yield is roughly 20%, and despite backwardated strip pricing, grows to 30% in 2023 as our hedges roll off. The value opportunity goes beyond the near term. EQT is a differentiated, long-term natural gas investment opportunity. When compared to the other natural gas peers, we believe EQT has the longest runway of high-quality, contiguous inventory of any operator and any gas play. In our most recent investor presentation, we have updated our inventory position. And as of year-end, we have approximately 1,800 net mapped out locations in our core inventory position, representing nearly 22 million lateral feet of drilling. That line of sight on our operations is differentiated from any peer, and with a roughly 100 well turn-in-line program represents more than 15 years of inventory in a maintenance production scenario. This translates to a long runway of production and sustainable free cash flow generation. When it comes to increasing value for our shareholders, I'd like to now highlight several drivers to increase our free cash flow picture. First is a stronger balance sheet that we expect to be upgraded to investment grade as early as the first half of this year. Investment grade status unlocks multiple benefits such as improved cost and access to capital, as well as the ability to sign long-term domestic and international sales contracts. Second, building on the past two years of work in our stronger financial position today, we have begun implementing an updated hedging strategy that provide downside protection, while leaving, large upside exposure to higher natural gas prices and what we continue to believe is a structurally bullish backdrop for the commodity. Third, we have contractually declining gathering rates that fall by around $0.18 from current levels over the coming years and provide additional free cash flow growth even without production growth. Fourth, our operational excellence has translated into strong efficiency improvements, which has allowed us to ramp our methodical well design testing program, which I will expand on in a moment. Lastly, our corporate base decline rates continue to shallow with our current 12-month base decline equal to approximately 30% and declining to the low 20s, resulting in less activity and capital required to maintain production and further inflating our business from future inflationary pressures. In addition to these drivers that will improve the sustainability of our business, we recognize that we can generate further value through the improvement of our price realizations. First, our hedge program now provides us with the ability to capture rising prices. For every $0.10 increase in unhedged realized price above our corporate breakeven of less than $2.30 per million Btu, we get an incremental $200 million of free cash flow or $0.50 of free cash flow per share. Second, on our expansive RSG footprint, of which we've already certified approximately 4 Bcf a day, we have signed 10 deals encompassing roughly 1.2 Tcfe in total for around $60 million in premiums to date. We expect the value of RSG will improve further as the market develops and as the cost of carbon increases. Lastly, we are attracting interest from several LNG parties across the whole value chain to gain exposure to international prices. While these catalysts provide an exciting future for EQT, we have not lost sight on the value of our core business and the way in which we operate is a key differentiator for EQT and provides meaningful, sustained value creation opportunities. When we campaigned to join EQT, we introduced combo-development, which is large-scale, simultaneous development of multiple adjacent wells and pads. Combo-development requires coordinated efforts to create the long-term schedule and requires a large contiguous asset base, unconstrained by legacy parent well depletion as we see in other plays. In these two-plus years, these efforts are bearing their fruit. The real results of our efforts are evident in our improving EURs, decreasing costs and limited inflationary pressures. We are now developing 20 to 30 wells sequentially from adjacent pads with 300,000 to 400,000 lateral feet per combo on average. This modern approach to the shale development leverages EQT scale to drive down costs, maximize long-term asset value and minimize future well interference to drive multiyear, consistent results. On slide 15 of our investor presentation, we show you what combo-development looks like. And through our long-term 2026 guidance window, we expect that greater than 80% of our activity to be combo-development, which means sustained capital efficiency and repeatable free cash flow. Another contributing factor to our consistent results is our approach to well design. Since joining EQT, we've streamlined the number of well designs, allowing us to better forecast the performance of our wells and minimize variability. With the operations humming, we began weaving in small-scale science pilots starting in 2020. These dollars were small in the past couple of years. And now with our scale, consistent development along with the findings from our small-scale piloting, we have confidence in beginning to phase in a next-generation well design in 2022 that is geared towards driving further improvements in well productivity, drilling economics, leading to long-term free cash flow and value creation as we apply these learnings across our long runway of core inventory. Given the standard time frame between spud to turn in line and our planned phase deployment, we expect to have preliminary results by the end of 2022 and full visibility by late 2023. The investment is roughly $50 million in 2022, which translates to approximately $90 per foot on our Southwest Pennsylvania Marcellus well costs, which we believe will be more than offset by the expected production enhancements to understand the potential impact. Next-generation well design could materially increase our five-year free cash flow forecast by more than $300 million, and with full implementation could offer multiples of that when applied across our entire inventory. We expect this next-generation well design will also afford us the ability to maintain production volumes with fewer wells, increasing the capital efficiency of our operations, while also extending our core inventory runway even longer. This is a great segue into what to expect from EQT in 2022. The story here is simple. To run a disciplined maintenance program to produce approximately 2 Tcfe annually, implement a hedging philosophy that provides downside protection, while providing substantial upside participation, generate free cash flow that we can reward our shareholders with, and improve our balance sheet in pursuit of leverage of 1 to 1.5 times. Slide 13 in our investor presentation highlights the continued momentum of our 2022 program, with maintenance production of approximately 5.5 Bcfe per day and capital expenditures of $1.3 billion to $1.45 billion. We expect to generate $3.1 billion to $3.3 billion of adjusted EBITDA and $1.4 billion to $1.75 billion of free cash flow. As mentioned before, this represents a roughly 20% free cash flow yield in 2022. Our 2022 capital program assumes a $1 per foot cost for Southwest PA Marcellus wells of approximately $760 per foot, compared to our full year 2021 average of $690 per foot. This is not inclusive of our investment in our next-gen well design program, but does reflect expected inflation of $70 per foot or about 10%. However, we recognize that dollar per foot is not a fully representative picture of our capital allocation decisions, which is why we also look at our program through the lens of CapEx efficiency, or the total capital spend for the net sales volumes delivered. Slide 18 further details this concept. Our CapEx efficiency is inclusive of all capital costs beyond reservoir development, a nuance that dollar per foot ignores. Further, because we are investing in our next-generation well design that is expected to deliver higher per well production, capital efficiency on a per-volume metric provides a better illustration of the value being created from the capital invested. In the same vein of capital allocation, I'd like to provide you with our current view on M&A. Despite the pickup in M&A over the past nine months, we have chosen to remain disciplined as we have observed a widening divergence between the value of public equities and where assets have traded. The timing of the two significant transactions that we have already integrated could not have been better. In closing our asset acquisition from Chevron, our team has reduced operating expenses by over 30%. And with the increase in strip pricing, we believe the value of those assets has more than doubled since closing. Similarly, the integration of Alta is now complete, and our operations teams are already driving cost improvements in the field as evidenced by a 15% decrease in drilling cost on the first wells we took over despite inflationary pressures. As a reminder, the Alta assets included over 250 core net locations and more than 600 total net lower Marcellus locations plus 300,000 net acres and also included substantial midstream infrastructure and mineral ownership. Recent transactions imply a value of Alta of more than double what we paid only six months ago. As a large shareholder myself, my excitement for EQT has never been greater and the value proposition never more compelling. And as of December 2021, we now have the ability to capitalize on this opportunity to the use of our $1 billion share repurchase program. Since that announcement, we have not waited to begin repurchasing shares. In roughly one month, we repurchased $50 million of our shares, representing 2.5 million shares outstanding. While it's prudent to be methodical in our repurchasing efforts, we recognize the rare opportunity available to us today to buy stock in a nearly investment-grade company with a 30% 2023 free cash flow yield at strip on top of some of the best natural gas assets in the country. We look forward to updating the market on our progress. I'd now like to pass it to Dave to discuss hedging strategy, our balance sheet, liquidity and year-end reserve results.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby. I'll begin with a summary. We reported solid 4Q 2021 results, implemented our updated hedge strategy, announced and executed our capital allocation program, have line of sight to achieve our investment grade goals and realized 158% proved developed, reserve replacement ratio, excluding the impact of the Alta acquisition. As a proxy for value, our before-tax PV-10 of $21.5 billion is 60% above our total enterprise value of $13.4 billion, which is based on drilling only 3.75 years or less than 20% of our multi-decade inventory. As Toby has laid out the sustainability of the operations, we are creating a strong balance sheet and free cash flow outlook to complement it. We are nearing completion of paying off the 3.5 billion maturity wall, we faced in early 2020, which has allowed us to shift from a defensive hedging strategy with nearly all swaps to a more balanced approach. Our strategy now provides downside protection to maintain investment-grade metrics, while allowing us to benefit from rising natural gas prices. We designed and implemented this strategy for 2023, and we will continue to execute it in outer years as appropriate. For 2023, we laid on an overall floor of approximately $3 and a ceiling of approximately $5. We are now about 42% hedged for 2023, which locks in free cash flow to execute on our shareholder return program. As a result, we preserved our ability to capture 100% of the recent run-up with these additional hedges for 2023, which is a movement we have expected for some time and wanted to position ourselves to capture. In the effort to provide more details, we provided a quarterly view of our hedging portfolio on slide 21 of our investor presentation. Now I'd like to talk about basis pricing and how we manage it. First, we have a strong firm transportation portfolio that we always optimize. Last quarter, we added some Midwest REX capacity. Second, we further lock in our basis with financial and physical hedges. For 2022, we have only had in-basin price exposure on approximately 15% of our production. On slide 22 of our presentation, we have further laid out our exposure by market. For further transparency, we have shown that for every $0.10 move in local pricing, our 2022 free cash flow forecast would change by approximately $30 million or less than 2% of this forecast. There are a lot of moving parts that impact Basis. First of all, the correlation between Basis and NYMEX sits between 70% and 80%, and our hedging program tightens this up further. Historically, weather has been a large factor in driving volatility in local pricing, as well as storage levels, pipeline outages and modest product growth. The fourth quarter 2021 and the first quarter of 2022 demonstrates this volatility. The weather in the fourth quarter was significantly warmer than normal. We had approximately 15% of our local exposure open, hoping to capture colder weather, resulting in a wider Basis differential than our guidance range. However, despite pricing pressure, we still delivered solid fourth quarter free cash flow results of $422 million. All other key production operating costs and CapEx were in line as expected in the fourth quarter. Now looking forward, our first quarter Basis will be much tighter than the fourth quarter, since winter weather has returned to more normal levels. The cold weather in January and the start of February has created a storage deficit, which with several other positives, should add approximately 1 Bcf per year-over-year demand. First, FT out of the basin is flowing at increased utilization compared to prior years and new capacity been added to the Appalachian region. Second, we are witnessing growing in-basin power and industrial demand, bolstered by approximately 2.7 gigawatts of coal retirements and tightness of Appalachian coal supply. As a result, coal contracted prices in the fourth quarter have nearly tripled, setting a much higher bar for switching dynamics. We will keep track of in-basin production, which will offset some of these positive fundamental trends. I'd like to now shift gears and discuss our balance sheet and liquidity. Having a strong balance sheet and liquidity underpins our valuation and ability to execute our capital allocation plan. As of December 31, 2021, our net debt position was roughly $5.4 billion, representing a last 12-month leverage of 2.3 times. Over the next 12 months, we plan on meaningfully paying down additional debt, repurchasing a significant amount of stock and distributing our above-average dividend. Our 2022 and now 2023 hedge position support our free cash flow outlook and confidence to be able to execute our plan. Based on the strip and our stated capital allocation plan, we forecast our year-end 2022 and 2023 net leverage to be around 1.4 times and 1.5 times, respectively, which includes a buildup in cash reserves that we can use for retained flexibility. Our balance sheet plans are straightforward. We're committing to paying down $1.5 billion of absolute debt by year-end 2023 and expect to benefit from a rising interest rate environment. With this, we believe that we are on the doorstep in investment-grade rating, which will unlock multiple benefits such as interest cost savings and the ability to secure attractive, long-term customer contracts. Our conversations with the rating agencies are frequent and have been positive, and we are confident about the strength of our balance sheet. A recent tailwind that is benefiting our near-term cash position and enabling our ability to repurchase shares is our improving liquidity position. As of December 31, 2021, our liquidity position was $2.2 billion, an improvement of $1.1 billion from the third quarter. During the fourth quarter, we paid down approximately $700 million outstanding on our revolver and reduced our letters of credit posted by approximately $200 million. In addition, we reduced our collateral and margin deposits by $566 million, which positively impacted our working capital and operating cash flows for the quarter. In January of 2022, we also paid down an additional $206 million of long-term debt. Lastly, I would like to conclude by providing some insight on our reserves. At year-end 2021, we reported 25 Tcfe in total proved reserves, up 26% from 2020 and up 6% normalizing for the reserves associated with the Alta acquisition. Our total before-tax PV-10 for the year ending 2021 was $21.5 billion, an increase of $17.5 billion from 2020. This increase was driven by a substantially higher SEC price deck. As previously noted, our total before-tax PV-10 is over approximately 60% higher than our current enterprise value, despite only reflecting 3.75 years of PUD bookings. For reference, the year-over-year pricing difference used in the calculation was $1.31 per Mcf representing NYMEX less regional adjustments. I will now let to Toby conclude our prepared remarks, before we open up for Q&A.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. To conclude, I want to take us back to what I said at the beginning of the call. EQT is a differentiated, long-term natural gas investment opportunity. Everything we have done to date has been focused on being able to make this assertion, and I believe we've checked this box. By substantially reducing our operational and financial risk organically, we can now play to what we see as the medium and long-term strengths of our company and unparalleled core natural gas inventory, a base business with a cost structure that will decline over time, an ability to access differentiated pricing markets and a macro pricing dynamic with greater upside SKU. Underpinning our excitement about the medium- and long-term investment opportunity is the growing appreciation of the role of natural gas in addressing climate change, in particular, as it relates to US LNG. As we and others continue to do more work on the best way for the United States to influence global climate change, it is apparent that a ramping of US LNG is an emissions reduction opportunity that can be executed at scale, with speed, at a low cost in here in America. This opportunity cannot be replicated anywhere else in the world. The macro events that we are seeing are forcing a conversation grounded in reality. We believe that conversation will end with a significant call on US nat gas. And EQT, America's Natural Gas Champion, will be ready to answer that call. I'd like to now open the call up for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Our first question is from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah, good morning gentlemen. My first question is on your thoughts on return of capital. As, you know, investors continue to differentiate the E&Ps on return of capital yields, you have about a 2.5% dividend and $1 billion buyback authorization through year-end. And I wanted to get your thoughts on any urgency on flexing the buyback given you outlined 20% free cash flow yields on your guide this year going to 30% next year.
Toby Rice:
Hey good morning, Arun. This is Toby. So yeah, great question on buyback and pace. Certainly, it's an exciting opportunity in front of us. Just a little bit about what we've done to date to help you understand the pace that we've been working at, the $50 million over the first month, if you ran that forward 12 months, that would put us at about $600 million annualized on the buyback. A couple of things influencing that pace. One, I think that we started off with a pretty warm winter. And given the fact that it seems the market is very short-term focused, been a little bit disciplined to see how the weather played out. And that may have had has been a little bit more conservative because, obviously, if we had a warmer winter, that would have created an even more compelling opportunity for us to buy back our stock. But we're here now, we're through winter, and I think you can see us look to accelerate the pace going forward on the buyback. As far as the dividend is concerned, while we haven't really talked too much about it, I mean the ultimate game plan for our dividend is to position this company to be a consistent dividend grower. And that's the -- I'd say the last part of our capital allocation plan that we'd like to provide some color on in the future.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And my follow-up, you outlined a $1.6 billion free cash flow target this year. It is a bit below what you outlined in mid-December. So I was wondering if you could walk us through the delta and perhaps a frequent question is how the impact or the delay on MVP is affecting your 2022 and 2023 free cash flow forecast.
David Khani:
Yeah, hi. So this is Dave. So first and foremost, when we provided guidance, you'll notice that we provided wider ranges for free cash flow in our basis, just given the fact that gas is very volatile. We started and put the guidance out, prices were actually $0.80 higher. And so what we did was we put some conservatism into our guidance ranges, so that we have a cushion here so that we can handle that volatility. So that's part one. And the other part of the delta is. If you noticed, our CapEx is up about $75 million versus what we've put out before at $1.3 billion, 50 of it -- actually a touch above it is actually tied to our new well design. And so that's going to bear a lot of fruit for us. I'll also note that within our guidance is about $20 million of incremental year-over-year pneumatics, which will get paid back in RSG and then some. So those I call two things. And then, obviously, we dealt with a little inflation. So when you factor that in, I would say that, along with the fact that basis was wider and with MVP being pushed, those are probably the majority of the items that drive the delta between what we put out before and what we're putting out now.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
David Khani:
You're welcome.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets. Your line is live. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold:
Yeah. Thanks. Just maybe staying on the MVP subject. Obviously, it's very topical. I'd be interested to get your views on where you think that goes, if you can provide some color. But also related to that, there were obviously some fee relief, but some payments that could occur in the event that it gets delayed. Can you just discuss like what is your positioning on how you look at that and what we should assume going forward?
David Khani:
Yeah. So if you noticed in the slides, because we had – we have something on our FT portfolio, and how our gas moves around, we provided for 2022 and 2023. We had to pick a spot on where we thought MVP was going to come online. And we did that as a placeholder before E-Train puts out their update in about a week or so. So we picked midyear 2023. So effectively, we say to set about a year delay. But again, I think that is a placeholder that we'll adjust once E-Train puts out their updated guidance. So when you look at the impact to us, I would say, basis widened in 2022, basis wide in 2023, we lose the benefit of the fee relief, but we also don't pay the high 70s cost on the portion that we retained. And we also don't pay, we'll call it the Henry Hub kicker piece as well. So when you net it out, it's – I'll call it a modest negative for 2022. It's a little bit bigger negative 23%. But if you look out actually over the six-year period or so, actually, it's an overall net benefit from a total free cash flow perspective, irregardless of what basis and does.
Toby Rice:
Yeah, Scott, this is Toby. Just some high-level comments just what's going on in the world right now. And really just to read through of how important pipeline infrastructure is in this country, specifically MVP. Listen, two weeks ago, we got a letter from senators in New England saying that, they're basically looking for more supply into their areas. And the reason why they're looking – while they're paying extreme prices in New England is because of lack of pipeline infrastructure, plain and simple. And without these pipelines, we're going to continue to see these extreme pricing scenarios, which, by the way, we don't like as energy providers. We want to provide low-cost, reliable energy to every American. And why is what's happening in New England relevant – it's relevant to the people in Southeastern United States. You need to understand that, there is a pipeline that is going to be – allow you to benefit from low-cost, reliable clean energy. And this is something that people need to be aware of because, what's happening in Europe, what's happening in New England is – it starts with things like that's happening right now with MVP in the south eastern part of the United States and we’ve really are looking forward to again that pipeline project completed.
Scott Hanold:
Appreciate the color. And as my follow-up, you identified, I think, 1,800 core locations that you all have left. And I think, Toby, you mentioned it's about 100 TIL's for maintenance. But this new well design could kind of cut into that a little bit. Can you give us a sense of like what kind of productivity uplift, can you get from these well designs? And like what could that till count look like if it works?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So the -- yes. So the EUR uplift we're looking at right now are going to be double-digit increases on a percentage basis. We're not able to say exactly what that will be dialed in. We have -- just to give you some color on what we're doing, our small-scale science testing program that we've done over the last couple of years was testing different pieces of our 37 different, well-designed parameters. Each of those well-designed parameters that we picked have shown uplifts. And now we're combining all of those, the best, well-designed parameter uplifts, putting those together and that's making up our next-gen well design. So if we assume that we got the uplift from all of those pieces that we're putting together, it would be pretty exciting. We're taking a conservative approach right now. So I think by the end of 2022, we'll have a full assessment of what the total impact for all three of these. But I mean, each of these individual tests were exciting by themselves and putting them together is something that we're looking forward to assessing in 2022. And that percentage increase that we get in the EURs will dictate the amount of activity reductions we'll need.
Scott Hanold:
Understood. Appreciate it.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Holly Stewart from Scotia Howard Weil. Your line is now open, please go ahead.
Holly Stewart:
Good morning, gentlemen. Maybe first, Dave, just to take it a step further on MVP. How are you thinking about that cash option that expires at the end of 2020 and then as well as your current stake in E-Train.
David Khani:
Yes, Holly, it's a great question. Just to make sure everybody knows. We have all of 2022 to determine whether we want to take back the fee relief that we put in place for, we'll call it, through the next three years, subject to when MVP comes online, and that fee relief was about, we'll call it, $250 million roughly. We could take that back as a check of cash for approximately $200 million. So the determination really will be when do we think MVP come online, right? That's going to be the question mark. And so, we'll sit and wait and look and see what E-Train says as sort of the timing, and then we'll think about whether we pull the trigger on pulling that cash.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. And then your stake in the shares?
David Khani:
Yes, we'll -- we actually sold some shares in the fourth quarter, and we'll be thoughtful in when we want to sell them again. And so I think with the specter of timing unknown on MVP, we'll probably be a little patient here, given the stock is now below 8. And so we'll wait until we get the view on MVP and the timing, because I think that's creating obviously, a cloud over E-Train stock.
Holly Stewart:
Yes, indeed. Okay. Thank you. And then, Toby, maybe you mentioned kind of the two big acquisitions that certainly you've done as CEO. Maybe touch on both those deals. What you've learned and why, I guess, having those in your asset base kind of excites you as you move into 2022. It looks like about 10% of your TILs will be in that Alta area. Chevron obviously isn't as hard -- isn't as easy to separate, but just thinking about those deals specifically.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Number one, lessons learned. I think we're pretty excited about the fact that we've taken a pretty disciplined approach to underwriting these deals. We've learned that we were conservative and proven to be conservative, seeing the operational performance improvements on Chevron with the OpEx dropping by over 30%, the drilling efficiencies we're seeing in Alta. Hopefully, we continue to see more efficiencies as we step more into completion. So, I think it's a really great example of this modern operating model we've built and the teams here can unlock the value that we conservatively underwrite. So that's number one. Number two, again, just being disciplined, we didn't pay for any of the -- what we consider, the lesser quality inventory. We always said that in these -- both these packages, a significant amount of Tier 2 acreage that we always said if gas prices ever get to $2.75, there's going to be a tremendous amount of option value unlocked. Well, this is where we're at today. So, again, all to say just to be conservative in our approach there. So, that's been great. I think we're always looking at deals in the future. But anything we do, whether it's M&A or buybacks, I mean it's all about putting our dollars to the best investments, best rate of return. And given the market today for -- on the M&A landscape, nothing competes with buying our stock, and that's been our focus.
Holly Stewart:
That’s great color. Thank you guys.
Toby Rice:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Neil Mehta from Goldman Sachs. Your line is now open, please go ahead.
Neil Mehta:
Thank you team. First question is just on unit cash costs. They do move higher in 2022 versus 2021. And just 1 to get your perspective. Are we seeing some signs of inflation there? How much of that's a function of higher natural gas prices? Any color around that would be great.
David Khani:
Yes. So we have some -- a little bit of midstream impact that went up. We have a little bit of non-op -- some non-op cost went up. And then we also signed our gas -- I'm sorry water agreement with E-Train and PA. Those are probably the three pieces that really drove the increase. And so those are -- you can classify a little bit of that is inflation, but I think it's also some updated contracting that we did with E-Train on the water deal.
Neil Mehta:
David, it sounds like you have a pretty high confidence that's not moving around a ton despite some of the inflationary environments that we're seeing.
David Khani:
Yes. Just an overall just view on guidance. When we provide guidance, we do with very high confidence and our goal is to beat guidance and move it up. And so just look at our last two years' track record, that's been our goal is when we set guidance, we want to beat our guidance.
Neil Mehta:
Okay. And the follow-up is just can you take us into the room for your conversations with the ratings agencies. And so is everything on track to get to investment-grade? And are your credit ratings agencies comfortable with you guys taking an aggressive posture on share repurchases as you've indicated you'll take on this call?
David Khani:
Yes. So we try to – just like we try to -- with all our investors, our commercial banks, we have lots of conversations with the rating agencies, and we want to make sure they are very comfortable in our glide path back to investment grade. So we've had multiple conversations about our shareholder and capital allocation plan. And if you notice, our buyback is very much paired with our debt reduction, right? And we feel that's very prudent from our standpoint to how we manage our balance sheet. And I think they feel comfortable that where we're setting our balance sheet and our goals and our long-term leverage. So, it's not about just taking leverage down because that will happen with higher prices. It's really about taking absolute debt down, and that's very important to them and it's very important to us.
Neil Mehta:
Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is now from Neal Dingmann from Truist Securities. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning, Dave and Toby. I'm unsure who want to take it. Just could you talk a bit about, Toby, I love the $10 billion you laid out in free cash flow. Could you just talk about some of the assumptions that longer term, such as what you're expecting on pipelines or efficiencies, cost pace, you or Dave, maybe that sort of the highlighted items of that?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I'll let Dave put some color on some of the cost assumptions. But I think one of the key things to call out and probably one of the -- is the long term – the free cash flow forecast we have, I mean, is assuming strip pricing, which we know is backward dated. So you're talking about $3 in '25, '26. Obviously, this business is – can generate a ton more free cash flow in a higher price environment. So I think that, that really is probably going to be a big mover. And I think the call on clean energy and the demand for reliable clean energy has never been greater, and we think that, what we're seeing with prices here can be -- is a read-through to what we can see in the future. I mean, Neal, I think energy prices have gone a little, I think, have gotten pretty extreme pretty very quickly over this past winter season. But let me remind you, this was not a cold winter. So what solves, what keeps prices sustainable and still low cost, but not so volatile is going to be infrastructure and commitment and investment and call on natural gas. We've got the resources to do it, and I think it's going to be a compelling macro setup for us in the longer term of our free cash flow forecast. Dave, do you want to talk about some of the costs we have in there?
David Khani:
Yes. So first and foremost, know that embedded into '22 is the new well design cost, we'll call it, slightly over $50 million. We really don't have any benefit, material benefit of that new well design in our production. And so just know that as a starting point. We have embedded into our 10-year free cash flow picture, cash taxes rising overtime, basis actually narrowing because of an expectation not only just of MPV coming online, but also the forward curve basis improving as well. We have a modest amount of inflation built in there. We have maintenance capital, which declines over time based on our underlying decline rate, as well as having the lower gathering rates that we highlighted also is due to the gathering agreement that we saw with E-Train. So it tries to accomplish basically, we'll call it a static picture with improvement of declines in gathering rates, which offset with a little bit of inflation and rising cash taxes.
Neal Dingmann:
Great point. And then just one follow-up. Go ahead, Toby.
Toby Rice:
I was just going to wrap-up. I mean, all those things that Dave mentioned are going to be represented in what we're calling our breakeven cost enough to run the business, yeah, which is sub-230 today and going lower.
Neal Dingmann:
Great, great add. And then just one follow-up, Toby. Could you just talk about how you think about the cost benefits of a number of your environmental initiatives? I mean, obviously, a lot of your gas, you talked about becoming RSG, most recently, you have a low carbon initiative, and you have many other initiatives. I mean, to me, it seems like you all seem to be leaning more into these than nearly all your peers. And just wondering how you think about this maybe on a cost-benefit analysis.
Toby Rice:
Yeah. I mean I think there's real value here with our ESG initiatives, specifically on the environmental front. Where is the value? The value is in restoring the reputation of natural gas as the solution for the lowest cost, most reliable, cleanest form of energy. There is a major market opportunity for natural gas, as we've outlined on one of our slides here. Globally, there's over 400 Bcf a day of natural gas demand that's currently being filled by burning coal. And in a world that cares about climate change, the number one thing we can do is replace foreign coal with clean burning natural gas. Hands down, full stop, the biggest impact we can make on arresting climate change is a arresting coal. The answer to do that is with natural gas. How are we going to get on the playing field and play a leading role in this is we've got to improve our status and showcase how great we produce and how great we operate from an environmental perspective? If you look at slide 23, one of the simple ways we can do that is by saying that we're net-zero. Let's take methane emissions off of the table, which get -- which has been a question that we've been getting a lot. But this is great because methane emission is something that this industry is going to knock out of the park. We've laid out our pneumatic device program. That's the biggest thing we can do across the country at EQT. As Dave mentioned, we're accelerating our pneumatic device retirement program. We're going to be eliminating over 8,000 pneumatic devices this year for a cost of less than $20 million. That's going to be a big step towards us getting to be net-zero. And by doing that, that Stage 1 for our reputation is eliminating the methane emissions. We're going to do that. The next step is illuminating the performance, and that's coming with our RSG certification programs. EQT is one of the largest -- or is the largest producer of certified natural gas with over 4 Bcf a day. That's over 5% of US nat gas volumes are now certified just from EQT alone. And then you look at the rest of industry and everybody is picking up their part of it and being transparent and rushing to do the RSG certification. So the transparency is going to be there. And then with eliminating the methane emissions, illuminating how good we are, then we can start talking about the alternating coal with natural gas around the world. What is this ultimately going to do for us, Neal? There are higher-priced markets where people are paying higher prices for energy. And if we can get infrastructure in place, then we can connect low-cost Pennsylvania Marcellus, West Virginia, Ohio, low-cost Appalachia gas to these higher-priced markets, and that's going to create a tremendous opportunity for our investors and also a tremendous cost saving opportunity for millions of Americans and billions of people around the world. So I mean, it's a process, but really, really excited about the opportunity in front of us.
Neal Dingmann:
Well, said. Thanks, guys.
Toby Rice:
Got it.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from John Abbott from Bank of America. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
John Abbott:
Good morning and thank you for taking our questions. David, I'm going to direct the first question at you. You went over your hedging strategy in the opening remarks. And then you just discussed the volatility that we're seeing with gas prices. If you look at the cumulative free cash flow through 2026, you're talking about $10 billion. Do you take a more offensive view on hedging at this point in time just to lock in more of that cash flow just given gas volatility?
David Khani:
Yes. So I think the way we approach it now, and really, it's, I'll call, it an evolution of what we've done before. We look at our balance sheet and our needs. And so we put in hedges with protection that give us the needs that we need to cover. What are those? One is we want to cover CapEx, we want to cover our dividend. We want to cover our debt retirement. We want to cover our stock buyback. But in the past, we would use swaps to do it now with the market we can use collar. And so by having a strong balance sheet, we don't need to go and hedge at a much higher percentage. So we can hedge, call it, a regional percentage to give us that protection. The risk of going too far out into the future is that volatility, and we can see how that volatility caught us in 2021. And so I think for us, we're going to go out and we're going to add hedges methodically, and we're not going to go out beyond, call it, two years because we think that volatility will create opportunities for us in the future to be able to walk it in when we want to lock it in and not put us in a position where we feel like we hedge too early and too much.
John Abbott:
Appreciate it. And the other question here is for you, Toby, just going back to the new completion design. Just want to clarify, so the $50 million, this is being spent in Southwest PA. Is this across a portion of the wells? Is it across all the wells? And have you tested this up in the Northeast or in West Virginia at this point in time, or is this really applicable to Southwest PA?
Toby Rice:
Yes. This is applicable to Southwest PA. It's around -- 30% of our wells are going to have this new next-generation well designed. But the -- really, the thing we're looking forward to is applying this next-gen design across the entire portfolio. And that would mean West Virginia, that would mean Northeastern Pennsylvania. And that's really exciting for us. And I think we talk a lot about how can EQT leverage our scale. We say, well, scale gives us the ability to invest in two things, infrastructure and technology. And while we've shown you what we've done on the infrastructure side with the big water network in West Virginia, technology is being showcased here. To get these answers and make these design improvements, it's going to cost any company, call it, the $50 million to get these answers. The difference with scale is that – that $50 million investment for us is going to translate to many, many, many multiples of value creation because when it's applied to our scale. So that's – we're excited about looking forward to the results here in 2022, and we'll keep everybody updated on the progress as it comes in.
John Abbott:
Thank you for the color. Appreciate it you taking our questions.
David Khani:
Thank you, John.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Jeoffrey Lambujon from Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Jeoffrey Lambujon:
Good morning, and thanks for taking my questions. If I could ask maybe one follow-up to the well design maybe on the technical aspects, I appreciate the color on the expected free cash flow improvement across the plan and what the testing entailed pulling from all the different well designs you used historically. But is there anything more you can share just on what some of those parameters are that are moving around in these new designs and maybe what the improvement at the well level could look like? Just assuming things play out in line with how you are modeling it internally?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. I don't want to get too much into the details, but I will tell you this. One of the biggest factors to improve well design is spacing, and we're not touching spacing. So the things that we are doing are going to be things where we still have flexibility. So we're not setting ourselves up to completely commit to this. We are preserving a lot of flexibility in the design parameters that we selected as this NextGen design. So I think that's really important. And we're confident it's going to be favorable, but we've got that flexibility baked in. And there's still other – like I said, other big parameters like spacing or other levers we can pull. Those are more prone to the gas environment you expect, but that's another lever that's in the back of our heads that we're evaluating as well.
Jeoffrey Lambujon:
Okay. Great. That's helpful. And then maybe just on the service outlook and understanding that inflation is the main driver of the year-over-year increase in well cost before considering that new design. I was just hoping to get a sense of what you're seeing today, if it's below that $760 million level on well cost and it's something you expect to trend higher throughout the year to kind of average at that level, or if you're already there looking for it to kind of steady from here? And then longer term, it would just be great to hear what kind of inflation is embedded in the multiyear outlook at this point.
Toby Rice:
Sure. So with inflation, we've got a lot of our services locked in. So feel like that's pretty much there. There are some things that, we think will hopefully alleviate in the back half of this year or towards the end of the year, and that's largely one of the bigger drivers of inflation that you're seeing across the country and that's steel. So we are hopefully optimistic that, that will correct towards the end of this year. And then just sort of the other stuff that is the constant grind every day, it's just making sure we have the right access to the right amount of materials, logistics. And those are things that we can do proactively hustling every day to stay ahead of it, and hopefully mitigate some of the inflation impacts that we're seeing. And to your last question on – yeah, to your last question going forward, I mean, we are anticipating that inflation will abide, but we do have inflation baked into our forecast.
Jeoffrey Lambujon:
Okay. Appreciate it.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Nitin Kumar from Wells Fargo. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
All right. Good morning and thanks for squeezing me in. I guess, I'm going to start with a big picture question for you guys. Toby, you mentioned the opportunity for the U.S. and EQT in particular. But you are kind of landlocked and it's hard to access those international markets. Some of your peers took a different approach last year, going outside the basin. I heard you talk about M&A in your prepared remarks. But just, what is your sense of comfort that things might open up, if not this year or next year, but in some foreseeable future, or does that force you to maybe look outside the basin for that growth?
Toby Rice:
Well, one thing I would say is, LNG exports in -- whether it's in Gulf Coast or anywhere in the United States, is going to benefit natural gas producers, just serving as an outlet for -- by creating new demand for every operator. So while we do have access to Gulf Coast through our FT portfolio, we do have the opportunity to touch that. As far as your question about being landlocked, this definitely is going to be -- it's going to require more than EQT. It's going to be required more than just this industry. It's going to require leadership to use their voice and claim their energy security. This means we need to take a look at pipeline projects and people that are concerned about rising energy prices in New England. Let's remind them that there's 8 Bcf a day of pipeline projects out of the Northeast that have been canceled or canceled or opposed. Those are projects that we can revive, breathe life into, bring those back in line and give the energy security to places like New England. One thing that's really key to understand, though, is our biggest natural gas fields in the country and in the world, the Marcellus, is going to be the answer for doing more -- supplying more LNG to the world and to the rest of America. And so getting pipeline access out of Appalachia has got to be a very big focus for us, just given the amount of reserves that we have here in Appalachia. And just to put this in perspective for everybody, Appalachia has more reserves in place than Russia. So it's incredibly important that we focus on this. I think people have identified the issues with the energy ecosystem. And the answer is the Marcellus. The answer is more pipelines out in New England. It really is that simple. And the prize is absolutely tremendous, both here domestically and for the world being able to get off of foreign coal.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Yes. And from -- I guess, for my follow-up question, is a little bit narrower focus. When you did the Alta deals, pro forma production was about 5.6 Bcfe a day. Guidance for this year is not too terribly different, but it is a little bit weaker, despite 30% of the wells having this new technology. Just want to understand the puts and takes here. Is this just timing? Is it risking? Just if you can help us understand the slight decline in production despite a maintenance program.
Dave Khani:
Yeah, Nitin. We actually do risk our production, but I would just say, again, we put guidance out that hopefully we're going to meet or beat. And so I think just stay tuned, and you'll see how we execute this year. So, last couple of years, as we show the productivity and the efficiency improvements in our wells, we effectively -- instead of growing production, we've actually taken CapEx down. So, we could decide if we want to grow a little bit this year and not take that efficiency or we'll continue to solve for, call it, reducing our CapEx, which is probably what we'll end up doing. So, I wouldn't read too much into our production guidance.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Thanks for the answers guys.
Toby Rice:
You're welcome.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Noel Park from Tuohy Brothers. Your line is now open, please go ahead.
Noel Parks:
Good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
Noel Parks:
Just had a couple of things. On the ESG front, it's been -- very much resonate with your comments about the industry's role in educating policymakers, the public on the importance of natural gas while on the road to alternatives. And something I've heard from some time is that in Europe, they're -- just with they're having been more aggressive on climate goals over the past decade or so that there is more realism there, even within the environmental lobby about the need for natural gas. And I just wonder if you see signs of that awareness moving or making its way over here, either in terms of the rhetoric or even more concretely in terms of international European concerns approaching you trying to talk about long-term supply agreements.
Toby Rice:
Yes. We have seen a lot of movement and change favorably towards natural gas happening in Europe. I think most significantly is marking nuclear and natural gas as green energy options. That's really exciting. And my perspective, Europe is probably five years ahead of the United States and it comes to how they think about climate and influencing policies. Europe has put over 25% of their grid on renewables, and they're seeing the impacts of sacrificing, reliable clean energy and just prioritizing the green stuff. So it's a good lesson for us to look at here. And yes, I mean, there's issues that are showing up here in the United States, specifically in New England, but not just in New England, I mean, energy outages are a thing across the country. I think last call, I talked about there being over 19,000 blackouts in the United States over the last 10 years. The blackout happening every three hours. So, we clearly need more reliability, more energy security here in the United States. And the good news is we've got a solution, and it's US natural gas, and we've got a lot of it. We can provide the lowest cost, most reliable clean energy in the world here. So, yes, I mean, we've got a really credible solution. I think people are opening their eyes to that this needs to be a balanced approach. We need to do more renewables. We need to do more natural gas. And it's got to be a complete team effort here. And we're definitely going to be -- I think natural gas is the best player we can put on the field. But total, it's definitely going to be a team effort.
Noel Park:
Great. Thanks a lot. And then I just wanted to ask about inflation and a higher interest rate environment. And I just wondered what sort of impact that might have on your thinking strategically either in terms of M&A or in terms of maybe divestment of some of your less core areas. But I mean thinking about the difference between, say, whether inflation and higher rates are going to be like a one-year story, essentially just a ripple off of COVID or whether we're looking for more like, I don't know, say, a five-year story of inflation and higher rates. I'm just wondering in your modeling, how you look at that cost of capital impact.
David Khani:
Yes. So it's actually a very interesting question you asked because obviously, people are looking at inflation, and everybody is very aware of the accelerated inflation. So on one hand, you think about it, commodities are the natural net beneficiary of rising inflationary environment. And the underinvestment across all commodities is driving some of that. And so that means as demand continues to grow, supply is not keeping up. And so we're going to get the net beneficiary of rising natural gas prices and it's also exacerbated this inflation by the rise in the cost of carbon and the impacts it has on coal and more, we'll call it polluting fuels from a carbon basis. So we'll – gas will be net beneficiary. On the flip side, we're generally rising free cash flow, and we're going to retire our debt. And so when you have a rising interest rate environment, that will cost -- that will drive our yields a little bit higher, our principal payments down a little bit as well. And so we'll be able to retire our debt a little bit cheaper as well. And then the way we effectuate our cost of capital is by buying back our stock, we can meaningfully close the gap on what our equity cost of capital is and we can actually lower our cost of debt by retiring our debt. So our capital allocation program is absolutely helping us drive our weighted average cost of capital down over time. So it's a really good question. It's really good theoretical question that we're trying to make sure that we catalyze it into real value.
Noel Park:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Josh Silverstein from Wolfe Research. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Josh Silverstein:
Thanks. Good morning, guys. Maybe just sticking to the investment-grade question here. But what happens right away when that trigger happens? Like how much working capital can come off? Letters of credit go right away? And then on the same subject, you mentioned in the slides that you need investment grade for potentially doing something related to LNG pricing. What is that referring to? Are you able to contract something else PCF or JKM pricing. So just a little bit more detail there.
David Khani:
Yes. So when we get upgraded by investment grade, we'll call it materially, if not all, of our letters of credit, the $400 million will go away. And so that means our liquidity will pop by another, we'll call it, $400 million. We have some -- I'll call some other things that will happen. For each upgrade, we get 25 basis improvements on our 2025 and 2030 debt. So our interest expense will come down. I think we have another 50 or 75 basis point improvement there. So our interest expense will improve. And at some point, we're going to redo our revolver and that – obviously, that will be a net beneficiary for extending out our revolver or call it, 4, 5 years. So that's called the capital part of it. We're having lots of conversations right now with LNG players across the whole chain. And so our goal would be to have something locked up for 2022. And obviously, our goal would not be to sign something up for covid with the Henry Hub price, it would be to tie it to international prices. And so that would be something that help us drive our realizations up pretty meaningful when we do it.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. And then second for me. So you mentioned kind of the Herculean effort that’s needed to get new infrastructure build, but what happens if nothing gets to? Like do you buy access into other pipelines like you did with the REX deal. How do you work around that?
Toby Rice:
Yes. What happens is the potential of the Marcellus stays throttled. And that's going to mean a continued maintenance – disciplined maintenance program and EQT will be generating a lot of free cash flow in that situation. One of the unique things about EQT is obviously, how can companies grow. One of the unique things about EQT is, we are going to grow our free cash flow per share even in a maintenance mode. I think that is incredibly unique for us. And even with gas prices going down in '23, our free cash flow is going to grow, and our yield is going to go from 20% to 30% from '22 to '23. So listen. I hope we have the opportunity to -- I would love to see sustainable demand where we can secure higher prices than what we're getting locally here and we can secure that supply with the long-term demand. So we're not throwing the supply-demand fundamentals out of whack. That opportunity, I hope, presents itself, and we'll be pushing for it. But up until then, we're sort of just out here being -- letting everybody know the solution that's here and we're more than willing to go out there and help. But we definitely have growth in our business, but it's not going to be from production without the sustainable demand signal.
Josh Silverstein:
Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. There are no additional questions waiting at this time. So I'll pass the conference over to Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thank you. Over the past couple of years, I got a question a lot Toby, why are you doing this? The takeover, the turnaround of this business? It was incredibly a lot of work. The reason why we went through this is to be in this position today. This is the price. The momentum that this company has built over the years is tremendous. The free cash flow momentum we have is really starting to show up, and we're really excited about continuing this rate of change story and delivering for our shareholders. Thank you.
Operator:
That concludes today's conference call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Hello, everyone, and welcome to the EQT Third Quarter 2021 Results Conference Call. My name is Nadia, and I'll be coordinating the call today. [Operator Instructions]. I'll now hand over to your host Andrew Breese, Director of Investor Relations to begin. So Andrew, please go ahead.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning and thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. A replay for today's call will be available on our website for a seven-day period beginning this evening. In a moment, Toby and Dave will present their prepared remarks, and then we'll open up the line for a question-and-answer session. Additionally, we've posted an updated Investor Presentation on our website. I'd like to remind you that today's call may also contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in our third quarter 2021 earnings release, in our Investor Presentation, in the Risk Factors section of our 2020 Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our third quarter 2021 earnings release and our most recent Investor Presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. Thank you. And I'll now turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Andrew and good morning, everyone. Since we last reported in July, we have seen a fundamental shift in the natural gas market. Current world events demonstrate the critical importance that natural gas will play in our energy future. Natural gas futures for 2022 through 2026 have rallied approximately $0.75, which has translated to a meaningful increase to our near-term free cash flow projections. World events have underscored the important role that natural gas plays in the world's energy ecosystem, not only in reliability and costs, but in meeting our global climate goals. What we are witnessing in Europe and Asia is a crisis borne out of an undersupplied of traditional energy sources, one that highlights the dislocation between the perceived good intentions of addressing climate change through policies of elimination, and how these policies play out in the real world. We are unfortunately seeing the predictable outcomes of an underinvestment in traditional energy resources with both continents having to ration energy in hopes of maintaining sufficient supply to make it through the winter. While defenders of these policies may claim that these events are isolated and transitory, we believe they are chronic symptoms due to a structural underinvestment in traditional energy resources. And unfortunately, but yet predictably, we are seeing the adverse environmental ramifications of this. As just a couple of weeks ago, China has announced that is rethinking the pace of its energy transition and ramping up coal production. This is not the way to address climate change. As one of the largest exporters of natural gas, the United States needs to recognize the role it plays not only in the solution, but also the problem. The solution is American shale. We are fortunate to be one of the few countries in the world that has an abundance of energy resources, and more so an abundance of the lowest cost, lowest emissions energy resources that is exportable, namely Appalachian natural gas. During the shale boom, technological breakthroughs, investor support and the innovation and efforts of American natural gas workers translated American shale into low cost reliable clean power, replacing high emissions coal and laying the foundation for solar and wind to play a supporting role with the results being the U.S. leading industrialized countries in emissions reductions. This model is replicable on a global stage, but only if the United States takes on a leadership role. For example, if we were to replace only China's new built coal power plants with natural gas, we would eliminate approximately 370 million tons of CO2 equivalent per year. That number is roughly equivalent to the emissions reduction impact of the entire U.S. renewable sector, which leads to the problem. The problem is that the United States and advocates for policies of elimination have failed to understand the key role that American shale plays in the global energy ecosystem. The United States represents about a quarter of global natural gas supply. Appalachian alone represents almost 10%. What that means is that global demand has looked all around the world and instead we need almost one-tenth of our natural gas coming from Appalachian. Regrettably, we've cancelled multiple pipelines in the last several years LNG facilities have stalled; capital has been pulled out of the system. All the while demand has grown, and now we're seeing the results. U.S. natural gas and more specifically, Appalachian natural gas has the opportunity to provide affordable, reliable, clean energy to the world but to do that we need support in building more infrastructure. A failure to support pipeline and export infrastructure would effectively abdicate the leadership role that the United States is poised to play in addressing global climate change to countries that likely do not have the resources or political desire to do so. Now to talk more about the gas macro specifically and how it is impacting our business. There are a number of bullish trends for the global natural gas market that we believe underpin a long-term structural change of the curve. First, severe underinvestment and supply across all hydrocarbons and associated infrastructure over the past few years has contributed to a global scarcity of accessible traditional energy sources. Second, solar and wind have reached enough scale in global power markets that there intermittency is driving structural volatility, driving demand for reliable energy sources like natural gas to stabilize the grid. Third, environmental pressures and governmental regulations on infrastructure have limited the ability for energy to go where it is needed most, creating market inefficiencies and restricting investments across the space, limiting the ability of producers to react to supply/demand imbalances. And fourth, a continued focus on low cost reliable and clean energy sources has increased the prominence of the role of coal to gas switching as one of the most impactful, actionable and speedy opportunities for significant progress in reducing global emissions. These are the main reasons that global natural gas prices rose over $20 per dekatherm during the quarter. With the backend of the futures curve having also revved nearly $1 in the past six months. There also why we see structural change in the curve sticking. While we have been vocal about our bullish view of natural gas prices for some time, the speed of the current price escalation came sooner than we anticipated. Our reasons for hedging 2022 production at the levels we did while continuing to keep 2023 exposure open is simple. We believe that regaining our investment grade rating, and reducing absolute debt levels, best positions EQT shareholders to fully capture these thematic long-term tailwinds in the commodity. As you look across the energy sector, it's clear that traditional energy companies are being valued at a steep discount. We believe this is principally a result of views on a long-term sustainability of traditional energy sources impacting terminal value. We believe that markets have overshot in this regard, especially so as it pertains to natural gas and that events like the current global energy crisis in particularly as to how they are contributing to a step backwards in our efforts to address climate change will make this readily apparent to policymakers and investors alike. And we believe that at that time, there will be a rerating within the sector, principally concentrated on companies like ours that are differentiated in their sustainability, both financially and on an ESG basis. Now, I'd like to give an update on our free cash flow projections. The structural shift in the commodity curve, along with some hedge repositioning in 2021 and 2022, have had a positive and material impact on our free cash flow projections. In 2021, we're now expecting to deliver approximately $950 million in free cash flow generation. In 2022, our preliminary estimates are $1.9 billion with 65% of our gas hedged. As our hedges roll-off in 2023, we see free cash flow generation potential growing even further to approximately $2.6 billion equating to an approximately 30% free cash flow yield for a company that expects to be investment grade, highlighting how robust the free cash flow generation is from our business. In addition to the shifting commodity market, we have several other factors driving improved free cash flow generation, including our contracted gathering rate declines, more efficient land capital spending, shallowing base declines and FTE optimization, which we have just announced. As such, we're updating our 2021 through 2026 cumulative free cash flow projection to over $10 billion, a 40% increase since our July estimate and materially above our current market cap. This extensive free cash flow generation provides us with the ability to return substantial capital to shareholders, while simultaneously enhancing our balance sheet. And as previously mentioned, we think they're still running them. Further, this structural gas price improvement has solidified our execution of shareholder friendly actions in 2022, which we intend to formally announce before the end of 2021. While we're acutely aware of the investor appetite for return of capital, one of the key considerations as we finalize our plans is leverage management. However, we want to be clear that attaining investment grade or certain leverage target is not a precondition to initiating shareholder returns. With our hedge position and strong free cash flow, we can accomplish both debt reduction and shareholder returns as we create our debt retirement glide path. This business is capable of returning tremendous amount of capital to shareholders, while maintaining optimal leverage. Bottom line is we're projected to have approximately $5.6 billion in available cash through 2023 and if 100% of that cash is allocated to shareholder returns, we would still be left with leverage of sub one and a half times. Those are some very compelling stats, and we look forward to executing on this robust capital allocation strategy in the very near-term. I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby, and good morning, everyone. I'll briefly cover our third quarter results before moving on to some strategic and financial updates. Sales volumes for the second quarter were 495 Bcfe at the high-end of our guidance range. Our adjusted operating revenues for the quarter were $1.16 billion and our total per unit operating costs were $1.25 per Mcfe. During the third quarter of 2021, we incurred several one-time items totaling approximately $116 million, which impacted our financial results and free cash flow generation. First, we purchased approximately $57 million of winter calls and swaptions to reposition our hedge book to provide upside exposure to rising fourth quarter 2021 and all of 2022 prices, which I'll discuss in more detail in a moment. Second, we incurred transaction-related costs mostly from Alta of approximately $39 million. And finally, we incurred approximately $20 million to purchase seismic data covering the area associated with the Alta assets, which hit exploration expense. Our third quarter capital expenditures were $297 million in line with guidance. Adjusted operating cash flow was $396 million and free cash flow was $99 million. Rising commodity prices and actions taken to unwind fourth quarter hedge ceilings have resulted in an increase to our fourth quarter free cash flow expectations of approximately $200 million. Detailed guidance can be found in the earnings release filed yesterday. But at the mid-point, we expect fourth quarter sales volumes to be 525 Bcfe, total operating costs of $1.25 per Mcfe, capital expenditures of $325 million, and free cash flow generation of $435 million. Turning to some more strategic items, I'd like to discuss the actions taken during the third quarter to optimize a firm transportation portfolio. First, we successfully sold down $525 million a day of MVP capacity, which when combined with $125 million a day previously sold down amounts to approximately 50% of our original capacity. The terms are governed by an Asset Management Agreement, pursuant to which EQT will deliver and sell certified responsibly sourced gas to an investment grade entity for a six-year period. EQT will manage the capacity and retain access to the premium Southeast markets, while the third-party entity will be responsible for all financial obligations related to the capacity. This transaction meaningfully reduces our firm transportation costs. Going forward, we believe that retaining our remaining $640 million a day of MVP capacity provides appropriate diversity to our transportation portfolio. And we do not intend to sell that any additional capacity at this time. During the quarter, we were also successful in securing $205 million a day of Rockies Express capacity with access to the premium Midwest and Rockies markets. As part of the agreement, the parties agreed to significantly discounted reservation rates during the first three-and-a-half years of the contract, which result in material uplift to price realizations and margins during that period. In the aggregate, we expect these arrangements that lower our go-forward firm transportation costs by approximately $0.05 per Mcfe, while simultaneously improving realized pricing. Additionally, we are currently working on several smaller firm transportation optimization deals, which if executed, are expected to further enhance margins and price realizations. Furthermore, our RSG program is ramping up. The six-year $525 millionday contract, we believe represents the largest RSG transaction done in the marketplace, and highlights the accelerating end market demand for low methane in intensive natural gas. I'll now move on to some hedging activity initiated during the quarter, which effectively unlocked upside exposure rising prices. Since the end of the second quarter, we have seen the Henry Hub contract price appreciate, backed by modestly tightening U.S. fundamentals and rising volatility. Couple that with energy shortages occurring around the world, we believe the U.S. could see extreme price events this winter. By early August, we have revised our hedge positioning to one that participates in more upside, while still locking in the necessary cash flows for progressing back to investment grade. In essence, we removed approximately 28% and 13% of caps or ceilings for the balance of 2021, and all the 2022, and lowered our floor percentages by 11% and 9%, respectively. We were able to do this by purchasing a significant number of winter call options at very attractive prices and strike levels that are currently in the money. These call options maintain our downside protection, capitalize on rising volatility and open our portfolio to increased realizations. In addition to our winter call options, we also purchased swaps in 2022 by taking advantage of the backwardation in the market to purchase swaps at points on the curve we felt to be undervalued. This is expected to allow us to capture stronger pricing in 2022, well after we're through the winter. These actions resulted in a one-time cost of approximately $57 million in the third quarter and approximately $18 million in the fourth quarter. With the current market value sitting at well over three times the execution costs. For our 2023 hedge book, which sits at under 50% we expect to hedge with a more balanced and opportunistic approach as we have reduced debt and achieved our investment grade metrics in 2022. At a high-level, we envision a lower hedge percentage, utilizing structures that enable upside participation to capture our anticipated long-term appreciation of natural gas prices and increased volatility. Last, we remain relatively unhedged on our liquid volumes for 2022 and 2023 at less than 15%, which represents about 5% of our volumes and 7% of our revenues. Moving on to a quick update of leverage and liquidity. Pro forma the full-year impact of Alta and the removal of margin postings, our year-end 2021 leverage sits at 1.8 times and is expected to decline to 0.9 times by year-end 2022, and zero leverage by year-end 2023 without the impact of shareholder returns. If we add all our free cash flow through 2023, plus the $700 million in current cash margin posting, we are looking at $5.6 billion in cash available for shareholder returns and leverage management. So we have the ability to retire substantial debt, achieve optimal leverage and provide robust returns to our shareholders. Stay tuned for more formal framework before year-end. As of September 30, our liquidity was $1.2 billion, which included approximately $0.7 billion in credit facility borrowings, largely related to margin balances tied to our hedge portfolio. As of October 22nd, our margin balance sits at approximately $0.4 billion and our liquidity will end October at around 1.5 billion. With respect to margin postings, we've been able to manage these nicely by working with our hedge counterparties, many of which are also submit center revolver. We continue to make progress on lowering our letters of credit postings under the credit facility, which dropped approximately $0.1 billion during the third quarter to $0.6 billion, and it's declined another $0.1 billion through October 22. From mid-2020, we have effectively cut our letters of credit in half from approximately $0.8 billion to an anticipated $0.4 billion by year-end 2021. And as a final reminder on liquidity, virtually all margin postings and letters of credit go away when we achieve investment grade rating. We are one notch away from IG with all three agencies, and when combined with a structural gas macro tailwinds and EQT's robust free cash flow profile, we believe it's only a matter of time until we regain our investment grade rating. I'll now turn the call back to Toby for some final remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. To conclude today's prepared remarks, I'm very excited about the catalysts on the horizon, which I expect to shine a spotlight on the inherent value of our business and the value proposition for investors. These include one, the compelling and structural positive momentum driving the gas macro backdrop, setting up robust and sustained free cash flow generation. Two, the announcement of the shareholder return framework that is right around the corner. Three, an investment grade rating that is on the horizon, further driving increased free cash flow generation and improved liquidity. And lastly, our modern approach and ESG leadership will continue to drive sustained long-term value creation for all of our stakeholders in the sustainable shale era. With that, I'll open the call up for questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Our first question today comes from Arun Jayaram of JPMorgan. Arun, please go ahead. Your line is open.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes, good morning. Toby, I was wondering if you could outline -- you highlighted your expectations for free cash flow generation between now and 2026, how you'd prioritize uses of free cash flow between buybacks, potential shareholder returns to dividends or further A&D activity?
Toby Rice :
Sure. Thanks, Arun. Yes, so how we're thinking about the capital allocation. We're certainly looking forward to getting to more details before the end of the year. But I'd say the priority is going to be on buybacks and dividends, less so on M&A. Obviously, that's going to be dependent on where our stock is trading, the value we see on the consolidation framework. But right now, where we're sitting, the priority will be to be on buybacks. I do think dividends will be a part of the program. I think having a base dividend is sort of going to be the ticket to play in sustainable shale eras. So you will see something that is modest but meaningful. And looking forward to laying all that in more detail by the end of the year.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Great. And just my follow-up is just on the firm transportation optimization. You guys highlighted the impacts of selling down, call it, 0.5 Bcf a day on MVP. And I just want to get through a little bit of the math, because you talked about a $0.05 improvement in your -- from transportation cost structure. On our model, that would represent about $125 million, $150 million per annum in savings. We had previously thought, Toby, that there would be a drag on your realizations as you sold, call it, a bit of a higher mix in the local market and away from maybe a premium Southeast market. But in the press release, you mentioned that you think that this would actually improve your realized pricing. So I was wondering if you could give us a little sense of the magnitude and how does the RSG fit into that?
David Khani:
Yes. So this is Dave. So we have a sales agreement with the buyer, who's -- and so we will make, on top of the -- on top of the cost of shipping the pipe -- of taking the pipe, we have a fee on top of that, that we -- that includes both the cost of the gas as well as the RSG. So there's, we'll call it, a premium that's on top of the cost of the pipe.
Arun Jayaram:
And David, could you give us maybe a sense of the magnitude or just to think about what this could mean in terms of the cash flow for the company?
David Khani:
It's very meaningful. I think we can't -- it's a confidential contract, so we can't disclose it, but it's very meaningful. And again, it's embedded in our forecast that we gave for 2022 and really the full impact of 2023 and beyond.
Operator:
Our next question today comes from Neal Dingmann of Truist Securities. Neal, please go ahead. Your line is open.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning, all. Toby, I'm just wondering, you guys have done a great job, of I'd say, doing some reposition to hedges to unlock not only the fourth quarter, but 2022 incremental free cash. I'm just wondering, is there, in today's environment, more that you can do on that? For you or Dave, hear from either one of you all, on a go forward or do you just pull up most of what you can out of that?
David Khani:
Yes. So if you've noticed, we repositioned hedges earlier in 2021 when already hit. And so we had looked and figured out that when gas had dropped down to, we'll call it, 240, we were able to reposition. So yes, we'll consistently reposition our portfolio. We'll take advantage of the volatility. So we're not done yet.
Neal Dingmann:
Okay. And then just one last one. You mentioned on the liquids. I'm just wondering, is there any thoughts about regionally shifting so that you can bring out even more liquids, I don't know, early or let's say through 2022?
Toby Rice:
Yes, Neal, our program is pretty baked, I'd say, for the next six to nine months. But we do look at our schedule every quarter, every month to prioritize, to put the best rate of return projects on the schedule and see if we can put those as close to the front of the line as possible. Obviously, the move in liquids has increased the economics of our liquids-rich wells. And certainly the acquisition from Chevron gives us an inventory of those opportunities. And the team is looking to prioritize those type of projects and bring those sooner up in the schedule. But I don't anticipate any change in the next six to nine months of what we're putting out.
Operator:
Our next question today comes from Umang Choudhary of Goldman Sachs. Umang, please go ahead. Your line is open.
Umang Choudhary:
Great. Thank you and good morning. My first question was around RSG certification. Can you walk us through where you are on the certification from the third-party auditor? And what needs to happen to get the requested certification to supply the gas to the investment-grade counterparty?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So we have two certifications. We have Project Canaria when we have EOMIQ. We're both done on that. So we have effectively, we'll call it, up to four Bcf per day of certificates. And so we've, I'll call it, had now three contracts, one which obviously was a very large one. And we're working on several others.
Umang Choudhary:
Great. And then you have also completed two attractive transactions over the last year. So maybe if you can provide your latest thoughts around consolidation in the basin.
Toby Rice:
Sure. So yes, the two deals that we did, Chevron and Alta, I think have proved to be very accretive. One of the driving factors there is we, I think, did a pretty conservative underwriting, do not have to pay for significant inventory. And we did those transactions at a 2 60, two 70 strip. Obviously, where the strip has moved is going to show that those -- the values of those assets have risen considerably. I think today, looking at where the market is, I think from a consolidation standpoint, probably not going to be our best way to create sustainable value at these prices. So we've essentially put our consolidation efforts on pause. And we'll continue to be disciplined, as always, to look for the best ways to create sustainable value creation for our shareholders. And we think with the opportunity that this company has, it's just looking at the value disparity in our stock. And now that we have had some tools to start correcting that, that will be where a consolidation will be focused. We'll be now potentially buying back our stock.
Operator:
Our next question comes from John Abbott of Bank of America. John, please go ahead. Your line is open.
John Abbott:
Hey. Thank you for taking my questions. The first question, Toby, is for you. Now you've had Alta in-house for quite a bit now. Have there been any positive surprises?
Toby Rice:
Yes, there's been some positive improvements. I wouldn't say there's been surprises. We've identified some best practices. The way that Alta was doing. Compressor maintenance, I think, was the best practice and we'll tuck in. We're early on taking over operations, but in very short order, the drilling team has showed their strengths. The first pad we started developing and I think it was a 9-well pad, two wells were already drilled. The drilling team has already almost essentially doubled the drilling speeds on those locations. They did that through reevaluating landing zones, tweaking the fluid design, switching out the direction of tools from rotary steer -- from conventional mud motors to directional -- to rotary steerables. And we've seen rate penetrations take up. I mean, it's pretty much what this drilling team has done on when they took over here at EQT. So that's been a big improvement. And the impact of cost there, I'd say historical costs on Alta from the drilling side was around, call it, $240, $250 on the horizontal portion. That's a dollar per foot. And the new drilling techniques and the performance is taking drilling costs down to around $140, $150 a foot. So big positive improvement there, but not surprised that the team is executing.
John Abbott:
That is very helpful. And then the second question, David, this is for you, it's on the MVP deal. So that deal is six years. So are there extensions possible for that deal? And then after that six year horizon, how do the FT costs sort of change on a unit basis?
David Khani:
So the first part of your question, yes, both parties have an option here to be able to extend this out. So we will have that discussion, we'll call it as we get closer to year-end six. And we get the opportunity to restrike the AMA fee as well. And so that would be good for us. And then just to know that, that pipe, we'll call it, it sits in the upper $0.70 range. And that effectively, should we route the same level pipes that over time can ask for higher rates. But as of now, we would anticipate it to be about that high $0.70 rate.
Operator:
Thank you, John. Our next question comes from Josh Silverstein of Wolfe Research. Josh, please go ahead. Your line is open.
Josh Silverstein:
Yes, thanks. Good morning guys. Just on the forward outlook in free cash flow. Is this a maintenance outlook that's underpinning this? And let's say, it's time for EQT to grow based on where the forward prices are, where does the incremental production go? Is it all into the local market? Or given the FT that you have, you'll be able to send it into the -- whether it's the Rockies now or down to the Southeast?
Toby Rice:
Josh, our free cash flow forecast is underpinned by a maintenance program. We are not contemplating growth.
David Khani:
Yes. And if we did, by the way, you hit it right, there's less gas going forward in basin because of those two types that come -- that are on and what we get yet. So in theory, it would probably stay in the local market. But we're -- going forward, that number is a much smaller percentage.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. Okay. And then you did say and show that 30% free cash flow yield in 2023. Right now, it certainly feels like that's an eternity away. Is there any way for you guys to take advantage of that free cash flow yield now? Or do you really just have to wait for these hedges to start rolling off? Or I know you mentioned you may want to put in some collars or some other hedges for 2023. It just feels like the stock hasn't moved in six months at all because of the current hedge book. So is there anything that you guys can do to try to take advantage of that now?
David Khani:
Yes. So just think about -- in the fourth quarter, we're going to have roughly $450 million of free cash flow. We're going to have, we'll call, a significant portion of the margin posting going away as incremental cash, okay? Right now, we're calling that $300 million based upon October 22. And we obviously also have our E-Train stock, that's another, we'll call it, $250 million. So there's $1 billion sitting right there, we'll call it -- that's circled before we even touch 2022. Did that answer your question, Josh? I guess we moved on.
Operator:
I'm just going to move on to the next question then. So our next question today comes from David Deckelbaum of Cowen. David, please go ahead. Your line is now open.
David Deckelbaum:
Thanks Toby, and David and team for taking my questions. First off, I wanted to just ask, you remarked earlier, Toby, about kind of reworking some of the hedge book, especially going into winter and some of the risk around price spikes with some seasonality there. We did talk about like a base program obviously doesn't grow. But is there anything that would happen on the production side in the field level that you guys could be prepared to do, whether it's opening chokes further to take advantage of seasonal swings in pricing?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Operationally, we do execute a managed choke program for all new wells that we turn in line. So we're naturally choking back our wells for the first six to nine months. So that is an opportunity that lets us -- it's a lever we can pull to increase gas supply and take advantage of near-term price volatility. We have turned some of those wells open to get some -- to grab some extra production in the short term. And then as far as like our hedge book is concerned and sort of to the prior question that was asked earlier, is there anything else we can do there? The repositioning of our hedge book that we've done has really been focused on sort of the short term, which we think we have a much better read on how the macro will play out. And so we'll continue to assess the environment as we get closer toward -- as we get through this winter through 2022, we'll always be looking at optimizing our hedge book to match what we think is going on in the market.
David Deckelbaum:
Sure. This is the second one for me, and Josh alluded to this earlier, is the drag on the stock with the hedge book. I think that there's also some perceived negativity around the letter of credit postings and the margin postings, which obviously go away with an investment-grade rating. You talked about this as being near-term. I guess, can you give us a sense of how frequently you think that you're being assessed by the rating agencies and maybe a calendar of when you think you're going to get the next fair look at the state of the business?
David Khani:
Yes. So just to understand, one, every month that rolls off, our margin posting comes down. So most of it goes away really, we'll call it, over the next four, five months just naturally through -- and so they really become much less of an issue. And October 22, we said our margin posting was $400 million. So it's really less of a drag. It's actually going to be more of a tailwind. So let's just start off with that. And then second, we do speak to the rating agencies on a fairly regular basis. And we think as we initiate our debt retirement, we'll have the ability to be, we'll call, investment-grade metrics sitting probably somewhere in the first quarter or second quarter of next year.
David Deckelbaum:
I appreciate that. If I could just lob in the housekeeping one real quick. Just so I can contextualize all of the moving pieces of the E-Train gathering agreement and the firm capacity agreements on the other side, it looks like all in, if we think about gathering transmission and processing of sort of $1.05 on an Mcfe basis for this year, that next year that, that level should be roughly flat at the corporate level. Is that fair?
David Khani:
Yes, that's fair.
Operator:
Thank you, David. Our next question comes from David Heikkinen of Pickering Energy Partners. David, please go ahead. Your line is open.
David Heikkinen:
Good morning and thanks for the time. Just on the operating side, the $240 a foot down to $150 on Alta sparked the question of what are your expectations for completed well cost per foot kind of for the remainder of the year and then into next year? And any inflation expectations as well?
Toby Rice:
Sure. At a very high level, our Southwest PA Marcellus wells, we still are expecting to come in, in that 6 75 to six 80 range. At a corporate level, I think our ultimate goal is to get all the wells that we do to average around $700 a foot, has taken into account the West Virginia Marcellus, which is planned at $775 a foot and the Northeast Pennsylvania assets with Alta, which is going to be closer to $750 a foot. We're going to see probably the biggest gains from a performance perspective on West Virginia and the northeastern side of things. That's going to set us up to be in a position to deliver well cost around $700 a foot. That is taking into account some inflation. We are seeing single-digit inflations on -- focused on things like steel, diesel and labor. Steel is probably the one that we think could correct itself in the near term. So we're being very selective in what we procure on that front. Diesel, we've sort of insulated ourselves from the impact of the rise in diesel cost, and that's primarily due to the move to electrified frac fleets. We've eliminated well over 25 million gallons of diesel consumption per year from our program. And then the last one is labor. And I think this is every industry is struggling with shortage of labor. One thing I would say is that one of our biggest moats that EQT has against service cost inflation is the efficiency of our base operations. It's important for EQT to drill, to have really great operating efficiencies on the amount of horizontal feet we drill, the amount of we frac each day. Because those operational efficiencies are translating to efficiencies with our service providers, and it allows us to be more efficient and combat inflation going forward. So while we are planning for some, I think we've set the company up to still have an opportunity to continue to drive down our costs.
David Heikkinen:
Okay. And then just on the modeling detail side, would it be possible to either walk through where your fourth quarter hedges are, take it offline and we can just kind of make sure we dial things in right with the changes you all made so we can make sure we get our marks correct?
David Khani:
Sure. So in the fourth quarter, we have a floor level of about 74%. We have a ceiling level of about 70%. So we -- by taking those caps off, we've really opened up the ceiling in the November, December time period now where gas prices are rallying here, we're actually at 60% ceiling. That's -- and at a 70% -- 72% floor, that's the same spot we're sitting in the first quarter. So we really have opened up the winter. And then for 2022, we're sitting at about 64% floor and about 72% ceiling.
Operator:
Thank you, David. Our next question comes from Scott Hanold of RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. Thanks. Good morning. Toby, you had mentioned, obviously, M&A doesn't seem to be something that is attractive right now. And can you just talk big picture about your strategic positioning? Very focused in Appalachia. I know a lot of -- some of your peers have been moving down toward the Haynesville. Now there are, I think, a couple of potential sizable opportunities in the Haynesville right now. But like can you talk strategically about being in Appalachia versus thinking about the Haynesville and accessing the global gas market?
Toby Rice:
Yes. And I think it's a great question, we get that question a lot. Getting exposure to LNG, I think, is important. But when you look at our portfolio, a lot of people don't recognize that EQT, we have exposure to the Gulf Coast. We've got over 1.2 Bcf a day of FT down to the Gulf, which is almost -- almost the largest position of any producer down there in the Haynesville. So we've got a significant amount of exposure down there. So really that strategic box is sort of checked, and it just comes back to what are going to be the most accretive opportunities for us to look at. And I think you got to understand what we have here in Appalachia is really special. You've got very low maintenance CapEx requirements up here. We've obviously got really great -- really super low F&D costs. And it's a little bit of a different story down there in the Haynesville with higher well costs, higher declines. And we just got to sort of balance that. But strategically, we've got the FT down there to access to the international markets, and that's something that the teams are really, really working on optimizing some more there as well.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. Understood. And I think this one is for David here. And on hedging, you obviously talked about being a little bit more, I guess, deliberate or pragmatic going forward on the hedging. Could you give us a little bit more color on that? And just talk to how your reduced leverage position and also your lowering breakeven point going forward kind of forms and shapes your view of what are the right points in structures to utilize?
David Khani:
Yes. So just if you step back, in the way we hedged before, we had -- we call it a defensive part of our hedge, which locked in a leverage ceiling and locked in a certain amount of free cash flow, and was very purposeful because we had a maturity wall that we had to pay off, including that we'll pull now, the last bit of it which is the $600 million of 2022 notes. And then we had what we call the offensive piece, where we would try to grab our price view and be more offensive in that nature. And then the other piece I'd just say is whenever we did acquisitions, we get layered on hedges to make sure that we locked in that free cash flow and the economics of what we did. So going forward, if we're not -- if first we don't do any acquisitions, we're just going to really look at the defensive piece now the percentage that we need to hedge as our leverage comes down as -- and the fact that we don't -- won't have any, we'll call, purposes -- the debt that we really have to take out, we will be able to hedge and we'll call a much lower level from a defensive position there. And then for the offensive side, we're going to sit and decide at what percentage we want to hedge up to. But we can also change, I'll call it, the tools in which we use. We can use more collars. We can use more puts to be able to not just put a ceiling in place, but just put a floor in place. So those are things that we're working on. We have a little bit of time to do because we're really thinking about this really more for how do we layer on hedges for 2023.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. And just strategically, like can you -- as you think about those forward hedges in 2023 and beyond, like is -- maybe looking at it as a relative percentage of production being hedged. Is that a good way to look at it? Or is it -- if you put in floors, it becomes a little bit, I guess, a little bit different kind of conversation?
David Khani:
Yes. It's always about a percentage of our production, but we're trying to solve for a leverage ratio and, in some cases, a free cash flow number. And so that percentage, because of defensive nature, will drop meaningfully. So for example, in the past, that number was sitting, call it, between 40% and 60% the last two or three years because of our leverage and the amount of debt we need to pay down. That number is going to drop very meaningfully now because of our leverage and the fact that we will solve the maturity wall.
Toby Rice:
But I'd just say, as far as the types of instruments we use, swaps were largely used in the past, I think, to get our floors. I think the floor as you'll see going forward are going to come more from puts, whether we just purchase those outright or use those as part of a cost as collar. At the end of the day, it's going to be a more balanced approach. I think in the past, it's been more focused on getting that prioritizing the floor. Now the balance is going to be making sure we have a floor, but also recognizing the upside, because we do believe volatility will continue and we have a balance sheet that will allow us to take a more balanced approach, and that's what we're going to deliver.
Operator:
Thank you, sir. Our next question comes from Kashy Harrison of Piper Sandler. Kashy, please go ahead. Your line is open.
Kashy Harrison:
Good morning, everyone and thank you for taking the questions. Toby, I really enjoyed the macro discussion earlier in the call. I was wondering if you could provide us with some just current thoughts on how many new LNG projects you think might hit FIB maybe over the next several quarters? And then I know the global market, the global gas market is obviously extremely short right now. But it does seem like a wave of projects is coming from the U.S., Qatar, Russia, maybe Mozambique, if it becomes a little bit safer over there. So is it possible that we could go from an undersupplied global market to an oversupplied global market over the next several years?
Toby Rice:
Yes, great question. I think in the short term, the projects that are in queue will see LNG export capacity go to around 17 Bcf a day over the next few years. But I think that the bigger question is really going to be how much more natural gas does the world need? Obviously, significantly more. I think when international companies are looking at -- countries are looking at where they're going to source their gas, there's three countries
Kashy Harrison:
That's great color, Toby. And then my follow-up, and maybe you sort of just answered this. But let's say, FT is not an issue, what multiyear, let's call it, five year average price -- index price would you need to see before you'd even consider transitioning from maintenance to growth?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think you look at the strip we have right now, and it's certainly backward dated. But the returns today would justify more investments, but that's not -- it's not the only factor that we're looking at. To generate sustainable value creation, it's -- we need more than just short-term price signals. We need to see that we've got long-term demand for our product. And that's why infrastructure is important. That's why public policy is important. And I think you're going to need to see those things to prioritize operators to pick back up and deliver the energy that this world so clearly needs.
Operator:
Thank you. And our final question today comes from Noel Parks of Tuohy Brothers. Noel, please go ahead. Your line is open.
Noel Parks:
Just had a question. I apologize if you touched on this already, but -- and I realize it's kind of early, but given the Alta acquisition and of course, a much better SEC price this year than we had last year, is there anything that's clear and obvious at this point, that might not be obvious to us, as far as what reserves might look like at the end of the year? Just thinking about, in addition to Alta, the -- maybe the SEC CapEx horizon sort of changing as you evaluate the blended inventory.
David Khani:
So this is Dave. So if you think about it, we're running maintenance. So the activity level is not -- the five year dollars are not going to be changed materially from where they were last year on the base. We have, we'll call it, the incremental Alta reserves, which I think we talked about midyear and that around the acquisition. The only real change, I would say, materially will be a little bit of tails tied to the -- tied to the change in the commodity price. And so -- and that's really it. So I wouldn't imagine the reserves changing materially because of that. I think if we were ramping up activity on either our base or the Alta acquisition, then you could see us probably book more proved reserves. But that's not going to be the case.
Noel Parks:
Great. And I guess, again, I'd really just touch on quite a few macro topics. But as we are kind of, again round in the bend of the year, do you have any sense, maybe just talking about U.S. demand, about -- with all the demand uncertainty we've had, whether there's -- is the market worrying too much? Or is there too much volatility because of sort of the COVID-specific, I guess, the price change specific parts of sort of demand uncertainty? Because it's always tempting to sort of look at the strip and think about our current patterns and try to extrapolate into a new normal. And then at times, it's important to sort of step back and say wait, we're coming off of an extraordinary couple of years, you can't really -- you can't really extrapolate into 2022, 2023 based on what we've seen during this rally.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Good question. I mean, I think there is an over -- there has been an overreaction, but not as it relates to the need and grab for natural gas, that is clearly justified, and that's due to the significant underinvestment that we've seen in traditional energy over the past five years. The overexaggeration, I think, that a lot of people are seeing right now is as it relates to sort of the environment and climate change. And some of the reasons why we've seen some of these extreme situations play out in Europe is because people have prioritized the green aspects of energy over and sacrificed low-cost reliable for that. And I think at the end of the day, we need to take a realistic, practical approach, balanced approach, toward the energy that we utilize. And it's got to be low cost. It's got to be reliable and it has to be clean. And I think that an effective policy is going to be one that prioritizes natural gas, which is obviously the best at meeting all three of those criteria.
Operator:
Thank you. This brings us to the end of today's Q&A session. I will now hand the call over to Toby for any closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, everybody. It's certainly exciting times in energy, and we look forward to capturing even more opportunities and creating more value for our stakeholders. Thank you to everybody and the crew for all the hard work this quarter really excited about the future ahead. Thanks.
Operator:
Thanks everyone for joining the call today. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Hello, everybody and welcome to the EQT Second Quarter 2021 Quarterly Results Conference Call. My name is Sam and I will be coordinating your call today. [Operator Instructions] I will now hand you over to your host, Andrew Breese, Director of Investor Relations to begin. Andrew, please go ahead.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning and thank you everyone for joining today’s conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. A replay for today’s call will be available on our website for a 7-day period beginning this evening. In a moment, Toby and David will present the prepared remarks then we will open up the line for a question-and-answer session. On our website, we have posted an updated investor presentation and we may have referenced certain slides during today’s discussion. I’d like to remind you that today’s call may also contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from those forward-looking statements because of factors described in our second quarter 2021 earnings release, our investor presentation, in the Risk Factors section of our 2020 Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update forward-looking statements. Today’s call may also contain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our second quarter earnings release and our most recent investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. Thank you. And with that, I will turn it over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Andrew and good morning, everyone. Before we recap the quarter, I would like to touch on the recently completed Alta acquisition, which was overwhelmingly approved by our shareholders. The accretive benefits of this acquisition are compelling. It bolsters our free cash flow per share trajectory, meaningfully reduces our leverage profile, adds substantial high-margin inventory and accelerates our timeline to both reach investment grade metrics and deliver on our shareholder return initiatives. Now, stepping back to the details of the deal and the integration process. We closed the deal on July 21 for an adjusted aggregate purchase price at closing of $1 billion in cash and approximately 98.8 million shares being issued directly to Alta’s equity holders. As a reminder, no Alta equity holder receives more than 5% of our common stock in the transaction. The key assets acquired include 300,000 net Marcellus acres, largely held by production, approximately 1 Bcf a day of high-margin net production, approximately 300 miles of Midstream gathering systems, a 100-mile freshwater system and an attractive FT portfolio to premium demand markets. On the Alta assets, we expect to utilize 1 operated rig and frac crew, and in combination with our non-operated development activity, we will execute a maintenance program on the assets going forward. For the remainder of 2021, we expect the Alta assets to increase total sales volumes by 155 to 175 Bcfe, contribute approximately $300 million to $325 million to adjusted EBITDA, require capital expenditures of between $100 million to $125 million, and finally, add approximately $150 million to $170 million in free cash flow. On the integration front, our proven framework is designed to provide high confidence, transparency, speed and best practice identification as we fully integrate the Alta assets into our portfolio. Of the over 800 integration actions that were identified, approximately 25% of these actions have already been completed. We expect to complete the full operational integration by the end of the year. The efforts of our EQT crew, including our newly added Alta team members as well as those serving on a transition basis, are instrumental in this effort and I want to take a moment to thank them all for their hard work to-date. The Alta acquisition represents another step forward in our pursuit of sustainable value creation. In 2022, under maintenance program and at current strip pricing, our preliminary expectations are to generate total sales volumes of approximately 2 Tcfe; adjusted EBITDA of approximately $2.9 billion, realizing a 10% improvement in capital intensity requiring total capital expenditures of approximately $1.3 billion; and free cash flow generation of approximately $1.4 billion. Additionally, our revised long-term free cash flow projection through 2026 at current strip pricing now sits well above $7 billion or nearly $19 per share. As a result, the Alta deal both accelerates and enhances our ability to achieve investment grade metrics and provide meaningful returns to our shareholders. The optimized financing structure and robust free cash flow profile accelerated our deleveraging strategy and established a necessary platform for sustainable shareholder returns. We are currently working through our thought process and mechanics, but our focus remains simple
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby and good morning, everyone. I’d like to briefly touch on our second quarter results before moving on to some other strategic updates. Sales volumes for the second quarter were 421 Bcfe in line with our guidance range. Our adjusted operating revenues for the quarter were $997 million and our total per unit operating costs were $1.33 per Mcfe. During the second quarter of 2021, NYMEX prices for the second half of 2021, full year ‘22 and 2023 rose by $0.86, $0.53 and $0.27 respectively. Although this price movement is positive for EQT and aligns with our bullish staff sentiment, the rapid increase in oil pricing resulted in a $1.3 billion loss on the mark-to-market of our forward derivative position. This non-cash accounting treatment has no impact on our financial positioning, business operations and/or free cash flow projections that Toby just provided. Our second quarter capital expenditures were $246 million, approximately $20 million below the bottom end of our guidance range. This was primarily driven by operational timing and efforts to optimize the relationship between capital deployment, production delivery and maximizing free cash flow. Our PA Marcellus well cost performance continues to meet or exceed expectations with year-to-date costs averaging below our $675 per foot target. We are executing our West Virginia operations as planned and have high confidence in our ability to deliver well costs at or below our $7.75 per foot West Virginia target. During July, we placed into service a 50-mile section of our West Virginia mixed-use water system ahead of our schedule and under budget. This system is expected to further enhance development efficiencies, reduce environmental impacts and improve lease operating expenses moving forward. To wrap up our second quarter financial results, we delivered adjusted operating cash flow of $397 million, ultimately resulting in a positive free cash flow of $155 million. The closing of our Alta transaction brings accretive financial implications across the spectrum. As such, we have updated our full year 2021 guidance, while also providing detailed third quarter guidance to add more color on the pro forma production cadence and step change in our operating cost structure resulting from the acquisition. These details can be found in the earnings release filed yesterday. Specific to the third quarter 2021, at the midpoint, we expect a step up in total sales volumes to be approximately 485 Bcfe and a drop in total operating cost to approximately $1.26 per Mcfe. Now, I will move on to a brief update on our hedging activity. As we all witnessed, NYMEX prices have risen sharply the last several months recovering from storm Uri and benefiting from strong gas demand. As 2022 NYMEX prices rally, we layered on slightly more than 30% to our total hedges between our base and Alta transaction tenders. We assumed hedges in the Alta transaction. Alta was hedged at approximately 50% for the balance of 2021 and 25% for 2022. In order to ensure our transaction returns, we added an additional 30% for the balance of 2021, 55% to 2022, and 50% in 2023. During the recent run-up, we have been adding collars with an average floor of approximately $3.05 and a ceiling of $3.35 to raise our overall 2022 hedge position to just over 70% with a floor price of approximately $2.80. With our open position and collars, we will participate in the upside while providing the appropriate level of protection to achieve our strategic goals. To be more specific, our 2022 hedge position will keep our leverage closer to 1.5x, enabling us to retire debt, institute shareholder-friendly actions, and allow us to be more flexible in how we hedge in 2023 and beyond. We have also been active in hedging various basis points and mitigated exposure to fluctuations in Appalachian Basin pricing as experienced in the second quarter with the TECO outage. Currently, our exposure to local pricing sits at approximately 15% for the remainder of 2021, while we hold nearly no exposure to local pricing for calendar year 2022, assuming a midyear MVP start date. Full details of our current hedge position can be found in our earnings release. So, our hedging efforts have solidified our balance sheet, positioned us to achieve investment grade metrics, locked in attractive free cash flow profile and accretion from our consolidation and protect our portfolio from near-term pricing risk. Now, the fundamental setup for natural gas began with producers running at maintenance of capital mode setting up for a strong 2Q recovery in industrial demand post storm Uri. The frontline NYMEX contract rallied from $2.64 to $3.65 per Mcf during the quarter, driven initially by the TETCO outage, followed by a much warmer-than-normal weather in June that saw natural gas supply being rationed between domestic and export demand. The TETCO outage starved the Gulf Coast of approximately 650 million a day, while the warmer weather in June increased gas power demand by about 3 Bcf per day. The TETCO outage also added pricing pressure for in-basin gas. Up till the outage, TETCO M2 basis was averaging $0.62 for April and May, while the outage occurred. Cash basis fell sub $1. However, even with the outage, strong cooling demand and less gas to coal switching in the region helped support cash basis, pulling it back to the mid-60s before the end of the quarter. Looking forward, we expect 2021 and 2022 forward natural gas price curve to remain very sensitive to weather. We see significant upside to the 2023 and 2025 curve from rising exports, increasing power demand from accelerating coal and modest nuclear retirements. And on top of this bullish long-term gas view, we see opportunities for further pricing differentiation within the sector as the responsive source gas market matures. The demand for differentiated product exists we are seeing in our conversations with end users, both domestic and international buyers who are looking for ways to reduce their carbon footprint. We have already entered into a couple of RSG contracts at premium pricing. We see the opportunity for premiums to expand as we optimize the RSG framework through the standardization of technology adoption and improved transparency. I will now pass the call over to Toby to wrap things up.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. As the RSG topic highlights, we see growing opportunities to connect value creation with ESG accretion. Our comprehensive ESG report published in June provides a detailed review of how we approach sustainable value creation and a key area for us is differentiation. So before we close, I’d like to highlight the emission targets that we announced in June, which we believe are truly differentiating in the industry. First, we established the targets to achieve net zero Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions by or before 2025. This is an important commitment and one that we have high confidence in meeting or exceeding. Second, we plan to reduce our production segment Scope 1 GHG emissions intensity by 70% to a level below 160 metric tons CO2 per Bcfe by or before 2025. And finally, we plan to reduce our production segment Scope 1 methane emissions intensity by 65%, below 0.02% by or before 2025. These targets are meaningful first steps and we will continue to push ourselves as we aim to be the operator of choice for all of our stakeholders. We are a value-driven organization that operates with vision and purpose. And to conclude today’s call I’d like to point you to Slide 5 of our investor presentation, which highlights our unique investment opportunity to our shareholders. In short, we are a differentiated energy investment opportunity. Starting with scale, we are the largest producer of natural gas in the United States. This is important not only because we are responsible for providing the U.S. and other countries globally with low cost, low emissions natural gas, but because when done correctly, scale affords us the chance to operate more efficiently. Second, we have a robust free cash flow profile, most notably driven by contractually locked in declining gathering rates with Equitrans, improved maintenance capital intensity and a shallowing base production decline. Aside from upward price movements, upside to our $7 plus billion free cash flow projection through 2026 will come through the release of certain MVP capacity, credit rating upgrades, premiums for RSG gas, participation in new ventures, and continued operational efficiencies. Next, we have a peer-leading credit profile with a clear path to regain our investment grade rating. As shown on Slide 8, you will see that our 5-year notes trade nearly 150 basis points better than comparable peers, while only 50 to 75 basis points wide of investment grade producers. On the left hand side of the slide, you will see the impact of the strategic actions taken, which have significantly reduced our leverage profile, which is expected to fall by nearly 1 turn from year end 2021 to year end 2022. Additionally, we have an evolved modern operating model in peer leading inventory. As peers continue to drill up their remaining core inventory, we have minimal infill risks comparatively and have decades of core, long lateral, combo development inventory. And finally, we believe that Appalachian natural gas will play a critical role in replacing baseload electricity generation as coal plant retirements accelerate, providing a tailwind for our business as the world becomes more electrified. And further, low emissions natural gas produced here in the United States is a critical tool to mitigate energy poverty and improve human flourishing on a global scale, all while positively influencing climate, enhancing the long-term tailwinds for this business. We look forward to continuing to execute on our strategy, demonstrating ESG leadership and being a champion for the commodity. Thank you for your interest and support. I would now like to open the call for questions.
Operator:
My apologies, I was muted. [Operator Instructions] First question comes from Nitin Kumar from Wells Fargo. Nitin, your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Nitin Kumar:
Hi. Good morning gentlemen. And thanks for taking my question. I guess I will start first with hedging, which is I think a little bit on everybody’s mind. David, you talked about the benefits of hedging a little bit, but if you could give us a little bit more insight, there was almost a doubling up of your swaps at prices that are still quite a bit below strip. I know you mentioned some floating rate hedges, but that increase wasn’t as much. So, could you talk a little bit about why did you choose to hedge at the levels you did and the instruments that you used to do that?
Toby Rice:
Yes. This is Toby. So, I can walk through the hedging and thought process behind it. So, you will see we have added approximately 650 Bcf of swaps. And if you take the Alta volumes that we inherited, that was about 150 Bcf. So, you got about 500 Bcf that we are really thinking through what’s the best way to get our hedges and meet our strategic goals that allow us to strengthen our balance sheet, reach our leverage targets and be able to start returning capital to shareholders. We have a view that we take when we make these decisions, and our view was closer to $3. I think when you look at the swaps that we did for that period, it was closer to $3, which aligned with our view. But the question is, why not collars. The use of swaps really solidifies the free cash flow from those hedges, which has the effect of improving our floor, very helpful with the rating agencies to underwrite the free cash flow that we have to assist in us regaining our investment-grade balance sheet. The next question is, well, why not just do puts, and we looked at that. And at that price, at around $3 NYMEX, to put a put in place, the premium would be anywhere from $0.25 to $0.45. So, to put a put in place and give exposure to upside, you are really taking a view that gas prices will be $3.35 and $3.40. That was not in line with our view at the time. We did not account for the weather events there. But that was the thought process behind the decision that we made on the hedging.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. That’s really helpful, Toby. And I guess the follow-up and you alluded to this in your prepared remarks just now, shareholder cash return. So, I know you said fourth quarter ‘21 earnings, but any thoughts on the form of that? Are you leaning towards dividends, variable dividends, buybacks? There are different ways. And I just want to also – Part B would be, you talked about consolidation and scale, how compatible are your goals to be a consolidator with meaningful cash return, if you can address that as well.
Toby Rice:
Yes. So, we are going to take a balanced and flexible approach with our capital allocation or return of capital strategy. And I am looking forward to putting that out in the fourth quarter. As far as consolidation and how we think about allocating capital and performing, strapping any consolidation opportunities we see with our footprint. One thing is very clear, if you look at our track record, we have always been very disciplined in our consolidation efforts. I think the track record we laid with Chevron and Alta support that. And it’s even more important for us at even more disciplined and only do deals that are going to be really accretive on a NAV per share and free cash flow per share basis. The deleveraging nature obviously is helpful. But we are sitting with a really good place with our balance sheet right now. So, I think when we have the ability now to start returning capital to shareholders just enhances the importance of continuing to be disciplined on the consolidation front.
David Khani:
Yes. And then I will just add that, we have – yes, we have $1.4 billion of free cash flow next year. We will figure out what percentage. But we have ability to do a big percentage of return to shareholders next year.
Nitin Kumar:
Thanks David.
David Khani:
You’re welcome.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Josh Silverstein from Wolfe Research. Josh, your line is open. Please go ahead.
Josh Silverstein:
Yes. Thanks. Good morning guys. I was going to go right on the same topic as well. You mentioned the $1.4 billion of free cash flow. I imagine you probably want to pay the $570 million of maturities for next year as well. But what’s the other limiting – what were the limiting factors to how much you could return? Do you want to make your balance sheet 1.5x levered and then we can kind of think about the return profile from there or is there some other limiting factors to what you guys made about to return back to us?
David Khani:
Yes. So, we will be able to retire the ‘22 debt this year. So, I think you can look at the free cash flow next year really about how much debt, incremental debt do we want to retire and how much shareholder-friendly we want to do. And I think we will set a specific target, but we don’t need to get to any specific target in any 1 year. We can do a glide path.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. Okay. And then just as far as the longer term strategy that you guys outlined in there, it’s pretty clear early talent here that there is no plans for growth going forward. I just wanted to see if that was the case and you guys are just going to be holding maintenance volumes roughly flat for the next 3 years or 4 years or so?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Consistent with what we have seen in the past and when we get the question, what would it take for EQT to grow, we have consistently said, it would require a strip that’s got some length to it probably 2 years to 3 years out at a gas price that’s north of $3. And that situation is still there today. And even if we did see the opportunity, if that opportunity presents itself, it would still be very modest, zero, low to single-digit growth, less than 5%. And for us, that’s really just taking the throttle or taking the brakes off the operations team to run a little bit. So, it wouldn’t be – it would be a very natural a couple of percent increase. I think it’s an interesting situation that a lot of people in the industry are looking at right now. And while you do see a short-term price signal, which is encouraging, and people can look at adding activity levels to maybe get a little bit better return on an incremental small amount of dollars. And I think that people know how that plays out when you chase shorter term price signals. And I think you compare that versus the long-term value opportunity is getting our assets valued at a gas price that’s north of $3, when you compare the short-term gains you can get from accelerated activity or compared to the alternative, we will choose the alternative. And we think that we have been encouraged to see others in the industry remain disciplined, because I think they recognize the error that we are in and what’s the best way to return – or to return capital to shareholders and also maximize the value creation of our assets.
Josh Silverstein:
Thanks guys.
Toby Rice:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann from Truist Security. Neal, your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Andrew Breese:
Neal, are you there?
Neal Dingmann:
Sorry about that, guys. First question, Toby, for you, just on the massive footprint you have, what’s your thought? I know you have – not a ton of areas, but the thought about maybe putting a little bit given what’s going on with NGLs? And are there some pads that you could tie in either this year or early next year and have a bit more NGL focus?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Neal, I think you hit it upfront. It’s – from a percentage basis, we are not really going to be able to move the needle just given our scale in the dry gas side of things. But the Chevron asset that we have does give us an opportunity to steer some activity to the wet side of our program.
Neal Dingmann:
Go ahead, Dave.
David Khani:
No, I was just going to say it’s probably more for next year than…
Neal Dingmann:
Okay. And then just, Toby, on M&A, still on opportunities, your – I guess your strategy on M&A has been a bit different than others we have seen in the past. I mean given the huge sort of, as you said, the acreage now that you control, will that continue to be part of – you kind of alluded to this earlier. But other than just sort of continuing to acquire this, would the plan be continued to not only acquire, but continue to have just kind of a slow, steady, meaning that I kind of look at the Chevron deal, look at the Alta deal, certainly didn’t add any rigs there. Could you just talk about not only potentially doing more M&A, but your thought about when you would acquire something is the thought just to continue very much on the maintenance on anything you would do?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Neal, I mean our strategy coming in here was to fix EQT, solidify the balance sheet and grow free cash flow per share. In the past, consolidation was a great tool for us to grow free cash flow per share and also deleverage the business to get our balance sheet to where it’s at today. But now we are in a position where with the balance sheet where it’s at and now having the ability to start beginning returning capital to shareholders, we now have another way that we can increase our free cash flow per share, whether that’s through doing share buybacks. So, we are certainly going to weigh this new tool that we have in the mix and finding out the best way that we can grow our free cash flow per share.
Neal Dingmann:
Agree. And if I could sneak one last one in. Toby, for you, or Dave, do you just think on the hedges that folks are now? It seems like with the reaction today, was it the Alta hedge is rolling off? It just feels like some investors are not fully understanding the hedge program. Maybe Dave, if you could just expand on that one last time. I know you talked about the sort of collars you have in there, but I am still getting a lot of questions on that. I just don’t think people fully understand between what you put on and what the Alta has rolling off?
David Khani:
Right. So, we basically inherited we will call it between 7% and 10% of our hedges that Alta had in place. They were at a hedge price. I am going to average between ‘21 and ‘22, about 2.60. We then added a call all to hedges to protect the returns of that transaction of about another, I will call it, 6%. We added hedges at about 3.50 in 2021 at 2.80 in 2022. And then we added an incremental wedge of hedges between ‘21 and ‘22 that Toby talked about that had a $3 number on it. And there was a piece of that which were collars. So, the Alta pieces were the protection of – for the transaction and the inherited piece, and the incremental piece that we added to go towards our price view was that $3 piece, of which a portion of it is in collars, if that helps.
Neal Dingmann:
Very helpful. Thank you, guys.
Toby Rice:
You’re welcome.
Operator:
Our next question comes from David Deckelbaum from Cowen. David, your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Toby Rice:
David, are you there?
Operator:
I think, David, may have just disregard his question. So, we will go with Holly Stewart. Holly, your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Holly Stewart:
Good morning gentlemen. Maybe, Dave, I will start with you, just thinking about the acquisition integration and how that impacts the investment-grade rating. I presume that you are in close contact with the rating agencies and you are getting very close. So, maybe my first question on that is just how – what are your thoughts on just how the timing has changed there? And then maybe the second question around that, how do you incorporate the sort of return of capital strategy into that conversation?
David Khani:
Yes. So, I would say the – there is probably two events that impacted the timing. One has been the acquisition, and we got the upgrades just the other day. So, now we are sitting at one notch away. So, the acquisition probably helped to accelerate the transition back to investment-grade by, let’s call it, maybe six months or so. So, the second event is really the commodity price move and how it’s moved and up. And I think now the rating agencies are on kind of taking through what should the commodity price be. And so that will obviously have a big impact on timing as well. So, I think we can think about investment-grade as probably a 2022 event, whether it’s the beginning or the middle.
Holly Stewart:
And then the second part on return of capital and how the rating agencies are thinking about that?
David Khani:
Yes. So, the agencies would like us to continue to pay down debt. I think that’s important. I think so we will integrate that into our return on capital strategy. I think now with the fact that we have a multi-year view. We will call it well over $1 billion a year of free cash flow, approaching $1.5 billion. We can create a strategy that retires debt over time and as well as provide shareholder returns. And we can accomplish both having investment grade, having a strong balance sheet and then also returning cash to shareholders.
Holly Stewart:
Okay, great. And then, Toby, I know in your prepared remarks within the release, you mentioned no real cost acceleration in the second quarter. I mean what are you all seeing, I guess, here currently in terms of in fleet and then as you think about kind of the ‘22 element? How do you see that playing off?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So, we spent a lot of time with the teams thinking about service costs and making sure that we have got the most accurate view baked into our well costs that obviously makes up our CapEx forecast for the future. Where we are seeing inflation is on things like steel, obviously, things like diesel. We have done some – one of the benefits of running a large-scale dependable program is that we can leverage our procurement team to acquire the materials we need in advance. So, that’s been a very helpful tool for us. The other thing we have seen is just not reducing our reliance on things like diesel. I mean the move to electrified frac equipment, in addition to ESG benefits, it takes us away from being large diesel consumers. That’s over 25 million gallons of diesel that we have not needed to consume as a result of that. So, operational efficiencies play into reducing service cost inflation as well. So, all of these numbers are sort of baked into what our costs are. But I do see that our costs will continue to stay at the level that we are at today. And then we have got the benefit of the teams continuing to ground the operational efficiencies, high grade the schedule with longer laterals. And those two things will historically, there have been a lot of to beat even in the face of service cost increases and I expect that to continue in the future.
Holly Stewart:
That’s great. Thank you, guys.
Toby Rice:
You’re welcome.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan Chase. Arun, your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning. I wanted to, first, to talk about your outlook for basis differentials. I know you are assuming a mid-year 2022 startup date for MVP. So first I was wanting to see if you could talk about what basis differential is embedded in your 2022 guide for the $1.4 billion of free cash flow? And how do you expect basis differentials to move in a post-MVP world?
David Khani:
Yes. So we – basis differentials are narrowing by about $0.20 year-over-year from 2021 to 2022. And so we see nice improvement, and we locked in a big chunk of that. And so – and when MVP comes online, we’re assuming, I’ll call it, a very conservative view of what the endpoint where MVP drops gas off. And we’re also assuming not a benefit in base, not a material benefit in basin. So there’ll probably be some movement there that will probably help make that – those numbers get better, but we’re not assuming that, if that helps.
Arun Jayaram:
Got it. So it sounds like, Dave, you’re assuming about a $0.20 year-over-year improvement in basis relative to 2021 actuals. Is that fair?
David Khani:
Right.
Arun Jayaram:
Okay, fair. Great. Toby, I was wondering if you could maybe elaborate on how the market for responsibly sourced gas is kind of developing. You talked about maybe a couple of marketing agreements where you’re getting some premium pricing. So wondering if you could maybe elaborate that and maybe touch upon some of the new venture investments that you plan to make and maybe a time line for that $75 million?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So first, on the market for RSG, it starts with demand. A lot of customers have reached out to us about this product. There is a lot of interest there. So that’s very encouraging. Two is, what that market going to translate to in price, and I’d say, in the single digits right now. But the real part that we’re looking for is to really establish the certification framework that really will help solidify exactly the product that people are buying. And what that will allow us to do is quantify the emissions reduction you’re getting by getting really low intensity, responsibly certified gas that will help define the price for our customers. And I think that, that will lend itself if you’re going to apply some type of carbon pricing to that to a more constructive price in a more realistic premium that’s actually based on data. So we’ve joined the OGMP 2.0 that is specifically designed to help assist in in creating that framework. And also the technology that we use to do the on-site monitoring, that will be part of it. As far as our new ventures is concerned, one of the things that we’re doing there that will facilitate our RSG efforts is by investing in our ESG initiative, which one of them is that $20 million to replace our pneumatic devices. That’s going to cut our emissions in half, and that’s going to take our – what is already a peer-leading emissions intensity rating and only make that better, which we will have the impact of allowing us to get more credit for the quality of the gas that we produce to customers. And so that’s sort of the holistic view on RSG and what we’re doing to position ourselves to benefit and promote that market.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from John Abbott from Bank of America. John, your line is now open. Please go ahead.
John Abbott:
Good morning and thank you for taking our questions. Our first question is for you, David. Did a good job explaining the working capital draw during the quarter is mainly non-cash. Just sticking to 4Q, how should we think about the trajectory of working capital?
David Khani:
Yes. So the issues with working capital really are tied to the margins for our hedges. And as you think about as time rolls, those margins go away, as our credit improves, those margins go away. And then if prices go up, those margins can increase on what’s left. So those are the moving targets to think about. But I think I just know that I’ll call it by the end of the year, all that margin effectively will go away. And so you could think about just from a trend standpoint over the next 6 months, that margin will go away because effectively, the biggest part of that margin impact is really tied to 2021 hedges.
John Abbott:
Alright. And for the second question, it’s on the topic of NGLs and also on hedging, which have already been discussed. But if not, NGLs don’t really sort of really move the needle for you that much, but you don’t provide a lot of disclosure on your NGL hedging position. And we do have an uplift in the NGL curve towards in the second half of the year. So can you just sort of discuss, relatively speaking, the – maybe while you may give specifics on contracts, but the amount of percentage of hedging on NGLs and whether or not you continue to hedge into 2022 on NGLs?
David Khani:
Yes. So we’re 75% hedged on 2021. We’re 0% hedged on 2022. A portion of those hedges that we have in plays for our NGLs are tied to our Chevron acquisition, just like we did with Alta, we added hedges in place. But we added only 2021 hedges. We didn’t add ‘22 or ‘23. So we have virtually wide open for ‘22 and ‘23 for NGL. Again, it’s about 5% of our production. It’s probably about, call it, 6% or 7% of our revenue.
John Abbott:
And if I could possibly sneak in one more, I mean just given the upward move in the gas strip, what are – David, what are your latest thoughts about when you might pay cash taxes?
David Khani:
It will be several years before we pay cash taxes. And again, that is – will be a function – we have $1.4 billion of NOLs. And so that really will be a function of what commodity prices do. But right now, we have – we will call several years out before we pay cash taxes.
John Abbott:
Thank you very much for taking our questions.
David Khani:
You are welcome.
Operator:
Our next question comes from David Heikkinen from Pickering Energy Partners. David, your lien is now open. Please go ahead.
David Heikkinen:
Good morning everybody. Just thinking about your Alta deal, I appreciate you providing the splits on the hedges for that so we can roll it into our look-back economics. Can you talk about how much of the increase in differential guidance was tied to the Alta assets or was it not or do they just have similar differentials to the rest of the portfolio?
David Khani:
No, David, it has – they are about $0.15 wider than our different – than our base in basin differentials. And so it did add a piece of that. And so – and I would say about half was from the acquisition, and half of it was from wider differentials that occurred within the basin because of probably because of TETCO being down.
David Heikkinen:
Yes. It’s purely in our own look-backs on what you paid and what we thought. That’s helpful just to dial that in a little bit. So we will put the cost hedge in and a little wider differential kind of into the purchase adjustment. That’s awesome. That’s helpful.
David Khani:
Okay, great.
Operator:
Our next question comes from David Deckelbaum from Cowen. David, your line is now open. Please go ahead.
David Deckelbaum:
Thanks guys. Can you hear me?
Toby Rice:
Yes.
David Deckelbaum:
Hello. Yes, alright. Perfect. Just curious on two things, one is on the Alta deal, the incremental CapEx that you guided to today for 2021, I know – I think, one, I just wanted to revisit that longer term outlook of just running one rig line on those assets. And two, is that capital higher than the original deal thoughts? Are you accelerating into the DUCs that you acquired with that or should we think this is apples-to-apples with the original purchase guidance?
Toby Rice:
It’s in line with what we put out for the original deal guidance. And just to remind you, the Alta transaction run that asset in maintenance mode is going to require around a couple of hundred thousand horizontal feet per year, declining to around 150,000 horizontal feet longer term. And we apply the well cost, at least underwrite that deal to translate to a CapEx.
David Deckelbaum:
Thanks, Toby. And then just – my only second question here is obviously just heading into some of the issues that you all are experiencing right now with basis, several of your peers as well with TETCO. Last year, things were much more dire because the cash prices were much lower. But I would presume that we’re not in the situation where we’re looking at sort of managing near-term production in terms of curtailments or shut-ins or moving volumes off of M2 or M3 at least through the end of the summer?
David Khani:
Yes. So David, if you looked at what happened last year, you had lack of winter, you had high storage, you had a little bit of COVID impact and so – and then you had, we will call it, 1.5 Bcf per day or more of type outages. And so you had – as you headed into September, October – and then you also had about 2 Bcf per day of shut-ins that came online in October. So you had high storage, you had the pipes out and then you had producers come back online all hitting in we will call in that October, November time period. And so that created the recipe for basis widening really sharply. If you look this year and storage inside the basin is about 150Bs less year-over-year, call it, normal 900, 950 as you start the winter here. So we’re in much better storage position produced. There is really a lot less pulse shut-in of production going on. So you’re running kind of more at full capacity. And you do have the TECO outage, which was about 650, so we will call it about half to about third of what was out of time. So I think the setup is in a much better position if you have normal weather into the winter where you probably will not see any producers shut in the September, October time period. So I think it’s a much probably different setup.
David Deckelbaum:
Indeed. Just want to confirm that. Thanks, David.
David Khani:
You are welcome.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Noel Park from Tuohy Brothers Investment Research. Noel, your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Noel Park:
Hi, good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
David Khani:
Good morning.
Noel Park:
I was wondering, now a couple that Alta is closed and you’re a couple of months even more familiar with it, I was wondering did you have any thoughts updated on in-basin gas opportunities now with your sort of combined portfolio?
Toby Rice:
Well, I think that the opportunities were known even before we picked up the Alta transaction. So I wouldn’t say our view has changed on any new opportunities coming on the horizon. I think one thing that has changed is our balance sheet has really strengthened. And the discipline that we had, the reason to do any M&A or consolidation to improve the leverage situation here at EQT, I think, is less of a desire there. So it really comes back to focus on what’s the best way for us to grow our free cash flow per share and also growing our NAV per share as well, which we have the ability to do that ourselves with our return of capital strategy that’s now been – we’ve accelerated our ability to get to that point. So our mentality on M&A is still going to be something that we look at. It’s part of our job is to make sure that we’re looking at every opportunity, but that discipline is only strengthened.
Noel Park:
Got it. Thanks. And had on the holiday, a lot of good discussion about gas markets and what we might see going forward. The volatility we’ve seen last few months has all been on the upside. So I guess I’m not quite sure how to frame this, but on your price view and we talked about, of course, the back quotation in the curve, the expense of trying to weigh in put as far as the premiums being high. And do you – when you look at the curve, going into 2023, it’s back into the 2s, do you sort of think that the market is assuming that there is going to be sort of a delayed but significant rebound in rig count so that supply is go ease into considerably or do you think there is a sense that there is some sort of plateau ahead out there on the demand side? I’m just wondering as you talk about future scenarios just which you think is more likely?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think for strip to be under $3, I think you have you take a view that people are going to break discipline and start adding production. This period of pricing right here is going to be really important to watch because you’ve got – this is – it’s easy to stay disciplined in a $2.70 strip. It’s another proposition when you’re looking at a $3 strip. But like I said before, I mean these are short-term pricing. And I think people understand how that’s going to end up and realize that the real value opportunities for us to bring some sustainability to gas supply and ultimately to a more sustainable price. And over the long-term, that will create more value. So I think the next 6 months will be important to watch and I think help show the discipline that this industry has. And I think after that, you’ll start to see the strip reflect what we think is a more constructive gas price long-term.
Noel Park:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
There are no further questions on the line. I would now like to hand back to Toby Rice for any closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Thanks, everybody, for participating today. I think just stepping back and realizing the situation that we’ve been in that we’re in today. The gas markets are very strong. And I think we realize that the gas is in a $2 commodity, it’s more like a $3 commodity. And while that does present some headwinds with our hedge book, the fact is EQT is a stronger company today, and we’ve got a really bright future. We’ve got a really robust free cash flow profile and a really strong balance sheet. And that’s going to give us the tools needed to correct any market imbalances in the short-term and reward our shareholders for their patience. And we’re really excited to continue to deliver on that strategy. Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today’s call. Thank you for joining. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, hello, and welcome to the EQT first 2021 results and transformative transaction with Alta Resources conference call. My name is Maxine, and I'll be coordinating the call today. [Operator Instructions]. I will now hand you over to your host, Andrew Breese, Director, Investor Relations to begin. Andrew, please go ahead when you're ready.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning, and thank you for joining today's call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. A replay for today's call will be available on our website for a seven-day period beginning this evening. In a moment, Toby and David will present the prepared remarks, and then we'll open up the line for a question-and-answer session. On our website, we posted an updated investor presentation, along with a separate presentation, further detailing the transaction we announced this morning. We refer to certain slides from both presentations during today's call. I'd like to remind you that today's call may also contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in our first quarter 2021 earnings release, our investor presentation, and the transaction press release and presentation released this morning in the Risk Factors section of our 2020 Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to our first quarter 2021 earnings release and our most recent investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Andrew, and good morning, everyone. Today marks another major milestone for EQT. As this morning, we announced the acquisition of Alta Resources, Premier Northeast Pennsylvania Marcellus assets. But before I get into the transformational elements of the transaction, I wanted to provide a road map for today's call. First, we will start by reviewing the key highlights and why we are so excited about this transaction. Then, I will pass the call to Dave to go over our first quarter results, positive guidance revisions and provide color on the other business and strategic matters. And then, we'll finish up with some closing remarks and take your questions. As announced last night, EQT's base business continued to deliver value to shareholders. During the quarter, we operated our Pennsylvania Marcellus at $635 per foot, delivered free cash flow of nearly $260 million, announced a decrease to our full year capital expenditure guidance of $75 million, and we are increasing our 2021 free cash flow guidance by 14%, now planning to generate $575 million to $675 million in free cash flow during 2021. The Alta transaction will only improve this. Now jumping right into the deal. A reminder, our mission is to realize the full potential of EQT and become the operator of choice for all stakeholders. We have implemented our digitally enabled modern operating model, which allows us to maximize value creation from our existing assets and also unlock the ability to seamlessly scale our platform and accelerate value capture through consolidation. We have been vocal throughout our transformational journey over the past 18 months about our outlook on consolidation, and today's announcement is another step in our pursuit of maximizing value creation for all stakeholders. The financial accretion to our shareholders, immediate strengthening of our credit profile and the strategic rationale for the Alta transaction are very compelling. This acquisition accelerates all of our financial and strategic objectives by adding high-margin core northeastern Marcellus assets to the portfolio, which are highlighted on Slide 2 of the Alta acquisition presentation we posted earlier this morning. This asset offers a substantial PDP base of one Bcf per day of high-margin net production, generating a robust annual free cash flow profile of $300 million to $400 million at strip. We captured the asset at a highly attractive valuation and 18% leverage free cash flow yield, which will drive 15% accretion to free cash flow per share, all while resetting our leverage profile at a level meaningfully below our two times target with year-end 2020 average projected to be 1.7 times net debt to EBITDA. Importantly, this deal accelerates both our time line to reach investment-grade metrics and our time line to deliver our shareholder return initiatives, which we will formally communicate in the coming months. Lastly, the embedded low-cost structure on these assets driven by prolific well-productivity and integrated midstream ownership structure and impact of favorable mineral ownership are projected to decrease EQT's pro forma free cash flow breakeven price by approximately $0.10 and reduce our maintenance capital intensity by 10%. Slide 3 shows a great visual and put things into perspective just how impactful this acquisition will be on our corporate free cash flow breakevens and nominal free cash flow generation. On a pro forma basis, we expect to generate approximately $1 billion in free cash flow in 2022, with cumulative free cash flow of $5.5 billion through 2026, while our corporate breakevens approached $2 by 2026. When adding this core Northeast asset to our existing Southwest assets, the pro forma company is clearly positioned as the premier Appalachia operator of choice. To further highlight how this asset strengthens EQT's position, let's turn to slide 4 to look at some preliminary full year 2022 pro forma impacts. At closing, we expect EQT's pro forma net production to be approximately 5.6 Bcfe per day, adding the benefits of scale to our business. The Alta assets carry a basin-leading total operating cost structure of $0.45 per Mcfe and will reduce EQT's total operating cost structure by $0.20 to a level of approximately $1.25 per Mcfe, which drives pro forma adjusted EBITDA of approximately $2.5 billion. Maintenance capital intensity will improve by 10%, with the pro forma entity only requiring reinvestment of approximately 55% of our operating cash flow to run a highly efficient maintenance program. And lastly, the pro forma company is projected to deliver $1 billion of free cash flow in 2022. These metrics are compelling and exhibit the accretive nature of this transaction to our stakeholders. It's also important to mention that we underwrote this transaction using very conservative assumptions, providing meaningful upside potential as these assets are fully integrated into our modern operating model. Operationally, we risked the PDP volumes type curve in inventory, only ascribing value to roughly 30% of the total potential lateral footage. All trialed wells were removed for the future development plans, and we did not contribute any value to Upper Marcellus locations. Financially, we expect this transaction to accelerate our return to investment-grade ratings, which will result in significant interest savings, improved cost of capital and better access to capital. And on the ESG front, we believe that integrating these assets into our ESG platform will unlock incremental value as end-user demand grows for responsibly produced low emission natural gas. Turning to slide 5, I'll now briefly review the key components of the transaction and asset highlights. The total purchase price for these assets is $2.925 billion, consisting of $1 billion in cash and $1.925 billion in EQT common stock. We expect to fund the cash components of the transaction for one or more opportunistic debt capital market transactions. But in the interim, we have obtained $1 billion in committed financing. We also have access to over $1.4 billion in liquidity on our unsecured revolver. Stock consideration includes 105.3 million shares, representing approximately $1.925 billion in value based on the 30-day VWAP as of market close on May 4. The effective date of the transaction is January 1, 2021, and all post effective date purchase price adjustments and other closing adjustments will be netted against the equity component of the consideration, resulting in a reduced number of shares issued at closing. Our current estimate is that the total stock consideration will be reduced by approximately 11 million shares at closing. The transaction has been unanimously approved by our Board of Directors and is subject to an approval by our shareholders, as well as customary closing conditions. We expect to close the transaction during the third quarter at which time, EQT shares will be issued to Alta's diversified ownership group. No single Alta shareholder will receive more than 5% of EQT's pro forma outstanding stock at closing. The Alta assets combined core rock, low royalty burden, beneficial mineral ownership and an integrated gathering system to provide superior returns and free cash flow generation. Upstream assets include approximately 1 Bcf per day of net production with roughly 50% in the majority of the non-operated production being operated by Chesapeake; a solid hedge book covers approximately 35% of expected production through 2022 and will be no rated to EQT at closing. Additionally, the asset comes with an in-the-money firm transportation book currently valued at $235 million, providing access to premium Northeast markets. In terms of acreage, this asset is comprised of 300,000 net Marcellus acres with over 97% held by production, and to carry a very attractive 14% average royalty burden. As further highlighted on Slide 7, the Alta assets provide exposure to most of the remaining lower Marcellus inventory in the Northeast Marcellus core. The non-operated assets operated by Chesapeake are squarely in the most productive rock in the region, while the integrated business model of the operated assets, deliver superior returns. Midstream assets include an integrated 300-mile owned and operated midstream system with interstate pipeline connectivity, driving basin-leading total operating costs and providing operational flexibility. Also included is a 100 miles of an integrated freshwater pipeline, including 14 water storage in common with over 255 million gallons of storage capacity to support optimal asset development. Additional details on this attractive consolidation opportunity can be found on Slides 6 through 10. We are poised to execute on this transaction and apply our operational successes in the Northeast core. On Slide 11, we lay out our high-level execution plan. We plan to execute a one-rig maintenance program on the operated Alta assets along with our non-op participation, which in total will require approximately 225,000 horizontal feet of development per year and can be seamlessly integrated into our master operations schedule. Like we do in the southwestern part of the play, we will deploy our differentiated combo development strategy and apply our leading edge drilling and completion techniques. We believe approximately 80% of future operations are set for combo development. On the non-operated assets, collaborative governance structure will allow us to work alongside our non-op partners to apply best practices. In addition to the substantial due-diligence performed on the asset and our intended retention of Alta's key personnel, EQT's current Head of Drilling and Head of Production have historical operating experience with these assets, which all provide incremental asset intelligence and execution confidence. Having just completed the full integration of the acquired Chevron assets, we are primed to apply that proven framework on the Alta assets, which we described further on Slide 12. Our integration playbook contains more than 800 clearly defined tests that provide a comprehensive and transparent roadmap for all operational system and administrative integration initiatives. We expect the deal to close during the third quarter and to have full operational system assimilation and streamlining completing by the end of the year. To wrap things up, on slide 15, we reiterate the compelling attributes of this transformative transaction. Our approach to conservatively underwrite the deal provides significant upside to this attractive valuation for core assets. The optimized financing structure and robust free cash flow profile are expected to accelerate deleveraging and shareholder return initiatives, and the integrated midstream ownership provides superior economics and accretive inventory. We're excited about the trajectory of our business and incremental benefits the Alta assets will have on our portfolio, and we look forward to discussing this transaction in more detail during the question-and-answer session. I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David Khani:
Thanks Toby and good morning. I'd like to briefly touch on our first quarter results before moving into some strategic topics. Sales volumes for the first quarter were 415 Bcfe, in line with our guidance range. Our adjusted operating revenues for the quarter were $1.1 billion, and our total per unit operating costs were $1.31 per Mcfe, which is $0.04 below the midpoint of our annual guidance range. Our first quarter 2021 capital expenditures came in at $238 million or well below the bottom end of our $280 million to $305 million guidance. Approximately half of the improvement was driven by the operational efficiencies as we hit $635 per foot, about $40 per foot below our forecast. Our adjusted operating cash flow was $495 million, resulting in positive free cash flow of $259 million. I'd now like to discuss some favorable adjustments to our 2021 guidance, but want to make clear that these projections do not include any of the accretive financial impacts expected from the pending Alta transaction. We expect to provide updated guidance post-closing in the third quarter. As a result of the first quarter 2021 capital expenditure outperformance, in addition to other favorable operational impacts expected to be realized through the remainder of the year, we have reduced our full year 2021 capital expenditure guidance by $75 million. We now expect total 2021 capital expenditures of $1.025 billion to $1.125 billion. In addition, we have increased our full year 2021 free cash flow guidance by $75 million to $575 million to $675 million. We are keeping our six-year cumulative free cash flow estimate of $3.5 billion with an upward bias. Add-on Alta and this expect to improve upon this with time. Additionally, on April 1st, we exercised a preferential purchase right to acquire the Marcellus assets from Reliance Marcellus LLC for approximately $69 million, which was triggered by Reliance's sales to Northern Oil and Gas. This adds approximately 15 Bcfe to our full year 2021 production, which now tilt slightly north of our midpoint within our guidance range of 1,620 to 1,700 Bcfe. Now, moving on to some thoughts on macro and regional gas fundamentals. We've provided a couple of new slides in our earnings deck. First, slide 14 shows the net impact from Storm Uri and why we saw the decline in natural gas prices that followed, and second, slide 16, that shows the differential emissions intensity by basin. For Storm Uri, Texas experienced an extreme cold weather event in February that disabled a significant portion of the state's energy infrastructure. While this may have seen the net positive for natural gas, the impact was actually a net negative by at least 20 Bcfe due to the 4 Bcf per day of lost petrochemical and other industrial demand that extended into April. We also lost natural gas demand for warmer-than-normal weather in March, and as a result of both of these events was the main culprit to declining natural gas prices. Now, as both industrial demand and weather have recovered as well as strong exports, we can see why we are experiencing a sharp upward improvement in natural gas prices to the $3 per Mcfe level. We took advantage of these moves to reposition some hedges. In addition, we expect to see material gas-fired power market gains this year from over 5 gigawatts of overtimes in 2020 alone, shortages of coal supply domestically heading for stronger export markets and beginning to see meaningful nuclear retirements happening. As a result, we believe the forward curve is undervalued. Last, slide 16 displays emissions by basin. This slide highlights Appalachia's low emission profile, of which EQT sits near the low end due to our installed technology and electric equipment utilization. We provide a simple construct to compare the cost on an Mcfe basis between basins, using a generic $30 per ton equivalent carbon price. As you can see, the cost of Appalachia is very low at one-quarter of the Permian Basin. Over time, this will get factored into everyone's cost structure and why we get excited about our responsibly sourced gas. Over time, we believe this will add value to our purchase of Alta. In April, we extended our $2.5 billion unsecured revolving credit facility by one year to July 31, 2023. The main commercial terms of the credit agreement remain essentially unchanged, which demonstrates the bank's strong comfort in our financial positioning and glide path back to an investment grade credit rating, as well as our strong ESG profile. In an environment where E&P access to capital is shrinking, and is expected to continue to shrink as much as 25% over the next two to three years, our ability to execute this extension on these terms substantiates our depreciated access to capital. This is made possible by our continued business execution, focus on ESG and accretive strategic actions. Shifting gears, our efforts to sell down our MVP capacity and rationalize our firm transportation portfolio continues to be productive. Discussions with counterparties are progressing nicely to offload incremental MVP capacity during 2021. In addition, our sophisticated commercial team is relentlessly scanning the regional landscape to identify opportunities that capitalize on our existing FT portfolio and adding diversity to our delivery points and enhanced realizations. We believe margin-enhancing opportunities exist within our existing portfolio and only expand with the Alta portfolio. Now, during the first quarter, NGL prices rose sharply, mainly due to an increase in U.S. exports. We took advantage of the sharp rise in NGL pricing to lock in significant number of hedges to our portfolio. We're now approximately 62% hedged for the balance of 2021 and have increased the floor price of our overall liquids portfolio hedges by $0.26 per gallon. We also took advantage to reposition some of our 2021 hedges, removing some of the $2.75 ceilings, as prices came down and added approximately 4% back as prices rose to $3 per Mcf level for the balance of 2021. We also took advantage of adding 7% to calendar year 2022, as prices rally and now sit at 42%. Last thing I want to hit on is the key transaction points to provide some good context for everyone. If you look at our existing asset base and what we have done to lower our capital intensity, we will need approximately 65% of our operating cash flows to sustain production over the next three years. When you look at the Alta asset, it will only need 35% over the same period, which lowers our overall pro forma capital intensity to about 55%. Based on the backdated price curve, which we believe is undervalued, we anticipate the pro forma asset base will generate enough cash flow to extinguish all of our debt by mid 2027. This asset base is very differential and truly beneficial for both debt and equity investors. As we achieve investment grade metrics, we will look to provide insight into our fourth quarter release on how we plan on using free cash flow to effectuate shareholder-friendly actions. I now turn it over back to Toby for closing.
Toby Rice:
Thanks Dave. I'll wrap things up today with some brief ESG-related comments. I will keep the comments light as we intend to discuss our broader ESG initiatives in greater detail alongside the publication of our 2020 ESG report in the coming months. In the first quarter, I was honored to join the Bipartisan Policy Center American Energy Innovation Council. I look forward to working with the BPC and other members of the council to advocate for the role of natural gas and helping to achieve a clean energy economy through the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. On the same topic, during the quarter, we announced a partnership with Equitable Origin and MiQ to obtain certification on approximately 4 Bcf a day of gas produced from over 200 of our well pads. This certification project is in addition to the certification project we announced in January with Project Canary, further building upon our growing portfolio of certified gas. We've received multiple inquiries from customers and end users since making these announcements, which demonstrate that there is growing demand for certified gas, and we believe Appalachia is best positioned to capitalize on this differentiated product. Lastly, as the country's largest producer of natural gas and one of the lowest emissions intensive operators, we are in support of sound policies around regulation of methane that support natural gases roll in a low-carbon future. Our public support of reinstating the federal methane rule drives home our dedication to developing natural gas to the highest environmental standards, and we are in alignment with the actions taken by the U.S. Senate last week to reverse the rollback of these methane regulations. In closing, we are a values-driven organization that continues to perform for our stakeholders. Our modern operating model is solidifying our position as the operator of choice and a clear ESG leader. Over the last 18 months, this team has transformed EQT, establishing a clear path to realizing the full potential of our premier assets, which is a test case for the value we plan to realize from the Alta assets as we integrate them into our portfolio. We appreciate your continued support. And with that, I would like to turn the call back over to the operator for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Josh Silverstein from Wolfe Research. Your line is now open.
Josh Silverstein:
Thanks. Good morning guys. Just wanted to highlight on the transaction. The transaction feels like you guys are buying a lot of free cash flow here, but just wanted to see how you guys were able to extract any more synergies here from running a one-rig program? And are you planning on deploying more capital to the Northeast asset to be able to get more out of this? So any thoughts on that would be helpful.
Toby Rice:
Yes, Josh, I think our core development philosophy is developing our highest rate of return projects first. So I mean, there could be a shift in more activity to some of these really compelling returns that we're getting with the Alta asset. But that's a synergy that would be – that we didn't account for and that would be upside to the story. And then, in addition to that, from an operational perspective, I think you've seen the track record of what this crew has done by continually grind costs down and increase production uptime. I do anticipate that to continue on this asset, but again, that would be considered outside to our plan.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. And then Toby, you mentioned in here that this is establishing a foothold in Northeast PA and you continue to want to be the operator of choice. Does that mean there's more consolidation opportunities that appear? And then, maybe just a follow on to that, like why Northeast PA versus the Haynesville or another gas basin that might diversify you away from some of the potential midstream bottlenecks?
Toby Rice:
Yes. From a consolidation perspective, I don't think anything really changes here. I mean, we sort of take everything on a deal-by-deal basis. Certainly, the focus is going to be realizing the full value from the Alta assets, and that's going to be our focus. We've also said, we've been pretty -- we felt the stand-alone story for EQT was compelling. That's even more true now with the pro forma organization is something we're really excited about. When we think about where consolidation happens, I think you just look at the risk nature of it, basis risk is something that is not a new risk. We have controls in place to manage basis. Getting more exposure within basin is something that we're going to be able to manage. And I think it's -- we look at the asset and this Alta asset is really unique. It's derisked, there's thousands of wells drilled in the area, it's high margin with the midstream asset and the mineral structure. So low-risk, high-margin business, spinning out a ton of free cash flow is driving really strong accretion on free cash flow per share and allowing us to deleverage the business. I think it's really compelling. And that's what will attract us as the most attractive opportunities for our stakeholders.
Josh Silverstein:
Great. Thanks guys.
Toby Rice:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from John Abbott from Bank of America. Your line is now open.
John Abbott:
Hey, good morning. Toby, just to the extent -- Toby, to the extent that you can, can you just provide a little bit more background on the history of the deal? Was there initially a direct negotiation? I mean, how did it come about to the extent that you can discuss?
Toby Rice:
Yes. This was a process -- I'd say, it probably started with the Chevron acquisition. I think, that was sort of a signal to people that consolidation was an opportunity to create value. And so, people saw the consolidation was happening. And so, there's some that was a process that was probably started about 6 months ago that we've been engaged with.
David Khani:
Yes. I think this is a -- this was a marketed process by a bank with others involved. And so this is, I'll call it, a marketed transaction.
John Abbott:
I appreciate that. And then, the second question is just on inventory with Alta Resources. You've risked it 30%. You've given us the impact of free cash flow through 2026. How long do you think you can maintain production up there, if -- in Alta's assets, post 2026 and free cash flow? Are we sort of looking at a 10-year inventory, 15-year inventory? What are we sort of looking at up in that region?
Toby Rice:
Yes. We think we have enough inventory for more than 10 years. I think when you look at the amount of horizontal footage it takes for us to hold production flat; we put that out as around 225,000 feet. So, you're looking at about 2.5 -- 2. 2 million horizontal feet, is what you need to keep this production flat for a period of 10 years. When you do the math that would translate to around 55,000 acres. So, the 300,000 acres here, we feel very confident in the inventory that this asset provides.
John Abbott:
Thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan. Your line is now open.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning. Toby, some of the initial buy-side questions is just the potential risk in EQT's basis risk, particularly given some of the delays in MVP. I was wondering if you could maybe give us a little bit more details on what the company is doing to mitigate that risk. How much of the Bcf is sold locally versus to other markets? And what are you using in your acquisition economics around basis differentials for this one Bcf relative to NYMEX?
David Khani:
Hi Arun, this is Dave. I'll take that question. So, first and foremost, they have approximately 400 million a day of the Bcf per day of, we'll call it, FT capacity that gives us about a $0.28 uplift over in basin pricing. So, that's the starting point. We will also use our FT portfolio to optimize that a little bit higher. Second, this has about; we'll call it, 35% to 40% hedges in place. We will supplement that as well. And so I think we'll have taken that -- I'll take a lot of that basis risk out of the equation.
Arun Jayaram:
Fair enough. And what type of basis differentials did you use, Dave in the economics just relative to NYMEX?
David Khani:
Yes. So just -- this has, I'll call it, about $0.05 -- the in-basin pricing is about $0.05 to $0.07 wider than our initial -- without that FT piece that we have. So, I'd just say, it provides a little bit wider than what we have.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Arun, just to put some color, we talked about the breakevens being around $0.10 lower than where we're at today and the operating cost is $0.20. I mean, the difference there is largely going to be due to the treatment in basis, right?
Arun Jayaram:
Right, right. Lower operating costs, got it. Got it. And just my follow-up would be, obviously, a decent non-op position with Chesapeake. Could you give us a sense of how much of the production is op versus non-op?
Toby Rice:
It's about 50/50, operating, non-operating. Yes.
Arun Jayaram:
Okay, fair enough. Thanks a lot gents.
Toby Rice:
Yes. And just the other thing to note, we actually market the gas. So, we control the gas that comes out of that non-op position.
Arun Jayaram:
Okay. Thanks a lot.
Toby Rice:
You’re welcome.
Operator:
And the next question comes from Holly Stewart from Scotia Howard Weil. Your line is now open.
Holly Stewart:
Good morning, gentlmen. Maybe a quick follow-up to Arun's question on just the portfolio mix. I see the changes and the pro forma on Slide 10. Does this assume, Dave, that MVP goes into service midyear, and maybe asked another way midyear 2022, and maybe asked another way is MVP that new pro forma assumption?
David Khani:
We have MVP in on – as 1/1/22. We didn't move it yet because the news literally just came out, and so we didn't pivoted yet. So that will shift a little bit of pro forma.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. Okay. Both MVP is in those assumptions. Okay. Maybe, Toby, just I see on the – I don't even remember what slide it is now, maybe Slide 7 kind of the economics of each of the areas. But at a high level, how are you thinking about the operated versus the non-operating positions. I mean, there are some clear players in that Northeast PA region that the operated stuff makes sense for. And then, obviously, some – some clear players at the non-op positions. So just trying to think about your pro forma portfolio and how you're seeing those two different areas?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So on Slide 8, we put a map that highlights the geology there. So you've got the core Northeastern Pennsylvania dry gas. That's the area that's largely not Aqua Chesapeake. And so, what's really great about this asset is a lot of people really weren't aware of this – this asset is like the type of rock that cab is drilling. I mean, it is the same – it is very similar geology. What's different, though, is the undeveloped potential. And when you look at the amount of development that's taken place in that core, you will see that on our non-operated assets, there’s a lot more running room for development potential. And so, that will translate to being able to deliver the rate of returns that we put on Slide 7. And then, when you compare those, our head stores returns are really driven by really great geology. But I think when you look at the operated assets from Alta, the returns are even better than what you're seeing in that Northeastern core, and that's because the impact of having integrated midstream assets and really favorable mineral ownership that lowers our royalty burdens, and that really drives the economics.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. That's helpful. And maybe my final just on the midstream acquired. I mean, you acquired some midstream through the Chevron deal, if I remember right now, again, with this transaction. So how are you thinking about that midstream business as part of the EQT portfolio going forward?
Toby Rice:
So we think that it's all about the margins and midstream is a strategic element to improving our margins. So we feel like it's an asset that we're going to keep and hold on to. Yes, it's100% owned Holly, where the Chevron piece is really only 30% owned. So it's, I'll call it, a little different strategic nature derived.
Holly Stewart:
That’s helpful. Thanks, Dave.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann from Truist Securities. Your line is now open.
Neal Dingmann:
Hey, guys. My first question really just noticeable on how maintenance capital has been prudent. Could you probably – could you now speak to how the maintenance capital you view that's improved year-to-date? And maybe what you see post out there with how this could help improve it?
Toby Rice:
Neal, would you mind repeating that question?
David Khani:
Yes, it was a little muffled, Neal.
Neal Dingmann:
Sorry, sorry. My question is on maintenance capital. You continue -- if you could just speak to sort of legacy, how that continues to improve? And then, secondly, obviously, by adding more scale with Alta, I assume that overall, the metrics will continue to improve on that. Could you speak on both sides of that maintenance capital?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So, on the EQT assets, our maintenance CapEx is going to come down, really driven by continued operational improvement and just the natural sharing of our PDP base decline. That just requires us to drill less wells over time to fill volumes to maintain production. On the Alta asset, the biggest driver, why their maintenance CapEx levels are -- it's so efficient is just largely due to the fact that their margins are so high. And so, you'll have -- you'll still have the improvement in the maintenance -- maintenance CapEx will improve over time on the Alta asset, sort of, on par with where we're at with EQT. But it's just going to have a much more -- a much bigger effect to make us more capitally efficient, because of the midstream and high mineral interest.
Neal Dingmann:
Great. And then follow-up, just again for you or Dave, just can you talk about how progress is working towards investment grade and how the Alta deal might influence this?
David Khani:
Yeah. This is Dave. So we have spoken to the agencies a lot. I mean, I would just say the only one right now that has put out something Fitch has upgraded us, and we anticipate the other two agencies coming out at some point with comments. So stay tuned and this, we believe, is very accretive from a credit standpoint.
Neal Dingmann:
Agree. I would think, they would have to. Thanks, guys.
David Khani:
Yeah. And we didn't put that -- any potential upgrades or improvements in interest rates or into our forecast, so that will be all, I'll call it, upside.
Neal Dingmann:
Thanks, Dave.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets. Your line is now open.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks. Just curious on this acquisition. Obviously, you talked a little bit about the history, but at a high level, I would assume that there was a bit of competition for this bid. Clearly, you've got Chesapeake as an operator of probably some of the more core stuff. And Cabot, obviously, is the next-door neighbor. When you look at the process of looking at this and making bids, I mean, when you got Chevron, you guys were the obvious buyer of that, given your operating presence, and you all paid probably, as I think you mentioned, sub PD -- 10 PDP. Can you give us some color on like what it took to get this one across the line? How much -- what do you value the PDP at? What do you value the midstream at? And how much was allocated to the upside inventory?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. On the process, yeah, I think we're going to be focused on buying attractive assets, and we know that there's always going to be other bidders in that. And I think what's important for us is to always just maintain a sense of discipline. We want to do deals that are accretive to our program. And we're willing to pay a price that will still drive pretty healthy accretion. And I think even in a competitive process, you look at the results here, the valuation we ended up with, we're still buying an asset with an 18% free cash flow yield. That -- you could look at that and say that's a significant discount to the free cash flow year that we trade at, which is around 12%. So we feel -- and the accretion is very straightforward, the -- increasing our short-term free cash flow -- free cash flow per share by 20%, long-term free cash flow per share accretion of over 15%, and just the deleveraging aspect of this asset, taking our leverage down long-term by half a turn; short-term, taking it down 0.3x. All of this stuff brings us closer to our strategy of -- which we've been vocal about accelerating the return capital to shareholders. And that's, I think -- when you pair that up with a conservative underwriting approach, we feel really good about what's to come with this deal.
David Khani:
Yeah. And I'd just say, I mean, with Chevron -- yeah, just a little addition there. Chevron, that was really Tier 2 acres that we -- and so we paid really PDP, and when we got the whips for free. And if they didn't come with whips, we really -- we wouldn't have paid much for the acreage, because we want to put that and drill that with our existing acreage. This, we did pay for undeveloped acreage, but the quality acreage is much, much better and in comparison, in some cases, better than what we have. And so it's very accretive, I'd say, to our inventory overall. So that's the difference of the two. And then, I would just say to Toby's point, we do -- we need 65% maintenance capital, let's talk it over the next three years to keep our production flat, but this will be 35%. So it's going to generate 65% free cash flow. That's, I'd say, just think about the relative difference between our portfolio and their portfolio.
Scott Hanold:
Yeah. Any color on that PDP value and the midstream value that's associated with it?
David Khani:
Yeah. So the midstream value is probably -- it's generating, we'll call it, about $50-ish million of EBITDA. So you can put a multiple on that of whatever eight times, something like that. And we probably paid, I'll call it, probably close to PD10 overall, and then you got to strip out the midstream value.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, okay. And then my follow-up question is going back to, obviously, operator of a good portion is Chesapeake and it seems like there's agreements in place for that partnership to work. What is your understanding of their goal on that acreage because obviously, that's going to be in part dictating some of the ability to drive maintenance and some of the cash flow out of this asset?
Toby Rice:
As far as pace, the 225,000 horizontal feet that we're looking to maintain production, whether that's 50% Chesapeake operated or 50% Alta or a touch higher Chesapeake, or a little bit lower Alta, we'll be able to work through the pace. I think the bigger issue is just going to be making sure that we get on point with development plans, well design. That, to me, is the most important thing. Now we have taken a super conservative stance on trialed wells. And one of the things that we're excited about is you're seeing the changes that Chesapeake's done in their development style. I think you look historically out here, there's been a lot of what I would consider shorter lateral sub 6,000-foot laterals. You look at some of the other projects that Chesapeake is doing now and the laterals are going to be 12,000, 10,000-plus foot feet, that's going to create a more efficient program. And again, that would be considered upside to what we underwrote. And certainly, the – there's probably going to be some more inventory up there as well because we were pretty conservative on the trial side of things.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, okay. And I guess the point I was getting to is you're running – you mentioned it's 50-50 production, operated versus non-operated. One rig kind of keeps relative, let's say, call it, your operated half flat. Should then we assume it takes two operated rigs by Chesapeake to keep the non-op flat? I mean, is that sort of a good high-level way to look at it?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I'd say probably two to four, at a high level. Our working interest and this non-op is around 30% working interest.
Scott Hanold:
Got it.
Toby Rice:
So three rigs trends like to one rig.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. Thanks.
Toby Rice:
Welcome.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neil Mehta from Goldman Sachs. Your line is now open.
Neil Mehta:
Great. Thanks, team. As you guys said, you are getting closer to your investment grade. You're not in a position to have a conversation about returning capital to shareholders. So Toby and Dave, can you maybe you could talk about when do you think you'll be in a position to provide an update around capital allocation? Any early thoughts on a favorite strategy, whether it's buying back stock or potentially even thinking about a variable dividend?
Toby Rice:
Yes. This is Toby. Per Dave's comments in the question, that's something that we'll provide color on the framework towards the end of this year. And as far as that framework, I don't think we're going to try and reinvent the wheel. I think looking at putting something a dependable return of capital in the form of a base dividend and then leaving room for more opportunistic with – return of capital opportunities, variable dividend or share buybacks, that's probably going to be what the plan looks like. We've seen a lot of these plans that have been put out by peers and I don't think we're going to do anything too exotic. It's going to be pretty straightforward.
David Khani:
And we'll survey our shareholders. We'll get their opinions as well.
Neil Mehta:
Great, guys. And then, the follow-up is just more of a technical question, which is when the deal closes, it looks like the shares will be distributed to the Alta's shareholders. And so is there any lockup associated with that? Just walk through the mechanics of that because it's not going to be distributed as one large block. It'll go to disparate individuals, right?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So there is a lockup. It's a six-month period lockup. There's a couple of opportunities for – within that six-month period to be able to sell down. We will manage the process. So it will be a very managed process. So all the details will come out in the filing shortly.
Neil Mehta:
Great. Thanks.
Toby Rice:
You are welcome.
Operator:
Our next question comes from David Deckelbaum from Cowen. Your line is now open.
David Deckelbaum:
Good morning, guys. Thanks for taking my questions. Toby, I wanted to ask you, just with the success of this deal, you guys are pro forma, I guess, almost about 7% of the US daily gas supply now. You talked about this deal. You think about the motivations lowering your free cash breakeven, you talked about just the assets in many cases. I think when Dave was speaking about, in many cases, the assets being better than some of the legacy EQT stuff. Should we think about going forward, are there going to be more opportunities for you? Is this kind of like a fire to optimize your portfolio a bit more and sell down in some areas that would be otherwise raising that breakeven price, or should we be thinking about that, that there's actually a lot more benefits to having a scale of the size that actually improves over time, if you guys are able to fold in some more deals?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think we're going to do transactions that are accretive on a -- from a leverage perspective and a free cash flow per share. But I mean, selling assets for us, I think the bar is a little bit higher just because it's -- some of the assets that are -- we'd be looking to sell that we consider non-strategic, have a high PDP component. So, the price to get paid for that and have that via deleveraging transaction is a little bit higher. From a scale perspective, we've got pretty big scale. So, we have the ability to shape the portfolio and continue to optimize it and still benefit from the commercial opportunities that present themselves that I do believe are really starting to become apparent and unique to EQT that you get from managing such a large production base. I mean, pro forma, this transaction, we're going to have over -- we're going to be marketing over six Bcf of gas a day. And I think one of the things I'm really excited about is leveraging the commercial team that we've built out here, giving them another -- giving them access to other regions so that we can do more optimization across on the commercial front.
David Deckelbaum:
I appreciate the clarity on that. And just my follow-up is just actually on Mountain Valley. You guys talked about before you haven't moved the timeline in your assumptions. But I guess July start-up, you guys are not incorporating sort of a -- that fee payment that would be due to you guys at your call option in the beginning of 2022 next year and that $1 billion of pro forma free cash?
David Khani:
Yes. So, I'd just say we didn't. If you look at actually the - over the six-year period, the movement of MVP out six months is actually a net positive. We didn't count that into our six-year free cash flow. And so, just know that when we do, do that, that six-year free cash flow number will go up.
David Deckelbaum:
Should we expect one of these fee penalty payments that come in, in the beginning of the year? Is that something that you guys would be calling now?
David Khani:
No, I think the one thing that I think people talk about that we have as an option is if MVP doesn't come online by the end of 2022, we have the option to take cash and reverse of credit we have against our gathering rates. That's something we'll make a decision some point in 2022. And right now, our goal would be to keep it in as a credit relief, if we get more value from a leverage standpoint than not. I think that's what you're...
David Deckelbaum:
Thank you guys.
David Khani:
You're welcome.
David Deckelbaum:
Yes, thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from Noel Parks from Tuohy Brothers. Your line is now open.
Noel Parks:
Good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
Noel Parks:
I was wondering could you talk a little bit about on the Alta properties operated part, what the CapEx pace has been like recently. Have they been sort of underinvested in recent quarters and years? And can you also talk a little bit about what their completion methods have been like and what you think you might change applying your own experience?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So, the Alta team has been running about a rig out here. They've got about -- we have a marked here it's about six docks. It's actually probably closer to a dozen. So, we'll be able to pick up operations there. I'd say historically, I think what's really interesting when you look at the Alta asset is really what this team has done. They bought these assets from Anadarko, was the original operator. And they pretty much did what we did here at EQT and that's apply really solid completion designs, really solid development, well-designed standards and they showed a pretty significant improvement in the EUR performance. So I mean, we think that the benefits that we're going to showcase is continuing on the success that they've laid down, but then adding in the benefits of combo development, streamlining logistics, streamlining of the procurement. And I think that would allow us to grind costs a little bit better than where they're at today. But it is a great team. I think it's just we have a benefit of having a little bit larger scale and we can do some things and leverage that.
Noel Parks:
Great. Thanks.
Toby Rice:
And they've been growing the production well, we’ll keep the production flat, I guess, is the key thing to think about, too.
Noel Parks:
Right, right. Thanks. And the other thing is among the many considerations that led you to go for the deal. Can you talk a little bit about how the ESG considerations or opportunities weigh in your decision to expand the footprint to the East, separate from the stand-alone economics, if there is a difference in your thinking there?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. Certainly, ESG is actually one of the things that we look at when we're looking at opportunities. I think one thing that's really great about the Alta asset, it's 100% dry gas, which is going to give us the benefits to position us to continue to put out a really low mission’s intensity score. So that’s really important. Some of the things that are underway, which we're really excited about talking about in our ESG report that's coming out in a couple of months has to do with some of the ESG initiatives, replacing pneumatics, doing that. We'll be looking to apply those opportunities on the Alta assets just like we're doing at EQT. One of the great things about ESG is a lot of the stuff we're talking about is what we do at the surface. And what that means is that stuff translates, whether it's things that we do well in Southwestern Pennsylvania, you're going to translate to the surface in Northeastern Pennsylvania. So we're really excited about the opportunity to improve on the ESG front as well.
Noel Parks:
Great. Thanks a lot. That’s all for me.
Operator:
That was our final question, so I'll hand it back over to Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, everybody. We're certainly really excited about this opportunity, and we'll continue to work hard to deliver value for our stakeholders. Thank you. Operator
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by and welcome to the EQT Q4 Quarterly Results Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in listen-only mode. After the speakers' presentation, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to hand the conference over to Mr. Andrew Breese. Thank you. Please go ahead, sir.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning and thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website for a seven-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 1-800-585-8367 with a confirmation code of 5188472. In a moment Toby and David will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation has been posted to the Investor Relations portion of our website and we will refer to certain slides during today's discussion. I'd like to remind you that today's call may also contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially different for these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in today's earnings release and our investor presentation and the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures, please refer to today's earnings release and our most recent investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations of the most comparable GAAP financial measures. And with that, I'll turn it over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Andrew, and good morning everyone. Today, I will briefly touch on some of the key items we executed on in 2020 that reshaped the trajectory of this business, while natural gas and EQT in particular presents a compelling investment thesis review our operational and financial plans for 2021 and provide a free cash flow forecast of our base plan. Our team has been pushing hard to bring our vision into reality. While 2020 brought many accomplishments, there were a handful of critical actions that have set us up for long-term sustainable success. First, we entered 2020 staring down $3.5 billion of debt maturities due through 2022. We now sit with roughly $600 million, which can easily be managed with expected free cash flow, and we are on a glide path with sub two times leverage. Second, we drastically reduced our cost structure. We did this by slashing well cost by over $250 per foot increasing our production uptime from 85% to 98% and renegotiating our gathering contracts with Equitrans.
told:
Lastly, we demonstrated the impact that our modern operating model can have to rapidly evolving our business and enhancing operational, financial and cultural performance while securing sustainability with respect to ESG. We continue to believe that there is a symbiotic relationship between these goals and we've established an ESG committee focused on implementing companywide initiatives to drive continuous improvement across all facets of our business. Like many companies across the globe, we have navigated a challenging and unprecedented year. Along the way, we were aligned with our mission to be the operator of choice for all stakeholders. On slide three, we highlight key elements of our mission. We strive to be the security than investors want to own, the operator that service providers want to work for, the employer that employees wanted to work with, the lessee that land owners want at lease to, and the industry partner that our local communities embrace. Our core values of trust, heart, teamwork, and evolution guide us along this path and remind us that it's not just about what we do, but how we do it. We hold the fundamental belief that success is driven by our people. And we strive to produce a team that is completely aligned with what we do and how we do it. I'm proud to announce that EQT was recently recognized as a top workplace in the U.S., demonstrating a clear linkage between cultural and operational excellence. As we sit here today, EQT presents a compelling investment story, which we have highlighted on slide six. With 710,000 core net Marcellus acres and well over 15 years of low-risk core Marcellus inventory in hand, EQT's dominant asset position is prime to deliver long-term value to stakeholders. 80% of our inventory is set up for combo-development, which provides high confidence and predictability and well performance, avoids parent-child interference and will lead to sustainable free cash flow generation. This will increasingly be a differentiator that EQT relative to its peers. We have proven that we are disciplined capital allocators and our 2021 plan demonstrates our commitment to a maintenance program. Under this maintenance mindset, we expect our base business to generate approximately $3.5 billion in cumulative free cash flow through 2026 at strip pricing. This base plan offers material upside opportunities, and our track record of delivering speaks for itself. On top of this due to our tremendous scale, every NYMEX increase of $0.10 above current strip pricing generates an incremental $170 million of free cash flow. And importantly, given the structure of our gathering agreements and the continued improvement in our operating efficiency, we expect 2026 free cash flow to be approximately $800 million to $990 million, 55% higher than 2021, despite a 4% lower natural gas price. Our current free cash flow and balance sheet projections highlight the achievements over the last year, significantly accelerating our ability to execute our shareholder friendly actions while also achieving investment grade metrics. Lastly, we believe that access to energy is the most important factor driving human progress. We are proud of the work that we do to make low carbon energy accessible to all. And we believe that natural gas will play a key role in meeting the growing demand for reliable low-cost energy, helping reduce CO2 emissions globally and serving as a long-term low-carbon base load fuel source, which is attracting new long-term investors. Further supporting the favorable outlook for EQT are the improvements we continue to see in the natural gas macro trends, both dry gas and associated gas producers have demonstrated strong conviction to maintenance volume production. Record cold temperatures in the Eastern Hemisphere have bullied global LNG markets, which should drive a more robust 2021 U.S. LNG export market as there was growing sentiment that summer LNG demand will soon surpass expectations. Coal production and deliverability issues have further increased in already robust gas, power generation market, and industrial demand specifically chemical output has started its recovery to pre-COVID levels and should continue to climb as the economy improves. We believe that the most efficient wide-reaching and environmentally responsible way to satisfy the growing global demand for energy is by utilizing natural gas. Natural gas produces significantly less CO2 compared to oil and coal. And the Appalachian basin in particular is one of the lowest emitting shale plays in the United States. At EQT, our goal is to be a differentiated producer of a differentiated commodity. Our ESG program will differentiate our business, and every aspect of our corporate strategy is underpinned by sustainable ESG goals. This program is more an embodiment of our interest and drive than a reactionary response. I'll remind you that in our first year of leadership, we transitioned to exclusively electric frac crews have utilized hybrid drilling rates and are using electric pneumatics on all new sites. Furthermore, our board recognizes the importance of alignment and it's established a greenhouse gas emissions intensity, steep target reduction of 4% in 2021 allow. Today, EQT has one of the lowest greenhouse gas emission intensity scores relative to our U.S. E&P operators. EQT also has one of the lowest methane emissions intensity, but this is just the beginning. We plan to release our 2020 ESG report this summer, at which point we intend to publish net zero emissions and other targets. Until then, we continue to evaluate ways in which we could provide more timely transparent and meaningful ESG performance disclosures to our stakeholders. In early 2020, we established a cross-functional ESG committee, which includes both executive management participation and board oversight. To date, some of the initiatives that the committee has focused on include developing our proprietary ESG technology to bring transparency of our program to every member of our team, evaluate the most effective use of our resources to improve our emissions performance, which drove our pneumatic valve installation program in 2021, and working towards obtaining responsible gas certifications, leading to our announced partnership with Project Canary in early 2021. This focus is integral in not only making sure we set the right targets, but that we capture and report the most relevant information. We are confident that our vision and actions will make EQT a clear ESG leader. This is a great segue into our 2021 operational and financial plans. Our strategy remains unchanged, execute a maintenance program, enhance margins, grow free cash flow and delever the business. I will point you to slide nine and 10 for an overview of our 2021 program. We plan to spend $1.1 billion to $1.2 billion of capital expenditures to deliver net production volumes of 1,620 to 1,700 Bcfe. At 01/31/21 pricing, we expect to generate $1.85 billion to $1.95 billion in adjusted EBITDA and $500 million to $600 million in free cash flow. On slide 10, we further break out our capital program. We plan to spend between $800 million to $850 million on reserve development. We plan to direct more activity towards our expansive West Virginia assets in 2021, resulting in capital allocation of approximately 65% to Pennsylvania, 30% to West Virginia and 5% to Ohio. Further details, including expected well count and lateral links can be found on slide 11. We also plan to spend $125 million to $140 million on land related projects made up of approximately $85 million on leasehold maintenance, $50 million on infill leasing and mineral purchases. We plan to spend $85 million to $100 million on other CapEx, which is largely comprised of our asset maintenance projects and capitalized interests. New to the capital program in 2021, we plan to construct a 45-mile mixed use water system in West Virginia, which will serve as the backbone for optimizing West Virginia development, and is a key element in reducing well costs in the future. We plan to spend between $45 million to $55 million in 2021, and the system is expected to serve its first pad in the third quarter of this year. Further details regarding this water infrastructure project can be found on slide 12. When normalizing for the water system, which is new to the 2021 program, year-over-year capital expenditures are essentially flat, while production is expected to be approximately 160 Bcfe or 11% higher due primarily to the Chevron acquisition. Going forward and assuming maintenance level production, we expect capital efficiency to trend favorably with total capital expenditures dropping by $50 million to $100 million per year over the next several years. Our expectations for 2021 are high. And I'll now pass it to Dave Khani to discuss some of the other financial aspects of the business.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby and good morning everyone. Before I jump into the details, I'd like to provide some reflection on 2020. Toby discussed some of the key highlights of our 2020 accomplishments relating to our cost cutting and balance sheet enhancing actions, which enabled us to go from playing defense to going on the offenses. Behind the scenes there were significant time investments to digitize our processes, to focus our teams on improving planning, accuracy, forecasting, and real-time analysis. Although, our headcount has come down since 2019 our purchase productivity has materially improved, and we've seamlessly integrated the Chevron assets as a result. The team has done an outstanding job this past year, and we expect this to continue into 2021. I'd like to provide details regarding our year-end reserves. At year-end 2020, we reported 19.8 Tcfe in total proved reserves, up 13% year-over-year and up 5% after normalizing for reserves associated with the Chevron acquisition. Despite a reduction of over a dollar per Mcf in our 2020 realized pricing used for our gas reserves prescribed by SEC rules, the increase in reserves demonstrates the resilience of our premier asset base, our cost reduction effort and our very efficient combo-development strategy. As further described in the 10-K that we will fire layer today our standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows was approximately $3.4 billion, which was calculating using historic SEC pricing of a $1.38 for Mcf. We were all aware of the commodity price challenges the industry faced in 2020, which are not reflected of the go-forward price projections. Using the five-year strip price as of year-end 2020 of $2.08 per Mcf, this increases our standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows by $5.6 billion to $9 billion. Although not a perfect gauge of value since gas prices are undervalued, it is much more reflective of the value of our book to prove reserves. I'd like to also note that only 279 PUDs were booked or merely 17% of our remaining core inventory and we have an extensive runway of value accretive inventory. As we execute our combo-development strategy, which significantly increases the band of EURs outcomes in well performance, the Appalachia. These improving EURs will drive reserve enhancements. As a result, we saw a strong improvement in EUR performance for 2020 versus prior year. I'd like to now discuss our hedge philosophy and positioning as we head into 2021. During the fourth quarter of 2020, we continued executing our hedging strategy to protect against downside commodity risk, opportunistically layering on incremental 2021 hedges. As of today, we have NYMEX hedges on approximately 85% of our expected 2021 gas production in conjunction with hedges on approximately 50% of our in-basin basis exposure. We are students of the commodity understand that importance of getting the direction and timing as correct as possible. Accordingly, we are big believers in hedging and have added a significant amount of gas hedges this past year. While we focus a lot of our attention on natural gas, we're able to take advantage of the nearly 50% Cal 2021 run-up in NGL prices that occurred in January locking hedges on approximately 55% of our expected 2021 NGL production. Although, NGL only represents about 5% of our 2021 production base, we expect to produce approximately 33,000 barrels a day, which is a meaningful to revenues and free cash flow. We see 2022 as a real opportunity. Prices are starting to react to the cold weather, strong LNG demand and improving economic outlook. We currently sit with a 35% hedge position in 2022 for our dry gas production and we'll be patient and methodical as we build that position throughout the year. In addition to hedging, we are working on to augment our risk mitigation strategy by increasing our direct sales exposure. And we are currently pursuing opportunities with both natural gas and LNG end market purchases. Now, I'd like to discuss the volatile regional pricing experience in the back half of 2020 and what we were expecting for 2021 and beyond. Slide 19 in our presentation depicts some of the dynamics that contributed to this volatility. As you aware, local basis blew out during fourth quarter, breaking below $2 at various points in October and November. This sharp decline of basis was driven by a combination of full Northeast storage, unusually high pipeline outages, large shut-ins coming back online and a significantly warmer than normal start to winter. As these factors have normalized, basis has come down significantly. With the absence of Appalachian pipeline outage in 2021, we expect local pricing to improve as operators we have to be prepare for this fall so the two hedging and other activities, but also be cognizant that these irregularities cause bias or basis to be unusually wide and be cautious not to overreact. Although, we have a fulsome basis hedge position in place during the fourth quarter of 2020, we did feel some of the pricing weakness with average differentials coming in at a negative $0.66 per MCF, $0.01 wide over guidance range and inclusive of our $0.13 per MCF gain realized on our basis swaps. Looking ahead, we expect to realize 2021 average price differentials of negative $0.40 to negative $0.60, which is slightly wider than our full year 2020 realized differentials of negative $0.42. The water differentials are primarily driven by an incremental 2021 expected production associated with acquired Chevron volumes, partially offset by the benefit of our contracted FTE capacity coming back online in January. Looking forward, there are some positive advanced demand drivers on the horizon over the next few years, including accelerated coal retirements driven by increased regulations, such as Reg G and the start-up of the ethylene Shell cracker plant in 2022, among other things. The annualized spread between local demand and takeaway capacity compared to supply is approximately 3 Bcf per day, which is anticipated to grow by another 1 Bcf per day due to inpatient demand. The benefit and timing of the 2 Bcfe today MVP capacities, then incremental creating either even greater spread and we remind everyone that the Southeast needs the gas to help be carbonized and grow their local times. This take me through a quick overview of a fourth quarter financial results. Sales volumes of 401 Bcfe slightly above the high end of our guidance range. This included approximately 12 Bcf related to the assets acquired in the Chevron acquisition offset by some small subreddit settings executed during the period. Our adjusted operating revenues for the quarter were $922 million and our total per unit operating costs were $1.30 per Mcfe, a $0.14 improvement from last quarter and below the low end of our annual guidance range. The capital expenditures were $266 million, in line with expectations and guidance. In aggregate, our performance drove adjusted operating cash flow for the quarter of $370 million and positive free cash flow of approximately $109 million. For the full year 2020, sales volumes are 1,498 Bcfe, roughly flat with 1,508 Bcfe produced in 2019 despite the impact of approximately 46 Bcfe of strategic volume curtailments during the 2020 period. Adjusted operating revenues were $3.55 billion, with total operating cost per unit of $1.36 per Mcfe. Capital expenditures were $1.08 billion, an impressive $694 million reduction compared to 2019. With adjusted operating cash flow coming in at $1.4 billion, we generated positive free cash flow for the year of $325 million. Turning to the first quarter of 2021 expectations, we expect production volumes to come in at 405 to 425 Bcfe. Based on the January 31st, 2021 market pricing combined with our basis hedge and our fixed price sales positions, we expect average differentials of negative $0.25 to $0.35. On the operating cost side of the business, we expect relatively uniform quarterly performance with total 2021 per unit operating costs landing in the $1.29 to $1.41 per Mcfe range. We also expect quarterly capital expenditures to be generally consistent during the 2021 period and expect first quarter capital expenditures of approximately $280 million to $305 million. I also wanted to provide a brief update on our debt targets post the Chevron asset acquisition. We plan to utilize the free cash flow to retire the remaining debt maturities through 2022 by the end of 2021, at which point we expect our long-term debt to be between $3.8 billion and 3.9 billion. This should put us at or near the 2.0 times leverage target. We will continue to paydown additional debt in 2022, until we are constantly trending below two times leverage. With the recent ratings instrument, we reduced our annual interest expense by $10 million raised our credit to hedge by nearly $350 million and trimmed a small amount of LCs. Our goal is to get back to investment grade and the recent product upgrades from Moody's and S&P leaves us two notches away at all three agencies. With respect to MVP, we are continually working with several companies to sell-down incremental MVP capacity. While the delayed in service date pushed back our anticipated timing of offloading our targeted amount, we are able to sell-down approximately $125 million a day of capacity. We are currently assuming MVP will be operational at the beginning of 2022, but are carefully watching as progress unfolds. With ACP cancellation earlier, MVP is well-positioned to fill this market demand. As we execute additional capacity releases, we will provide updates accordingly. And with that, I'll turn it back over to Toby to wrap things up.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. 2020 was a critical inflection point for this company and it was essential that this team perform at a very high level to stabilize the business and secure its longevity, which is exactly what we did. We exceeded our financial and operational plans position the company for the long-term by strengthening our balance sheet and evolve the organization with the implementation of our modern operating model to sustainably create value in any environment. The evolution of our digital platform will bring even greater governance, efficiency, and sustainability to our operational and financial performance as we move into 2021. As we continue this transformational journey, our commitment to the environment and the communities in which we operate will be at the heart of everything we do. We have the team in place. We have the strategy defined, and we have the cultural alignment established to take EQT to the next level. I'm excited about the trajectory of this company and the value we plan to deliver to all of our stakeholders. We appreciated everyone's interest and support along the way. And with that, I'll turn it over to the operator for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And your first question is from Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah. Toby, I was wondering if you could start maybe with the higher mix of capital towards West Virginia. I was wondering if maybe you could go through how the economics stack up relative to Washington and Greene County, as we did note that it looks like you will be developing West Virginia with quite longer laterals, with some of the SPUDs being in the 15,000 foot. But wondering if he could maybe go through what kind of recoveries you anticipate per thousand foot and just how the relative economics stack up.
Toby Rice:
Sure. Thanks, Arun. Good morning. So, the West Virginia Marcellus economics are going to be fairly similar to Pennsylvania. You can see on that slide where we show the lateral length that were spudding played a big factor in that. I think the other thing from a timing perspective, us having the ability to get this water infrastructure is also going to help from the cost perspective as well. So, I think when you step back and you look at the assets that we have, about 40% of our leasehold -- of our core leasehold is in West Virginia. So, it makes sense for us to start shipping some of our development to that area.
Arun Jayaram:
Makes sense. And then just to follow up. David, on your comments on a partial sell-down of some of your MVP capacity, did I hear that you sold down 125?
David Khani:
Yeah.
Arun Jayaram:
… is about 10% of your capacity or so.
David Khani:
That’s right. Yes.
Arun Jayaram:
Okay. Can you just talk about what kind of impacts that we should anticipate on a go-forward from that? And it sounds like the timing -- a pushback a little bit, it may take a little bit more time, but you're noting some progress in terms of that strategic objective.
David Khani:
Yeah. I'd say we're still very confident that we will get more done. I think we have multiple conversations still going on. And so you think about what we said is the impact to the cost structure is about a dime on 100%. So if we -- 10% would represent about a penny impact across the whole cost structure, so some progress. And so, I'd just say stay tuned. We'll give you more progress as we execute more.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
David Khani:
You are welcome.
Operator:
Your next question is from Josh Silverstein with Wolfe Research.
Joshua Silverstein:
Thanks. Good morning, guys. Dave, thanks for the comments on the dis. Just a couple of questions here. I was curious if you're anticipating normal kind of seasonal water dis in the middle of the year. It seems like you're kind of guiding towards something wider in -- for the full year relative to the first quarter. So, I just wanted to know if that was kind of the seasonal dis there. And then I'm curious too, if the recent spikes that we have seen and then kind of the spot pricing has been rolling into that as well. If there's any benefit that you guys have received from the local pricing goes up to $4 and $5 recently.
David Khani:
Yeah. So, one is a recent pop in pricing is not in our forecast, that because we did our forecast as of January 31st. So as the weather was more recent than that. So, yeah. And so, our forecast of differentials is factoring in the seasonality of the spring and the fall, where you normally see water differentials, a little bit more wider in the fall than you do in the spring. It'll be very interesting to see what Eastern storage looks like at the end of this winter here. And what coal deliverability is as well as -- is a lot of the coal companies issues are very apparent. And the other thing to think about, because of our FT portfolio, there's been a lot of coal volatility in different locations. And so, having multiple pipes to multiple regions, and especially now that a big slug of it's back online gives us awesome, I'll call it optionality to create great value moving gas in and around to those regions.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got it. Have you guys actually been able to sell some gas recently at some of these very high prices around the different regions?
David Khani:
Yeah.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got it. Thanks for that. And then just a question on M&A, so you guys announced the Chevron acquisition and then subsequent to that, we've now seen the other portion of that get acquired as well. Clearly, you guys wanted the bigger operated portion, but I'm curious why not take down both sides of the transaction here on list that might not have been an option for you guys six months ago?
Toby Rice:
Josh, we participated in that process. We bid conservatively and obviously didn't win. I think the move in commodity prices recently will be helpful in getting us to take down the offer that we do have on that portion of the asset.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got it. Thanks a lot, Toby.
Operator:
Your next question is from Neal Dingmann with Truist Securities.
Neal Dingmann:
Morning. Hey, Toby. My first question for you David, just wanted a view with free cash flow just continues to do better, better each quarter. Continue to be very impressed with that. My question, when shareholder returned, if you wouldn't be able to discuss, is it, Hey, you want to get -- you talked about wanting to get the debt down to a certain level, but you certainly have a hell of a lot optionality that to provide shareholder return as quick as you'd like. So maybe just talk about that a little bit.
Toby Rice:
Sure. Neal, I would say everything we're doing here at EQT is to accelerate the return of capital to shareholders. So, our goal is to get our leverage sub two times before we can start thinking about that. I think the other thing that's important to keep in mind is this is our cost structure continues to lower just naturally through over time with the lowering gathering rates. And then also some of the other capital efficiencies that we're going to be seeing in the operating program. It's just going to give us more flexibility to accelerate our ability to start returning capital to shareholders.
Neal Dingmann:
Yeah. I totally agree with that. And then one, just follow up. Toby, your rationale moving over to the West Virginia Marcellus, is that just -- is there some delineation there or is it just you think there's appetite that you can not -- lower cost or maybe just talk about it as you turn there a little bit more?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. Sure. From a reservoir perspective, if you look at the heat map we put on slide seven shows that the geology is similar in West Virginia, that is in Pennsylvania. So we're -- we feel really good about the reservoir performance side of things. I think what's really important in West Virginia to be as economic as our Pennsylvania Marcellus is just more critical to leverage combo-development. In West Virginia due to terrain and roads, civil costs are going to be a little bit higher and combo-development is just going to be much more important. This combo-development one of the things that does is it lets you spread out those civil costs, lower those on a dollar per foot and also really streamlined logistics. And so that helps alleviate any of logistics issues you have with local roads. So, we've been patient. We've always been excited about the Western new assets, but we've been patient to make sure that we can set the table for combo-development. And the layout we have on slide 11 shows the development that we're doing out there, the wells we are spudding that we are going to be set for 15,000 foot laterals, long laterals combo-development is going to be a key to generate great returns in West Virginia.
Neal Dingmann:
Agree. Thanks guys. Great free cash flow.
David Khani:
Yeah. Thank you.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Neal.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question is from Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
Brian Singer:
I wanted to follow-up on the West Virginia discussion from Neal and Arun. You mentioned on slide 11 that your well cost assumptions are $775 per foot for West Virginia. And I wondered if that is where costs are now or if that would be costs -- well cost with the benefit of the drastic reduction that you're planning. If you could kind of quantify where costs have been coming from and where you expect those costs to get you once water infrastructure and the other measures that you're planning are online.
Toby Rice:
Sure. So, the $775 is what we plan on doing this year. The investments we're making in water infrastructure will certainly help us get to that number in the first year. But I'd say that the target is to get that number close to $735. As we get the full benefit of the water restructure, the civil spend that we're doing right now to set the table. So there's room for that number to come down. But right now, $775 is a good place where we feel comfortable. We can deliver it, but there's certainly upside to those numbers.
Brian Singer:
Got it. And is that kind of a fair expectation that you would have for 2022, or it does bringing on the infrastructure take a longer period to achieve?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. It may take down another 5%, so call that $25 a foot in 2022.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you. And then my follow-up is with regards to the leverage -- the leverage targets. And I wondered if you can talk both about any asset sales, including minority stake in -- or A, and then B, you mentioned that sub two times is where you would think about returning capital to shareholders. And I wondered if that is the main, if not only use of cash that you would expect once you've gone below two times, or if there's consideration to investing back in more activity in natural gas and/or NGLs, which drill.
David Khani:
Yeah. So, to get to paydown the remainder of our debt, which is a very small amount in -- I mean there's 10 million left in 2021, there's about 550 roughly in 2022 on the maturity. We basically use free cash flow. We don't need asset sales. And if we -- we'll probably sell ETRN stake in 2021 as well, but we don't necessarily need that to paydown our maturities. And so, we still -- have the optionality of selling, I'll call that bucket of assets. That's probably well north of a $1 billion. We want to take a bazooka to a big piece of our debt. Yeah. And as far as, capital allocation, once we hit that sub two times leverage, I mean, the focus is certainly right now, returning capital to shareholders. I think, we're still have the mentality that for us to see any growth. You'd probably get to see a strip that we think is more flexible of a fair price for gas, which is probably closer to $3. And what strip is showing right now is as a reminder. There's base plan that we put out is based off the strip where gas prices are $2.55. So we think that there's material increased upside to where the commodity is right now. So, we probably would need to see a higher strip and even then production growth would be low single digits.
Brian Singer:
Thank you very much.
David Khani:
You are welcome.
Operator:
Your next question is from John Abbott with Bank of America.
John Abbott:
Good morning. Thanks for taking my questions. First question is on the trajectory of CapEx. It sounds like -- just going back with the commentary, so the CapEx could go down over the next several years. You gave that free cash flow outlook through 2026 at roughly around $3.5 billion. When you think about long-term spending, is it out of the possibility that you might could be down in the -- or in the realm of possibility could be down in the $800 million and $900 million range by around that time?
David Khani:
Yeah. That's correct. And just this -- just to point of this, couple of things I just want to make sure everybody understands about our cost structure. The gathering rate reductions that we're going to see, those are already baked, that's going to happen. And then from a CapEx side of things, the natural shouting of our PDP decline -- our corporate decline is going to be increasing from the upper 20s today to the low to mid 20s years from now. And in all that is going to allow us to spend $50 million to $100 million less CapEx year-over-year to lower our CapEx numbers to the $800 million to $900 million that you mentioned.
John Abbott:
Right. And then my second question is on the gas gathering agreement [ph]. So, it's my understanding if MVP is still not online by the beginning of 2022, you have the optionality for a $200 million cash payments. Should we assume that you would take that payment? Or should we assume that you would take that payment or is there some reason that you would not take the payment?
David Khani:
Yeah. I think we'll just -- we'll play it by year. There's -- we'll just look and see what the odds of MVP timing is that to make that decision. I think, we -- it either comes in the form of taking cash and repay debt or lowering our cost structure, which comes in as EBITDA. So, we'll just have to think through the calculus of that.
John Abbott:
Thank you very much on a great quarter.
David Khani:
Thank you, John.
Operator:
Your next question is from Noel Parks with Tuohy Brothers.
Noel Parks:
Good morning.
Toby Rice:
Morning.
Noel Parks:
I was interested to hear about just the plans for investment in the water handling system. And I apologize if you touched on this before. But if I understood right, part of it is from impact of the assets acquired from Chevron. And I was wondering, sort of looking back a couple of years ago when the new management team came on board, just where -- kind of on the to-do list of efficiency measures that you had in mind, was water handling sort of on the back burner? And then it's just kind of risen as you've shared to other efficiencies off the list, or was this something that -- just from last year or recent period you felt more of a need to invest in?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. Great question. I'd say, we came in here a couple of years ago. Our focus really was on improving the capital efficiency of the organization. Part of that for us is going to be lowering our well costs. And one of the big things that we've -- big drivers behind that is going to be leveraging infrastructure to do that, whether that's existing infrastructure or a new water infrastructure to support our development West Virginia. I think anytime we spend any dollar, we look at the returns that we're going to generate. And this water infrastructure I think is -- we're really excited about the returns we can get. The cost savings we'll see from this will be in water infrastructure, will be around $130 a foot. It'll cost us around $60 a foot to install it. So, it's a net $70 per foot gain. One thing to point out there that those economics are based -- assuming this waterline is only going to schedule the wells that are already on our schedule. So that's about the 1.8 million horizontal feet. The fact that we have such a large amount of undeveloped inventory, that's not on the schedule, it needs it that -- we're going to be able to enjoy the benefit of this water infrastructure for years to come. So, we're pretty excited about, about the opportunity with this water. And I think just naturally from an operator perspective, we certainly have the skills and experience in working with water. And I think that water infrastructure is probably one of those asset classes that if that really makes a lot of sense being owned and operated by -- the operator just because of the high price points with logistics, as it relates to servicing the population.
Noel Parks:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Toby Rice:
You got it.
Operator:
Your next question is from Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil.
Holly Stewart:
Hello gentlemen. Good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
Holly Stewart:
A lot going on, obviously right now on the macro front with supply and demand, as we sit here and Houston without power. I know you guys do a ton of macro work and with this polar event, just curious how your macro assumptions have changed. And then Dave, I know you have an issue perspective on the coal market, so -- and that obviously plays in as a natural gas prices continue to rise here. So any sort of new updates that you guys could give us on just how your macro landscape is evolving here.
Toby Rice:
Holly, this is Toby. I think at a very high level, the extreme weather events that we're experiencing and the impact this has had on millions of Americans across this country, I think really is a good time for everybody to step back and reassess how critical infrastructure and energy is to -- for people to live our lives and enable modern society. And I think when you -- when the smoke clears and people doing the postmortems on exactly what we could have done better, I think that the balanced approach is going to be -- we need to think about not just a sector of the infrastructure, but all infrastructure. There's certainly more work we need to do with natural gas infrastructure. When we talked about some of the differentials we've seen across different parts of the country, one way to alleviate that is to use to put in more natural gas infrastructure projects like MVP are critical to connecting these markets and making sure that we can continue to supply the growing demand. So, I think, it's just an important reminder on how important energy is to our everyday lives and the things that we can do better.
David Khani:
Yeah. I guess, just piggyback a little bit, just I would say obviously storage levels are going to get drawn down a little bit faster than people probably anticipate. And so, I guess, probably puts more upper pressure. I'd called it in the other periods to get back there. And your point on the coal side, if you look at coal production, coal production is down about 20% and the rails and the producers -- it's not a -- it's a big ship to turn in a quick amount of time. So the question is, will there be deliverability? Utility stockpiles are actually not that high as you would expect. And so, the question is, as you head into maintenance season and then the summer season, we anticipated gas to coal switching to be somewhat meaningful. That'll be a big question mark, because of the stockpiles, the deliverability, and I'll call it an export market that's has been meaningfully higher than the domestic market. So it's creates the incentive to shift what you have out of the U.S. as opposed to keep it in.
Holly Stewart:
Yeah. No, thank you for that. Maybe Toby, just another high level question on the M&A market, which we saw an Appalachia heat up a little bit in 2020, and there's obviously a push I think, from companies to be bigger and have more scale. Just how do you envision kind of this playing out? Maybe it doesn't need to be 2021, but certainly over the next several years, you've got, I would say a decent amount of rigs and a lot of different enhance -- a lot of different hands in the Appalachian basin. So any comments on just strategic view of the overall M&A landscape?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. I think that it's similar to what we saw in 2020. I mean, the reality is, we're still looking at a strip that's in the 250 to 260 range, so low commodity prices and the need for scale is going to be critical. I mean, I think that's going to be the next step for the show efficiency in this industry. I say it a lot of companies, EQT is not unique in the fact that we've made a significant improvement in pulling a lot of costs out of our business, but a lot of guys have done that. But when you step back and you realize that in Appalachia we've got 30 teams running around 30 rigs. You may have 30 efficient companies, but when you look at that, it's -- it could be more efficient. And that with -- the other thing is having multiple operators. It's -- you've got a lot of service providers that are running at, call it 50% utilization. And you've got multiple gathering infrastructures as well, that are maybe not being optimized and running at full utilization. So, I think consolidation naturally will help get the -- allow operators to take full advantage of their talent. Allow service providers take full advantage of their equipment and allow the infrastructure players to take full utilization of their systems. All of this is going to deliver a much healthier system and greater returns for our shareholders.
Holly Stewart:
Thank you, gentlemen.
Toby Rice:
Welcome.
Operator:
Your next question is from Kashy Harrison with Simmons Energy.
Kashy Harrison:
Good morning all and thank you for taking my question. So first one from me, Toby, I was wondering if you could talk a little bit more about Project Canary, maybe discuss the objectives of the project? And how you think about the potential long-term implications for this project towards your business and maybe towards other gas companies in the future?
Toby Rice:
Sure. At a very high level, at EQT, we're driven to be a leader in the responsible production and consumption of natural gas. So the ESG efforts that we're doing are really going to highlight the responsible production aspect of that mission that we have. And so, the Canary Project, which is the responsible gas certification is really just going to highlight that we are producing our gas in a responsible way. And so this project is going to basically entail putting out sensors on a couple of our pads to measure the methane levels, to get an accurate third-party assessment. That data is going to be processed by another third-party, the Colorado University. And then, with that we'll be able to really show our responsibility, produce our gases and we'll look for opportunities to scale that across the plant. So when we look at the cost of this, this could be a few cents increase to get our gas certified. But I think that the demand could be there from our utilities to know that they're purchasing a differentiated commodity from EQT, that stamp is responsibly produced.
David Khani:
Yeah. And I think if you think about what happened with some LNG trade that didn't occur because of the emissions footprint. There's going to be, I call it, global search for really low emissions and Appalachia sits amongst the lowest emissions, not just the U.S., but probably as well globally.
Toby Rice:
Yeah. And I think what we -- the data -- the chart we put on slide 14 really shows how there is a different level of performance across operators across the country and across the world. And I think for us to be able to say, this is what our performance looks like. It shows that there is a differentiation between the gas that we're producing up here in Appalachia specifically EQT. And what other sources of gas have from an emissions perspective.
Kashy Harrison:
And so you think at some point there will be some -- maybe some premium associated with -- responsibly pretty staff is what I'm hearing.
Toby Rice:
Yes. There could be -- I gave the commentary on the cost for us to do this responsible certification, just to give an -- a marker on sort of what that premium would need to be for us to incentivize us to do this across our entire program.
Kashy Harrison:
Got it. Thanks. Thanks guys for the color there. And then, maybe just building on the questions in West Virginia, it looks like the water infrastructure is maybe being built towards the Western part of the acreage position. And so, I'm just curious, is the plan to primarily target the wet gas acreage in West Virginia during 2021, or is it going to be more dry gas focused in West Virginia?
Toby Rice:
Our West Virginia development is going to be about 25% liquids, 75% dry gas. The water infrastructure that we're putting really is driven by where we need it. Keep in mind, Chevron assets we picked in Marshall, which would be picked up in Marshall, which is going to be the liquids portion of our production. They already have a water -- we already have a pretty robust water system there. So we're really focusing our attention on areas that are sort of blank canvas.
Kashy Harrison:
Got it. Got it. And if I could sneak one more in. Just wanted to check if the capital allocation split between PA and West Virginia is a good proxy for the foreseeable future, or over the next ex-years, maybe like five years or so? Or if you expect maybe transition to more of an equal split between PA and West Virginia? And I'll leave it at. Thank you.
Toby Rice:
Great. Yeah. The long-term development is probably going to be 65% PA Marcellus, so that's still going to be the majority of our CapEx. But we do want to get moving on -- sorry -- to bring some of the benefits that we have developing channel and do that in West Virginia.
Toby Rice:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question is from Scott Hanold with RBC.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks. I just have one quick question for you all. Historically, EQT has been leader on looking at things like using CNG in vehicles and such. Are those still initiatives or are always looking to kind of be a leader? Is this still at a high level to you all? And is this something where you've been in conversations with people in the administration or, maybe go down that path to demonstrate that as an option for gas going forward too?
Toby Rice:
Yeah. I think that's a great question. No doubt. There's a lot of new opportunities, I think, that are being presented as people start thinking about the energy transition. My view on this is I think that companies like EQT are uniquely positioned to take advantage of those opportunities, whether it's the fact that we've got billions of dollars of assets already in the ground finding new ways to take advantage of our product, whether that is using cheap Appalachian gas as a feedstock to power manufacturing, converted into another product that's a more desirable, higher price, that's one option. But I think when we step back and we look at energy transition in general, I think it's important for people to understand that shale has -- and in the people in shale, particularly the people here at the management team here at EQT, we've been through an energy transition before. I mean, this is not the first time, we -- vantage of transition that was, I think really impactful was the transition from conventional reservoirs to developing shale. And there's been some guys that have been very successful in navigating that path and capturing the opportunities that have made tremendous amount of dollars for their shareholders, and also made a really positive impact on all stakeholders. I certainly feel like we're one of those groups of people. And so that type of skillset, that type of experience is going to be really important as we look at other opportunities in front of us on the energy transition space. That being said, EQT is going to continue to focus on executing our base plan, and we're really excited about the opportunities to improve our core business, and we'll be opportunistic looking at other ways to extend the platform.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. Great. Thanks. Understood.
Operator:
Your next question is from Mark Carlucci with Morgan Stanley.
Mark Carlucci:
Hey, guys. Thanks for taking the question. Toby, you mentioned the importance of getting MVP online, just curious what's your view of supply versus takeaway is say in a couple years? In fact that pipe does not enter service, what that can mean for basic differentials, especially in the shoulder months? And how that would impact your strategy, if at all.
Toby Rice:
Yeah. So, we say that local takeaway and demand is about 35 Bcf a day. We've got about 30 -- we've got about 32 Bcf a day of production. So, you can look at that and say, you've got cushion. But I think you look at what we put out on slide 19, and really the -- having some pipelines, have any outages, really creates a lot of volatility in this market. And so having extra outlets is going to be super constructive to long-term local base there. It's a pretty critical project for this basin and for other areas of the United States, like the Southeast, I want to decarbonize their grid with low carbon natural gas. If it don't, don't forget there is in-basin demand growth as well. There are nine coal plants within Pennsylvania alone, that probably will be at risk of going offline in the next few years. And then you have the Shell cracker, you have gas per generation, for example, there's a gas power generation plant coming online in our backyard that we will sell directly to -- in the spring. So there's going to be internal demand inside the basin, and then, hopefully MVP does come online.
Mark Carlucci:
Got it. Thanks guys.
Toby Rice:
You're welcome. And there are no further questions at this time. I'll turn the call back over to Mr. Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks everybody for your time on this call today. And we will keep working hard to keep the gas flowing and creating greater results for our shareholders and all stakeholders. Thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by and welcome to the EQT Third Quarter 2020 Quarterly Results Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in listen-only mode. After speakers presentation, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions]. I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker today Andrew Breese, Director of Investor Relations. Thank you. Please go ahead, sir.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning and thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website for a seven day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 1-800-585-8367 with a confirmation code of 8971226. In a moment Toby and David will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. An updated investor presentation is available on the Investor Relations portion of our website, which we may reference certain slides during this discussion, I'd like to remind you that today's call may also contain forward-looking statements, actual results, future events could materially different for these forward-looking statements because of the factors described in today's earnings release and the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K for the year-end December 31, 2019 and in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures, please refer to this morning's earnings release and our most recent investor presentation for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations of the most comparable GAAP financial measures, and with that, I'll turn it over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Andrew, and good morning everyone. Today I look forward to providing an update on the business and how we've progressed with our strategic initiatives. But first I'd like to jump right into the positive results of the third quarter. The momentum that we experienced during the transformation of first year of managing this company has continued in the third quarter, which was another impressive quarter both operationally and financially. We delivered sales volumes of 366 Bcfe, which was in line with our original guidance range, despite 15 Bcf that we strategically curtailed at the beginning of September and through the remainder of the quarter. On the well cost front, we continue to realize improvements in operational performance delivering well cost of $660 per foot on our Pennsylvania Marcellus asset. Third quarter well costs were $20 per foot lower than last quarter, 10% lower than target and 22% lower than just one year ago. This continued progression gives us increasing confidence and makes our future development plan that much more compelling, as we continue to find ways to increase performance and enhance results. We continue to do more with less, and that is apparent in our third quarter CapEx spend of $248 million, which is $227 million below the same period last year and $55 million below last quarter. The efficiencies that we continue to see in both drilling and completions substantiate the CapEx improvements. With less than 20% of the year-to-date cost improvements being attributable to service cost inflation, these are truly sustainable cost reductions. On the drilling side, we've seen roughly 20% improvement in Horizontal drilling speeds quarter-over-quarter and roughly 60% year-over-year, which was accomplished through the continued application of best practices executed by the same crews guided by a stable operation schedule. On the completion side, our electric frac fleet really hitting their stride improving pumping hours and stages per month by approximately 15% respectively quarter-over-quarter. In addition to our electric frac fleet accomplishments, our teams have continued to find ways to streamline our operations. These efforts include automating processes that were previously manual employing new technologies to increase the reliability, efficiency and safety of our operations utilizing centralized operating systems, taking data that was one siloed and fragmented and turning into easily accessible and usable data to drive better decision making and improved performance. Put simply, we are leaving no stone unturned to find ways to improve the performance of this business. The continued outperformance has resulted in positive revisions to certain full-year 2020 guidance at the midpoint, including an increased production of 15 Bcfe and a decrease in capital expenditures of $50 million. This represents for fourth time, we have reduced our 2020 capital guidance for a total of $275 million or 20% of the original budget, all while delivering more volumes, even considering strategic curtailments. After accounting for a slight widening in-expected differentials, this will drive an expected improvement of $25 million in free cash flow. As we continue our financial and operational transformation, we do so with a heightened focus on our commitment to corporate responsibility and transparency. We recently launched our revamped ESG report focused on our evolution as a company, enhanced leadership directives our operational strategy and the implementation of our mission, vision and values, all aimed at becoming the operator of choice for all stakeholders and the clear ESG leader in the natural gas industry. Before I get into highlights of the report, it's important to spend a little time on the criticality of natural gas of the energy mix of the future. You will see on Slide 24 of our investor presentation EQTs operations have the second-lowest emissions intensity of nearly 40 surveyed domestic and global E&P companies during the period. Our peers in Appalachia perform at similar levels. Looking specifically at gas producers, you'll see on slide 25, that of the top 10 US natural gas producers Appalachian players produce approximately 60% more gas with 70% lower emissions intensity. What excites me about this data is the differentiation of natural gas, and in particular Appalachian Natural Gas. The reliability, availability and cost benefits of natural gas are unquestionable, and we think as people start to look at the data, there will be a decoupling of natural gas from other fossil fuels as it pertains to environmental and socioeconomic benefits. Turning to our ESG report, you will see that we have provided a detailed framework on how we think about our business and how all the pieces are aligned to execute on a cohesive operational corporate in ESG strategy. Our impacts on the ESG side of things are principally an output of operating in an informed, supported and purpose driven manner. In our report, we highlight among other things, the significant environmental benefits of our combo development strategy, how integrating ESG into our digital work environment improves data collection analysis and reporting, our commitment to operating safely while utilizing the highest standards to protect and mitigate impacts of the environment, investments made in our local communities including over $29 million in contributions in the form of infrastructure improvements, grants, scholarships and sponsorships, and steps we are taking to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, which have decreased 23% compared to 2018. I encourage you to review our report, which can be found on our Investor Relations website. Shifting gears, I would like to talk about the compelling macro and natural gas set up. There are several main point that drive our multiyear bullish thesis. In the near-term supply and demand, we will continue to tighten as weather demand overcomes the storage overhang. Core acreage within the gassy regions are continuing to be drilled up, leaving Tier 2 and Tier 3 inventory that can only be economically drilled at materially higher strip, and lastly, total US rig counts and completion crews have fallen by approximately 65% since the beginning of the year. In Appalachia, there need to be about 30% more rigs to keep production flat and in the Haynesville that numbers are about 15% more rigs. In the medium term within the industry, there was approximately $115 billion of debt due from now until 2023, which has forced producers to focus on corporate returns in fixing their balance sheets rather than growing production. In the long term, we believe there will be a sustainable and long-term global call on US Natural Gas. We anticipate that long-term US demand will increase driven by coal and nuclear retirements, partially offset by renewable builds and long-term global demand will increase driven by economic development in the developing countries. The favorable macrodynamics as well as continued execution of our operational and financial strategies optimally positions EQT to capitalize on the setup and outperform peers. The forward curve for '21 has moved up into the $3 level and the '22 curve is now in the low 270s. Although important indicators, this will not cause EQT to add growth in 2021, as the curve is still too low and backwardated. We are focused on running an efficient business plan aimed at increasing NAV per share driven by efficiency gains and not growth. We believe that one of the most important drivers of value creation for our shareholders is getting our asset valued at a long-term price deck that is closer to $3 as opposed to 250, and looking at the strip, there is clearly a need for more discipline from EQT and all other operators to achieve this. I'd now like to pass the call over to Dave to further discuss some of our financial and strategic highlights.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby. First I'd like to start by briefly providing some color on the production curtailment that we implemented during the quarter. The curtailment was initiated on September 1st, and remained shut-ins for the entire month. We began a phased approach to bringing these volumes back online at the beginning of October and all production has returned to sales. The driver for the curtailment program was a material price arbitrage between September and Winter 2020 pricing and beyond. As we continue to outperform operationally, we're able to defer those extra volumes to be monetized in a much more attractive future price environment. Additionally, we hedge this production to lock in favorable pricing and the attractive economics, which provides a triple-digit IRR. In all, the impact of the curtailment was 15 Bcf that came out of our third quarter, while we were still able to deliver volumes near the midpoint of our guidance range. Going forward, we will continue to use curtailment strategically to capture incremental value when the opportunity presents itself. This segues nicely into the hedging activity that we recently completed. During the third quarter, the 2021 strip store increased volatility, but ultimately moved higher currently sitting just above $3. As prices were rising, we were opportunistically adding 2021 hedges during the period to lock in value and protect downside risk; with two key goals in mind. First, the ability to pay off our remaining $900 million of 2021 and 2022 debt with free cash flow and our ETRN equity stake, and secondly lock in investment grade metrics. With this hedge position and a strong 2021 and rising 2022 strip we believe we've achieved these key milestone goals. As a largest producer of natural gas, our hedge program in a broad sense is set to provide downside protection while capturing the upside. While it would be better to capture 100% upside from rising prices, it is prudent for us to take the risk away from associated with a warmer than normal winter, longer lasting impact from COVID, and higher than expected oil prices. While initiating forward hedges, we take a surgical approach aimed at targeting the higher risk seasonal periods, resulting in more risk protection in the volatile summer months, while leaving more upside in the winter months to be hedged over time. Since June 30, we have added approximately $350 million dekatherms of 2021 swaps at $2.90 and $155 million of 2021 collars with a $2.75 dekatherms floor and a $3.15 dekatherms healing. As a result, we now have approximately 72% of our 2021 expected production hedge assuming maintenance level production up from the 40% at the end of the second quarter. During the quarter, we also experienced some regional price volatility and widening of local bases. Our strong fundamental team saw this coming back in May and as a result, we put on a robust basis hedge position for the fall of 2020 for Dominion South and TETCO M2 at a spread of approximately negative $0.90 to Henry Hub. Ultimately differentials blew out to over negative dollar 55 and we were insulated for much of that exposure. Although heavily protected, the significant basis warning during the period did push our third quarter differentials towards a weaker end of guidance coming in at a negative $0.48 per Mcf. This takes me to a quick overview of our third quarter financial results. As mentioned before, we are able to be within our guidance range for both sales volumes and average differentials at 366 Bcfe and a negative $0.48 per Mcf respectively. Our adjusted operating revenues for the quarter were $853 million and our total operating cost per unit were $1.44 per Mcfe. Operating cost per Mcfe were negatively impacted during the third quarter by the strategic volume curtailments. In addition, for the third quarter of 2020 adjusting SG&A per Mcfe increased as compared to the same period in 2019 due to the higher incentive compensation expense resulting from changes in the value of [indiscernible] which exceeded the favorable impact of our personnel costs from reduction in workforce. As Toby mentioned earlier, we came in below our internal expectations on the tax rate on capital expenditures at $248 million due to continued operational outperformance. Our adjusted operating cash flow for the quarter was $295 million, which led to a positive free cash flow of approximately $47 million. Shifting gears, I'd like to update everyone on the progress we have made on the debt front. In July, we received a $202 million tax refund, including interest that we used to repurchase approximately $102 million of our 4 and 7-eights senior notes due in 2021. As of September 30, our net debt was $4.7 billion, which is roughly $100 million higher than the second quarter. This increase was driven by roughly $245 million of borrowings on our revolver for margin deposits associated with the over-the-counter derivatives and exchange-traded gas contracts. These deposits are reported as a current asset in our balance sheet. Importantly, these margin posting requirements change with commodity price movements and with respect to the over-the-counter derivatives, our credit ratings. Accordingly, our margin deposits will significantly decrease with just a one rating increase, which we are aggressively pursuing and naturally improve with rising natural gas prices. We do this as a more of a temporary liquidity item rather than a matter of truly impacting our leverage. When adjusting for these margin postings, our net debt decreased quarter-over-quarter by approximately $145 million to approximately $4.47 billion, implying a 2.81 net debt to adjusting last 12 months EBITDA leverage ratio. To add one more, aside to our liquidity position, we have seen increased bank competition to participate in our credit facility, which we view as a testament to our financial strength and its commitment to our responsible capital allocation. Further enhancing our debt reduction plan is another $48 million in tax refunds we expect to receive in the fourth quarter related to the successful appeal of a certain prior year federal taxes paid. Additionally, we are forecasting $85 million to $135 million of free cash flow in the fourth quarter. The new tax refunds. Fourth quarter free cash flow remaining ETRN stake and a material level of 2021 free cash flow, give us high confidence in our ability to achieve our $3.5 billion to $3.7 billion total debt goal by year-end 2021. This plus an improving strip all begs the question about our current credit ratings. Our recent discussions with the rating agencies were positive. We believe we currently sit with investment grade metrics using the forward curve, which provides us incentive to lock those prices and through hedging. We will continue to pay down debt and hedge more over time, as those are two important things we need to do to reach investment grade. We firmly believe the macro factors that Toby discussed along with our continued execution lay the groundwork for positive rating actions over the next 12 to 18 months. To further support this thesis. I'd like to point you to Slide 19 in our investor presentation, which shows EQT's debt trading performance against various investment and non-investment grade indices. As you can see our debt trades in line with investment grade peers signaling investors also think of EQT as an investment grade company. I'd like to conclude our any remarks by today by touching on a plan to rationalize our firm transportation portfolio. Constructive conversations continue to take place regarding offloading some or all of our MVP capacity. We do not believe that striking deal is dependent upon MVP being in service and feel that the viability of executing a transaction continues to improve. This is a very important financial catalyst for the company, one of which will drive material improvements in margins and free cash flow. Our team is very focused on this opportunity, and we continue to strive to have something in place at the end of the year. Now, I will turn it over to Toby to wrap things up.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. EQT is uniquely positioned to demonstrate the true value the natural gas can and will bring to the future energy mix of this country. As we continue this transformational journey to realize the full potential of EQT's premier shale assets, our focus will not only be on the financial and operational results we deliver, but on how we achieve those results. Our strategic approach is centered around the culture we create, the technology we utilize, the people executing the plan and the ultimate impact we have on the environment and communities in which we operate. All of these elements create a cohesive operational corporate and ESG focus strategy being executed with vision and purpose. These foundational elements that we have put in place guide our daily processes and will be what separates EQT from our peers, creating a clear natural gas leader in operator of choice to all stakeholders and ensuring sustainable long-term value creation. I'd like to thank all our employees for their continued hard work and dedication and every one of the attendance today for their continued interest and support of EQT, and with that, I'll turn the call over to the operator for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from Josh Silverstein of Wolfe Research. Your line is open.
Joshua Silverstein:
Hi, thanks, good morning guys. Just continuing the thought that David had there on MVP. Right now, it's certainly makes sense for you guys to get rid of the whole position given the current basis differentials, but would that potentially be in that the last types out of the basin in the Marcellus, like we have the supply pull on it. Is there any thought as the keeping some of the capacity there or is it still try to get rid of it all at this point?
David Khani:
Yes. Hi, this is Dave, Josh. Yes, we're studying that and I think just one thing to be careful about I know basis really blew out a little bit wider than normal, but let's remember that we had a warmer than normal winter, and then we were sitting with COVID, and so I think we had a little bit unusual circumstances, but I think we're studying that, we're trying to decide whether we want to keep some of that, and just also remind, we can probably also replicate that to some degree with the sales agreement as opposed to owning all the pipe to. So there is multiple things we're thinking through here.
Joshua Silverstein:
That's it thanks for that. And then on the M&A side two things here. You guys built continue to reference asset sales as part of the debt reduction strategies and then is there any thought there and then obviously you guys have been rumored to be in discussions with the Chevron asset or you might not be able to share much there. If there is any detail you can provide around the production base of the acreage footprint that would be helpful.
Toby Rice:
Sure, Josh. On the non-strategic asset sales, we've been pretty consistent on messaging there. I mean, the biggest gap for us was the bid-ask spread, largely driven by commodity prices used to value the assets. So, we've said it is the strip materialized -- materializes to our view, which is a sort of closer to where we're at today, that bid-ask spread close on those non-strategic assets. So we'll continue to evaluate any potential offers on those as they come in. Then on the M&A front. yes, we're not going to speak about specific deals, but continue to believe that anything we would ever look at would have to be a good strategic fit at the right value and accretive on a free cash flow per share and that basis.
Joshua Silverstein:
Great, thank you.
Operator:
Next question comes from Arun Jayaram of JPMorgan Chase. Your line is open.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes Toby and Dave. I was wondering if we could start maybe with an update on the Hammerhead system and if you've exercised your option to purchase the system, I think the agreement call for a 12% discount, and maybe just give us some thoughts on where you stand with ETRN on this dispute?
David Khani:
Yes one, I think we're not going to comment much on. I think we might put some comment out in our 10-Q at the end of the day today. So you can take a look at it, but I think we're going to be very more silent on this and just know that our goal is always to work with our partner ETRN and I think we've had disputes in the past and we'll come to some sort of resolution in the future. So I just say sort of stay tuned.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes, fair enough. Just my follow up would be, I was wondering if you could maybe help us unpack the free cash flow guide a little bit. I know there's some moving pieces between called organic free cash flow generation and the notable tax proceeds, but can you help us unpack, how much of that 325 free cash flow, it's kind of from the organic base business versus taxes?
David Khani:
Sure. So if you use 325 is the midpoint here there is about roughly $100 million of tax refund baked in there, so take it down to 225 of organic and just remind everybody, we've shut in about $65 million [ph] for this year, roughly, and so that would have been another $65 million or probably more of free cash flow, and then we are going to get about, we'll call it $450 million of tax refunds on top of that. So that give you a sense of the total free cash flow plus tax refunds, that were able to use to pay down debt.
Arun Jayaram:
Okay. If I could sneak one more in, David, you mentioned the collateral postings, this quarter, if you did get a one-notch upgrade, could you just maybe help us think about the magnitude or the improvement in liquidity you get from that.
David Khani:
Yes, I would say it's probably about two-thirds of improvement of that number, and so there is some moving parts in there. We post collateral with the different banks, different banks have different credit levels and some of the banks have unlimited credit level, so we move things around a little bit and then we also use the exchanges, and so, the rough number you should think about it about two-thirds.
Arun Jayaram:
That's helpful, thanks a lot guys.
David Khani:
You're welcome.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Scott Hanold of RBC Capital Markets. Your line is open.
Scott Hanold:
Yes, thanks. Appreciate also your comments on MVP and the status of those negotiations, but can you just -- for me, I guess, does it down a little bit what are the key discussion points between new and the counterparties right now and what really is I guess holding it up from getting some kind of a decision end of these are very complex negotiations. But if you can help me out and understand what are some of the kind of back and forth points?
David Khani:
Yes. I'd just say it's hard to, we want to get -- we won't get into a lot of things, because we are in negotiations, but I'll just say we have -- we're negotiating with like four or five parties right now. And just understand this is a long-term contract, so everybody wants to make sure they understand their needs. And so, and in some cases some of the parties who were part of ACP that was kind of a -- in some cases a shock to the system. So, they're just understanding again what their long-term needs are. So, I think it's multiple parties multiple views and long-term contract in, and so it just takes some time, and then I think the last piece is we just want to make sure we understand from our standpoint, how much that we want to keep winning and so it just all that plays into the timing.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. And you still think the year end '20 is still a good time for, but think [indiscernible] of where you have some?
David Khani:
Yes.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. And my follow-up is just, there has been a flurry of consolidation in this space, and obviously you give your high-level comments on asset sales in the market, but you Toby maybe if you can give us just a view of where you think like the Appalachian gas market goes from here, in terms of consolidation. I mean, you've seen some from a lot of the oilier players, do you think something similar like that is going to happen with the gas players and how quickly could that evolves?
Toby Rice:
Sure. I think investors certainly have an appetite for companies that can operate at a larger scale, not just simply for the sake of scale, but because there is real value to be created, I think, you look at what we've done at EQT, taking advantage of our scale, there is real value that we're creating whether that means we get more reps and the wells that we execute, which gives us more opportunities to improve operational performance being able to have access to really cutting-edge technology like our electric frac fleets that you can only put in, if you have a stable operation schedule. The benefits of scale you get from having a large operating footprint and a large gathering system that ETRN provides us, which gives us access to a lot more markets and then also from on the balance sheet side of things having an investment grade credit rating is something that's going to be a differentiator as well. So I think investors are right and having the desire for larger scale companies and companies like EQT that can take advantage of that scale and create value for shareholders, I think it's going to be a theme that should be look forward.
Scott Hanold:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Holly Stewart of Scotia Howard Weil. Your line is open.
Holly Stewart:
Thank you. Good morning, gentlemen. Maybe just a couple of quick follow-ups on some of the previous questions -- to Josh's question on MVP, Dave, can you remind us what your letter of credit postings are for that project?
David Khani:
Yes Holly, we don't break it out by pipeline. I just. we have basically $800 million of -- of credit in place, and again, we don't, we don't give it by project.
Holly Stewart:
Would it come down materially if you optimize that whole?
David Khani:
It would come down. Yes, I guess it depends on what you define as material. I think more importantly as our credit ratings improve it will come down and I think that's probably the bigger -- I'd call the bigger driver between the two.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. Okay, that's helpful. And then maybe Toby a follow-up to some of the M&A type of questions. I mean, you highlighted in your prepared remark how Appalachia stacks up on an ESG perspective. Do you think that this ultimately starts moving through the mindset of producers, as we kind of look at the oil M&A market here?
Toby Rice:
I mean I think that ESG could just be another barrier to some of the smaller steel companies certainly on the private status, then it's just another thing in future that you need to bolt on to your business certainly at EQT, with the number of employees and specialists that we have to focus and improve the performance across all these metrics is a benefit you get from a large organization and scale. So I think larger companies are, have the resources needed to dedicate the improving ESG performance, and ESG performance we think is going to be a differentiator and something that investors care about and we certainly believe the benefits of a strong ESG performance is going to be a key to long-term value creation for shareholders.
Holly Stewart:
Okay, great. and then maybe one final one for me. You've now come in, I think below your well cost target two quarters in a row and obviously now your full year average is well below that. Can you just talk about sort of your well cost trends and then any potential update to those targets that you see coming?
Toby Rice:
Sure. I think just looking at Slides 9 through 12 sort to tell the story. Where we're at right now is we continue to produce results that actually drive value by lowering our well cost. We are starting got to fix the business phase at EQT in the large sledge, but it's sort of towards the earlier when we got in and now what you're starting to see is the innovative approach that we have at EQT. So you see that that's driving the operational efficiencies and we've made some pretty big strides and still on the drilling side and on the completion side, and really what's driving that is really highlighted on Slide 12, which is just the continued application of new technology and leveraging our technology to drive operational efficiencies, which drive well costs. On top of that. I'd say we've been able to take it to lock in some of the service pricing that we have about 50% of our services are locked-in, our spend is locked in to provide some sustainability in the well cost performance that we've been able to demonstrate. So we'll see how much more we can innovate and continue to drive the performance and I'm encouraged to have an organization that has the ability to evolve and innovate.
Holly Stewart:
Great, thanks guys.
David Khani:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Mark [ph] of Morgan Stanley. Your line is open.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hi guys, thanks for taking the question. I just wanted to build on Holly's question thinking about sustaining capital on 2021. So I think it was a year ago you gave a $1.5 billion kind of preliminary number. Just curious, any early thoughts on spending or sort of how much of the savings that you realize or sort of built into that prior target?
Toby Rice:
So, I would just say that we continue to walk down our 2020 CapEx and planning for 2021 CapEx numbers and we're going to continue our maintenance program and we're going to -- we would say that probably start with what we're at with 2020 for our maintenance CapEx is going to be a good starting point for 2021.
Unidentified Analyst:
Okay. And then just a follow-up on that the -- it's 80% of the cost savings are sustainable. Can you just comment on that, the remaining piece, sort of what scenarios would that come back into the cost structure. I guess, how long do you have these service costs locked up for
Toby Rice:
Once you start will be. Yes. As far as the sustainability, I mean the operation schedule that we have the lateral length that we're putting out there, the percentage of combo, those things are all increasing. So that's going to that certainly is very sustainable. That's really what sets the operational teams up to really drive operational efficiencies, which drives cost. So that's is well designed. We're going to continue with the well designs that we've been putting in place here. So I don't see any changes there. So we have a good idea of what these wells what it takes to actually execute these wells. The well design that we have and the other thing I'd say is, from the sustainability part from a service price perspective, I mean there is my comments on the fact that we've got over 50% of our spend is locked in with service costs. So, those are the bigger needle moving items like for frac fleet things that are more sensitive to moving. If you have a rise in activity levels, which again it will work pretty anemic levels from an activity level standpoint with under 300 rigs running in the country. We don't anticipate service pricing to bit to rise materially because we don't expect activity rise materially. So we feel like we're in a really good position from a cost perspective to make these sustainable.
Unidentified Analyst:
Great, thanks so much guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Brian Singer of Goldman Sachs. Your line is open.
Brian Singer:
Thank you and good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning Brian.
Brian Singer:
Want to follow up on the last question there, but really a bit more from a production activity perspective. You mentioned you want to see more long-term price expectations at $3 or so versus 25 to increased activity or have more confidence in doing that. Is the implication then we should assume you would be producing around fourth quarter type level 3 [ph] at the maintenance capital and if the gas prices are longer dated futures going to three, that's when we would expect more of a ramp up in activity.
Toby Rice:
Yes, I would say, we look at for us maintenance CapEx is the production levels that we're looking at is probably on a yearly Bcfe level as opposed to what our quarterly production level would be. So we can just take that at 1480 Bcfe to 1500 Bcfe for the year. With maybe some shut-ins occasionally in there if we want to take advantage of arbitrage. And as far as, to answer your question on when we would think about growth. we're going to stay consistent with prior messaging, which is, there is a couple of things we want to see first. Number one is we want to get our balance sheet in our leverage targets, which we're well on track to doing that by buying at '21. I think the other thing we look at as you need to have a sustainable strip that's probably more than just the next 12 months out, and so we'll be surveying the landscape when we get to that point. And then maybe the third part is Brian, I think growth for us is probably 0% to 5%, but it's not going to be like the old days of 20%, 30% so it will be very modest growth if we do grow.
Brian Singer:
Great, thank you. And then my follow-up goes back to the topic of M&A and the last call you talked about that you would need to have confidence in M&A free cash flow per share accretion and you mentioned that again here today. You also mentioned that you would need any M&A to contribute to deleveraging the business, and I realize that you can't talk specifically, but I wonder if you could characterize the market broadly on whether those opportunities are a bit are available to achieve for both those goals as well as I think you also mentioned the NAV per share earlier in the call?
Toby Rice:
Yes, sure. So I mean, we said historically it's a buyer's market, we think that that's still the market that we're in, so it all comes down to those metrics that we talked about is getting assets at the right price. So, I mean that's I think is going to be an ultimate determination on being able to achieve those type of metrics.
Brian Singer:
And I guess we get the question on that as to the use of equity, and I guess when it would seem like if the goal is to contribute to deleveraging that would be apart, but can you comment or talk maybe philosophically about that.
David Khani:
Yes. So, this is Dave. So one thing to just think about is of probably a few weeks ago when we were at a conference we mentioned everybody that our balance sheet back in a few weeks ago when the curve is actually lower, we could see ourselves already get kind of two times leverage or less and so I think from an ability to need equity effectively to fund an acquisition to delever. I think just the fact that the strip has risen up a lot has really put ourselves already in our call investor grade metrics that's kind of why we talked about. So I think if we ever do M&A, I think the need for equity has significantly dropped and it doesn't mean we wouldn't do it, but I'd just say that I think their views out there that were written that we'd have to do a lot more equity, but I think again to talk these point if we buy it right, number one, that's the first point and then the fact that we're already sitting and investment grade metrics puts us in another good spot where equity is really less needed.
Brian Singer:
Thank you.
David Khani:
You're welcome.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Nitin Kumar of Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Nitin Kumar:
Thanks for taking my question. I'll start with, you've talked a little bit about the long-term growth and I think you mentioned 0% to 5%. [Indiscernible] legs to the investment case today, it's the cash return strategy. How are you thinking about it? What are the gating factors for you to start returning some of this extra free cash flow to shareholders?
Toby Rice:
Yes, so hitting our leverage targets is by '21. I think is going to give us the ability to make that decision. So that we could be returning capital to shareholders as early as 2021. I think that all things being equal, when it's when our balance sheet is going to the place where we'd like it, growth or return capital to shareholders where we're most likely going to be returning capital to shareholders.
Nitin Kumar:
Got it. My follow-up is actually on Slide 15, and you've kind of alluded to this the end of [ph] and moving the Appalachian seems to be under investing in supply. I want to particularly touch bonds what do you see around you right now, because I think your comment there is that you're not incentivized and industry were incentivized to provide a supply response. Does that mean I'm just kind of curious what are you seeing around Board of people just being very, very reticent to bring back activity?
Toby Rice:
Yes, I think -- I think that you see, you just look back at the history here and any time we see a price signal industry has increased rates and grown production, any production growth, you get is offset by a decline in commodity price. So you're not really making any progress I think industry gets that right now I think the fact that operators are looking to organically deleverage their balance sheet by reducing absolute debt as opposed to increase in EBITDA, is one of the things that sort of keeping people disciplined on the growth, and I think the other thing is you look at the strip and while '21 is certainly come up, which is great to see, you look further out, and I think you look at that strip in '22 and '23 and realize that there is still an opportunity for commodity prices to come up to a level that before anybody would think about adding more activity.
Nitin Kumar:
Great, thank you.
Toby Rice:
And then, I just jump in and you can say that if you want to use return on capital employed is a long-term return metric for investors that want to come back and really invest in this space. You know the industry really needs 350 gas over the next 5 years to really generate that return on capital employed.
Nitin Kumar:
That's what I was looking.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell of Tuohy Brothers. Your line is open.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Good morning. My first question is on M&A. Toby since you've said that you think that much up like a significant portion of Appalachian Tier 1 acreage is drilling up, what would really be the benefit of having more scale with a lots of attractive resource?
Toby Rice:
Sure. I think it comes down to just the points I made earlier about the benefits of upscale. So I mean being able to leverage technology at scale is certainly going to be something that would help being able to leverage lower well costs across a larger asset base is another one, being able to leverage the larger, more robust gathering network access to more markets being the third, and then also being able to take advantage of investment grade balance sheet would be the other as well, and I'd say strategically just having a little bit more control over supply. With a disciplined approach, I think is another thing that helps stabilize the commodity and like we said in our scripted remarks the thing that is going to increase the value of the biggest impact to the value for our shareholders is going to begin our asset value at a price as higher of closer to $3 and 250 and a more discipline in the industry is certainly going to be a key towards achieving that.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay. Thanks for that. and following on your last point regarding debt pricing your desire to [indiscernible] the higher commodity assumption. What sort of oil price do you think is required I guess over the next couple of years, to keep sufficient volumes of associated natural gas out of the market, which in turn would allow to do so like EQT's and better control to say?
Toby Rice:
I would say $50.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay, perfect. Thank you.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I will turn the call over to Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks everybody for your time today. We spent a lot of time over the past year, talking about the results that this organization has been able to produce, but I would urge everybody to take a minute and go to our CSR report at esg.eqt.com. I think it's a great example of how we don't just care about the results we put up on how we generate those results, and proud of the great work the team has done on putting that report and hope everybody can check it out. So thanks everybody, thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by. And welcome to the EQT Q2 2020 Quarter Results Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. After the speakers’ presentation, there will be a question-and-answer session. Please be advised that today’s conference is being recorded. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to turn the call over to your speaker today, Andrew Breese, Director of Investor Relations. Thank you. Please go ahead.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning. And thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website for a seven-day period, beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 1-800-585-8367 with a confirmation code of 6066685. In a moment, Toby and David will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. During these prepared remarks, they may refer to certain slides that have been published in a new investor presentation, which is available on the Investor Relations portion of our website. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of factors described in today's earnings release and in the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. And in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's earnings release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. And with that, I'll turn it over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks Andrew and good morning everyone. Today, I’m particularly excited as we have recently eclipsed our one-year anniversary at the Company. I plan to provide an update on the business and our strategic initiatives, as well as provide a brief review of the quarter. But first, I would like to quickly reflect on the previous year and what it means for the future of our Company. We were called into service by the shareholders last July with a mandate to transform the way that EQT operated while at the same time addressing legacy governors on the business that were preventing EQT from realizing the full potential of its world class assets. Today, I am proud to say that EQT stands firmly on stable ground and we are primed to take this Company to the next level as we unlock the full potential of our premier assets. We’ve leveraged our experience with these assets to fast track operational results, and we’ve leveraged technology and maximized the value of our human capital to retool EQT into a modern, digitally enabled organization with vision and purpose. This was accomplished not only by doing what we said we were going to do by hitting our cost targets, streamline the organization, implementing our digital work environment but also going above and beyond our promises. We have significantly improved EQT’s financial position by creating a clear path to maturity management and absolute debt reduction, enhancing our future cash margins and free cash flow through the renegotiation of our long-term gathering contracts coupled with substantial near-term fee relief, rebalancing our hedge portfolio to protect our business against a volatile 2020 commodity landscape while positioning for an improved forward curve, rationalizing our FT portfolio, which looks even more promising with the cancellation of ACP. All of these actions proved that we can be nimble and creative while at the same time providing strategic flexibility. These decisions were only able to be accomplished from a position of strength unique to this Company. EQT is really a rate of change story being written by an aligned highly-motivated management team and executed by an equally motivated workforce and network of stakeholders. As evident in the second quarter results announced earlier today, our efforts have translated into a step change in operational performance at a faster pace than originally projected. Our operational improvements have come organically and not by sacrificing long-term efficiencies for short-term benefits. As such and in alignment with our corporate mission, every day, we are getting closer to being the natural gas leader that we all hope for and achieving our mission to realize the full potential of EQT and becoming the operator of choice for all stakeholders. Our Company mission is inclusive of all stakeholders. We believe that it's not just about producing great results for shareholders, it's also about how you produce those results. Recognizing the needs of all stakeholders emphasizes the critical role that natural gas plays in our future energy mix. How we operate is shaped by our commitment to ESG, we believe that performance on ESG issues is a critical component for long-term sustainable value creation. Today, Appalachia provides the power source for one out of every 08 households in America, one out of every 60 for EQT alone. The ability of the shale revolution to meet the growing energy demand of United States, while simultaneously replacing coal power generation not only reduced the cost of power for Americans, it also resulted in drastic declines in CO2 emissions. With respect to methane emissions, the primary focal area for oil and gas producers, Appalachia has the lowest intensity of any basin in the United States, representing 16% of the energy supply, while generating only 4% of the methane emissions. As we look to the future of the natural gas industry, we believe that companies like EQT will lead the way. Aside from being purpose-driven, we believe we have an opportunity in front of us that is unique in the industry. Our extensive combo development inventory, coupled with the technological and human capital needed to execute on it has led to a step change in operational performance with well costs declining by over 30% in just one year. The outputs of combo development are not just financial, but are also beneficial to emission levels, water recycling rates and diesel usage, among other ESG-related metrics. To that end, we expect to see similar favorable step changes and environmental impacts as we continue to execute EQT's unique combo development strategy. This transitions nicely to some operational highlights that were achieved during the quarter. I'd like to direct you to slide 10 in the investor presentation that we published this morning for reference. We continue to push the operational, technological and engineering boundaries to drive value creation. And in June, EQT reached industry first in the basin by horizontally drilling 10,566 feet or more than 2 miles in a 24-hour period. We continue to see improvements in efficiencies. Year-over-year, our horizontal drilling speed has increased by 63% while our horizontal days per thousand feet drilled has decreased by 36%. What this means for EQT, as we were able to achieve our targets drilling costs with higher confidence and an accelerated pace. Our utilization of electric frac crews and hybrid drilling rigs exemplifies our commitment to improved operational and environmental performance. As highlighted on slide 11 in our presentation, the use of next generation frac technology has driven a 20% improvement to both, pumping time and frac stages per crew since July of 2019, while lowering our carbon footprint by eliminating over 9 million gallons of diesel consumption. These drilling and completion efficiencies are very encouraging, but only represent a subset of the operational efficiencies being realized across the organization, which drove a 10% decrease in our well costs quarter-over-quarter. During the quarter, we developed our PA Marcellus wells at a cost of $680 per foot, well below our first quarter execution of $745 per foot and our target well costs of $730 per foot. While we will be patient in establishing a new well cost target, our confidence is growing and we are excited about the opportunities in front of us. Consistent well execution is driven by a strong schedule design, proven and consistent well design and efficient drilling and completion operations in the field, all of which translate into sustainable and consistent cost performance. Our entire organization is acutely focused on these measures into pursuit of optimal operational execution. Shifting gears, I'd now like to provide an update on the production curtailment we announced in May. We ended the quarter with all our previously announced volume curtailment shut in. Earlier this month, we began a moderated approach to bringing these volumes back on line and have seen no degradation to well performance. As of today, all curtailed production has returned to sales. Having executed this curtailment strategy, we now have a highly informed data-driven analytical understanding of how these actions impacted all aspects of our business and can say with confidence that these actions were value accretive. Moving forward, we will continue to monitor the market and look for opportunities where economics may justify further curtailments. On the macro front, the effect of COVID-19 has created near-term uncertainty in the U.S. natural gas markets. Already battling excess supply from a warm winter, we saw about 4 Bcf a day of demand destruction from COVID-19 in the industrial, LNG and residential commercial markets. Power on the other hand was a bright spot, even with lower electricity usage as natural gas has taken market share away from coal. We're fortunate to be protected from the short term pricing pressures through our robust hedge portfolio in 2020. Looking forward, we believe the market will be much more supportive as a rapid decline in oil directed activity and uncertainty around future oil pricing reduces a material amount of associated gas from the market. Additionally, with Appalachian rig count dropping from 52 to 33, and Haynesville rig counts dropping from 49 to 32 since the beginning of 2020, both premier gas basins sit well below maintenance production activity levels. We anticipate that these factors, combined with normal winter weather and rising industrial and LNG demand will cause gas supplies to be short heading into 2021. And as a result, we believe that natural gas strip is undervalued. Because of this view, we have been patient hedgers, leaving upside in 2021 and have reduced exposure to the Equitrans Henry Hub price escalator embedded in our previously executed gas gathering agreement, which Dave will talk to in a moment. While undervalued, we base our business plan on strip pricing rather than our more bullish internal pricing view. Based on the current price environment, we expect to run this business at a maintenance level for the next several years. If our upside commodity thesis plays out for 2021, all incremental free cash flow generation would be utilized to further reduce our debt profile and enhance our leverage position. There are a lot of great things happening at EQT. We're excited about another strong quarter. And I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby, and good morning, everyone. Before we get into the detailed quarterly results, I want to highlight the steps that have been taken during the quarter to strengthen our financial position and balance sheet. I'll start with our near-term debt maturities and net debt position, which we detailed on slide 16 through 19 in our investor presentation. As you remember, we ended the first quarter with approximately $630 million in debt maturing through 2021, pro forma for the convertible debt offering. During the second quarter we retired approximately $350 million in conjunction with the execution of our $125 million asset divestiture and the receipt of approximately $190 million or half of our tax refunds we anticipate receiving in 2020. At the end of the quarter, we've completely retired our 2021 term loan, which stood at $1 billion at the start of the year. Our remaining 2021 debt maturity sits at approximately $280 million, which we plan to retire at or before the end of 2020. Since the beginning of the year, we paid off or termed out $2.6 billion of $3.8 billion of maturities due from 2020 through 2022. EQT's net debt position has improved by approximately $400 million during the quarter, going from $5 billion to $4.6 billion, which was augmented by the fair value treatment associated with our convertible debt offering. With our expected free cash flow generation and the second half of our tax refund, we see our net debt decline to $4.3 billion, paying off another $300 million before year-end. The use of our remaining Equitrans stake at today's value nets us closer to $4.1 billion of net debt. Additionally, assuming 100% equity treatment of our convertible issue, net debt would be reduced by a further $300 million to $3.8 billion. One of the major benefits of issuing accord [ph] is having a flexibility to deem debt core equity. As we stayed in the past, we firmly believe that the best way to increase EQT's equity value and market position is to reduce debt and improve our leverage profile. We continue to target leverage of below 2 times and plan to retire between $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion of debt in the aggregate by the end of year 2021. If we ultimately make decision to execute certain asset sales, our debt reduction level could be meaningfully better. During the second quarter, we were also successful in issuing approximately $100 million in surety bonds, replacing previously posted letters of credit. This increases available liquidity and saves us about 1% in costs. Our current liquidity sits at $1.7 billion, comprised of our $2.5 billion unsecured revolver and offset by approximately $800 million outstanding letters of credit. As a result of successfully following our maturity and liquidity management plan, Fitch has flipped our ratings outlook to positive. Now, getting into some of our second quarter results. Firstly, we achieved sales volumes of 346 Bcfe for the quarter with our production curtailments remaining intact through the duration of the quarter. We exceeded the high end of our guidance by 11 Bcfe, driven by production uplifts realized due to lower line pressures associated with the curtailments. Adjusted operating revenues were $816 million down 15% compared to the second quarter 2019 results, driven by a 9% lower realized price and 7% lower sales volumes. Our second quarter 2020 production related unit operating costs were $1.42 per Mcfe. I remind you that the volume curtailment program increased our unit costs. We expect production-related operating costs to improve throughout the remainder of 2020 as we return production to normal levels. Capital expenditures of $303 million were aligned with our expectations and $163 million lower than the second quarter of 2019. Pennsylvania Marcellus well cost of $680 per foot during the quarter set the stage for improved capital deployment moving forward. Our adjusted operating cash flow for the quarter was $221 million, while free cash flow was negative $82 million. This quarter, we had several items negatively impact our free cash flow for a total of approximately $90 million. First, we used a weakening forward curve this quarter to spend approximately $54 million to restructure our 2021 to 2023 hedge book to meaningfully reduce exposure to the three-year, Henry Hub bonus payment embedded in our new gas gathering agreement with Equitrans. As a reminder, these payments have a $60 million per year limit or could reach $180 million under certain price scenarios. And second, our decision to shut-in production during the quarter deferred approximately $36 million into future periods. On the strategic side, we continue to pursue path to rationalize our FT portfolio. During the second quarter, we were able to execute several small FT trades and we'll realize a small premium over the remaining contract duration. Although, these transactions were small, the market is open and we're excited about the opportunities available to further execute on this strategy. One of the more meaningful rationalizations will be our ability to sell down some or all of our MVP capacity. This continues to present the biggest potential for a long-term cost reduction improvement, which will drive significant NAV and free cash flow enhancement. We believe that viability of execution has been significantly improved through one, a favorable Supreme Court ruling approving the crossing of the Appalachian trail; second, the cancellation of the ACP pipeline project, which will send those gas users seeking supply replacement; and three, a favorable nationwide 12 water permit ruling, which should accelerate MVP construction and completion. These actions increase the value of the current MVP capacity while also creating incremental value upside through increased probability of MVP expansion and extension into the growing Southeast demand market. We are having discussions with multiple parties at the moment. We continue to monitor the value of our equity stake in Equitrans. And although there has been positive news related to MVP, as of late, we continue to believe that the equity remains undervalued. The cancellation of the ACP pipeline has increased the value of MVP on multiple measures, and we believe much of that capacity will trade hands in the near term, further enhancing its embedded valuation. Additionally, our high competence in managing our future maturities allows us to be patient in our approach to monetizing this stake. As such, we will be systematic with our ultimate liquidation of our interest in Equitrans, which we may monetize in 2021, if necessary. The supply-demand impact of COVID-19 continues to work its way through both domestic and global natural gas fundamentals that Toby highlighted earlier, and we're closely monitoring these market drivers as we make informed decisions about forward hedging. We continue to believe that forward curve is significantly underestimating the price required to incentivize ample production to fulfill future demand. We currently have approximately 40% of our expected 2021 production hedged. And we’ll continue to pursue a hedging strategy that balances our ability to capture 2021 pricing upside while protecting downside risk. Our goal remains to be majority hedge for 2021, as well as heading out for multiple years. I'll now turn the call back to Toby for some closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. It is abundantly clear that shareholders desire a new approach in shale, one in which overall production growth is muted and efficiencies are amplified. Our approach is aligned with our shareholders and also aligned with all stakeholders who desire a better world, now and for future generations. While our near term accomplishments continue to secure our footing as the operator of choice, we look forward to further enhancing our position as the sustainable natural gas leader. As part of this, we will continue to strive to have best-in-class ESG metrics and transparency. Our revamped environmental, social and governance report for the calendar year 2019 is set for publication later this year, which will include more details on EQT’s long-term ESG strategy, as well as provide insights into our ESG metrics. Lastly, I'd like to give a shout out to our employees. For the last year, they've been relentless in transforming the way we work to deliver superior results. Your hard work and dedication is the force driving transformational value-creation at this company. And for that, I thank you and look forward to continuing on our mission together. With that. I'll turn the call over to the operator for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan Chase. Your line is open.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning, Toby. I was wondering if you could elaborate a little bit more on the potential implications to EQT from the ACP cancellation. You have noted that multiple counterparties have expressed interest in the pipe. I was wondering if you could talk about perhaps the prospects for offload, the bulk of your transportation at par or even your premium, and perhaps discuss some potential timelines on this.
Toby Rice:
Sure. So, with ACP being cancelled, that was about 1.5 Bcf a day of capacity that was going down at the southeastern market, which is competing with MVP capacity that was going to deliver gas there. So, not having that project online makes MVP more desirable. I think, the customers that signed up for that project are still looking for that gas and MVP is going to be a good outlet for that. So, those are the parties that we're having conversations with. And as far as like the likelihood of being able to lay off capacity, it could be up to all of our capacity. I think one other things that we're looking at that’s going to frame up the size that we end up, laying off is really going to be getting a better grip on the just basis realizations down in that market now. So, that's obviously been a little bit of the dynamic situation when you take off 1.5 Bcf a day of supply coming into the area. I know Williams has announced a project to deliver I think up to 0.5 Bcf a day into that area. So, we're framing that up, and I think that's going to ultimately dictate the amount that we're willing to lay off. I think, as far as the impact to EQT, if you look at slide 20, where we show our FT portfolio, you look at the change in our net realization from '20 to '21, you're seeing about almost a dime of pricing realization difference in those years. I mean, that's largely due to the effect of MVP. So, I mean, that's sort of the price that we're looking at, if we can be successful in laying off our MVP capacity. Lastly, on timing, I think, it’s something that we're working on now. Just given the size of the catalyst for this to our Company, it's a priority for us. And we're working on this now and hopefully we'll have some updates through the end of the year.
Arun Jayaram:
That’s helpful. Toby, I also wanted to follow up. You guys did hold a special shareholder meeting where you doubled the shares of authorized share count, pardon me, from 320 million to 640 million. I know it was ratified by I think 95% of your shareholders. But, we are getting some inquiries on the need to do a special vote here. Thoughts on M&A and just broadly could discuss that move, which I think was earlier last week?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So, EQT hasn’t authorized any shares since I think it was 2005. So, this just sort of allowed -- just gives us more flexibility. We don't have any uses for these shares right now. But, the landscape up here in Appalachia, there are -- it is a buyer's market, there are some opportunities on the horizon, but nothing specifically targeted for use of that equity.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And could you just discuss your broader thoughts around M&A in Appalachia? I think, there's what, 20 management teams, you mentioned, mid-30s rigs. It does feel like a market that is ripe for further consolidation. I was wondering if you could maybe highlight your views.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think that consolidation will be a part of the value creation story for our shareholders in Appalachia and I think across the industry, the E&P industry as a whole. That being said, what has EQT done to position ourselves to consolidate, it largely starts with having a great operating model that allows us to scale efficiently. I think, the operational results we put out sort of represent the fact that our operating model is sort of in a really good place right now. And so, I think that there are opportunities here, but just as a reminder, the status quo story for EQT is pretty compelling. We'll continue to be disciplined in our approach with any M&A opportunity that presents itself.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Josh Silverstein with Wolfe Research. Your line is open.
Joshua Silverstein:
Thanks. Good morning, guys. Just following up on the ACP discussion, could you talk about how a deal may be structured? Is there any cash that can come from a potential monetization of the stake, or would it most likely be related to margin improvement? And how would liabilities transfer from this as well?
David Khani:
Yes. Hi, this is Dave Khani. So, we're in the middle of discussions with a bunch of parties. So, I think we'll be very -- we'll just be very quiet on kind of the details. I’d just say, our goal would be to really sell it, so that there's no -- at least no out of pocket costs for us. And if we can structure where we actually can make money, we'll see if we can do that. But right now, there's a lots of discussion going on, and we should be very quiet while we’re in the middle of negotiations.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got it. And then, just a follow up -- quick follow-up to that. ACP was slated to be in service about a year later than an MVP. Would the shippers actually want this for 2021 or would they more likely want it for 2022?
David Khani:
Yes. I think, there's different parties want it for different time periods. And, but recognize, the need for gas is growing down in that southeast region over multi years. One entity is building -- there's a bunch of gas fired generation being built down there and so -- as well as some of the LDC needs as well. And so, their needs are for many, many years. So I think, that’s probably the biggest important thing.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got it. Thanks. And then, Toby, just on the 2021 outlook. Thanks for the flat year-over-year volumes there -- the comments there. Can this be done on a similar 90 to 100 wells or do you need to step up activity or kind of actually be a little bit lower?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So activity level is in 2020 around 1.1 million horizontal feet. The whole production flat, we're probably going to be maybe 5% to 8% lower footage in '21. So -- but it's going to be around 1 million horizontal feet.
Joshua Silverstein:
Thanks for that.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Welles Fitzpatrick with SunTrust. Your line is open.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Hey, good morning.
Toby Rice:
Good morning.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
So, on page 14, it looks like you guys are dropping from three to four horizontal rigs to two to three. Is that -- are you guys seeing that that's presumably via drilling efficiencies and you're drilling longer lateral, so you're getting more done per day per rig? Is that a fair way to frame that?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean, you look at what our horizontal efficiencies have done. I mean, we're talking about dropping our drilling times by 30%. So, dropping one horizontal rig is approximately 30%. So, you're seeing just parity with our operational efficiencies timing up with the resources that we need to execute our program. And then, similar story with the completion crews as well.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Okay. And then, also the drop to -- was it 680 on per foot basis? I know we're -- we seem like we're long way from OFS prices going up. But do you have any break out on that as to how much of that is pricing improvement, and how much of that might be efficiency?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I'd say, just looking from this quarter to the past quarter, service pricing environment hasn't changed. So, I mean, what you're seeing now is purely sustainable operational efficiencies in the field. I think for us, the couple of things that as we ship from setting the bar, now it's locking and making sure that we can operate this at this level. In the future, operational efficiencies will continue to climb. What you're seeing is the average we put out. Obviously, we're exiting at higher efficiencies than what the average we report during the quarter. Our schedule is getting better. We're getting more and more combo development over time. And also, our lateral lengths are improving as well. So, these are the really three core parts of sustainability in your cost performance. And all of these things give us confidence that we'll be able to perform at these levels in the future. And then, as you mentioned, service cost pricing, yes, I think you look at the utilization rates that people have in the industry dropping 70% of rig activity and completion crews, certainly leaves a very low utilization rate and that's obviously going to be a force keeping service pricing low where they're at. But some of the other things we're doing on the service pricing side is when you think about operating efficiently, using less rigs to drill the same number of footage, same amount of footage, that is certainly helpful in being able to lock in these rigs and frac crews with longer term price contracts. There is another way to lock in the sustainability and -- or sorry, the pricing for sustainability. And we've done that with two of our frac crews right now. So, we feel pretty good about setting the table for sustainable cost performance.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Okay. That makes sense. I mean, two really strong updates, fewer rigs, cheaper per foot. And I guess that would bring us to you all keeping the CapEx guide flat. Should we see these flowing through more in '21 or should we maybe be a little bit biased below that current guide?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Two things. One, the ability to drill more, and this year is really setting the table for '21. So, we are getting ahead of some activity here in the back half of this year that will set up '21 favorably. The other thing I would say is that we have not revised our well cost estimates in our model. And so, that hasn't floated the guidance. So that's something that we're working on now. And we'll update that with our '21 guidance that we put out.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Okay. That's perfect. Thank you so much.
Toby Rice:
Got it.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. Your line is open.
Brian Singer:
I wanted to actually follow up on just what -- the point that you were making with regards to the CapEx, and how that -- how the lower cost flows into CapEx. It seems like what you're saying is you're going to get a few more wells that are going to be drilled this year for the same capital budget. And I wondered if you could clarify what the implications are from an exit rate perspective or for 2021 maintenance capital to keep production flat at your exit rate for this year.
David Khani:
Brian, yes, this is David. It effectively means we're setting ourselves up for a little bit better CapEx number for next year. And I think we want to keep the equipment in -- running the way it is. It's running really well. And so, we are getting ourselves in a better shape. Our goal would not be to increase production. Our goal would be to just take this and effectively improve our 2021 CapEx guidance when we put it out. Does that help?
Brian Singer:
Got it. Thanks. And then, -- go ahead, sorry.
David Khani:
No, I said, does that help?
Brian Singer:
Yes, it does. Thank you. And then, my follow-up is a little bit more on -- color on the decision to bring your shut-in production back on line and why to do that now at what seems to be similar prices as what was experienced in the second quarter, or was it that you expected that the second quarter could be potentially even worse than it was?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So, Brian, the goal for us was to really take the extra production and really move it out into future periods. I think, if you remember, we were running nicely ahead in the first quarter. And so, our goal was really to just take the excess production, keep our production relatively flat with 2019, and get the benefit of -- in future periods of shutting in production. So, we are very, very hedged. And so, even bringing it back, we're very well hedged and not impacted from the -- from bringing it back. Having said that though, you're right, the economics still look like shutting in production, could be worthwhile and that's something we'll look at and see if we decide we want to shut in more production. We could do that in -- sort of, call the late, either summer or in the fall.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets. Your line is open.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks. It looks like you guys had some pretty strong production performance this quarter, especially when taking a look at the number of wells put on line. Could you give a little bit of color on that? I know -- I think, David, you had mentioned that having some production curtailed reduced the line pressure. Was that the majority of it, or is there stuff organically helping on -- or improving on new wells coming on line?
David Khani:
No. I mean, I would say, it's nice when your wells meet your type curve. And so, I mean that's happening, but that's no surprise to us. Yes. I mean, part of it was having lower line pressures, increase of the productivity of wells that are still flowing. And then, again, the 98% production uptime is something that was increased to what our plans were. But, I think, now that we're seeing consistent performance of that level from our field teams have been doing a really great job. I think, we'd probably move our expectations a little bit higher.
Scott Hanold:
And then, just as a follow-up to maybe Brian's line of questioning on curtailments. Can you just give us a sense? You talked about value over volume, and with respect to where prices are. I mean, how willing are you guys to let production decline? I mean, what is it going to take to say look, it's not even -- it doesn't make sense right now to even keep production flat.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Well, I think, you're seeing that across the industry right now. Just look at the rig counts that are drilling for gas right now in the two premier gas basins. I mean, they're down significantly. So, while we're fortunate enough to have large scale combo development executed in really core geology, that gives us confidence that our -- that our returns are there to continue to develop the whole production flat. That's not the case for a lot of operators across the country, and that's in -- production is going to decline. And we think the set up is going to start showing up from this reduced activity levels sort of towards the back half of this year. And so that -- I mean, you are absolutely right. And I think the industry as a whole is responding to that.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. So, if I can interpret that -- and correct me if I'm wrong, I mean, effectively, you guys just want to sort of maintain this production base in hopes for 2021 looks pretty strong versus doing anything today that may impact future years. Is that a fair context?
Toby Rice:
Yes. That's correct.
David Khani:
But again, we might shut in again. We’ll that leave that option open for us if we want to do some more. And then, we'll update you if we do.
Scott Hanold:
Understood. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Nitin Kumar with Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Nitin Kumar:
Hi. Good morning and thanks for taking my questions. Maybe to start off on the D&C cost side, $680 per foot, that's well ahead of the target that you had established a year ago. I guess, how sustainable are these costs here? I mean, I guess, what I'm trying to get at is, are these systematic improvements? And if so, how much more room to go, or because as you mentioned earlier, it’s an underutilized capacity out there, are you getting some discounts as well that are baked in there?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean, I think, largely the cost improvements we've seen have been sustainable operational efficiencies schedule, longer laterals, more combo development and a consistent well design that we have put in place. So, we feel pretty good about it. I mean, one thing that's also worth highlighting, in the first and second quarter of this year, as we broke out some new electric frac fleets, one of these fleets was new and took us a few months of just breaking them in. So, I mean, the efficiencies that we saw in the field on that crew were -- I mean, that crew was our worst performer, when we started back in January. Now, that crew is our best performer. And that's a testament to the quality engineers we have here. And our completions team have been able to take advantage of this new technology and develop it to meeting the efficiency. So, I mean this is one of those things we're looking at. We talk about the averages of what we report and we're obviously exiting at higher rates. That's sort of the dynamic that's at play on the completions front, which is the biggest part of our spend. Over 60% of our spend is on completion. So, I feel pretty good about where that's at. And that's also the area of our business where we have the most control over service cost inflation, because we've got the most amount of procurement setup in place for that segment of our business.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. And then, maybe a different tack on some of the earlier questioning around M&A. Asset sales were a part of one of the levers you had indicated earlier as a means of deleveraging. You made the comment it's a buyer's market. So, is the urgency or the need for asset sales reduced now or is that still something that you're working on?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean, we have a very big operating footprint. We have what we consider strategic assets, our wells and leasehold that's within our core operating footprint. We're going to develop core combo development in core geology. We've got other assets that don't fall in within that core operating footprint that we would call those non-strategic. And I think that a rise in commodity price when that thesis plays out is going to sort of close that bid/ask spread between buyers and EQT as a seller for those type of assets. So, we keep those processes open.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil. Your line is open.
Holly Stewart:
Good morning. Maybe just a quick follow-up on the well cost. I know, we're starting to beat the dead horse here. But, Toby, it sounded like you are going to save sort of that new well cost target for 2021. Is that fair?
Toby Rice:
That's correct.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. And then maybe taking that a step further, just for 3Q and thinking about CapEx for 3Q and 4Q, can we just sort of talk about the cadence there?
David Khani:
Yes. Hi. This is Dave. I would say, think about the second half, very similar to the first half on average. So, third quarter and fourth quarter probably not much meaningfully different. So, just think about the average of the first half and the second half, which was I think around $280 million per quarter.
Holly Stewart:
Okay, great. And then, Dave, maybe one final one. You mentioned you may monetize E-Train in 2021. Is that just suggesting that you might push it from this year to next year?
David Khani:
Yes. We have a value in our head of what we want to sell it for. We think it's very much undervalued, and it's improved clearly off the bottom. And so, because we have our tax refund coming in to pay -- help us pay off and free cash flow pay off the 2021 notes, which are due in November, it kind of leaves the E-Train stake really for '22 retirement. And so, as you know, E-Train has about a 6% yield, our 2022 notes pay about a 3% interest rate. And so, for us to want to monetize E-Train, we want to make sure we get it at the right value. And so, we're not going to have to force it in. And so, if we get it to our value, we'll sell it. As we said before, we're not long-term holders. We just don't necessarily need to be in arbitrary year-end number -- time period to actually sell it. So again, if it gets to our target, we'll sell it. If it doesn't, we can be a little more patient.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell with Tuohy Brothers. Your line is open.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Good morning and congratulations on the strong results. There's a lot of M&A talk in the air, but a corporate acquisition seems contrary to EQT's commitments to reduce debt. I was just wondering, are there any acreage packages that are potentially coming to the market? And would this be a more likely route for EQT, if and when you chose to make a transaction?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I would say -- I mean, when we look at any type of consolidation opportunities, I think the things that we're going to be looking for are acquisition that would be deleveraging to our business and also allow us to grow our free cash flow per share. So, I mean that's -- those are sort of two boxes that we're looking to check. Yes, there are assets out there on the market that would allow us to check those boxes. Like I said, you got to get through the value discussion with any willing seller. And to that end, we'll be disciplined in making sure that we can deliver on those two metrics for our shareholders.
Jeffrey Campbell:
And just to kind of ask at a little bit higher level, MVP notwithstanding, after the ACP cancellation, what's your view on the future pipeline development out of Appalachia going forward? On one hand, it sounds like there is going to be some demand for those MVP volumes after the ACP cancellation. But, the cancellation itself is kind of a grim reminder there’s been talk to get these permitted and built. So, just interested in your thoughts there.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean I think people are making the argument that MVP is the last major pipeline that comes out of the basin, I think is pretty credible. And I think, what you will see and I think one of the things why we believe that E-Train is undervalued is that there is going to be a tremendous amount of sort of downstream pipeline opportunities that E-Train will have now, because they've got that pipe coming out of Appalachia, filled with sustainably produced natural gas coming from EQT. Yes. It is disheartening to see just the pipe -- the pressure that pipelines have to get put in service. It is the most -- it is the safest, most environmentally friendly way of transporting energy that people need. And I think the other issue that came out pulling the apple was surprising. And it's even for pipelines that are in service to have that risk is concerning for us. So, I think for us at EQT it's -- and other operators and other members of industry, it's really important for us to continue to be vocal about the great service that we provide and how important energy is to the fuel mix. I think, all the conversation about ESG is great, because it now allows us to start telling our stories. And the industry has done really amazing things. We just haven't really talked about them. So, I think over this next year, you're going to see EQT talking about a lot of great things that we're doing, as well as other players in the energy mix.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Yes. I agree with that last point. And we'll look forward to hearing more about that. Thank you.
Toby Rice:
Great. Got it.
Operator:
Your next question comes from David Deckelbaum with Cowen. Your line is open.
David Deckelbaum:
I just wanted to circle up on couple of other things. Just on the curtailments, this was a significant curtailment in the second quarter in response to price. You talked about how obviously today the headline price doesn't necessarily justify bringing those volumes back, and there is obviously a trade-off. If we were in a scenario in the future where you were more underlevered, would we expect to see a longer period of curtailment? And I guess, as you think about the seasonality and maximizing your business around cash flow, is this something that we should expect going forward where you would just see lower periods of shut-in production or higher shut-ins during shoulder seasons?
David Khani:
Yes. So, this is Dave. One, we really wanted to carve out the extra production as -- and really push that into the future period. And so, that was really impetus. And there was an arb, call anywhere from $0.50 to $1.30 when we did it. And so, again, the arb right now is probably about $1 or so. So, we could do more of this, if we want to. We have constraints of MVCs we need to think through as part of this. And we've all seen that we have goals to pay down a fair amount of debt. So, we just want to think through that as well. But, yes, as far as, is this something we'll want to do in the future? Probably. We'll continue to do this when it makes economic sense to do it. And remember, we're very hedged. We're over 90% hedged in this time period. So, at times we’ll have to -- if we want to do more of this stuff, we might have to unwind hedges, grab some value to shut in, and then we want to maybe add hedges in the future periods. So, there's some things we need to do to maneuver around to really take advantage of that arb.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean, I would just summarize and say, we're going to see the pricing volatility every year in the shoulder seasons. So, these opportunities are going to present themselves. And I think as we deleverage our business, that gives us more flexibility to be strategic and executing these shut-ins and incorporating the ability to do this into our base operating model that we're working on.
David Deckelbaum:
I appreciate that. How do you -- and looking back, how do you view your shut-ins relative to the rest of the industry or your peers in Appalachia? And were you surprised at the rest of the everyone else's activity?
Toby Rice:
Well, I think you're seeing other peers -- I mean our shut-in while -- 1.4 Bcf a day of gross gas is pretty large, represents around 25% of our production base. I think, look at some of our other peers. I mean, the shut-ins they're talking about are around 25% as well. So, I think that a lot of other operators are seeing the same thing we're seeing and making a statement that this product is undervalued at these prices. And there is conviction that prices will be higher in the future. And so, you're seeing operator shut-in, and what I think is pretty meaningful.
David Deckelbaum:
I appreciate that. And then, just a last one for me. There's been a lot of conjecture around M&A. I guess, so you talked about screening for things that offer deleveraging capabilities and clearly cash flow benefits. When you look at your data set internally, are there a lot of assets that are out there that you feel you could offer a significant operational uplift on, or do you see it more as benefits of scale on that financial arbitrage?
Toby Rice:
I think it's across all fronts. I mean, this organization could take up -- could carry more operations without having to add any headcount. So, I mean, G&A savings right out the gate. There are some acreage overlaps that would be -- that would allow us to drill -- increase the confidence in drilling longer laterals in greater combos, and then also being able to execute development at $680 a foot versus higher cost is certainly a benefit. And I think the last thing you look at is, which is unique to EQT is, we've set the table up with our gathering agreements to lower our gathering rates if we can steer more volumes onto our E-Train system. So, that's another dynamic at play that we'll look forward to leveraging if that opportunity comes into play.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy. Your line is open.
Michael Hall:
Thanks. Good morning. I appreciate the time. I guess, I wanted to follow up quickly on the ACP and MVP dynamic. Correct me if I'm wrong. I believe the tariff on the MVP side is around $0.77. Is your expectation that in offloading those contracts, you would offload the full tariff, or do you think you'd have to offer some sort of discount?
Toby Rice:
No. It would be our goal to offload it at cost.
Michael Hall:
Okay. Clear enough. I appreciate that. And I guess -- go ahead. Sorry.
Toby Rice:
I was just going to say, customers on the ACP line, they were signing up for over $1.50 of fees. And so -- I mean, these costs would have been passed through to their customers. I mean these utilities. So, to be able to have the opportunity to pass through $0.77 versus $1.50 is ultimately better for the consumers as well, so. I mean that's one of the things that's underpinning, while we believe we can get this done at cost.
Michael Hall:
Okay, yes. Now that makes sense. I appreciate it. And then, I guess on the macro front, you all seem quite confident in the 2021 outlook that you have. I guess, I'm just curious, in the context of the LNG market, in particular, we've obviously seen a lot of cargo cancellations here recently. What sort of confidence do you have on the LNG market in 2021? What sort of broader economic recovery is underlying that confidence? And I guess, what sort of -- just any color you can provide on that would be helpful.
Toby Rice:
Sure. I mean, we are not -- I think, it's important, we're not surprised to see LNG levels in this 3.5 Bcf to 4 Bcf a day of demand right now. This is something that is -- that we have taken into account with our pricing model. That being said, we do feel like LNG will be restored to that 7, Bcf, 8 Bcf a day range sort of toward the end of this year. Again, that is -- it is dependent on COVID. But, our pricing view does not need to have LNG at 10 Bcf a day running at full capacity. It's some that that's more conservative and allows for this lower period of demand disruption on LNG for the next few months as well.
David Khani:
Yes. And there is a few things, if you watch. Right now, you are watching global gas supply didn't pull back in various different regions, besides the U.S. You're watching demand picking back up again. And then, really the third, which is a key piece too is that weather in the Northern Hemisphere was very warm last year. So, you want to base everything on normal weather and between supply, recovery from COVID and weather gives us confidence that gas exports out of the U.S. will pick back up. And we're not -- our model isn’t -- sat at 9.5 or 10 Bs. Our model is really sitting, as Toby mentioned,7 to 8-ish.
Operator:
Your last question comes from Kashy Harrison with Simmons Energy. Your line is open.
Kashy Harrison:
Good morning. And thank you for taking my questions. And so, there is not a lot of discussion on the ACP cancellation, on that takeaway being -- on the remaining takeaway on MVP being more valuable. And right now, correct me if I'm wrong, but it feels like takeaway out of Appalachia in general is probably in the -- maybe in the high 30s, 37ish versus current production of 33. And so, how do you balance the near-term benefits of offloading all that FT relative to the longer term risk of widening in-basin basis in the future should commodity prices increase in the future and producers start growing again? How do you think about that, the risk of in-basin, basis blowouts?
Toby Rice:
Yes. That's a great question. I mean, I think it highlights to one of the points that we make about our FT. It is a hedge. Our FT is a hedge against local basis blowing out. But, the dynamics that are set up right now is Appalachia is producing around 32 Bcf a day. We've got about call it 35 Bcf a day of local takeaway -- of takeaway and local demand. So, there is a 3 Bcf a day gap between what we are producing and what we are able to take away. Adding MVP that takes -- that takes you up to call it 37 Bcf a day. So, you've got a pretty big gap between capacity and supply in the basin. I think, you couple that with the fact that the basin is going to struggle to grow. I mean, you've got all operators saying that they're hanging in a maintenance mode. We're also seeing activity levels today, which suggest that this basin is going to decline. All of that is going to widen the gap of takeaway. And then, I think, the last point you look at is just sustaining 32 Bcf a day. Just looking at the amount of core inventory that's remaining to sustain that I think is also going to be a headwind for a lot of peers. And again, this comes back to EQT having a deep inventory of core combo-ready projects to develop. Won't be much of our issue, but I think another thing that's going to be a headwind for the basin to keep up.
Operator:
There are no further questions queued up at this time. I turn the call back over to Toby Rice, President and CEO, for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thank you. A lot of progress made in the past year. And I think this sort of puts a pin in us looking backwards and comparing to campaign promises. And now, I think, everything going forward, I'm excited about looking forward to the future and continue to build on our momentum. And, thank you for your time and your support.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by. And welcome to today's EQT Q1 Quarterly Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]. I would I'd like to hand the conference call over to Andrew Breese, Director of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning, and thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; and David Khani, Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website for a 7-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 1-800-585-8367 with a confirmation code of 2066546. In a moment, Toby and David will provide the prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. During these prepared remarks, Toby and David will reference certain slides that have been published in a new investor presentation, which is available on the Investor Relations portion of our website. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements because of factors described in today's earnings release and in the Risk Factors section of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. And in subsequent filings we make with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's earnings release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. And with that, I'll turn it over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Andrew, and good morning, everyone. Today, I will give a brief review of the quarter and provide an update on the business. I will then pass it to Dave to review the details of the quarter and talk about the recent actions we have taken to improve the financial standing of this business. Afterwards, we will open up the call for Q&A. This management team, since being elected has been unrelenting in our quest to deliver our campaign promises. Our operational results validate the promises that we made to our shareholders and prove our thesis that our well-planned business combined with leading technology, creates a differentiated, durable and sustainable business. The equity and debt markets have taken notice. Since the beginning of the year, we have access the capital markets twice. Once in January, with our $1.75 billion senior note offering and again in April with our $500 million convertible debt deal. Both offerings strengthened our strategic flexibility, derisked our near-term maturities and were met with overwhelming market participation. Additionally, we have seen significant strengthening in both our equity and debt performance supporting these strategic actions. EQT is in a unique position to capitalize on the improving natural gas macro as the vast majority of our production is natural gas, and less than 5% of our production is tied to deteriorating liquids and oil prices. Even more so, our acreage sits in the Southwestern core of the Marcellus and has over 15 years of inventory. Our financial and operational results over the last several quarters have proven that our approach to developing this world-class asset is working, and this company is well on its way to becoming the clear operator of choice. Moving forward, we will continue to push our technological boundaries and be at the forefront of innovation to drive incremental efficiencies and create value for our shareholders. This commitment is reflected in our first quarter results. Our acute focus on cost reduction, schedule optimization, well design and operational uptime drove our strong performance during the period. We were able to deliver volumes well above the high end of our guidance range for less capital and developed our Pennsylvania Marcellus asset at a well cost of $745 per lateral foot, an accomplishment that is approaching our target of $730 per lateral foot faster than anticipated. Our operational costs are trending down, and we will continue to focus on driving these down throughout the year. EQT and its employees continue to work hard to safely generate value during the COVID-19 pandemic. As exhibited by this quarter's results, our business has been able to thrive as we seamlessly transition all of our office personnel to a remote work environment. This success is principally a result of our digital work environment that we implemented during our 100-day plan coupled with the heart, dedication and teamwork of our employees. EQT remains committed to our safety culture. We have had regular conversations with state and local officials and the safety of all of our employees and contractors have been our primary focus. We have gone beyond the minimum safety standards in our response and have intensified our focus on data collection and technology to create an insight that allows us to contact traces, employees and contractor partners that enter our active sites. This insight has allowed us to contact hundreds of contractors, employees surely after learning of potential exposure cases and provide them with the names of all individuals to be monitored. The greatest risk to operators like EQT is the potential for an increased exposure as a result of missed contacts and response delays, and our contact tracing technology is just one example of how we are looking at managing the impact of this pandemic differently. For our employees in the field, our contracted partners, our peers and the health care and frontline responders, we thank you for your continued dedication during these times. We are working passionately to support the communities in which we operate, including recently donating $360,000 to local community funds. We'll keep doing our part to make EQT and its community as safe as possible. The energy industry has also been impacted by deteriorating oil prices as a result of unprecedented demand disruption due to the COVID-19 pandemic. While oil prices sit at historic lows and have forced reductions to rig counts and frac crews, well shut-ins, slashing of capital budgets and production and bankruptcies, EQT has not only been resilient but has been effectuating positive change while other E&Ps are challenged. While we are just 1 quarter into the year, we are trending at the high end of our production guidance and the low end of our capital and operating expense guidance. A standing that presents us with the ability to make strategic decisions on the remainder of our 2020 program as we continue to monitor the improving macro setup in 2021. While we believe there is upside to our plan, we have maintained our previous 2020 guidance and intend to update that guidance as well as provide more commentary on our 2021 program as we move throughout the year. On a macro front, we continue to see weakness in demand impacting 2020 prices and expect prices to strengthen in 2021 and beyond. For 2020, demand has declined between 4 to 6 Bcf per day with weakened power, industrial and RES com consumption. Furthermore, LNG exports are facing more and more cancellations as the arc to export gas has gone negative for the next 3 months. On the supply side, we are now beginning to see the impact of declining oil and liquids prices, reducing associated gas output and building condensate and liquids inventory, resulting in associated gas supply being shut in. The estimates for the supply impact range from 3 to 8 Bcf a day, and this can bounce the market fairly quickly and sets up for a strong fourth quarter 2020 and calendar year '21 and beyond. In addition, the last several years of declining natural gas prices have caused natural gas rates to decline over 50% from 200 back in January to currently under 90 today. As a result, near-term natural gas supply response will be very delayed until balance sheets are repaired. The challenge will be trying to balance the timing of demand recovery and to anticipate the new normal for demand. We can see prices having the potential to spike in certain peak demand periods that could result in some demand destruction or fuel switching. The 2014 and 2018 winter periods are somewhat test cases for how gas could be rationed for the highest and best use. We believe the forward curve is underestimating the move in prices, and this is especially noticeable in the 2022 and 2023 curve. As the largest natural gas producer in the country, EQT is doing its part with a disciplined approach to capital allocation focusing on maximizing free cash flow versus production growth despite a rising natural gas price environment. Now I'll turn it over to David Khani to discuss some of our financial accomplishments, dig into the first quarter results a little more closely and then discuss our balance sheet management strategy.
David Khani:
Thanks, Toby. Before we get into the detailed quarterly results, I'd like to quickly review the financial accomplishments that we have made through the first 4 months of the year. Coming into 2020, we faced approximately $3.8 billion of debt maturities coming due through 2022. Subsequently, we have refinanced or paid down approximately $2.4 billion and plan to retire the remaining $1.4 billion over the next 19 months. We've thoughtfully managed our liquidity and although our current position is more than adequate, we fully expect to improve it going forward. We have developed a more robust hedge process to be able to capture rising prices over time while at the same time, derisking the volatility in our revenues. We've accelerated the timing of our tax refunds, which increased our first quarter free cash flow and helps us better rationalize our asset sale program. We've lowered our CapEx forecast for 2020 3x and squeezed out more out of our G&A expenses. And last, we are reiterating our 2020 guidance, while many in the S&P 500 have pulled their guidance. In addition to these accomplishments, we've also had a great first quarter from an operational and financial performance perspective. The earnings release published today and the 10-Q that will be filed later this afternoon contain all the details, but I will review some of the highlights. Overall, we outperformed in many areas. First, we achieved sales volumes of 385 Bcf for the quarter, which exceeded the midpoint of our guidance range by 20 Bcfe. This outperformance was really a combination of various efficiencies realized across the organization, the largest of which was improved base production uptime. Adjusted operating revenues were $957 million, down 21% compared to the first quarter of 2019 as the average realized price was $2.49 or $0.67 below last year while sales volumes remained relatively flat year-over-year. Our first quarter 2020 production-related operating costs reflected a per unit basis or $1.33 per Mcfe, $0.05 lower than the first quarter of 2019 and below the low end of our full year 2020 guidance range of $1.34 to $1.46 per Mcfe. Outlook synergies were $262 million or $214 million lower than the first quarter of last year and lower than our expectations. As Toby mentioned, our Pennsylvania Marcellus well costs averaged $745 per foot, accelerating our path towards achieving our target well costs and driving our outperformance for the period. Our adjusted operating cash flow for the quarter was $513 million as compared to $647 million in the first quarter of 2019, while free cash flow was $251 million as compared to $171 million in the year ago period. Free cash flow was positively impacted by our reduced capital expenditures as well as $95 million in accrued cash income taxes from the CARES Act, which accelerate our ability to claim federal refunds of alternative minimum tax credits. For the first quarter, there were also a few other items I want to point out, which impacted our competitive results versus last year. First, as previously disclosed, we completed the exchange of 50% of our equity stake in e-Train for gathering rate relief in conjunction with the execution of a new gas gathering agreement with EQM and $52 million of cash proceeds. As a result of this transaction, we recorded a contract asset of $410 million, representing the present value of the expected rate release and a gain of $187 million. We will amortize the contract asset over a period of approximately 4 years beginning at MVP and service date. This noncash amortization expense will be recorded as a part of the gathering expenses in our GAAP reporting but will be separately identified and excluded from our adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow non-GAAP metrics. Second, during the first quarter, we also reclassified certain in-basin transportation expenses to gathering expense in our financial statement and disclosures and guidance. This aims to provide additional clarity into costs associated with transporting our gas outside the Appalachian Basin. There is no net change to our 2020 guidance, but approximately $0.14 has been moved from the transmission to the gathering bucket. Overall, the first quarter was another successful quarter under the new leadership. During the second quarter 2020, we expect sales volumes of between 360 to 380 Bcfe, average differentials of negative $0.45 to negative $0.25 per Mcf. We're also expecting an uptick in capital expenditures to approximately $300 million, driven by increased activity, better weather and more daylight, all of which we expect to drive roughly breakeven free cash flow during the period. I started off my prepared remarks by discussing the financing accomplishments we've achieved thus far in 2020. And now I'd like to spend a little time talking about the details related to our maturity management strategy. I'd like to refer you to Slide 15 in our analyst presentation, which clearly lays out our plan. After applying all the proceeds from the recent convertible debt offering to the 2021 term loan, we now sit with about $620 million of debt maturing in 2021. When you take in consideration the 2020 expected free cash flow of $275 million at the midpoint, over $300 million of additional tax refunds and other small receivables, approximately $125 million in proceeds expected from E&P sales in advanced stages and the remaining e-Train stake, which has a current market value of approximately $200 million. You can see we have clear line of sight in handling the 2021 maturities and adequate carryover funds to be applied against the 2022 maturities. Then we turn to 2022 maturity of $750 million, which I remind you, isn't due until the end of 2022. As I just mentioned, we plan to have several hundred million of that paid off by the end of 2020, leaving us with significant flexibility in our approach to managing that debt stack. Improving natural gas macro and commodity setup could support our ability to pay down this debt with cash flow generation if we choose. We also have several selective asset divestiture opportunities we can pursue to accelerate, supplement and/or enhance debt retirements. Touching on the selective asset divestitures quickly. We are taking a measured approach to selling assets. The market is still there, particularly the minerals market, but we are being very selective and deliberate in our decision on whether to continue pursuing this at this time. We expect that by the end of 2021, we'll have reduced debt by more than the original contemplated $1.5 billion, but in a more methodical way that should improve our cost of capital. This substantial debt reduction in conjunction with the improving natural gas macro should exploit our pursuit back to investment-grade metrics, creating a more strategic differentiation for EQT. As the fundamental drivers of natural gas macro continue to play out, we are carefully studying the commodity market to assure we are making highly informed strategic hedging decisions. When we created our updated hedge program in February, winter weather disappointed, setting the strip down about $0.30 to the $2.20 to $2.30 level. We added about 300 Bcf to our 2021 hedges during the February and March time period, the latest capturing pricing between $2.50 to $2.70. At the heart of our strategic approach is appropriately balancing the ability to capture 2021 pricing upside while protecting the downside risk. As we move through the year, we will look to opportunistically layer on hedges at favorable prices. We will expect to enter 2021 with a substantial percentage of our production hedged with additional hedges over the next several years. The pace of our hedging activity has slowed post the full emergence of COVID-19 and the OPEC price war for a couple of reasons. First, as the supply/demand impact of the current environment become clear, we're becoming more and more bullish on the natural gas pricing set up for 2021 and beyond. Secondly, the broader E&P group has been forced to layer on hedges to protect borrowing bases that are subject to redeterminations, creating pricing pressure in the market, and we want to wait for this dynamic to abate. I'd like to also remind that we have the roughly 90% of our 2020 gas production hedge at a weighted average floor price of above $2.70 per decatherm, which has and will insulate us from commodity price volatility as we move through 2020. Our current liquidity sits at $1.6 billion, which consists of $2.5 billion unsecured revolver, which is essentially undrawn, offset by approximately $900 million of letters of credit posted, stemming from the ratings downgrades that occurred earlier this year. Based on discussions with counterparties and maximum collateral exposure levels, we believe we are largely through to collateral cycle. I want to reiterate that unlike many E&Ps and Appalachian peers, our revolver is unsecured and not subject to borrowing base redeterminations. This is a strategic differentiator as it removes one of the biggest variables of the liquidity equation. Although our current liquidity is nicely above our minimal liquidity needs, we continue to pursue steps to add back liquidity. I'm encouraged by the progress we have made in removing risk, improving the balance sheet, getting this business up to prosper. We have received positive feedback from the steps that we've taken and look forward to continuing to create value for our stakeholders. I'd now pass the call back to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, Dave. The setup for EQT is compelling. This team has established both the track record of execution and keeping promises made to its shareholders. We will continue to find ways to lower our costs, become more efficient and extract maximum value from our premiere asset base. We have made improvements from top to bottom across the organization and have created a durable and scalable business that is able to withstand external pressures. Our heavy exposure to natural gas will allow us to capture the bullish macro setup on the horizon and will drive strong free cash flow yield and will create ample strategic flexibility. Our debt and maturity management plan will create a viable path back to an investment-grade balance sheet, which will create clear differentiation for all our stakeholders. And lastly, EQT is committed to operating the right way with an intensifying focus on our ESG program. Before I turn the call over for Q&A, I'd like to thank all of our EQT employees who have displayed the heart, trust and teamwork, which are driving the evolution of this business. With that, I'll turn it over to the operator for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Your first question comes from Josh Silverstein.
Joshua Silverstein:
You've made a lot of headway in getting towards the $1.5 billion debt target. Any reason why you would stop there given the growing free cash flow position? And if you did hit the $1.5 billion target, what would be prioritized after that? Additional debt reduction, return of capital to shareholders or even starting that by a little bit of growth spending?
David Khani:
Yes. So I think our goal is -- I think you'll see, by the time we're all done, we'll be probably between -- my guess is between $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion of debt retirement. Our goal is to get our leverage down below 2x. So those -- I think those are really key thresholds for us. The convert that we did can obviously be converted into equity as well. That could be a further deleveraging event. But I think once we get below them, then that gives us the flexibility to do other, I call it, shareholder-friendly things such as dividends, buybacks and other things.
Joshua Silverstein:
That's helpful. And then can you just get an update on the asset sales thoughts? It seemed like you guys were pushing those out a little bit just to help get some better valuations into a rising price environment. But has your thoughts changed in terms of the priorities and what you wanted to sell relative to before? Is there less of a pressing need to do the royalty transaction versus just straight to production? So any thoughts there would be great.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Josh, this is Toby. Yes, on our asset sales program, I think we're going to stay -- we're going to continue to sort of trim the Rosebush and be willing to divest properties that are non-core to our operating footprint. I think the progress we made on a noncore asset sale that we mentioned $125 million is sort of representative of that. We have some more of those, call it, noncore fields that would be on the table. I think some of the larger assets that we've -- we're holding on to, keep in mind, these assets are largely PDP weighted, and we think the value of these assets will just continue to appreciate in a rising commodity price environment. So part of this is making sure that we maximize value creation and waiting for the macro to catch up to sort of where our fundamental view is before we before we continue to sell those larger assets. But like I said, these are -- this is a continued focus for us. We have our core plan. We know where we want to develop and we've got a goal of deleveraging this business and generating free cash flow for shareholders. So asset sales, will continue to play a part of that.
David Khani:
Yes. Just that bucket, just to remind everybody, is well over $1 billion. So there's a lot of firepower in there. It's just finding the right timing.
Operator:
Next question will come from Welles Fitzpatrick from SunTrust.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
So it looks like the $390 million of tax refunds really gives you the ability to be more selective in the divestitures. And so maybe you're focusing more on the overrides, if I'm hearing it correctly. But on the other side of that equation, can we get an update on the strategy vis-à-vis mineral buys, either to offset those overrides or for your own book that you guys have talked about in the past?
Toby Rice:
Sure. I think there's an opportunity set in front of us to purchase minerals. And that was something that we were looking at doing to offset any mineral sales that we did. Even if we've maybe pushed pause on selling minerals, I think that opportunity set still remains. And we have a land budget that was set that you'd be able to capture those opportunities without having to increase our CapEx budget in 2020. So purchasing minerals ahead of the drill bit is part of our strategy, and it's budgeted for, and we're looking forward to executing that.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Okay. Make sense. And then can you talk to the GOR moving forward? Obviously, you guys are pretty gassy relative to your peers, which is great right now. Do you see gas as a percent of production to increase? I mean, are you planning on, I guess, shifting those rigs a little bit further east to maybe take advantage of the positive gas curve?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean, sitting at 95% production of dry gas is probably going to stay consistent. So yes, for us, I mean we've been consistently allocating capital to dry gas. So there wasn't really a big amount of wet development to shift from. So we anticipate continuing to have a 95% production mix of dry gas.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Okay. Perfect. And then just one last one for me. It looks like on Page 23, the gathering rates for 2024 plus went from a little bit under $0.50 to a little bit over. Is that the price escalators? Or is that part of the reclassification you guys have talked about?
Toby Rice:
Are you talking about -- in 23, you said?
David Khani:
2024.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Yes.
Toby Rice:
Yes. That was part of the reclassification.
Operator:
The next question will come from Chris Dendrinos from RBC Capital Markets.
Christopher Dendrinos:
Just going back to the February commentary around the Equitrans sales targeted for mid-year. Has that timing changed at all in light of the recent kind of share price performance there? Or kind of any impacts to your all's projected free cash flows?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Yes, for us, we're always looking at trying to make sure that the value of e-Train was more fairly valued, and it's been very volatile. And I think now that I think there's the merger between e-Train and EQM, coming MVP in-service date was kind of another key catalyst. And I think now that you're seeing an improvement in natural gas fundamentals, all those things, I think, play very well into why e-Train stock has kind of moved back up. And so I think for us, we're not going to hold onto it by the end of the year. At some point, we'll sell before then and we're just going to make sure that we maximize value for us.
Christopher Dendrinos:
Great. Okay. And then just on the guidance, you mentioned this noncore asset sale in the press release. Does the current guidance include the impact of that asset sale? And if not, kind of what's maybe the production associated with that?
Toby Rice:
Yes. It's a very small amount of production. And so right now, we're running ahead of expectations. So when we strip it out, it will have very minimal impact to our guidance, if anything at all.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Holly Stewart from Scotia Howard.
Holly Stewart:
Maybe just a couple of quick ones here. First, recognizing that NGLs and condensate are not a huge part of your business, but the guidance does move down for volume for the year. So I guess the first question would be, what are you doing with your own portfolio right now, just given pricing? And then what are you seeing in the basin in terms of curtailments?
Toby Rice:
Sure. Yes. So just given our exposure to liquids, we're not seeing any material differences in the way that we operate. But I think what you mentioned is a dynamic that's very important to understand is what's happening to other operators in the basin. We have seen people having to shut-in wells because of not being able to get rid of their condensate. If I had to quantify what I -- what we've seen from the amount of dry gas that will be shut-in as a result of these shut-ins, it'd be probably in the order of 500 million to 800 million cubic feet of gas a day. And so that's a pretty important dynamic that we're continuing to track. And again, these things would be favorable to the natural gas outlook that we see.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. That's interesting. That's a big number. And then, Dave, maybe just some perspective on the longer term goal for sub 2x leverage, I guess, just thinking about the timing there according to your plan? Do you see that being feasible by the end of 2022?
David Khani:
Well, I think from an absolute debt perspective, we'll get our absolute debt down to where we want to or better by the end of '21. So that will be things, I'd say, probably in our control. And then the next thing will really be the commodity price environment. And so if the commodity gets up closer to that 3x level, through that level, that's where that will be a nice trigger for us to get our leverage right into that zone. And so I think those are really to be the 2 variables to think about.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. And then maybe just a housekeeping item. Any impact from this Texas Eastern explosion?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So that was an event that occurred a couple of days ago. We have no major impacts as a result of that. Just to give some background on that, that incident, about 10:00 p.m., we were notified by 2:00 p.m. And we had to shut back some gas but working with our partner's e-Train was very helpful in allowing us to get our gas back to flowing. By 2:00 p.m., the next day, we had all of our gas scheduled and the commercial team added -- found markets for that gas, and we were able to put it to sales. So there will be some differences on the pricing that we'll get for that selling in-basin versus on the TETCO line. But we're -- we expect that to be rather insignificant, we're -- we won't be able to quantify that now.
Operator:
The next question will come from Jane Trotsenko from Stifel.
Yevgeniya Trotsenko:
The first question is on $500 million in convertible debt that you guys issued in April. Maybe you guys can talk about the rationale for doing this type of debt instead of plain vanilla senior notes.
David Khani:
Sure. This is Dave Khani. So if you look at the setup that heading into doing a convert -- our debt traded up very close to par. So that created a really good dynamic from a fixed income perspective. And then the volatility of -- as our stock rallied very sharply created good volatility really creates a second component of a convert, which is really a combination of debt and an equity option. And so when you put those 2 together, it created a very, very good dynamic to do a convert. And so we hired a consultant who is very skilled in that. And if you notice how we executed that, we were able to get a very low coupon at 1.75%. And we were able to get a call spread that was very differential versus our peers that did convert. So it helped us actually save about $20 million when you looked at kind of the cost differential between other converts and what we did. So it's just a really good setup for a convert.
Yevgeniya Trotsenko:
Okay. Okay. Got it. And then I wanted to ask you something on high Utica. So when you guys announced the CapEx cut back in March, it seems like it should have impacted the capital allocation to high Utica. Maybe you guys can talk how you think about this asset? And obviously, it's for sale. How we be kind of thinking about production outlook and maybe well costs, where they stand currently?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So I'll take this sort of just at a higher level. Just looking at the capital efficiency of our program and how the Utica fits into that. I think looking at the capital efficiency at EQT, I break it down at sort of 2 categories, the capital efficiency of our entire program and the efficiency of our execution of specific well costs. When we look at the capital efficiency of our entire program, there's a couple of things that are happening, that allow us to lower cost. I mean, first, starting with capital allocation decision activity levels. We're having mentality that we're going to continue to stay in maintenance mode. And so not adding any new activity or production. I think the other aspect of capital allocation comes to the types of wells that we're actually developing. You'll see us start to ship more activity into our Marcellus first and shift away from Ohio Utica development. That will give us the ability to execute wells -- Pennsylvania Marcellus wells at, call it, $730 a foot versus our Ohio Utica, that's north of $1,000 a foot. So it will be more efficient application of our dollars there. And so I think you may see Ohio maintain production, but in the future, that asset may decline a little bit as we shift activity into the Pennsylvania Marcellus.
Yevgeniya Trotsenko:
That's very helpful. The last question, if I may, on cash costs. So obviously, strong outperformance on cash costs in 1Q '20. And just curious if there were like some one-off items or if this is something that you guys can sustain through the remainder of the year?
David Khani:
Yes. We maintain our guidance. But I think with -- I'd say, we have a bias that if you sit and wait and stay tuned, we're going to think about what we do with the upside that we've created in our plan.
Operator:
Our next question will come from Sameer Panjwani from Tudor, Pickering, Holt.
Sameer Panjwani:
You've done a great job of getting the well costs down, and it would seem service costs have provided somewhat of an unexpected benefit in the current environment. As you think about heading into 2021, do you see potential line of sight to get that $730 per foot target even lower maybe with a 6 handle?
Toby Rice:
Yes, sure. So this is Toby. I would say $730 a foot was always our target, but it was not our floor. And so when we look at some of the things that we're doing now in present day and the sustainability of that into the future, we look at the quality of our well execution. I think there's really 4 parts. One is operation schedule. That's largely driven by what percentage of our development is going to be set for combo development. And in the future, we have a rising percentage of activity that's going to be part of combo development. So that's going to strengthen and allow us to lower costs. From a well design perspective, another key aspect of -- with our standardized well designs. We know that we're going to be generating -- putting the same design in the ground with some simple tweaks, but expect that will really set us up to make sure that -- from the oilfield service side, which is another cost driver, that our teams are able to procure the services they need for a stable schedule, activity schedule. And while it is true, I think service costs have come down, and I think that largely has allowed us to accelerate hitting our well cost targets. The teams have been really focused on making the costs that we're benefiting from right now sustainable into the future. And so we've been able to sign into long-term contracts. I mean, specifically, just looking at some of the biggest spend services on our frac equipment. We've been able to execute 2 long-term pricing agreements, 1 with U.S. Well Services, another 1 with Evolution, both some really great technology that allows us to really take an -- take our operational efficiencies to the next level. And that really leads us into the fourth aspect of cost sustainability, talking about our operational efficiencies. And with good combos with -- with the right well design, good service contracts, we're really getting high-quality crews and equipment. Our operational efficiencies will continue to improve. We showed in our slides the fact that we've continue to show gains in our drilling performance. That will continue to improve as we get through our legacy wellbores that we inherited. We had a lot of wells that were drilled with short top holes. So we've had to spend a little bit more time drilling vertical section with our horizontal rigs. Those will be sort of flushed at the system towards the back half of this year. So we see performance improvements on the horizontal section. On the completion side of things, getting access to this new technology and the team's continued execution, we see an opportunity for us to increase the operational efficiency from a stages per day perspective there as well. So I mean all these things to say, they all come together and lead us to have great confidence in hitting our $730 a foot, extending that performance into the future and setting the table for lower costs going forward.
Sameer Panjwani:
Yes. That's great color. I really appreciate that. And then just wanted to clarify some of your earlier comments. I think you mentioned there's some optionality heading into 2021, but also focus on free cash flow towards addressing debt. Those could be somewhat mutually exclusive. So just looking for some clarity there.
Toby Rice:
Yes. So you've seen some other peers talk about the opportunity that's in front of Appalachian producers and all natural gas producers, frankly. To defer some production in 2020 and push that production into 2021, which is a much higher gas price environment. That opportunity is something that we're looking at, at EQT. Our operational uptime that we've had has allowed us to be ahead of schedule from a production standpoint. And that efficiency is going to give us the flexibility to be able to capture that opportunity. So you may see us shift a little bit of production into 2021. But the decisions that we would make would not cause us to change our guidance.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay. So even if you were to curtail, it would still be within the guidance range, maybe just towards the lower end or something?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Probably more towards the midpoint, midpoint to high.
Operator:
And your next question will come from Jeffrey Campbell from Tuohy Brothers.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Thinking about your Ohio Utica remarks. At a high level over time is acreage that costs more than $730 per foot to produce an eventual candidate for asset sale?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean, I think we think about -- we want to make sure we're spending our dollars the highest return assets. And right now, combo development, Pennsylvania Marcellus is the most efficient use of development right now. And so we've shifted our operation schedule to prioritize the best rate of return type of projects. And when we look at that, the Ohio Utica sort of falls behind our Pennsylvania Marcellus and our West Virginia Marcellus assets.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay. Great. Could you add any color on the 2020 land budget. I was just wondering if there's anything unique happening now because of the conditions this year versus a better macro year like we're hoping for in 2021?
Toby Rice:
Yes. Our land budget was largely driven by a maintenance -- leasehold maintenance, about 2/3 of our $150 million budget was set towards renewing leases and another $50 million was for filling in the holes. So we've done some things working with our landowner partners to sort of spread some of those costs over time. So there is an opportunity for us to comment a little bit lighter on the land budget side of things. And then looking forward in future years, 2021 going forward, there's an opportunity for us to take the amount of dollars that we have budgeted land and walk that down from the $150 million to something that is lower. I think one of your points, you referenced with a stronger 2021 outlook for gas, has that impacted land? I'm reading through into thinking about competition. And I would just say that with such a dominant foothold and -- that EQT has, along with just the mature aspect of this basin, we really haven't seen a lot of competition here. And really in any part of the play, there's only 1 operator that can give landowners of confidence to get a wellbore drilled and get royalties, which is the big prize. And landowners are definitely educated and understand that. And they're willing to work with EQT. So that's sort of the dynamics of land right now.
Jeffrey Campbell:
That was a great answer. I appreciate that. And if I could ask one last one, just kind of getting off the script of a lot of the questions here. I was just wondering what features of the hybrid drilling rig that you show on Slide 8, do you find superior to what's become kind of the standard high-spec rig that most operators are using?
Toby Rice:
Yes, sure. I mean, I think it really just -- I mean, keep in mind, a lot of these rigs, we burn diesel to generate power. I mean, we're burning diesel generate electricity and electricity powers the rigs. These battery packs really just sort of normalize the power load that the rig is using and doing it in a more efficient manner. So that's really what's taking place there. It's just a more efficient use of energy.
Operator:
I have no further questions in queue. I turn the call back over to Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
On behalf of the EQT's directors, the management team and our workforce, thank you for your support and interest in EQT. And all of us look forward in continuing on this momentum and working hard to deliver the results that our shareholders deserve. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you, everyone, for joining. This will conclude today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by and welcome to the EQT Corporation, Q4 2019 Quarterly Results Conference Call. At this time all participant lines are in a listen-only mode. After the speakers presentation there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker, Andrew Breese, Director of Investor Relations. Sir, please go ahead.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning and thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; David Khani, Chief Financial Officer; and Kyle Derham former Interim Chief Financial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website for a 7-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 1800-585-8367, with a confirmation code of 7185478. In a moment Toby and David will present their prepared remarks with a question-and-answer session to follow. During these prepared remarks Toby and David will reference certain slides that have been published a new Investor Presentation, which is available on the Investor Relation portion of our Web site. I would like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could differ materially from these forward-looking statements, because of factors described in today's earning release and the Risk Factors section on our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's earnings release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. And with that, I'll turn it over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Good morning. Today I will discuss the execution of certain strategic initiatives, provide an update on our evolution and discuss our 2020 plans. I'll then pass the call to Dave Khani to discuss our balance sheet, liquidity and the philosophy that he brings as our newly appointed CFO. Since our election in July and only six months, we've taken decisive tactical steps to overhaul the strategy and execution at this company. We've removed over $400 million or 25% of annualized controllable costs across the business from the office to the oil field, and today we've released a 2020 CapEx budget that is $150 million less than our guidance in October. This reflects $50 million that was removed as a result of our base production volume enhancement initiatives, which we announced in January as well as an additional a $100 million resulting from the continued optimization of the operation schedule. We continue to find new ways to reduce our costs and create value for our shareholders. EQT has pure leading G&A and LOE costs marching towards the lowest well cost and our recent focus has been on reducing our gathering and transportation costs. We are pleased to announce that we will be strengthening our partnership with EQM through the successful renegotiation of our gathering contracts, which is a big step towards our goals. At a high level, this deal provides EQT with meaningful fee relief in the short-term and favorable rates for the long-term. This resulting rate structure represents a significant reduction from the legacy rate structure today. In exchange for lower rates, EQT will provide EQM with long-term contract extensions and increase in our minimum volume commitments and a dedication of essentially all of our on-dedicated acreage. Realizing the true potential of our partnership rests on EQT's ability to efficiently deliver combo development projects to EQMs highly strategic gathering systems. Now the detail the components of the EQM agreement, I will direct you to Slide 7 and 8 in our analyst presentation. The deal combines nearly all of the legacy Pennsylvania and West Virginia EQM agreements into one global gathering agreement extending to 2035. This affords EQT the operational flexibility to execute combo development across our entire operational footprint. The reduced gathering rate goes into effect upon the inservice of Mountain Valley pipeline, which we've assumed to be January 1, 2021. Over the first three year period, we expect to receive approximately $535 million in fee relief inclusive of the impact of our ETRN equity exchange, which I'll discuss in a moment with nearly half of the relief coming in 2021. This significantly enhances our EBITDA and leverage outlook, which is critical and navigating through this challenging commodity price environment. By 2024 and through the duration of the agreement, EQT will receive long-term gathering rates that are 35% lower than 2020 levels. Solidifying our peer leading cost structure and providing long-term rate visibility. Effective today, the minimum volume commitment increases from 2.2 BCF a day to 3 BCF a day and upon the inservice of MVP builds to 4 BCF a day by 2023. Additionally, we have dedicated over 100,000 acres in West Virginia to EQM. EQM has also agreed to defer approximately $250 million in current credit insurance requirements that were triggered as a result of our recent credit downgrades providing EQT with additional liquidity and flexibility. We also executed an exchange transaction with Equitrans under which we will exchange half of our equity stake in Equitrans for $52 million in cash plus incremental fee relief. This is a strategic use of our stake as the EBITDA impact of the embedded fee relief is meaningfully more accretive to leverage than if we were to monetize the stake and apply proceeds directly to debt reduction. That said, we are still focused on absolute debt reduction. Ultimately this mutually beneficial agreement will provide EQT with the ability to grow modestly and generate free cash flow in 250 gas environment if desired. Both EQT and Equitrans emerged stronger, a true win-win. While the gathering agreement was one large strategic step in the right direction, there was still more work to be done as we turn EQT into a sustainable and durable business. The philosophy behind our plan is simple, be the low cost operator, strengthen the balance sheet and maximize shareholder value through prudent capital allocation. To do this, there were three main objectives that our team is focused on delivering in 2020. First, we aim to execute our asset monetization plan by mid-year 2020; second, we plan to meet or exceed our 2020 adjusted free cash flow guidance of $200 million to $300 million; and third, we will continue to optimize the business by removing incremental costs, enhancing operational efficiencies, and pushing the boundaries on technological innovation. All cash proceeds free cash flow generation, efficiency gains, realized and incremental cost reduction will accrue to deliver the business. On the asset monetization front, we continue to feel confident in our ability to execute our plan. The aggregate potential value of these opportunities in addition to the free cash flow generation is greater than our $1.5 billion target despite weaker pricing. The debt refinancing we executed in January provides us with better footing as we no longer face maturities in the back half of the year. We'll be prudent making certain EQT receives fair value for these assets that is in line with the intrinsic value benefiting all stakeholders. Management presentations are ongoing and the processes are progressing as planned. We have seen solid interest for both the minerals and E&P assets and we'll continue to keep the market updated as things progress. Our remaining equity stake in Equitrans as of 225 is valued at approximately $230 million. We continue to expect that we will be out of this position by mid-year as we are not long-term holders of the stock. While the asset monetizations are of high importance for the near term balance sheet management, the best way that we can offset a lower commodity price is to continue to lower our break-even costs. At the heart of EQT's cost reduction effort is our ability to execute combo development runs leading to the most efficient capital deployment. In the fourth quarter, our PA Marcellus well cost average $800 per foot. This is down nearly 20% as compared to legacy costs and down 6% quarter-over-quarter. Slide 9 highlights drilling efficiencies that we have seen across all operations since our election in July. Call pole drilling days have been reduced by 28%, horizontal drilling speeds have improved by 38% this leads to a 16% reduction in total drilling days per well. These material improvements translate into real savings and give us confidence in our ability to achieve our $730 per foot well cost target in the PA Marcellus by the second half of 2020. In addition to driving down well costs, there are many other ways we can reduce costs and improve margins. On the G&A side, we have built processes and technology that reduce our dependency on contractors. For LOE costs, we continued to optimize our water logistics aiming to increase our recycled water usage and production uptime. We continued to strategically optimize our firm transportation portfolio to improve our cost structure. And lastly, both hedging and our interest expense are places that we can strategically manage, which Dave will touch on in a moment. The gathering agreement with Equitrans allows better insight into our future cost structure with that constraint removed, the largest drivers of our future development decisions will be the macro environment, the outcome of the game board of strategic initiatives we have in process in corporate returns. We are watching the natural gas fundamentals very closely and see its transfer improving prices. We're seeing rig counts decline, productivity trends materially slowing, duck inventory being drawn down and core inventory and key shale plays being drilled up. Gas production has declined in several basins off its November 2019 peak as producers have recognized that fully-loaded returns are the right measure. Our view on the commodity outlook is positive. However, we will continue to study and analyze the market as we determine the optimal activity levels for our development until the market recovery is sustainably reflected in the fundamentals, the most proven strategy that we can take is to follow a maintenance production cadence. With that, I will pass the call over to our newly appointed CFO, David Khani.
David Khani:
Thank you, Toby. I'm excited to have joined this team that has demonstrated past success in building a company from scratch and has already made significant progress in extracting value out of this business. This is a familiar territory for me. I've been through extensive corporate transformations and cost-cutting initiatives before. I look forward to continuing their progress and will leave no stone unturned to find incremental cost savings to drive sustainability. Today, I plan to address a quick snapshot of fourth quarter results, year end reserves, liquidity, our balance sheet focus and hedging. Overall, during the fourth quarter, we outperformed in many of our key metrics including adjusted free cash flow. In the fourth quarter, we achieved sales volumes of 373 Bcfe which came in at the high-end of our guidance range of 5% below last year. Adjusted operating revenues were 947 million down 23% compared to fourth quarter 2018 as realized prices were $2.54 or approximately $0.60 per Mcfe below last year. We intend to implement a more thorough hedging program that will minimize this volatility which I will talk to in a little bit. Total operating expenses for the quarter increased 658 million compared to the fourth quarter 2018 primarily due to increased impairments on long live assets of 775 million in the fourth quarter of 2019. The 1.6 billion in non-cash impairments recorded in the fourth quarter of 2019 were primarily related to the press natural gas prices and changes in our development strategy, including the contemplated divestiture of certain of our non-strategic asset. At the unit cost level, fourth quarter 2019 total unit costs were $0.16 lower than the fourth quarter 2018 primarily driven by an increase in litigation expenses in the fourth quarter of 2018. We paid approximately $100 million in the fourth quarter of 2019 to settle various legal matters which we had accrued at the end of the third quarter using the majority of the free cash flow we generated during the fourth quarter. Our CapEx was 355 million or 203 million lower than the fourth quarter of last year and in line with our expectations. This reflects both reduced activity and significantly improved field efficiencies. As Toby has highlighted, we're using all efficiencies to generate free cash flow instead of increasing production. We reduced our 2020 CapEx budget twice already by a total of $150 million and we'll look for additional opportunities to reduce the budget. Our adjusted operating cash flow for the quarter was $503 million as compared to $693 million in the fourth quarter of 2018 and adjusted free cash flow of $148 million was at the high-end of our guidance range of $100 million to $150 million. For the full year, there were a few items that I want to point to that impacted our comparative results from 2019 to 2018. In 2018, we divested our Permian and Huron assets as well as completed the separation of our midstream business. Excluding the sales volumes related to these divestitures in the prior year gathering and transmission expense per Mcfe were $0.55 and $0.50 in 2019 and 2018 respectively. Our adjusted operating cash flow for the full year 2019 of 1.8 billion exceeded our prior guidance and adjusted free cash flow for the full year 2019 of 60 million was at the high-end of our guidance range. Both were negatively impacted by two items which under SEC rules, can not be adjusted at a pro former operating and free cash flow, including 117 million of proxy transaction and reorganization costs and $82 million of SG&A cost title litigation expenses. Now onto our year end 2019 reserves, we've approximately 17.5 Tcfe of total natural gas, natural gas liquids and oil proved reserves. This represents a decrease of approximately 4.3 Ccfe driven by negative revisions in the undeveloped reserve category. Slide 14 of our analyst presentation details how our shift to combo development has impacted our proved undeveloped reserves. Although combo development yields lower well costs, improved returns on invested capital and enhanced well performance. There are certain booking rules that resulted in downward revisions to our year end 2019 reserves as more wells are now being classified as probable at year-end 2019. This gets translated into lower pud conversion costs going forward down $0.05 to $0.52 per Mcfe. The map on the left helps to visualize the shift in strategy, the blue combo development runs are in areas with more white space or virgin rock, whereas the green legacy wells are closer to producing offset wells. Thus, the combo development runs have fewer neighboring producing wells needed for the approved undeveloped classification. Our planned combo development wells are located in high quality core acreage where we have a high confidence in wealth performance and where we intend to focus our future development. As we drill in these areas, we expect to convert these probable reserves to proven reserves, but in a more return driven way. We are more focused on free cash flow generation and returns on invested capital than maximizing flood bookings. Overall, the fourth quarter was another successful quarter under the new leadership and the actions in the second half of 2019 have shaped a strong 2020 operational forecast. That said, I'd like to discuss the several recent items that have impacted our business. As commodity prices have declined. This has put pressure on ratings, balance sheet and liquidity. We faced the wall of maturities which we are addressing through the recent refinancing. Our goal is to march back towards regaining our investment grade metrics and we believe that we will achieve this through the EQM transaction, asset monetizations and a modest recovery in natural gas prices. Our team's focus to make this business truly sustainable. With that in mind, three initiatives we are pursuing in the near term. First, retiring 30% of our debt and drive our net leverage below 2x focusing on lowering our breakevens, including our interest expense is important. Second, a strong focus on access to capital, which ties to our economics of our business and a more differentiated focus on ESG matters. And third, adding a strong hedge process. We are students of the commodity and our hedge book will be an important part of risk management program. Let's look at our Slide 19 that provides a maturity schedule. The January 1.7 5 billion refinancing help to address our 2020 maturity and part of our 2021 maturities as well as strengthen our position in negotiating our asset monetizations. Our monetizations and free cash flow will help retire the remaining and part of our 21 and 22 maturities respectively. Once all are completed, we'll have structured our deck towers with proper spacing between them enabling easier refinancing going forward. On February 14, we re-initiated a tender offer, performed a million of our 2021 notes as of December 31, 2019 our trailing 12 months net leverage stands at 2.6x and overall cost of debt capital has risen from 3.6% to 4.9%. our EQM indication, debt repayment and continued focus on efficiencies will help us navigate the decline in 2020 commodity price. While we're focused on improving our net leverage ratios, we've been successful in maintaining a strong liquidity position. Look at Slide 20, as of February 25, 2020, our liquidity stands at 1.9 billion reflecting our actions to mitigate collateral calls. From our recent downgrades, we were essentially through most of the impact and do not expect much change from here. There's always potential for some additional collateral calls, but we have much more offsetting liquidity options, so a quarter from now we could easily show higher liquidity. Now we've been very active in working on our head strategy and received Board approval to begin implementing an updated hedge program. Our head strategy goes out for four years, includes both NYMEX and basis hedges and we'll use our large FT portfolio help differentiate where and how we hedge. Our goal is to protect the balance sheet while focusing on hedging at levels that generate free cash flow. We mostly use plain vanilla tools including swaps and collars and we'll execute a programmatic and active hedge process. Presently we are 87% hedge for 2020 and stand at 26% for 2021 assuming flat production. Since the adoption of our revised hedging strategy we have added to our basis hedge position for 2021, we are excited to get this process started as we expect opportunity will arise as natural gas prices increase over time or at the current bottom. I will now turn the call back to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Thanks David. I am very proud of the hard work and results that this team has delivered in such a short period of time despite external challenges. We continue to have constructive dialogue with all of our stakeholders as we set EQT up to be a sustainable and durable E&P business. The direction of the gas production declines combined with the call on gas from increased LNG demand can set us up for a compelling gas price that is not currently reflected in the forward curve. While we are optimistic about the future gas price, we recognized the need to run this business in a sustained low gas price environment. We are fully committed to withstanding commodity lows by aggressively pursuing our cost reductions, improving efficiencies and executing upon our asset sales to improve our balance sheet. With that, I would like to open the call up for questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
The first question I have is wondering, Toby, if you could help reconcile the rate release that you guys have identified over the next three years. You've highlighted 270 million, 230 million and 35 starting from 2021. The question I'm getting from the buy side is, can you reconcile this relative to what EQM put in their slides of 125 million, 140 million and 35 million in their deck, Slide 5.
Toby Rice:
Sure. So the 535 million is just two components there. There's what I would consider base fee relief of about $300 million. And then there's the fee relief that we get from the exchange of our each reign stake, which we make up the remainder $235 million. And so that's how it's sort of broken out.
Arun Jayaram:
Got it. Got it. That's helpful. Second question is, I wanted to see if you could maybe give us a little bit more color on what you're seeing in the asset sales market. I think you reiterating your expectation to deliver 1.5 billion of asset sales by mid-year. Just wondering if maybe you could give some insights on the Ohio, Utica process as well as the minerals process that's underway?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So, I'd ask you to flip to Slide 18 and I think this sort of shows all of our initiatives and the progress that we've made to-date. We've certainly made some good progress so far with the free cash flow we've been able to generate and the monetization of our ETRN stake. I'm sorry that we get with fee relief. As far as minerals in Ohio, in Ohio, E&P assets go, we see strong interest in those assets. We're in the process right now of collecting feedback from potential parties there. I'd say that the thing that that gives us confidence to the fact that while commodity prices have come down a little bit, the one thing that stays, that hasn't changed is, the assets are still core. And so that gives us some confidence. The other thing is, we've got with our refinancing that we've been able to do, it gives us some more time and I think that time can be used in negotiation to maybe be a little bit more flexible in some terms, if there's any value gaps that we perceived. So, all to say we're able to be a little bit more creative in the deals that we do. And that's sort of what gives us the confidence of being able to reach our goals.
Operator:
And your next question comes from Josh Silverstein with Wolfe Research.
Josh Silverstein:
A couple of questions for you. I was wondering on the debt reduction target, you have 1.5 billion in new started to put in there, the 4Q '19 free cash flow and then some of the rate relief from the ETRN deal. I just wanted to look at it the other way. Do you want to get your net debt down to 3.5 billion or is it still going to be somewhere kind of around that 4 range after all?
David Khani:
No. I think we'd like to get it down to 3.5 billion. We'd like to get our debt leveraged on down to 2x or under. So we're looking at both absolute debt reduction as well as the leverage metric.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. And then, in the October update that you guys gave us, you had '20, '21 CapEx down $200 million versus 2020, is the $150 million that you have now reduced your 2020 CapEx by relative to the October update, is that incremental to 2021 or is that an acceleration? Because I'm just wondering if based on the 235 outlook for natural gas, if now this -- the rate relief that would allow you to maintain volumes flat next year and still generate positive free cash flow.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Josh, this is Toby. So just to put some more color behind the $150 million that we've reduced from our 2020 budget since our October guidance, the 50 million it was -- was due to operational efficiencies that we outlined in one of our slides. That's just optimizing our base production that allows us to get more production from the existing assets we have which allows us to spend less capital on new activity to replace those volumes. And then the $100 million and we announced that in January, the $100 million is really just a optimization of our schedule. We've taken out some of the slack in our schedule as a result of just getting better confidence in hitting our deadlines. And the other piece which I think is probably more meaningful is just a little bit of shifting of activity and capital allocation. With our ETRN renegotiation we're able to move some of our activity from West Virginia into Pennsylvania, Marcellus, that gives some combos and that obviously the lower cost well site for us to develop. So that's also a portion of the reduction and when we talk about schedule optimization.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. So you still think a budget next year for 101 at this point is okay, just the whole volume slide? I just want to -- is it there or is it actually a little bit lower than that?
Toby Rice:
Josh, I think we're looking forward to providing more color to everyone on what our 2021 plans are going to look like. I would say that we are -- with our ETRN renegotiation affords us an opportunity to sort of retool our schedule, understand the well types that we're going to put on the schedule, which will result in the CapEx that we'll be able to report back to you guys.
David Khani:
And the goal with every year is that we at least be cash flow neutral to free cash flow positive.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer:
You talked in your prepared comments on what some of the drivers of the movements improved undeveloped reserves and bookings were. Can you talk a little bit about any changes and how you booked proved developed reserves and how the wells and well performance in EURs from the 2019 program compared and what your expectations are for 2020?
Toby Rice:
Yes. This is Toby. On our PDP, we improved -- that has risen and that was partly due to just better performance from some of the wells. So the revisions we had really were on the pud side. I think that was the story that we want to make sure people understood. We're still developing in what we consider to be the core areas that will be where performance will be consistent with the performance we have with our existing PDPs. It's just from just the rules that we are not able to book those as puds. And the other thing I would say is, this is a good example of our commitment to capital efficiency and making the best choices for where we spend our dollars and letting the capital efficiency drive where we spend our dollars, not trying to just book reserves.
Brian Singer:
Great, thanks. And then my follow-up is on Slide 8, you talked about getting to post 2023 peer leading gathering rates. Can you talk about where that was coming from, where those rates were prior to the renegotiation?
Toby Rice:
Sure, so we talked sort of high level what our rate structure was around $0.60 as sort of what our legacy gathering costs were and we were saying that market rates were somewhere in the $0.35 to $0.40 range. And so that's -- I think that's what we've been able to achieve with this negotiation with ETRN is we're able to get some near-term fee relief that accelerates the step down into those long-term market rates that we're pretty excited about setting us up for the future low cost aspect of our gathering in this business.
David Khani:
And in many cases, particularly within Appalachia, we're probably below I would say market rates when we get down there.
Operator:
Our next question is from Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy.
Michael Hall:
Thanks, good morning. I appreciate the time. I got a couple I guess a little bit of follow-ups on some of the prior questions, but I guess first on the gathering rate that you show for 2023 steps up a bit, is there any dynamic at play there or is that just kind of feathering in some of the old legacy contracts. And then second, the big step down in 2024 through 2035, is that at all contingent on and any I guess production thresholds. Is it assuming you have good clearance of the MVCs, how does that play through in the forward guide?
Toby Rice:
Sure. In your first question I think we looked at sort of the short-term, the fee relief that we were going to get. Instead of using that as sort of like a normal step rate over time, we were able to shift that to earlier years, which in 2021 is really important for our business. And so that was more of a negotiated point. On the 2024 to 2035, it's really not contingent on us growing volumes I think one thing that is important for us to note and gives us a lot of confidence in this deal is, when you think about MVCs, we have the coverage to meet those MVCs today and that was something that we were thoughtful about pairing that up with our operation schedule with our inventory and making sure that we can deliver the volumes to get these rates and meet our MVCs over time.
Michael Hall:
Okay.
Toby Rice:
The interesting dynamic here though is, we've set this business up if there was an opportunity to grow with this over run rate concept, we'd be able to deliver those molecules and gathering rates at an over-run rate, which is significantly lower than what the blended rate was shown here on this page.
Michael Hall:
Okay. Yes, that was kind of a follow-up I had. So, yes, that green bar is not assuming any substantial over run rates.
Toby Rice:
No.
Michael Hall:
Okay. And then, I guess maybe can you just frame your perspective around MVP inservice timing and kind of how you're thinking about the potential risks around that and how you got comfortable with the Jan 1?
Toby Rice :
Yes. I think that ETRN will certainly provide some more color on their call today on that, but I think we look at -- we will be consistent with 2021, I think some of the fact that the pipe is 90% complete. I think is definitely positive. I think it's a little bit of a unique situation compared to ACP. The ones that we just heard last week would give people indications that the Supreme Court will overrule the Fourth Circuit. With that happening, there will be a direct read through toward resolved and one of MVP's, one of the issues that's keeping MVP from crossing and getting inservice. I think that this pipe is going to get built and we're pegging Jan '21 is our best guess.
Operator:
And your next question comes from Welles Fitzpatrick with SunTrust.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Obviously, the revolver is in good shape, but could you talk to your thoughts about the potential impact of that 600 million a day E&P sale, what that might do to the revolver and also, would you sell any hedges in conjunction with that divestiture?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So, just understand, we do not have a reserve base revolver and so very different, we don't have semi-annual redeterminations and so we're good through let's call it end of July of 2022. So, that's the time period we'd have to go refinance it. And so, any asset sale would have no impact on the revolver today. It's really about our ability to generate free cash flow, retire the rest of the '21s and try to retire the rest of '22s. So, that's really what the goal is. And the second part of your question, just the impact on our hedging. I mean, we're sitting at 87% hedged right now. Obviously, if we sold that asset, it would improve our percentage hedged.
David Khani:
Yes. And whether we sell the hedge or not, I think that's probably a decision that we would make depending on each independent asset sale that we go through.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Okay, perfect. Makes sense. And then for the follow-up, you guys updated Pennsylvania cost per foot, obviously, looking strong. Could we get an update on West Virginia?
Toby Rice:
Yes. The operational efficiencies you're seeing is one part of driving our cost improvements. I mean, you're seeing that both in Pennsylvania and West Virginia. To be honest, there hasn't been a tremendous amount of activity in West Virginia. So really it's looking at what we're doing in Pennsylvania has a read through to West Virginia. I will say that being able to ship more activity into Pennsylvania in 2020 that affords us more time in West Virginia to install the necessary water infrastructure that will lower our cost on the completions front. So that will certainly help to maintain -- ensure that West Virginia can be on par with Pennsylvania Marcellus.
Operator:
And our final question comes from Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil.
Holly Stewart:
A lot to digest here between the two companies. So I thought maybe I would just sort of dumb it down here, but looking at that or I guess eyeballing that bar chart on Slide 8, it looks like your long-term rate would go down to maybe what you're kind of talking about as market rates of roughly $0.40 and then if you hit above those MVC levels, that rate would fall to roughly $0.30. Is that the right way to think about this over the long-term?
Toby Rice:
Probably somewhere in the high-30s is where I think we'd shake out.
Holly Stewart:
Over the long-term?
Toby Rice:
Yes.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. And then Dave, you mentioned several times like revised hedging strategy, I know you all are pretty fully hedged for this year. Can you just sort of talk through what you're doing differently from a revised hedging strategy perspective?
David Khani:
Yes, so one is duration. We talked about four years. We didn't have a four-year hedge strategy. We will probably enter into the next year at a much higher hedge position, I'll call it somewhere in the same vicinity as we started this year. And then, third is, we'll be more thoughtful on how we add basis hedges, so we have more visibility on really that differential will use our FT portfolio really to help us with that as well because it gives us I think a lot of flexibility to pick and choose which of those locations we want to do and what we're trying to isolate. So I think those are really the three major things.
Holly Stewart:
And then, maybe just one final one for me, I mean given the magnitude of MVP, this is probably one of the last major greenfield projects at least, it feels like right now to go into service in the Northeast. Is there an appetite to sort of monetize any of that firm transportation associated with that project, either maybe both speaking from your standpoint as well as that demand pull side up there?
Toby Rice:
Yes, Holly. I'd say that optimizing our FT portfolio is, I think one initiative that we're going through that would lower our cost structure. So, yes, certainly that MVP would be included in that. I think when we look sort of high level at the basin about 33 Bcf a day being produced in Appalachia. We've got about 35 Bcf a day of local takeaway in demand and then you couple MVP and ACP would add about another 3 Bcf a day on top of that, so I mean there is pretty decent pipe capacity in the basin right now and that -- when you think about that and realize that there's only about 49 rigs running in the basin, we think you could see Appalachia start to decline, that's only going to widen the gap and allow us to sell more of our gas in basin.
David Khani:
Stay tuned, Holly.
Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Yes. Maybe I would just follow-up on that and see Toby if you think about all that's going on with producers in the basin and let's just say we have to enter some sort of bankruptcy from perspective from some of the producers in some of those FT contracts are to be thrown out, how do you think about in basin basis responding to that.
Toby Rice:
Well, the pipe is going to be there already. If the question is, what the rates will be. That's another equation. I guess if producers go and sort of break contracts, but if the pipe is built already and if produces go into bankruptcy, the ability to spend capital gets harder and so, there will probably be even less production and so their pipes will be less filled and so local basis might be better, but that's probably what would happen.
David Khani:
I look at that, Holly, I think that there is, when you look at one of the benefits with Equitrans is they've got such a expansive gathering system coverage across a lot of interconnects. So as that capacity frees up on those pipes, it gives our commercial team more optionality to optimize our production and access to the markets that we sell to. So, I see that could be a net positive.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Sameer Panjwani with Tudor Pickering & Holt.
Sameer Panjwani:
Just a couple of follow-up questions on the hedging commentary. I think you just mentioned that the goal is to have the 2021 profile hedge book kind of in a similar position to 2020 as you kind of get to the end of this year. And so I guess I just wanted to kind of reconfirm that you guys feel comfortable hedging at the current 2021 strip to kind of bolster that position.
David Khani:
Yes, I'd just say we're going to be a combination of programmatic as well as an active hedge process and it's a process that takes a lot of time to do. So, think about it in some cases dollar-cost averaging, think about it as being very tactical in certain areas where we can actually hedge at prices we like. We're not going to force and lock in the bottom here. We're going to walk in I'd call commodity as it rallies up over time and for example, we did some basis hedges recently that effectively give us a $2.50 NYMEX kind of floor and so we're able to do certain things in different locations to be able to take advantage of what the market gives us at a moment in time.
Toby Rice:
Yes, but Sameer, I mean high level our activity levels, the returns that we're generating on our operations, understanding our -- what we need to do to take care of our balance sheet and coupled with our macro perspective on what gas prices will be -- our own that we're weaving together to generate the right hedging strategy. I think the progress we've made over the past six months have given us a really good handle on what the operations, the activity levels, the balance sheet looks like. Now it's really just figuring out what our view is on the macro and how much we need to hedge.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay, got it. That definitely helps clarify that and I guess the second question, as it relates to kind of hedge book and activity as you kind of referenced, you guys mentioned earlier, you have about 87% hedged right now and if you sold some assets that would help the percentage, but if we kind of put a what if scenario out there, maybe you don't get any asset sales done, would you think about kind of pulling back on the production for this year to better match the hedge book versus the production profile given where prices are today or do we need to think about it from a longer-term perspective as you think about the leverage profile as well?
David Khani:
We will always optimize so and so activity can move in and around one year to the other, but we're going to make sure we do everything like on a pure return and economic basis and we obviously have to take into consideration levered metrics and ability to generate free cash flow and paying down debt. So there is a multitude of things that go into it.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay and I guess, kind of within that, I mean would you guys consider curtailing production without necessarily kind of impairing maybe the 2021 profile from an activity standpoint or anything, but just trying to be a little bit more accommodative of the price on unhedged volumes?
David Khani:
Yes. I mean we could because if the commodity basically doesn't give us the return that we want, absolutely.
Operator:
And with that, I will turn the program back over to Toby Rice.
Toby Rice:
Thanks everybody for your time today. Stepping back just looking over the past six months, we've made some very big strides on the transformation and evolution of EQT, starting with the organization, bringing in a dedicated team of leaders to complement the existing staff here. We've aligned the operations with our schedule and evolved well design. We've now with this ETRN negotiation we've aligned our infrastructure to our strategy. All of this is going to allow us to be better capital allocated to create more value for our shareholders. In closing, I'd just like to thank the ETRN team and all the work they've done. I know the EQT team were excited about the partnership and excited about delivering on the results that our shareholders deserve. So with that, thanks everybody and have a good day.
Operator:
Thank you again for joining us today. This does conclude today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Company Representatives:
Toby Rice - President, Chief Executive Officer Kyle Derham - Interim Chief Financial Officer Blue Jenkins - Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer Andrew Breese - Director of Investor Relations
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by and welcome to the EQT Corporation, Q3 2019 Quarterly Results Conference Call. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. After the speakers presentation there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions]. I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker today, Andrew Breese, Director of Investor Relations. Thank you. Please go ahead, sir.
Andrew Breese:
Good morning and thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; Kyle Derham, Interim Chief Financial Officer; and Blue Jenkins, Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer. The replay for today's call will be available on our website for a 7-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 1800-585-8367, with a confirmation code of 6678269. In a moment Toby and Kyle will present our prepared remarks. Following these remarks we’ll take your questions. EQT published a new Investor Presentation this morning, which is available on the Investor Relation portion of the website and we will refer to certain slides during our prepared remarks. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events could materially differ from these forward-looking statements, because of factors described in today's earning release and the Risk Factors sector of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, our subsequent Form 10-Q and other filings we make from time to time with the SEC. We do not undertake any duty to update any forward-looking statement. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's Earnings Release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby.
Toby Rice:
Good morning, and thank you for joining us. I'm excited to share the progress we've made in a short period of time at what we believe we can accomplish moving forward. I’ll provide an update on the 100-Day Plan and our preliminary 2020 outlook. I will also provide a brief update on our negotiation with Equitrans to amend our gathering agreements before turning the call over to Kyle to discuss third quarter results, our initiatives to improve leverage and liquidity and some quick thoughts on the gas macro. As a reminder, the goal for our 100-Day Plan was to kick start our evolution and deliver the foundational elements needed for us to achieve the cost saving targets that we discussed in our campaign. October 18 marked day-100 and I am pleased to share with you that we have successfully executed on our plan. Slide six of our presentation lays out some of the key milestones we achieved. Starting with the organization, following the annual meeting in July, we quickly added key leaders needed to complement the existing EQT team. These leaders have a proven track record of operating EQTs assets to generate basin leading operational performance and they are off to a great start. Over a dozen new leaders are offering fresh perspectives and best practices toward achieving our goals. In September we simplified our organizational structure, migrating from 58 to 15 departments and concurrently streamlined the workforce by reducing headcount by approximately 25%. These changes enabled greater communication, accountability and have led to a much more nimble, proactive organization. We expect to save approximately $65 million of gross, general and administrative costs in 2020 consisting of $35 million reduction in SG&A expense and a $30 million reduction in capitalized overhead. As it relates to our technological initiatives, we have made significant progress. The workforce has fully embraced our digital work environment, with participation in our platform increasing 700% since the annual meeting. Silos are being knocked down and inter departmental collaboration and transparency are accelerating. We prioritize the 90-most critical workflows needed for our modern technology driven business and have successfully revived them within our digital work environment. These workflows empower our employees, allow management to monitor the business, spotlight inefficiencies and optimize our planning efforts to maximize shareholder value. We are currently working through the remaining 300 workflows and expect to have those turned online in the coming months. Lastly, as it relates to our operational initiatives, we have successfully laid the tracks for large scale combo development by establishing a stable, master operation schedule. As a reminder, combo development consists of properly spaced, large scale projects to develop 10 to 25 wells for multiple pads simultaneously. This is the key to delivering consistently low well costs, while maximizing the potential of our undeveloped acreage position. In 2020 we expect roughly 50% of our wells Turned-in-line and 80% of wells spud to be set for combo development. We’ve also had some quick wins in the field. On slide seven we are highlighting the step change in drilling efficiency in the third quarter. Marcellus drilling speeds are up 50% relative to the second quarter and Utica drilling speeds have increased 20%. This is the result of an experienced team, offering fresh perspectives in leveraging technology in the field. Additionally, all of our wells are being completed using the proven well designed and choke management program that led to basin leading, well productivity at Rice Energy. As a result, we expect EQTs base decline rate to decrease from 32% to 24% as measured by the decline of our expected PDP base from December 2019 to December 2020. This decrease in basic decline will result in less future capital required to achieve certain volume targets. To summarize, the 100-Day Plan has been a massive success in kick starting our evolution. We are on track to deliver on the well cost savings we promised during the campaign, and we are doing it faster than we thought, which sets EQT up for success in 2020 and beyond. The formal 2020 budget will be approved by the Board in December, but we are excited to share our preliminary outlook. Our capital allocation philosophy has not changed. We plan to delever EQT to below 2x net debt to adjusted EBITDA and in this gas price environment, we plan to get there by reducing absolute debt through free cash flow generation in asset monetizations, rather than out-spending cash flow to grow EBITDA. Further as we discussed on the 2Q call, we evaluated EQTs existing development plan and removed inefficient development and replaced it with large scale combo development projects to ensure all capital allocated to the drill bit generates attractive cash-on-cash returns. This philosophy of maximizing capital efficiency while generating free cash flow was the primary driver of our 2020 budget. We plan to spend between $1.3 billion to $1.4 billion of CapEx to execute a disciplined development program that will result in sales volumes roughly flat to expected 2019 levels, and strip pricing as of 9.30 or an average 2020 NYMEX price of $2.42. We expect to generate $1.65 billion to $1.75 billion of adjusted EBITDA and $200 million to $300 million of adjusted free cash flow in 2020. Turning to slide 10, our CapEx budget is broken down into four main areas. At the midpoint of guidance, we plan to spend just over $1 billion of reserve development capital; $150 million of land, $85 million of other CapEx and $55 million of capitalized overhead. We further break down our reserve development budget by our three operating areas
Kyle Derham :
Thanks Toby. I’ll briefly touch on a couple of notable items in the third quarter, provide updates on our 2019 guidance, and discuss our initiatives to improve leverage and liquidity, and then touch on the gas macro. In the third quarter we achieved net sales volumes of 381 Bcfe at the high end of our guidance range. Our third quarter CapEx was $475 million, which is $380 million or 44% lower compared to the third quarter of 2018. This is also a $25 million favorable compared to our expectations coming into the quarter, which is primarily the result of better fueled execution. Adjusted operating cash flow and adjusted free cash flow for the quarter were negatively impacted by two items worth noting, that could not be adjusted out of the metrics. First, we recorded a proxy transaction and reorganization related expenses of $77 million during the quarter. This was primarily driven by the organizational streamlining in September that reduced our workforce by 25%, as well as changes to the executive leadership team. Second, we recorded an increase in royalty and litigation reserves of $37 million. We feel that our improvements and operational planning, and partnering with landowners will translate the lower litigation spend in the future. Excluding these two items, adjusted operating cash flow and adjusted free cash flow would have been approximately $115 million higher for the quarter and well above consensus estimates. Turning to fourth quarter 2019 guidance, we expect net sales volumes of $355 Bcfe to 375 Bcfe, a 4% decline from the third quarter at the midpoint. This is driven by changes to the operation schedule and implementation of our Choke Management Program. Average differentials are expected to be negative -$0.45 to negative -$0.25 per Mcfe. We expect CapEx to be $320 million to $370 million, which will drive adjusted free cash flow of $100 million to $150 million. For full year 2019 guidance, we are lowering CapEx by $115 million at the midpoint, while reiterating our full year production guidance. We expect adjusted free cash flow to be $10 million to $60 million, which again includes the impact of proxy, transaction and reorganization related expenses, and an increase to our royalty and litigation reserves, which is further described in our earnings release. Turning to leverage and liquidity. As of 9/30 EQTS net debt to LTM adjusted EBITDA was 2.2x and assuming a sale of EQTs retained stake in Equitrans is used to repay debt, that ratio would decrease to 1.9x. While EQT is expected to generate between $200 million and $300 million of adjusted free cash flow in 2020, leverage is expected to increase from current levels at strip pricing. This is largely due to lower commodity prices, but also due to our commitment to not grow production until gas prices show improvement or until we see gathering fee relief. As Toby mentioned, in the current commodity price environment we are focused on absolute debt reduction to manage leverage, rather than out spending cash flow to increase EBITDA. We have 87% of our 2020 gas production hedged at a weighted average floor price of $2.71, which will provide downside protection if gas prices slip further. We remain committed to maintaining our investment grade ratings and believe it's a strategic differentiator amongst our peers. This is not merely lip service. We think the best way to increase the stock prices by delivering the business to thrive in the 250 gas price environment. To achieve this, we are committed to reducing absolute debt by at least $1.5 billion or 30% by mid-2020. On slide 16 we outlined the leverage we can pull. First, EQTS retain stake in Equitrans represents $750 million of value at current market prices. We have multiple options for diverting the stake that go beyond a simple block trade on the open market. We are now long term holders and will likely divest the stake in the next nine months. Second, we have a number of assets that are outside of our core Marcellus fairway that represent up to $300 million of EBITDA and up to 600 million cubic feet of gas per day of net production that could bring in over $1 billion of proceeds. We are actively marketing certain of these assets today and are in discussions with multiple parties. Lastly, we are evaluating various structures to potentially monetize EQT’s core mineral interest. Today EQT owns 50,000 fee acres in our core foot print that contribute to an average 8/8 net revenue interest and our Pennsylvania acres of 83%, and in our West Virginia acreage of approximately 85%. As our peers have shown, these monetization of these types of assets can be highly deleveraging. Given EQTS relatively higher net revenue interest, larger production base and undeveloped acreage position, we are confident this strategy could generate significant proceeds that can be used to de-lever without a significant impact on development returns. We are actively exploring this opportunity and believe a transaction could be effectuated in a matter of months. Delivering is a strategic priority for EQT. We believe the execution of this debt reduction plan is achievable in the near term, and will allow EQT to maintain investment grade metrics. While we believe the rating agencies will give us time to execute this plan, to the extent we are downgraded, we have laid out the impacts for liquidity on slide 17. To cut to the chase, we have a plan in place and do not believe the impact of a downgrade would materially change our current liquidity position. Focusing on the chart on the right, EQT has a $2.5 billion unsecured revolver in place, which will stay unsecured through at least the maturity of the credit agreement in July of 2022. Unlike most of our peers, the facility size is not subject to semi-annual borrowing base redeterminations and will not be in a downgrade scenario. Assuming the rating agencies downgraded EQT one notch, certain counterparties would have the option to call up to approximately $850 million of letters of credit that primarily relate to EQTs midstream commitments. We believe we can add $1 billon of liquidity back to the system. First, the revolver has a $500 million accordion feature built into the credit agreement. Exercising the accordion does require bank approval, but our discussions with lenders give us confidence in our ability to execute on this. Next, we believe we can add $400 million of liquidity by entering into asset management agreements with certain gas marketers. We are currently in advanced discussions with various counterparties to utilize these agreements to transfer some of the posting requirements in exchange for a small fee. Many of our peers utilize these arrangements to manage liquidity today. EQT is also exploring, entering into new bilateral letter of credit arrangements with banks that specifically want the letter of credit exposure, which we believe could free up $100 million of liquidity on the revolver. These three initiatives would more than offset the $850 million of potential posting requirements, assuming they are called EQT as an additional $750 million of potential posting requirements to Equitrans and MVP. Ultimately we do not believe these will be called for a variety of reasons, but we have shown the impacts of liquidity as a further downside scenario. To be clear, we recognized EQT has upcoming bond maturities, but we have multiple options to both retire and term out the debt, even in the downside rating scenario. We have market access today; we have set up a development plan to generate free cash flow, and we are highly focused on executing our debt reduction plan by mid-year 2020, which will only serve to enhance our leverage and liquidity profile to improve terms on potential future bond issuances. A quick note on the gas macro. We have been encouraged by the decrease in rig count over the last few months. Appalachia rigs have declined from 80 rigs at the beginning of the year to 52 today. We believe the basin needs around 50 rigs to hold production flat, but at current strip prices we see the base outspending cash flow to do that. Given a recent commentary from most Appalachia producers regarding capital discipline, we would anticipate rigs falling below maintenance levels in the coming months. Permian rig count has dropped by approximately 75 rigs year-to-date, 55 of which are in the Delaware Basin, which is the largest contributor to associated gas growth. Ultimately Permian gas constrained by takeaway capacity. Kinder Morgan's recently announced delay to the in-service date of its Permian highway pipeline, demonstrate the execution risk of these projects. Further we believe the Permian slowdown to potentially jeopardize producer commitments, the future natural gas expansion projects, which may keep associated gas growth in check. We expect these rig count reductions to begin showing up in supply in the back half of 2020 and could lead to exit to exit production declines. This supplies set up combined with the expected LNG demand growth, could provide us substantial up-list to 2021 gas prices. As management we view that as an outside cast and will continue to focus on lowering costs further to allow EQT to thrive in a lower gas price environment. With that, I'll turn it back to Toby for some closing remarks.
Toby Rice :
I'd like to summarize the key points from today's call. 100-Day Plan has positioned EQT for long term success. We believe we will reduce EQTs controllable costs by 25% in 2020, which will drive $400 million of annual cost savings, assuming a maintenance development program. This is allowing EQT to generate $200 million to $300 million of 2020 adjusted free cash flow at strip prices. With the operating model in place, we are now focused on negotiating our gathering fees lower and believe this will firmly position EQT as the lowest cost gas operator, with the deepest inventory of Tier 1 locations, and not just the Appalachian Basin, but the entire U.S. We remain committed to investment grade ratings and are focused on executing on our debt reduction plan by mid-2020 to maintain investment grade metrics. With that, I'll turn it over to the operator for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Your first question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram from J.P. Morgan. Your line is open.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah, good morning gents. Kyle, I wanted to start with you. You know looking at your unit cost guidance for 2020, it does highlight about an $0.08 per Mcfe increase despite the fact that MVP, I think your now anticipating that to be on in 2021. Can you go through some of the moving pieces there and secondly just maybe characterize you know your confidence in terms of the negotiations with E-Train to receive a successful win-win kind of outcome this quarter.
Toby Rice :
Hi, thanks. This is Toby, I'll take that. So just walking through our unit costs, you know gathering is going to be up $0.05. This is largely coming from underutilized MVC that we have. So when we look at our gross production, while we do have our MVC’s covered across all systems, there are certain areas that are under the MVC volume threshold. So we're working on some creative solutions to reduce the underutilized MVCs, but this is something that can be solved with the renegotiation with Equitrans. On the transport side of things, this is up a little bit, but that's due to new contracts coming online. When we look at our LOE cast, it’s coming up a couple cents. This is due to a little bit of a slowdown in completion activity, so our water disposal costs are going up a little bit. We think that the key is to getting this back in line to 2019 levels. It can be helped with more efficient scheduling on the produced water side of things. Also, our choke management program is going to led to less wear and tear on our production facilities, so that would decrease some of the part repairs that make up our LOE costs. And then on top of all this basis differentials are expected to be $0.05 lower than our 2019 and this offsets some of these increases going forward. To your second point on our E-Train comp, our confidence and renegotiating our gatherings with E-Train for a win-win solution. You know I think the things that give me confidence is we have a lot to offer. I think we can increase the amount of quality revenues that E-Trains receives and that's through increasing our MVCs commitment. We can increase that substantially and then also we've got a lot of undedicated leasehold in West Virginia that is going to be competing for our capital going forward. So I think with those couple things, it could make a great set up for a great deal with E-Train.
Arun Jayaram:
Great! And my second question gents, have you been in contact yet with the rating agencies regarding the $1.5 billion asset monetization program that you unveiled this morning, and just wanted to know if you could maybe highlight you know priorities between you know looking at a mineral sell versus upstream assets that you highlighted on slide 16.
Toby Rice:
Yes, sure. We have not spoken with the agencies about the specific debt reduction plan. Obviously we've been speaking to them leading up to earnings and obviously Equitrans are retains. Equitrans has always been a divestiture candidates and the intended use of proceeds there has always been for debt reduction. But we’re going to be speaking with them next week to walk them through this plan, our commitment to it and to do it in the near term, right. We're targeting executing this by mid-year of 2020. Your second question, with respect to priority on looking at slides 16 of all the options that we have, you know we’re evaluating all of these. I think they are all actionable and all actionable in the near term, so I wouldn't give any preference to one or the other, but they are all being evaluated today.
Arun Jayaram:
Great! Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Your line is open.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning. I wanted to follow-up on slide 16 with the detail that you’ve provided on the potential divestiture candidates. A couple of questions; first, how if at all is the timeline and need to renegotiate the Equitrans contracts related to the timeline to consider the divestiture of your steak. And in your free cash flow of $200 million to $300 million for the company overall, does that include the distributions from Equitrans? Maybe I’ll start there and then I've got one other on slide 16.
A - Toby Rice:
Sure. I'll start with the last question first. Yes, our adjusted free cash flow guidance in 2020 includes a $90 million dividend from Equitrans, so that’s included there. And then the first part of your question, remind me what that was.
Brian Singer:
Yeah, is the timeline the same in terms of renegotiating Equitrans contracts and then also considering the divestiture of your steak, is there any one that you would want to come before the other or maybe the other way around. Do you see your ownership of Equitrans as helpful in terms of your ability to get that renegotiation completed?
A - Toby Rice:
Sure. I think you know we're looking at and we’re approaching this E-Train renegotiation as something that's going to be positive for both companies, so we will continue to hold the E-Train stake as we get through these negotiations.
Brian Singer:
Great! And then separately you talked about in your – in slide 11, the production trajectory by quarter flattish in the second half of next year and up relative to the second quarter. You mentioned on your prepared comments that you kind of make a decision and I might be paraphrasing here whether or not you want to grow and what the right rate of growth is. Can you just talk about what would go into that as you think about the right activity level? And are you essentially set up for flat production at the end of 2020?
Toby Rice:
Yes, so what we've laid out for 2020 gives us optionality for potential growth in ’21. We've got enough CapEx budgeted in ‘20 to either stay flat in ‘21 or grow depending on a number of items that we laid out earlier. How things go with Equitrans and the renegotiation in gas prices and then just as our longer term development plan comes together.
Brian Singer:
Is there a further reduction in cost that you would want to see to stay at the current commodity strip. Growth makes sense for 2021 or if commodity prices don't change, what in aggregate would you need to see to say its worth stepping up on the activity level.
Toby Rice:
Yes, so this is Toby. I would say that you know the cost reductions that we're looking for in the future are going to be coming more on the unit cost side of things. So seeing a reduction in gathering fee relief is – I mean the goal of this deal for us is to achieve meaningful fee relief that allows us to grow at 250 gas price environment and generate free cash flow, so that's what we’re looking to try and achieve with this renegotiation and that would change our approach going forward.
Brian Singer:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Josh Silverstein from Wolfe Research. Your line is open.
Josh Silverstein :
Yeah, thanks. Good morning guys. You outlined at the $200 million to $300 million of free cash flow this year. I think it was highlighted before that some of that is from the E-Train distributions. How sustainable is that to you given the reduction and maintenance level spending going into 2021. Once you divest E-Train you don't have the cash tax benefits and some of the hedge benefits roll off. Is that a good number for 2021 as well?
Toby Rice:
Yeah, we certainly haven't guided the ‘21 free cash flow, but you know expect if we lose Equitrans dividends and the tax benefits, that will be made up by lower CapEx expenditures given we’ll have a full year of well cost reductions baked. Then obviously we’re hopeful on the Equitrans gathering fee renegotiation. We’ll add some cash flow as well if we're successful there.
Josh Silverstein :
Got it. And then I was also curious if there were any non-cash flow producing assets that might be divestiture candidates as well. You know obviously some of your peers are going down the same path as well of divesting cash flow and it hasn’t necessarily been rewarded in the stock price yet. So I just wanted to see if there were any other assets out there.
A - Toby Rice:
Not really that someone would pay something meaningful for I think the mineral interest side of things. There's an implicit – you know you get credit for some undeveloped value and how some of those deals are structured, and so yeah, that would be one example where we'd be able to generate some proceeds from non-cash flowing assets.
Josh Silverstein :
And I know you haven't fully disclosed this program yet with the rating agencies, but in your view is the $1.5 billion debt reduction more important than a leverage ratio going down. I'm just trying to get a sense as to what might be more important. Is it absolute debt, because you're going to be losing EBITDA if you go in and divest in these assets.
Toby Rice:
Yeah, that's right. Both are important, but when we look at the numbers, executing this debt reduction program in addition to the free cash flow generation net-net is going to lower our leverage profile and we'll be able to maintain investment grade metrics. Also it has the added benefit of bringing in proceeds which help us manage our maturities that are upcoming.
Josh Silverstein :
Great! Thanks guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Michael Hall from Heikkinen Energy. Your line is open.
Michael Hall :
Thanks, good morning. I was curious if you could discuss a little bit more on the progress you've made in the West Virginia well cost side of things. Kind of what the key drivers of those improvements have been and then, you know like how material is that in helping West Virginia compete for capital and what do you think kind of long dated you know cost per foot goals might be for that asset at this point given what you learned over the last 100 days.
Toby Rice:
Sure. Michael, I'd ask you to turn to slide 11. You know on the top right there we've shown our West Virginia Marcellus activity, and we sort of ordered these bar charts from Turned-in-line to Spud and you can see one of the big drivers in our cost performance is going to be from us increasing lateral lengths. We're going from – the wells that are – sort of have been in progress are going to be turning-in-line and are almost 9,000 feet and that the new wells that we’re spuding in West Virginia in 2020 are going to be almost 12,000 foot laterals. So that's going to be you know one of the largest drivers of our cost savings in the West Virginia Marcellus. The other thing that we're focused on is you know we're doing some acreage trades to be able to allow us to continue to put long laterals on the schedule.
Michael Hall :
Okay, and what is I guess – I mean, I think you said $900 a foot this last quarter for West Virginia if I got that right. I mean what are you trying to get that down to or what do you think you can get that down to?
A - Toby Rice:
Yeah Michael, so in 2020 we had that around $900 a foot and you know we expect that to continue to come down as we get a more consistent schedule that has 12,000 foot laterals. That could come down closer to less than $800 a foot.
Michael Hall :
Okay, that's helpful. And then I mean – I guess it's worth asking. Any sense on quantifying what sort of impact you think this rate relief might provide, putting any sort of guard rails around that for us.
Toby Rice:
No Michael, while we’re in negotiations we're not going to provide guidance on that.
Michael Hall :
Yeah, I figured. It sounds good. I appreciate it guys. Congrats on the progress.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Holly Stewart from Scotia Howard Weil. Your line is open.
Holly Stewart:
Good morning gentleman. Maybe just one other quick follow up on slide 16. What is assumed in the EBITDA guidance, since your highlighting for 2020, since you are highlighting you know potential divestitures that would impact that?
Kyle Derham :
Yeah, good question Holly, its Kyle. So our 2020 guidance across the Board does not assume asset sales. We wanted to show what the business was capable of today, status quo. On slide 16 there are multiple ways we can get to that $1.5 billion of monetization and we’ll provide updates to guidance as we announce them. In general free cash flow will decrease after selling assets, but that'll be offset by decreases with savings from interest expense, from repaying debt. So net-net I think full execution of our debt reduction program gets us towards the lower end of our guidance range, potentially below it on free cash flow, but it allows us to maintain investment grade metrics, brings in liquidity ahead of the upcoming maturities and obviously that’s a big focus for us.
Holly Stewart:
Yeah, and maybe Kyle just to follow on to that. Do you have – do you’ll have the sense of what the reading agencies want to see that you have accomplished as that you’ve reviewed the business and the rating.
Kyle Derham :
Yeah, they want to see us maintain investment grade metrics and for us to do that, that's divesting assets generating free cash flow and so I really think it's this plan specifically is what they want to see.
Holly Stewart:
Executing on it? Okay, and then maybe just one final one form me. Toby you didn't mention any part of the, I guess the water conversations and usually that we are highlighted with gathering fee adjustments with the conversation with E-Train. Is that still a part of the conversation?
Toby Rice:
Yeah, you know the focus has been on the biggest needle mover for us, which is on the gathering, but certainly water would be a natural follow-on discussion for us to have.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. Alright, thanks guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Sameer Panjwani from Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Company. Your line is open.
Sameer Panjwani:
Hey guys, good morning. So you highlighted minerals as the potential monetization candidate, but I wanted to see if you’ve given any thought as to how low your willing to take that NRI from about 84% on average. And then maybe as you’ve had conversations with counterparties on this, are the early implications on valuation holding up to what we've seen recently from peer transactions or has kind of that benchmark changed drastically in you know the past few weeks?
Toby Rice:
Yeah, we don't have a specific NRI target in mind today and having gotten into valuation discussions as of today. That said, we think that what we're offering is a pretty compelling investment to a wide universe of investors. Actually have the largest production base in the country across our massive undeveloped acreage position, the core of the Marcellus. So we are pretty excited about what we’d be able to do with the deal structure around these minerals.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay, that's helpful. And then on the renegotiation, I wanted to make sure I understood a few things correctly. I thank you mentioned the timing of the lower gathering rates would be concurrent with the start-up of MVP. So if the project continues to get delayed, would that also delay the lower gathering rates for EQT. And then on a more nuance note, I think you also highlighted potential increase to MVC's, but right now they are shortfall fees. So what am I missing there?
Toby Rice:
Yes, so that's correct on the timing. You know one of the things that we’ll be looking to do is to establish sort of a global area, so that we get away from having trying to balance 19 different capacity areas in the associate MVCs within each area. So, you know that would be an increase, a step-up in MVC's. It would be paired with the elimination of all these individual areas, and I think that would give us greater flexibility to focus our development on you know where the combo development makes – is available for us and be able to deliver volumes and meet our MVC commitments to Equitrans.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay, great. Thanks guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Ross Payne from Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Ross Payne:
How you doing guys? For just a little bit of clarification, does the 2020 budget include savings in the second half because of your restructuring some of your rates there? And second of all, if MVP is delayed again, are you still committed to selling Equitrans midyear?
Kyle Derham:
Yeah, we don’t assume any fee release in any of our guidance numbers and we're committed to divesting Equitrans in the next nine months, regardless of the MVP timing.
Ross Payne:
Okay, thanks so much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from a line of Welles Fitzpatrick from SunTrust. Your line is open.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Hey, good morning. Just a quick clarification one for me to start. Kyle, I think you said that we could see exit-to-exit declines at the end of your statement. Was that for the Marcellus specifically or was that for the lower 48 as a whole?
Kyle Derham:
Both frankly I think are possible based on where we see rig count going over the next three to four months. And that’s not just our view, that’s a couple of industry analysts who are starting to look at where supply could shake out for the lower 48, and could see that scenario playing out.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Yes. No, good to hear. And then a follow-up on the 50,000 core fee acres. Can you give some sort of production metric that might go along with that, so we might be able to back into a price using some of these recent comps?
Kyle Derham:
Yeah, if I'm not mistaken, I believe some of the transactions range has been able to execute. It's really more on a cash flow multiple basis, has been in the 12x to 13x cash flow.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
And can you give us any incline as to the cash flow on that 50,000 core fee acres?
Kyle Derham:
Yeah, I mean it would be – we can kind of carve out whatever we want on the royalty side and include these fee acres as part of it. So we can kind of design whatever mineral structure we want.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Okay, great. So it's almost a plug to get the 1.5 [ph]; that makes sense. That’s all I have. Thanks guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Drew Venker from Morgan Stanley. Your line is open.
Drew Venker:
Good morning guys. Thanks for all the color on 2020. Regarding the asset sales, can you give us any more detail on the E&P assets that you identified? You said I believe outside of the Marcellus Fairway, but any more color would be helpful.
Toby Rice:
Yes Drew, I would say our focus is going to be on – in this fairway, so everything is just going to be outside of that and there's just some of the pruning that needs to happen and by setting some of these noncore assets that are outside the fairway is one of the things that could help you know focus our development and reduce some of our operating expenses as well.
Kyle Derham:
Yes, so specifically Southern West Virginia, Central PA, Ohio, those are assets that are on the table.
Drew Venker:
Okay, and Ohio including the entire Utica?
Kyle Derham:
The Ohio, Utica, yes.
Drew Venker:
Right, okay. I guess one other one just on financing and addressing the maturities. Would just launching a bond offering today be one solution to refinancing the '20 and '21 maturities?
Kyle Derham:
Yes, absolutely. We have market access today. We've seen our 27 notes rally pretty significantly in the last two weeks, especially after this morning's announcement. So yes, we have access today but we also know executing some of these monetizations will only help to drive terms on a potential bond offering. So we'll continue to opportunistically evaluate the market.
Drew Venker:
Thanks.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jane Trotsenko from Stifel. Your line is open.
Jane Trotsenko:
Thanks. Good morning, and thanks for taking my questions. Looking at slide nine, can you maybe talk about the key drivers for lower well cost apart from the longer laterals and maybe what has been driving the outperformance year-to-date?
Toby Rice:
Sure. Well, looking at slide nine, it was our original expectation on when we could achieve these cost savings. I think some of the things that are allowing us to do this faster than we thought, one has to be a little bit of a softer service price environment, certainly accelerates that; and two, I think we've been able to put together a much higher-quality schedule in a shorter period of time than we originally anticipated.
Jane Trotsenko:
Okay, I have a follow-up question. In terms of changes that you are making to well designs, you mentioned longer laterals. Do you do any other changes maybe like proppant lodgings or spacing?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean there's 40 different parameters that we've identified that have the ability to impact economics of our wells by plus or minus 5%. So yes, we've made changes to some of – the bigger ones would be proppant loadings, clusters, number of clusters per stage, water loading. So yes, we've – and we're adding some new technology and that we're testing out now. So we have a proven well design that we're putting in, but we're also evolving that well design to adapt to the environment that we're in.
Jane Trotsenko:
I see. Can you guys talk maybe in terms of is it like higher proppant loadings or wider spacing directionally?
Kyle Derham:
Yes. It's the same, very similar well design that we executed at Rice Energy that led to basin leading well productivity and so that same well design, we're just spacing it out to 1000 feet, and we actually published our type curve this morning on the website. We expect that to generate an EUR of around 2.4 Bcf per 1000.
Jane Trotsenko:
Got it. This is very helpful. And my last question is related to G&A expense and I saw that you included the impact of royalty and litigation reserve. I'm just curious if it's going to impact cash flow one day.
Toby Rice:
Yes. So we've accrued for everything which we feel a loss is probably that we know of today. Going forward, I think one of the benefits of us doing things the right way and having a connected organization is it will minimize the impact of these type of issues going forward.
Jane Trotsenko:
I see, but we shouldn't be expecting a kind of – do you expect it to happen in 4Q as well? I just saw that that happened in 3Q and then we had the one-off impact on G&A in 2Q.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean we've accrued for everything that we know of today and it's tough for us to predict out in the future, but building a sustainable business of doing things the right way is going to be our safeguard against unexpected litigation expenses in the future.
Jane Trotsenko:
Okay, got it. Thank you so much.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. Mr. Toby Rice, I turn the call back over to you.
Toby Rice:
Thanks everyone for participating on our call today. You know we're proud of the work we've done so far and look forward to executing on our plans going forward. I'd like to close out our first full quarter by thanking our employees for their hard work and dedication. Thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to EQT Corporation's Q2 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to your host, Kyle Derham. Please go ahead, sir.
Kyle Derham:
Good morning and thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are John McCartney, Chairman of EQT; Toby Rice, President and Chief Executive Officer; Derek Rice, member of our Evolution Committee; Jimmi Sue Smith, Chief Financial Officer; Blue Jenkins, Executive Vice President, Commercial, Business Development and Safety; and Gary Gould, Chief Operating Officer. The replay for today's call will be available for a 7-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415, with a confirmation code of 13685070. The replay will be available for seven days on our website. In a moment, John, Toby, Jimmi Sue and I will present our prepared remarks. Following these remarks, we will take your questions. EQT published a new investor presentation this morning, and we will refer to certain slides during our prepared remarks. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual result and future events may differ possibly materially from those forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including those described in today's press release and under Risk Factors in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, as updated by our subsequent Form 10-Qs, which will also be on file with the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including, reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'd like to turn the call over to John.
John McCartney:
Thank you, Kyle, and good morning, everyone. On behalf of the Board, I'd like to thank shareholders for entrusting us with the task of overseeing EQT's transformation into a world-class energy company. The shareholder vote was an overwhelming vote of confidence for the new direction of EQT. And I'm honored to serve as Chairman of what I believe is one of the most capable, diverse and dedicated set of directors in the energy space. With more than 80% of the votes supporting the Rice team nominees, shareholders have clearly expressed their desire for EQT to become a leading edge, data-driven, transparent and socially responsible energy company. Toby's transformation plan offers significant value to shareholders, and the Board is united in supporting and providing accountability for its execution. Beginning immediately following the shareholders' meeting, we've had several meetings and updates at the Board and committee levels to facilitate a smooth transition into a new era for EQT. In the near term, we will continue these efforts by collaborating with the Evolution Committee and designing a compensation plan that best aligns our stated goals of lowering well costs, improving capital efficiency, driving sustainable free cash flow per share and enhancing total shareholder return with an emphasis towards absolute return. Finally, once we've made meaningful progress on the 100-Day Plan, we intend to engage with shareholders on a more proactive basis to enhance open communications, accountability and transparency at the Board level. With that, I'll turn the call over to Toby Rice, the newly appointed President and CEO.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, John, and thanks to everyone for joining us today. I am humbled to have this opportunity to lead and transform EQT into a modern, digitally enabled E&P company that will create significant value for shareholders. Being the largest gas producer in the U.S. comes with an inherent responsibility to do what's best for our employees and contractors, our landowners, our shareholders and the environment, without compromise. I expect the turnaround that we are executing will lift the company to new heights as it relates to our overall corporate citizenship. Before I continue, I would like to take a moment to recognize and thank our employees. EQT has undergone a lot of change in recent years, but I am impressed with our employees' enthusiasm and dedication to the company. Their openness to our new plan is encouraging and their participation will be one of the most important factors in our near and long-term success. Getting back to my remarks. My team and I got to work immediately following the annual meeting and have made great progress in assessing the business. We've had some quick wins along the way, but I want to focus my remarks on sharing my vision for EQT. Let's first start with a snapshot of where EQT is today. EQT is the largest gas producer in the U.S., with 660,000 core acres in Southwestern PA and Northern West Virginia and 64,000 core acres in Southeastern Ohio. We believe EQT has the deepest inventory of economic locations in the basin and with the right leadership and approach, we can deliver superior shareholder returns in any commodity price environment. Unfortunately, EQT has not yet realized the potential of its asset base. Throughout the proxy contest, we communicated to our fellow shareholders that we believe EQT's legacy performance was the result of poor project planning due to underutilized technology and a disconnected organization. In our first 72 hours on the job, we were able to confirm our diagnosis was accurate. The employees are working tirelessly to improve current operations, but the organization has limited visibility on future development projects. Planning in Appalachia is extremely difficult and perhaps more difficult than anywhere else in the lower 48. Our plan is specifically designed to leverage technology to connect the entire organization to improve development planning. A well-designed development schedule planned 36 months in the future is the key to consistent operational execution that will drive lower well costs and more free cash flow. Before I talk to the details of our plan, let's look at an example that shows the importance of planning. Please turn to Slide 5 of the presentation we posted this morning. What we are looking at here are two sets of pads developed by EQT in 2019. The pads on the left represent a poorly planned development run and on the right, a well-thought-out development run. The example gives us the opportunity to isolate the impacts of planning on efficiency and costs, since the same drilling team developed both projects in the same service cost environment. The development run on the left is clearly not an efficient set up. The new wells were squeezed onto pads with multiple existing producing wells. Our drilling team was forced to use complex well geometries to avoid wellbore collisions. The fractured rock down hole caused mud losses while drilling. And the poorly planned wellhead layouts required time-consuming rig maneuvers between wells. These factors led to inefficient and costly operations. Adding the fact that these wells had an average lateral length of less than 8,000 feet, and the result was a drilling cost of $325 per foot, which is 80% higher than our targeted cost. Further, because these new wells were offsetting producing wells, approximately 30 million cubic feet of gas per day had to be shut-in for an extended period of time, which contributed to EQT's legacy curtailment issue. And finally, because of parent-child relationships, these newly drilled wells are expected to underperform our type curve by 10% to 15% once they are brought online. We just hit on many of EQT's legacy issues
Jimmi Sue Smith:
Thanks, Toby, and good morning, everyone. This morning, EQT reported second quarter 2019 net income of $126 million or $0.49 per share and adjusted net income from continuing operations of $22 million or $0.09 per share, compared to $34 million or $0.13 per share in the second quarter of 2018. For the quarter, we achieved 370 Bcfe of sales volume, in line with expectations and at the high end of our guidance range of 355 to 375 Bcfe. Excluding sales volumes related to the 2018 divestitures, sales volumes of natural gas, oil and NGLs increased 8% over prior year. Second quarter 2019 adjusted operating revenues were approximately $958 million, down 6% compared to the prior year as a result of weaker pricing, partly offset by the higher sales volumes. Average realized sales price for the quarter was $2.59 per Mcfe, $0.22 below the average price in the second quarter of 2018. The decrease in average realized price was primarily due to a decrease in higher-priced liquid sales and Btu uplift as a result of the 2018 divestitures and lower NYMEX net of cash settled derivative. Total operating revenues for the quarter were approximately $1.3 billion, up roughly $360 million, as the second quarter of 2019 included $408 million of gains on derivatives not designated as hedges, compared to a $54 million loss last year. This reflects the increase in the fair market value of our NYMEX swap and options due to declines in forward prices during the quarter. Now moving on to operating expenses. Second quarter operating expenses were down approximately 5% as $118 million impairment charge recorded in the second quarter of 2018 and lower production expenses in 2019 as a result of the 2018 divestitures more than offset increases in SG&A, proxy cost and lease impairments in the period. The increase in SG&A was a result of royalty and litigation reserves of $38 million recorded during the quarter. The lease impairments primarily relate to acreage exploration, mostly outside of our current development plan. At the unit cost level, second quarter 2019 total cash unit costs were $0.02 higher than the second quarter of 2018. Of note, EQT's transmission costs per unit was $0.54 per Mcfe, which was $0.02 higher than the second quarter of 2018 and $0.03 above the high end of our guidance range. This increase was primarily due to higher unreleased Tennessee Gas Pipeline capacity. As a reminder, we have unused capacity on this pipeline in Northern Pennsylvania. We typically either release this capacity to others or, depending on market conditions, purchase gas to sell off the pipeline. When released, the cost of this capacity is netted against the released revenue in net marketing services. When we move gas from the pipeline, our gas or third-party gas, the cost is reported in transmission expense. We have increased our guidance range for transmission costs for the year to reflect our current expectation for the use of this capacity in 2019. As noted above, SG&A was impacted by royalty and litigation reserves this quarter. Adjusting for these items, SG&A was $0.13 per Mcfe, which is within our annual guidance range. Now moving to cash flow items. Second quarter adjusted operating cash flow was $386 million, compared to $529 million in 2018. As noted in our press release, second quarter adjusted operating cash flow and adjusted free cash flow included the impact of approximately $38 million of royalty and litigation reserve and $22 million of proxy, transaction and reorganization-related expenses. Excluding these 2 items, operating cash flow would have been $445 million and adjusted free cash flow would have been a negative $21 million, which is slightly better than the favorable end of the range that we provided in June. Our second quarter capital expenditures of $466 million were better than internal expectations for the quarter, primarily due to continued efficiency gain. Looking forward, we are guiding to third quarter volume of 365 to 385 Bcfe at an average differential of negative $0.55 to negative $0.35, and we reiterate our full year capital expenditure guidance of $1.825 billion to $1.925 billion. From a timing perspective, we expect 3Q CapEx to be slightly higher than the fourth quarter. With respect to free cash flow, we have updated our annual guidance for the strip price as of June 30. At these prices, we anticipate adjusted free cash flow of $25 million to $125 million for the year, with negative cash flow in the third quarter being offset by a positive cash flow in the fourth quarter. Lastly, I will briefly discuss our cash flow and liquidity position. On May 31, EQT entered into a $1 billion term loan agreement and used the proceeds to repay $700 million in senior notes that matured on June 1 and to repay outstanding credit facility borrowing. We ended the quarter with no funds drawn on our $2.5 billion revolver and approximately $30 million in cash. This leaves our net debt at approximately $4.97 billion. At this level, our net debt to trailing 12-month adjusted EBITDA leverage is at 2.1x. When reduced for the value of our investment in Equitrans Midstream using quarter end pricing, it's 1.7x. With that, I will pass the call to Kyle.
Kyle Derham:
Thanks, Jimmi Sue. I've had a chance to get to know many of our investors over the last few months. I'm currently a member of the Evolution Committee. And I'm working alongside the team to execute certain finance, Corporate Development and Investor Relations initiatives as well as helping form our general capital and allocation strategy. To help set expectations, I would like to lay out our guidance plan for the next few months. Jimmi Sue walked through some of the changes to 2019 guidance, but we are suspending our outlook in 2020 and beyond as we develop our revised plan. We expect to come back to The Street with longer-term guidance in the next 60 to 90 days, but I will spend a few minutes providing some directional color on where we expect things to shake out. We will be taking a different approach to capital allocation to many of our peers. In today's commodity price environment, there's a high bar to allocate capital to the drill bit, especially given the opportunity to improve our leverage profile and buy back stock at 10-year lows. We believe EQT trades at a significant discount to its intrinsic value, and while we recognize many E&Ps share this strip today, net asset value will always be an anchor for us to make the right capital allocation decisions. Fortunately for shareholders, EQT also has the potential to generate substantial near-term free cash flow per share even at current strip pricing, and that will be our focus going forward. As Toby mentioned in his comments, EQT's legacy capital and efficiency was a function of poor development planning. Our near-term strategy will be to remove high-cost development from the schedule and focus our land, permitting and planning teams to transform that development into a combo development run that we can drill in 12 to 24 months. This disciplined approach to development has several benefits. First, the capital efficiency of our program improves because we are only deploying development dollars when we know we can execute highly economic projects. Second, we generate more near-term free cash flow that can be used to repay debt and buy back stock. Third, we put less near-term supply on a soft gas market. And lastly, we give our midstream service provider a chance to catch its breath and provide water and gathering services at the lowest cost possible, greatly improving their capital efficiency and free cash flow. The ultimate level of our development capital spend will be determined by the number of economic projects we have to drill measured against the opportunity to buy back shares and achieve our leverage targets. Production growth, if any, will be an output of that decision, not a target. We will be driven by growing free cash flow per share, which we believe is the key to driving shareholder value. In making these near-term decisions, we have maximum flexibility as all of EQT's rig contracts roll off by the end of the year and we have minimal long-term commitments to other services. We will use that flexibility to design the most efficient program possible with services procured in the soft service cost environment. Stepping back. Over the last 3 months, the forward gas strip has weakened, bringing significant pressure to the balance sheet to both public and private gas-levered E&Ps. There are approximately 75 rigs running in Appalachia today and 50 in the Haynesville. We believe the vast majority of these rigs are subeconomic at strip pricing. The equity in gas markets are sending a clear message to operators to cut growth to maintenance levels and someone need to go further than that. While we have started to see a pullback in activity, more is needed to balance the market. We believe the marginal cost of supply is well above strip and the market will work itself out over the long term. That said, all of our efforts are geared towards transforming EQT into the lowest-cost operator in the basin to weather what could be a challenging 2020 and position the business for long-term success when prices normalize. Turning to the balance sheet. In general, our policy will be to target forward leverage of less than 2x net debt-to-EBITDA at the lower of strip gas prices or $2.50. Free cash flow and any potential divestiture proceeds will be used to achieve this leverage profile and any additional cash flow will largely be returned to shareholders via stock buybacks. We are committed to the investment-grade rating and believe access to low-cost financing will be a strategic advantage over the next several years. We believe this policy will allow us to maintain investment-grade metrics. And we look forward to engaging with the agencies over the coming months after we have finalized our long-term development plan. One lever we can pull to manage debt is our retained interest in Equitrans, which is worth approximately $900 million as of today. While we are evaluating a divestiture, it is not part of our immediate plans. Any potential exit will be done responsibly, and we have several options at our disposal. For now, we are benefiting from the 10% dividend yield and see several positive catalysts for Equitrans as we transform EQT. First, while there may be a reduction in our volume forecasts in the near to medium term, we expect that our ability to hand Equitrans a fully baked schedule that plans combo development 12 to 36 months in advance will greatly reduce their capital needs and boost free cash flow. We saw this happen in 2017 at Rice Midstream Partners following Rice Energy's upstream transformation, and we expect it to happen for Equitrans as early as 2020. Second, we are working together to simplify our services contracts. While we all recognize the gathering fees are on the high end of the market, our strategy allows for other levers to be pulled that will be a win-win for both parties, including increasing utilization of freshwater systems and the construction of produced water disposal systems. These opportunities should lower our overall cost mix, while providing incremental revenue sources for Equitrans. We have already engaged with Equitrans management, and both sides are thrilled to start working together to develop this world-class resource and deliver gas to market at the lowest cost possible. Regarding asset sales, we're in the process of reviewing all of EQT's assets and remain open to divesting acreage or production as it fits within our capital allocation framework of maximizing free cash flow per share and NAV. To summarize, we are taking a differentiated approach to capital allocation. We are in the process of rationalizing EQT's development schedule and we will come back to The Street with a revised long-term outlook that reflects the potential of this world-class asset while also respecting the current commodity price environment. With that, I'd like to open up the call for Q&A. Operator?
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Our first question today is from Holly Stewart of Scotia, Howard and Weil.
Holly Stewart:
Maybe just first to John, a few of the midstream things. And Kyle, I think you hit on certainly a couple of them. Seems to be some sentiment out there in the marketplace today around your commitment to MVPs. I was just hoping maybe you could sort of clear the waters a little bit there.
Donald Jenkins:
Holly, this is Blue. I'll take that one. So a couple of things on MVP. One, we're confident that it will get built and we are utilizing the most recent -- most likely scenario used by E-Train, which is mid-2020. In terms of the conversation of can we walk away, would we get out, there isn't a reasonable scenario in which we would walk away from that project without a massive [indiscernible] and so that's just not how we look at it. That's just not a reasonable outcome.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. That's it. That was what we thought, but just wanted to clear that out. Kyle, you mentioned thoughts around the E-Train shares. Maybe you could just provide a little bit of color. I know there's some timing issues with that equity being public and the files that have to be -- forms that have to be filed if you decided to divest that for a year. So can you just maybe provide a little bit of color on that process?
Kyle Derham:
Yes. No. We're really focused on the business for now. I think, clearly, that's a divestiture candidate for us over the longer term, but it's not part of the immediate plan. We're not going to guide to any timing expectations around when that might happen.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. That's great. And then maybe just one last one for me. It looked like Moody's recently moved you down to -- your outlook down from stable to negative. Can we just talk? There seems to be several maturities coming up in the next few years. Toby, just wanted to kind of get your thoughts on how those maturities are addressed and sort of general outlook on the leverage profile.
Kyle Derham:
Sure. Yes. This is Kyle. I'll take that one. Yes. The leverage targets, again, going to be below 2x. And when we say that, we include our gas price assumption for that which to us is the lower of strip in $2.50, and I think that positions us very well from an investment-grade rating metrics perspective. In terms of the maturities, certainly, they're on our radar. It's not something we're ignoring right now, but want to sort of improve the cost structure of the business before assessing that, but it's certainly on our radar.
Operator:
The next question is from Brian Singer of Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer:
In your opening remarks, you mentioned that you see the benefits of your plan maximized when you're planning 36 months in the future, I think you said when you complete the planning 12 months ahead of spud. In Slide 10, your expectation seems that you will see the greatest step change in value creation over the course of the second half of 2020. Can you just add more color for what drives that step change in 2020 and then how lower commodity prices and lower activity could, if at all, impact the scale you're trying to achieve?
Toby Rice:
So Brian, this is Toby. To -- when looking at our $735 per foot cost target, I think it's important to understand there's really 4 main drivers behind us achieving that level. The first being operational efficiency that we're able to achieve in the field, how fast can we drill, how many stages per day can we complete. I feel very confident after looking at the teams that we're going be able to achieve the operational efficiencies needed to hit that $735 a foot. The second thing we look at is the procurement and the oilfield. So we have flexibility with our oilfield service contracts in place right now. So we have -- we feel pretty good about our ability to acquire the right services at the right costs to achieve our cost targets. The third is -- comes to well design, and we are deploying our proven well design. We feel really confident in the cost to execute and the type curve that we will receive. And then the fourth thing we look at is our schedule. And this is really where we're going to be doing a lot of the heavy lifting and is to get a schedule that allows for combo development, starting with multiple wells per pad, meeting a minimum horizontal well length. And that's really where the focus is going to be. I'd say the benefits that you're going to get when you get the combo development are going to be largely driven on the logistics front and also on bulk materials procurement.
Kyle Derham:
Yes. And just to jump in, Brian. I think, with respect to timing, the biggest impediment to setting up combo development right is on the land and permitting side, and so that's where we'll be focusing our resources. And those realistically take about 12 months to set up, and so that's why you see that step change in well cost on that graphic on Slide 10. And so once those are set up and they start hitting the schedule, you'll really see the benefits and start to see $735 a foot.
Brian Singer:
Got it. And do the benefits change if you're running at a lower activity level in response to the lower commodity prices or you think the same per foot assets can be achieved kind of regardless of activity?
Kyle Derham:
Yes. We think we're going to be operating at a level of activity that allows us to achieve economies of scale necessary to reach the $735 a foot.
Brian Singer:
Great. And then just one follow-up on the midstream discussion. Earlier, you highlighted within existing contracts some opportunities that could potentially come up where you can restructure and add new business. Can you just give us just a little bit more of a sense of what that could mean, either from a cost perspective or free cash flow perspective?
Kyle Derham:
Yes. Sure. This is Kyle. I don't want to give any specific guidance with respect to rate reductions or anything like that. But the new business for Equitrans that could be is expanding the utilization of the freshwater systems. They're actually largely built by Rice Midstream Partners a few years ago. And then, obviously, the water disposal options, getting trucks off the road, allowing Equitrans to build a system to move water, those are the incremental revenue sources that we think would offset any potential rate reduction on the midstream gathering side.
Operator:
The next question is from Arun Jayaram of JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
The Rice team had identified call it $500 million of free cash flow uplift relative to EQT's prior plan when implemented. I was wondering if you could maybe help us walk through the $500 million that you previously cited between the DMC cost savings and other initiatives. Just trying to better understand how you get to that number.
Toby Rice:
Yes. Sure. So the $500 million we talked about in the campaign was a couple of things that were driving us getting to $500 million. First, being assumed activity level, and that activity level would assume that we were growing at 5%. And the second being the cost difference between executing well costs at $1,100 a foot or compared to a $735 per foot target. So some things have changed, obviously. We are setting expectations and coming up with an amount of activity that is based on economic projects to develop. So what we're really focused on and want to be comparing ourselves against going forward in the future is going to be how close we are to our $735 per foot cost target because that's irrespective of activity levels.
Arun Jayaram:
Fair enough. And just a follow-up, you guys expressed a strong commitment to the MVP pipeline. But just better kind of understand is -- if the project is delayed, call it, passed mid next year, is there any recourse for EQT in terms of the tolling agreements or the fees on that to -- just given that the project is beyond its original time line?
Donald Jenkins:
Yes. So this is Blue, Arun. So the short answer is, no. What we have is a contract that caps our rate based on time and based on cost, and that's where we sit. So if it happens to slide, let's say, it's Q4 instead of Q2, so it wouldn't change anything. We have plans in place to manage if that should be the case and are prepared for that. But know that the contract is fairly set at this point and we still expect, as I mentioned, that it will be completed and we don't have any financial incentive to walk away from that.
Operator:
The next question is from David Deckelbaum of Cowen and Company.
David Deckelbaum:
It's David from Cowen. Just -- and congrats coming back into the public fold, guys. I just want to ask just -- you commented earlier, I think -- I know that the 2020 vision and beyond is suspended for the time being. You said, I think, about half of the development programs moving forward right now are not set up optimally. I note like in Slide 5 where you highlighted a sort of ideal or end game pad versus something that was recently drilled. That wasn't necessarily just not [indiscernible] was also shorter laterals or perhaps a project that wouldn't be drilled. I guess what percentage of projects that exist right now would you just not drill that are on the current schedule?
Derek Rice:
Yes. David, this is Derek. So we're currently going through the schedule and assessing good projects versus bad projects. And obviously, the bad projects we would like to pull those from the schedule. I don't think it makes sense drilling $1,100 per foot type well at this gas price environment. So before pulling those off of the schedule, we're running those through the traps. Whenever you make any change to the schedule, there is a ripple effect, where do you send that rig if it's not going to the proposed site. And so I think, over the next, call it, 30 to 60 days, we'll have a better assessment of what exactly we can pull off the schedule. An ideal situation, we pull those poor development projects off the schedule, replace them with correct projects that are planned appropriately, whether or not we can do that again, that's just going to be part of the assessment. So from within the first few weeks, we've identified some inefficiencies in the program, and now we're just going to evaluate whether or not we can pull those through.
Toby Rice:
Yes. And I would just make one point. I mean we've identified these projects and these are projects that can be improved and our job is to align the workforce, focus our resources to make these projects more economic, lengthen laterals, add wells per pad, see if we can make -- turn them into combos. So we're not just taking stuff off the schedule. We are focusing resources to make them end state-like.
David Deckelbaum:
Sure. I mean, but given that, can you effect those changes by the first half of next year in that drilling program or is this more a second half of '20 program and you might just be willing to kind of eat lesser economics in the beginning of next year?
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think we're going to have a better understanding on timing if we get a little bit more time here. I mean it's been 10 days. I think we've done a good job in identifying some of the issues, and now it's -- what's our confidence in being able to align the schedule to meet our minimum development criteria, and that's something we'll report back to you guys when we have better clarity on that in the future.
David Deckelbaum:
I appreciate that. I think, Kyle, I think you remarked that the most difficult impediment to the future plan is sort of around land and permitting in that it can kind of take 12 months to set that up. I guess what else needs to be done on the midstream side just in terms of facilities to be able to turn in that many wells in these locations? I know you talked about the waters opportunity that's out there. I guess, logistically, what needs to happen on the midstream side so you can execute this plan?
Toby Rice:
Yes. This is Toby. There's a couple of things outside of land and permitting, yes, the long lead time items, as you identified, is gather and take away and having access to freshwater and have that be piped to locations. So I mean we're going through an analysis right now understanding the gathering systems and the capacity forecasts, combined with our schedule to make sure that everything is synced up so we don't have -- we can minimize any curtailment issues. And the same thing, with a good schedule, we understand when we're going to be fracking. We could pair that up with water needs and make sure that the midstream team can service our water needs when we need to complete. So this is the type of work. In addition to this, there's another 40 constraints that we are maneuvering into optimum schedule. And this is the work that we're doing and where we'll be looking forward to updating people when we have a more complete picture of what the development schedule will look like in the future.
Operator:
The next question is from Michael Hall of Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
Michael Hall:
Welcome back to the public fold. Yes, I just -- I guess I wanted to talk through a couple of the slides. On Slide 5, I was just thinking as you walked through that, obviously, there's some risk maybe that the legacy activity will have kind of cannibalized the opportunity to move forward in a more -- in that kind of properly planned development case. Kind of how confident are you in the kind of ability to move forward with that properly planned case and fully achieve that end state goal? How much more work do you think remains to be done in terms of understanding the potential impacts of legacy development on the ability to optimize things going forward?
Toby Rice:
This is Toby, real quick, and then I'll pass it over to Derek. I would say the thing that we're excited about is the fact that we have such a large inventory of undeveloped leasehold. If you look at where we're going to be focusing our development in Southern Greene, there's not a lot of producing wells we have to dance around so our inventory is pretty virgin. And so -- but it does take work to get that leasehold ready to develop, and that's we're going to be focusing our teams. Any other color you want to add on that, Derek?
Derek Rice:
Yes. I mean just one thing. I mean just look at the asset base and this is what gets us comfortable saying we're going to get there is because the issues that we're seeing with EQT today, to be frank, this is what we dealt with at Rice Energy in 2014 and 2015 when we had the same vision. It's -- we know what end state we like to get to, what are the steps needed to get there. It's essentially the same asset base, primarily in Greene County and Washington County. A lot of the sites that we plan to develop going forward are Rice Energy sites, so we have a clear picture of what we need to do to get there and I think we've done it before and we think we can get there again.
Michael Hall:
All right. Excellent. And then, I mean -- sorry, go ahead. Share more.
Toby Rice:
No, that was it.
Michael Hall:
Okay. Yes. In that context, I guess, I can't help but look at West Virginia and think that there's quite a bit of potential for optimizing that land position and potentially helping build out that inventory into something more ready for optimal development. What's the kind of gameplan on that, time lines and thought process as to when that will kind of compete internally, if you will?
Toby Rice:
Yes. This is Toby. Yes, so we are working to develop West Virginia and make that drill-ready. And we have the resources, so we're prepared -- we're going to start preparing that right now. The gameplan is we've got a couple of years while we're focusing our development in Greene and Washington counties to get West Virginia ready. Obviously, it's a little bit more challenging in West Virginia just because terrain is a little bit more difficult, makes site selection a little bit harder and putting together a continuously sole position is something that's important and with the fracture lease position in West Virginia makes it a little bit more challenging. But I will say that the EQT team does have some trades currently going on, so we are focused on building contiguously sole position that will support combo development.
Michael Hall:
Okay. Excellent. And last on my mind is just if you had any sort of estimate yet for what you would think about as a kind of a breakeven gas price in the context of driving corporate level free cash flow going forward.
Toby Rice:
Yes. No. Let us get back to you and fix you in 90 days. And we'll be able to better run some sensitivity so you can kind of see free cash flow at different price stacks.
Operator:
The next question is from Josh Silverstein of Wolfe Research.
Joshua Silverstein:
Just following up on some of the questions before. There definitely seems to be a much bigger emphasis on free cash flow generation and -- over growth. Are you guys willing to go to maintenance mode or even decline as you're implementing the strategy into next year?
Toby Rice:
Yes, Josh. This is Toby. I mean I would say that the driver of activity levels is going to be the setup on economic projects that we have to develop. So I mean that's really where it all starts when you think about, I mean, just bringing this business back to fundamentals and making investments in good projects. And the production growth targets or the production targets that we set are going to be the outcome of fundamentally sound investment decisions on the drill bit.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got you. I guess, once implemented, assuming we're in a 2.50 environment, can EQT be sub-2x levered, grow 5% and generate a significant amount of free cash flow?
Toby Rice:
At 2.50? Yes, I mean, Josh, I think it's realistic. But again, at 2.50 , it's not really where we're going to be growing production volumes into that type of environment, so that's not really the scenario we're talking about. But we'll get back to you after we spent some time with the development schedule to really forecast this out and give you the granularity you need.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got you. Okay. I mean as the biggest gas producer out there, certainly setting tone around 2.50 would help there. And then just to understand, you talked about this massive penalty potentially for getting out of the MVP pipeline. Can you put some context around that? Is it $100 million? Is it $500 million? Like what is massive in terms of getting out of MVP?
Donald Jenkins:
Yes. This is Blue. The short answer is we're not going to walk on the project. I think that's probably the short answer.
Operator:
Our next question is from Jeffrey Campbell of Tuohy Brothers.
Jeffrey Campbell:
My first question was back -- going back to Slide 5, but just looking at something else there. It says that greater than 80% of the remaining inventory can look like the good pad that you illustrated. I was just wondering, is it reasonable to assume that some of that other less than 20% could either be sold or impaired?
Derek Rice:
Yes. This is Derek. So the majority of that sort of poorly planned development that remains, it's largely within EQT's producing well footprint, so very similar to what you're seeing on the left there. Not exactly something that anybody wants to buy. The way that we look at it is that's stuff that we'd like to develop in the year 2030-plus. So as much as we can push that back, the better.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I mean the development is not set up for economic development today. But I mean gas prices change, that's where that stuff can make economic sense. But we're going to be disciplined to develop that when it does make sense.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay. And I guess that could also be a decision between -- I mean, because you can also sell producing reserves, but then if you sell them, then it might raise your corporate decline rate, so there might be a reason you want to keep them just to -- as part of a good base decline. I mean is that reasonable as well?
Toby Rice:
Yes. That's correct.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay. And I was wondering -- I thought this is really interesting in your earlier remarks. I was wondering how much time do you think is going to be required to digitize EQT along the lines of the former Rice Energy because it sounds like it's not just a software shift, but it's actually a different way of working that's enhanced by technology.
Toby Rice:
Yes. I think we think about a digital transformation is sort of what we're going through. I mean it's not just bringing technology to an organization. It's bringing a cultural change as well. You think about what we're going to be doing here with technology, it's going to bring massive transparency to the business. People need to be comfortable with that type of transparency. And what's exciting about that is once we have that transparency, then we're going to start having the opportunity to start collaborating more. And when people start collaborating, then we're going to start having some more ideas and innovation is going to start bubbling up. And if we can focus that innovation on the things that matter, the bottlenecks and the opportunities within our business, then we can start generating value for shareholders, and that's evolution. And so it all starts with technology, but it's really going to change the culture here at EQT and we're excited about that opportunity going forward.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay. And last question was just kind of structural, I guess, is you mentioned that the Evolution Committee is the main liaison to the Board of Directors. I was wondering how does the Evolution Committee interface with operational leaders to facilitate the changes that you've enumerated?
Toby Rice:
Sure. So it's a transparent plan that we're executing. Part of our -- when we talked about transforming EQT into a modern company, what modern means to us is coming up with a good strategy and leveraging technology to execute. So the strategy in this case is our 100-Day Plan. And the technology that we're implementing is in our digital work environment, and that will be available for all the employees to see the tasks that we're doing to take us one step, to take us closer to an evolved state. We have -- the EQT executives are on this Evolution Committee. We have a feedback channel set up for employees to speak up and tell us what do they want to change, what do they want to keep the same. And these employees are speaking up, we've got over 400 responses to this survey. So we are currently assessing the feedback and implementing that into our task list that we're doing. So it's -- everybody here is going to be engaged.
Operator:
The next question is from Jane Trotsenko of Stifel.
Yevgeniya Trotsenko:
I have a question regarding DUCs and how they fit into the current or, let's say, future development plan. I see that there are over 200 DUCs in Marcellus and I'm just curious how do they compete versus, let's say, drilling new wells using this combo development.
Toby Rice:
Jane, this is Toby. So I say -- I think the way that we wrote that is just the way that we've categorized the 209 is wells that have been drilled in some form or fashion. I think 92 of those are actually drilled to total depth, so that was -- would be what we would call a true DUC.
Yevgeniya Trotsenko:
Okay. So the other way of saying is that you guys plan to compete the existing 96 DUCs, right? And I would say that we should expect 10% lower EUR just because they have been done using the old approach, right?
Toby Rice:
No. It wouldn't say that we would change the production that we said we're going to receive from these wells. We've reaffirmed our production guidance for this year.
Yevgeniya Trotsenko:
Okay. Okay. And then the remaining over 100 DUCs, those are just kind of top hole, I guess?
Toby Rice:
Yes. That's correct.
Yevgeniya Trotsenko:
Okay. Got it. And then I have a question for Jimmi Sue regarding these term loan agreement. If you guys can kind of explain the logic for entering into this agreement for $1 billion.
Jimmi Sue Smith:
In the term loan agreement? So [indiscernible] clear that the proceeds from the ETRN state will be used to reduce our leverage, but that we were going to be disciplined about when we did that sale. We had a $700 million maturity coming up on our revolver. And the term loan was available at rates lower than our -- I'm sorry, the $700 million maturity was long-term borrowings we could have put it on the revolver, but the term loan was available and the interest rates on the term loan are lower than those on our current revolver.
Yevgeniya Trotsenko:
Okay. Got it. The last question, if I could. Regarding the production mix going forward. Is it going to remain roughly the same in terms of Southwest Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia completions?
Kyle Derham:
Yes. This is Kyle. I think it will be similar for the rest of the year, as we've outlined. I think it's possible as we get through this review that we have a little more activity focused in Washington and Greene County in Pennsylvania and a little less in West Virginia as we're putting that land position together to set it up for combo development. So it's possible, in 2020 and maybe 2021, you'll see a little more in Pennsylvania than West Virginia than in 2019.
Operator:
The next question is from Drew Venker of Morgan Stanley.
Andrew Venker:
Just wanted to follow up on a question earlier about CapEx. I think you had said -- Jimmy Sue you had said that 3Q CapEx you expect to be a bit higher than 2Q, but did I also hear you right in saying that you'd likely be settling down D&C spending in the near term?
Jimmi Sue Smith:
No. I think we've reaffirmed our CapEx guidance for the year. I think what I said was if you take what we spent year-to-date, you look at the midpoint of the guidance and if you want to try to get the case of that third quarter, fourth quarter, third quarter will be higher than the fourth quarter.
Andrew Venker:
Okay. And I guess just one for Toby is on the land spending, as you guys are spending more time there and on permitting. Do you think the lower land spending rate per year is still a realistic goal from the $200 million a year or so that EQT had been running at?
Toby Rice:
Yes. So I mean I think the way we look at land, we've got a large asset base, and one of the things that we're going to bring to this organization is focus. And that operation schedule that we put out is going to allow our land teams to focus their resources on preparing for that operation schedule. So this is part of the -- understanding what our -- the land spend that we need is going to be something that we're focusing our assessment on right now and have better color for you in the future when we get through that assessment.
Andrew Venker:
One on the midstream contracts as well. Do you expect to start negotiations to then extend this, I think, particularly gathering contracts? It sounds like you guys already had some conversations with the folks at Huron [ph].
Toby Rice:
Yes. No. We're just continuing the discussions that had started earlier this year. And so, yes, we're excited about working with them and excited about handing them a fully baked development schedule to make their lives easier. So we'll keep the group updated on how things go.
Andrew Venker:
Okay. One last one. Can you just tell us a bit about the Happiness campaign?
Toby Rice:
Yes. The whole point here is we're -- we want to do two things. We want to create great results for shareholders and we want to create a great working environment for our employees, and I believe that those two things go together. And part of us being -- creating a great work environment for our employees is having a happy workforce. And we believe the keys behind driving happy employees is creating employees that are increasing their -- that are productive, employees that are challenged, recognized and have fun at work. Fortunately, our plan, everything that we talked about, focusing and aligning our employees on the things that matter, that fits largely into making our employees more productive. Challenging, I think we're asking employees to hit some goals that I think would be optimistic from where they're at today. But as we've shown, they have the capability of doing it, so we're going to be challenging the employees. And then the digital work environment, the transparency that's going to bring is also going to bring -- allow us as leaders and managers of this business to recognize the performance of the employees. And then the last part, having fun at work, really what we're going to be focusing on there in winning, and winning is setting goals and hitting goals and that's going to be the fun that we have is by doing those things. So that's that in a nutshell.
Operator:
The next question is from Welles Fitzpatrick of SunTrust.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Thanks for all the detail and getting cost down via efficiencies in midstream. But can you talk a little bit more to how much wood there is to chop on the drilling and completion contracts? And is it fair to assume that those legacy contracts generally roll off in 2020?
Toby Rice:
Yes. This is Toby. So the drilling contracts, the horizontal rigs are rolling off by the end of this year. The frackers we have are currently rolling month-to-month with our frac suppliers. So we're looking to continue relationships we have and also making sure that we're acquiring services at the cost that we need to hit our targets. We are -- after seeing that, we're -- one of the things I was pleased to see is that we have the flexibility and don't see procurement as an impediment to us reaching our $735 cost per foot goal.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Okay. Perfect. And then just one follow-up. On the G&A side, I guess it's fair to assume that it will be a little bit choppy through year-end as you bring in new people and whatnot. Do you expect that to stabilize pretty early in 2020 or even later this year?
Toby Rice:
Yes. We are continuing to go through our assessments of the departments right now, but we know what we're looking for and we would expect that to be through that through '19, for sure.
Welles Fitzpatrick:
Perfect. That's all I have. Congrats on getting back at it.
Toby Rice:
Thanks.
Operator:
The next question is from Sameer Panjwani of Tudor, Pickering, Holt.
Sameer Panjwani:
First off, on CapEx. Wanted to see if it's possible to realize some of the savings in 2019 as you try to high grade the program or are we just too far along for that to be meaningful at this point?
Derek Rice:
Yes. So this is Derek. So I mean, I'll be honest. In the first 2 weeks, our primary focus has been to stabilize the business. We've largely been in listen-only mode. I will say there have been a couple things we've come across that we felt as though we need to change in the near term. One thing on the completion design front, when we walked in the door, there were 30 different completion designs. We looked at all the data with the teams and we came to a conclusion that reducing that to one design, one proven design, was efficient. What that allows us to do is not only predict the performance of our wells going forward, but it also gives our completions team the ability to procure the appropriate amount of materials on a go-forward basis. On the drilling front, we briefly looked at their drilling parameters. We noticed there were some self-imposed limitations, a little bit technical, I won't go into it. We lifted those limitations and saw immediate gains in drilling performance. To put some color on that, the previous single-day 24-hour rate in the second quarter was 6,600 feet in a 24-hour period. And just last week, this drilling team surpassed 7,800 feet in a 24-hour period. So again, largely in listen-only mode the first 2 weeks, but we think that as we get more hands-on going forward, we will start seeing more efficiency gains and continued operational improvement.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay. Okay. That's good to hear. And then next, there was a question earlier about the potential to kind of move to a maintenance program next year. I know you guys haven't decided on anything yet, but would it be too early to ask you what a maintenance budget would look like next year, kind of given that transition period where you're still going to be realizing some of the savings? And how you expect a maintenance budget to look longer term once you're fully at that $735 per foot?
Toby Rice:
Yes. No. Sorry to punt, but we're going have to get back to you on that after we go through our assessment.
Sameer Panjwani:
Yes. Yes. No worries. And then, I guess, last question. You talked a little bit about potential non-core asset sales. Wanted to see if you had any interest in following one of your peers who just monetized some NRI. I think historically, EQT has had a fairly high NRI, so just what are your thoughts on potentially taking advantage of the valuation spread between those assets and the equity today?
Kyle Derham:
Yes. This is Kyle. That's really not something we're evaluating currently.
Operator:
The next question is from Betty Jiang of Crédit Suisse.
Betty Jiang:
Can you talk about the levers you have to reduce leverage -- leveraging the near term to get to sub-2x. If E-Train stake is not in the immediate plan, are non-core asset sales being prioritized as tools to delever? Maybe just to get some color on what you guys consider to be non-core.
Toby Rice:
Yes. No, I mean like we said, everything is sort of on the table. Obviously, it's selling for just PDP PV-10 is a top way to delever. And there are a ton of buyers who want to buy non-core assets for more than that. So asset sales are difficult way to delever. I think what we're looking at is delevering organically, and we'd do that by lowering well costs and rationalizing the development plan, so that's kind of our path forward to 2x or less.
Betty Jiang:
Got it. And just to clarify, what's your view on balancing between debt reduction and share buyback? Is the goal to get to 2x leverage first before you do buyback?
Toby Rice:
Yes. That's correct, Betty.
Betty Jiang:
Got it. Okay. And last thing, with the potentially lower volumes on less activity, do you see reduced production constraint, that was last estimate at roughly 10% of the current production?
Toby Rice:
Yes. That could be a result, right? We know the prior team characterized about 10% of production base as curtailed. After assessing that, that's not really the way we're going to talk about it going forward. But, yes, any potential curtailments would be alleviated by a reduced capital spend and less production volumes.
Operator:
That concludes the question-and-answer period. I'll turn the call back over to Toby Rice for closing remarks.
Toby Rice:
Thanks, everyone, for joining us. We appreciate your support in this campaign. And we are looking forward to continuing the work we've laid out and excited about sharing our progress with you in the future. Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference. You may now disconnect your lines. Thank you for your participation.
Operator:
Greetings, welcome to EQT Corporation's Q1 Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. [Operator Instructions] Please note this conference is being recorded. I'll now turn the conference over to your host, Blake McLean, Senior Vice President of Investor Relations and Strategy. Please go ahead.
Blake McLean:
Thank you. Good morning, and thank you all for joining today's conference call. With me today are Rob McNally, President and Chief Executive Officer; Jimmi Sue Smith, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and Blue Jenkins, Executive Vice President, Commercial, Business Development, IT and Safety. In addition, it's a pleasure to have Gary Gould, our newly appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer joins us today. The replay for today's call will be available for a seven-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415 with the confirmation code of 13685068. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. In a moment, Rob, Gary and Jimmi Sue will present their prepared remarks. Following these remarks we will take your questions. I'd also like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events may differ, possibly materially, from these forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including those described in today's press release and under Risk Factors in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, as updated by our subsequent Form 10-Q's which are also on file with the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures, please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Rob.
Rob McNally:
Thank you, Blake, and good morning, everyone. Before we jump into the quarter, I would like to take a minute and thank our employees for their continued hard work, dedication and ongoing enthusiasm for EQT's transformation. I know change can sometimes be challenging, but when you have a group of talented professionals committed to doing what's right, we are already a step ahead and that much closer to achieving our goals. On our earnings call in February, we discussed the Company's ongoing transformation into a leading pure play natural gas producer. As part of the transformation we reconstituted our leadership team, simplified our corporate structure from four public entities down to one and consistent with feedback received from shareholders, work to address EQT's sum of the parts discount through the midstream simplification transactions and the spin-off of Equitrans. We also shifted our focus with the new emphasis on low cost operations, efficiency and free cash flow generation. Adding fresh perspectives and additional talent to both the Board and Executive team has been and continues to be instrumental in helping drive this shift in EQT's corporate culture. The strong financial and operational results we delivered in the first quarter are tangible signs that these positive changes are directly benefiting shareholders. Put simply, cultural change is driving positive operational momentum, which is leading to strong financial results. I'm excited to update you on the significant progress that we have made in executing on the rigorous bottoms up operational plan that we announced in January. That plan is in action now with real operational momentum building, and it provides the best path forward to capitalize on EQT's world-class asset base and generate substantial and importantly, sustainable free cash flow. We operated with a high level of focus and efficiency during the first quarter, resulting in improved performance over what we outlined in our fourth quarter earnings call. Production sales volume were 383 Bcfe, which is above guidance and up 13% from the first quarter of 2018 when adjusted for divestitures. The beat on production, which is largely driven by improved winter operations and were specifically attributable to more collaborative and proactive approach to water handling. The remote locations of many of our wells coupled with dangerous winter weather and road conditions often leads to safety stand down on our water hauling fleet. This year, due to improved planning and advanced logic embedded in our water optimization model, we were able to proactively target critical production in tanks and minimize the impact to production and frac crew operations. We continue to reduce drilling days through the simplification of our wellbore geometries, the fine tuning of procedures, mud properties and bottom hole assembly design. We've also incorporated a 24-hour engineering support from our real-time operation center, they have assisted in identifying issues and allowed us to prevent future problems while drilling. In the fourth quarter of 2018, we averaged 1.11 days per thousand foot drilled. We brought that down to 0.87 days per thousand foot in January, 0.83 days in February and 0.79 days in March. Said another way, first-quarter performance was 25% better than that of the fourth quarter of 2018. On the frac side, our stages per crew per day also continued to improve. For the quarter, we averaged 30% more stages per crew than we did in the first quarter of 2018. This is largely due to improvements in pad and logistics planning that were implemented late last year. Additionally, we partnered with our vendors to identify inefficiencies that have historically slowed down operations. As a result, we have achieved significant improvements in operating up time. A 30% improvement year-over-year is fantastic progress. We are particularly proud of our operational improvements in drill-outs. We improved our average drill-out plugs per day by 71% in the first quarter of 2019 versus the first quarter of 2018 and we cut nearly three days off drill out times per 100 plugs. This was accomplished by working collaboratively with our contractors to optimize and simplify our bottom hole assembly design, as well as by refining the rigs, bits and fluid dynamics being utilized in the process. These improvements have continued and just last week we set an all-time EQT record by drilling out 43 frac plugs and cleaning out over 7500 feet in a 24-hour period, really great progress. I'd now like to discuss some operational scheduling changes that we strategically implemented during the quarter, as a result of our increased efficiencies. Going into 2019, we had more rigs under contract and we needed to achieve our near-term operational and volume growth targets. As part of our ongoing effort to increase operational efficiencies and reduce costs, we were able to successfully negotiate a penalty free, early reduction to our horizontal rig count, which will result in approximately 30 fewer horizontal wells being drilled in 2019. As a result, we will also spud approximately 15 fewer wells in 2019. Additionally, due to the operational efficiency gains that have been achieved within our completion operations, we now plan to frac approximately 10 more wells in 2019 with the same frac crew count. And finally, seven fewer wells are expected to be turned in line during 2019 as a result of non-operated activity by joint venture partners and a bit of timing. This is all good news from a capital efficiency point of view. These operational changes will not impact our full year 2019 volumes or capital expenditures, but they will move us closer to an optimal resource count and development cadence and will enhance our capital efficiency as we move into 2020. Over the last three months we've talked a lot about our target 10% initiative, which is aimed at driving incremental cash cost out of the system. This new team was appointed in the fourth quarter of 2018, we have already identified and are now capturing $150 million in annual cost savings, $50 million of which fall into our target 10% initiative. In addition, as an organization we have identified and are pursuing over 100 projects that will further drive down cost. These projects vary in scale, but are largely centered around process organization, elimination of redundancies, enhanced engineering designs and the procurement of goods and services. As you all know, in March, we announced the appointment of Gary Gould as our Chief Operating Officer. Gary is a great addition to our leadership team as he is a seasoned operator with a proven track record, he is ideally suited to help us achieve further cost reductions and accelerate free cash flow generation. With Gary officially joining this week and the continued work of our existing team, we are confident that we will identify additional opportunities to operate more efficiently and further reduce cost to achieve our target of removing $800 million in cost from the business over the next five years. As we identify and quantify these cost-cutting measures, we are committed to keeping you updated on progress as we go. Before Jimmi Sue provides additional detail on our strong first quarter financial results, I would first like to turn the call over to Gary to share his thoughts on the Company and what drew him to EQT. Gary?
Gary Gould:
Thanks, Rob, and good morning, everyone. I'm very glad to be here and to join you today as EQT's new Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Before I join the EQT team I most recently served as Senior Vice President of Production and Resource Development at Continental Resources. And earlier in my career I held various positions at Chesapeake, ConocoPhillips, Burlington Resources Resources and Exxon. These experiences taught me a lot about collaborative leadership, operational excellence and the efficient development of shale assets. And I'm very much looking forward to applying this knowledge here at EQT. I'm glad to be back in Marcellus and I'm excited about our future. This company has a world-class acreage position in the heart of the play. And our contiguous footprint is well situated to become the lowest cost, most efficiently develop asset in the entire basin. I'm pleased to partner with Rob and the rest of our management team here to drive further development, efficiencies and cost reductions. And I believe we will generate significant free cash flow for many years to come. Also, I look forward to getting on the road to meet with shareholders in the next weeks and months ahead to discuss the future of our company. And I want to thank everyone here at EQT for the warm welcome I received this week. Now I'll turn the call over to Jimmi Sue.
Jimmi Sue Smith:
Thanks, Gary, and good morning. To echo some of Rob's earlier comments, I will begin by highlighting that our continued efforts to improve operations are materializing in our financial results. In the past two quarters EQT has generated approximately $306 million in free cash flow. Our shift to steady state operations, combined with our concerted effort to improve efficiencies resulted in first quarter capital expenditures that were in line with our expectations, which is down 22% with more feet of pay turned in line compared to first quarter of 2018. We expect to hit our full-year capital expenditure guidance of $1.85 billion to $1.95 billion. We're excited by this progress and reiterate our adjusted free cash flow guidance of $300 million to $400 million for the full year based on strip pricing as of March 31, as well as our expected $2.9 billion of cumulative adjusted free cash flow through 2023. With successful implementation of our Target 10% initiative, our five year cumulative adjusted free cash flow is still expected to be $3.4 billion. Now I'd like to provide a little more insight into our 2019 expectations. To reflect our first quarter volumes of 383 Bcfe, which was above our guidance range, we have increased our full-year volume range by 10 Bcfe to 1,480 Bcfe to 1,520 Bcfe. We expect our second quarter volumes to be between 355 Bcfe and 375 Bcfe with modest sequential increases in the third and fourth quarter. On our last earnings call, I highlighted the cadence of our adjusted free cash flow for the year. In which I guided adjusted free cash flow range of negative $50 million to negative $100 million for both the second and the third quarter. While we continue to guide this range, we expect that adjusted free cash flow will be slightly better than the midpoint for both quarters. With respect to the cadence of our capital expenditures for the remainder of the year, we expect the second and third quarters will be slightly higher than the first quarter on increased activity during the summer months, especially for our construction crews. Our fourth quarter capital expenditures will be lower, closer to $400 million, reflecting full realization of our cost savings and lower activity as we reduce to our steady state with one fewer drilling rig. Regarding our detailed guidance, per unit cash expenses may fluctuate each quarter alongside volume, but the full-year guidance is in line with previous expectations. Focusing on the quarter results, EQT reported first quarter 2019 adjusted net income of $212 million or $0.83 per share, compared to $179 million or $0.67 per share in the first quarter of 2018. First quarter adjusted free cash flow was $171 million, up 92% year-over-year. As noted in our press release and in accordance with SEC rules, this number is not adjusted for an $8 million litigation reserve and $4 million of proxy related expenses in the quarter, which would have made free cash flow $183 million for the quarter. Sales of natural gas, oil and NGLs were up approximately $45 million from the first quarter of 2018, primarily on increased sales volume. However, this improvement was offset by a loss on derivatives not designated as hedges in 2019. Our net marketing service revenues were also down as a result of fewer releases of contractual capacity not used to transport our gas and as a result of the divestitures in 2018. This line item is generally not expected to be significant in 2019. Per unit cash operating expenses decreased by 5% primarily due to increased sales volume. In addition, on a per unit basis, LOE was lower and gathering expense was higher compared to the first quarter of 2018, as a result of the divestitures last year. As I mentioned at year-end, not only were the divested assets expensive to operate, but the divested volumes did not incur gathering charges because our production group operated the gathering assets and included those costs in LOE. We did realize personnel cost savings in SG&A as a result of our cost saving initiatives and reduction in force during the first quarter. However, this reduction was offset by a benefit recorded in the first quarter of 2018 related to forfeited incentive compensation awards. Excluding the $8 million litigation reserve recorded in the first quarter of 2019, SG&A would have been flat on a per unit basis compared to the first quarter of 2018. Before moving to our standard liquidity update, I would like to make a few comments about first quarter pricing dynamics. Our average realized price was lower for the first quarter at $3.16 per Mcfe, compared to $3.33 in the first quarter of 2018. This was primarily due to a lower differential and a decrease in higher price liquid sales as a result of the divestitures in 2018. Our average differential was down $0.12 compared to the first quarter of 2018 on lowered gas daily pricing during the quarter. In 2018, as during most winters, cold weather resulted in higher gas daily pricing versus the first of the month, especially in the Northeastern United States. We leave a portion of our portfolio open to capture these peaks, which did not materialize in 2019. The lower gas daily pricing also resulted in a lower average differential compared to our guidance for the quarter. As we noted in our release this morning, we still anticipate full year average differential will be a negative $0.45 to a negative $0.25 per Mcfe. Moving to EQT's cash flow and liquidity position. We ended the quarter with $350 million drawn on our $2.5 billion revolver and $41 million in cash, which is a reduction in net debt of just under $500 million from year-end. At this level, our net debt to trailing 12 months adjusted EBITDA leverage is just under 2.1 times and when reduced for the value of our investment in Equitrans Midstream is 1.6 times. We continue to target leverage of 1.5 to 2 times and still expect to use proceeds from a future divestiture of our Equitrans stake to reduce leverage. With that, I will pass the call back to Rob.
Rob McNally:
Thank you, Jimmi Sue. Before we open the call up for Q&A, I'd like to reiterate that our strong first quarter results reflect our focus on enhanced operational efficiency. I'm extremely proud of the hard work and dedication displayed throughout the entire organization. Not only do we have a world-class asset base, but we also have a world-class group of employees. With the oversight of an active and engaged Board, we have developed a comprehensive and thoughtful roadmap to maximizing free cash flow, not only in 2019, but for many years to come. We've successfully reshaped our culture to focus on capital efficiency per share returns through accountability, collaboration and transparency, driving stronger results for our shareholders. Our strong financial and operational performance is just the beginning. And we're excited that our renewed operational focus will deliver significant value for our shareholders. We look forward to updating you as we continue to deliver results throughout the rest of 2019. So at this point, we'll open the call up for questions.
Operator:
Thank you, sir. At this time, we'll be conducting a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Our first question today comes from Arun Jayaram with JP Morgan. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning, Robin and team. I wanted to first start off with your thoughts on how some of the operational improvements that you've outlined are impacting? How you're thinking about D&C costs on a per lateral foot basis, I believe if I'm not mistaken, that your guidance was based on, call it 900 to 915 per lateral foot for this year and how are you seeing things today?
Rob McNally:
Hi, Arun. Yes. So I would say that the results that we've seen both in the fourth quarter and the first quarter of 2019 are all really positive. Right. I mean, so they will shade us a bit lower on our cost per unit, whether Mcf or per foot. I'm really pleased with the efficiencies that we've seen with drilling, with completions and rollouts, we're making real progress in all fronts. So it's early in the process and our guidance has remained pretty consistent for the rest of the year, but if I had to bias it, I would say that cost would shade further down and not up.
Arun Jayaram:
Okay. Second question is, you talked a lot about, at least in the press release the -- some of the success on the lateral -- on pushing lateral lengths. Could you comment, Rob, on what you're seeing on the well productivity front as you're pushing lateral lengths...
Rob McNally:
Yes. So, all of the data that we've collected thus far suggests that there is no degradation in productivity with longer laterals, that we're still getting effective fracs way, we do have to make some adjustments on staged lengths, so that we can keep the rate high enough. But everything that we've seen so far suggest that there is no degradation of productivity based on lateral length. So pleased with the well productivity results.
Arun Jayaram:
Final question, Gary, for you, obviously, you had a lot of success thinking about being at Continental, a low-cost operator. What is -- some of your thoughts just early on and some of the benefits that you think you could bring to the table as you think about the operating plan on a go-forward basis?
Gary Gould:
Sure. I've been fortunate to be on a lot of really strong teams and had a lot of good results. I think what first attracted me to EQT was the strong oil and gas asset position that we have here. We have several years of inventory in the core of the Marcellus. And with that in hand, I think the future looks great. The second thing that impressed me here was, earlier in the year when I met with the Executive Management team, I found them to be just very smart, very energetic and very collaborative in their approach to leadership. And that matches up with my style also. I also found the team to be very focused on maximizing long-term shareholder value, and that's exactly how I approach operations. And then lastly, I would add that, this week as I continue to meet with my management team and some of the staff, I have found them to also be very smart, very collaborative in their teamwork and with a strong initiative to get operational results. I think that, if you look at my background, whether it be at Continental Resources or Chesapeake or some of the companies before that, we've always run our operations with the bottom line in mind of maximizing shareholder value and we've been successful in doing that in a multitude of plays, whether it be oil plays or gas plays and I look forward to leading operations here to continue to generate operational efficiencies and maximize shareholder value.
Operator:
The next question comes from Scott Hanold of RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold:
Hey. I just wanted to hit the point on some of the efficiencies in the lateral cost per foot there you think you kind of highlighted earlier. I know in your most updated detailed 29 capital plan that you had in your deck. Did you stay at a little higher cost for D&C CapEx for the PA Marcellus? And your tills and spuds are going down, but the budget stays the same. So could you help me kind of square the circle around that?
Rob McNally:
Yes, sure. There is a few more moving pieces here. The first thing I'd say is that, the changes in schedule really are a good thing from a capital efficiency point of view. So the tills and lateral drills -- sorry, the spuds and lateral drilled are going down because we were able to drop a couple of rigs earlier than we expected. We had more rigs under contract than what we really needed for this plan that we're just going to build DUC inventory, but we were able to lay down rigs quicker than we thought. So that was a positive. The next piece is, where it had been more efficient in our frac operations. So we're getting more stages per day done than what we budgeted. And therefore, we're going to frac about 10 or 11 additional wells in 2019 above what was planned using the same number of frac crews. So we'll spend a bit more money there, which largely offsets the reduction in drilling. And that sets us up very well for 2020, because as we come into 2020 we're going to end up -- we are going to till -- I believe it's going to be seven less well than planned in 2019, but those wells will be ready to till early 2020 and require very little capital to get them online. So, overall, the scheduling changes are reflection of getting the steady state a bit quicker than we thought we would and more efficiencies, particularly on the frac side.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. And you are seeing cost per lateral foot then. And I know there's -- some of the calculations are difficult to get your arms around because of the changes here. But you are seeing that trending down or fairly consistent with your prior outlook, I guess, when you shake everything out?
Rob McNally:
Yes. I mean, all the efficiencies, both drilling and on the frac side those translate into lower cost per Mcfe. So the cost per unit is trending down.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. And then, with that shift in activity, did that have an impact on your liquids expectations for the year. I think the liquids expectation came down a little bit for the full year?
Rob McNally:
That's not related to scheduling, that's more around Mariner East East as well as the high unit that isn't going to be in service as soon. I think, it got delayed two quarters, I believe. So that's the reason that we have seen ethane volumes come down.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, alright. And then finally, so what is your rig count right now. So would -- how many rigs are you able to drop? Would you able to go through from and to with these efficiencies?
Rob McNally:
We started the year running 10 rigs and we were planning to get down to seven and then six throughout the year. We just got there faster. We are down at seven rigs right now, seven horizontal rigs. And originally we were intending to be there sometime in the third quarter. So we were able to sublet three of the rigs.
Operator:
The next question comes from Gene Transco of Stifel. Please go ahead.
Gene Transco:
I will try to ask a question on Mountain Valley Pipeline. Maybe you can give us an update in terms of construction and regulatory process? And if we still should be thinking about the project as 1Q '20 event?
Rob McNally:
Yes. Hi, Jane. That's really a better question for the Equitrans management team. I believe that they are reporting next week. And so, we really see what is public information. And so far Equitrans has maintained a year end 2019 in-service date, and that's still what we have baked into our plans. And from our point of view, we think that this pipe is one that is highly likely to get built, the risks really is more around timing. But from an EQT perspective, if there is a delay, which we certainly don't know that there will be, but if there is, it actually is not incremental to us, it actually is a little bit helpful for 2020 cash flows, because the spreads on that transportation right now are a bit under water. But we do -- I want to be clear that we really do want to see MVP get built, and as a significant shareholder in Equitrans, we still hold our 19.9% stake. It's very important that, that pipe get done, and it's important for the industries takeaway capacity and our own takeaway capacity as we move forward in time that MVP get built.
Gene Transco:
Okay, got it. I have a clarification question about changes in the operational plan for 2019. 2020 -- So 2020 numbers did not change, CapEx remained unchanged, then production outlook remained unchanged. So I was just thinking how this changes in 2019 operational plan are going to translate in some sort, maybe lower CapEx or high exit rates for '19?
Rob McNally:
Right. That's a good question. And I would point out that we have not updated the five year plan, we've updated the 2019 guidance, but we have not updated the five year plan. When we do, what you will see is, there will be capital efficiency improvements in 2020 and beyond that are not yet reflected in that five year plan. And as we have gained efficiency both on the drilling and the completion side, that will flow through and we'll really start to see the benefits of that in 2020. And a good example is the additional 10 wells that we're going to frac in 2019 that only marginally affect 2019 volumes, will take effect in 2020 and there will be limited capital that has to be spent on those 10 wells in 2020.
Gene Transco:
Okay, got it. And if I may, the last question. I would just like to understand the role of Ohio Utica in your asset portfolio and maybe West Virginia and Marcellus as well. I just see that the number of wells drilled there is considerably less than, let's say, in the core acreage. What's the future outlook for the production in Ohio Utica, West Virginia and Marcellus?
Rob McNally:
Yes. So, as you rightly point out, we're drilling fewer wells in West Virginia and Ohio than we do in Pennsylvania, which really is the core for us. In Ohio, that Ohio Utica, it -- economically it matches up reasonably well versus the Marcellus. It's not quite as good as core Greene County and Washington County, Marcellus, but it is reasonably good. And it's a nice blocky position where we're able to drill long laterals and it is a little bit different in terms of pipes that we can touch with it. So it does give us some diversification of operations that we like. In West Virginia, it is more difficult to operate, the land -- the rules and laws around land pooling, et cetera, are more difficult, it's harder to put together long laterals. But it is high quality rock and it has more liquids content. So economically it does compete reasonably well with Pennsylvania, Marcellus. Again, not quite as good as core Greene County and Washington County where we're drilling 12,000 to 14,000 foot laterals. But there is a place in the portfolio for both West Virginia and for Ohio. And as we make -- we make progress on the land position in West Virginia, you'll see us trying to deploy more capital in West Virginia.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Holly Stewart of Scotia Howard Weil. Please go ahead.
Holly Stewart:
Maybe just an extension on Scott's question. Rob, you mentioned that you guys were ahead of budget on stages per day. Can you just give us kind of what you're doing on that front? And then what you had budgeted for?
Rob McNally:
Sure. It's really around -- it's largely around the logistics on the path. So this is being thoughtful about pad layouts, how we get sand and water trucks in and out in a most efficient manner, it's manifold design changes on offloading water, it's measuring KPIs on time to unload, waiting times. So it's just paying attention to all the small details around logistics on the pad and making sure that the frac crews have the water and the sand that they need, when they need it. And it's just kind of optimization of what is a fairly complex logistics problems and we've made real strides on that front by paying attention to the variables that really matter.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. And maybe just kind of continuing on the sort of cost savings slide deck. I think, that goes through a lot of reason. And particularly as it relates to water, I know you guys in ETRN have talked a lot about sort of optimization of the gathering system. Can you just make any comments on maybe where that process stands? What that could do with your water needs there? And then how that sort of plays into this longer term well cost reduction?
Rob McNally:
Yes. So at this point, we haven't -- there's not much, physically that's changed in terms of how we manage water, other than we're doing a much better job optimizing how we move water with trucks. Ultimately, the real win is to move as much water as possible in pipes, as opposed to trucking it, including impaired water. So we are in discussions with Equitrans on a number of fronts, one of which is, how to better manage water logistics in an area where we have a real concentration of activity. So that really points you to Greene and Washington Counties in Pennsylvania. There is opportunity to start to move some of our impaired water or maybe even a majority of our impaired water via pipe as opposed to trucks. And that's a significant difference. Right. And when you -- today we move about 75,000 barrels of impaired water a day, about half of that is in our core Green and Washington County areas. If we can pipe the water, we think that it's going to save us something like $5 a barrel in water cost. And so, when you do the math on that, it's valuable. And this isn't going to happen overnight, it's going to require some infrastructure, but it's something that's in the works. And I think that it is -- it's very doable. I think the other advantage is from our safety and environmental perspective, it is much more desirable to pipe the water as opposed to trucking. Water hauling is one of the most dangerous parts of this business and the fewer trucks that we have on the road the better. We will never get to zero, but as much as we can minimize it, it is an economic safety and an environmental advantage.
Holly Stewart:
Perfect. And then maybe one last one if I could, any update around your plans for the June maturity?
Jimmi Sue Smith:
Sure. Holly, this is Jimmi Sue. We've said all along that we had -- we intend to sell down the ETRN stake and reduce debt. But we've also said that, that sell down is going to take a year to two years, although I would be surprised if we're still holding it two years from now. So with that and the June maturities coming up, we have plenty of room on the revolver. Remember, it's $2.5 billion to cover those maturities. And so, I would expect to see those taken out with the revolver or something cheaper than the revolver.
Operator:
Our next question is from Brian Singer of Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer:
Following up on a couple of the earlier questions on the efficiencies that you're seeing translating into free cash flow, you use the phrase capital efficiency improvement a lot. I just kind of wanted to know you down a little. Is the conclusion that the combination of efficiencies that you're seeing, as well as the scheduling and cadence changes will lead to otherwise a greater free cash flow in 2020 and greater free cash flow over the five year -- over the five year program, is that a upside bias, but not necessarily to 2019?
Rob McNally:
I think what you said is correct. They would bias us toward better, all else remaining equal, better free cash flow in 2020 and beyond.
Brian Singer:
And then my follow-up is for Gary. As you enter and coming back to the Marcellus after having worked actively looking at the oil shales more recently. Do you see more of an opportunity for EQT on the productivity improvement front or the cost efficiency front? And to what degree do you see opportunity to put expertise and apply them from the oil shale plays and apply them to the market?
Gary Gould:
Yes. So, this is Gary Gould, and I've been here about three days now and I think it's my fourth day. So it's probably a little early to comment on that. But what I would tell you is that, we will certainly be looking at all of that. We will absolutely be looking at cost, on CapEx, on LOE as far as optimizing costs and generating these operational efficiencies that we've talked about. But we will certainly be looking at the production side also to look at the combination of production and costs for designs associated with completions and designs associated with our production capacity in order to make sure that we are maximizing shareholder value, not just reducing cost, but maximizing shareholder value and therefore optimizing when it comes to production. And as we look at that, we will be continuing to compare our own performance to ourselves quarter-over-quarter and continuing to look for improvement. I think you already see great results from the first quarter here at EQT and then we will also compare ourselves to others within the basin to make sure that we become the lowest cost producer.
Operator:
The next question comes from Sameer Panjwani of Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Company. Please go ahead.
Sameer Panjwani:
Circling back to the midstream side of things for a second, I think previously you've mentioned being optimistic that the constraints could be addressed by the end of this year or early 2020. I'm trying to understand how much lead time is needed to execute on that timeframe in terms of trying to triangulate when an announcement regarding the ongoing negotiations that's need to be made?
Rob McNally:
Right. So there is work that's ongoing. And what we have said and what is baked into our plan is that, the midstream constraints are resolved by the end of 2020. Now we do think that we can make progress prior to that, and in fact even in the first quarter we saw throughput on one of our major systems above what we thought we could do. And so we are making some progress with tweaking the Midstream system. The greater and having -- the greater high pressure, low pressure system will take a bit longer to do, because there are permitting issues that have to be resolved, there is engineering that has to be done and there's some pipe that has to be put in the ground. But we're confident that, that can happen and that work is ongoing and it is well related to the other negotiations with Equitrans, we are not waiting on those to be completed before we -- before we keep that work moving. So we're optimistic about how we fared versus our plan that we will be at least on time or maybe early on that plan. And we'll continue to update you as we make progress.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay, that's helpful. And then on the A&D side of things. We've definitely seen the market start to thaw here a little bit. So wanted to get your updated thoughts and your willingness or ability to maybe prune some of your non-core Marcellus acreage? And also just to get an update on the leasing side of things, what the going rate for kind of leasing in your core areas today?
Rob McNally:
Yes. So on the A&D side, our willingness to divest non-core assets. Certainly, we are hoping that we're always open to discussions around value of assets and if it's more valuable to somebody else and they're willing to pay us worth and it's accretive to our shareholders and that's certainly something that we would consider. I think that realistically there is not much of a market for Tier 2 Marcellus at this point, I think the economics just don't support it. But we're always open to having those discussions if there are people who are interested in either in Tier 2 Marcellus or even stuff that's further back, that's Tier 1 but further back in our drilling program. On the leasing rates, I'd say that there's not a material change in what we're seeing in leasing. right. It's been fairly consistent. And it varies a bit area by area, but I don't think there's been any major change.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay, great. And then finally to the extent you're able to provide some commentary on the litigation announcement this morning. I'd be interested to hear your thoughts or the Board's rationale around the voting process.
Rob McNally:
Yes. So the board is reviewing the Rice nominees, we're preparing our proxy materials, it's all kind of in the normal course of how this process needs to run. And the decisions will get made on the appropriate time line. And we're not going to get pushed to it faster than what the Board is ready to do. And frankly, this is kind of much to do about nothing. And it feels a bit like an attempt to just distract attention from what was really a great operational quarter and real progress for the Company. So that's really where we want to keep our focus.
Operator:
The next question is from Michael Hall of Heikkinen Energy Advisors. Please go ahead.
Michael Hall:
Just curious, if you could maybe comment back on the -- just kind of the operational efficiency front. It seems like you're building up a handful of DUC here over the course of the year. How you think about the optimal level of kind of an operational DUC backlog versus the current activity profile? And how would that DUC backlog compare to what you expect to expect to exit the year at as opposed to like -- kind of normal operational backlog might look like? And then, I guess, do any of these changes in efficiency change -- what optimal rig and frac crew counts look like in that five year outlook and that will do for me.
Rob McNally:
Sure. Thanks Michael. In terms of the DUC count, it actually going to come down a little bit as we work through the year, it was going to rise some prior to us being able to farm out the three rigs that we talked about earlier. In terms of an optimal DUC count, I'm not sure that really is one, right. We want to make sure that the wells are drilled and ready to be fracked so that we don't have a bottleneck in the process. And there's also some land considerations on holding acreage, so we sometimes need to drill wells and build DUC backlog from a land point of view, but I'm not sure that there's a magic number in terms of number of DUCs. We just want to make sure that the operation is running smoothly and there are bottlenecks in it.
Michael Hall:
Okay. And has the view on the needed level of rig count and frac crew counts for the five year outlook change at all with the improvements in efficiency or is that not yet material enough, I guess, to fully change that for the long data view?
Rob McNally:
We're only a quarter into this and while we have seen some efficiency gains better than what we -- than what we had planned on. I think we need to let this run forward a little more before we change rig and frac count counts. I think right now we're running seven rigs and five -- actually six frac crews. That neighborhood is going to be the right one in this commodity price environment and maybe if the efficiencies really hold or continued to improve it means it will drop another rig and one more frac crew, but I think this is probably the right neighborhood to think about.
Michael Hall:
Okay. And maybe just one follow-up on that. Are you guys seeing any just raw pricing improvements from the services side, as you guys are working with your partners on that end or any movement on that front?
Rob McNally:
There's been a little bit of improvement in pricing, but it's single digit, it's not a big number. What I would say though is, our efficiency in working with our frac crews and with our frac providers has gotten much better. Right. We have changed the culture a bit where we are really trying to be good partners with our service providers making longer term commitments and really working hand-in-hand to improve the efficiency of the operations. That's where we've seen the big gains. I mean, we've gone -- as far as saying you guys tell us what we're doing to slow down the operations and how we're causing problems and we've changed a number of our procedures and processes in that partnership and that has -- we've seen real improvements. So I'm extremely excited about that. I think that's been a big move in the right direction. And it really is much bigger and more important than any pricing changes is the efficiency gains.
Operator:
The next question is from Betty Jiang of Credit Suisse. Please go ahead.
Betty Jiang:
Maybe a follow-up to, Rob, what you just said earlier. Considering your free cash flow target guidance for this year is based on, I think, around 290 gas price, which is higher than where strip is today. Do you basically see the efficiency gains to date capable of offsetting the impact of lower prices, just based on strip pricing? And then, like weather in a lower price environment is the goal to maintain free cash flow in lieu of activity and production?
Rob McNally:
Yes. So, I'd say there's a few competing points here, Betty. Certainly, pricing coming off has a negative impact to free cash flow, but the efficiency gains that we have made do offset that partially. And I would also say that, we've been fairly aggressive in hedging the back part of the year. And so we protected ourselves from the recent -- from at least a portion of the recent price moves. So we still stand by our guidance of $300 million to $400 million of free cash flow in 2019.
Betty Jiang:
And then, you alluded to earlier about negotiations with Equitrans. Considering the midstream cost really make up a substantial part of the cash cost structure. What type of measures is possible to potentially push those costs lower?
Rob McNally:
Yes. I think that there's a broad -- there's potential for a broad renegotiation with Equitrans over our midstream contracts. Gathering transmission, it includes water. There is a number of areas where we can help Equitrans grow their revenue base with us by providing other services or other areas where they don't currently do the gathering. Water is a great example of a new revenue stream that they could generate. And then for us Equitrans can help lower our per unit gathering rates. And you're right, that is a big portion of our costs. And so when you think about where we are with G&A and LOE, we're at pretty low levels, but there is big numbers in the gathering and transportation costs where I think we can make real progress with Equitrans. And have it truly be a win-win deal for Equitrans and EQT where Equitrans has the ability to grow their revenue base and we have the ability to lower our per unit costs.
Betty Jiang:
Great. I'm going to throw it out there, but in terms of what type of magnitude could we -- are we talking about here?
Rob McNally:
Well, when you think about LOE or SG&A, you're talking about pennies or portions of pennies, right, per Mcfe. When you're looking at $1.20 plus of gathering and transportation costs, maybe you're talking about nickels or dimes. And so there is potential for significant improvement that we can't find in other parts of the cost structure.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I will now turn the call over to Rob McNally for closing remarks.
Rob McNally:
Okay. Thank you, everybody. Appreciate the time this morning. I look forward to updating you in the second quarter. And as always, if you have follow-on questions please feel free to contact Blake. Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference. You may now disconnect your lines at this time. Thank you for your participation.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, greetings, and welcome to the EQT Corporation Fourth Quarter Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A brief question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this program is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Blake McLean, Senior Vice President of Investor Relations. Thank you, you may begin.
Blake McLean:
Thank you. Good morning and thank you for joining today's conference call. With me today are Rob McNally, President and Chief Executive Officer, Jimmi Sue Smith, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Erin Centofanti, Executive President of Production; and Blue Jenkins, Executive Vice President, Commercial, Business Development, IT and Safety. A replay for today's call will be available for a seven-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415, with a confirmation code of 13674487. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. In a moment, Rob, Jimmi Sue and Erin will present their prepared remarks. Following these remarks, Rob, Jimmy Sue, Erin and Blue will be available to answer your questions. I'd also like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. Actual results and future events may differ, possibly materially, from these forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including those described in today's press release and under Risk Factors in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31st, 2017, and our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31st, 2018, to be filed with the SEC later today, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs and other reports we file with the SEC. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including when able reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Rob.
Robert McNally:
Thank you, Blake. Good morning, everyone. The last several months have been very exciting time at EQT. Post separation, the new management team, with support from everyone across the organization, has successfully shifted our direction to focus on development, optimization and efficiencies. This strategic shift has resulted in significant progress in a short period of time and is exceeding my expectations. This company is full of some of the best and brightest minds in the industry, and empowering these people to make real decisions and drive change has had an immediate and noticeable impact. We're excited about the future of the company and our ability to execute on the plan that we've set forth. I'm highly confident that we have the right overall execution framework set in motion to achieve our strategic vision. Now, I'd like to reiterate some of the progress we made in late 2018. On the operational side, we completed 2018 with full year sales volumes of 1,488 Bcfe, and fourth quarter sales volumes of 394 Bcfe, above prior guidance and approximately 5% over the third quarter. Additionally, fourth quarter capital expenditures were in line with guidance. Most importantly, we generated approximately $134 million of adjusted free cash flow, a significant increase above the $100 million that we guided to on our call last month. These results demonstrate that we are successfully executing our plan to enhance efficiencies and deliver sustainable free cash flow. As a premiere pure play upstream company, with a world-class asset base, EQT has begun a new chapter. We have a clear and compelling action plan and are taking meaningful and decisive steps to strengthen EQT's financial and operational results. We are committed to driving down costs and operating more efficiently, and our entire organization is moving forward with a sense of urgency. Over the course of 2019, we will continue to look for even more opportunities to unlock the tremendous potential of EQT's assets. I more confident than ever that EQT will deliver sustainable free cash flow to shareholders in 2019, and for many years to come. Last month, we outlined our path to generate mid single digit, year-over-year production growth, combined with meaningful adjusted free cash flow in 2019, and over the next five years, a total of $2.7 billion, with upside expected from our ongoing Target 10% Initiative. We are EQT into a free cash flow generation machine. Our confidence is driven by our unique and differentiated position built on three key pillars. First, EQT has built a world-class asset base positioned squarely in the core of the Appalachian Basin with 680,000 core net acres in the Marcellus and 15 to 20 years of drilling inventory. Second, we are taking the right steps to operate more efficiently at lower costs. On our January call we announced immediate cost saving actions that are expected to reduce annual cash costs by approximately $100 million. We also discussed further cost savings to be realized in 2020 and beyond, our Target 10% Initiative. We have line of sight on many of these opportunities and we'll report on our progress throughout the year. That said, I'm pleased to announce that we have already identified and have recently begun to implement approximately $50 million of additional cost savings. These cost savings have been incorporated into our 2019 and five year forecasts, which increases our total projected five year adjusted free cash flow from $2.7 billion to $2.9 billion. We will discuss these savings in more detail later, but our progress is further evidence of this management team's commitment to both execute and improve this plan. The third pillar is our financial strength. EQT has an investment grade balance sheet and the company's stake in Equitrans Midstream worth approximately $1 billion at current valuation, provides optionality to further strengthen the balance sheet. That stake, combined with our free cash flow generation, gives us the ability to reduce leverage to our target of 1.5 times to two times net debt to adjusted-EBITDA, while at the same time returning capital to shareholders. As a reminder, our projected five year adjusted free cash flow of $2.9 billion, before realizing the full impact of the Target 10% Initiative, represents greater than half of our market cap at today's valuation. As we announced last month, our search for a Chief Operating Officer is ongoing and a short list of highly qualified external candidates has been identified. We remain on track to announce an appointment of the COO during the first quarter of 2019. Before we discuss the fourth quarter and full year results, I would like to briefly address the most recent public claims made by the Rice Brothers. I will start by saying that the focus of this management team is on running this business in the most efficient manner possible, executing on the rigorous bottoms up and detailed plan that we laid out, and working to continuously improve that plan. We fully expect to deliver on our objectives and we will provide the details necessary to effectively evaluate our performance. As previously noted, we believe the Rice's claims are based on flawed assumptions, selective data and tell an incomplete and misleading story. I don't intend to address every point here, but I will make some high level observations and point out a few areas where their claims are not supported by the facts. First, the claim that Rice wells consistently outperformed EQT wells is simply not accurate and the analysis omits important information. There are reservoir quality differences across the Washington and Greene counties. By examining the wells in the Rice analysis, an overlay of the EQT, Rice or any other heat map generated by public data, which showed that a greater percentage of the Rice wells sit in the Tier 1 Southwest core, and those wells would be expected to have higher EURs. In addition, approximately 30% of EQT's wells in the dataset were impacted by offset Upper Devonian wells. This co-development typically drives 10% to 15% under-performance relative to Marcellus wells without those offsets. When comparing wells that fall within the same heat maps region and ignoring wells impacted by a co-development, there is no difference between EQT wells and Rice wells. In fact, the directly comparable EQT wells performed marginally better than those drilled by Rice. As a reminder, we have stopped Upper Devonian co-development. So, those wells are not representative of go-forward well results. With the support of our talented technical team, we have taken a measured and thoughtful approach to analyzing the data we acquired from Rice. One observation about the 2017 Rice wells was the testing a new frac design that utilized tighter cluster spacing. We closely monitored the results of those wells and did some additional testing in 2018, and have since implemented this tighter cluster spacing as our standard frac design. This demonstrates two things. First, we've been open minded about adopting best practices. And second, when we talk about frac design, we also understand that sand, water, stage spacing and cluster spacing matter. I'll make one final point on frac design. We have performed rigorous analysis on our extensive repository of well data, production results and reservoir quality intelligence. That data, combined with our sophisticated reservoir modeling technology, has led us to target 1,000 foot lateral spacing in conjunction with larger frac jobs. We firmly believe that this is the optimal way to both maximize returns and minimize dollars per Mcfe. Second, the claim that Rice Energy operated these same set of assets is false. To clarify, development footprint is not synonymous with operating area. That assumption ignores the complexity of managing an extensive inventory of producing wells, substantial water handling and logistics, and the maintenance of leases across the portfolio. To put this in perspective, consider the fact that EQT's assets today compared to the legacy Rice assets include, three times the leasehold position, eight times the number of counties with producing wells, five times the total producing Marcellus, Upper Devonian and Utica wells, and five times the daily produced water volumes. Remember all of this produced water must be moved to either disposal or an active frac, and this just matters from both a cost and logistical complexity perspective. To reiterate, this is not the same asset base and the cost and complexities associated with operating these assets cannot be ignored. Third, members of this leadership team were and are major advocates of retaining and employing the key technology and senior technical resources acquired in the Rice transaction. Digital and data tools continue to increase in importance in this industry and the role of these tools will continue to expand at EQT in 2019. We retained Rice systems that were differentiated and could improve our own processes, but effectively using such tools is not as simple as flipping a switch. Digital and data tools sit on top of existing systems that run the day-to-day operations and they must be integrated with those systems to add real value. As a smaller team building from the ground up, Rice had the advantage of choosing the day-to-day systems and defining the business process alongside the technology. As a larger company, with a well established technology ecosystem, the only prudent course of action was to pursue a measured, phased implementation. That process focused on integrating Rice's digital and data tools with our existing systems without introducing major disruptions or operational risks. This takes time and resources, but let me assure you the most relevant and compelling technologies are far from dormant at EQT. I would also like to point out that EQT has been on a data-driven digital transformation over the past several years, both before and during the integration with Rice. EQT is evolving along with most other sizable E&P franchises to be a more robust user of technology and data. Evidence of this lies in our build out of centralized, real-time operation center, our expanding use of cloud-based data services to support real-time analytics, and our successful integration of certain legacy Rice tools. The last point that I will address is regarding our well costs. As we stated in our January presentation, we do not agree that the Rice well cost projections are achievable or appropriately reflect EQT's 2019 operating environment. We are believers in leveraging the power of technology to streamline operations, improve scheduling and planning, and promote internal communication. EQT has made great strides in this area over the past several years and it will be a critical component of our efforts to increase efficiency going forward. But these efforts simply don't offset a 20% to 25% price increase in services from the cyclical lows of early 2017 to today. The Rice cost curve, as presented in their public materials, is based on pre-inflation well cost results and a much smaller and more geographically concentrated produced water portfolio, and is simply not a relevant comparison to the EQT 2019 operating plan. Service cost inflation was real and felt by everyone in the Basin. If you adjust the Rice's $735 per foot cost claim up by 20% for inflation, you see a significant erosion of their claimed savings. In addition, consider the fact that EQT's producing water footprint covers six times the linear mileage, running from Tioga County, Pennsylvania to Ritchie County, West Virginia. The comparable Rice producing water footprint covered two adjacent Pennsylvania counties. Put simply, this asset base produces more water across a larger geographic footprint. That produced water must travel greater distance to active fracs, resulting in higher trucking and water costs. I'll also point out that we view dollar per foot as an imperfect metric. Accounting treatment of certain well cost varies widely among operators, as does lateral spacing and frac design. In our January presentation, we showed that dollar per foot increases as spacing increases, but these cost increases are more than offset by the enhanced returns and lower cost per Mcfe. Remember, we make money by selling gas, not by selling feet. In our January presentation, we also showed the significant impact that these accounting differences can have on cost per foot. EQT capitalizes items that other operators expense, like flowback, certain land and construction costs, and the cost of moving impaired water to a drilling site for use in fracking. These differences significantly impact the comparability of our cost per foot and is one reason why we have meaningfully lower LOE per unit, compared to our peers. These are real cash costs that are not showing up in the peers' dollar per foot metric. And just to be clear, EQT's peer leading LOE per unit is not just a matter of scale. Our 2017 LOE, adjusted for the cost of operating our Huron assets was $0.07, far less than the $0.13 per unit for Rice during the comparable period. I'll conclude by reiterating that we welcome and look forward to continuing discussions directly with our shareholders regarding this matter and we will be diligent and thoughtful in our analysis. This organization and this leadership team will continue to be laser-focused on executing the rigorous bottoms up and detailed plan that we laid out. And we will be working hard to make that plan even better throughout this year. The good news is that the presentation and accounting differences will all be washed out at the bottom line, which is free cash flow. We remain focused on achieving lower costs and higher returns with a cash driven mindset. We have a compelling plan in place and a commitment to continuously improve. This free cash flow machine is ramping up, and we're excited about 2019 and beyond. I will now turn the call over to Jimmi Sue Smith to discuss our financial performance.
Jimmi Sue Smith:
Thanks, Rob. Today, I will briefly discuss the financial highlights for the fourth quarter and full year 2018, and then end with some forward-looking remarks. But first, our notable accomplishments in 2018 included
Erin Centofanti:
Thanks, Jimmi Sue. And good morning, everyone. As we have stated for the past three months, we have moved toward a stable operating model by maintaining a consistent frac crew count that supports our strategic plan to generate significant cash flows and increased capital and operating efficiencies. We are being very cognizant about the proportion of ultra-long laterals, those with lengths greater than 15,000 feet that we are developing simultaneously in our development program. We have made changes on the drilling side that has improved our performance. We have simplified the geometry of our long wells by eliminating back builds and made adjustments to our drilling mud properties and fine-tuned our connection and tripping processes. As a result, our horizontal drilling performance in January of 2019 was approximately 25% better than the second half of 2018, improving from 1.17 days per 1,000 feet to 0.87 days per 1,000 feet. Our frac crews have executed incredibly well in the early winter months, increasing performance by 65% from January of 2018 to January of 2019. We fully expect that these efficiency gains will continue throughout 2019. Our well costs in January are in line with the guidance we published in our January 22nd presentation. This all underscores that the operational missteps of 2018 are behind us. As you may expect, the shift from a high of 12 frac crews in the middle of 2018 down to steady state operation with five to seven frac crews in late 2018 and throughout 2019 will lead to some fluctuations in our quarterly volume cadence. As a reminder, we turned in line 81 net wells in Q3 of 2018 and 45 net wells in Q4 of 2018. The high number of Q3 sales resulted in high Q4 production. We exited Q4 of 2018 at approximately 4.3 Bcfe per day and net sales for the quarter totaled 394 Bcfe, exceeding the high end of guidance. Due to the move to stable operations and lower activity, our Q1 2019 production will be lower than the previous quarter and we are guiding between 360 Bcfe and 380 Bcfe. We expect to turn in line 31 net wells in Q1. As a result, Q2 production will also decrease with subsequent increases projected in Q3 and Q4, and in 2019 with the full-year guidance range of 1,470 Bcfe to 1,510 Bcfe. Even though our quarterly numbers will be lower in the first half of 2019 versus Q4 of 2018, we expect to average 4.1 Bcfe per day in 2019 versus a divestiture normalized 4.0 Bcfe per day in 2018. Moving on to reserves. EQT's year end 2018 proved reserves increased 11% to 21.8 Tcfe versus year end 2017, when adjusting for our Permian and Huron asset divestitures. The increase is largely due to the high activity levels in 2018, which resulted in the conversion of 2.7 Tcfe of undeveloped reserves into the proved developed category. Our booked PUD lengths increased by 14%. This increase in book lateral lengths amounts to an overall increase in proved undeveloped reserves with 113 fewer top hole locations, resulting in significant fixed cost savings. We replaced 317% of our 2018 production through drilling activities and including the negative offset from divestitures and changes to our five year development plan, we replaced 242% of our 2018 production with new reserves. The PV-10 of our reserves increased by 29%, largely due to an increase in 2018 pricing over 2017, with the NYMEX price of $3.10 per MMBTU for 2018, compared to $2.98 per MMBTU for 2017. I will now turn the call back over to Rob.
Robert McNally:
Thank you. Erin. Our strong fourth quarter performance demonstrates our focus on enhancing operations and positioning EQT for increased efficiency, free cash flow growth and shareholder value creation. While we are proud of the progress we've made, we are only getting started. With that, I'll hand the call over to the operator, who can open it up for Q&A. Operator?
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from the line of Holly Stewart from Scotia Howard Weil. You are now live.
Holly Stewart:
Good morning, gentlemen, ladies.
Robert McNally:
Hi, Holly.
Holly Stewart:
Maybe, Jimmi Sue, just on my first question, you kind of rattled through that fast on the free cash flow bookends for the quarter. I think that would imply obviously 1Q and 4Q, and then, negative free cash flow during 2Q and 3Q. Is there any detail behind that, is that kind of just driven by the basis assumptions or is there certain CapEx shift in those quarters that we should be aware of?
Jimmi Sue Smith:
No. Holly, it's really driven by the shape of the natural gas curve, as well as the shape of our production curve for the year.
Holly Stewart:
Okay, okay. That's good. And then, just another maybe small one on the guidance. It looks like there was a slight shift in the EBITDA change, but no shift in cash flow guidance. Is there anything to highlight there?
Jimmi Sue Smith:
I think the big highlight there is the $50 million of additional cost savings we identified. That lowered our CapEx guidance, and let us keep our free cash flow guidance the same, even though we lowered the strip pricing, and that was what's driving the decline in the forecasted EBITDA numbers from our last release.
Holly Stewart:
Got it. Okay. That makes sense. Maybe one final one on the guidance if I could. It looked like EQM, this morning reiterated their timing of 4Q for the end-service of MVP. Is there anything baked into either your costs or basis assumptions for MVP at this point for '19?
Robert McNally:
Holly, this is Rob. No. We're assuming that their guidance is just correct, that pipe will come online in the fourth quarter, and that is baked into our assumptions on both basis and realized pricing. But it really doesn't affect 2019 very much, that's really a 2020 issue.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. Because it's probably late in the year. And then one - maybe, just one final one, maybe for Blue if I could. I mean, it looked like basis came in certainly better than our expectation. Is there anything right now just to kind of highlight in the overall marketing landscape? I mean, it looks like your guidance for 1Q is pretty solid as well?
Blue Jenkins:
Yeah. Hi, Holly. No, you're absolutely right. With the new pipes that came online in 4Q and coming online in 1Q. So the basis in Appalachia tightened up and so we were able to take advantage of that opportunity, and that's the primary conversation around that move.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. Great. Thanks, guys.
Robert McNally:
Thanks, Holly.
Jimmi Sue Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Michael Hall from Heikkinen Energy Advisors. You are now live.
Michael Hall:
Hey. Good morning. I appreciate the time. I just wanted to talk a little bit about water. It seems like water is kind of at the heart of a lot of the differences in cost structure that you all have discussed, also sounds like it was part of the early $50 million savings that you highlighted this morning. Just wondering what can be done to potentially structurally address water costs, and improve that over a longer dated basis? And kind of what sort of initiatives, little more color on the initiatives that are in place right now?
Erin Centofanti:
Hi, Michael. This is Erin. First on the initiative, I will say, we have two main things on the initiative. The first one is, we were able to bring our water hauling rates down by an additional 8%, since we first put our business plan together back in November-December time frame. We've also implemented a proprietary water optimization model. So, this model was developed in-house by our optimization engineering team, and the goal of the model is to really optimize the logistics at how we move our water, and the number of trucks that we have on the roads everyday to minimize our costs.
Michael Hall:
Is there anything that can be done to just take trucks off entirely? I mean, any sort of additional capital projects that might make sense or the payback is just not there on those, or how you are all thinking about that?
Robert McNally:
Yeah. Michael, there certainly is. There is opportunity to pipe produced water, and obviously, there are geographic constraints to that, and it won't work in every instance. But we do have projects under way to develop pipe water solutions and not just for fresh water but also produced water. And anytime that we can make those economics work, it really is beneficial for us as we can get trucks off the road, and from a safety, environmental and cost perspective, it is a win, but there is not - given the geographic footprint that we have, there is not a 100% pipe solution, there will always be trucking involved to some degree.
Michael Hall:
Understood. Okay. And is any of that contemplated in the outlook at present or is…
Robert McNally:
It is not contemplated in the numbers that we've put forward or in the $50 million of cost savings for 2019. And frankly, it's going to take a little more time. So I think those are things that you would see in 2020 and beyond.
Michael Hall:
Okay. And then, I was also curious just on the longer dated plan. You just noticed the average lateral length obviously increasing over time. What are you all assuming in West Virginia at this point, as it relates to lateral lengths, and where you can get those and I'm just curious what sort of acreage spend is required to do that over the course of the five-year outlook ?
Erin Centofanti:
Michael, this is Erin. So on the West Virginia side, the real challenge in West Virginia for us is from a legislative standpoint. And so, it isn't necessarily spending more money on the leases. It's more about trading acreage with our competitors, and we have great relationships with all of our competitors in West Virginia. We're currently working some very large acreage trades, and you'll see that start to affect our 2020 and beyond lateral lengths in West Virginia. So we expect to be relatively short this year, but the short wells in West Virginia still compete pretty well, because of the liquids content of the gas, and we also have firm gathering and transportation commitments that we're trying to sell in West Virginia as well. So we expect 2020, you'll see a pretty large step change in our lateral lengths in West Virginia.
Michael Hall:
Okay. So it sounds like maybe these trades are something we could hear and get formalized by the end of the year, is that fair to think?
Erin Centofanti:
That is fair to say. I will say I don't know that we will comment on it publicly. That's not typically our practice, but they are in the works.
Michael Hall:
Okay. And then the last one, just curious if there is any indications around timing of the General Meeting? Obviously that's been a focus point of late, appreciate any color, if you are able to provide any?
Robert McNally:
Yeah. Michael, the date of the Annual Meeting hasn't been set yet, and it's obviously a Board decision. And the Board is committed to an orderly Annual Meeting process that ensures that all of the shareholders views will be heard and represented. And so, we'll come back to the market when we have more information on that.
Michael Hall:
All right. Appreciate it. Thanks.
Robert McNally:
Thanks, Michael.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. You are now live.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning.
Robert McNally:
Hi, Brian.
Brian Singer:
Two questions, one, and I apologize if you mentioned this earlier, but can you just break down the $50 million portion of the Target 10% Initiative driving down the CapEx relative to the call and the initial plan a few weeks ago, where that's coming from and the risk around that one way or the other?
Erin Centofanti:
Yes. Sure, Brian. This is Erin. So as Jimmi Sue mentioned in her talking points, the $50 million is focused in a couple of areas. So the first one we talked about was water hauling, so bringing the rates down on our water hauling fleet, and then also implementing our proprietary water optimization model. The second area is around construction, both on the facility and civil construction side. So we're working diligently to retrofit and redeploy our existing equipment for new wells, and streamline our construction finding by prefabing a lot of that equipment off location. On the civil construction side, we've renegotiated rates for our sound wall rentals, our winter maintenance, and our aggregate trucking. We've also aligned our survey and inspection needs to eliminate any redundancies in our processes. And the third area that we have streamlined our processes around is production operations. So we are refining our work and deploying our resources by exception, which is largely due to the implementation of technology over the course of 2018, that we are now starting to realize the benefits of in 2019. This again allows us to streamline our processes and eliminate any redundant work practices.
Brian Singer:
Okay. Great. Thank you. And my follow up is just on the constrained production. What are your expectations for how that evolves over the course of 2019, and remind us again what's built into guidance there?
Robert McNally:
Yeah. What's in the guidance is that we will believe the constraints by the end of 2020. As I've mentioned in the past, I do think that there is real opportunity for us to get that done quicker than the end of 2020, but I think it really will be late 2019, early 2020, before we see any meaningful movement on relieving the constraints.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you so much.
Robert McNally:
Okay. Thanks, Brian.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Josh Silverstein from Wolfe Research. You are now live.
Josh Silverstein:
Yeah. Thanks. Good morning, guys. Just a question on the COO process here. Just wanted to get an understanding of what you guys are trying to look for in a new Operating Officer to come in? You outlined the plan that you think already optimizes the best outlook for production and cash flow optimization. Does this COO have to come in and work with that or three months into the plan - three months into them being hired, they can go and rework the plan and come out with, either a higher or lower growth rate or other cash flow outlooks?
Robert McNally:
Yeah. Josh, here is what I would say, I think that our team, our organization has the right basic plan in place that we're executing on. My expectation is that a new COO is going to come and bring added leadership and focus on real optimization around operational efficiency, and it would be incrementally improving the plan. I don't think it's going to be throw this plan out and implement a whole new plan as much as help us optimize and get better. The low hanging fruit, we're doing a pretty good job of finding right now on our own. I think that's evident in the $150 million of cash costs that we pulled out since November. I think to truly get to a manufacturing type operation, it takes a little bit different mindset and I think that's where the new COO can help the organization get to.
Josh Silverstein:
So, this is more an accountability to have a person in place to go and deliver this game plan, that's the sense I'm getting?
Robert McNally:
I think it's two - frankly, I think it's - to deliver what we've laid out, I think can be done with the organization as we have it. I think that the new COO is going to help us do better than that. Get us to a truly manufacturing style of operation. And frankly it's a change in mindset, right. I mean this has been an organization that's been driven by volume growth for a decade. And so making the shift to capital efficiency, manufacturing style operation, it will take a little bit of time and I think some different skill sets.
Josh Silverstein:
Got it. And then, just wanted to follow up on the land spend. I think you guys have outlined a budget of around $200 million annually. This was also a big gap in the free cash flow differentials that the Rice Brothers outlined. I think it was around $85 million. I think they talked about some apps and technology to roll out and so reduce that amount. Could you just talk about what the difference in the gap there would be as to why it's $100 million annually?
Robert McNally:
Well, I don't know what their assumptions are, they didn't give much detail on those assumptions. But the reality is, there is money that will have to be spent to maintain our land position, and it can be spent either on leasing, it can be spent on operations to hold land by operations and there is no magic app that's going to decrease the land spend by $100 million. It's just not reality. And frankly, the apps that they've talked about on the land side, we've employed. Actually, we're using those fully now in our land operations. And the spend on land is just the reality of the business and there is no way to wave a magic wand over it and make it get cut in half or more.
Josh Silverstein:
Thanks for that. And then just a quick follow-up on that. The $200 million spend for this, is this to just maintain the inventory as is, that's roughly a 12, 13 years, within that range or does this actually extend it beyond that or is it just to make sure it's not depleting?
Robert McNally:
Josh, it's really to maintain the inventory and for fill-in. There's always going to be gaps in the land position and so it's to fill in those doughnut holes and lengthen laterals. So it's a realistic look at what it will take to manage the land position and the drilling operations.
Josh Silverstein:
Great. Thanks, guys.
Robert McNally:
Okay. Thanks, Josh.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Sameer Panjwani from Tudor Pickering Holt & Company. You're now live.
Sameer Panjwani:
Hey, guys. Good morning.
Robert McNally:
Hi, Sameer.
Erin Centofanti:
Good morning.
Sameer Panjwani:
So, given some of the issues that you highlighted earlier around West Virginia and the limited activity that's planned for the region in 2019, what's your appetite for carving off some of that acreage to offset the land spending for bolt-ons in Southwest PA? Seems like it can be a pretty easy way to boost free cash flow, while further high grading your acreage?
Robert McNally:
Yeah. I mean we're always willing to consider selling acreage that's further back in the drilling queue. If somebody is willing to pay us more than what we think it's worth in our portfolio, we're always open minded about that. I would caution, however, that there is not a long list of buyers for acreage out there right now given where gas prices are and the shape of some companies' balance sheets. So while we're always open minded about that, I would caution about too much optimism in terms of available buyers.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay. That makes sense. And then I think you guys mentioned earlier, just as you've ran the sensitivities on your five year plan, just trying to get a sense of how you think about increasing or decreasing activity according to commodity prices in order to meet your target of maximizing free cash flow? I ask because current share pricing is closer to $2.70 versus your outlook of $2.85 that's baked into your five-year outlook?
Robert McNally:
Yeah. I'd say broadly, Sameer, that lower pricing that we think is going to hold will push us toward lower growth, and then the opposite is also true. But we're not talking about huge swings, right. This plan already contemplates a mid single-digit growth rate. I think that if we believe that the forward curve is going to be to $2.70 or $2.60, that probably pushes us a bit lower and you could see activity come down, but not big changes.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay. Thank you.
Robert McNally:
Thanks, Sameer.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, we have no further questions in queue at this time. I'd like to turn the floor back over to management for closing.
Robert McNally:
All right. Thank you all. This is a very exciting time at EQT and we really are encouraged by the progress that we've already made toward delivering value for our shareholders. Our plan has been successfully executed by the capable and hardworking employees at EQT. We look forward to updating you on our progress and additional upside that we expect to realize throughout this year. As always, none of this will be achievable without the dedication of the outstanding people of EQT. Our thanks go out to all of the EQT team members who are making this plan a reality. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude our teleconference for today. You may now disconnect your line at this time. Thank you for your participation, and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp. Blake McLean - EQT Corporation Jimmi Sue Smith - EQT Corp. Erin Centofanti - EQT Corporation
Analysts:
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Stephen Richardson - Evercore Group LLC Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc. Melinda Jocelyn Newman - TCW Asset Management Co. LLC Raymond J. Deacon - HS Energy Advisors LLC
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to EQT Corporation Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Robert McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for EQT Corporation. Thank you, Mr. McNally. You may begin.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Good morning. As many of you saw, this morning, we announced several changes in our senior leadership team. So I'd like to begin this call this morning by thanking Lew Gardner, Pat Kane and David Schlosser for their years of service to EQT. They all made lasting contributions and played significant roles in the transformation of EQT over the past decade. I would also like to make three introductions. I'm happy to be joined today by Jimmi Sue Smith, our incoming CFO; Erin Centofanti, our new Executive Vice President of Production; and Blake McLean, our new Senior Vice President of Investor Relations and Strategy. So with that, I'm going to pass the call over to Blake for further introductions and call details.
Blake McLean - EQT Corporation:
Thanks, Rob. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are David Porges, interim Chief Executive Officer; Rob McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Erin Centofanti, Executive Vice President of Production; Blue Jenkins, Chief Commercial Officer; and Jimmy Sue Smith, Chief Accounting Officer. A replay for today's call will be available for a 7-day period, beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415. Confirmation code 13674486. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQM Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, and EQGP Holdings, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. EQM and EQGP will have a joint earnings conference call at 11:30 a.m. today, which requires that we take the last question at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call is 201-689-7817. Confirmation code 13674493. In a moment, Rob, Erin and Jimmy Sue will present their prepared remarks. Following these remarks, Rob, Erin, Blue and Jimmy Sue will be available to answer your questions. I'd also like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under risk factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC and are available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Jimmi Sue.
Jimmi Sue Smith - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Blake. This morning EQT announced third quarter adjusted earnings per diluted share of $0.35 compared to $0.10 last year. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $560 million for the quarter, a $345 million increase year-over-year. As a reminder, the results of EQGP and EQM are consolidated in EQT's results. Net income attributable to non-controlling interest was $103 million for the quarter compared to $82 million in the third quarter of last year. As a result of the RMP merger with EQM, EQT now conducts its business through four segments; EQT Production, EQM Gathering, EQM Transmission and EQM Water. Moving on to segment results, starting with EQT Production. Third quarter production sales volumes were 374 Bcfe, within the stated guidance range of 370 Bcfe to 380 Bcfe. Volumes were 82% higher than the third quarter of 2017, primarily as a result of the Rice acquisition. Our average differential for the quarter was a negative $0.47, $0.38 better than in the third quarter of 2017. Differential improvements year-over-year were offset by lower NYMEX and hedge prices in 2018 and a lower Btu uplift resulting from a larger percentage of our gas being dryer after the Huron divestiture and Rice acquisition. Though there were improvements in liquid pricing year-over-year, third quarter 2018 total liquids volumes were down by approximately 17% from third quarter 2017 as a result of the Huron and Permian divestitures. This resulted in a flat year-over-year average realized price, including cash settled derivatives, of $2.76 per Mcfe. Operating revenues were slightly over $1 billion for the third quarter of 2018, which is $452 million higher than the third quarter of 2017 on higher production associated with the Rice acquisition. Total operating expenses, excluding a $259 million loss associated with the Huron divestiture, were $912 million or 56% higher year-over-year. Cash operating costs of $1.35 per Mcfe were 23% lower than last year. Moving on to Midstream results, EQM Gathering operating income for the third quarter was $178 million, $92 million higher than the third quarter of 2017. Operating revenues were $136 million higher, primarily due to the acquisition of Rice's midstream assets and increased development by EQT and other producers. Operating expenses for EQM Gathering were $75 million, $44 million higher than the third quarter of 2017, primarily from the acquired assets. EQM Transmission operating income for the third quarter 2018 was $59 million, essentially flat year-over-year, and EQM Water reported an operating loss of $3 million. To conclude, I would like to discuss our cash flow and liquidity position. As of September 30, 2018, EQT had $450 million of borrowings and no letters of credit outstanding under our $2.5 billion credit facility. We currently forecast $2.6 billion to $2.7 billion of adjusted operating cash flow for 2018 at EQT, which includes approximately $250 million to $300 million from EQT's interest in EQM and EQGP and RMP for the first three quarters of 2018, reflecting the separation timing announced last night. Our operating cash flow guidance does not reflect anticipated taxes on the separation, which are triggered by the disposition of the Rice Midstream assets within two years of acquisition and are expected to be approximately $100 million. We can utilize a portion of our previously anticipated $200 million tax refund for 2018 to offset this tax liability. With our forecasted adjusted operating cash flow and cash from asset sales during the year, we expect to fully fund our forecast 2018 capital expenditure plan of $2.7 billion, which includes $2.5 billion for well development. I'll now turn the call over to Erin Centofanti.
Erin Centofanti - EQT Corporation:
Thanks, Jimmi Sue, and good morning, everyone. I'm going to start by providing an update on 2018 CapEx. As mentioned in our release this morning, we are increasing our 2018 well development CapEx by $300 million or 14%. These costs represent primarily one-time events that were driven by pace of activity, ultra-long lateral learning curve and some service cost increases. Our original 2018 development program was designed to have consistent frac and drilling activity throughout the year. However, first quarter weather events and midstream delays disrupted that schedule, requiring us to ramp from 9 to 12 frac crews in Q2 to meet our planned volume. While this work led to a record 94 gross TILs in Q3, the ramp in frac crews, robust pace and concentration of activity all placed stress on our supply chain, logistics and pad operations, increasing our CapEx. Additionally, as we progress up the learning curve on the ultra-long laterals, meaning those laterals that are between 15,000 and 20,000 feet, early well costs are heavily influenced by trying new techniques and adjusting operating practices as problems occur. This learning curve is no different than what the industry experienced a decade ago, as we determined best practices for the first wave of Marcellus development. Make no mistake, the economics of longer laterals are compelling. This was a key driver behind our acquisition of Rice and it is a critical component of maximizing the long-term value of our premier acreage position in this basin. Many of the lessons of drilling ultra-long laterals have been learned and are now incorporated, and we will execute better on this program going forward. Lastly, pressure pumping and water pricing both increased versus planned. The first six months of 2018 represented a tight market for Appalachian frac crews, resulting in higher pricing. The same phenomenon was present in our water hauling operations where increased demands for trucks, a shortage of qualified drivers and new safety requirements for all haulers increased water hauling costs. As we build our 2019 plan, we are doing so with a manufacturing approach to development. This includes consistent levels of activity, a moderate pace coordinated with infrastructure, extreme focus on capital efficiency versus quarterly volume targets, and implementation of real-time operation centers for all our processes. Many of the lessons of drilling ultra-long laterals have been learned and are now incorporated into our program. Data governance and analytics teams are in place and we will set measurable operational goals and report the progress to you annually. We are not waiting until January to begin this process. We are currently working at a consistent and moderate pace, which will eliminate future inefficiencies. This decision to moderate activity earlier will result in 30 Bcfe of production being deferred into next year, but will allow us to immediately implement our efficiency model. As we mentioned in our release, some of these deferred volumes would have been sold in early October at low local pricing of $2 and will now realize Q1 2019 pricing of $2.90. We are committed to effectively deploying capital and believe that the lessons learned in 2018 provide the knowledge and experience to drill longer laterals at the cost profile we originally anticipated. These longer laterals, in addition to our manufacturing model, will be the key to maximizing the long-term value of the world-class asset we have built in this basin. I will now turn the call over to Rob.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Erin. Today, I'm going to focus on EQT post split. Starting with the time line, as we near the end of the split process, we announced yesterday that the EQT board has approved the separation of our upstream and midstream businesses. We expect Equitrans Midstream will begin trading on a when-issued basis on October 31, and then both EQT and Equitrans will trade on a regular-way basis starting on November 13. And we expect the record date for the distribution to be November 1. In our updated slide deck, which will be posted this evening, we've included a few slides that highlight the persistent sum-of-the-parts discount that the separation is intended to address. What you see is that if you assume current market prices for the various midstream entities, the remaining EQT upstream business is trading at a very significant discount to our peers. EQT will enter the next chapter with one of the best asset bases in the country, with 680,000 core Marcellus acres and 2,400 undeveloped locations. We're capable of generating a combination of modest growth and significant free cash flow. We also have one of the strongest balance sheets in a peer group, allowing us to weather low commodity prices and allocate meaningful free cash flow through share buybacks and dividends driving per share returns. As we've discussed for the past several months, we're transitioning this organization from a volume growth mindset to a capital efficiency mindset. We will operate at a more moderate steady pace and we think that looks like six to seven frac crews on average, which will drive mid-single-digit annual production growth over the next five years. We believe this operational consistency will reduce cost per well, increase productivity per foot and continue our long-term trend of driving down development cost per MCF. Another advantage of this moderated growth and development pace is the improvement in overall portfolio decline rate. High growth rates mean a greater percentage of production coming from new high decline rate wells. And in a lower growth scenario, where new wells make up a smaller portion of the overall production, baseline decline rates moderate along with capital requirements. This is what drives the shape of our free cash flow profile. In our current base case forecast, we see annual maintenance level CapEx dropping from approximately $1.8 billion in 2019 to approximately $900 million by 2023. Based on mid-single-digit annual production growth case, we anticipate approximately $200 million of free cash flow in 2019 and $2.1 billion in cumulative free cash flow over the five year period. With respect to 2019, we are providing the following high-level guidance. We expect CapEx of $2.0 billion to $2.2 billion, net sales volumes of 1,470 Bcfe to 1,510 Bcfe and EBITDA of approximately $2.2 billion to $2.4 billion. We're in the midst of working through our annual budget process, which we will present to the board in December. Consistent with our practice, we will give formal 2019 guidance at that time. We do understand that this quarter's operational update is a disappointment to shareholders. It certainly is a disappointment to me and this team as we underperformed our asset base in 2018. As the incoming CEO, I am committed to reshaping our culture to one that's focused on capital efficiency and per share returns as opposed to purely chasing volume targets. To close out my remarks, I would like to say thank you to all of the EQT and soon-to-be Equitrans employees as well as our advisors for a truly amazing job in getting these two strong businesses ready to be independent. It was a herculean effort that was flawlessly executed in record time. Great job. I'd also like to thank Dave Porges for his many years of excellent leadership and strategic vision at EQT. We're very grateful to Dave for stepping back in to the interim CEO role earlier this year in what was a very dynamic time at EQT. With that, I'll turn it back to you, Blake.
Blake McLean - EQT Corporation:
Thanks, Rob. This concludes the comments portion of the call. Doug, can we please now open the line up to questions?
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, we will be conducting a question-and-answer session. Our first question comes from the line of Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. Please proceed with your question.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Wanted to start with regards to the some of the costs and related lateral points that you mentioned, and really more as it focuses on the going forward. Can you talk about the services environment that you expect when you think about a CapEx budget in the range that you're at least initially indicating, whether you see that falling or rising and what the risks are around that? And then also on lateral length, can you talk about the challenges that you faced a bit more, whether there's any upper limits that you're seeing and what's baked into your – the production and CapEx expectations in the plan?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So on the cost side, we really saw the tightness in cost escalation in midyear when we were running – at one point, we were running 12 frac crews, 15 rigs, and on a daily basis would have something like 500 trucks on the road. That's where we saw the tightness and the costs increased. Now, as we've gotten into the fourth quarter, we backed off on that pace and we're down, I think, seven today frac crews and getting to a level where we expect to run long-term. And so those costs have come down and we expect that to continue. So, on the cost side, the higher costs that we saw through the middle part of the year have abated as we reduced our activity. On the lateral lengths, with the Rice acquisition, we all of a sudden have found ourselves with a land position that gave us the opportunity to go from, on average of 8,000-foot laterals to almost 14,000-feet. But mixed in there were quite a number of laterals that were between 15,000 feet and 20,000 feet and many in the kind of 18,500 feet range, which present a whole new set of challenges, stretching rigs to the limits of their capabilities. And in hindsight, we probably tried to drill too many of those ultra-long laterals in 2018. I think that there is potential upside in drilling those longer than 15,000 foot laterals, but we need to do it at a more measured pace so that we can incorporate the learnings into the next well as opposed to having multiple ultra-long laterals going at once. So I think what you'll see from us and what's baked into our 2019 thinking so far is that the majority of the wells that we drill will be more like 12,000 feet to 15,000 feet, and that the ones that are beyond 15,000 feet, we'll take much more measured view of. And we will work out many of the issues and be able to extend the laterals, but the blocking and tackling drilling will likely be less than 15,000-foot laterals.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great, thanks. And my follow-up is just a couple of quick numbers clarifications, and sorry for this. The $2 billion to $2.2 billion in at least indicated 2019 CapEx, does that include the ongoing leasehold? So is that comparable to the $2.7 billion or is that comparable to the $2.5 billion? And then, when you talk about $200 million of expected free cash flow in 2019, does that incorporate any of the one-off tax benefit inflows?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So, on the first part of the question, that's the all-in CapEx number. It does include the land CapEx, so it's comparable to the $2.7 billion. And there is – correct me if I am wrong, about $100 million of tax gain in 2019 that's included in that.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you very much.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Brian.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets. Please proceed with your question.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Yeah. Thanks. Just back onto some of the things you're seeing on the long laterals. I mean, when you step back and look at it is – on this go forward development program, in your minds, I mean is there really – I mean do you see a benefit long-term of doing the longer laterals? And fundamentally, could you be just kind of finding a sweet spot in the 12,000 foot to 15,000 foot? And what implications does that have on to some of those synergies we talked about during the Rice acquisition by putting the two acreage positions together?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes. So, we do think that there probably is a sweet spot and maybe it's in that 14,000 foot to 15,000 foot range where when you get beyond that, your incremental cost per foot starts to creep back up because the problem wells get to be big problems. But what we found as an industry for many years is that what seems really tough today tomorrow people start figuring out. So I think what you'll see from us is we're not going to go both feet in drilling 17,000 foot and 18,000 foot laterals. We will do one here and there, but the vast majority of the wells that we drill going forward will be at less than 15,000 feet. And in that range, the wells are – we're much more consistent. We don't have the surprises that we do with the ultra-long laterals. But I would like to reemphasize. The move from 8,000 feet to 14,000 feet or 15,000 feet is huge in terms of economic efficiency. So we think that the gain that came from being able to extend that – the laterals to that kind of length is very real. It's just going from there to north of 15,000 feet is more problematic.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Yes. But specifically on the synergies, some of those synergies you discussed, does that change now, knowing what you know on costs and lateral lengths to what we would have thought, say, nine months ago?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
No, no. When we thought through the synergies from Rice, we didn't contemplate wells longer than 14,000 feet or 15,000 feet. In fact, if you remember back to the guidance that we gave in late 2017 sometime, what we originally expected to average in 2018 was 12,000 foot laterals. So we were able to go significantly longer than that. It's just that the longest 20 or so wells that were longer than 15,000 feet, there's a real learning curve associated with that, and frankly, just the physics limitation of the rig and pressure pumping when you get out to those lateral lengths.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Appreciate that. And then, also appreciate the view on strategically we're going to 2019 and beyond. And you sort of made a comment of mid-single digits growth kind of over the next five years. And do you see constraints in that – beyond that, or are you just kind of isolating your comments to the next five years? And if you can dial in what mid-single digits means a little bit more, that'd be appreciated.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes. So five years is a arbitrary time period that we think just gives enough visibility into the business that it's an appropriate timeframe, but there's nothing magic about the five years. If we spun it out further, it would look very similar. And we're not probably ready to give you more specific guidance than mid-single-digits, but I would take that for what it is. It's the middle of the pack. So 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, something that range. And we think at that pace – and really, what was driving that, it was not a growth rate target, but rather an operational target of running somewhere between 6 and 8 frac crews or 5.5 and 7.5 frac crews, which we think is a really prudent way to develop the asset where we can be the most capital efficient. It drives modest growth and generates real free cash flow of over $2 billion in that timeframe. So we think that that's a model that for a company the size of EQT makes a lot of sense.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Okay. That's great. And sorry, I'm just going to just add a related question to that. When you give your 2019 budget, do you plan on providing some more details to that longer-term outlook or is that one of those things we'll just get year-by-year?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
No, we likely will give more color on the out-years as well when we announce our 2019 budget. Of course, the most granularity will come around 2019 that we will likely give more visibility beyond that as well.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Appreciate it. Thank you.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley. Please proceed with your question.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning, everyone. I was just going to follow-up on the prior two questions around free cash flow and the priority of return of cash to shareholders. How you guys are thinking about dividends versus buybacks and how you expect that cadence of return of cash to proceed starting next year?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So in terms of how we would split free cash flow between dividends and share buybacks, we do think that there is value in a modest but growing dividend, but that is constrained by a belief that in a highly cyclical business like natural gas and that a large dividend that stresses the cash flows that it is hard to manage in a downturn is probably too much. So if I had to try to ballpark it, I would say that we'd be more like three quarters spend on share buybacks versus dividends, but that can move around some.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. Thanks for that.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
I'm sorry, Drew, there was another part to the question. I've forgotten.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Well, on the cadence, so you talked about $200 million of free cash flow next year. I think Dave had talked about using some of the retained SpinCo shares to fund buybacks or cash return on the last call or maybe it was that first quarter call, talking about that being one aspect, but not being very specific on when you would monetize those shares. So just curious as how that free cash flow progress and cash return.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So we're going to do the smart economic thing with the retained shares. So I think that there's likely to be some noise in the trading in early days for Equitrans and likely EQT as well. So we're not going to rush out the door to try to sell those shares. So we want to do it when we can get the best economic bang for our buck. But we look at that as capital to be deployed for really three things. It's for de-levering the balance sheet as much as we need to, for share buybacks and potentially to fund dividends. And what we've said a number times here in the past, call it, six months is that we really want to target a leverage level that's somewhere between 1.5 and 2 times debt-to-EBITDA. And I'd say that my personal view is that the lower end of that is probably the right range for us to be in. And so that would push us towards using the majority of that retained stake to delever the balance sheet a bit further post-spin.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. Thanks for that color. I am sorry, just to clarify on the cash return piece. It sounds like for next year, assuming you don't monetize the shares early on next year, probably buybacks or a big increase in dividends probably less likely.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes, I think that's fair.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. Thanks, Rob.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Drew.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy Advisors. Please proceed with your question.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Thanks. Kind of coming back to some of the questions, on the long-term free cash flow outlook, just curious what sort of price assumptions are behind that and how you're treating MVP in the context of that?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
The price assumptions were stripped for 2019 and then $2.80 for the four years after that of NYMEX and then the local basis of $0.50. And then...
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
And then – sorry, go ahead.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
And then MVP, the assumption is that it comes on at the end of 2019.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. And then, in the context of the maintenance capital, I think you mentioned that there's some obviously moving parts around base decline. How should we think about the progression of your base decline? What's that look like currently and what does that get to by the end of that five-year outlook?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. Currently, it's just a little over 30% is the basic line rate. And by year five, it gets down to mid-teens.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. And then, I guess last...
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
It's not exactly linear. It's higher in 2019 and 2020 and then takes a pretty big step down in 2021 and then flattens out between 2021 and 2023.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay that's helpful. And then, last of mine, I guess, is the – on the 2019 outlook, how should we think about, given all the kind of challenges on the lateral lengths front, what do you think is a fair average lateral length to contemplate for 2019? And then, how many turn-in-line should we be contemplating as well?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
The lateral length, I think they'll be in the same ballpark as this year kind of at 12,000 foot to 13,000 foot or 14,000 foot average laterals. The TILs, do you know what the TILs are, Erin?
Erin Centofanti - EQT Corporation:
Believe it's around 170.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. And then that will – that TIL rate will come down pretty dramatically over the next few years as the base decline rate drops.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay, appreciate the color. Thanks.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Michael.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Welles Fitzpatrick from SunTrust Robinson Humphrey. Please proceed with your question.
Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Hey. Good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Morning.
Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
It sounds like all the issues on the ultra-long laterals are really in the D&C portion, but I was wondering if maybe we could get an update on some of those longer ones that you've drilled, maybe the Harbison and the Haywood. Are those guys still sort of at or above that 2.4 Bcf per 1,000 lateral foot curve?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
(00:31:28)
Erin Centofanti - EQT Corporation:
Yes. They're still currently meeting our expectations.
Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay, perfect. And then, is there any way – could you guys break out the costs versus the learning curve on that $300 million CapEx bump or is it just too kind of mushed up?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So about a half of the costs were inefficiencies from running so many rigs, so many frac crews, the logistics issues that came with that, about half of that is tied to those inefficiencies. And then a portion is increased service costs that we saw during that period that have now abated and a quarter or so is from the – of the cost is from the problem wells in the ultra-long laterals.
Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay, perfect. That's all I have. Thank you.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil. Please proceed with your question.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Good morning, guys.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Holly.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Just maybe a follow-up on that last question. Just you mentioned several of the cost escalation just being sort of one-time. Can you maybe just give us new well cost numbers as you're thinking about it for either in the plan currently for 2018 or even looking at 2019 for Marcellus and Utica and whether you can give us either on the lateral-adjusted basis or overall well cost?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Well, on a per foot basis, 2018 is going to be significantly higher than what we expected. It's going to be over $1000 of lateral foot versus more like $900 or $915 is what we would've expected. And we'll expect for 2019 that we're back down in that $900 range per lateral foot.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, that's helpful. And then, maybe, Rob, just is there – I'm assuming the rating agencies have continued to watch what we're doing here on the spin. Is there any signal in terms of keeping EQT at that investment-grade level?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
We do expect to be able to keep EQT at the investment-grade level. That's the indication we've had through the conversations with all three agencies.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, great. And then maybe one final for me. Just given the increase that we've seen in NGL pricing, is there any thought at this point in that 2019 plan on sort of shifting any of this activity from Southwest PA into West Virginia to pick up more of that NGL uplift?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
I mean, certainly that weighs in the economics and we consider that. The difficulty, though, is that in West Virginia, we're still drilling significantly shorter laterals. So even with some liquids component that does help on realizations, it still doesn't compete very well with drilling 12,000 and 14,000 foot laterals in Greene or Washington counties.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, that's helpful. Sorry, maybe just one final one, if I could. Is there any change in the hedging philosophy here now going forward?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
There's not a change in the hedging philosophy necessarily, but when we see forward pricing that we like, we've seen some decent pricing in 2019, and at least for the near term, we're likely to layer in a bit more on the hedges. But in terms of hedging heavier further out, there's no real change in philosophy.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, great. Thanks.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Holly.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Stephen Richardson with Evercore ISI. Please proceed with your question.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore Group LLC:
Hi. Good morning. Could you help us with the pro forma, how you look at pro forma 2018 production? Just trying to reconcile the 1,470 Bcfe to 1,510 Bcfe guidance versus 2018. Am I right in assuming that there was about 40 Bs (00:35:47) of production at Huron and anything else in the Permian? So, Rob, if you could just give us a sense of what you think the pro forma year-over-year percentage growth is on volumes, that'd be helpful.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes, we think – so pro forma for the Huron sale, backing that out and the little bit that was in West Texas, we think that the pro forma production is about 1,430 Bcfe in 2018.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore Group LLC:
Okay. Thank you. And then, the other question is, I guess, you mentioned a little bit in terms of the timing of MVP, but am I right in assuming that EQT does not need to grow any – you don't have to drill to fill in terms of MVP and that you can divert volumes locally. So none of this growth is in order to meet your volume commitments on MVP?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
That's correct.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore Group LLC:
And final one for me was just, is there any major moves in your assumptions on your transmission and midstream costs, as you look out to 2021, 2022, maybe just directionally? I think you mentioned before in terms of the cost of MVP, but can you just help us (00:37:03) any major changes in those assumptions?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
There are no major changes in those assumptions. The big change is when MVP comes online. So 2020, 2021, all of the out-years after 2019 will have MVP transportation charges, but also will have the uplift for better end markets as well.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore Group LLC:
Okay. Thank you very much.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Stephen.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Sameer Panjwani with Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Company. Please proceed with your question.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Hey, good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Morning.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
So you continue to shift away from the Upper Devonian and the Utica, which makes sense as you move to a more moderated program and have a higher focus on capital efficiency. But how should we think about activity outside of the Marcellus over this next five-year period?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
The activity outside of the Marcellus – our overall activity will be dominated by Marcellus. I don't know, Erin, if you have that stat in front of you. What you think it will be?
Erin Centofanti - EQT Corporation:
Yeah. I think you can assume roughly 30 wells a year in the Ohio Utica and we won't have any in the Upper Devonian going forward.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Okay, that's helpful. And then, on the maintenance CapEx numbers, I think the previous messaging was about $1.2 billion on average for five years. And the updated commentary, if I just kind of do the rough math, I mean, on the two endpoints, it implies about 10% higher on average. And so is there something that's driving the change there or am I just reading too much into that?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
No, your math is about right, except that the shape of that curve is not linear. So what you'll see is that the first two years 2019 and 2020, that maintenance CapEx number is much higher, $1.7 billion – or $1.8 billion and $1.5 billion or something like that, but then it drops off significantly in years three, four and five. And so the average of $1.2 billion that we have talked about previously it's still right. It's just that the shape of that is not exactly linear.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Okay, great. That's great color. Thank you.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Okay. Thanks, Sameer.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Melinda Newman with TCW. Please proceed with your question.
Melinda Jocelyn Newman - TCW Asset Management Co. LLC:
Hi. Can you go over again your CapEx guidance for EQT stand-alone next year, which looks like it's something like a – maybe like a 20% reduction versus the number of frac crews and rigs you intend to be running next year because it seems like when you talk about six or seven frac crews ongoing, that's like a 40% decline? And I know you said you ultimately think you'll get the CapEx down to below $1 billion, but what is the exact cause of the mismatch in the decline next year? And am I – the production guidance you gave, it's just about a 1% production increase. Is this like extra cost because you had a plan that was a faster growth plan and made commitments based on that plan and now, there's a cost associated with taking that back to a more modest growth plan?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
I'm not sure I understood the question, but I'll answer what I think I heard. So it is not a 1% growth in volumes. It's more like 5% growth if you pro forma the 2018 volumes for the sale of the Huron. And so I think that pro forma number is about 1430 Bcfe. And so it's more like 5% or so growth. And the $2 billion to $2.2 billion is consistent with the maintenance level, just keeping production flat, CapEx number of about $1.8 billion and then the rest is for the growth volumes. But remember, matching CapEx and production changes in the current – in a single period is always a bit off because the CapEx you spend in a period really will affect the production in the next period, not the period that you're in.
Melinda Jocelyn Newman - TCW Asset Management Co. LLC:
Yeah, understood. Can you give again what you think – I don't know if you're already gave it. You gave us an ultimate aim for frac crews, but what do you think your frac crews and rig count will be for 2019?
Erin Centofanti - EQT Corporation:
Six to seven frac crews in 2019 and around 10 horizontal rigs.
Melinda Jocelyn Newman - TCW Asset Management Co. LLC:
Okay. So it's really the proportion of less frac crews per rig, basically.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
And the rigs will come down over time. But in 2018, we're down now to, I think, it's seven frac crews, but we were as high as 12 mid-year. So what we intend to do and maybe this doesn't quite come through in our comments, but it is we intend to run at a steady pace. Moving towards a manufacturing model where we can deploy capital in the most efficient manner as opposed to ramping up and down, which is always very expensive when you're mobing and de-mobing frac crews or rigs.
Melinda Jocelyn Newman - TCW Asset Management Co. LLC:
Yeah. I mean, I'll let you go on, but the basic issue is that there's disproportionate – there's a bigger reduction in frac crews, rigs, I believe, than there is a reduction in CapEx. Okay. Thank you.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah, And just to follow on that, you'll see that the CapEx piece will continue to decline as the base decline rates continue to decline for any given growth rate or for a maintenance level.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Ray Deacon with HS Energy Advisors. Please proceed with your question.
Raymond J. Deacon - HS Energy Advisors LLC:
I'm sorry. I was on mute. My question was regarding the – what the 15,000 lateral type curve would look like or will you be putting on out? I know you have a 12,500 foot with about 4 Bcf of cumulative production in year one. I guess is it just ratable if I add somewhere around 10% to the EURs on your current type curve? Will that work?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I mean, the type curves that we put out are based on a per foot basis or the type curve right now is 2.4 Bcf per 1,000 feet of lateral. And so at 12,000 feet and 15,000 feet, the per foot EUR is still the same. So you can just multiply that.
Raymond J. Deacon - HS Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay, got it. And I know you had talked about the Upper Devonian being sort of a use it or lose it formation in the past that you wouldn't be able to go back and get it. And so I guess does the Bcf per 1000 foot go up as a result of dropping that out of the program?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
No, it really doesn't have an effect.
Raymond J. Deacon - HS Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. Got it. Great. Thank you.
Operator:
There are no further questions in the queue. I'd like to hand it back to management for closing comments.
Blake McLean - EQT Corporation:
All right. Thanks, Doug, and thank you all for participating.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude today's teleconference. Thank you for your participation. You may disconnect your lines at this time and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp. Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp. David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp. Donald M. Jenkins - EQT Corp. Jeremiah Ashcroft III - EQT Corp.
Analysts:
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc. Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Jane Trotsenko - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to EQT Corporation Second Quarter Earnings Conference Call. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Pat Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer for EQT Corporation. Thank you, Mr. Kane. You may begin.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Doug. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Rob McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; David Schlosser, Senior Vice President and President of Exploration and Production; Jerry Ashcroft, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream; and Blue Jenkins, Chief Commercial Officer. Dave Porges is not participating, as he had a previously scheduled conflict. The replay for today's call will be available for a seven-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415 with the confirmation code of 13674485. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, and EQT GP, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. EQM and EQGP will have a joint earnings conference call today at 11:30 AM, which requires that we take the last question of this call at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob and David will present their prepared remarks. Following these remarks, Rob, Dave, Jerry and Blue will be available to answer your questions. I'd also like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under risk factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Rob McNally.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Pat, and good morning, everyone. I'd like to start by discussing several of our key achievements during the quarter, before moving on to our standard quarterly update. We've made tremendous progress toward the separation of our Midstream and Upstream businesses. We've completed all of the midstream streamlining transactions that we previously announced in April. On May 22, we closed two transactions, the sale of EQT's Ohio gathering assets to EQM for $1.15 billion in cash and 5.9 million EQM units and the sale of RMP's IDRs to EQGP for 36.3 million EQGP units. On July 23, EQM completed the acquisition of Rice Midstream Partners in a unit-for-unit transaction at an exchange ratio of 0.3319. To support these transactions, EQM successfully issued $2.5 billion of senior notes. Proceeds from the offering were used to repay the amounts outstanding under EQM's 364-day term loan to pay off RMP's revolver and for general business purposes. The two remaining important items in our separation plan are the appointment of a new CEO and the filing of the Form 10. The CEO search is well underway and we expect to have a CEO named prior to the separation. We plan to file the Form 10 by mid August, which means the separation will likely occur in the fourth quarter. While the ultimate timing depends on the SEC and IRS, we cannot be certain as to how quickly they will act. Our goal is to close the separation as soon as possible. We are committed to ensuring that both the Production and Midstream businesses emerge from the separation with strong investment grade balance sheets. To achieve this objective, EQT will retain 19.9% of SpinCo's stock, which will be used to reduce debt at EQT Corp. and to fund the stock buyback program. As a result of this share retention, we do not expect SpinCo itself to have any outstanding indebtedness at the time of the separation. Our board has authorized a $500 million share repurchase program effective immediately. Given our view that EQT stock is not reflecting the full value of our E&P and Midstream businesses, we expect to begin using this buyback authority as soon as possible. We are pleased with this approval as it is one way for EQT to return value to its shareholders. In the same light, we did repurchase 700,000 EQT shares in the second quarter, taking advantage of the previously approved share repurchase authorization. Buying back EQT shares ahead of the split will benefit the shareholders of both companies. In June, we completed the sale of our Permian Basin assets for $64 million in cash, which also relieved EQT of approximately $40 million of liabilities associated with the assets. Earlier this month, we completed the sale of our non-core Huron assets for $575 million in cash and relieved EQT of approximately $200 million of assumed liabilities. Now, focusing on the Midstream side, as you may have read in EQM and EQGP's second quarter press release, the MVP JV announced a modification to its construction schedule and now anticipates a first quarter 2019 in-service date. More information on MVP can be found in EQM and EQGP's press release issued earlier this morning. Now, on to results for the quarter. EQT announced second quarter adjusted earnings per diluted share of $0.44 compared to $0.07 in the second quarter of last year. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $526 million for the second quarter, a $296 million increase year-over-year. SEC rules prevent us from adding expenses related to the separation back to adjusted operating cash flow. As a reminder, the results of EQGP, EQM, RMP and Strike Force Midstream are consolidated in EQT's results. Net income attributable to non-controlling interest was $118.5 million for the quarter compared to $81.5 million in the second quarter of last year. Now, moving on to the segment results, starting with EQT Production. Second quarter sales volumes were 363 Bcfe and fell within the stated guidance range of 360 to 370 Bcfe. Volumes were 83% higher than the second quarter of 2017, primarily as a result of the Rice acquisition. Average differentials of negative $0.43 for the quarter came in 33% better than the negative $0.64 in the second quarter of 2017. Differential improvements were offset by lower NYMEX price of $2.80 compared to $3.18 last year. The average realized price, including cash settled derivatives, was $2.81 per Mcfe, a 2% decrease compared to the second quarter of last year. Operating revenues totaled $951 million for the second quarter of 2018, $320 million higher than the second quarter of 2017 due to increased production associated with the acquisition. Approximately $13 million of EQT Production's operating revenue is considered pipeline and net marketing services revenue. We recast the segment to reflect the midstream asset drop, which resulted in third-party gathering revenue generated from the dropped assets being moved from the EQT Production segment to EQM Gathering segment. Thus, the $13 million in EQT Production's result cannot be directly compared to our stated guidance in April of $15 million to $20 million. Adjusting for the recast, the pipeline and net marketing services revenue would have been $24 million. Total operating expenses, excluding $118 million in asset impairment, were $912 million or 58% higher year-over-year and cash operating cost per Mcfe were 20% lower than last year. Now, moving on to the Midstream results. As mentioned, EQM's results have been recast to include the pre-acquisition results of midstream assets acquired by EQM from EQT. EQM Gathering operating income for the second quarter was $122 million, $38 million higher than the second quarter of 2017. Operating revenues were $68 million higher than the second quarter of 2017 primarily due to the acquired Ohio gathering assets. Operating expenses for EQM Gathering were $59 million, $30 million higher than the second quarter of 2017. Again, this variance was primarily from the acquired assets. EQM Transmission operating income for the second quarter was $61 million, $3 million higher than the second quarter of 2017. Operating revenues were $4 million higher than the second quarter of 2017. Expenses for EQM Transmission were $29 million, which is $2 million higher than the second quarter of 2017. Now, moving to RMP Gathering and RMP Water, RMP Gathering reported an operating income of $40 million, while RMP Water reported an operating income of $24 million. Now, onto our cash flow and liquidity position. As of June 30, EQT had $200 million of borrowings and no letters of credit outstanding under the $2.5 billion credit facility. EQT's current cash balance, excluding EQM and EQGP, is approximately $200 million and there is full availability on our $2.5 billion revolver. We currently forecast between $2.7 billion and $2.8 billion of adjusted operating cash flow for 2018 at EQT, which includes approximately $350 million to $400 million from EQT's interest in EQM, EQGP and RMP. Please note that the adjusted operating cash flow guidance for the year has been adjusted for the Huron asset sale and does not include taxes or costs related to the separation. With our forecasted adjusted operating cash flow and cash on hand, we expect to fully fund our forecasted 2018 capital expenditure plan of $2.4 billion. Lastly, I want to thank our employees and advisors for their hard work and dedication and our shareholders for their continued support. With that, I'll turn the call over to David to make some comments on operations.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Rob, and good morning, everyone. Let me start by providing an update on 2018 sales volume. As Rob mentioned, Q2 volume was within guidance at 363 Bcfe and represents a slight increase over Q1 volume of 357 Bcfe. We still expect sequential quarterly growth for the remainder of the year and are guiding Q3 at 370 to 380 Bcfe, an 8% quarter-over-quarter growth – increase adjusting for the Huron. Huron adjusted full-year guidance is now 1,490 to 1,510 Bcfe and is consistent with prior guidance. Moving on to operations, we continue to realize capital synergies from the Rice acquisition, as we develop our large contiguous acreage position. In our Southwestern Pennsylvania Core, our 2018 drilling program is now expected to deliver an average lateral length of 14,200 feet, which is 55% higher than our 2017 Southwestern Pennsylvania average prior to the Rice acquisition. In addition, our land group's efforts have also allowed us to lengthen approximately 70 prior year DUCs by an average of 3,000 feet each. As a reminder, we typically use top-hole rigs to drill the vertical section and curve of a well and then bring in a more expensive horizontal rig to drill the lateral. The timing gap created by swapping out the rigs, which is typically four to six months, creates an additional opportunity for land to extend laterals, even after we spud a well. This was of particular importance following the Rice acquisition, as we have the opportunity to significantly lengthen many wells, even though those wells had already been spud by EQT or Rice. As a result of these efforts and in conjunction with our 2018 drilling program realizing longer than planned lateral lengths, we'll reach our targets for feet of pay completed and feet of pay drilled, two important productivity targets, while spudding 34 fewer wells than we planned in 2018. On an activity level, the second quarter was the highest in EQT history with the company operating as many as 15 rigs and 12 frac crews. This resulted in nearly 680,000 feet of pay being fracked, which is 55% higher than our previous record. On the drilling side, we have already drilled as much footage in the first half of 2018 as we did in the full-year 2017. This activity was completed while making significant efficiency gains with fracked footage per day and drilled footage per day up 20% and 25% respectively over 2017 numbers. These results illustrate the benefits of EQT's manufacturing model and specifically our real-time operating centers. Finally, the increased activity in Q2 will result in higher sales volumes in Q3 and Q4 with us turning in line approximately 50% more feet of pay in the second half of 2018 as we did in the first half. We expect Q2 to be the high point for CapEx this year and reiterate our full-year guidance of $2.2 billion for well development. In the second half of 2018, we will return to a more moderate activity level, ramping down to six to seven frac crews running at the end of the year and 13 to 14 rigs. I will now turn the call over to Pat.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, David. This concludes the comments portion of the call. Doug, will you please open the call for questions?
Operator:
Thank you. Our first question comes from the line of Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. Please proceed with your question.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
You talked a lot about the buyback here, and it seems like there are three avenues you have to fund the buyback
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So, there's several things in that question, Brian. So, let me start and deal with them one at a time. Yeah, as we think about the appropriate growth rate for the company, we certainly see the need to balance generating free cash with a moderate growth rate. We're currently working through that with the board and we'll have a better guidance for you later in the year on what we think the forward growth rate will be. But we certainly do think there has to be a balance between returning cash to shareholders with growth. In terms of the share repurchase, we have a $500 million authorization from our board, and once we have used that up, depending on what the balance sheet looks like and what the environment is like, we could certainly consider going back to the board for further authorization. In previous calls and commentary, we have said that we want to see our leverage levels at less than 2 times debt to EBITDA and preferably more like 1.5 times debt to EBITDA. And so, that's the target range that we still believe is right for EQT going forward.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great, thank you. And then, my follow-up is maybe a little bit of the reverse, which has to do with the better environment here for natural gas prices locally and as well the storage situation nationally. Given the deficit we have in storage and some improvement that we've seen in local Appalachia prices, combined with some of the efficiency gains you've highlighted, how do you think about potentially increasing activity or what would you need to see to increase activity?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I think clearly, Brian, in a higher gas price environment, higher realizations, the math on returns will tell us that we're better off to increase growth rates and production. But we haven't seen a significant move in realized prices. While there have been some modest improvements locally in bases, that's been partially offset by lower NYMEX pricing. So, I would say that that dynamic isn't pushing us to increase production at this point.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you very much.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Okay. Thanks, Brian.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets. Please proceed with your question.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Yeah. Thanks. Good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Scott.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Hi. On retaining those SpinCo shares, can you give us some sense of what is your plan to like – how do you look to monetize that? Is it something we should expect pretty quickly? Is it going be systematic, opportunistic? And with that, what was really the driving force behind making that decision to retain that, those SpinCo shares? Was it specifically to have the access to extra liquidity or was it for more, during the spin process, to make it a little I guess cleaner for investors that would have been spun a little bit more shares?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I mean the real driver here was this was an avenue for us to right-size the EQT balance sheet and get to the liquidity levels that we want and be able to fund a share buyback prior to the spin, because we were retaining that value and it gives us confidence that we would have the available capital to fund the buyback without putting undue leverage at the SpinCo level, all right. So, we want – our goal all along was that we would have two independent companies with strong healthy balance sheets, and this was the most elegant way to accomplish that goal, as well as fund the share buyback.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. And how do you want to execute that?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
The share buyback?
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
No, no, no, the sale of the retained shares.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes, sorry. So, we're required by the IRS in the spin that we would have to dispose of those shares within five years. My expectation is though that we will do it significantly quicker than that, and it's not something that likely happens right out of the gate. So, I think that there will be some churn in the SpinCo shares as they trade to more natural shareholders. But within the first couple of years, I would expect that we would exit that position.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
But the requirement is just that we do it within the first five years.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Got it. And as a follow-up to the question Brian had there just on looking at growth rates versus capital returns to the shareholder – returns to shareholder. You had previously obviously, when you've gone down this path with the separation, talked about 15% kind of growth rates, and now there's a little bit more moderation. Can you give a little background again, what's really driven sort of that thought process change and how meaningful of a change in that growth rate are you guys evaluating?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Well, I think that the driver really is feedback from the market. It appears to us that there's not really an appetite by shareholders and capital markets in general to fund growth outside of cash flow. So, we think that getting to a position where our growth is within – we can fund it within cash flow and then also return some cash to shareholders is the right way to go. And I think that we've been – as an industry and as a company, we've been moving in that direction for at least the last year. So, in terms of what the particular growth rates are going to be, I would say it's less than what it has been historically. I don't think that 15%-plus growth rates are the right thing to do for the company and for shareholders. As we work through the budgeting process with our board this fall, we'll give you more concrete guidance on what that growth rate looks like. But it's also going to be dependent on what the commodity price environment is as well, where I think in a higher commodity price environment, we'll be biased towards a bit higher growth, and in lower commodity price environments, I suspect it's going to be lower.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Yeah. And so – and this is something you guys are looking to initiate pretty quickly, this potential shift. Is that right? So, it's going to – would it have an impact on 2019 or is 2019 pretty much locked and loaded with the drilling activity in 2018?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
It could have a modest impact on 2019. But as you point out, the drilling activity that we have undertaken in 2018 largely sets the 2019 growth profile.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Understood. Appreciate the color. Thanks.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Okay. Thanks, Scott.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please proceed with your question.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yeah. Rob, I was wondering if you could kind of walk us through the steps in terms of the separation. You mentioned that the Form 10 would be filed in mid-August. But walk us through kind of the timing and what kind of happens from here. And at what time would you be prepared to provide kind of standalone kind of guidance for EQT Production?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So, from here – we've essentially completed all of the clean-up transactions that we announced in April and the related financing transactions. So, I would like to say that I'm extremely happy with the progress that we've made and the hard work that our teams have done. I'm really impressed with what we've gotten done. So, what's left now is to file the Form 10, which we expect to do by mid-August, and then with that starts the process with the SEC, which – that timing then is a bit out of our control. It depends on how many rounds of questions the SEC has, and then we're also waiting on the PLR from the IRS. And we think that that likely pushes us into the fourth quarter now between those two gating items. I suspect that as we get closer to – as we get closer to separation, we will likely want to get out and meet with investors, and at that point, I think you'll get standalone guidance from both EQT and SpinCo. So, I don't know what the dates of that will be. But I think in the month leading up to the spin being finalized, you would expect to hear from us with more concrete guidance for both SpinCo and EQT.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. And just my follow-up, a slight delay here in MVP. Just wondering, Rob, if you can walk through some of the implications to EQT Production. Obviously, that will delay the timing of where you'll incur kind of the transportation costs, but just maybe walk through maybe the impact to EQT from the delay.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. There's really not much of an impact for EQT. It will delay the time at which we can sell volumes at Transco 165. And so it just means that we'll have more volumes being sold at M2 prior to that, but the financial impact is fairly limited to EQT.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
All right, great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Welles Fitzpatrick with SunTrust. Please proceed with your question.
Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Hey, good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
To follow up on the MVP comment from the last caller, it seemed like there was a little bit of a bump up on the top end of the guidance range as far as CapEx is concerned. Is that just conservatism because of the modest delays? Is that all we should read into that?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. Just, with delays and inefficiencies, costs go up. So, for instance, with the stay that the Fourth Circuit Court put in place, it's caused us to have to jump around a bit and hop over water crossings, and so it just become less efficient and that does drive costs up a bit.
Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay, that makes sense. And then, just one follow-up. Obviously, you guys have talked about slowing the growth rate a little bit, so have your compatriots in the basin and Halliburton. Have you guys seen any of that effect flowing through to well costs? Do you think that that could provide some downward pressure on completion costs as we move through the year?
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. This is David. I'll tackle that one. I would say yes, we have. Certainly, the pricing environment is different than it was in the first half of 2018, especially on the pressure pumping side, which I think we've seen the most movement. So, I don't know if I have a exact number for you, but it's definitely downward pressure on pricing.
Welles Fitzpatrick - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Great to hear. That's all I have. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Sameer Panjwani with Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Company. Please proceed with your question.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Hey, guys. Good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Sticking with the service theme, obviously, you guys are saying that you're seeing downward pressure on costs. But I did notice that your updated development costs came down a couple percent. So, I'm wondering if there's anything beside the cost that there is to provide an update on in terms of capital efficiency improvements.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I think the driver of that was the lengthening of the laterals that we talked about in my script. So, that's lowering that, I think, by $0.01, I believe those development costs.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Okay. And then, any changes to your estimated maintenance CapEx? I think it was $1.2 billion that you provided previously, in light of the service cost gains and then also in light of the Huron sale.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
No, it's essentially unchanged.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Okay. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley. Please proceed with your question.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning, guys.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Rob, I guess this one for you on the leverage target and then it's related to the proceeds from the SpinCo shares as you monetize those down the road. Is there some thought in your mind to target that leverage, previous leverage target you had mentioned 1.5 times or to push that lower? And how are you thinking about using the proceeds between share buybacks or return of cash to shareholders and debt reduction?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Well, I think that the $500 million share repurchase that we have authorized, that's all that we have authorized at this point, and the majority of the rest of the value will likely go for debt reduction. And we do think that getting down to that 1.5 times debt to EBITDA is the right place for EQT to be. It puts us in a strong liquidity position. We don't feel the need to get, to move it a lot lower than that. But if it were a little lower, that's fine too.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Thanks, Rob. That's all I had.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil. Please proceed with your question.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Good morning, gentlemen.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Holly.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Maybe the first for David. Just kind of thinking about the TIL schedule for 3Q and 4Q, obviously a big jump up in 3Q. But then, you got 4Q down, which actually looks a lot lower than 4Q 2017. So, is this just timing or should we think about a different pace as we move into 2019 just on this TIL schedule?
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I think you should think about it in terms of it is just timing. I mean that has such an impact and we were really active fracking in the second quarter. So, that's going to probably lead to most of those TILs happening in the third quarter, and that's really all you should read into it.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. And then, maybe I guess also for David on just the NGLs, the C3-plus production. It looks like it's come in a bit. The guidance also a little wider. Is there something we should think about on the NGL side? And maybe adding to that ethane, pricing moving up here a bit on the ethane side. Is there more you can do in terms of pulling out more ethane out of the stream?
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Well, on the first part of the question, I think what you're talking about, the C3-pluses was due to the Huron, the impact of Huron being gone. Maybe Blue will answer the second part of that.
Donald M. Jenkins - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So, in terms of incremental ethane, so we do have some flexibility at the plants in which we process our gas to pull out some incremental ethane. As you would expect, we do that. We've got term contract in the portfolio and then we obviously look to optimize the spot opportunities and we will continue to do that. So, some flexibility around that, Holly.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, great. And then, maybe one last one for me, just maybe a little housekeeping. LOE seem to come in a good bit during the second quarter. Anything to highlight there?
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Come in lower than you expected, is that what you're saying?
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Yes. Yeah.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Nothing other than the first quarter maybe was a little on the high side because of weather, and in the second quarter, it didn't have those kind of impacts.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Thanks, guys.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Holly.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Yeah.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Jane Trotsenko with Stifel. Please proceed with your question.
Jane Trotsenko - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Thank you. Good morning. My first question, what are the key milestones that we need to watch in regards to Mountain Valley Pipeline?
Jeremiah Ashcroft III - EQT Corp.:
Yeah, sure. This is Jerry Ashcroft. Good question. The key milestones for us is – continues to be both weather and us waiting on the Fourth Circuit. We believe in the merits of the motion by the core and are pretty hopeful that that stay will be lifted soon.
Jane Trotsenko - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
I see, I see. And then, on the oilfield service side, do you know what exactly is causing the softening in the oilfield service environment? Is it like other public companies decelerating or is it like privates mostly?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I'd say just broadly it's just a deceleration of activity by us and some of our peers, where we're just – we've laid down a few frac crews, a few rigs, and it doesn't take much slack in that market for it to really impact pricing. So, I think it's just a general slowing and then there's a bit of excess capacity particularly on the pressure pumping side.
Jane Trotsenko - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
So, do you think is it short-term or is it something like a trend that's pointing to the overall deceleration in the sub-basin?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Well, I'd go back to some earlier comments where I think that there's not much appetite for companies to grow outside of cash flow. And so, if you think that the industry as a whole is moving towards a model where growth is constrained by cash flow, then I think that that does put some downward pressure on growth rate, which then presumably creates some excess capacity in terms of services and might continue to put pressure on pricing.
Jane Trotsenko - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay. Do you guys think that it will help you to reduce the well cost sometime in future or at least review the well cost assumptions?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Certainly, if we see a meaningful move-down in service cost, then that does impact our well cost and we would update you on that as that progresses.
Jane Trotsenko - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay, sounds good. Thank you so much.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thank you.
Operator:
There are no further questions in the queue. I'd like to hand the call back to management for closing comments.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, David (sic) [Doug]. This concludes the comments – this concludes today's call. Thank you all for participating.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude today's teleconference. Thank you for your participation. You may disconnect your lines at this time and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp. David L. Porges - EQT Corp. Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp. David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.
Analysts:
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc. Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the EQT Corporation First Quarter 2018 Earnings Conference Call. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Patrick Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer. Thank you. You may begin.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Christine. Good morning everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are David Porges, Interim President and Chief Executive Officer; Rob McNally, Senior VP and Chief Financial Officer; David Schlosser, Senior VP and President of Exploration and Production; Jerry Ashcroft, Senior VP and President of Midstream; Blue Jenkins, Chief Commercial Officer; and Nate Tetlow, Director of Investor Relations. The replay for today's call will be available for a seven-day period beginning this evening. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415 with the confirmation code of 13674484. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, EQGP and Rice Midstream Partners are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there's a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. EQM and EQGP will have a joint earnings call at 11:30 today, which requires us to take the last question at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Dave, Rob and David will present their prepared remarks. Following these remarks, Dave, Rob, David, Jerry, Blue and Nate will all be available to answer your questions. First, a few logistical comments. This communication does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities or a solicitation of any vote or approval. In connection with the proposed EQM-RMP merger, EQM will file a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC that will include a preliminary proxy statement/prospectus regarding the proposed transaction. The proxy statement/prospectus, when filed, and other documents filed by EQT, EQGP, EQM and RMP with the SEC may be obtained free of charge at the SEC's website, www.sec.gov. You should review materials filed with the SEC carefully as they will include important information regarding the proposed transaction, including information about the parties and their respective directors, executive officers and employees that may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect to the proposed transaction and a description of the direct and indirect interest by security holdings or otherwise. I'd also like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under risk factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, filed with the SEC as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are also on file with the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations of the most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Dave Porges.
David L. Porges - EQT Corp.:
Great. Thank you, Pat. And I'm certainly happy that you were able to get through all those required disclosures before we have to end the call. The only topic that I would like to discuss today pertains to my new role as interim CEO. Approximately one year ago, I retired as CEO and transitioned to the role of Executive Chairman. As you know, my replacement resigned in mid-March and I assumed the role of CEO to give the board a chance to decide upon a replacement. That search has begun and we expect to have a new CEO in place by the time of separation, which is still scheduled for the third quarter. If you have any input you would like to provide, please let Pat Kane or me know. Just as I have committed to relay investor input about board composition and other governance matters to the full board, I also commit to you that I'll ensure that the whole board receives any input on this topic that you wish to provide. Until our next CEO is hired, I will be spending most of my time overseeing the separation. We are fortunate that the upstream and midstream businesses have strong leaders. And as you can see in the first quarter results, the operations of both units are solid. The separation process is well underway. At the board level, we are determining which board members will go with each company. As the board works towards completing that task, we are also evaluating each company's board composition to determine if we need to add members, and if so, what expertise those new people should have. On the management side, we are identifying who would fill the various key roles at each company. And in a couple of cases, external searches have begun. We have also identified the nature of transition service agreements that might be needed to assure a smooth operational transition for both companies. As you can imagine, while we would prefer to not have any transition service agreements, we cannot allow the lack of certain personnel or fully functioning systems at one or the other entity to get in the way of separation timing, hence, the preparation of TSAs. On the finance side, we announced the terms of the midstream streamlining transactions and have started to prepare the required SEC filings, which Rob will speak to in a minute. I am pleased that Rob and his team were able to craft agreements that appear to be value-accretive for all four entities. In my view, that was a noteworthy accomplishment. In short, we are on schedule with all aspects of the separation. I thank you for your continued support as shareholders. And with that, I would turn the call over to Rob.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Dave, and good morning everyone. Before reviewing the first quarter results, I would like to give a brief update on several items that appeared in this morning's press releases. This morning, EQM, EQGP and RMP announced in a separate news release a streamlining transaction. This transaction includes the sale of EQT's Ohio gathering assets acquired in the Rice Energy transaction to EQM for approximately $1.5 billion in cash and EQM common units. EQM will also purchase Gulfport Energy's 25% ownership in the Strike Force Gathering System for $175 million in cash. Second, the merger of EQM and RMP in a unit-for-unit transaction at an exchange ratio of 0.3319, which implies a transaction value of about $2.4 billion, including approximately $325 million of assumed RMP debt. And third, the sale of RMP's IDRs to EQGP for approximately $940 million in EQGP common units. The transactions are immediately accretive to both EQM and EQGP's distributable cash flow per unit. Relative to EQT, the cash proceeds from the sale of the Ohio gathering assets bring the E&P company's leverage closer to the target of 1.5% net debt to EBITDA. EQM and EQGP have provided a forecast for 2020 and based on this forecast we expect NewCo cash flows of approximately $540 million in 2019 and approximately $670 million in 2020. During the same period, we expect cash taxes to be between 0 and 3% of these cash flows. Regarding the announced separation, we're pleased with the progress that we've made and remain on track with our time line of a separation by September 30. EQM intends to file the S-4 related to the EQM-RMP merger in mid-May and we anticipate that the Form 10 for the separation will be filed in July. Now moving on to the quarterly results, during the quarter we ran a process to sell our noncore Permian asset and this morning announced the sale of those assets for $64 million. Because of this divestiture, we are adjusting our full year production guidance to 1.52 Tcfe to 1.55 Tcfe. Additionally, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $2.3 billion associated with noncore proved and unproved properties and related pipeline assets in the Huron and Permian Plays in the first quarter. Adjusting for this impairment and other items, EQT announced adjusted earnings per diluted share of $1.01 compared to $0.44 in the first quarter of 2017. Adjusted operating cash attributable to EQT was $718.4 million for the quarter compared to $332.4 million for the first quarter of 2017. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partners, EQT GP Holdings and Rice Midstream Partners are consolidated into EQT Corporation's results. EQT recorded $141 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interest in the first quarter of 2018 compared to $86.7 million in the first quarter of 2017. The $54.3 million increase was primarily a result of increased income at EQM and the inclusion of RMP and Strike Force Midstream LLC. Now we move on to the segment results. Starting with EQT Production, first quarter production sales volumes of 357 Bcfe were 88% higher than the first quarter of 2017 primarily due to the Rice merger and fell within the stated guidance range of 350 to 360 Bcfe. The average realized price, including cash-settled derivatives, was $3.33 per Mcfe, a 5% decrease compared to the first quarter of last year. Average differential for the quarter came in 85% better than the first quarter of 2017 but was below our guidance range of positive $0.15 to $0.25. When we gave differential guidance for the first quarter it was the coldest point in the winter and the forward curve was at its highest. The actual price settlements were lower resulting in a lower-than-forecasted average differential. Operating revenues totaled $1.3 billion for the first quarter of 2018, $520 million higher than the first quarter of 2017 primarily due to increased production associated with the Rice merger. Total operating expenses excluding the $2.3 billion of asset impairments and $10.4 million of amortization were $903 million or 58% higher year-over-year. DD&A, gathering, transmission, processing and lease operating expenses were all higher year-over-year consistent with increases in production volumes due to the Rice merger. Importantly, cash operating cost per Mcfe were 26% lower than last year. And moving on to Midstream results. EQM Gathering income for the first quarter was $99 million, $25 million higher than the first quarter of 2017. Operating revenues were $24 million higher than the first quarter of 2017 primarily due to higher contracted capacity and increased gathering volumes. Operating expenses for EQM Gathering were $27 million, $1.6 million lower than the first quarter of 2017 primarily due to lower SG&A costs. EQM Transmission income for the first quarter was $79 million, $8 million higher than the first quarter of 2017. Operating revenues were $9 million higher than the first quarter of 2017. Operating expenses for EQM Gathering were $27 million, $1.3 million higher than the first quarter of 2017. And briefly moving on to RMP Gathering and RMP Water. RMP Gathering reported an operating income of $44.1 million while RMP Water reported an operating income of $11.4 million. To conclude, I'd like to discuss our cash flow and liquidity position. As of March 31, 2018, EQT had $1.3 billion of borrowings and no letters of credit outstanding under the $2.5 billion credit facility. We closed the quarter with approximately $155 million of cash on the balance sheet excluding EQM, EQGP and RMP. We anticipate the drop will add approximately $1.2 billion of cash to EQT's balance sheet, further improving our liquidity position. We currently forecast $2.75 billion to $2.85 billion of adjusted operating cash flow for 2018 at EQT, which includes approximately $350 million to $400 million from EQT's interest in EQM, EQGP and RMP. With our forecasted adjusted operating cash flow and cash on hand, we expect to fully fund our forecasted 2018 capital expenditure plan of $2.4 billion. With that, I'll turn the call over to David.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Rob, and good morning everyone. Let me start by providing a quick update on 2018 sales volume. As Rob mentioned, Q1 volume was at the high end of guidance at 357 Bcfe. We still expect sequential quarterly growth for the remainder of the year and are guiding a moderate increase for Q2 at 360 to 370 Bcfe, followed by a larger increase in Q3 as new midstream infrastructure comes online in Pennsylvania this summer. Moving on to operations. During the last year, our drilling engineering group has been developing an idea to manage our horizontal drilling operations in real-time from our offices at EQT Plaza, located in Downtown Pittsburgh. The thought behind this project was to improve collaboration amongst our technical teams, provide more consistent well results and improve our drilling efficiency. The team tested this idea in the second half of 2017, and we have now fully implemented the process. All of our directional drilling, geosteering and drilling engineering is now done at our real-time operations center, or RTOC in Pittsburgh. Although in its early stages of implementation, this concept is already showing significant returns. Since implementing the RTOC, we have seen a 14% increase in lateral feet drilled per day, and we have increased our percent of formation drilled in target from 93% to 97%. We have also set EQT records for 48-hour footage drilled in a world record bottom hole assembly run. In addition, on April 12, we set a new record for the longest lateral drilled to date in the Marcellus on our Harvison H10 (15:44) well in Washington County, PA. This lateral will have a completed length of 18,670 feet and is scheduled for completion in May. Based on the success of the RTOC for drilling, we have also implemented real-time centers for gas operations and water hauling and will pilot real-time centers for completions, construction and field logistics later this year. These real-time control centers are a great example of EQT's manufacturing operating model that we believe will result in efficiency gains and cost reductions by streamlining our processes. And lastly, I want to provide a little color on well performance as it relates to these ultra-long laterals. Currently, our longest producing lateral is the Haywood H19 well located in Washington County, PA. This well has a completed lateral length of 17,400 feet and was fracked with 97 stages. The well has been online for 120 days, has produced over 4.6 Bcfe and is currently producing at our standard type curve of 2.4 Bcfe per 1,000 feet of lateral. Our expectation for this well is an ultimate recovery of close to 42 Bcfe. Based on drilling, completion and production results to date, our current estimate of the lateral length technical limit in the Marcellus is approximately 20,000 feet. I will now turn the call over to Pat.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, David. This completes the comments portion of the call. Christine, can you please open the call for questions?
Operator:
Thank you. We'll now be conducting a question-and-answer session. Our first question comes from the line of Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. Please proceed with your question.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Good morning.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Maybe I'll start with regards to the synergies that you'd announced with regards to the Rice transaction. So that's definitely noted on the G&A side, but maybe you could just run us through how that is progressing and the key milestones that you're looking for and we should be looking for over the next year.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Brian. This is Rob. So, on the G&A side, it's pretty straightforward. You can look at the G&A numbers that are reported, and what we had estimated prior to the merger was that the present value of the next 10 years worth of G&A savings would be worth $600 million. We now think we're going to exceed that number by maybe as much as $100 million. So that's gone well. And as a proxy for the capital savings on drilling and completion, probably the best proxy is lateral lengths. And what we thought when we announced the transaction was that we could see lateral lengths improve from approximately 8,000 foot in Greene and Washington Counties to 12,000. Now our current estimates are that we'll be at 13,600 feet for 2018 and it will improve beyond that. And so we expect that we're going to exceed the $1.9 billion of capital PV synergies by a reasonable amount, several hundred million dollars. So I'd say that we're well on track to deliver and exceed those synergies.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you. And then my follow-up is actually just two small questions. One related to the restructuring, which is the EQM shares that EQT would be taking on, what is the long-term view on the sustainability of keeping EQM as part of the EQT structure? And then if I could just follow up on a comment you made with regards the 20,000-foot technical limit on lateral lengths in the Marcellus. Can you just refresh us on any ongoing acreage acquisition spending that you think you would need to be able to increase the number of those types of wells in the portfolio?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So as to your first question on the EQM shares, our plan is that we will take all of our midstream assets, EQM and EQGP units, and that will be under NewCo or SpinCo. And that's what will be spun out by September 30. And then at that point, EQT would no longer own any of the midstream interest. In terms of the spending on acreage, the guidance that we've previously given still stands. We think that we're going to spend somewhere between $100 million and $200 million a year for fill-ins and blocking up acreage and protecting leases.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Sure.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please proceed with your question.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yes. Just wondering if you could maybe just elaborate a little bit on the streamlining transactions that you've articulated this morning. Why did you choose this structure? And could this be step one of two? And I guess, my follow-up, is just thinking about at some point, are you contemplating a GP/LP simplification down the road?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So, Arun, the next step is going to be the spin of NewCo, and when we spin NewCo, it will still have this structure. We'll have EQGP with EQM underneath and the IDR still in place. So the ultimate decision on what happens with the IDR simplification and it will be up to the NewCo board of directors and management team. I would give you my opinion that that structure is probably not viable long-term in this market and so I think it's something that we'll start putting our minds to. But again, I would emphasize that it's going to be a NewCo Board and management decision on the timing of any potential simplification.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Perfect.
David L. Porges - EQT Corp.:
This is Dave. Back to what Rob had to say, I completely agree. I think in Rob's earlier comments he's talked about a shelf life of IDRs, and that's going to be one of our first priorities with NewCo and the management team and board to see what that timing is.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Great, great. And just to follow-up. Just as you guys continue to push the technical limits of these lateral lengths, I was just wondering about as you think about the types of completions that you're using and how are you thinking about spacing between laterals, especially as you push on beyond 18,000 foot, does it change your spacing assumptions between wells?
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
This is David. I don't think going longer changes our spacing assumptions, but I just think, in general, we're leaning towards increasing spacing over time because that's where the technology is pointing. I think we're becoming more efficient with our fracturing technique, and we sort of know the boundaries of them. And I think over time you'll see our spacing probably increasing, which we think will ultimately result in lower development cost. So that's why we'd do it or development cost per Mcf. So that will be forefront on our thinking on that.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Can you just give us a little bit more color around that? Are you going from five wells per section to four or just a little bit of color around how that thinking is progressing.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
I wish we had sections here, but we don't have them unfortunately. I would say that we are in the 750 to 800-foot spacing range right now. I think you'll see the industry and us going more in the 1,000-foot range over time.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Great. That's helpful. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley. Please proceed with your question.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning, guys. Just hoping you can maybe just talk through any potential changes to timing of that pretty material free cash flow inflection and priorities of use of free cash flow post the spin?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes. So I think that our prior guidance still stands. We expect it will have, with a low-teens growth rate we can generate $2.3 billion to $2.8 billion of free cash flow over the next five years. But just to maybe add a little clarity to that. If you think about our 2018 production level, the maintenance CapEx to keep production flat at this level, on average over the next five years, would cost about $1.2 billion. And so that leaves significant cash flow. I mean, when you think about EBITDA being in the $2.5 billion to $3 billion range, that leaves significant cash flow to grow production and to return cash to shareholders or reduce debt. So just to give you a little bit of color on that.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Thanks, Rob, and does that include the ongoing acreage spend you would have?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. That is actually a pretty good number. Could you just refresh us on priorities for use of free cash flow?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Well I mean, so in the immediate future, with the separation, we're going to realign the balance sheets of both EQT and EQM. We have moderated growth projections, but in the projections that you guys have seen over the past six months from upper teens and the low 20s now to low teens. But that, I think that is subject to move based on what the market does, what gas pricing does, what transportation does out of the industry. And then clearly, returning cash to shareholders is a priority. So I think it's going to be a mix of moderate growth and returning cash to shareholders once we have used some of the proceeds from these streamlining transactions to realign the balance sheets.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. And just one follow-up on that, Rob.
David E. Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Drew, the bias is always to return money to shareholders. Everything else is going to be viewed against that standard. Any type of the growth, et cetera, it's always going to be viewed against the possibility of giving, returning capital to shareholders.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. That's very clear. Okay. Thanks. One last one, just to follow-up on the comment about aligning the balance sheets. Do you think there's the potential for any debt that's currently recoursed to the parent to go to EQM? You guys talked about, I think, the RMP debt will be transferred over and be recoursed now to EQM. Is there any additional potential debt that would go to the midstream?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Well, no. The RMP debt is a revolver that we will take out. So it won't become recoursed to EQM, but EQM will just take that out. We are taking about $1.2 billion up to EQT in the drop transaction, and that cash will be used to pay down the EQT revolver. There are not bonds at EQT that will become recourse at EQM, but we do have some relatively near-term maturities, some in 2019. And so we will use additional funds to pay down some of that debt. But effectively, we will move well over $1 billion of debt that was at the EQT level to EQM, which will put us more in line with both EQT and EQM's leverage targets, so somewhere below two times at EQT and moving towards 1.5 times. And for EQM in that three to four times range, which will leave both businesses comfortably investment grade and I think fits their cash flow profile very well.
Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. That's all very clear, guys. Thank you.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Okay, thanks, Drew.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Sameer Panjwani with Tudor, Pickering, Holt. Please proceed with your question.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Hey, guys. Good morning. Quick question on the drop-down. I think you guys had previously talked about $130 million of EBITDA. It looks like, quickly going through numbers that the EBITDA near term kind of implied is closer to $150 million. So can you provide some color on what's driving the difference there?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes. So I think that the $130 million number that was guidance that we gave about a year ago or at the time of the Rice merger. And so the 2018 number is bigger. I can't remember if the $130 million was next 12 months or it was a 2017 number, but it was one of the two. The $150 million, $160 million is a good number for 2018. And then you're pushing on towards $250 million to $260 million in 2019. So the growth profile is pretty steep, but that's what allowed the valuation that we are able to negotiate for that asset.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Okay. Perfect. And then looks like you guys sold your Permian assets. And I think the Huron is really the only remaining non-core assets left at the upstream level, so any thoughts on monetizing that? Any other non-core assets we should be aware of?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Sameer, we're not going to comment on any M&A or divestitures or acquisitions. We just as a matter of course don't do it.
Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Okay, thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil. Please proceed with your question.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Thank you. Welcome back, Dave.
David L. Porges - EQT Corp.:
She says gingerly.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Maybe just a macro and a micro. First on the hedges, it looks like you've added a fair amount of swaps in 2019. Is there anything maybe structurally or how we should think about the hedge book here kind of on a go-forward basis?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
I think, we were fairly light on our 2019 hedge book compared to where we historically would be given the proximity of 2019 to where we are. So it's just normal course. Don't read anything more than that into it.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, great. And then maybe just kind of think through that the lower strip, I mean we're in backwardation it seems like forever. Is there – you talk about sort of a moderate growth rate and then returning cash to shareholders. Is there any thought with kind of the lower strip in the out years moderating that growth rate even further, which I think you guys have outlined as sort of lower teen level?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
It's certainly a consideration. It's something that we think about here internally and talk to the board about and will obviously be ongoing.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, that's clear. Thank you, guys.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Okay, thanks, Holly.
Operator:
Thank you. We have no further questions at this time. I would now like to turn the floor back over to management for closing comments.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Christine, and thank you all for participating.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude today's teleconference. You may disconnect your lines at this time. Thank you for your participation. And have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Pat Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Steve Schlotterbeck - President and Chief Executive Officer Rob McNally - Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer David Schlosser - Senior Vice President and President, Exploration and Production Jerry Ashcroft - Senior Vice President and President, Midstream Blue Jenkins - Chief Commercial Officer
Analysts:
Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Drew Venker - Morgan Stanley Michael Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors Sameer Panjwani - Tudor, Pickering, Holt Vikram Bagri - Citi Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the EQT Corporation Year End Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It’s now my pleasure to introduce Pat Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer for EQT. Please go ahead, Pat.
Pat Kane:
Thanks, Kevin. Good morning, everyone and thank you for participating in EQT’s conference call. With me today are Steve Schlotterbeck, President and Chief Executive Officer; Rob McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; David Schlosser, Senior Vice President and President of Exploration and Production; Jerry Ashcroft, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream; and in addition to the normal group, Blue Jenkins, who is our Chief Commercial Officer. Blue is responsible for marketing our produced natural gas and managing our pipeline takeaway portfolio. Blue has joined EQT in September of 2012 from BP and has more than 18 years of industry experience. The replay for today’s call will be available for a 7-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 Eastern Time today. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415. The confirmation code is 13650786. The call will also be replayed for 7 days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM; EQGP; RMP are consolidated into EQT’s results. Earlier this morning, there is a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. EQM and EQGP will have a joint earnings conference call today at 11:30, which requires us to the last question on this call at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call if you are interested is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob, Dave and Steve present their prepared remarks. Following these remarks, Steve, Rob, Dave, Jerry and Blue will all be available to answer your questions. I would like to remind you that today’s call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company’s actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today’s press release and under Risk Factors in EQT’s Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2016 which will be filed with the SEC later today. Today’s call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning’s press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including the reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. And now, I would like to turn over the call to Rob McNally.
Rob McNally:
Thanks, Pat and good morning everybody. As you read in the press release this morning EQT announced 2017 adjusted income of $1.47 per diluted share compared to a $0.33 loss in 2016. In the fourth quarter, EQT recorded a deferred tax benefit of $1.2 billion to revalue existing net tax liabilities to the lower 21% tax rate, which is excluded from adjusted EPS. A year-over-year mark-to-market swing of $639 million and other items that affect comparability are detailed in this morning’s press release and are also excluded from adjusted EPS. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $1.2 billion in 2017 compared to $833 million in 2016. The increase in both earnings and cash flow were primarily due to an increase in commodity prices and sales volume. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partners, Rice Midstream Partners and EQT GP Holdings results are consolidated in EQT Corporation’s results. EQT recorded $350 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interest in 2017, including $99 million in the fourth quarter. There were several highlights in 2017. Including the acquisition of Rice Energy, the receipt of the FERC certificate for Mountain Valley Pipeline, production volume growth of 17%, average realized price improvement of 23% and the successful $3 million debt issuance with part of the proceeds used to refinance Rice debt, saving EQT approximately $45 million in interest expense in 2018. Now, taking a look at the fourth quarter which included Rice starting on the November 13, fourth quarter 2017 adjusted EPS was $0.76 per diluted share compared to $0.25 in the fourth quarter of 2016. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $416 million in the fourth quarter compared to $332 million for the fourth quarter of 2016. Fourth quarter production sales volumes were 48% higher than the fourth quarter of 2016, while commodity prices were 4% higher than the fourth quarter of 2016. Moving on to the results by business segment, it is important to note at this time that following the Rice merger, EQT now reports through five business segments
David Schlosser:
Thanks, Rob and good morning everyone. I would like to start by providing some color around the 2017 sales volume and our guidance for 2018. Immediately after close of the Rice transaction, we began operating the combined assets as the single entity utilizing our resources to optimize overall development plan regardless of their legacy. We entered 2017 with pro forma sales volume of 1,317 Bcfe, which was consistent with the guidance we provided on the pro forma company. In December, our first full month as an integrated entity we averaged approximately 4 Bcfe per day also in line with our expectations despite taking some operational challenges on the extreme cold snap late in the month. Based on current line scheduled for the year, we expect the quarterly volume profile for 2018 to look like this. Q1 will average approximately 4 Bcfe per day consistent with our first quarter guidance of 350 to 360 Bcfe. We then expect to see sequential quarterly increases in Q2, Q3 and Q4. We are reiterating our full year volume guidance of 1,520 to 1,560 Bcfe, which will result in volume growth of 17% over pro forma 2017. I would now like to provide an update on our overall Rice integration efforts. Rice employed an outstanding team of oil and gas professionals and EQT retained more than 150 of them for our upstream operations. This influx of talent has brought fresh ideas and perspectives to help refine processes and implement new technical approached. We have hit the ground running with our increased lateral lengths and in 2018, our Pennsylvania, Marcellus spuds are expected to average over 13,600 feet. This is 1,000 foot longer than what we announced in December and as a direct result of collaboration between land professionals from both companies. In fact, 60% of our Marcellus wells in Pennsylvania will be comprised of wells that share legacy EQT and Rice acreage. On the operational technical front, we are combining best practices and have already captured value. For example, Rice had a significant frac sand sourcing and logistics effort, which we leverage to improve efficiency – pricing and efficiency across our factories. On the drilling side, we have set new footage records by combining the data, experience and practices of both companies, more specifically related to rotary steerable systems and drill pipe rotation. And finally, we have seen promising results from early testing of new concepts. We are on the landing point of our Marcellus laterals. So far, I am extremely pleased with the progress we have made during just 3 short months and I look forward to continue to blend best practices, promote innovation and deliver best-in-class economic returns. We will keep you updated during the year on the progress of these initiatives. Now, let’s move on to year end reserves. EQT’s year end 2017 proved reserves increased 59% to 21.4 Tcfe versus year end 2016. Obviously, the Rice acquisition in November and several smaller acquisitions throughout the year had significant impact on our reserve growth adding 6.3 Tcfe in proved reserves. EQT’s drilling effort added an additional 2.2 Tcfe to the proved total through extensions and other additions. As you would expect, development costs continued to improve as we lengthened laterals. Our 2017 Marcellus program had a development cost of $0.60 per net Mcfe, a 17% decrease when compared to the 2016 figure of $0.72 per net Mcfe. Excluding acquisitions, we replaced 245% of our 2017 production and when we include the impact of acquisitions, our replacement percentage increases to 974%. We have stressed the traffic and capital economic synergies of the Rice acquisition and our PUD reserves reflect the impact of these synergies. As you know, the SEC limits PUD reserve to those reserves we expect to develop in the next 5 years. Rice acquisition allowed us to reprioritize our 5-year development plan in order to focus on developing longer, more economic laterals first. Many shorter locations were removed from the plan, but remain economic and we expect to develop those locations outside of the 5-year – required 5-year window. Finally driven by acquisitions and pricing, probable and possible reserves have also increased significantly with probable reserves up 40.3 Tcfe and possible reserves up 4.9 Tcfe. The Marcellus account for 80% of those increases. With that I will turn the call over to Steve.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Thank you, David. Good morning everyone. On last earnings call for the third quarter 2017 was just a few weeks before the shareholder vote to approve the Rice transaction. With this being our first call since completing the acquisition, I want to thank our shareholders for their support and reiterate the commitments that we made to you. We committed to establishing a Board committee to evaluate options for addressing sum of the parts discount and to announce a plan by the end of the first quarter of 2018. The committee’s work is ahead of schedule and we will announce a plan by the end of February. And we intend to implement the plan on an accelerated basis. We committed to adding two new independent Directors to the Board with midstream experience and to include these new Directors on the committee tasked with the sum of the parts review. On November 13 we added Tom Karam and Norm Szydlowski to the Board. Both of whom have extensive midstream experience, are active Board members and on the committee reviewing the sum of the parts. We committed to moving the Director nomination deadline to after the sum of the parts decision announcement. We will move the 2018 nomination window to follow the sum of the parts decision and announce specific dates by the end of February. And we have removed volume growth as a metric from future compensation plans and have replaced it with return on capital and operating and development cost metrics. Finally, we are committed to delivering on our synergy targets established for the Rice acquisition. As you read in our December capital budget news release, we have hit the ground running and have started capturing the various synergies related to the transaction. As David said, we currently expect to average 13,600 foot laterals in Southwestern Pennsylvania Marcellus acreage, which is 1,600 feet or 13% longer than we anticipated when the deal was first announced. This places us ahead of schedule for achieving our capital synergies. In addition, I am pleased to say that our G&A savings began on day one. Our integration team had a detailed staffing plan and we are able to retain many talented Rice employees while still achieving our staffing targets. As we continue blending the best of two cultures, we are confident that the exchange of ideas will result in continuous improvements to our programs and practices. Finally, I strongly believe that the current share price does not reflect the tremendous value we have created and we will continue to create going forward. We have built an E&P business that can grow production in estimated 15% per year utilizing funds within cash flow. The E&P business has an industry leading cost structure and controls over 680,000 core acres in the premier gas basin in North America. We have also built a premier midstream business that continues to deliver tremendous capital efficient growth. Our midstream business has a solid balance of long FERC regulated pipelines and the network of gathering assets, sitting at top the lowest cost natural gas reserves in the U.S. The financial leverage metrics at both our E&P and midstream businesses are extremely well, amongst the best in the industry in each case. Over the past 10 years, we have created tremendous value to the growth of both of these businesses. However, this value has not been reflected in EQT share price. Our plan to address the discount will be designed to deliver this value to shareholders and to create the opportunity for value creation at EQT into the future. To reiterate, the committee is ahead of schedule and I expect to announce our plan by the end of February and we will implement the plan on the accelerated basis. With that I will turn it over to Pat for Q&A.
Pat Kane:
Thank you, Steve. Kevin, please open the call for questions.
Operator:
Certainly sir, we will now be conducting a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Our first question today is coming from Holly Stewart from Scotia Howard Weil. Your line is now live.
Holly Stewart:
Good morning gentlemen.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Good morning Holly.
Holly Stewart:
Maybe just quickly on the announced acceleration maybe what’s driven the faster timeline?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Well, I think it’s hard to predict how much work will be involved and the committee has been working very diligently and has been able to evaluate the various options and come to conclusions a little faster than we predicted, which I think is good. So still little more work to do, but we are zeroing in and very comfortable saying that we expect to be done by the end of February rather than the end of March.
Holly Stewart:
Great. And should we expect a conference call with that announcement?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Yes, I think there will be a conference call for sure.
Holly Stewart:
Okay, great. And then maybe Steve just on Ohio, now that you have had a little bit of time at least to kind of see that asset base first hand, any comments at this point on the position there?
David Schlosser:
Holly, this is David. I will answer that. I mean I think we had a little time, but it has been real time, I mean we are going to drill the 45 gross wells that we have talked about in December. And I think 2018 to be a year that we really formally understanding of the asset and then figure out how we are going to move forward. So that’s really what I will get to say I guess.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. And then just one final one for me, maybe since we have got blue on the call this time, just your thoughts around your exposure to the Southeast market seeing in the deck you have got it looks like up any premium to NYMEX, I wouldn’t share if that’s just strip forecast or you are locking that in or planning to lock in that in some how?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Yes. Hi Holly, it’s a combination of both as we look forward to the supply demand in that area and we look a course of the premiums that exist across part of that region. What you see is in netted back results of transactions that we have in place as well as the combination of the balance of the forward strip. So it’s a bit above.
Holly Stewart:
Okay, great. Thanks guys.
David Schlosser:
Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question today is coming from Drew Venker from Morgan Stanley. Your line is now live. Mr. Venker, perhaps your phone is on mute.
Drew Venker:
Good morning, everyone. I was just hoping you could speak to any, I think for the progress made on MVP in the last outstanding products there if you were required to get to that as to proceed?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
MVP, up-tick.
David Schlosser:
Yes. So on the MVP, we basically put it in a – instead of a bundle, we were went with 10 different notices to proceed. We have put in all 10 as of this morning. We have gotten eight of those. That’s allowed us to do both West Virginia and Virginia work. We started the construction process last week. And before that we were able to get work to kick us off two weeks ago with their help. So we feel really confident about the pipeline schedule and we feel really confident about our December 31, 2018 startup day.
Drew Venker:
Okay. Thanks for that guys.
David Schlosser:
Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question today is coming from Michael Hall from Heikkinen Energy Advisors. Please proceed with your question.
Michael Hall:
Thanks. Good morning. I guess, as it relates to the clinical accelerated implementation of the some of the parts plan, can you provide any context as to how we should think about that timeline?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
I cannot, all I can say is we will provide more details when we get to the announcement. All I really intend to convey at this point is we are committed to taking care of the sum of the parts discount as quickly as possible. So we see no reason to delay. Once we announce the plan, we can talk more details about the timeline.
Michael Hall:
Okay. Is it reasonable to expect that it’s something that could be done by year end?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
I can’t comment on that at this time.
Michael Hall:
Fair enough, understood, I guess on the topic of returns and system the compensation metrics, I was wondering if you have got to look at the upstream only business, return on capital employed, how that looks in ‘18 and what you think a reasonable target for that might be in 2020?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
I don’t have those figures at my fingertips, Michael, so, but we could – you want to get with Pat that after the call, we could probably get that to you.
Michael Hall:
Okay. That’s something you might be willing to target formally with – in the context of the some of the parts plan as you guys announced that, is that in your mind or is that?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
I would rather hold off on anything related to some of the parts plan until we announce it and then I think that would be an appropriate question that I could answer that.
Michael Hall:
Alright. I will try something on my guess.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Maybe you rephrase it.
Michael Hall:
How about just cash tax benefits from the tax policy change, 2018 is provided pretty clearly, but just make sure we are thinking about the full impact of that through 2020 or 2021, how much total cash benefit were you getting from that?
Rob McNally:
Yes, I mean, I think we have studied in the release that it’s somewhere in the neighborhood of $400 million that we think should be refunded over the over the 2-year period.
Michael Hall:
Okay, great. I will leave it at that. Thanks for the time guys.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Okay. Thanks, Michael.
Rob McNally:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question today is coming from Sameer Panjwani from Tudor, Pickering, Holt. Your line is now live.
Sameer Panjwani:
Hey, guys. Good morning.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Good morning, Sameer.
Sameer Panjwani:
As you look at the weakness in the equity over the past few weeks and I think you guys have previously highlighted line of sight to over $1 billion of proceeds from the dropdowns that retains midstream assets from the Rice acquisition and then kind of layering in the $300 million of free cash flow, it sounds like you are going to generate this year given the tax benefits, how do you guys think about share repurchases in the near-term?
Rob McNally:
Yes, I think that’s probably a better topic to discuss after we get through some of the parts announcement. I don’t think there is really any color that we can give you right now that will make sense without that context.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay, thanks. And then I guess second question so it seems like your peers have started to bifurcate on their school of thought a little bit on growth versus takeaway capacity. We have seen some of them provide some long-term guidance on growth beyond what their contracted capacity is and others who are more closely matching the two. You guys obviously have a line of sight to Mountain Valley in the expansion potential there and our model, what kind of gives you a growth runway through 2020. So, few questions kind of come out of that, so first once you fill your pipeline capacity, how do you think about incremental growth? And then secondarily what’s your appetite for contracting additional Greenfield takeaway capacity? And then last one how much running room do you think there is based on why via Brownfield expansions are by adding compression?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
I will take the first part of that, Sameer regarding growth. I think we feel pretty comfortable with our takeaway position a bit beyond 2020, so probably into 2022 or ‘23 before we think serious consideration needs to be given to particularly Greenfield takeaway projects, but beyond 2023 for sure that’s going to be a big part of the focus. Obviously we have to start thinking about that years before that day, but I think at this point, we feel like we have got a little time to get the Rice integrations on, get to some of the parts plan behind us, assess the situation and then take a hard look at what is the next wave of takeaway capacity out of the basin, but again I think from our perspective, we are good for a few work beyond your 2020 date. Blue, do you want to add any color to that?
Blue Jenkins:
Yes, happy to add a couple of thoughts. I agree with Steve’s comments. A couple of things that I might suggest that touched on your other questions, you would ask how much incremental might be available. When we look across the basin, from pipes that are in the ground are going in the ground, we would suggest there are probably 3 to 4 Bcf a day that could be incremental takeaway with capacity or small looping project given the slate of pipes that have gone in or are going in. You also mentioned you talked about Greenfield, I think Steve touched on that, I think the next wave of Greenfield presents a unique set of challenges from both the regulatory environment as well as the cost environment, but what is out there that we are actively doing is we are putting a portfolio in place with long-term markets to ensure that, that gas moves as well as we are picking up pieces in the open market of available capacity actively from current capacity holders who don’t have as much clarity as you get out into the future. So, we are doing all of those things.
Sameer Panjwani:
Okay, that’s very helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question today is coming from Vikram Bagri from Citi. Please proceed with your question.
Vikram Bagri:
Hey, good morning, guys. I apologize if I missed that. I was wondering if you should expect changes in corporate governance at sponsored entities as well, if ROIC bid total shareholder return and other metrics linked to midstream performance will be included in the comp structure. Is that part of the review as well?
Rob McNally:
Yes, I think again that’s a question that will be better answered in the context of the some of the parts announcement, but what Steve was talking about including return metrics in the comp packages, it was really focused on the upstream business.
Vikram Bagri:
Okay, okay, understood. And I understand there are a number of possible outcomes from the ongoing strategic review, but it is sort of reasonable to assume that EQT’s interest in midstream entity should probably get reduced over time. Does that change your hedging strategy at EQT in anyway? Would you look to hedge more or longer term instead of hedging less and there will be of any change in your hedging strategy going forward?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Well, Vikram, this is Steve. I think I am not going to answer in relation to potential outcome of the some of the parts, but I think regardless of that we are rethinking our hedging strategy given this shift to a business model, where we expect to live within cash flow and trying to take some volatility out of the business. So, we are looking at how should we hedge on the commodity side and also starting some discussions with our key suppliers about new ways to contract for the services we need that can potentially provide a cost hedge as well, so trying to find ways to lock in margin a little better than we have been able to in the past.
Vikram Bagri:
Understood. And then just one last one for me, it looks like the new Hammerhead Pipeline project runs parallel to Sunrise Pipeline or traverses the same path. I believe Sunrise volumes must have been lower due to EVC coming online, is it possible to reverse that pipeline and if Hammerhead – once you build Hammerhead, what happens to Sunrise after the contracts expire on that pipeline?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Sure. I mean, the Hammerhead Pipeline as we have talked about is kind of that Q3 timeframe in 2020 and so it won’t be able to use Hammerhead to move Pennsylvania volumes into West Virginia to really feed Mountain Valley Pipeline. Sunrise Pipeline basically gives us optionality in the Appalachian Basin you will also see other projects. We have got an organic backlog. Working with Blue and his team, we always are looking at how do we take volumes whether it’s north, east, west or south to the best markets. So you will see both of those pipelines fully utilized.
Vikram Bagri:
Okay, understood. Thank you. That’s all I had.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question today is coming from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets. Your line is now live.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks. Hey, just a question on some operational stuff. There were some indications I guess in the prepared comments about seeing better results and defining new landing zones on the horizontal laterals. Can you give a little color on what sort of occurred that occurred to see that improvement or exactly what’s going on there?
David Schlosser:
Yes, so a little color, I mean first, this is David, what occurred exactly was we had always thought would happen, I hope it happened as we get the two technical groups together and discussing how they have approached their development and we have approached ours. We came up with this concept or we took this concept and considered even further. And it’s very early in the process. We are very encouraged by the early results. But generally, it is staggering the Marcellus landing point across the pad and we are feeling that it’s increasing our frac efficiency and basically cutting more of the rock. There are subtle changes. It’s early in the process and we’ll keep you posted during the year, but just a handful of wells right now that we are looking at.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. And was this the initiative that was brought forward by the Rice I guess employees or is this something that you all saw and kind of further confirmed with obviously some of the data or process that they have gone through?
David Schlosser:
So, it was brought forward by Rice employees and then getting our engineers working with theirs and seeing the data that they were looking at prompted us to continue testing it. So, it was definitely not a Rice idea.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. Are there any other initiatives in light of this that has been brought forward that you are looking at or is this kind of one of the bigger ones?
David Schlosser:
It’s one of the bigger ones as far as affecting reserves right now. I mean, the other things I mentioned in the call, Rice, the drilling parameters of increasing our RPMs on our rotary steerable systems that was really bought forward by Rice. We had data that didn’t look as positive when we got to see their data and discuss what the nuances of it with them we decided to try and then our first well we increased ROP by 8%. So, I mean, that was another Rice idea that we have brought forward and implemented on our own assets.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
And Scott, I would say and the ideas actually go both ways, so there are some techniques that EQT was previously doing that we can apply now to the Rice acreage and yield benefits as well. So, it’s as we expected. Both groups have tested different things and tried different techniques that we have different databases of results and we are going to yield value from having both of those databases available to technical folks to evaluate.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, understood. And then my last question on some of the parts decision and just curious if you could just broadly provide a comment on this. I mean, would this also encompass a strategy on the upstream business long-term, for example, how you plan to grow like what’s the appropriate growth rates and what’s the appropriate amount of shareholder returns be it buybacks and/or dividends, is that expected to be part of this discussion by the end of February?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
I think I’d rather not comment on that at this time Scott. Just, you are going to have to wait a few more weeks.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, appreciate it. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question today is coming from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Please proceed with your question.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Brian, good morning.
Brian Singer:
Can you give us a little bit more color on the synergies plan and implementing the synergies from the right transaction over the course of over 2018, just the areas of focus and potential benefits here now relative to where you expect to be at the end of the year?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Yes. So Brian, so we announced two primary synergies as that drove the deal one on the G&A side, we are at or little bit ahead of the plan that is delivered on that synergy. So, I think the annual savings is going to be a bit better than we anticipated.
David Schlosser:
Yes. What we have said was we expected about $100 million of annual G&A savings, overhead savings and we think that number is going to be more like $110 million or maybe a little bit more than that for 2018.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
And on the capital savings, the model assumed 12,000 foot laterals in the acquisition area and we now expect to average 13,600 feet. So, that’s a pretty dramatic acceleration of those synergies and I don’t have the PV benefit of that difference with me, but it’s…
David Schlosser:
It’s several hundred million dollars higher.
Brian Singer:
Got it. Okay, thank you. And then on the Marcellus, you mentioned and we talked about it before the acreage acquisitions that are more on an ongoing basis and I think the number was about $740 million last year, excluding the Rice deal. Can you just talk about how we should think about acreage acquisitions over the course of 2018 and what that would add and just the market in general right now?
David Schlosser:
This is David again. I think it’s really consistent with the number we have already put out there. We expect around $150 million per year needed to acquire these small pieces of acreage to continue to lengthen laterals and fill in some blank spots. And so that’s what I would expect for 2018.
Brian Singer:
Okay. So $150 million is the need, but that should also be our expectation for you to actually do, I suppose it’s something big….
David Schlosser:
Yes, I would think so.
Brian Singer:
Great, thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is coming from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan. Please proceed with your question.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning. I guess just 8 trading days until the big decision. My question really regards to the upgrade to your 2018 operating cash flow guidance is about $300 million, I assume that’s primarily taxes, but I was wondering if you could go through that, Rob?
Rob McNally:
Yes, it is primarily taxes. In December the – prior to the tax legislation change, we expected to pay about $70 million of cash taxes in 2018. Now we actually expect to get a refund of about $200 million, so that’s $270 million of the $300 million. There are some other odds and ends which is really more around realized price and differential that makes up the balance. And I guess I should note that the – that $200 million that refund we expect to get, we won’t actually receive that cash in 2018. That will be on the 2018 tax filings, we wont’ receive until 2019.
Arun Jayaram:
Got it. And just my follow-up question, Steve if you think about kind of the integration of the technical teams, you have obviously highlighted some recent benefits of that, what are some future things that you can you think about in terms of the ability to harness more synergies and improvements in terms of well productivities as you put the teams together?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Well, specifically regarding well productivity, that’s always hard to project if we knew the answers we will be doing it. But I think we really only begun to scratch the surface of having the technical teams working together and really working the data from both sides. And it is as we expected, it makes sense that each company tested different techniques. Some work, some don’t, but the data from all of those tests is very valuable. And then you can combine it with another set of tax, it can really yield some insight. So I am very optimistic that we will continue to find some opportunities as a result of the integration of the two teams that improve recoveries from the wells. And I think another area of focus for us over the next year or so and it is also driven by the consolidated nature of the operation now is around logistics. So we have a lot of rigs running. We have a lot of frac crews. We will produce a lot of gas. And with a lot of people in a small area and finding ways to make those logistics as efficient as possible, I think also will deliver some value and that will be on the operating cost side, not on the productivity side, the well productivity.
Arun Jayaram:
And just my final question, you guys are getting a pretty nice sizable tax refund over the next couple of years and Steve how do you think about prioritizing kind of free cash flow generation, could you contemplate a buyback irrespective of what’s going on with the strategic options that you are evaluating today and how does a potential buyback fit into your longer term plans?
Rob McNally:
Yes. This is Rob and I think as we move forward and we are generating free cash flow, that returning cash to shareholders, whether that’s in the form of dividends or buybacks will certainly be a topic that we spend a fair amount of time on. And I suspect that there will be a combination of the both alternatives as we move forward.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Thank you. We have reached end of our question-and-answer session. I would like to turn the floor back over to management for any further or closing comments.
Pat Kane:
Thank you, Kevin and thank you all for participating.
Operator:
Thank you. That does conclude today’s teleconference. You may disconnect your line at this time and have a wonderful day. We thank you for your presentation today.
Executives:
Patrick Kane – Chief Investor Relations Officer Rob McNally – Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Steve Schlotterbeck – President and Chief Executive Officer Jerry Ashcroft – Senior Vice President and President, Midstream David Schlosser – Senior Vice President and President, Exploration & Production
Analysts:
Brian Singer – Goldman Sachs Scott Hanold – RBC Capital Michael Hall – Heikkinen Energy Advisors. Holly Stewart – Scotia Neal Dingmann – SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Vikram Bagri – Citi Drew Venker – Morgan Stanley Arun Jayaram – JPMorgan
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to EQT Corporation's Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host for today's call, Mr. Patrick Kane. Thank you. You may begin.
Patrick Kane:
Thanks, Rob. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT's conference call. With me today are Steve Schlotterbeck, President and Chief Executive Officer; Rob McNally, Senior VP and Chief Financial Officer; David Schlosser, Senior VP and President of Exploration and Production; and Jerry Ashcroft, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream. The replay for this call will be available starting this evening for a seven-day period. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415 with a confirmation code of 13650784. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. First, a few logistical comments. Earlier this morning, we issued our third quarter earnings release, which can be accessed on our – the Investor portion of our website, www.eqt.com. Included in the release are comments regarding EQT's pending acquisition of Rice Energy. This communication does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities or solicitation of any vote or approval. In connection with the proposed transaction, EQT has filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 that includes a joint proxy statement, prospectus regarding the proposed transaction [Audio Dip] which registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC. The joint proxy statement, prospectus and other documents filed by EQT and Rice with the SEC may be obtained free of charge at EQT's website, www.eqt.com; or Rice's website, www.riceenergy.com, as applicable; or at the SEC's website, www.sec.gov. You should review such materials filed with the SEC carefully as they will include important information regarding the proposed transaction, including information about EQT and Rice and their respective directors, executive officers and employees who may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect to the proposed transaction and a description of their direct and indirect interest by security holdings or otherwise. The special meeting of EQT shareholders is scheduled to be held on November 9. Given investor focus on the transaction, we will keep our prepared remarks brief today in order to facilitate your questions. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM; and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP; are consolidated in EQT results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnerships will have a joint earnings conference call at 11:30 today, which requires that we take the last question at 11:20. The dial number for that call is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob will summarize the third quarter results and Steve will give a brief update. Following their prepared remarks, Steve, Rob, Dave and Jerry will be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under Risk Factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file with the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Rob McNally.
Rob McNally:
Thanks, Pat, and good morning, everyone. I will keep my comments on the quarter brief as it was a relatively clean and straightforward quarter and we expect there's more interest in some of the non-operational topics. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced third quarter 2017 adjusted earnings per diluted share of $0.12 compared to a $0.28 loss per diluted share in the third quarter of 2016. Net income and adjusted net income and EPS for the three months ended September 30, 2017, were favorably impacted by a decrease in the estimated effective annual income tax rate and discrete items totaling $29.7 million that resulted in an income tax benefit that added $0.17 to adjusted EPS this quarter. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT increased to $205.9 million as compared to $166.5 million for the third quarter of 2016. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partners and EQT GP Holdings results are consolidated in EQT Corporation's results. EQT recorded $82.1 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interest in the third quarter of 2017 as compared to $78.1 million in the third quarter of 2016. So moving to production. Sales volumes were 205.1 Bcfe for the third quarter, representing a 5% increase over the third quarter of 2016. During the quarter, we experienced approximately 3.5 Bcfe of curtailments which were not expected. The curtailments resulted from outages on third-party systems. Despite this impact, third quarter production fell within the stated guidance range for the quarter. Additionally, given how close we are in timing to the Rice vote, we will not provide guidance for the fourth quarter, but we'll tell you that our full year 2017 volumes are on track with previously stated guidance. And we expect the EQT-only exit rate to be approximately 2.7 Bcfe per day. The third quarter 2017 realized price, including cash-settled derivatives, was $2.76 per Mcfe, a 26% increase compared to the third quarter of last year. Operating revenue for the production company totaled $597.7 million, which was $89.6 million higher than the third quarter of 2016. Total production operating expenses were $585.6 million for the quarter, which is 1% higher than the second quarter of 2017, which is consistent with the volume growth that we experienced. Moving on to pricing. Local basis was a bit weaker than we expected. However, a majority of our 2017 local basis exposure is locked in, resulting in a third quarter differential of negative $0.85 per Mcf, which was within our guidance range for the quarter. This differential represents a $0.21 decline over the second quarter of 2017 but is a $0.36 improvement over the third quarter of 2016. Now moving on to midstream results. EQT gathering operating income was $85.8 million, $13.3 million higher than the third quarter of 2016. Operating revenue was $116.5 million, a $17.4 million increase over the third quarter of 2016. Operating expenses for the quarter were $30.7 million, a $4.1 million increase over the same period last year. EQT transmission operating income was $59.7 million, $6 million higher than the third quarter of 2016. Operating revenues were $90.7 million, a $13.1 million increase over the third quarter of 2016. Operating expenses were $31 million for the quarter, which a $7.1 million increase over the third quarter of 2016. I will close out my remarks by providing you with a brief liquidity update. As you may have seen, we successfully completed a bond offering at a blended coupon rate of 3.14%. This offering brought in $3 billion of proceeds that will be used together with previous cash on hand and borrowings under our revolving credit facility to finance the cash portion of the acquisition, repay existing Rice indebtedness and redeem EQT bonds that are due in early 2018. With that, I will turn the call over to Steve.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Thank you, Rob. Good morning, everybody. Since announcing the Rice acquisition in June, we've had hundreds of conversations with our shareholders. Through this dialogue, we've listened to many opinions and heard many suggestions. Consistent with what we've always done, we take action when we feel it's in our shareholders' best interest. To that point, over the last few months, we've taken the following steps, all of which were driven by doing what's in the best interest of our shareholders. We committed to establishing a board committee to evaluate options for addressing the sum-of-the-parts discount. We committed to announcing the decision of that review by the end of the first quarter 2018. We committed to adding two new independent directors to the board with a focus on midstream experience. We committed to include these new directors on the committee tasked with the sum-of-the-parts review. We committed to moving the director nomination deadline to be after the sum-of-the-parts decision announcement. And lastly, we removed volume growth as a metric from future compensation plans and will replace it with return on capital and operating and development cost metrics. In short, we've listened to our shareholders and we've acted. Before opening the call to your questions, and since we are now two weeks away from the vote deadline, I do want to emphasize once again the merits of the Rice transaction. The primary driver of success in our industry is being the low-cost producer, and the most impactful way to drive per unit costs lower is through longer laterals. Establishing a dominant footprint of highly contiguous acreage that allows for sustained long lateral development is a real competitive advantage. This is what the Rice transaction creates for us. Our competitors may be able to replicate things like new drilling technology or new drilling techniques, but they can't replicate an acreage position that supports 12,000-foot laterals in the core of the Marcellus. While this is the main attribute of the transaction, there are many benefits of the transaction that create real value for our shareholders. The deal is 20% cash flow accretive in 2018 and 30% in 2019. It is accretive to NAV per share. We are confident in our ability to deliver the $2.5 billion of base synergy value and also deliver significant value from upside synergies. There are substantial midstream synergies to be realized. And lastly, our ability to address the sum of the parts in the most shareholder value-accretive way is enhanced by creating a more robust upstream and midstream business. In conclusion, we appreciate the dialogue that we've had with our shareholders. Thank you for your continued support, and we urge you to please vote for the Rice transaction on the white proxy card. With that, I'll turn it over to Pat for Q&A.
Patrick Kane:
Thanks, Steve. Rob, can we open the call for questions?
Operator:
Absolutely. At this time, we will be conducting the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. Please proceed with your question.
Brian Singer:
There's much discussion about the ongoing capital needed to fill in holes to make acreage truly contiguous in Appalachia. Can you talk to your efforts on this in the third quarter and the risks that you see of increasing – to increasing lateral length, whether or not the Rice acquisition is successful?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Sure, and thanks for the question, Brian. So yes, we have disclosed that we expect between $100 million and $200 million per year for additional fill-in acreage to put these laterals together. That's actually consistent with what it already takes for us to achieve our roughly 8,000-foot lateral average today. So without Rice, we spend – I think we spend about $140 million per year getting to 8,000 feet. We expect to continue to spend roughly that much to put together the 12,000-foot laterals with Rice. So that's just part of what we do, and we do it every day. We've got a large land department. It's the second-biggest department in the upstream company, second only to the field personnel, the operators. And they work every day putting the jigsaw puzzle together. That's what they do. So this is part and parcel of what we do every day, and that won't change with Rice. In fact, in a lot of ways, it will facilitate that work because it will be – since we're – the overlay with Rice is – there's such a good overlay that we're frequently running into Rice when we're trying to fill in those holes. And if we have Rice consolidated with us, then picking up those missing pieces will likely be easier and perhaps even cheaper.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you. And then as the board considers ways of unlocking sum of the parts value, can you just talk more specifically about, a, what's been considered in the past? And then as the board and you embark in this endeavor, whether the null option of the as-is scenario would be considered?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Brian, I don't want to speak about what's been done in the past because I think all that matters is what the special committee is going to do going forward. But I would say, given the null hypothesis, I can't presuppose what the committee will determine. But the fact that we are talking about a sum of the parts discount and taking the actions that we've described to address it should be a clear indication that our expectation is that the status quo is highly unlikely to be the best answer for addressing the sum of the parts. So – well again, the committee got to do its work and make its conclusions. We wouldn't be talking about a sum of the parts discount the way we are if we thought that doing nothing was going to be the result.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Hanold with RBC Capital. Please proceed with your question.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks. Good morning, guys.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Good morning, Scott.
Scott Hanold:
A big part of the focus of the combination of Rice is also managing go-forward growth a little bit more to returning maybe some cash to shareholders. Can you give us a broad brush kind of color right on how you think that's going to look? And what point, assuming that the shareholders vote for the deal on November 9, how quickly do you expect to kind of get into that mode?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Yes. I think, Scott, we anticipate being roughly cash flow neutral in 2019 and living below our cash flow in 2020. So that's roughly the time line that we've laid out. And part of that is, 2018, we won't quite be there yet because we have the – our big capacity position on MVP coming online. And we want to fill the bulk of that capacity that makes the most economic sense. So otherwise, we'd be doing it a little quicker.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, okay. So specific to NBP in the short term. And you sort of led me to my second question. Can you – there's been some updates on, I guess, for certificates here recently. What's the update on timing on that one? Do you all expect to get a big go-forward on that? And could you remind us how that timing – the various timing impacts getting this project done on time?
Jerry Ashcroft:
Hi. This is Jerry Ashcroft speaking. Yes, we were really pleased to get the FERC certificate recently. We're still looking for a notice to proceed in 2017. That's gone – we've got 80% of the pipe already here. We'll have 100% and be ready to have a shovel-ready project at the beginning of 2018, which still puts us in line for service at the end of 2018. So we don't see any major obstacles. Obviously, we have some state and federal permits that we have to get through, but really, the FERC certificate was the kickoff for us.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. So you indicated that you need the notice to proceed. So as to remind us, what's the key group that needs to kind of give you that okay? And what needs to be done to get that?
Jerry Ashcroft:
Yes, we still have to finish some things up with the State of West Virginia and Virginia, which we will be doing in November and December. We're in constant conversations with them. Once that's done, we'll – and then we feel as though the FERC will give us the notice to proceed. So that's the timing for 2017.
Scott Hanold:
Got it. Understand, thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy Advisors. Please proceed with your question.
Michael Hall:
Thanks. Good morning. I guess I want to follow up a little on the first question with regards to leasing. Can you just discuss what sort of leasehold maintenance requirements you have with the existing leasehold between EQT and Rice? And any sort of leasehold exploration that we ought to keep in mind over the coming, call it, 12 to 24 months.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Yes, Mike. I don't have the specific numbers, but I would remind you that the bulk of EQT's acreage is HBP, so there are no ongoing maintenance or renewal costs. There is some related to the Rice acreage, but I don't think it's material. We could get back to you with a more specific number. I don't have that handy.
Michael Hall:
Okay. But suffice to say, while you are pursuing the ongoing leasing, to the extent any of that is hung up, that there isn't a large or a material amount of leasehold that could expire in the interim. Is that a fair way to think about it?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
No, no. They had minimal near-term expirations, and they have some several years down the road, most of which we would expect to hold by drilling before they expire. But there will likely be some that we decide that they may have options to extend, that we would exercise those options if they didn't fit in our drilling program before expiration. So there will be a little bit, but it won't be material.
Michael Hall:
Understood and helpful. And then second, on the transportation and gathering expense side of things, just trying to think through how should all – any of the terms that you have within EQM, within EQT come up for renewal following this transaction, if that sets of any renegotiations. And what sort of opportunities there might be to blend and extend any of those agreements with EQM?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Yes, Mike. We don't have any near-term agreements expiring. So those are all – quite a few – you hit 2024 to 2026 before they start to expire. I think we will likely explore whether there are win-win renegotiations for blend and extend or – I think it's way too early to tell and we're going to have to really run the analysis to see what the trade-offs are. But I can say for certainty, the only way any contracts get renegotiated is if both parties come out with a win. It has to be a win- no transfer in value between the two companies.
Michael Hall:
Okay. Helpful. I appreciate it. And then I guess last on my – and just maybe, could you talk about the market dynamics as you see them in the Southeast markets as you bring on MVP? And how you think maybe pricing in that region will play out relative to Henry Hub as a new line of supply comes on?
Jerry Ashcroft:
Yes. This is Jerry Ashcroft again. We're really excited about where MVP is going in at Station 165. It really gives us the opportunity to move both into the Southeast and to go into the Gulf Coast. As you know, the pet chem facilities in Louisiana and Texas are really expanding. We see that as an opportunity, and we also see just the population growth in the Southeast being a big pull, so that the Appalachian supply hub can feed both.
Michael Hall:
Okay. And you think that, that market is sufficient to, I guess, proceed with the volumes without any material impact to price?
Jerry Ashcroft:
Yes, we do. I mean, we're in conversations with power plants and utilities down there and – so that we have a good feel that, that market that can sustain it.
Michael Hall:
Okay, great. That’s it for me for now. Thanks for the time guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Holly Stewart with Scotia. Please proceed with your question.
Holly Stewart:
Good morning, gentlemen. Maybe just a couple of quick housekeeping-type items. Steve, maybe first, best guess on the timing for these two advisory firms to come out and provide a recommendation?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
I think we expect – we think Friday is likely. Don't know for sure, but I think Friday is our best estimate for when we'll get the Glass Lewis and ISS recommendation.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. And then also – I mean, historically, you've done your kind of forward-looking guidance in December. Is that still potentially the case here with the close of Rice imminent?
Rob McNally:
Yes. That's right, Holly.
Holly Stewart:
Okay. And then maybe, Rob, since chimed in, one for you. Remind me, have the ratings agencies come out and given their opinion on the deal?
Rob McNally:
They have, and they've affirmed our ratings. So they – we went through the RAS/RES process with them earlier this summer. They were – kept them up to date when we did the bond offering, and so we expect our ratings to hold.
Holly Stewart:
Investment-grade. Okay. Great. And just one final one for me, if I could. Steve, maybe any update on the asset sales process, Barnett and Permian, that I know you guys have talked about?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Well, not Barnett for us. Permian…
Holly Stewart:
Actually, Permian.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
There's actually no update. We've been a little distracted on other things, so those have been put in the back burner for now. But once we get back to more business as usual, I think we'll bring those to the forefront again.
Holly Stewart:
Okay, great. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann with SunTrust Robinson Humphrey. Please proceed with your question.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning, guys. Steve, what – you just mentioned that – on the prepared remarks about the outages from the third party. Could you expand on that little bit? And do you perceive that reoccurring at all through the rest of this year?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Well, I mean, with third-party outages, you never know. The specific outages that we had, I certainly do not expect to see again. So the biggest one was related to a liquids line at one of the processing plants. After a major thunderstorm, they had a slip, and the line was taken out for several days. And so the plant couldn't operate. So they repaired that. It's back, operational. Shouldn't happen again. So these were kind of onetime occurrences. But you can never rule out that something completely different would happen at some point in the future, but these should not be recurring incidents.
Neal Dingmann:
Okay. Good details. And then you had a fair amount – I think it was over 32 turning line upward – or I'm sorry, 16 Upper Devonian wells. The plan, at least for the rest of this year, will you continue to be just as active? I know – think what you described those once as sort of use it or lose it on those. Could you just maybe give details of those? I guess a lot of that's going to depend on the deal consummating, but at least for now, what's your thoughts on Upper Devonian plan?
David Schlosser:
This is David. I apologize, I have a cold, so my voice is a little rough. But about the same through the last quarter of the year. I think we're estimating 16 Upper Devonians next quarter.
Steve Schlotterbeck:
And Neal, I would say post Rice, we would expect to do less Upper Devonian as a percentage of our program. And the only ones that we would be doing at that point are the ones that are exceptionally long. So roughly, I think, maybe 15,000, 16,000-footers, where the economics of that is competitive with a 12,000-foot Marcellus. So post Rice, you'll see shift to only extremely long Upper Devonians.
Neal Dingmann:
Okay. And then just lastly, just a bit of a hypothetical on this Rice deal closing. You've had that slide out that shows, really, the amount of how this acquisition triples this capacity to the Gulf. So I'm just wondering, once that does close, will you immediately start reallocating some? And will your marketing team sort of step in and start doing some of that reallocation towards some of those markets?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Well, definitely. I mean, we'll assess where the – where we'll get the best netbacks for the capacity we have available. And our commercial team monitors that stuff daily. So it will provide more optionality, which will create opportunities to capture better prices. As the differentials between demand basins moves around, we'll be able to stay in sync with it.
Neal Dingmann:
Perfect. Thanks, Steve and Dave. Good luck on the deal.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Vikram Bagri with Citi. Please proceed with your question.
Vikram Bagri:
Good morning. I understand I'm jumping the gun here a bit, but following up on an earlier question, it is a disparity between gathering and compression rates at both the midstream entities you'll have after the transaction. How should we think about these rates longer term? Would you look to address to ease the rates after the deal? Or would it be after 2025, 2026 time frame that you just mentioned? How would you look to address that disparity in gathering rates?
Rob McNally:
Yes, I think – this is Rob. And I think that the rates that exist will remain in place, something – unless there is some sort of blend-and-extend negotiation that makes sense for both businesses. And then going forward, I would expect the rates would be at kind of market rates. I think they would be right down the middle of the fairway. And so I think what you'll see is that the rates to the production company will be blended lower with a combination of the Rice's lower rates, and then market rates for future projects.
Vikram Bagri:
Great. That’s all I have.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley. Please proceed with your question.
Drew Venker:
Good morning, everyone. I just want to clarify those comments you made on the free cash flow profile in 2019 and 2020, just to clarify whether that would be still the case for the E&P stand-alone business fully separated from EQGP and EQM. Or if it remains consolidated, if you'll be free cash flow positive in 2019, if that's the…
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Well, that – it assumes the Rice transaction moves forward, but it does not assume the cash flow from the GP. So yes, that does apply to the E&P business stand-alone.
Rob McNally:
Just to add to that. It applies both ways, stand-alone or separated. But obviously, there is a significant a lot of cash flow coming from the GP that then wouldn't be there if there was some sort of separation transaction.
Drew Venker:
Okay. That’s very helpful. And then on the drilling activity for next year. Can you just talk about how much of your program you expect to be tying into sales in Pennsylvania in 2018 versus West Virginia, comparing 2018 versus 2017?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
We're still working on our 2018 plan, so I can't give you that kind of detail. The one data point I can share at this point is – and it's a bit preliminary, but I think this is probably the minimum. In the acquisition area, where we said we're going to average 12,000-foot laterals, we expect to be able to come right out of the gate in 2018 and average at least 12,700 feet in that area. So in terms of delivering on the synergies, we're going to be able to start demonstrating that from day one. So we're pretty excited that the more we work the maps and get the data incorporated as we plan for the integration, our ability to deliver on that, our confidence in that, keeps going up. So we're going to come out of the gate at 12,700 at least and probably go up from there.
Drew Venker:
And Steve, that would be – once you'd spud right after the transaction closes. And so turning in line is about 12 months from then, does that sound right?
Steve Schlotterbeck:
Yes. 9 to 12 would be the average. Yes.
Andrew Venker:
Okay. And if I could, just one follow-up on the free cash profiles. Does it still make sense in your mind to plan to return cash to shareholders if the E&P ends up being a stand-alone business? Steven
Steven Schlotterbeck:
I think – the answer is yes in terms of a strategy. And I think that's just sound business for the industry we're in. I will say, with Rice, it's much more achievable than without Rice. Without Rice and without the improved cost structure, the ability to do that, it's still there, but the growth rates will be less attractive because we'll have to spend more money to get the same growth rate than we would with the Rice transaction because of all of the benefits we talked about. So I think conceptually, it is the right direction for EQT, and frankly, the entire industry. I hope others go that direction as well. And that seems to be gaining traction, so I think others are talking about that and contemplating it. But again, it's much more doable and it will be much more attractive with Rice than without Rice.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please proceed with your question.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes, Steve, I wanted to see if you could dig down a little bit. Obviously, a lot of focus recently on kind of acreage maps and interpretations of how many long-lateral locations you long-lateral locations you have on a pro forma basis. I just wondering if you could, again, just maybe go through your confidence around the 1,200 number on a pro forma basis.
Steven Schlotterbeck:
Well, extremely confident. I just gave you one stat that supports that confidence, where we're going to come out of the gate above the average. And that's – I think that's pretty remarkable, given that we have to re-permit all this. We have to get started from scratch. So high, high confidence. And I'll give you a couple other stats that maybe will relay some confidence, especially in contrast to some of the noise that's been out there. In Greene County, which is where the bulk of this acreage is – there's lot in Washington, too, but if you just focus on Greene County for a second. Greene County has a total acreage of 370,000 acres. To date, over the last 11 years, 75,000 of those acres have been developed. So the gas is being drained from 75,000 acres. At least 295,000 acres in Greene County alone that un-yet – are, as of now, undrilled and undeveloped and undrained. That's about 80% of the acreage in Greene County still is available to produce gas. And one other stat for us and for Greene County, again, there's 370,000 acres. After the Rice transaction, EQT will control 212,000 of those acres. So 57% of the county will be under the control of EQT, where 80 % of that is remaining to be drilled. So there's lots of remaining inventory acreage. Tremendous amount of resource in place. So very, very confident in our ability to deliver on that synergy.
Arun Jayaram:
That’s very helpful. And I was just wondering, Steve, if you could also talk about, from a technical team standpoint, other factors that you think would support kind of the industrial logic of the transaction.
Steven Schlotterbeck:
Well I think, in our presentation, you see that list of upside synergies, so ones that are not included in the economics of the deal. But I think you can look at most of those, and it's not hard to wrap your head around. There will be value created there. So obviously, purchasing power. we know when we contract for drilling and fracking services, the more work we offer, the better rates we get. With Rice, we'll be able to offer more work. So we'll get better prices. Both – I mean – EQT and Rice have been amongst the leaders in Appalachia in terms of developing the new techniques and technologies to improve recoveries. And the way that works is a lot of that is testing various ideas that the technical folks have. EQT engineers have certain ideas that we've tested. And the testing involves drilling a well, modifying a technique, getting the well in line, gathering production data over many months or a year to determine whether that new technique was effective or not. So you can only test a certain number of ideas. So EQT's tested ideas we've had, Rice has tested ideas they've had, they're not necessarily the same ideas. So when we can get the databases and the technical teams together to review all of that data as one, there certainly will be best practices from both sides that can be combined to improve recoveries and lower costs. So it's hard to predict exactly what those techniques are at this point. We have to do the work and get the technical teams working on it. But not hard to imagine that there is going to be incremental value there. And it could be significant because it doesn't take much improvement in recovery to drive a significant amount of shareholder value. And then there's a list of seven upside synergies you can see in our presentation. So I think there's plenty of upside. But the deal makes a ton of sense even if we don't get any of that, which won't happen.
Arun Jayaram:
Got you. And my final question. It looks like you raised your year-end exit rate guide, at least on a stand-alone basis, to 2.7 to 2.6 – from 2.6 to 2.7. Wanted to ask a little bit about on the tied-in line, you did 49 versus the guided 55. So maybe a few less wells this quarter. Are those going to – and your previous guide for the fourth quarter is 58 wells. Is that just a little bit of timing there? Any issues in terms of fracture, spread availability, et cetera.
Steven Schlotterbeck:
Yes. So no issues. What all – it is all timing. Those 5 or 6 that were late this quarter will shift into next quarter. I will tell you that we have 9 frac crews running now. So we have all the frac crews we need, all the rigs we need. And the reason that exit rate shifted up is just that we have noted that activity is shifting into the fourth quarter now.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Our next question is from Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy Advisors. Please proceed with your question.
Michael Hall:
Hi, thanks. I appreciate the follow-up. And it was just actually a follow-up on that last question. To be clear, the exit rate, is that a fourth quarter average? Or will that be – like an average between the fourth and first quarter?
David Schlosser:
This is David. That's a December average.
Michael Hall:
Okay, perfect.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, we've reached the end of our question-and-answer session. I'd like to turn the call back to Mr. Patrick Kane for closing comments.
Patrick Kane:
Thank you, Rob, and thank you all for participating.
Operator:
This concludes today's teleconference. You may disconnect your lines at this time. We thank you for your participation.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp. Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp. David Schlosser - EQT Corp. Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.
Analysts:
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the EQT Corporation Second Quarter Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Patrick Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer. Thank you, Mr. Kane. You may begin.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Doug. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Steve Schlotterbeck, President and Chief Executive Officer; Rob McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; David Schlosser, Senior Vice President and President of Exploration & Production; and Lisa Hyland, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream. The replay for this call will be available this evening for seven days. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415. The confirmation code is 13650782. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. First a few logistical comments. Earlier this morning, we issued our second quarter earnings release and posted a slide presentation. Both are available on our website at www.eqt.com and include, among other things, comments regarding EQT's pending acquisition of Rice Energy. This communication does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities or a solicitation of any vote or approval. In connection with the proposed transaction, EQT expects to file with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Joint Proxy Statement later today. These and other documents filed by EQT and Rice with the SEC may be obtained free of charge at EQT's website, www.eqt.com, or Rice's website, www.riceenergy.com, as applicable, or at the SEC's website, www.sec.gov. You should review such materials filed with the SEC carefully as they will include important information regarding the proposed transaction. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnerships will have a joint earnings conference call at 11:30 today, which requires that we take the last question at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob and Dave will summarize EQT's second quarter results and Steve will give a brief update on the Rice acquisition. Following the prepared remarks, Steve, Rob, Dave and Lisa will be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from those forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under Risk Factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file with the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. With that, I'll turn the call over to Rob McNally.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Pat, and good morning, everyone. Before reviewing the second quarter results, I do want to briefly give you an update on the Rice Energy acquisition. As a reminder, on June 19, we announced our intent to acquire Rice for 0.37 EQT shares plus $5.30 per Rice share. As Pat mentioned, the Proxy Statement will be filed later today and will be available on our website, Rice's website or the SEC website. Steve is going to have further comments on the transaction in a few minutes. Okay. I'll provide an overview of the second quarter results. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced second quarter 2017 adjusted earnings per diluted share of $0.06 compared to a $0.38 loss in the second quarter of 2016. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT increased to $223 million as compared to $105 million for the second quarter of 2016, reflecting an increase of $118 million. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partners and EQT GP Holdings results are consolidated in EQT Corporation's results. Moving to Production, Production sales volume of 198 Bcfe for the second quarter was 7% higher than the second quarter of 2016 and was slightly ahead of the high end of our guidance range. The realized price, including cash settled derivatives, was $2.86 per Mcfe, a 36% increase compared to $2.11 per Mcfe in the second quarter of last year. Operating revenue for the production company totaled $631 million for the second quarter of 2017, which was $554 million higher than the second quarter of 2016. Total operating expenses at EQT Production were $578 million or 10% higher quarter-over-quarter, consistent with volume growth. Transmission expenses were almost $38 million higher due to volumes transported on the Rockies Express Pipeline and the Ohio Valley Connector. As mentioned on our first quarter call, we were paying for some Rex capacity last year. But since we're unable to physically move our produced gas to Rex in the second quarter of 2016, we'll use that capacity for marketing. When we use pipeline capacity for marketing, we net the cost of the transportation against the recoveries realized. The cost of pipeline capacity used to move our produced gas is recognized as an operating expense. Processing expenses were $17.7 million higher, consistent with higher wet gas volumes, primarily related to our recent acreage acquisitions. Gathering expenses and DD&A were all higher, consistent with production growth. Production taxes were $1.8 million higher as a result of higher impact fees due to increased drilling activity in Pennsylvania and better pricing. Lease operating expenses, excluding production taxes, were $3.3 million lower. Excluding the impact of prior year pension settlement and legal expenses, SG&A was slightly favorable for the quarter, as we reduced our Kentucky cost structure when we integrated the Kentucky gathering operations into production in 2016. During the quarter, our liquid story was strong, reflected by an increase in volumes and a higher pricing environment. NGL sales volume and realized price were significantly higher. Regarding pricing, the average realized price, including cash settled derivatives, was $2.86 per Mcfe, a 36% increase compared to the $2.11 per Mcfe in the second quarter of last year. The average differential for the quarter, which was a negative $0.64 per Mcfe, was within the stated guidance range for the quarter. This is a $0.51 decrease from the first quarter of 2017, but a $0.15 improvement from the second quarter of 2016. Approximately 80% of our local basis exposure for the balance of 2017 is locked in and is reflected in our differential guidance. The minimal effects of declined local pricing highlight the value of our diversified firm capacity portfolio, which provide significant takeaway capacity to premium markets. We continued to expect improvement in our realized price as incremental pipeline projects come online, including the Mountain Valley Pipeline project, which will provide access to the premium Southeast and Mid-Atlantic markets. Now moving to Midstream results, EQT Gathering operating income was $83.3 million, $10.1 million higher than the second quarter of 2016. Operating revenue was $112.1 million, a $12 million increase over the second quarter of 2016, driven by production development in the Marcellus Shale. This was slightly offset by increased operating expenses, which totaled $28.8 million for the quarter, a $1.9 million increase over the same period last year. Looking at EQT Transmission, second quarter operating income was $57.8 million, $1.9 million higher than the second quarter of 2016. Firm reservation fee revenue was $79.5 million, $19.2 million higher than the second quarter of 2016, primarily as a result of EQT contracting for additional firm capacity on the OBC. Operating revenues were $86.8 million, an $8.9 million increase over the second quarter of 2016, while operating expenses were $29 million, a $7 million increase over the second quarter of 2016, with approximately $5 million of the $7 million increase being DD&A. I'll close my remarks by providing you with our liquidity update. We closed the quarter in a great liquidity position with zero net short-term debt outstanding under EQT's $1.5 billion unsecured revolver and about $561 million of cash on the balance sheet, which excludes EQM. We're forecasting $1.2 billion of operating cash flow for 2017 at EQT, which includes approximately $200 million of distributions to EQT from EQGP. We're fully capable of funding our roughly $1.5 billion 2017 CapEx forecast, which excludes EQM and land acquisitions, with the expected operating cash flow and the current cash that we have on hand. So, with that, I'll turn the call over to David.
David Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Rob, and good morning, everyone. As Rob mentioned, our sales volume for the second quarter was 198 Bcfe, which exceeded the high-end of guidance by 3 Bcfe. Operationally, we now have seven frac crews secured and expect to operate at this pace for the remainder of the year. With these crews in pace, we anticipate approximately 55 Marcellus and Upper Devonian wells to be turned in line in the third quarter and 58 in the fourth quarter. This is approximately three times the pace of the first six month of this year, during which we had 19 wells turned in line in the first quarter and 17 wells in the second quarter. As you would expect, the production impact of this increased completion activity will be weighted to the fourth quarter and is reflected in our current guidance. Additionally, with the success of our ongoing consolidation efforts, we now expect our 2017 drilling program to have an average lateral length of 8,400 feet, which is 11% higher than our 2016 average. Now, let's move onto our Deep Utica test program. As we've mentioned during previous calls, our capital is allocated to projects that we expect will deliver the best returns. And as we continue to lengthen laterals and improve efficiency in the Marcellus, the hurdle rate for other investments continues to increase. As an example, given the contiguous acreage position of the pending Rice transaction, we expect Marcellus wells in Greene and Washington counties to average at least 12,000 feet. Based on recent Utica results and current development costs, we estimate a Utica well will need to achieve at least 4 Bcf per 1,000 feet to be competitive with a 12,000 foot Marcellus well. And so far, we believe there are only two Deep Utica wells that meet or exceed that threshold. In short, we have multiple years of long lateral inventory in the Marcellus. And when comparing the two plays, it is difficult for the Utica to compete. For these reasons, we have made the decision to suspend our Utica test program and focus our efforts on Marcellus development as we integrate the assets we've acquired over the past year and a half. This year's Utica program was planned to contribute 18 Bcfe to our annual volume. Therefore, the suspension will impact our production guidance which is now adjusted to be 205 Bcfe to 210 Bcfe for the third quarter and 825 Bcfe to 840 Bcfe for the full year. I'll now turn the call over to Steve.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Dave. Good morning, everybody. As you're aware, the big news of the quarter was the June 19 announcement that we entered into an agreement to acquire Rice Energy. Rice is an outstanding strategic and operational fit for us and we anticipate the combined entities will capture significant operating efficiencies, improve overall well economics and deliver stronger returns to our shareholders. We also believe this transaction will enhance our options to address EQT's sum-of-the-parts discount, which we have previously discussed. We have spoken with many of our shareholders and other industry experts since the announcement and we are pleased with the positive, enthusiastic feedback received. In discussing this compelling transaction, we received questions on our ability to address the sum-of-the-parts discount and around our synergies estimates for the merger. I will address both of these topics today. First, on addressing the sum-of-the-parts, the Rice acquisition does not impact the timing of addressing our sum-of-the-parts discount. In fact, we believe this transaction will enhance our options to address the sum-of-the-parts discount which we have previously discussed. Addressing the sum-of-the-parts discount is a priority for the board and we will develop a plan by the end of 2018 that we believe is in the best interest of EQT and all shareholders. These options could include splitting the companies, selling one of the businesses, collapsing EQM and EQGP to support a buyback program, as well as several other scenarios. Our analysis will be a comprehensive one, which not only evaluates all feasible alternatives for addressing the discount, but will also include a full analysis of the potential tax implications of the current tax reform effort in Washington. As you can appreciate, this is a longer-term development and we do not have additional details to share. The second most common question has been around synergies. We're confident that the PV of the synergies are in excess of the $2.5 billion laid out in the deal announcement. As you will see in our updated slide deck, which was posted to our website and filed with the SEC this morning, the $2.5 billion only covers categories of synergies, $1.9 billion of which are efficiencies driven by longer laterals, high grading the drilling program to drill longer laterals first and lower surface costs, including fewer roads, pads, water pits and well lines. Those savings are in our control and we're forecasting $200 million in 2018 and $350 million per year for the following nine years. The other $600 million is from a reduction of $100 million of G&A per year discounted for 10 years. Given the overlap of the businesses and after careful evaluation, we believe the $2.5 billion is a conservative estimate and are confident in our ability to achieve these targets. In addition to the quantified synergies, there are significant synergies that are harder to quantify. We listed them in our presentation this morning along with ranges of potential value. If you took the high end of the ranges of each category, the additional synergies are well in excess of the $2.5 billion that we've already quantified. A few examples are increasing well recoveries by combining EQT and Rice's best drilling and completion techniques is worth $500 million for every 1% increase in EUR per foot. Increased leverage in acquiring drilling and fracking services is worth $300 million for every 1% improvement in service costs. And G&A savings beyond the 10 years is worth approximately $500 million. There are several other additional synergies discussed in our updated IR deck. And I would encourage you to review our new deck for the full slate of additional synergies. I think you'll also conclude that our original estimate of $2.5 billion in synergies is very conservative and we expect to be able to exceed that amount by a fair margin. We continue to make strong progress towards completing the transaction and recently received antitrust clearance from the Federal Trade Commission, one of the customary closing conditions of the transaction. Rice is an outstanding, strategic and operational fit for us and we're excited to complete the transaction in the fourth quarter. With that, I'll turn it over to Pat for Q&A.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Steve. That concludes the comments portion of the call. Doug, can we please open the call for questions?
Operator:
Certainly, Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. We will now be conducting a question-and-answer session. Our first question comes from the line of Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets. Please proceed with your question.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks. Good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Scott.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Good morning, Scott.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
So, a question on – with the reduced activity in the Utica Shale, is some of that being reallocated to the Marcellus and – with the capital that was spent there? And...
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. Scott, some of that capital is being reallocated to completion of some DUCs that we acquired in the West Virginia acquisitions over the past year. So, not to new grassroots wells, but to the completion of a suite of DUCs.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Okay. Understood. And then, yeah, because that – I guess the completion pace you all have in the second half of the year, I mean, is significantly higher than obviously what you experienced in the front half of year. And I was kind of curious on why – and I don't know what the best way to look at this thing, but even relative to the frac crews you had, it seems a lot faster. So, I was just wondering what's some color on that.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I think we now have the frac crews in place and they're getting to work. And so the pace of completed wells is going to be higher, but DUCs as well will also – since we don't have to drill those wells, they're already drilled – will help us increase that pace quite a bit in the second half of the year.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Yeah. So the implied obviously growth into the fourth quarter that you all have is in excess of a sequential 10%. Then I would expect the exit rate should be pretty robust. I mean have you – do you have a sense of what that might look like?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
I don't think we've quoted that, but definitely the fourth quarter and heading into 2018 will – the growth rate will be significantly higher than it has been the last couple quarters.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks. And then one last quick one. It looks like there is some reports that Rice acquired this LOLA Energy. Do you all have any comments on that and why would be taken place during this process?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, we don't have comments on that. I would defer you to Rice and/or LOLA for questions on that. I guess my only comment would be we're very familiar with LOLA and the assets that they have and they fit very nicely in the core backyard of Greene and Washington counties. So they are definitely high quality assets, but questions regarding any potential transaction should be directed to those companies.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley. Please proceed with your question.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Hi. Good morning, everyone.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Drew.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Drew.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
So, Steve, I was hoping you can talk about the steps you might need to take to realize some of the upside to synergies that you identified like the marketing optimization or the longer laterals in West Virginia or any of the other ones that you think are relevant to speak to.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. So, maybe I should describe a few of those that probably aren't obvious. So the West Virginia laterals one, that's a – if you assume that we could increase the average lateral in West Virginia by 2,000 feet, at the same time, delaying a significant amount of the West Virginia development because we'll be more focused on Pennsylvania, so all that's incorporated into this number. But the reason that we think that might be possible or at least the portion of that is possible is we've clearly found that time equals more length, especially in West Virginia, because of the, frankly, antiquated oil and gas regulations they have. It takes a lot of time to piece together longer laterals. And as a result of the Rice acquisition and shifting our focus to Pennsylvania, that will buy us a lot more time to work the existing locations in West Virginia. And, ultimately, they will be longer when we drill them than they otherwise would have been. So that's what is behind that. And I would stress on the sheet in our IR presentation. Those are ranges of values. We're not necessarily saying that we expect to achieve 100% of all of those, but I would expect that we will achieve some amount of probably all of them or nearly all of them. And that's one. So, we picked 2,000 feet because we think that's plausible. But it will be hard to quantify and hard to measure and will occur somewhat down the road. On the – I think the buying power is self-explanatory. That's just having more leverage because of our scale and negotiating service contracts. And/or if that's not possible having enough scale and enough certainty with our drilling programs, if it made sense we could ourselves get into the service business – if that made more sense to make sure we got some synergies there, although I think more likely would be – that we're just able to negotiate better contracts. The marketing optimization is again because of the scale and the amount of gas that we will have available to sell in our commercial group, that they will be able to negotiate better sales contracts. And that one is a $0.05 improvement in realized price. We deal $1.4 billion in value. I can't guarantee you will get $0.05, but we should be able to negotiate better sales contracts. So there should be some value there, for sure. LOE optimization is again – we haven't built that into our synergies. But clearly because of the operational overlap of the two companies, we would fully expect to realize some unit LOE improvements. And we've quoted a $0.03 improvement in yields, $800 million in additional value. We talked about the G&A. We've only discounted that for 10 years. If you assume that that continues in perpetuity it's another $0.5 billion, but we tend to be more conservative on our estimate. And, finally, the MVP expansion – because of the extra or the increased production that we'll have, it's possible that that expansion opportunity could be accelerated by up to three years which pulls forward that value and has a PV of about $200 million. And the biggest one is the thought that between the two companies we've got a lot of data on completion practices in this core area of the Marcellus and both companies have independently done a lot of science and analysis and gathered tremendous amounts of data. And we put those two databases together and can explore the best techniques in various areas. Almost certainly we will be able to come up with best practices going both ways that improve the returns of our wells. Hard to predict how much that will be. But, for example, if we increased the EURs by 5%, that's an additional $2.5 billion of synergy. So that's a particularly powerful one and one that I fully expect to capture some if not all of that amount of synergy. That may be a little more long-winded than you wanted.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
No. That's great. All the color really helps actually. So, just to follow-up on the West Virginia piece, with that – seeing as laterals involved swaps or some unitization or something, is that partly of what factor into how successful that upside is?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yes. It would frankly be doing more of what we're already doing, but having more time to do it. So, swaps for sure. We have a lot of acreage that overlaps with one of our big competitors down there. But swaps are particularly difficult to work out. You have different acreage dedications to different midstream companies. You have different net revenue interest, different terms in the leases. So, it takes a lot of effort to get the swaps done. It also gives us more time to work on the joint development and co-tenancy legislation in West Virginia that we still feel needs to happen in West Virginia. And we still remain cautiously optimistic that with more time we will get that legislation through. That would be a big improvement for West Virginia lateral lengths and economics will make West Virginia more competitive in certain areas with our Pennsylvania opportunity. So, having more time to work on that before we drill the wells is certainly a big advantage.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Thanks, Steve. I appreciate that. And just one follow-up just on kind of the macro within Appalachia. It seems like there's still a number of these smaller operators or even, let's just say, assets that are in the market that might make sense to consolidate whether by you or someone else. Do you see a lot of those still out there? Are there areas where there's a lot of disparate acreage that could be consolidated by someone or do you see other willing sellers out there, in addition to Rice?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Drew, I think, with the acquisitions we've done in West Virginia and now with the Rice transaction, our appetite for additional significant acquisitions is satisfied, I think. I think, with the Rice transaction, our position is extremely well consolidated. There were still be holes. And I think we've estimated and told you all that we would expect you should be modeling about $200 million a year for fill-in opportunities to fill in those holes. But in terms of any more significant transactions to consolidate, I think, the Rice transaction accomplishes what we set out to achieve. And we're going to be focused on delivering on the results that we've been talking about. So, but that said, I think, there are still lots of operators out there, lots of companies still trying to rationalize their positions and I think, ultimately, trying to do what we have just done and build contiguous acreage positions too, so they can improve their capital returns and their margins. So, I would expect you'll see continued activity, but I think except for the small little pieces and parts that we'll need to pick up to fill in some holes, I think, we're good for now.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
It's all very clear, Steve. Thanks.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Michael Hall from Heikkinen Energy Advisors. Please proceed with your question.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Thanks. Good morning. I just wanted to get into one of those synergies maybe in a little more detail, the completion designs between the two organizations. Can you kind of maybe compare and contrast what you know about the two different completion designs and where you think there might be some room for some beneficial improvement from combination?
David Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Yeah, Michael. This is David. First, I'll say that – I'll congratulate Rice. They've done a lot of good testing and they've documented it very well and so have we. So I'm just really confident that when we marry the two organizations together, there is going to be things that offset each other and improve EURs. Some areas that we're looking at now are – they do some interesting things in targeting their wells that we haven't experimented with and even what they're calling engineering completions by trying to pick better parts of the rock based on log (30:00) properties instead of perforating every 40 feet like most companies do. So there is a couple things that jump out where they've tested those concepts and we haven't tested them as much. So when we get that data in and absorb it, we're confident we can make some tweaks.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. Makes sense. And then on the completions pace that you guys detailed for the second half, that's helpful. I'm just curious, would the expectation be that you maintain those seven crews through the first half of 2018 and that sort of quarterly pace in completions is sustainable? How should we think about that going in the second half?
David Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Yes. This is David again. Yeah. That's what I would – I think that's a good assumption, that we'd be somewhere in that range for the first half of 2018.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. Great. And then last one on my end was just on the...
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Sorry, just one clarification on that piece. That would just be for the EQT run rate. There would be additional crews because of the Rice acquisition. So we would be at a higher number than 7 in 2018.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Understood. That's what I was getting at. I appreciate the clarification. Yeah. And then I guess the last one on my end is just – I was just curious on the tax side of things in the context with the sum-of-the-parts paths that you laid out. I understand there is some uncertainty on tax treatment and perhaps a little limited on what you can disclose. But maybe can you just provide a little bit of color on each of those paths, like how the different tax treatments might vary and just how important you view the tax impacts relative to the path of addressing the sum-of-the-parts?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
As Steve said, we're committed to addressing the sum-of-the-parts issues in 2018. I'm not going to comment on any particular path forward. But we don't believe that taxes will be the deciding factor in whatever it is that we decide to do, or importantly, with regard to the timing of when we're able to do it.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. Clear enough. Thank you very much.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Michael.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Neal Dingmann from SunTrust. Please proceed with your question.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Good morning, gentlemen. Steve, I don't want to belabor the synergies, but it's such a positive important part. I just want to make sure I'm clear on that slide 14. Generally, timing on – you walked pretty detailed through the $2.5 billion. Just wondering that additional $5 billion. I mean is that a year or so after Rice closes too? I'm just trying to get a very general sense of how you kind of envision the timing of those other $5 billion?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. Well, if you look at the slide 14, it's actually an additional $7.5 billion of potential. So I do want to be clear. The numbers that are shown on that page are all the numbers at the high-end of the ranges. And I think it's probably a bit optimistic to assume that we could capture all of that. So I don't want anyone to take away from this that we're saying we're going to get another $7.5 billion on the top of the $2.5 billion. I do fully expect we will get some amount probably from each of those categories. And it's probably a good time to mention this. One of the reasons that we didn't provide these upfront is these – to your question, Neal, these are far more difficult to prove and to do a look back on and demonstrate that we captured it and to quantify how much we got and when we got it, because of the nature of them versus the two categories of synergies that we talked about initially, which, A, we have extremely high confidence we will get at least that much, and, 2, We will easily be able to demonstrate how we performed versus those estimates. These will be much more difficult to demonstrate how much we were able to get. So, with that caveat, these were all – so the ones that are related to a development program, so like incremental EUR improvements, that was to get to the $2.5 billion, I'd assume 5% of every well point forward. So, that assumes starting day one, so that's probably frankly a bit aggressive. It will take a little time to study the – to get the data in, have the engineers look at it, implement new practices, but that applies to several thousand wells. So if we missed a first few dozen, it probably doesn't change the value that much. And most of them are similar. It assumes applying that improvement on the pro forma development plan.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Great detail, Steve, and just one follow-up, looking to slide 11, maybe for you or David. You've always talked about and been pretty clear about that rectangle and I get even the Rice piece and the Utica to the west of that. But you have a bit of a piece kind of call it to the Northeast of your acreage up in Armstrong and then you have a pretty good size piece down in West Virginia as well. I'd call it – that's southern acreage just outside of that. How do you view that acreage that is just outside of that block? Is that something you would let expire or because it's so close to the block you still – view it still pretty positively?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, in terms of expiring most of that acreages held by production, so it won't expire. We don't view it as favorably as the Greene, Washington county core, for two reasons. One, the geology is not quite as good. The rock is just not as good. It's not pad but it's not as good. And because of the consolidation efforts we've done in Greene, Washington and Northern West Virginia. That's where we're going to be able to drill the long laterals and that's where the capital efficiency is going to be dramatically improved. So, from a competition for capital standpoint, those corners of the box just won't compete for our capital but might be attractive to someone else, but you won't see a lot of activity from EQT in the corners of the box.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Great detail, Steve. Thanks so much.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please proceed with your question.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yeah. Good morning. Steve, slide 16 suggests that you're not just kind of playing lip service to addressing the sum-of-the-parts discount with plans to have something by the end of 2018. I did want to see if you could give your thoughts on the activist letter that you did receive in the early part of July and thoughts on that.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I will certainly say it's not lip service and I'm trying to be as clear as I can that you have my personal commitment that we are going to address the sum-of-the-parts and we're going to do it in a way that we think is most beneficial to our shareholders. So, that's about as clear I know how to be. But I mean what I say. So, there is a strong commitment there. Yeah. Regarding the JANA letter, I think, we met with them shortly after the letter came out. So they are a significant shareholder and we're trying to reach out to all of them. And we discussed the merits of the transaction and we discussed the merits and the opportunities to address the sum-of-the-parts. And I think I'll leave it at that that just like all of our shareholders we communicate with them. We don't always agree on everything. But we made our case and we still continue to feel very strongly that this Rice transaction creates significant value for our shareholders and is the best and most appropriate next step in EQT strategy.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Great. That's very helpful. I have two quick others. One, as you talk about closing the transaction in the fourth quarter, just given the lag between permits and drilling and completing kind of the 12,000 foot wells, when, Steve, do you anticipate that you could start drilling or producing, I guess, the 12,000 foot laterals in the core of the Marcellus? What is the approximate timing on that as we think about 2018, 2019?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
That's a good question because you're right. We will have to re-permit and we can't begin that process until closing. So, there will be a time period where we're re-permitting wells. Hopefully that moves fairly quickly. But as you may be aware, Pennsylvania in particular right now is – the DEP is a little bit slow on permit. So there will be a few months to get that done. And then because of the timing on these large pads with long laterals, that's typically about a year from spud to on average TIL. So I would say it will be late 2019 at the earliest and early 2020 before you really see the production from the longer laterals hitting our income statement.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. I mean, are you going to get some before the whole program gets into that 12,000 foot mode or it'd be later in 2019?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. That's where you really start to see it in full development mode. Some will certainly come sooner. And even absent the Rice transaction, on the EQT side, we currently have plans to drill quite a few wells that are north of 12,000 feet where our own acreage allows it. So you will see some longer laterals coming even before the Rice transaction closes or before we start to get the benefits from it. But by the end of – by early 2019 is when you will see the full forced effect of the combined company.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. And just my final question, Steve, on the Rice merger call, you made some interesting comments about Phase 2 of shale and talking about better balancing growth with buybacks and dividends and I guess your expectations pro forma to reach a free cash flow surplus in 2019, I believe, under the $3 gas. So, wondering how shareholders have responded to that and how – if this is something that you're committed to as well as you think about on a go forward basis.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yes. That's another great question. First of all, the shareholder response, I think, has been – it's been extremely well received. And I've been very pleased at that because I wasn't quite sure how it will be received even though I think it is clearly the most prudent strategy for companies in the natural gas business. And you're hearing more companies start to talk about that, which I think is also a very positive development. I will say – that's another, so I'm going to go back to the Rice transaction. Another reason, I think, this transaction is so transformative for our shareholders is not only is it accretive immediately to EQT shareholders, not only does it give us an industry-leading cost structure and capital efficiencies in a very competitive commodity market, it will allow the strategy of prudent and profitable growth with return of cash to shareholders to really happen. Absent those cost improvements and the capital efficiencies, it's much harder to adopt that strategy and be able to sustain it and do it in a way that really moves the needle. But with our ability to drill these long laterals and the lower cost structure, I think, it really makes that strategy extremely compelling. So, yes, that is what we are headed toward. And I think you really start to see the benefits of it probably in 2020, when we are growing we think in the mid-teens and substantially less than our cash flow.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil. Please proceed with your question.
Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Good morning, gentlemen.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Holly.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Holly.
Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Yeah. Maybe first for Steve or David, just kind of thinking through that 2018 development plan. You note the co-development this year and average well pad of 14 wells. I guess, any thought on this and kind of 2018 and beyond, I guess meaning both the size of the well pads as well as the co-development?
David Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
By co-development, you mean Upper Devonian or...
Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Yes.
David Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Yes. Well, first on the well pad, yes, 14 is our 2017 average. I expect that number to be increasing every year until it reaches – hopefully if we get to our range of 20 or so, which we think is the maximum size for a pad now. So you should see that continue to increase over the next few years. As far as co-development, I think, we're going to continue to do the Upper Devonian where it makes sense. We understand it. We know the performance of it now. We know where it works. And so where it works, we intend to still develop it.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
And I would add, on the Upper Devonian, it's really about the use it or lose it proposition, which makes it different than the Utica in terms of the Utica now can't compete with the longer laterals. The Upper Devonian laterals can also get longer. And the Utica isn't going away. So if that opportunity gets proved up by someone else any time soon, we have that opportunity and can restart activity there quickly without losing anything. In those certain areas of the Upper Devonian, we do strongly believe that you lose that opportunity. But I think what you will see, Holly, is going forward a diminishing share of Upper Devonian relative to Marcellus. So we have even more compelling Marcellus opportunities now that Upper Devonian will have to compete with. And you may see us avoid those areas of Upper Devonian for now, so we don't lose it, but we will be drilling long Marcellus wells outside of that Upper Devonian co-development area. So I do think you will continue to see some Upper Devonian capital deployed. But as a proportion of our total capital, I think, you will see a steady decline and probably a fairly dramatic decline.
Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Great. And then maybe one just on the midstream side. You highlight the MVP expansion and kind of your upside to synergies. I would imagine there is some thought around OVC as well, but also within the presentation, you kind of note higher returns to EQM and lower cost to EQT. So I'm just curious if you could provide a little bit of color just around maybe the cost structure on midstream and how the synergies create sort of a lower cost midstream business?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Holly. It's Rob. I think that when you look around at where we overlap with Rice, that we overlap both on the upstream and the midstream side. And so it's going to require less capital to deploy the midstream solution for whatever drilling that we do. And some of that may accrue to the midstream business and some of that may accrue to the upstream business, but there clearly will be less capital required to gather the volumes that get drilled.
Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Great. And then maybe just one final quick one. Is there an update to the Permian sale?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Nothing at this point.
Holly Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Thanks, guys.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Please proceed with your question.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
David Schlosser - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Brian.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Brian.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Hey, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
A little bit of a theoretical question on the Utica. To what degree is the decision to reduce activity in the Utica a function of the Utica no longer meeting return thresholds versus the potential for the synergies that are driving the opportunities, if Rice closes? I.e., would you have made the same decision on reducing activity in the Utica had the Rice transaction not been on the horizon?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. Brian, I think, the truthful answer is I don't know. The Rice transaction made it an easy decision given that the hurdle for the Utica to be better than our Marcellus opportunities went up significantly. So it was pretty obvious decision because of the Rice transaction. Absent the Rice transaction, I think, we were probably still in test mode with the thought that we could get there. One thing we have learned over the past six months is while, in a lot of cases, we can drill wells in that $12 million to $14 million range, still occasionally, you have a troublesome well and the costs go well above that. And when you average that in, the learning curve was going to be probably a little longer than we thought. So we would have – absent the Rice transaction, we would have been incorporating that and trying to figure out, well, how confident are we that the average will be in that range and we probably need to get the results of a few more wells. So my guess would be we'd probably drill a few more wells to get the data and then make a decision and it could have gone either way. But with the Rice transaction, it's a no-brainer. We just don't think our Utica opportunities are likely to be able to compete with our new Marcellus opportunities.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
All right. Thanks.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
So, just one clarification on that, Brian, that I don't think we've said today. When we're talking about the Utica, we're only talking about the Deep Utica in Pennsylvania. We're not referring to the Ohio Utica that comes with the Rice transaction. Economically that competes much better with the Marcellus.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Understood. Great. And my follow-up is actually a follow-up to Holly's question earlier on the Upper Devonian. My take, and maybe I misunderstood it is that you may develop the core Upper Devonian a little bit more slowly because of better rate of return opportunities elsewhere post the transaction. But looking on the map on page 20, it would seem that the core Upper Devonian does overlap with a lot of the Rice – some of the Rice acres in the Marcellus. Can you just comment or maybe clarify?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, it does overlap with some of it and that's why I said you shouldn't expect Upper Devonian to go to zero. But a lot of the Rice opportunity lies outside of that and on the fringes of that. We may make the decision that the cost-benefit is more marginal. But certainly within – in the heart of that block, if we were going to drill, I think, we still feel strongly that we create value for our shareholders by taking the Upper Devonian versus forgoing that opportunity forever.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Got it. Right.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
But it's not all the Rice produce. These maps are kind of cartoonish, so you have to be careful about them.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
And is there some quick...
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Go ahead.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Is there some quick and easy way of thinking based on your economics or your views on how much of a higher gas price you feel you need for the Upper Devonian economics to be equal to the Marcellus economics?
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Never.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Never.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Because if gas prices go up, the Marcellus economics go up. I don't think the Upper Devonian – the one thing that can equalize Upper Devonian with Marcellus in certain areas in certain circumstances, probably not even areas, circumstances is if the Upper Devonian has not been drilled, but the Marcellus has. And we have the opportunity to drill, say – I won't get the numbers quite right, but 16,000 foot Upper Devonian is probably economically equivalent to a 12,000 foot Marcellus. And, again, we'd have to check the numbers, but it's something like that. And if the Marcellus is drilled, because the two companies have drilled wells say toe-to-toe, but the Upper Devonian hasn't been drilled, so the combined acreage allows a 16,000 foot Upper Devonian. The return on that investment is probably identical to a 12,000 foot Marcellus well that we would drill. So there will be certain circumstances where extra-long Upper Devonians are just as good as your average Marcellus.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thank you.
Steven Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
That is all the time we have for questions. I'd like to hand the call back over to management for closing comments.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Doug, and thank you all for participating.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude today's teleconference. Thank you for your participation. You may disconnect your lines at this time and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp. Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp. David Schlosser - EQT Corporation Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation
Analysts:
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States) Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the EQT Corporation First Quarter 2017 Earnings Conference Call. And as a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Patrick Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer. Thank you, sir. You may begin.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Christine. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Steve Schlotterbeck, President and Chief Executive Officer; Rob McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; David Schlosser, Senior Vice President and President of Exploration and Production; and Lisa Hyland, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream. This call will be replayed for a seven-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 P.M. Eastern Time today. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415, with the confirmation code of 13650780. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in the EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnerships will have a joint earnings conference call at 11:30 A.M. today, which requires that we take the last question at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob will summarize EQT's first quarter 2017 results, and Dave will give a brief operational update, followed by comments by Steve. Following their prepared remarks, Steve, Rob, Dave and Lisa will be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release, under Risk Factors in the EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. With that, I'd like to turn the call over to Rob McNally.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Pat, and good morning, everybody. Before reviewing first quarter results, I want to highlight our recent acreage acquisitions. During the quarter, we completed two acquisitions, adding 67,400 core Marcellus acres for $652 million funded with cash on hand. We've been very active consolidating our acreage position in our Marcellus core, increasing our position by over 222,000 net acres, which represents the most Marcellus acres acquired by a single producer since 2015. On the pricing side, we have seen significant improvement throughout our various markets. The average realized price, including cash settled derivatives, was $3.50 per Mcfe, a 33% increase compared to the $2.63 realized in the first quarter of last year. This stronger pricing environment was also reflected in our average differential for the quarter, which was negative $0.13 per M. This is a $0.54 improvement from the fourth quarter of 2016 and a $0.09 improvement from the first quarter of 2016. The improved pricing also highlights the value of our diversified firm capacity portfolio, which provides significant takeaway capacity to premium markets. During the quarter, additional contracted capacity and higher utilization of this capacity to move our gas to these markets resulted in both higher realized price and higher transportation costs for the quarter compared to our guidance. We expect continued improvement to our realized price as incremental pipeline projects come online, including the MVP pipeline, which will provide access to the premium Southeast market. As you will see in our updated slide deck, we expect our basis to improve from negative $0.25 in 2017 to negative $0.13 in 2019, based on forward pricing at our markets. I'll now provide a brief overview of the first quarter results. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced first quarter 2017 adjusted earnings per diluted share of $0.43 compared to $0.05 in the first quarter of 2016. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT increased to $322 million as compared to $217 million in the first quarter of 2016. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partners' and EQT GP Holdings' results are consolidated in EQT Corporation's results. EQT recorded $86.7 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interests in the first quarter of 2017, compared to $82.7 million in the first quarter of 2016. Starting with Production results. Production sales volume of 190 Bcfe for the first quarter was 6% higher than the first quarter of 2016, which was on the low end of our guidance, as we completed fewer wells than we had planned for the first quarter. As discussed, the realized price, including cash settled derivatives, was $3.50 per Mcfe, a 33% increase compared to the $2.63 in the first quarter of last year. Operating revenues totaled $828.7 million for the first quarter of 2017, which was $345 million higher than the first quarter of 2016. Total operating expenses at EQT Production were $571.2 million, or 17% higher quarter over quarter. Transmission expenses were $43.4 million higher due to volumes moved on Rockies Express Pipeline and the Ohio Valley Connector. We were paying for some Rex capacity last year, but since we were unable to physically move our produced gas to Rex in the first quarter of 2016, we used that capacity for marketing. When we use pipeline capacity for marketing, we net the cost of the transportation against the recoveries realized. The cost of the pipeline capacity used to move our produced gas is recognized as an operating expense. The increased transportation expense this quarter was largely due to us using more of our own transportation capacity to move our gas, driving higher transportation costs and higher realized prices. Processing expenses were $16.7 million higher, consistent with higher wet gas volumes. Production taxes were $6.2 million higher as a result of better pricing. Gathering expenses and DD&A were all higher, consistent with production growth. Excluding a legal charge of $5 million, SG&A was essentially flat, while lease operating expense, excluding production taxes, were $1.6 million lower. Moving on to midstream, EQT Gathering income was $73.6 million, $1 million higher than the first quarter of 2016 on increased gathering revenues, partly offset by increased operating expenses. Total operating expenses were $28.7 million, or $3.3 million than 2016. Looking at EQT Transmission, operating income was $71.5 million, 11% higher than the first quarter of 2016. Operating revenues were $13.3 million higher over first quarter 2016, primarily due to EQT's firm commitment on the OVC, or Ohio Valley Connector, which was placed into service in October 1, 2016. Operating expenses were $29.6 million or $6.3 million higher than the same quarter of 2016. And then finally, our standard liquidity update, we closed the quarter in a great liquidity position with zero net short-term debt outstanding under EQT's $1.5 billion unsecured revolver and about $857 million of cash in the balance sheet, which excludes EQM. We currently forecast about $1.3 billion of operating cash flow for 2017 at EQT, which includes approximately $200 million of distributions to EQT from EQGP. So we are fully capable of funding our roughly $1.5 billion 2017 CapEx forecast, excluding EQM and EQGP, with that expected operating cash flow, as well as the current cash that we have on hand. Okay. With that, I will turn the call over to David.
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Thanks, Rob, and good morning, everyone. For those of you that I have not met, I am David Schlosser, and I was appointed President of EQT's Production business unit in March of this year. I have been with EQT for 10 years and have been employed in the oil and gas industry for about 29 years, with the majority of my time spent on the operations side. I most recently managed the engineering, geology and planning functions for EQT Production, and I have been involved with the growth and expansion of EQT's Marcellus and Utica development program since inception. I will now make some comments about the quarter. As Rob mentioned, our sales volume for the first quarter was at the low end of guidance at 190 Bcfe. This was primarily driven by completing fewer wells than planned as we did not add frac crews as quickly as anticipated due to the tighter than expected market. We are, however, reiterating our full-year guidance and have additional frac crews scheduled to come on at the beginning of June, at which time, we expect to quickly get back on track with our 2017 turn in line schedule. Our business plan also anticipated sales volumes to be flat Q2 versus Q1. We are now projecting Q2 sales volume between 190 and 195 Bcfe. Our 2017 growth will be back-end loaded as we expected, and we will exit 2017 at approximately 2.6 Bcf per day. As you saw in today's news release, we recently increased our EUR estimates for our core Marcellus by 14% to 2.4 Bcfe per 1,000 foot. This reflects enhancements to our standard frac design, which among other things, increased the sand and water per foot of pay. We continue to experiment with even larger frac jobs, which we expect will increase the effectiveness and efficiency of the fracs. At this point, however, it is too early to know if the economics will be improved, because as you may expect, with bigger jobs come higher costs, as well as impacts to lateral spacing. We are confident in our technologies and methodology and we'll provide updates as our progress continues. On the last call, Michael Hall asked about our well results in the dry Marcellus window in West Virginia. We currently have only 10 wells producing in Marion and eastern Wetzel County, but our preliminary EUR estimate for this area is 2.4 Bcfe per 1,000 foot, which is consistent with our average EUR for our core development area. We are very encouraged by this productivity. Finally, an update on our Utica program. As we've indicated during previous calls, we continue to work in understanding the reservoir and improving costs and have decided to not share individual well results as we move along. We have completed the Big 177 well in Wetzel County, West Virginia, and it is online. Our 2017 plan calls for drilling seven wells and we are currently drilling the Moore well in Greene County, PA, and should have that well online in the second quarter. After we TD the Moore, we will move the rig to Armstrong County, Pennsylvania to drill the next Utica well. With these test wells, we are getting a better understanding of the production mechanisms, recoveries, and the economics of Utica, which was our overall goal of the 2017 program. With that, I will turn the call over to Steve.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Thanks, David. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us. With this being my first call as CEO, I want to take a few minutes to comment on my strategy for EQT. I've been on the Management team for many years and have been an active participant in shaping and implementing our strategy, so in many ways it is a continuation of the strategy that EQT has been successfully executing. The one thing I am most proud of as a member of the management team is EQT's history of focusing on creating shareholder value. From a large share buyback program in the early 2000s, the sale of our LDC business in 2013, to our creation of EQM and EQGP, and our current consolidation efforts, EQT has always focused on creating long term shareholder value. I assure you that I will continue to focus on doing what is best for the long-term benefit of our shareholders. We are blessed to have an outstanding set of assets in one of the largest and most economic natural gas basins in the world. We are already the largest gas producer in the Marcellus, and the fourth largest in the U.S. We also have the largest midstream business in the Appalachian Basin. There are tremendous synergies between the two businesses that we have leveraged for the benefit of EQT, EQM and EQGP investors. As you probably know, I believe there are significant benefits to consolidation in our core development areas. Over the past decade, we've made tremendous advances in operating efficiencies by focusing on finding ways to improve how we drill and complete our wells. These improvements have dramatically lowered the per unit cost of the gas we develop. Unfortunately, these improved techniques are easily transferred between producers, and the advantages gained are short-lived as other producers adopt the same best practices. So while our development operating costs have improved dramatically, the economic value added has not increased in concert, as the supply of gas increase, pushing gas prices down. The next wave of efficiencies will come from consolidation of the scattered acreage positions in Appalachia. This consolidation will drive longer laterals, more wells per pad, improved water and operating logistics and more efficient gathering and transmission pipelines. These advantages will be more difficult to replicate and the consolidators will hold a competitive advantage that will yield higher returns for their shareholders. I think further consolidation within the Marcellus core is the best path to creating a sustained competitive advantage, increasing shareholder value. To date, we've been very successful implementing this strategy, and we are beginning to see the value creation from it. We've added over 220,000 core Marcellus acres since the beginning of 2016. Our focus is on adjacent acreage to what we already own and has facilitated an increase in average lateral length of our Marcellus wells from 5,900 feet in 2015 to over 8,000 feet in 2017. As you can see on our slides, at a constant $2.50 local gas price, adding 2,000 lateral feet increases returns from 39% to 52%. As we continue to consolidate, I think it is realistic for us to get to a point where we are drilling 10,000 foot laterals, increasing returns at the same gas price to 62%. Our midstream business also benefits from our consolidation efforts. By increasing our inventory, the runway for midstream investments supporting production gets longer. This opens the door to build gathering systems, and makes MVP expansion and interstate pipes further south more likely. As we implement initiatives to strategically expand our footprint and drive stronger returns, we remain squarely focused on innovation throughout our operations. I am proud of our culture of innovation at EQT, and we are focused on leveraging that to continue to improve safety, reduce operating costs and improve returns on our investments. In my opinion, the commodities price cycles are here to stay, and we need to be profitable throughout the cycle. A continued focus on innovation will enable us to achieve these objectives. I thank you for your continued support as shareholders of EQT, and I'll now hand the call over to Pat Kane.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Steve. Christine, you could open the call to questions.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now be conducting a question-and-answer session. Thank you. Our first question comes from the line of Phillip Jungwirth with BMO. Please proceed with your question.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Thanks. Good morning.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Morning.
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Morning.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
How dependent is the 15% to 20% growth target through 2018 to 2020 on the targeted in-service date for Mountain Valley? And realizing you're still on schedule today, but if timing were to slip by say six months, would this alter growth plans at all? Or would you just anticipate selling more gas at M2 and having lower realizations and transportation costs?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Yes, Phillip, I don't think the timing of MVP, although I will reiterate we still expect to be on target for an end of 2018 turn in line. But if delays would happen, I wouldn't expect it would affect our growth rate at all. I think you nailed it. It would affect our netbacks in that time period from end of 2018 until turn in line, a little bit, we would sell more gas locally, but shouldn't affect our growth rates at all.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Okay. And then just following up on that, the Mountain Valley delivery point, as you guys note, is trading at NYMEX or really a premium to NYMEX. Wondering if you have any expectation for basis once Mountain Valley comes online and an additional 2 Bcf a day of gas is sold there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Yes, Phil, I think, so we obviously expect there to be an impact once we deliver that kind of gas to that point. And there are a range of estimates from various services that are out there. I think our best view is something close to parity with NYMEX is what we're expecting, perhaps a few cents below NYMEX. But there are some services that I think it could continue to trade at a premium, so I think we're trying to take a bit of a pessimistic view and hope it ends up better than we expect.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Okay. Great. And then, one of your Appalachia peers recently entered into a processing joint venture as it looks to expand its wet gas capacity, and then almost half of your undeveloped Marcellus locations are wet gas. So two questions, one, if you could just speak to your current processing capacity and utilization, and then, two, would you look to expand this, and is a joint venture an option?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Yes, so if I think – so we saw that announcement, and I thought that was actually a pretty brilliant move on their part. With our recent consolidation efforts focused on, not necessarily focused on, but ended up being more wet gas and as we reconfigure our future development plans to take advantage of those acquisitions, we are now forecasting to be wetter than we otherwise were. And I think as a result, now as we look out in the future, we think we probably have enough scale to consider opportunities like that, probably not necessarily going into it on our own, but something maybe similar to the deal that you described where we enter into a joint venture to provide some investment opportunities for EQM.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Great. Thanks a lot.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please proceed with your question.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yeah. Good morning. I was wondering if you could provide a little bit more color around the frac crews, and just it sounds like you had some challenges in getting some start-ups. So maybe just give us a sense of how many crews do you have deployed today. And what will happen as we think about the back half? I think you cited maybe getting some additional crews around mid-year.
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Yes. This is David. So the story is, I think, as you know, we had reduced activity in 2016. As we began to ramp up in late 2016 and early 2017, we just got – we chose to be selective about who our service providers would be, and we were trying to pair the right mix of quality and price, and the market tightened up, I think as everybody knows, quicker than we expected, driven a lot by Permian activity, but – so we've been running two to three crews in the first quarter. We think by June, we'll be at six, ramping up to seven sometime in the third and fourth quarter, and that's how we'll finish out the year. But like I said, we made a conscious decision not just to jump at the first deal that was out there, and we're a little bit selective, and we'll be ramping up by mid-year.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
And, Arun, one more bit of color on that. Our contracts with our frac suppliers had penalty clauses that if they decided to leave, they would owe us some money, similar to the kind of contracts we've had with drilling companies where during the downturn, we elected to pay the penalties and release the rigs. A couple of our frac contractors decided to pay us the penalties to take their frac crews to jobs that were more profitable. So we will get some penalty fees, but that obviously is far less than the value of having the wells fracked on the schedule that we would have liked. But that said, I think we feel good that by the beginning of June we will have enough frac crews running to confidently tell you that we're going to make our full-year guidance, which obviously then projects a pretty dramatic increase in production in the second half of 2017.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
And you guys cited, is it a 2.6 Bcfe per day kind of exit rate? Is that what you're calling for the year end exit rate? Or more of a fourth quarter kind of average?
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Yes, it's pretty much the fourth quarter average.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
2.6 Bcfe?
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Yes.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. Great. And just going back to the addition of the frac crews, can you comment on any greater inflationary pressure that you're seeing as you are ramping on in what looks to be a much tighter services kind of environment?
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Yes. Well, certainly, we did see inflation and we've built that into our numbers. I think when we issued the new IR presentation, we've built in a 15% service price increase. So we've built in what we think we are seeing, and what we're going to see for the remainder of the year. So it's in our numbers now and hopefully, we are past the worst of it.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. Great.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
This is Rob. Arun, I think that the frac pricing is probably going to be up more than that 15%, but that's offset some by actually declines on the drilling side, because we had some older rig contracts that were at high prices that rolled off. So that's kind of a blended number across all the services.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Fair enough. And my final question. Just looking at the cost structure, on a cash cost per unit basis, you did kind of raise the guide by about $0.07. A lot of that was kind of on the third-party gathering and processing side. Could you just talk about what drove that? And maybe some opportunities on a go-forward basis to take those costs down over time?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I think a big part of that is the processing costs, because of the acquisitions that we've done and the mix of wet and dry gas has gotten a bit wetter for us. And so, the processing costs go up, but then so do realizations. And some of it is also due to transportation where we're using more of our capacity to transport our gas as opposed to using it for marketing purposes which again also, it increases transportation costs, but also increases realizations.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Fair enough. Thanks, gents.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil. Please proceed with your question.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Morning, gentlemen.
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Hi, Holly.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Hi, Holly.
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Morning.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Steve, maybe big picture, you talked quite a bit about this consolidation being the strategy. How should we be thinking about this kind of second half of the year and then maybe thinking through the funding of that?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Yes. Holly, I think we expect to continue to do similar types of deals as we've been doing, so the small to medium size asset deals are by far the most likely and most available. And I think we continue to be pretty optimistic that there will be a deal flow throughout the year, so attractive asset packages that fit very well with our strategy. And I think for now, the bulk of that could be paid for with cash on hand. When you look at the maps, there are some obvious kind of merger type – not necessarily opportunities, but things where you put bigger packages together and really kind of change the landscape. Those obviously are much more difficult to do, much more unlikely, and if something like that were to come about, we'd have to take a hard look at how we would finance something like that. But I think for now, the strategy in the short term is to focus on the asset deals, because we think we can get some of those done, and we can finance those with available cash.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Perfect. And then maybe more of a micro question. And I think you've answered it with the frac crews, but just trying to bridge the gap between the 2Q production guide, and then you guys had a pretty good DUC number at the end of 1Q, so I'm assuming that that's just timing of these frac crews coming back online or coming back. And then maybe kind of thinking about the 1Q DUC number this year versus the 1Q 2016 DUC number, can you break down kind of the acquisition wells that you had in there versus kind of pure EQT?
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Yeah. Holly, this is David. I don't know if I have the Q1 off the top of my head, but I know in the Q, the current quarter, there's 35 DUCs in there from the latest acquisition. So of the 183, 35 of those are Stone DUCs.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. And then just the 2Q production guide to the DUC count, I'm assuming that's just kind of related to the timing of the frac crews.
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Yes, certainly is.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Great. That's all I had. Thanks, guys.
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Neal Dingmann with SunTrust. Please proceed with your question.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Morning, guys. Two questions. Steve, the first one is just when you look at the co-development of both the Marcellus and Upper Devonian, I mean again, I know you've had some really nice slides out earlier that basically just shows how that increases on a per acre basis. Could you address that? I mean, for the quarter, I think you had 28 Marcellus, 19 Upper Devonian. Is that a split that we should continue to see? And are you sort of sticking by that because of this upside with the co-development? If you could just talk about that perhaps for the remainder of the year and into 2018.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Hey, Neal. Certainly, we continue to feel very strongly about the economics of co-development in that particular area of Upper Devonian that we specify in our investor presentation, where because of the geology and the results that we have in that area, it's pretty clear to us that it is the right economic decision. Outside of that box, it doesn't make sense to co-develop, even though in some of the areas, there is good Upper Devonian potential. It's just okay to wait to drill those wells until much later. Regarding the current balance, it's a hard question to answer, Neal, because of the consolidation we've done. We are currently kind of incorporating the new acreage and redoing our development plans to focus on making the best investments we can. So that's shifting around our focus a little bit from certain areas into other areas, and we haven't really finished that. So it's a bit tough to answer that. And I'll just mention that, maybe I'm getting a little off track here, but one other factor that's ongoing that can affect how we allocate capital between our development areas is around something called joint development and co-tenancy in West Virginia. We've talked about it a few times over the years. It's some legislative fixes to the old antiquated oil and gas laws in West Virginia that we in the industry have been trying to get updated for quite a while now. It remains in flux. We're hopeful there'll be a special session this summer where it gets brought up again. And the outcome of that could potentially have impacts on how we allocate our capital across that development area. So that's a long-winded answer to tell you that it's in flux and I can't give you a good number right now.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
No, that makes – go ahead.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
One thing to keep in mind on that is, we've only got Upper Devonian that we want to develop on about 20% of the core Marcellus acreage.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
So in the long run, that's probably a ratio that you would see. But in any short period of time, the mix can be meaningfully different.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. And then, guys – go ahead, Steve. I'm sorry.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Just real quick, I don't want to beat this one to death, but the other part is, we're still playing a bit of catch-up from the cutback in early 2016, where we had cut back some of the co-development potential Upper Devonian wells that now the clock is ticking on those because of the nature of the co-development. So right now, we're in a bit of a catch-up mode, but that should be concluding here pretty quickly.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. And then just one last one, Steve, on the consolidation. I remember speaking to you before, you mentioned about having to re-permit or doing some additional permitting on that versus what maybe had already been done with the previous owners. Is that still the case? How is that coming along? Anything you could mention on that?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Yeah, no, that is still the case, and that will continue to be the case as we bring in new acreage, because the whole reason for the acquisitions is to extend the laterals. And if we have the opportunity to do that, even if we permitted a well shorter, we want to go back and re-permit it to get the economic advantages. So that does build in a bit of a delay in some cases, but that's something that we plan for. And really, the delay this quarter is driven far more by the frac crew availability than any issues around that. We had properly planned and accounted for having to re-permit as we added acreage.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Great. That's where I was going with that. Thanks so much, Steve.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. Please proceed with your question.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
David Schlosser - EQT Corporation:
Hi, Brian.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Good morning.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Going back to the op cost point with, looking at the first quarter relative to annual guidance, it would appear the first quarter came in above where you've raised annual guidance to. Can you just give us a little bit more color? I know you don't have the quarterly guidance, but a little bit more sense of the moving pieces and the trajectory as we go through the year?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yeah, I think big picture, what you see is that the volumes are going to increase significantly in the second half of the year. And so, the per unit cost on a number of items will start to come down. I think that's the big picture answer to what we'd expect to see on a per unit basis.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Got it. Which would mean that essentially then if you're flat in the second quarter, you'd see the bulk of those decreases coming in the second half, if you're flat production wise.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Yes. That's correct.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Okay. And then going back to the M&A point, two questions there. You mentioned earlier you could do what you think might be available with cash on hand. While the cash may be there, what's your tolerance for higher leverage that would likely result? And then, do you see any relationship between scale and the ability to retain frac crews, lower services costs, et cetera?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Maybe I'll answer the first part of that question and I'll let Steve or Dave answer the second part. It is important to us to maintain an investment grade balance sheet. There's a number of reasons that we've articulated in the past. And so, we will be cognizant of that when we think about how we would fund any future acquisitions. But we do have both debt capacity and equity markets available. And so, if the acquisitions make sense, we will be able to fund them and we'll manage the debt-to-equity mix to keep – to be sure that we stay on the right side of the rating agencies.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Yeah. And, Brian, could you repeat the second part of your question?
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Yes. I guess I'm trying to see, and there probably isn't, if there's any read across from the, not necessarily getting the frac crews to stay in the area to some of the scale that you're looking for. Do you see the ability to further lower costs and increase efficiencies and retain frac crews from the type of scale and the M&A that you're looking to do?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
Yes, I think – so I think the issue around the frac crews is a temporary phenomenon. A lot of equipment, a lot of crews were shut down during the downturn, and this rebound is happening fairly quickly, and as you know, really quickly in the Permian. A lot of the equipment and crews are fungible between basins. So we're seeing a lot of that. But I think over time, and I think fairly quickly, the service companies will recommission a lot of equipment and rehire a lot of the hands that were let go. So I think there's a time period here where the demand is outstripping the supply, but that will equalize going forward. So I think I don't see any real long-term concerns around that, and certainly, not related to our consolidation efforts. I think consolidation only improves the efficiency of all of that activity means we can get more done with less crews as we consolidate.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thank you.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corporation:
You bet.
Operator:
Mr. Kane, we have no further questions at this time. I would now like to turn the floor back over to you for closing comments.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Christine, and thank you all for participating.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude today's teleconference. You may disconnect your lines at this time. Thank you for your participation and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp. Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp. Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp. M. Elise Hyland - EQT Corp.
Analysts:
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the EQT Corporation Year-End Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A brief question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. And as a reminder, this conference is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to, Patrick Kane. Thank you. You may begin.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Brenda. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in the EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, Chief Executive Officer; Steve Schlotterbeck, President of EQT and President of Exploration and Production; Robert McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and Lisa Hyland, Executive Vice President of Midstream. This call will be replayed for a seven-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 Eastern Time today. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415, with the confirmation code of 13637701. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP are consolidated in the EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnerships will have a joint earnings conference call at 11:30 AM today, which requires that we take the last question of this call at 11:20 AM. The dial-in number for that call is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob will summarize EQT's year-end 2016 results, and Steve will give a brief operational update. Following the prepared remarks, Dave, Steve, Rob and Lisa will all be available to answer your questions. First, I have one administrative note. As a result of the asset dropdowns into EQM, we changed our reporting format for the Midstream business unit. We now report gathering results and transmission results separately, which aligns with EQM's reporting. The Midstream assets that were not dropped into EQM are now rolled into the EQT Production's results. For your use, we have posted on our website, the Q4 and full-year 2016 results using the old format as well as the 2016 quarterly results using the new format. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under Risk Factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC and available on our website; and under Risk Factors in EQT's Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2016, which will be filed with the SEC next week. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Rob McNally.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Pat and good morning, everyone. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced 2016 adjusted loss of $0.33 per diluted share, compared to $0.75 adjusted earnings per diluted share in 2015. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $816 million in 2016 compared to $825 million in 2015. The high-level story for the year was very strong volume growth in a lower commodity price environment. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partners and EQT GP Holdings results are consolidated in EQT's corporate's results. EQT recorded $322 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interest in 2016 and $83 million in the fourth quarter of 2016. Notably, 2016 production volumes were 26% higher than last year and gathering volumes were up by 21%. Due to the lower commodity prices, adjusted EPS and adjusted operating cash flow were both down versus 2015. Although results in both years were impacted by some unusual items that should be considered when interpreting and comparing the results year-over-year. Now, looking at the fourth quarter, adjusted EPS was $0.25 per diluted share that compares to adjusted loss per share at $0.07 in the fourth quarter of 2015. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $327 million in the fourth quarter compared to $239 million for the fourth quarter of 2015. Production sales volume was 28% higher than the fourth quarter of 2015, while commodity prices were slightly lower. During the quarter, we realized better than expected average differential due to a colder December. In the fourth quarter, EQT completed the final drop of Midstream assets to EQT Midstream Partners for $275 million. The dropping included Allegheny Valley Connector, transmission and storage system along with several Marcellus gathering systems. The sale did not include a small gathering system, which was sold in a separate transaction for $75 million resulting in total proceeds of $350 million from the transactions. Now, I'll move on to a brief discussion of results by business segment. I will note my discussion to the full-year results as explanations for the full-year for the most part applies to the fourth quarter as well. Starting with the production results, EQT Production achieved record production sales volume of 759 Bcfe for 2016, again representing a 26% increase over 2015. As has been the case for many years now, the story in 2016 at EQT Production was strong production growth, driven by production from Marcellus Shale wells. 2016 was our seventh straight year of more than 25% sales volume growth. However, lower average realized prices more than offset the increased production in our financial results. The average realized price, including cash settled derivatives was $2.47 per Mcf for 2016, which was $0.62 or 20% lower than last year. For the full-year, total operating expenses at EQT Production were $2.1 billion or 6% higher year-over-year. DD&A, gathering, transmission, processing and SG&A were all higher, again consistent with the significant production growth. Per unit LOE, including production taxes, were 21% lower for the year as volume increased more than expenses. Now moving on to the Midstream results. EQT Gathering, operating income was $289 million, up 19% year-over-year, mainly as a result of increased gathering revenues, partly offset by increased operating expenses. Total operating expenses were $109 million or $17 million higher than 2015. Looking at EQT Transmission, operating income was $238 million, 12% higher than 2015. Operating revenues were $40 million higher than 2015, primarily due to affiliate contracting for additional capacity under firm contracts, primarily on the Ohio Valley Connector, which was placed into service on October 1, 2016. Operating expenses were $100 million or $10 million higher than in 2015. And finally, our stated liquidity update. We closed the year in a great liquidity position, with zero net short-term debt outstanding under EQT's $1.5 billion unsecured revolver and about $1.4 billion of cash and marketable securities on the balance sheet, excluding EQM. We currently forecast $1.3 billion of operating cash flow for 2017 at EQT, which includes approximately $200 million of distributions to EQT from EQGP. So we are fully capable of funding our roughly $1.5 billion of 2017 CapEx, which excludes EQM and EQGP, with operating cash flow as well as current cash on hand. So with that, I will turn the call over to Steve.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Rob. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us. As we announced in early December, we are planning to invest $1.5 billion in 2017, including $1.3 billion for well development. Our 2017 sales volume guidance is between 810 Bcfe and 830 Bcfe, with the 2017 growth coming primarily from completing wells which were spud in 2016. Our 2017 activity will result in 15% to 20% growth in 2018 and we expect to grow in the 15% to 20% range for at least the next several years. Moving on to year-end reserves. Our 2016 year-end total proved reserves increased 35%, to 13.5 Tcfe versus year-end 2015. This increase was driven by our 2016 acquisition activity and our drilling efforts, which continue to expand the boundaries of our core Marcellus and Upper Devonian development areas. Acquisitions added approximately 2.4 Tcfe, 2.1 Tcfe of which is associated with PUD reserves that we will be developing over the next five years. Drilling activity resulted into 2.4 Tcfe of extensions, discoveries and other additions. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, we replaced 246% of our 2016 production. With the acquisitions factored in, we replaced 555% of our 2016 production. Consistent with our consolidation strategy, the average lateral length of our PUDs is more than 600 feet longer than those booked in 2015. It's also worth noting that our 2.4 Tcfe of acquired proved reserves is only associated with reserves directly associated with that new acreage. Over 600 Bcfe of this year's proved reserves resulted from the synergies created from our leasing and acquisition activity. These synergies allowed the lengthening of laterals on our existing acreage and are a key driver of our consolidation strategy that not only adds proved reserves, it also dramatically improves the economics of our existing development opportunities. We continue to focus on operational efficiencies. And the combination of longer laterals and technical improvements has decreased our per unit development costs year-over-year. Our development costs from Marcellus wells completed in 2016 was $0.72 per Mcfe, 10% lower than the $0.80 per Mcfe for last year's Marcellus wells. Compared to last year, total probable and possible reserves are 2.1 Tcf lower due to a 7.2 Tcf reduction in the Huron. However, Marcellus and Upper Devonian probable and possible reserves are up 5.3 Tcfe or 83% from 2015. Regarding our total resource potential figures, it should come as no surprise that our acquisitions helped increase our estimates significantly. But I do want to emphasize that our Utica estimates still only reflect the 30 Tcfe associated with what we believe is in the core. Additionally, the only proved Utica reserves booked this year are from the five producing wells which still have approximately 39 Bcfe of net remaining reserves. We have not yet booked any proved, undeveloped, probable or possible reserves in the Utica. The questions on investors' minds most recently have been on the status of MVP, the Utica and consolidation. I'll briefly update you on these three topics. There's not much to update on MVP. Last September, we received the FERC Draft Environmental Impact Statement and the comment period on the draft EIS ended in late December. We are currently preparing responses to a FERC Environmental Information Request, which is typical for the process as the Commission works to develop the final EIS. We continue to target a late 2018 in-service date. On the Utica, since last quarter we have not turned any new wells online. We are currently fracking the BIG177 in West Virginia and we're also currently drilling another well in Greene County, Pennsylvania. We plan on spudding seven Utica test wells during 2017. On consolidation, as I mentioned last quarter, we added 230,000 net core Marcellus acres from 2013 to 2016. We believe the biggest benefit from continued consolidation is the economic benefits of longer laterals. We'll continue to look to add acreage at bolt-on or fills in our existing core acreage position. This week, we purchased an additional 14,000 core West Virginia acres, primarily in Marion and Monongalia Counties, West Virginia for $130 million. Consistent with our objective of extending laterals, this acquisition will allow us to extend 64 well locations from an average of 1,900 feet to 5,700 feet. The latest deal is consistent with our previous comments on consolidation. One, we are focusing our core, motivated by longer laterals; and two, small deals are more likely the large acreage deals or corporate transactions. Our focus continues to be increasing shareholder value by focusing on full cycle returns. We will accomplish this by driving development and operating costs lower, expanding optionality in our sales portfolio to improve our realized prices and maintaining a strong balance sheet in order to weather the inevitable commodity price cycles. With that, I'll turn the call back to Pat Kane.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Steve. This concludes the comments portion of the call. Brenda, can we please open the call for questions?
Operator:
Certainly. Our first question comes from the line of Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead with your questions.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning, everyone. Steve, congratulations on the new role and Dave, you obviously will be missed. And then maybe if we can just start by, Steve, if you had anymore thoughts on – the focus of your role as you take over the helm and you guys talked more about shifting to more operations related strategy than financially related strategy, do you have any thoughts there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, thanks, Drew. I think just – maybe a – just a couple of general comments in that area. I've been here for 17 years now. So, I've been working either for or with Dave for that entire time. So, I've been involved and certainly onboard with the strategy and the direction of the company. So, I think you shouldn't expect to see dramatic strategic changes in what we're trying to accomplish. More likely, you'll see changes in how we – or how differences and how we function between Dave and I. So we have different personalities and different approaches to things, but I think the general strategy will remain consistent and that is to focus clearly on increasing shareholder value, ultimately a lot of that comes from driving costs lower. And I think you've heard us talk about it, but two big themes here are consolidation and innovation. So, we've talked a lot about longer laterals and economic benefits we get from that. And over the past eight years or so with the Marcellus, you've seen the progress us and the industry has made on improving returns through innovation and new technologies and we will continue to try and be a leader in that area. So, I think there has always been a strong operational focus as well as a strong financial focus. You will see that continue, although I think, there probably a little less financial engineering that will be needed in the future than we've seen over the past seven years or so.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Thanks for that, Steve. So, I guess, if you're talking about focusing on, partly on costs and lateral lengths, how much of extending laterals do you think you can do from really blocking up and acreage swaps versus needing to really consolidate land position through acquisitions?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, I think it's going to require both. But I think to get meaningful improvement, it's clearly going to require some additional acquisition opportunities. We've seen significant benefits from the ones we've done, and that's a kind of thing that builds on itself. So the more you do, the more benefit you get even from the previous acquisitions. And that said, the bigger position we build in the core area certainly facilitate additional trades with our partners who are also trying to consolidate their positions because they see the value as well. So, you're going to see both. And I think, we'd like to continue to do some acquisition activity, as I mentioned. We think the smaller deals like we've done are much more likely than any sort of large strategic merging of big players.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. Last one from me, Steve. You guys will have a bigger program in the Upper Devonian this year than I guess last year, in particular, do you feel like you'll likely learn a lot more about how to develop those two concurrently or do you feel like you already know only about the reservoir and incremental earnings will be small?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
I think we have a pretty good understanding. I think we have more producing Upper Devonian wells than anyone else. And we feel strongly in the data that's coming in is confirming our belief that within that, that certain area that we show in our Investor Presentation, within that area, it is a user-delusive proposition, and incrementally the NPV per acre is significantly higher if we take the Upper Devonian now in conjunction with the Marcellus than if we don't, and then lose the opportunity forever. So, we feel even more certain about that conclusion today than we did even six months ago. But I think because of the number of wells we are producing, I think, we have a high-level of certainty about the results and what the right approach is in that area.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Thanks for that Steve. And congrats again to both of you.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Drew.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Scott Hanold with RBC. Please proceed with your questions.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks, good morning.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
So, Steve, I like that – I like the consolidation and innovation theme, it's pretty catching, and pretty applicable to you all. Can you talk a little bit more on the innovations side of things, where can you go from here, I mean, obviously longer laterals, are sort of the – I guess, I'll say the layup, but when you look at just in sort of the proppant loading, stage facing, where you think you could go from where we're at today?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, I think on the completion side, as we mentioned before, we've started doing bigger frac jobs and higher proppant loadings. We're not quite ready to announce any revisions to our type curves, but I would expect it will, we'll have an update by the next call. We just want to get a little more data there, and we're expanding that to – we're now testing even higher proppant loads that will take some more time to conclude how much or if, there is a benefit there, but we continue to experiment and look for better ways on the completion side. I would say our innovations aren't solely focused on drilling completion activities though, and a couple areas we're doing a lot of work in are kind of more on the logistical side. So, we're doing a lot of operations research kind of work on our rig scheduling and our frac scheduling and how we move and transport water. And what we're finding through some pretty advanced modeling is our previous assumptions about what was optimum turn out to be pretty far off. And the conclusions from these models really aren't intuitive. Very difficult for a human being to look at a spreadsheet and come up with the optimum schedule. So we're just starting that kind of work. We think the applicability to our business could be pretty widespread and potentially pretty dramatic in terms of lowering our unit operating costs. So a lot of work happening in that area. It'll take some time, but we're pretty excited about it.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Can you give us an example of what you mean by that, just some of the logistical things? Maybe just one salient example just to give us some construct of what you all are doing and seeing?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Sure. So one example we did is we brought in a PhD from Carnegie Mellon University to help us with this modeling because it's pretty advanced stuff for certainly for someone like me. And first thing he did was he did a look-back on a group of pads in Greene County that we had already drilled. So we knew what we had thought was optimum. And our typical assumption was generally if we have multi-well pads, drill all the wells with the rig. It's very expensive to move rigs. It's about $0.5 million every time we move a rig. So we thought it was best to drill all the wells, move the rig somewhere else, bring in the frac crews, bring in the water and the sand, and frac all the wells back-to-back and then bring them all online. And he looked back and built this model which incorporated the logistics of the water, logistics of the crews, the downtime associated with the production, the pipeline capacities and capacity availability, a number of other variables. And the rig schedule that it printed out looked like a pig's breakfast. I mean, it was moving rigs a lot more often than we thought. But said that we would have created significantly more value had we followed that schedule. So that really opened our eyes. And we really thought, well, this might really add some value if we get these kind of results everywhere else. So we're starting to apply that, again, to rig and frac scheduling, but also to helping us decide how to better design our pipeline systems to make that capital more efficient and, importantly, the best ways to move our water, because that's becoming a bigger and bigger piece of our cost structure.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
No, that was really helpful. Thanks. And then for a follow-up question, on the consolidation side of things, and it sounds like you did an acquisition here recently. And I'm sorry if I missed it, did you say what the production volume you added from there was? If you have that, that'd be great. But just big picture, how many of these outside of just regular trading – how many of these little bolt-on opportunities are still hanging out there in your core area?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, on your first question, it didn't add any current production. This was strictly undeveloped acreage. And I will mention on it just because it makes this one of bit unique, is all of that acreage is either fee, about half of it is in fee, so 100% net revenue interest, and the other half is held by production by shallow wells. So we'll control that acreage forever and have a very high net revenue interest. Regarding how many others are out there, it's always hard to say because there's been, for the past year or so, a fairly steady flow of opportunities. And we've been involved in all or most of those. And I think we're still optimistic that that flow is going to continue. But it's hard to predict. At any given time, there is two or three that are, I'd say, active. But sometimes active means there is a data room and the seller is clearly motivated to sell. And other times active means we're in discussions with a party and it seems like there might be a deal to be done. But sometimes it doesn't work out. So I would say for the scale of acquisitions we've been doing, we expect the flow to continue for at least a while.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. I appreciate that. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next questions come from the line of Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil. Please proceed with your questions.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Morning, gentlemen. Just a couple quick ones. First, maybe on the guidance. Just curious on the expectation for better differentials, what you're seeing there. Is that just two months now of better bid week (26:45) pricing, or if you've got some sort of fundamental change that you're seeing could flow through for the rest of 2017?
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Hi, Holly. This is Rob. Really that just reflects what the market pricing is. We're just taking the forward curve at the different places where we sell our gas. So we're not taking a view that's different in the market's. It's just that the forward curve has improved on basis.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Great. And then maybe, Steve, I know you mentioned MVP, maybe just some thoughts there. It looks like we should receive a Final EIS maybe in mid-March. So, just given kind of what's going on with the Commission right now, just any sort of thoughts there on how this thing could play out for MVP?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I think, Holly – well, first of all, the Final EIS is not dependent on having a quorum on the Commission. So, the staff can take care of that. So, we think, as far as the current situation with the commissioners shouldn't have any impact on our receipt of the Final Environmental Impact Statement. We are responding to a long list of questions, which seems to be the norm in today's environment and we continue to hope to get it on time. I think, we understand it, there is a possibility that the FEIS could be delayed. I would say, we still have some slack in the schedule and the real target date for us is to receive the notice to proceed in November. So, I think, we're still optimistic that we're on schedule and we'll be able to get this thing in line by the end of 2018. Probably the last thing, I would say is, a lot of the work we're doing and responding to the questions. We think we'll go a long way toward answering a lot of the questions and help with a lot of the work that the other agencies have to do, once we receive the FEIS. So, even if we get delayed on the FEIS, it doesn't necessarily mean that the entire process is delayed.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
No, that's great. Thank you for that. And then maybe one final one from me. On the seven Utica test for 2017, can you give us the PA, West Virginia split?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, I would say, right now, we don't know. We're going to keep that open depending on results. Right now, from what we're seeing, I would imagine, the majority will be in Pennsylvania; but as I said, we're currently fracking a well in West Virginia and if that result is encouraging, we might shift a few of them to West Virginia. So, we're going to be driven by the results we see.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Great. Okay. Thanks, guys.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Holly.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead with your questions.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
On the topic of longer laterals without additional acquisitions, where could you get to on a company average basis, a couple years out versus where you are today? And if we think about the acquisition opportunity, is there some way of summarizing, or you could say, for X billion dollars of acquisitions you could take that company average lateral length out to some, fill in the blank greater number?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, those are pretty impossible questions to answer. What I can tell you is, when we're looking out 2018, we expect the average to be 8,000 feet or above. So, we continue to increase that average length pretty significantly year-over-year. It's hard to predict with additional acquisitions, what the impacts will be, because they're very dependent on where they're at. Also, dependent on other activity, leasing activity where that is, how contiguous those pieces are? So, it's very tough to answer that. I will say, in theory, we think 15,000 foot laterals are optimum, I don't expect that we will get there, so to be clear on that. But any additional length up to something close to that adds real value to our investment. So, we're going to continue to do everything we can to get them as long as we can.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Brian, just one – just one additional comment to that is, I would say that we clearly will have a view, if we're doing an acquisition that it is helping us with lateral lengths, if it's not – it's not an acquisition that we would likely do, it's hard to quantify how much that would be, but there will – we will clearly have a view that it's improving lateral lengths.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Okay. Thank you. And then, having just gone through the reserve report and having acquired some additional acreage, can you just give us an update on the natural gas price points both locally in the local market and Henry Hub where you would both either pull back on activity or accelerate activity?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, I think we run most of our economics at the local price. So, if it doesn't make sense at that we're not going to be investing. And I think we've laid out on our Investor Presentation, what our market mix is, and so that should give you a pretty clear idea of – and it's all pretty fungible because of the Equitrans header system, all that's connected. So we can move gas to all those markets pretty easily. And the next big shift you will see beyond the recent OVC and (32:33), the next big one will be when MVP comes operational, and we're selling a lot of gas to the Southeast market.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thank you.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please go ahead with your questions.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yeah. I just had a one clarification on lateral lengths, because Steve you talked about wanting to extend laterals, but if we look at the 2017 program, the lateral lengths of the Marcellus are down a little bit, and also for the Upper Devonian. Could you just comment on why you're drilling shorter laterals this year versus last?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, I think when it's all said and done, that's probably not likely to be the case, but we did have a large, very long lateral pad right at the end of 2016 that bumped those averages up. Originally, that pad was probably going to be at 2017 pad, but I think that's really an indication of the results we're seeing from the acquisitions, and we're still getting our arms around some of the specifics of the more recent acquisitions, and what they're going to add. So for now, we haven't really built that in. So, I think that's – some of that's just preliminary numbers.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. Fair enough. Fair enough. I just wanted to make sure, but it sounds like the trend is to go to eight in 2018?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. We'll certainly be above eight in 2018. Yes.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. Great. Great. My follow-up question for you is really to talk a little bit about the 2017 program. I understand that the CapEx program does include cost for your enhanced completion program, but I believe that you guys haven't yet adjusted your type curves to include the uplift from that, so I was just wondering Steve, if you could maybe comment on what you're seeing in terms of potential well productivity gains from using more proppant in stages, clusters et cetera. And perhaps frame some potential upside to production for this year?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. I think I'm going to pass on that for now. I think we want to gather a little bit more data before we start quoting our uplift estimates. I will say, from the results we're seeing, they seem pretty consistent with what our modeling suggested we'd see. So, we're optimistic that it's working, but we don't quite have enough data to want to commit to any number. So, I'd ask you to hold off until the next call where we would expect to be able to quote something that we can stand behind.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. And just last question regarding MVP. It sounds like you guys are still confident in the timing, but if there are some timing slippage, how could that affect the company and what are some thoughts around managing around that timing risk?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
I think the nature of the construction process is the, the critical path on the MVP project is around the compressor station construction, about a 14-months timeframe to do that. So, because of the nature of that, a one-month delay in getting approval is probably a one-month delay in turn in line. The next item on the critical path is the actual construction of the line, which is dependent on our ability to be able to clear trees. And there are limits around because of the bat populations when we're able to do that. So generally speaking, and there are lots of variables to this; none of this is for certain. But delaying the notice to proceed at least on that part of it, because it's possible to get a partial notice to proceed on the compressor stations, but if the pipeline construction is delayed into February, it might get difficult to get the trees cleared in the tree clearing window to hold to that end of 2018 timeframe. So those are kind of some of the key dates we're focused on. But that said, there are possible mitigants to that in terms of, again, partial notices to proceed or possibilities of being able to extend the tree cutting window. So lots of variables, but those are some key dates we're shooting for.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
That's very helpful. Thanks a lot.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next questions comes from the line of Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy. Please go ahead with your questions.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Thanks. Good morning. I appreciate you having me on the call. I guess I was curious on the West Virginia activity in 2017. I guess 47 wells will be drilling. How much of that would you say is on let's say the Eastern side of the core development area highlighted in the slide decks? And what sort of timeline do you think in terms of providing some incremental well results on that, let's say, more extensional side of the core?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
I think – so East versus West. In West Virginia, it coincides pretty well with the wet versus dry. So it's about two-thirds on the wet, so that would be the Western side, one-third on the Eastern side.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
And I think probably on the next call we can provide some updated information on the results on the Eastern side. I think we have some recent wells over there that we're real happy with the results. So I think our confidence is even higher, particularly like this acquired acreage in Marion and Mon that's right nearby a pad we brought online last fall that's outperforming our expectation. So we'll try to target for the next call or next press release to give you some more insight on that.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Great. That'd be helpful. And it seems like with some of the deals late last year and then now these most recent acreage adds, those seem to be kind of bulking up in that side of the window. Is that a fair statement? And is that kind of a focus area for further acreage consolidation going forward? And how would you characterize that?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
I would say we don't have particular focus areas. We look at the opportunities that come up and see how well they fit. And some of those are on the Eastern side in the dryer area fit very, very well. So we get a lot of the synergy value, which is what we're looking for. But as always, they have to make sense. So we're not going to go by acreage in areas where we're not confident we can earn good returns on our drilling investments. Again, we've been pretty encouraged with the results we're seeing in those areas, so I think we feel really good about them. And they've been a particularly nice fit with our existing position.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Great. That make sense. Yeah. It seemed like perhaps with your actions speaking to a view that you thought you had a slightly differentiated view on that, that part of the play. So we'll keep our eyes out. I guess I wanted to follow-up also on I think it was Scott's question around the logistical side of things. Just curious, that logistical optimization you talked about. Might that have impacts around the kind of historical cycle time you guys talked about (40:34) about nine months in the past? Do you think you could potentially shrink that. And what, if any, potential impacts could that have on 2017, or would that be more of a potential impact to 2018 numbers?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
We certainly think it could have an impact on that. And if it does, the impact is almost certainly to shorten those cycle times.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Sure. Any quantification...
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
We already – we haven't done enough of the work yet to really build in any benefit in 2017. Not to say we won't see any. We might. But I would think we'll have enough of the modeling done and tested it enough hopefully by 2018 to incorporate it into our planning.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. Great. Appreciate it.
Operator:
Our next questions comes from the line of Neal Dingmann with SunTrust. Please go ahead with your questions.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Morning, guys. Steve, the first question I had was more on the new acreage everybody has been talking about around West Virginia. Is there a room of just looking at that Equitrans expansion project, is there room on that for incremental production there? Or what are you thinking about takeaway in that area?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Do you want to take that, Lisa?
M. Elise Hyland - EQT Corp.:
Hi. This is Lisa Hyland. We are certainly in the process of working through the Equitrans expansion project. And we do have expansion capabilities that would line up with MVP expansion capabilities as well.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. Okay. Great. And let me ask just a second one, Steve, for you on this – the new acreage, you mentioned in the press release talking about the 42,600 in the Marcellus in West Virginia. Now there are 17,000 in the Marcellus in southwestern Pennsylvania, and that mentions about 39,300 of that has Utica on both, does that mean you all have – have just you bought the deep rights just on 39,000 or you currently are just assuming the 39,300 has the potential, maybe I just want to make sure I'm think about that correct?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
That was just the rights that we acquired. So, it's not a comment on the prospectivity of any of that, that's the Utica rights that came with that package.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. So that's 60,000, about two-thirds of that, then you acquired the Utica rights with? Is that correct, Steve?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yes, yes, that's correct.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay, okay. And then just last one I had was, we have certainly seen a nice uptick in NGL prices. Does that – I know people have – and you've kind of talked about Steve on the call so far, where you are thinking about drilling with all the rigs you are certainly going to be active? Does the improvement of NGL prices change how you think about target areas? I mean, when I look particularly in the Marcellus, you've got that rectangle always laid out where you're looking at new and existing acreage. Does the improvement of NGL prices change or you might target some of the drilling for the latter part of this year?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Neal, I don't think the changes in NGL prices so far have been dramatic enough to have us rethink where we think we're going to be drilling. And there is always a number of factors that go into how we develop our plan. Certainly prices are a big factor, but available capacity where the gathering systems or – have capacity to get gas to market, where we have processing capacity. And at least personally I'm always reluctant to make short-term changes in our plans, based on short-term changes in commodity prices, especially given the nine month to 12 month delay from when we change our plans to when we're getting the production online. It just seems like every time we try and do that, we're never in sync with the market, we're always chasing the market and it's changed by the time we benefit from it. So, the moves would have to be dramatic and we'd have to have a view that they are going to be sustained before we would really rework calendar year development plan.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
That sort of makes sense. And maybe if Lisa could maybe just comment on one other takeaway question about all the Utica drilling potentially doing either in PA or West Virginia. Just sort of how you all look for takeaway this year with Utica, takeaway in those areas?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
I think for the areas we were likely to test, we have plenty of takeaway for seven wells. So, I think the takeaway question really isn't going to factor into where we're drilling, these tests are still mostly designed to understand the reservoir. Again I think on the cost side, we're real happy with where we're at. But we want to understand what the production mechanisms are, what the recoveries are going to be and what's the extent of the economic area of the Utica. So that's what's going to drive our location decisions in 2017.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Great. Thanks for the details, Steve and Lisa.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Okay.
Operator:
Thank you. This concludes today's question-and-answer session. I would like to turn the floor back to management for closing comments.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Brenda. And thank you all for participating.
Operator:
Thank you. This concludes today's teleconference, you may disconnect your lines at this time. And thank you for your participation.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp. Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp. David L. Porges - EQT Corp. Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp. Randall L. Crawford - EQT Corp.
Analysts:
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc. Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the EQT Corporation Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Patrick Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer. Thank you. You may begin.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Christine. Good morning everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, Chief Executive Officer; Steve Schlotterbeck, President of EQT and President of Exploration and Production; Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President of EQT and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Robert McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. This call will be replayed for a seven-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 PM Eastern Time today. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415. The confirmation code is 13637697. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnerships will have a joint earnings conference call at 11:30 today, which requires that we take the last question at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call, if you're interested, is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob will summarize EQT's third quarter 2016 results, Dave will discuss his retirement announcement, and finally, Steve will give a brief operational update. Following the prepared remarks, Dave, Steve, Randy, Rob will all be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under Risk Factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. And now, I'd like to turn the call over to Rob McNally.
Robert J. McNally - EQT Corp.:
Thanks, Pat. Before reviewing third quarter results, I want to highlight our recent acreage acquisitions. As a reminder on May 6, we completed an approximately $800 million common stock offering. At the time, a portion of the proceeds were used to fund the approximately $412 million Statoil acquisition with remaining proceeds to be used for another acquisition of similar size. On Tuesday, we announced the acquisition of approximately 60,000 net Marcellus acres, which also includes 39,300 net Utica acres for $683 million. These acquisitions are consistent with the equity raised and will be paid for using those proceeds plus the proceeds from the latest dropdown to EQM. The signing of the recently announced acquisitions, combined with the Statoil acquisition and a few smaller deals and leasing activity during the year, bring year-to-date committed investment in undeveloped acreage to approximately $1.2 billion and represent the most Marcellus under contract for acquisition by a single producer this year. These investments are consistent with our consolidation strategy and create value through purchasing undeveloped acreage while minimizing the amount paid for flowing production, which tends to be value neutral. This year alone, for every 1 acre developed, 19 acres have been acquired. Our core Marcellus acreage has increased by 143,000 net acres or 55%. And our undeveloped location inventory has increased to almost 3,700 locations. Much of this acreage is contiguous with EQT's existing development area. Therefore, the lateral lengths of 190 existing EQT locations can now be extended from approximately 3,000 feet to 6,000 feet on average. At a flat $2.50 realized gas price, the IRRs on these wells increased from approximately 9% to 37%. Effective October 1, EQT completed the final drop of Midstream assets to EQT Midstream Partners for $275 million. The drop included the Allegheny Valley Connector, a transmission and storage system, along with several Marcellus gathering systems. The sale did not include a small gathering system that is currently being evaluated for potential sale, which would bring total proceeds above $300 million. As a reminder, the Huron gathering system will be folded into EQT Production and Midstream results will solely reflect the results of EQT Midstream Partners, which will still be consolidated into EQT Corporation's results. I'll now give a brief overview of the quarter. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced third quarter 2016 adjusted loss of $0.26 per diluted share, which represents a $0.06 per share decline from adjusted EPS in the third quarter of 2015. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT increased by $19.3 million to $167.7 million for the quarter. EQT Midstream Partners and EQT GP Holdings results are consolidated in EQT Corporation's results. EQT recorded $78.1 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interests in the third quarter of 2016. We currently forecast $320 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interest for the full year of 2016, assuming the midpoint of EQM's guidance. The operational story for the third quarter was strong volume growth in a low commodity price environment. We had another very solid operational quarter, including record produced natural gas sales and record volumes at Midstream. The third quarter was very straightforward so I will keep my remarks fairly brief. EQT Production continued to grow sales of produced natural gas. Production sales volume of 196 Bcfe, which included 3.5 Bcfe from the Statoil acquisition in the recently completed quarter, was 26% higher than the third quarter of 2015. The lower average realized price more than offset the volume growth. The average realized price at EQT Production was $2.20 per Mcfe compared to $2.55 in the third quarter of last year. You'll find the detailed components of the price differences in the table in this morning's press release. Net marketing service revenues totaled $5.3 million in the third quarter of 2016, which is relatively flat for the same period last year. Total operating expenses at EQT Production were $524.6 million or $49.7 million higher quarter-over-quarter. DD&A, gathering, transmission and processing expenses were all higher, consistent with the significant production growth, although production taxes and exploration expenses were lower for the quarter. Moving on to the Midstream results in the third quarter, operating income was $132.7 million, up 17% over the third quarter of 2015. Operating revenue was $214.3 million, $15.8 million higher than the third quarter of 2015 as a result of higher Marcellus volumes. Total operating expenses at Midstream were $81.6 million, $4 million lower over the same period last year. On a per unit basis, gathering and compression expenses were down 17% as a result of higher volumes. And finally, our standard liquidity update. We closed the quarter in great shape with zero short-term debt outstanding under EQT's $1.5 billion unsecured revolver and $1.8 billion of cash on the balance sheet, which excludes cash on hand at EQM or EQGP. Pro forma for the acquisitions that I mentioned earlier and for the funds received from the drop to EQM, the cash balance would've been approximately $1.35 billion. We currently forecast approximately $750 million of operating cash flow for 2016 at EQT, which includes about $150 million of distributions from EQGP. With that, I will turn the call over to Dave.
David L. Porges - EQT Corp.:
Great. Thank you, Rob. I only have about one topic in my remarks. I was going to talk about the Cubs but Pat Kane discouraged me from doing so. So my only topic today pertains to my announcement of my intention to retire as CEO early next year and transition at that time to the role of Executive Chairman. It has been my honor to serve as an executive officer of EQT Corporation for nearly 19 years, including being CEO since early 2010. When my tenure as CEO began, EQT was already a well-run, shareholder-value-focused company. However, it did seem appropriate to elevate the importance of our financial strategy for a period of time, and that was a central focus of my tenure. During these nearly seven years as CEO, we have created additional value via the creation of two new public entities, several transactions between EQT and those entities, sales of non-core assets and acquisitions of assets complementary to our core business. We also raised sufficient capital to fund our value accretive growth and maintained a strong credit position through a very difficult time in our industry. Along the way, we made a variety of commitments to our investors and I believe that the recently announced Midstream drop in upstream acquisitions honor the commitments that we made. That said, while financial strategy will always be important, it no longer needs to have the outsized role it had during much of my time as CEO. In a sense, therefore, I believe that my work here is done. On the personal side, as many of you are aware, I do have a variety of other interests so it's my family being first amongst them but various not-for-profit endeavors also being increasingly important to me. Even as we have achieved much of what I set out to accomplish as CEO, these other interests and priorities have exerted an increasing tug on my thoughts and energies as I look to make a difference in other ways. Putting that another way, as much as I have enjoyed the past 19 years and as proud as I am at what we have accomplished at EQT, there are other things that I want to do with my life that are tough to do when one is a full-time executive at a publicly traded company. So, no matter which way one looks at it, this is a good time to hand over the reins. Steve Schlotterbeck is well-suited to be the Chief Executive Officer. His pairing of strong analytical skills with the nurturing of a culture of innovation are just what the company needs as it moves into its next phase of value creations. These recent value accretive acquisitions are a clear example of his leadership, as are the combination of operational focus and scientific and technological innovation that he has brought to our company-wide focus on creating shareholder value. I am confident he will do well and investors will do well with him at the helm. Finally, I have actually enjoyed most of my interactions with investors and analysts. Thank you for your support and insights over the years. And with that, I will turn it over to Steve.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Dave. Good morning, everyone. I want to start by saying what a great honor it's been to be chosen to succeed Dave as CEO of EQT Corporation, and I'm humbled to be entrusted with the responsibility to lead this great organization forward. EQT's future is bright, thanks to the transformative leadership of Dave Porges. His vision, financial acumen and leadership abilities have fundamentally changed EQT, positioning us at the forefront of energy development and keeping us well positioned to face future challenges and opportunities for years to come. EQT has endured one of the industry's most challenging periods of cyclical uncertainty, primarily because of our stringent focus on costs, our strong balance sheet and our uniquely integrated business structure. The combination of our outstanding upstream and midstream assets, together with strong financial management and operational nimbleness, will enable us to continue creating and delivering value for EQT shareholders. Maybe the most important reason I'm so confident in EQT's future is the strong and dedicated leadership of our board and executive team and the continued commitment of the most talented employees in the industry. This is an exciting time to be a part of this company and this industry and I'm excited to be a part of it. Now let's continue with the review of our recent core Marcellus acreage acquisitions and our current thoughts on our Deep Utica program. Starting with our Marcellus acreage acquisitions, as Rob mentioned, we announced the acquisition of an additional 60,000 core Marcellus acres this week. Year-to-date, we've added 143,000 core acres, including 63,000 from Statoil and 20,000 through smaller and leasing efforts during the year. More importantly is that since 2013, we've added 230,000 core Marcellus acres. We've completed 477 wells over this same time period, developing 44,000 acres. The net result is an increase in our core undeveloped acreage of 186,000 net acres or roughly 1,950 net incremental locations. We've heard some of the rumors recently about inventory constraints at EQT. Simply put, we are not inventory constrained. We will continue to fill in gaps and look at bolt-on acquisitions but with this week's acquisitions, we have achieved our near-term acreage acquisition goals. Moving to the Deep Utica, we continue to make progress on our Deep Utica testing efforts. We are becoming more confident that we will achieve a combination of lower costs with higher EURs per foot that will result in similar, if not better, economics to our core Marcellus economics. As we mentioned last quarter, we've already lowered costs down nearly to our target range of $12 million to $13 million per well. Based on our progress, we think that we'll reach our target range soon. We have also seen an improvement in productivity from changes we've made to our frac design on the last two wells. Given our well cost expectations, we think we need between 3 and 3.5 Bcf per 1,000 feet of pay to achieve returns which are competitive with our Marcellus opportunities. We're not there yet, but we aren't far off, and are certainly encouraged by our progress. Our current thinking is that you should expect a one rig Deep Utica program in 2017 drilling between six and eight wells. We believe this level of drilling will allow us to achieve our cost and productivity objectives as well as begin delineation of the economic extent of the Deep Utica with the goal of establishing a Deep Utica development program in 2018. As far as progress reports, we believe it's in our shareholders' best interest not to share specifics of our techniques or results as we are currently the only company investing in the Deep Utica. Before moving into development mode, we need to ensure that we can effectively move the gas, so we've been working closely with our Midstream group on gathering system designs. Based on pressures in the production profile of the Deep Utica, our initial estimate is that per unit gathering costs for Deep Utica would be about half that of the Marcellus. In summary, we continue to make solid progress on both the cost and recovery efforts and we're encouraged that the Deep Utica can compete with or surpass our core Marcellus economics in the near future. I'll now hand the call over to Pat.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you, Steve. This concludes the comments portion of the call. Christine, could we please open the call up for questions?
Operator:
Thank you. Thank you. Our first question comes from the line of Holly Stewart with Scotia Howard Weil. Please proceed with your question.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Good morning, gentlemen.
David L. Porges - EQT Corp.:
Good morning.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Let me be the first, I guess, to give my shout out to Dave. Dave, very many accomplishments over, I mean, certainly my 12 years in covering this stock. I'm not sure another company has changed in so many ways, so a much deserved retirement.
David L. Porges - EQT Corp.:
Thank you.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Maybe starting off, Steve, you were kind of running through that fast. Can you give me the – you said one rig may be dedicated next year. What was the amount of wells drilled?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Six to eight wells with that one rig.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, great. And then maybe just following up on the three acquisitions that we've talked about for 2016, I know there's some Midstream contracts that you're sort of working through on the Statoil deal, but can you maybe just talk to us about how you're thinking of development there? And maybe priorities in terms of those properties.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah, I think in terms of how we'll develop that, we'll incorporate that acreage into our land process and we will allocate capital based on the best returns available starting in our 2017 plan, which we'll talk about in December. But I will say one of the main drivers behind all these acquisitions is our desire to extend laterals. And part of that then requires us to go re-permit a lot of the existing locations to take advantage of those synergies. So there is a bit of a delay before we get immediate benefits from the acquisition, so it'll probably be mid-2017 before a significant portion of our development program is incorporating the new acreage. But we don't want to drill short laterals when we can take a few months and go back and re-permit and get the better economics. So you will start to see benefits from the acquisitions next year, but it'll probably be the back half of the year before we really get full speed ahead.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Great. That's helpful. And then maybe just one last one for me. It looks like this is the first time that you guys have stripped out the ethane volumes. Maybe just a little color here, has there been a shift in strategy on extracting ethane? Or how should we be thinking about that?
Randall L. Crawford - EQT Corp.:
Hey, good morning, Holly. This is Randy. As I've said in the past with respect to ethane, we are opportunistic in extracting ethane and, to the extent that the opportunity presents itself that we can extract the ethane and sell it above the methane pricing, we're taking that opportunity and we have 10,000 barrels a day of capacity that will allow us that. So we broke that out to demonstrate that.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, so don't necessarily think about this as sort of a go forward. It's sort of a one-off quarterly opportunity.
Randall L. Crawford - EQT Corp.:
Well, no. It's basically on market conditions so as we extract the higher Btu gas, to the extent that it's in EQT's best interest to extract the ethane and sell it into the capacity, we'll do that. Otherwise, we'll sell it for methane prices and the market has, with the improvement in ethane recently, it's been a core part of our business to go ahead and extract the ethane to increase value to the shareholder.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Holly, I would just add that this capacity, the 10,000 barrel capacity Randy mentioned, came on in the second quarter.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Perfect, thank you. Understood. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. Please proceed with your question.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Unknown Speaker:
Morning.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
And, Dave, congrats on your retirement and, Steve, congratulations on your new role here. The press release referenced the transition towards more operational drivers from financial drivers. I'm wanting to see if perhaps in that context, Steve could discuss perspective on the importance of integration and, Steve, how you view leverage versus liquidity versus outspending cash flow at the E&P and midstream level.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yes, I guess first on the integration. At the current time, we think we generate significant benefits from the ability to work – the two businesses working together. I think we do have a view that over the long term, the benefits received from that versus the benefits of separation might be outweighed by separation. But I think certainly in the short term, we continue to think that the combination of the two businesses makes the most sense for our shareholders. The second question around leverage and liquidity and outspend, I think as you've seen through this downturn, we appreciate the value of a strong balance sheet. We've historically – I think it's really a legacy from our utility days but we've been a investment grade-rated company. I think we continued to view that as valuable. So I think you'll see continued focus on keeping our balance sheet strong. I think we have a number of levers available to us to fund an outspend if we think that's the prudent path forward, particularly our large stake in EQGP is available to us to sell down to fund an outspend. But I would say, generally speaking, to grow at competitive rates does typically require a bit of an outspend. So I would think that's likely in the future but all depends on what we think the economics of our opportunities are. So I think I'll leave it at that.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
That's great and very helpful. My second question's also somewhat strategic. You know, a year ago, maybe eight months ago we get a lot of questions on the potential for EQT to expand in Appalachia and you've done a couple of acquisitions that you've referred to here. And I wondered whether you think you're at the asset in size and scope that you think is reasonable going forward or whether we should expect Statoil continue to be active in considering further consolidation opportunities in the basin and, if so, what that market looks like?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, I think there's two ways to answer that. I guess first, as it pertains to size and scope, I think we feel very comfortable where we're at. We have a very deep inventory and the ability to grow at competitive rates for quite some time. So I think we're not going to be driven by a desire just to gain scale. That said, one of the biggest value-creating opportunities we see in Appalachia is the efficiencies we get from drilling longer laterals. So the acquisitions we've done to date are designed to allow us to drill longer laterals and get those efficiencies and drive the unit cost down. And to the extent that opportunities become available that fit our acreage well and allow us to gain those synergies, I think we'll continue to be interested. Subject to the comments I just made about liquidity and balance sheet strength, we're not going to stick our neck out to do that but if there are opportunities to continue to put large blocks of acreage together that allow us to drill longer laterals, then we would be interested in taking a look.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan. Please proceed with your question.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Thanks, gentlemen, and congratulations to you both. I wanted to start off perhaps, Steve, in talking about the acquisitions, obviously, it appears that one of the drivers was just increasing the ability to drill longer laterals, and we did note that this quarter your laterals were, at least on the Marcellus side, were pushing close to 9,000 feet. But from a geological basis, can you talk about the quality of this acreage relative to your current core in terms of gas in place, thoughts on potential EURs and how does this acreage that you've added in this deal, plus the Statoil deal, compare to what you have previously?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Oh, I think, yeah, we're very happy with the quality of the acreage in all three of these deals. Specifically, Statoil and Trans Energy are West Virginia-focused or all in West Virginia focused, or all in West Virginia. All very connected to the acreage we already have in Wetzel and Marion counties and Tyler County, and we think very consistent with the results we've seen down there, specifically because I think I'd seen a question or two about Marion County. I think there's been less drilling there and some of the competitor results may be a little bit less than a little bit further to the west. I can tell you we turned in line six wells in Marion County in April of this year, and all six are exceeding our type curve for northern West Virginia. So I don't know if that's a result of the acreage we have, and the Trans Energy acreage is directly connected to the acreage where those wells were, or if it's different completion techniques or exactly why, but as a result, we're very encouraged by that portion of Marion County, which I would imagine is probably where, if you were going to speculate on the acreage, that would be where the concerns might be. From the data we have, we're very excited about it.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
And just from a lease expiration standpoint, could these deals cause you to maybe run faster a little bit just to make sure that you lock up the acreage? Or how does that influence your plans in 2017 and 2018?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, I think in 2017 and 2018, it'll have very little influence. The vast majority of the acreage we got that's not held by production doesn't have expirations until 2019 and beyond, which is one reason we like these. So very little near term expirations. And I would say if it does affect our development plan it won't probably, that factor won't drive the pace. It might drive how we select locations. So we might have a preference for pads that hold acreage versus pads that are already held. I think the pace will driven more by economics and our liquidity position.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. If I could sneak in one more. Just on the Utica program, it sounds like the last two wells that you've completed have maybe improved your bias or your thoughts around the Deep Utica. I think ceramics, we're seeing maybe in the previous calls, may be an enabler. But can you just talk a little bit about what's changed or the improving well productivity, but maybe a little bit about what's improved in terms of the overall Deep Utica program versus a prior call or two?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. As I said, we don't want to give out any specifics on what we're doing since right now I think we're the only company, perhaps one other is investing a little bit into Deep Utica. But the one factor we have talked about in the past that I'll comment on is the type of proppant. We started with ceramics. We had a view that maybe sand would work and at the time would be significantly cheaper than ceramics. We switched over. Those next couple wells were significant underperformers from the Scotts Run. And then we switched back to ceramics for the last couple wells and they were significantly better than the wells with sand. Those two wells have gotten us much closer to the target recoveries that we think we need. So I think ceramic, it does play a big role. Our current plan is to use ceramics for all wells in the future. And fortunately, we've also been able to cut the cost of the ceramics basically in half from the first well. So that also helped on the economic side. Beyond that, I will say we have been doing a lot of technical work on our drilling completion techniques, the typical stuff you would think about, types of sand, loading schedules, pump rates, targeting in the reservoir, all that kind of stuff. And I think as we drill wells and learn more, just as we saw in the Marcellus, we're seeing continuous improvement. That's one of the reasons we want to spend the next year basically doing one well at a time so we can try new techniques, learn from them, apply them to the next well and not get too far over our skis. But we do think with another six or eight wells, we'll be in a position where I'm confident we'll have the costs where they need to be. I'm pretty confident that the recoveries will get into that range that we think we need. And hopefully, we'll also have a chance to delineate the extent of the economic area of the Utica.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. That's very helpful. Thank you, think Scott (sic) [Steve].
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Dan Guffey with Stifel. Please proceed with your question.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Hi, guys, and thanks and I'll echo my congratulations. I'm just curious, other operators in West Virginia have been touting productivity gains from completion optimizations and have you even discussed elevated type curves? And I guess just wondering if you can talk about how your West Virginia Marcellus completions are evolving and should we expect to see a change in the average per foot productivity or an increase in the type curves across that core area, and if any of these gains could influence your 2017 guidance?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Well, yes and no. One thing I'll say is we recently adopted a new standard frac design that uses considerably more proppant per foot based on some very early tests and a lot of reservoir modeling. We do expect this new technique to yield a higher MPV per acre and per well. We probably won't increase our type curve until we have sufficient production history from a number of wells to confirm the results. And we just started that in a broader way two or three months ago. So it'll take quite a few more months before we have wells online with production history. So if it plays out the way we expect, we would expect an increase in the type curve, but I don't think that's going to happen in the next couple of quarters.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay. Is that just in West Virginia, or are you seeing anything in Southwest PA as well?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
That's actually in both areas. Across our whole core position, we're adopting a technique with more sand.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay, great. And then it looks like firm transportation volumes are obviously increasing to the Midwest, and it looks like that's going to continue to grow throughout most of 2017. Just curious what types of increase in transportation should we expect to see into 2017?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
I'm sorry, you're talking about how much transportation additional capacity that we have?
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Correct, yeah. It looks like the additional volume is moving into the Midwest.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Yeah. With the completion of the OVC, we now have additional access, as you know. So we'll be moving up to about 650 million a day over the next few months and, depending on the market conditions, could move even more going forward.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Should we expect to see a per unit increase in transportation expenses moving forward as those volumes increase?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Those volumes and those capacity commitments are fixed in nature so essentially, you'll see that. But net in terms of realized prices, we should see an increase in our realized price. In fact, from an EQT perspective, we're taking action to ensure we're building the pipelines to get higher realized price. So yes, the transportation costs per unit but net realized prices should be increasing, obviously.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay, great. And then one last one on efficiencies. I see you guys are running three top hole rigs and three Marcellus rigs. Just wondering if you can discuss any efficiency gains made over the last year? And then currently, how many wells per year can a single horizontal rig drill with a top hole rig running out of it?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
I guess, first, on the efficiencies, just a couple stats. Year-to-date 2016 versus 2015 actual data, on a dollar per thousand foot of pay, we've seen about an 18% improvement. So from a little over $1,100 per foot to a little over $900 per foot in 2016. Our current thinking is we're starting to put together a business plan for 2017 is that we should expect to see a further reduction in that cost or further improvement in efficiencies. A lot of that will be driven by longer laterals that we expect to be able to drill in 2017. And on the number of wells per rig top set, I actually don't have that number. I would guess it's probably 20. If we top set them we can drill 20 wells with the big rig per year.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay. Thanks for all the color, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Neal Dingmann with SunTrust. Please proceed with your question.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Good morning guys and congrats. Say, just one sort of general question here. You know, obviously now when you look at that core sort of rectangle to you guys, always break out when you include now all this additional great acreage you picked up. How much variation do you see in returns? I mean, you have a pretty big swath there, all the way from Allegheny down to Doddridge. And I'm just wondering, kind of in broad terms if you assume somewhat similar D&C techniques? How much do you anticipate the returns that are in there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
Neal, we actually see very little variability in the bulk of that rectangle. One little exception, potentially is once you get north of Pittsburgh, you'll see the rectangle goes up there into Southern Butler County and Armstrong County. Those returns are not quite as high and we're not really focused drilling up there. But there is consolidation opportunities potentially with long enough laterals they can be competitive. But with that exception, the returns are pretty equivalent. We get a little of the liquids benefit in the majority of West Virginia that we don't get in Pennsylvania, and that tends to offset a small productivity advantage that Greene County, Pennsylvania has.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
And then Steve, just lastly, how much different completion design, I mean, besides the 10,000 for lateral, you said you you'd prefer on most as far as sort of sand and different things you're using there on this Marcellus? Is there much variability there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - EQT Corp.:
No, our design is actually has become more standardized across that core area than I would've expected. It varies a little bit but not a whole lot.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Thank you.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time. I would now like to turn the floor back over to management for closing comments.
Patrick J. Kane - EQT Corp.:
Thank you everybody for participating, and we'll see you on the next call in February.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude today's teleconference. You may disconnect your lines at this time. Thank you for your participation and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Robert J. McNally - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production
Analysts:
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the EQT Corporation Second Quarter Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A brief question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Mr. Patrick Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer. Thank you. You may begin.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thanks, Adam. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, Chief Executive Officer; Steve Schlotterbeck, President of EQT and President of Exploration and Production; Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President of EQT and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Rob McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. This call will be replayed for a seven-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 p.m. today. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415. The confirmation code is 13637693. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnership will have a joint earnings conference call at 11:30 a.m. today, which requires that we take the last question of this call at 11:20 a.m. The dial-in number for that call is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob will summarize EQT's second quarter 2016 results. Dave will discuss our increase in activity. And finally, Steve will give a brief Utica update. Following the prepared remarks, Dave, Steve, Randy, and Rob will all be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain certain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release under Risk Factors in the EQT's Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2015, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC and are available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Rob McNally.
Robert J. McNally - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
Thanks, Pat. Before reviewing second quarter results, I want to highlight our recent acreage acquisition from Statoil, which closed on July 8. In connection with the acquisition, on May 6, we completed an approximately $800 million common stock offering. A portion of the proceeds were used to fund the acquisition of 62,500 net Marcellus acres and 53,000 net Utica acres, primarily in Wetzel, Tyler, and Harrison Counties of West Virginia, for $407 million. The acquired acres include current natural gas production of approximately 50 million per day which will add about 7 Bcf to our sales volume during the second half of the year. The acquisition also includes approximately 500 undeveloped locations. Much of this acreage is contiguous with EQT's existing development area. I will now provide a brief overview of the second quarter results. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced second quarter 2016 adjusted loss per diluted share of $0.35, down from an adjusted loss of $0.06 in the second quarter of 2015. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT also decreased by $32.7 million to $113.8 million for the quarter. During the quarter, we terminated the remaining vestiges of our defined benefit pension plan. As a result, we've recognized a loss of $9.4 million to earnings, $7.7 million of which are attributable to Midstream. In connection with the purchase of annuities, we made a cash payment of $5.4 million to fully fund the plan. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partners and EQT GP Holdings results are consolidated in EQT Corporation's results. EQT recorded $77.8 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interests in the second quarter of 2016. We currently forecast $77 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interests for the third quarter of 2016 and $320 million for the full year, assuming the midpoints of EQM's guidance. The high-level story for the second quarter was strong volume growth in a lower commodity price environment. We had another very solid operational quarter, including record produced natural gas sales and record gathering volumes at Midstream. The second quarter was very straightforward, so I'll keep my remarks brief. EQT Production continued to grow sales and produce natural gas. Production sales volume of 184.5 Bcf in the recently completed quarter was 26% higher than the second quarter of 2015. As discussed, the lower average realized price more than offset the volume growth. The average realized price at EQT Production was $2.11 per M compared to $2.75 per M in the second quarter of last year. You will find the detailed components of the price differences in the table in this morning's release. Net marketing revenues totaled $2.1 million in the second quarter of 2016, $7.7 million lower than the same quarter last year due to incremental capacity costs in 2016. Total operating expenses at EQT Production were $516 million or $60.3 million higher quarter-over-quarter, including a $7.1 million legal reserve. DD&A, gathering, transmission, and processing expenses and production taxes were all higher consistent with the significant production growth, although exploration expenses were lower for the quarter. Moving on to the Midstream business, operating income was $124.5 million, up 15% over the second quarter of 2015. Operating revenue was $214.3 million, $21.9 million than the second quarter of 2015 as a result of higher Marcellus volumes. Total operating expenses at Midstream were $89.8 million, $5.5 million higher over the same period last year, including the pension charge. On a per-unit basis, gathering and compression expenses were down 23% as a result of volumes growing faster than expenses. And then, finally, our standard liquidity update, we closed the quarter in a great liquidity position, with zero short-term debt outstanding under EQT's $1.5 billion unsecured revolver and $2.2 billion of cash in the balance sheet, which excludes cash on hand at EQM and EQGP. We currently forecast approximately $750 million of operating cash flow for 2016 at EQT, which includes approximately $150 million of distributions from EQGP. With that, I will turn the call over to Dave.
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you, Rob. My comments today are focused on updates to thoughts we shared during April's call regarding the macro environment, first, regarding rig count as a leading indicator of production. At that time, there were 174 gas-equivalent rigs down from the 700 to 800 level that prevailed from mid-2012 through the end of 2014. Since that April call, the gas-equivalent rig count has stabilized. It is up 4% since then, though the gas-directed count itself is exactly what it was back then with an increase in oil-directed rigs accounting for that small overall growth. If one assumes, as we do, a nine to 12 month lag between a rig arriving on site and gas flowing through a meter, the relevant relationship is that the current gas-equivalent rig count is down 47% versus nine months ago and 53% versus one year ago. That leads to the impact of this on natural gas supply. In April, we were not yet sure we were seeing a decrease versus just noise, but July U.S. gas production is about 2.6 Bcf per day lower than the February peak. Though there is still noise in the system due to DUCs and other factors, it seems reasonable to conclude that we are seeing the impact of activity reductions that occurred throughout 2015. The further sharp reductions in activity versus nine to 12 months ago are not yet showing up in these already lower production numbers. Still, the reductions we have seen, among other factors, have helped lift natural gas prices for the five-year strip, that is to say, 2017 through 2021, from a low of $2.63 per MMBtu in February, to a current level of just over $3. This price is still below our estimated equilibrium price of about $3.25 to $3.50 per MMBtu, however, these somewhat higher prices, especially in the context of our expectation of further supply declines, have caused us to conclude that this is a good time to begin the process of restoring our pace of development, adding 63 incremental wells to our 2016 drilling program. Given our capital strength and the fact that we have not had to make dramatic reductions in staff, we are well positioned to take advantage of the low service costs currently available to us. Another benefit of beginning this process now is that we have incremental takeaway capacity scheduled to come online in the fourth quarter this year, including 100 million cubic feet per day to the Gulf Coast with the TETCO Gulf Markets project and 650 million cubic feet per day on EQM's Ohio Valley Connector, which gets us to our REX capacity and ultimately to Midwest markets. While we always planned on an OVC in-service date before year-end 2016, the impending reality of that pipe becoming operational certainly adds confidence to a development increase that will result in incremental 2017 sales volumes. We are getting in front of a broader industry ramp-up, which we expect when gas prices improve further. We are focusing on our better prospects, not returning to the Huron or to lesser Marcellus areas, for example, as our belief that the price recovery will continue is moderated by our somewhat rueful conclusion that the inevitable overshoot of equilibrium prices will be followed by the equally inevitable overreaction in our industry, though we do not think the industry overreaction will be as pronounced as it was a few years ago, since there is likely to be more skepticism about the enduring nature of too much of an upward move in price. We still think the best place to position ourselves is to be amongst those companies that are moving a little bit earlier in the cycle in both directions. As a final note, while we are adding to the number of wells that we will spud in 2016, our CapEx forecast is unchanged. As you know, nearly 75% of the cost per well is for well completion. The majority of these incremental wells will be completed in 2017, so the CapEx related to completions will mostly be included in next year's CapEx budget. As for the CapEx that these new wells will incur in 2016, this increase is fully offset by the impact of lower service costs and improved drilling and completion efficiencies in the first half of 2016. For those of you who are starting to get a better feel for 2017 numbers, our preliminary estimate is that this increase in activity will cause our 2017 sales volumes to increase from the prior estimate of 750 Bcfe to 760 Bcfe to a new estimate of roughly 800 Bcfe to 810 Bcfe. We will refine those estimates later this year. And with that, I will turn the call over to Steve Schlotterbeck.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Thank you, Dave. My focus today is to provide an update on our deep Utica program. Our two objectives for 2016 were to get costs per well down to a target range of between $12.5 million and $14 million per well and to achieve consistent well results with EURs of approximately 3.5 Bcf per thousand feet. If we can achieve both, returns will be as good or better than our core Marcellus wells. Since the last call, we have one new data point to talk about. In June, we turned-in-line to Shipman well in Greene County. Shipman was fraced with ceramic proppant versus the previous two wells that were fraced with sand. The IP showed improvement over the previous two Utica wells, the Pettit and BIG 190. Our preliminary estimate is that the Shipman EUR will be between 2 Bcf per thousand feet and 3 Bcf per thousand feet which shows improvement from the Pettit and BIG 190. On the cost side, we've also made progress as the Shipman well came in at approximately $14 million. We are pleased with our cost reductions thus far and see additional opportunities to further lower these costs. We are now estimating the costs per well in development mode to be between $12 million and $13 million. We continue to approach the Utica as an exploration project, trying various techniques, reviewing results, repeating what worked, and trying new things in our effort to improve results, both on recoveries and costs. We are currently fracing the West Run well in Greene County and we are again utilizing ceramic proppant on this well. We expect to turn West Run in line in August. And after West Run, we plan to move back to West Virginia to drill the BIG 177 well in Wetzel County. We talked before about spudding 5 wells to 10 wells this year. And given the one-by-one nature of our program and our desire not get ahead of the data, we expect to end up closer to 5 wells for 2016. We will continue to provide quarterly updates on our progress in the Deep Utica. And I'll now turn the call over to Pat Kane.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thank you, Steve. Adam, please open the call up for questions.
Operator:
Thank you, sir, and thank you, ladies and gentlemen. We will now be conducting our question-and-answer session. One moment while we poll for questions. Our first question comes from the line of Neal Dingmann from SunTrust. Please go ahead.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Morning, guys. Just a question for Steve or Dave. Just your thoughts, you put the new – in the prepared comments you talked about obviously adding the wells. I'm a little surprised to see that the wells added, potentially been added in the Upper Devonian. How you think about adding – well, how you came about sort of the rationale of adding there versus just purely more activity in the Marcellus and Utica?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Hey, Neal. There is a number of factors that went into that decision. And a few of those are, since we discontinued the program about this time last year, we've brought on 38 additional Upper Devonian wells that had been spud by that time. And based on the results we're seeing, our type curve is now 18% higher on a EUR per foot basis. So the economics of Upper Devonian have improved. That's combined with approximately 14% lower well costs. And I would remind you that our view of the Upper Devonian is, it's basically a use it or lose it play. If we don't co-develop it at roughly the same time as the Marcellus, we think that reserve will effectively be lost. So, when we look at the economics on the development of our resource base aspect versus just well-by-well economics, if we factor in these long lateral economic Upper Devonian wells and defer additional Marcellus wells for a time to make room for the Upper Devonian, we generate a lot more NPV versus drilling all Marcellus and forgoing the Upper Devonian forever. And I guess the bottom-line is the individual well returns for all of these Upper Devonian wells are well above our cost of capital. So they're economic opportunities that otherwise would be lost if we don't capture them now.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
And, Steve, I assume takeaway fine in Upper or that in incremental Marcellus.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yes, yes. There's takeaway capacity for all of these wells.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. And then just lastly, just how you guys think about M&A right now. Just anything you're still looking is still in that designated area, if you – maybe just a little color on M&A out there, Dave, for you, or Steve?
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. I don't know if we've got any further color we'd like to highlight. I mean I guess my current topic is basis, and frankly we're still just looking at Marcellus, Utica, the focus area is still that rectangle we put out, et cetera. As you're aware, since the last call, of course, we did announce and closeout a deal and I guess you're aware that there are a couple others that we did get involved in the process but other folks wound up making those acquisitions.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Very good. Thank you, all.
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
Great. Thanks, Neal.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Holly Stewart from Scotia Howard Weil. Please, go ahead.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Good morning, gentlemen. Just a couple of quick ones, you mentioned on the flat CapEx and increased activity at lower well costs. Do you have new numbers to give out this morning?
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Yeah. The Marcellus well will come in at $5.7 million. And we're publishing a new updated analyst presentation that will show you the new numbers.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
The $5.7 million on the Marcellus.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
And that's down from the $6.3 million, if I remember right?
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
That's right.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Great. And then maybe, Steve, on the 33 more Marcellus wells, where are those primarily located? And is any of that on the newly acquired acreage?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
No. Those 33 wells are all in Pennsylvania. It'd be Greene County, Eastern Washington County, and Southern Allegheny County. And none of those are on the new Statoil acreage at this time.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, great. And then maybe just one on basis, you came in a little bit wider than we were anticipating for the quarter, just given that I think Appalachian prices did relatively well versus NYMEX. So is there, I guess, any one-offs during the quarter and then maybe some comment on 3Q expectations?
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Well, Holly, as far as the basis, some of the recoveries end up in that net marketing line item and not...
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Yep.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
...end up in the differential line. So the net marketing was a little bit above our guidance and the differential line was a little bit below our guidance. But if you look at the two together, we're kind of right in line.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
So, again, our guidance for the rest of the year is based on our mark-to-market of our – and we do have some fixed price sales which locks in the basis at the time. And also, basically, we're marketing our book to the forward curve for all of our sales points.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay, Pat. And then 3Q I guess the basis is a bit wide. But there's a lot of maintenance going on, on REX and Transco. I'm assuming that's just sort of rerouting?
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Yeah. The summer's always tougher than the full year. So you're right. Maintenance is the main factor.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay.
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
And we'd expect you'll start to see some of the OVC impacts by the time we are reporting on fourth quarter our full year numbers.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Great. Thanks, Dave.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Michael Hall from Heikkinen. Please, go ahead.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Thanks. Heikkinen Energy. Just curious as it relates to Greene County specifically, what's the remaining development inventory look like in Greene County? And how would you rank the – or characterize the economics in Greene relative to the other counties in, what you call, core?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, regarding the economics, Greene is one of our better areas, but that Southern Allegheny, Eastern Washington, Greene and Northern Wetzel County area are all fairly similar in returns and that's kind of the core of the core. Overall, in the core, I think we're roughly 20% of our acreage is developed, so one-fifth of it's developed, four-fifth remains undeveloped, so still have a pretty good runway in that high-quality area.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. That's helpful. And I guess specific to Greene, how much would you say that's developed? Is it similar to that 20%?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
I don't have the specific number. It's probably a little more developed than that average, but not a lot, maybe 30% developed.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
I don't have that – that's a guess, so I don't have that specific number in front of me.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. And then I guess the only other one on my end, I'm just curious, can you – do you all have how much of the cash flow – the increase in cash flow guidance, how much of that was just price related versus other volume or cost related?
Robert J. McNally - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
It's primarily...
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Meaning marking to markets to (22:14) NYMEX, how much of that drove the...?
Robert J. McNally - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
It's primarily price-driven. I mean there's some volume increase, which we explained in the guidance, but the bigger part of the move for cash flow is price.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. Just wanted to make sure I was thinking about it right. Thank you. That's all I have. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, we have no further questions in queue at this time. I would like to turn the floor back over to management for closing comments.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thank you, Adam, and thank you, all, for participating in today's call. And, hopefully, we'll talk to you next month – or next quarter. I'm sorry. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This does conclude our teleconference for today. You may now disconnect your lines at this time. Thank you for your participation, and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Robert J. McNally - Chief Financial Officer, Director & Senior VP Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer Randall L. Crawford - SVP and President, Midstream & Commercial; COO & EVP, EQT Midstream Partners LP
Analysts:
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States) Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Inc. Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the EQT Corporation First Quarter Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. A brief question-and-answer session will follow the formal presentation. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Mr. Pat Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer. Thank you. You may begin.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thanks, Adam. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, Chief Executive Officer; Steve Schlotterbeck, the President of EQT and President of Exploration and Production; Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President of EQT and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Rob McNally, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. This call will be replayed for a seven-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 p.m. Eastern today. The telephone number for the replay is 201-612-7415. The confirmation code is 13634047. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnerships will have a joint earnings conference call at 10:30 a.m. today, which requires that we take the last question at 11:20 this morning. The dial-in number for that call is 201-689-7817. In a moment, Rob will summarize EQT's first quarter 2016 results. Next, Steve will give a Utica update. And finally, Dave, will discuss certain market and strategic matters. Following the prepared remarks, Dave, Steve, Randy and Rob, will all be available to answer your questions. But first, I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under Risk Factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations of most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Rob McNally.
Robert J. McNally - Chief Financial Officer, Director & Senior VP:
Thanks you, Pat. Before reviewing the Q1 results, I want to review changes to our price reconciliation and production segment page. Historically, we presented the cost of gathering and transporting our gas as revenue deductions on the price reconciliation and production segment page. Starting today, gathering, transmission and processing costs are now reported as expenses on the production segment page. The exception is that transportation charges for capacity not used to transport EQT produced gas, which is either resold or used to transport purchased gas by our marketing group, is still presented as a revenue offset in accordance with GAAP. The new net marketing services line on the production segment page includes these costs, as well as the related recoveries, both of which are now excluded from the price reconciliation. Previously, these capacity costs, which were $0.23 per Mcf for the first quarter of 2016, were reported as a third-party gathering and transmission cost on the price reconciliation, while the marketing recoveries which were $0.26 per Mcf this quarter were presented as a component of recoveries included in the average differential. The main change to guidance that you will see is that our differential guidance went from negative $0.40 to $0.50 per Mcf for 2016, to negative $0.60 to $0.70 per Mcf. Offsetting this change to reported differential is a change in our guidance to third-party gathering and transmission expense from $0.50 per Mcf for the year to $0.30 per Mcf. So netting these two charges, necessitated by the change in reporting format, is effectively a reiteration of our previous guidance. We've posted the historic price reconciliation for the first quarter and the 2015 results by quarter using the new format on our website. Finally, we have also posted our updated 2016 guidance conforming to the new format. Now for an update on the remaining drop down. We're currently working through the internal process, which includes all the necessary accounting, legal and commercial work. We expect the drop down to occur in the second half of the year. As we've mentioned in the past, there's about $40 million of EBITDA to be dropped down and expect the value to be up to $300 million. As Pat mentioned, EQT GP Holdings and EQT Midstream Partners results are consolidated in EQT Corporation's results. In this morning's release, we added a table for the calculation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. EQT recorded $82.8 million of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests in the first quarter of 2016, as compared to $47.7 million in the first quarter of 2015. We currently forecast $77 million of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the second quarter of 2016; and $320 million for the full year, assuming the midpoint of EQM's guidance. I will now provide a brief overview of the first quarter results. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced first quarter 2016 adjusted earnings per diluted share of $0.07, compared to $1.07 in the first quarter of 2015. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT decreased to $156 million, as compared to $218.6 million in the first quarter of 2015. The high-level of story for the first quarter was strong volume growth and a lower commodity price environment. We had another very solid operational quarter, including record produced natural gas sales and record gathering volumes at Midstream. With the exception of a $3.8 million Huron restructuring charge, the first quarter was very straightforward. So I'll keep my remarks fairly brief. The story at EQT production continues to be the growth in sales of produced natural gas. Production sales volume of 179.9 Bcfe in the recently completed quarter was 24% higher than the first quarter of 2015; and 16% higher than fourth quarter of 2015. As discussed, the lower average realized price more than offset the volume growth. The realized price was $2.63 per Mcfe, compared to $4.06 per Mcfe in the first quarter of last year. You'll find the detailed components of price in the tables in this morning's press release. Net marketing services revenue totaled $4.6 million in the first quarter of 2016; $8.6 million lower than the same quarter last year due to incremental capacity costs in the current quarter and colder weather in 2015. Total operating expenses at EQT production were $489.3 million or 7% higher quarter-over-quarter. DD&A, gathering, transmission and processing expenses were all higher, consistent with the significant production growth, although production taxes were lower for the quarter as a result of lower prices. Moving on to Midstream results, operating income here was $141.9 million, 9% higher than the first quarter of 2015. Operating revenue was $224.7 million, $16.5 million than the first quarter of last year, as a result of higher Marcellus volumes. Total operating expenses were $82.9 million, $4.4 million higher quarter-over-quarter as a result of our continuing growth in the Midstream business. And then finally, our standard liquidity update. We closed the quarter in a great liquidity position, with zero net short-term debt outstanding under EQT's $1.5 billion unsecured revolver; and about $1.6 billion of cash on the balance sheet, which excludes cash on hand at EQM and EQGP. We currently forecast $600 million to $650 million of operating cash flow for 2016 at EQT, which includes approximately $150 million of distributions to EQT from EQGP. With that, I'll turn the call over to Steve.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Thank you, Rob. My focus today is to provide an update on our Deep Utica program. Our two objectives for 2016 are to get our cost per well down to our target range of between $12.5 million and $14 million per well; and to achieve consistent well results, in line with the median of wells drilled in the Deep Utica by EQT and our peers so far. For the Utica to compete for capital with the Marcellus, we are targeting EURs approximately 75% higher than our core Marcellus wells. The higher EUR per well, combined with a higher percentage of the EUR being produced in the first few years and lower expected gathering and compression costs should provide returns competitive with the Marcellus. We currently have three wells producing, the Scotts Run and Pettit wells in Greene County, Pennsylvania; and the BIG 190 well in Wetzel County, West Virginia. The Scotts Run well began declining at the end of March after producing at a flat rate of 30 million cubic feet per day since July of 2015, which was a total of 244 days. The decline is in line with our expectations; and our EUR estimate for this well is currently 20 Bcf, or approximately 6 Bcf per 1,000 foot of lateral. The results of the Pettit and BIG 190 wells, while not as strong as our Scotts Run well, are in line with what we are seeing from other wells in the area. It is too early to calculate an EUR for these two wells. The Shipman well was spud in January and is currently being fracked, while the West Run well was spud in April. After West Run, we plan to move back to West Virginia to drill another well in Wetzel County, probably be called the BIG 177. We used ceramic proppant on the Scotts Run and achieved superior results compared to the Pettit and BIG 190 wells, which use sand as the proppant. It is not clear that the proppant difference explains the results, but we've decided to use ceramic proppant in the next three completions, including the Shipman, to determine if the proppant type has an impact on well productivity. The good news is we've negotiated a 40% reduction in the price of ceramic proppant since the Scotts Run well. For a typical 5,400 foot lateral, the incremental cost of using ceramics versus sand is now $1.4 million per well, compared to about $2.5 million incrementally at the time we drilled the Scotts Run. On the cost side, we continue to see significant improvement. Drilling costs continue to come down as we gain experience and improve the techniques and equipment used to drill these wells. On the completions side, we will be testing dissolvable plug technology for the first time on the Shipman well. We estimate that this technology will save us an additional $700,000 per well, if successful. Our team continues to safely reduce the cost of these wells and is confident we can achieve our target well costs, even with ceramic proppant. We will continue to provide quarterly updates on our progress in the Deep Utica. And I'll now turn the call over to Dave.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you, Steve. I would like to briefly provide two updates and one other comment on today's call. The first update is to my comments in our February call regarding rig count as a leading indicator of production. At that time, there were 246 gas-equivalent rigs, down from the stable level of 700 to 800 that prevailed from about mid-2012 through the end of 2014. Since that February call, the gas-equivalent rig count declined by another 29% to 174 gas-equivalent rigs today. This means we are now down 57% in the past year and 76% since the end of 2014. We are beginning to see what appear to be some signs of a supply reduction, as April U.S. gas production is about 2 Bcf per day lower than the February peak. While those end 2014 rig count probably represented far too much development activity, the plateauing and beginning of a decline in production suggests that our thesis of higher future natural gas prices still looks just as solid, even though we confess that the timing of any meaningful price increase continues to be uncertain. Given our capital strength and the fact that we have not had to make dramatic reductions in staff, we continue to be well-positioned comparatively to adjust our development plans, should higher prices materialize. I do personally continue to believe that the eventual price increase will likely eventually overshoot the equilibrium price necessary to balance supply with demand, but that just means we will have to be as disciplined in a more constructive economic environment, as we have been in the current less than constructive economic environment. On a related update, we continue to look to add to our core acreage position, but have not yet announced any transactions. The good news is that there are many high-quality asset packages being marketed in our core focus area. Along those lines, so that we do not have to break with our practice of not commenting on specific transactions, we wanted to provide some insight into the types of assets that we are examining. If you look at our website for a hard copy of our most recent investor presentation, you will see a pretty clearly delineated version of our core area; all of which is in the southwestern portion of the Marcellus play. If you become aware of opportunities that are largely or entirely within our core, you can safely assume that we are looking or have looked at the opportunity. You can equally safely assume that we are not looking at and not interested in looking at opportunities that lie outside our core area; again, as defined by that rectangle in our current Investor Presentation. To expand on that somewhat, we further look closely at the number of drilling locations and potential feet of pay in those locations that represent a combination of EQT's existing acreage and development opportunities and those provided by the target; true synergies, if you will. My final comment pertains to an area of financial risk that I focused on early in my time at EQT, my philosophical objection to shareholder's bearing the investment risks of employee's portfolios via defined benefit pension plan. The pension benefit obligation was about $150 million when I arrived at EQT, that was many years ago, and was forecast to be multiples higher than that within a decade. As a result, I wanted to reduce the extent of the associated investment risk. We said about shrinking the plan over the years; and as a result, we were able to apply for and just recently received approval to finally terminate the remaining vestiges of the plan altogether. There will be a modest charge recorded, possibly as soon as the second quarter, but we will have finally brought that obligation and the risk associated with it down to zero. In summary, EQT is committed to increasing the value of your shares. We look forward to continuing to execute on our commitment to our shareholders and appreciate your continued support. And with that, I'd like to turn the call back over to Pat Kane.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thank you, Dave. This concludes the comments portion of the call. Adam, can you please open the line for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, we will now be conducting our question-and-answer session. One moment while we poll for questions. Our first question comes from the line of Phillip Jungwirth from BMO Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Yeah. Good morning. With more production history on the Scotts Run Utica well, how are you thinking about drainage and reconciling the EUR estimates to some of the gas in place estimates out there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Phil, this is Steve. I think we're still exploring that. So it is still a fairly anomalous well in terms of how productive it's been. So clearly there's really two areas of focus. One is the size of the – the drainage area size, so the size of box that we're drawing from. Since it's a reservoir, we don't have a lot of experience with it yet. I think there's still a lot of uncertainty about what the right drainage area is. And then there are still some questions about basically the density of the gas in the reservoir, so how much can fit inside a given box at these fairly extreme pressures we're dealing with. So without getting too technical, the behavior of a real gas versus hypothetical gases can vary quite a bit as pressures get into these levels. So there's some uncertainty about how do you correct for that. So we have a number of experiments and tests going on in both of those areas. But I would say, bottom line is, it's still too early for us to have a good sense for what a recovery factor would be or what proper spacing would be; and, in fact, what's really driving the extreme productivity we're seeing.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Right. And then it's been a couple of quarters since you've talked about the value of having both the Upstream and the Midstream business together and had previously commented that as EQT's production growth rate slows and EQM's third-party growth accelerates, the synergies of having the two units together is reduced. Just wondering, in the past year and looking out to 2017 as growth does slow, has your view of the magnitude of these synergies changed at all or are they still as great as they were in 2015?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Directionally, I'd say they're – this is Dave – they're still about the same. I mean you know my view all along has been there's always going to be pressures pulling apart two groups that have cash flows that have different attributes. But I think in this environment we're actually seeing more of the synergies between the Upstream and the Midstream than we probably would have expected a couple of years ago; and I'm thinking particularly about some of the pipeline projects. But then also kind of going back to the Utica, we do believe that it's still likely that we'd want a somewhat dedicated, at least, Midstream business for the Utica. And, of course, we're taking a look at what that might look like at least, let's say, upstream of the first compressor station. And to be able to coordinate the development of the Upstream and the development of the Midstream is a benefit that we have that we don't think is available to those who are just pure play on one side or the other. And, frankly, on the FERC regulated pipelines, I think you see a disconnect in some circumstances between what the pipelines are saying and what the producer shippers are saying; and you don't see that with us. So I think that's another case where having the synergies between the Upstream and the Midstream works to create value over time for the EQT shareholder.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Right. Great. And then you talked about last quarter a nat gas clearing price of $3.50 and wanting to be able to quickly respond to higher prices. Strips moved up $0.20 or $0.30 since that call. But it does feel like, to your point, 2017 supply-demand fundamentals are improving. So the question is, is $3.50 a clearing price that would trigger EQT to increase activity or to be lower, given that you're the low-cost producer? And given the historical nine-month spud to sales time, is there a way to more quickly respond to higher prices?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. The ability to more quickly respond in both directions is certainly something that we're looking at, but I wouldn't say that we're at a point now where the prices are where we would want them to be. I mean to use the analogy that a lot of us have used that there's a light at the end of the tunnel and we're a little more confident that it's not attached to the front of a train. But I don't know that we want to be going all-in on that possibility.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Great. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Holly Stewart from Scotia Howard. Please go ahead.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Good morning, gentlemen.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. You changed your name. Is there an announcement you want to make?
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Not today. Dave, first question – appreciate the comments on the M&A – and without talking about specifics, just kind of curious if you can comment on the size of deals, the quantities of deals and then how you balance that versus keeping the investment grade rating?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
I'll provide a little bit of comment and Steve might want to provide comment too. For the most part, we happen to be focused on transactions that are relatively small in nature. They're not public company transactions. That's just the nature of what happens to be out there. And we do still think that it makes sense for us to be cognizant of credit risk when we look at those acquisitions; and I guess maybe I'll just leave it at that. And, frankly, it is more beneficial on the Midstream side than the Upstream. I think we've seen plenty of peers that have lower credit ratings than us and I don't think it – I mean just a little bit lower, high sub-investment grade. I think you could easily argue it doesn't hurt them. But on the Midstream side, I think, to have a seat at the table – and I do see a lot of opportunities, maybe even more opportunities than we would have before with the changes in the macro environment and how it's affecting a lot of the other companies out there – I still think it's valuable, in this environment, to maintain that investment grade rating and assume that we will behave in a manner that is consistent with that view. And I don't know, Steve, do you want to provide any more thoughts on what you're seeing in the M&A landscape?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. Dave, the only thing I would add, really – probably reiterate points Dave has already made, but we focus mainly on asset packages. We have a very narrow core area that we think is interesting. So the things that are interesting to us are asset packages that fit nicely with our existing Upstream and Midstream assets where, as Dave said, we get those true synergies. And I think there's a number of those packages out there right now; some are on the market; some we're just in discussions directly with companies. So we're looking at a lot of stuff. We're really hoping to find things where we have more synergies than our competitors, which allows us to be competitive on price, yet get it at a price that still leaves a lot of value for our shareholders. So in this environment, there seems to be several opportunities that are interesting; and we continue to pursue them. But if the price isn't right, we won't do it.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Great. Appreciate that. And then maybe moving on to some of the guidance. I know there was a change in disclosure, so I want to make sure we have apples-to-apples comparisons here on the basis. But we've noticed that basis has really been narrowing. So curious as to the 2Q guidance and kind of what you guys are seeing – maybe this is for Randy – on the marketing and the basis side of things right now?
Randall L. Crawford - SVP and President, Midstream & Commercial; COO & EVP, EQT Midstream Partners LP:
Holly, this is Randy. Yeah, the basis has been narrowing a bit. And so, obviously, the additional infrastructure that will be coming on into the fourth quarter and our Ohio Valley Connector project that we're constructing currently will obviously help us in our realized price throughout 2016 or in the end of 2016. But in terms of the guidance and some of the accounting, I think Rob addressed it pretty clearly in his comments about some of the change in the accounting related to that. But we've been pretty much right on our guidance. And I give the commercial team a lot of credit for optimizing the capacity in what was a first quarter of essentially warmer weather, so they did an excellent job in meeting that guidance.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Yeah. Okay. And then maybe one last one for Steve. Steve, it looks like, for 2016, your guidance is sort of tracking maybe a similar quarterly progression that you did in 2015. Is that sort of how to think about it here for the remaining three quarters?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, I don't have the 2015 numbers in front of me, but to be at the midpoint of our guidance implies fairly flat production through the balance of the year. So that's probably how I'd be looking at it.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Okay, great. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Neal Dingmann from SunTrust. Please go ahead.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Morning, guys. Say, maybe a question for Steve. Steve, you talked about bringing those costs down in those Utica wells. I'm just wondering, how do you balance the completion and optimizations. I know you guys are certainly doing some exciting things there. How do you think about sort of balancing that, doing some enhancements there while at the same time bringing the cost down. Just wondering kind of what sort of levers you're pulling there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, I think our thought process on that is we are definitely trying to figure out how to get the cost down, with the idea of what the ongoing development mode costs would be. But to the extent that we need to run some experiments or gather data to get a better understanding of the reservoir at this point, and – sort of the nature of the effort is kind of a science project still at this point or more exploratory in nature, we're very willing to make those investments. And we understand that those are not intended to be ongoing types of costs. Those are one-time costs to cut a core, to get a specialty log, to run some sort of reservoir test. So I don't think we let that get in the way. We're certainly not avoiding gathering necessary data in order to get any single well's cost below some artificial threshold.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay, okay. That's where I was going with that. And then, Steve, I know on that rectangle, and I respect Dave's question, kind of where you guys are looking on that slide. I know you've got a pad just north of that. And then even quite a bit further north of that I know one of your peers had obviously a big well. So you've got a bit of a position just even if you continue going north just a little bit further than that. Are you definitely kind of sticking to that rectangle or would you consider a bit, just a bit north of that? I guess northeast of that, it would be.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
You mean in terms of M&A?
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Yes, sir.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
No. I think we're going to stay focused in that rectangle. There is enough potential opportunities in that rectangle, and that's where we get the most synergies. We do have some acreage to the north of it in Armstrong County. I think is that what you're referencing?
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
That's what I was referencing. That's exactly right.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. But I think our Midstream operation is focused south of Pittsburgh, Greene County, Wetzel County. And I'd say the areas south of Pittsburgh in that rectangle are of primary interest. And once you get north of Pittsburgh, even in that rectangle, we're certainly interested in things that come along. But once you venture beyond it, I think at least for now it is not particularly of interest.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. And then just lastly, you mentioned to Holly I think on kind of that production assuming we'd stay on the guidance pretty flat. Have you said – I'm just trying to make sure I have this right as far as for the remainder of the year kind of what you're thinking as far as number of Marcellus versus Utica wells. I'm not sure if I've got that correct.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Yeah. Neal, we're drilling 71 or 72 Marcellus wells and five Utica wells this year with the potential to get a pad (29:16).
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. That's what I was getting at. Got it, got it. Thanks, Pat.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Good morning.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
I wanted to follow-up on your comments on ceramic and its potential superiority or improving performance in the Utica. Can you talk a little bit more about the reasons for why this may be? And then also, is it something that is unique to the Utica section or do you see the potential for further completion efficiency improvements using ceramic in the Marcellus as well?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Brian, I think it's – we believe if ceramic is a driver in productivity, which at this point is still an unknown but it's one clear variable between the wells, we don't think it would apply to the Marcellus. The real driver behind the ceramic and the reason we went with it on the first well is, at these depths, with the stresses we're dealing with, the strength of the sand we use is – we're pushing the upper limit of it. We did some laboratory testing of the sand that suggested it should be okay, which is why we switched on the second and third well. But the results we're seeing indicate that potentially it's a problem. It's mostly due to crushing and/or embedment of the sand into the shale; mostly crushing that we're concerned about. So the ceramic proppant has a higher crush strength, and we think that's not a problem. Again, we're not certain that it is a problem with sand. But since that's an obvious variable between the Scotts Run and the other wells and the cost differential's been cut nearly in half, we thought it was wise to go back and see how much productivity difference that's driving.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Do you view the cost differential as secular or cyclical just because of the decline in activity, particularly for ceramic elsewhere?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
I think we'll be able to maintain that cost advantage. We actually got that by talking to a second ceramic provider; and the primary provider or the provider on the Scotts Run then did come in with a much better price. So I think we've got some competition in the space now. And I think if Deep Utica full development mode kind of kicks in in the basin, there'll be enough demand for them to justify getting the ceramic up here. So I expect that we'll be able to hold on to that.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. And then shifting a little bit to production and the macro, but you've talked in the past about the lead time from when EQT's reactivity and CapEx activity comes down to when you would actually see the production impact. And I think you've talked about it being kind of nine months plus which is, in part, is why the production stayed strong, relatively strong this year. Can you just provide any updates on that lead time, whether it's shrinking or expanding? And then to the degree that you ramp up or decide to recommit capital, does that work on the other direction as well or would there be some reason to suggest we would see the production response with a shorter lead time?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, I think, Brian, when we do our modeling – or with our current process of how we drill and complete the wells, the nine months is a pretty average. Smaller pads, shorter laterals end up being shorter; bigger pads take longer. We have done some optimization modeling of that to see what we could do to shorten it up. And we do have some options where if we had the right economic incentives, we could spend a little bit more money, primarily on more rig moves. So we'd move the rig more often and get wells online quicker that we – and again, it would be based on the forward curve and what we thought the prices were going to do, so whether it would be worth spending the extra money. But we do have a plan in place where we could shorten that up, probably maybe to five months or six months might be the best we could get to try and capture an improving commodity market if we saw that happening.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
But you know – and this is Dave – if we look at the market more broadly, we actually think there could be factors that could lengthen that lag time for a number of companies, I mean if you've gotten rid of some of your land people, for instance, and you can't get permits as easily, some of the rigs that have been laid down and maybe they've been cannibalized for parts, crews that have kind of wandered off. It's one of the reasons we've tried to remain a little bit more consistent in our activity levels so that we would be better positioned for that. So I have a feeling that the rest of the market might actually see longer lead times at the early stages of a ramp up, assuming prices move up enough to justify such a ramp up at some point in the future.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Got it. So the market will have some struggle with this. EQT is a little bit better positioned if not very well-positioned in your mind to not have that issue.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yes. Look, there may be other peers who are in similar situation to us, but we think the market, at large, is probably going to – I think the market at large is going to have longer lead times; and EQT and probably a handful of other companies would not be subject to some of those issues.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Yeah, thanks. Good morning. Steve, I was wondering you all indicated that the third well, I guess the BIG 190 had similar results to the Pettit well, if I understood your comments correctly. Is there any quantifiable number you can kind of provide on what some of the initial relative productivity was and some of the back pressure data on that? And then also just to get a sense of how you all are progressing on the cost side of things. What did the cost on the BIG 190 look like, it came in at, and what's the AFE on this next one, the Shipman well you're going to be drilling?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. Scott, we're not prepared to provide any specific details on the BIG 190 yet. It's just too soon in terms of the productivity. On the cost side, it came in normalized for 5,400 foot lateral. It came in, I think, just $100,000 or $200,000 above the $14 million upper end of our range. We expect the Shipman well to come in within that range, so below $14 million; excluding some of the science we're going to do on well. So Neal had asked earlier, we are cutting a core on the Shipman well, so there'll be some extra costs there. But if you exclude that, we expect the Shipman well to be within the range. And then things like the dissolvable frac plugs, if that works, we can implement it on future wells across the whole well. That's roughly $700,000 savings that we haven't factored in yet. So very, very confident that we're going to be in the midpoint of that range over the next few wells and with still lots of opportunity for improvement. So I think, over time, feeling pretty good about the bottom end of that range.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay, great. And just to clarify. So the rate around $14 million for Shipman includes the cost of ceramics, but doesn't include dissolvable plug benefit?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yes.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
That's great. Okay. Thanks. And then BIG 190, how long has that been online now?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
I don't remember, maybe a month, month-and-a-half.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay, okay, okay. And then really quickly looking at hedging, what is big picture like when you look at the forward curve, where's the level where you all feel more comfortable layering hedges. And would you do it more to just protect the downside or how does that strategy for you guys look going forward?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, look, we do take a portfolio approach, there's no doubt. When the price is below what we think is the economic clearing price, we tend to be more at the low end of the target range that we have; and when the price moves above that, we're more at the high end. So now I'd say we're probably a little bit more, as we think about it not for 2016, but as you look beyond it, we'd still be layering hedges in, but we'd be staying more at the low end of what our target range would be.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
And then again, I think the difficulty is going to be, since I do believe prices are going to move past that, that the economic clearing price to be disciplined about moving up to the top, as opposed to getting caught up with kind of the opposite of the current, if you will, depressed feeling in the market. We've seen it before where it gets euphoric. Incidentally, when you talk about the current year, we have tended to view that as being just a standard commercial activity. So we let our commercial group make decisions about the things that they want to do in year to take advantage of some of the opportunities that they see. We don't really view that as hedging so much as just normal commercial activity.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. And then typically are you going to target – and I think – and correct me if I'm wrong – you typically like to utilize swaps, is that right?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. But that's just because of the way the market has been. We're certainly not opposed to using other instruments, whether on their own or embedded in the sale of the physical commodity. It just all depends on what the market looks like. So you don't want to be buying a lot of options if it's volatile. You'd rather sell them, right, so that you'd say, well, we're not going to buy floors if it's expensive to do so. You'd tend to go more with swaps and vice versa. So it's much more market conditions, I'd say. It's not a philosophical view that we should be using swaps, as opposed to options or as opposed to collars.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Understood. Appreciate that. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Christine Cho from Barclays. Please go ahead.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Hi, everyone. I just have some two bigger picture questions, as I try to figure out realized pricing for your E&P segment going forward. But in recent weeks we've heard a number of pipeline projects out of the Marcellus getting delayed due to the regulatory process, or being canceled altogether. Can you talk about what you think the spillover effects from this will be with respect to basis differentials beyond 2016? Especially with the crosscurrent of production starting to roll over and maybe NYMEX prices going up, potential opportunities for your projects and what this all ultimately means for the production outlook in the Marcellus/Utica?
Randall L. Crawford - SVP and President, Midstream & Commercial; COO & EVP, EQT Midstream Partners LP:
Well, Christine, this is Randy. Certainly, in the Marcellus and Utica, we're really talking about the rate of growth slowing. So there has certainly been continued growth; and the facts are that there have been infrastructure projects that are being delayed. So in a bigger picture, as you asked, in terms of EQT, I think we're very well-positioned. The fact is that we have a broad portfolio of upstream capacity. And we have the Ohio Valley Connector project that is currently in construction that we anticipate or expect to come online at the end of this year, which will tie into our REX capacity and improve our pricing from that standpoint. Now from the Midstream's perspective, obviously as we've planned out these projects and built out our hub and are executing accordingly, we think that obviously increases the value of those assets over the long-term and even in the short-term. So I think certainly as other projects are challenged, I think we're very well-positioned to continue to grow and to improve our realized pricing at EQT.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
And then just on – in your presentation, your slide for the Marcellus capacity stops at first quarter 2018. So when Mountain Valley Pipe comes on, can you remind us, are you going to be taking all that capacity day one or ramp into it on a contractual basis? And because you are underpinning a large amount of capacity there, does some of your existing firm capacity on other pipes roll off so that you don't have all this excess capacity overnight and you can redirect your volumes to a better market, so pricing in theory is better for the E&P segment? Or do you take all of it day one and then you release whatever capacity you're not using on a short-term basis while you grow into it, which I think is what you've historically done. Can you just remind us how that works?
Randall L. Crawford - SVP and President, Midstream & Commercial; COO & EVP, EQT Midstream Partners LP:
Sure. When MVP does come online, the capacity obligations do not ramp up; they start at that time. Having said that, we have the option to continue to keep all of the capacity and to grow into it. We also have a variety of expirations on other transportation contracts. So it provides us the flexibility, if you will, to reconfigure that portfolio at the time that the MVP comes on, or to maintain all of the capacity if at that time we need it for continued growth. So as we've positioned our portfolio with the anticipation of MVP coming on, we have a variety of different expirations on other upstream pipelines that allow us the flexibility to really optimize that portfolio.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Between now and actually like when the pipe is supposed to come online, do you have a number off the top of your head of how much is expiring?
Randall L. Crawford - SVP and President, Midstream & Commercial; COO & EVP, EQT Midstream Partners LP:
I don't have it in front of me, but there are a couple of contracts that do come off in 2018. There's $200 million on TETCO that I have; and there's some other additional capacity that comes off shortly thereafter that is probably in the range of around $300 million to $400 million a day. So there's a lot of flexibility within it and we also have the right to extend those contracts too. So I think we're in a very good position to be flexible.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay, great. Thank you so much.
Operator:
Thank you. Our last question comes from the line of Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yeah. Good morning. I had a bigger picture question. The stock at the EQT level trades at a pretty meaningful discount to your Appalachian peers. So just wondering if you think you're getting the right or the appropriate credit for having the Midstream? And maybe some longer term thoughts about, if you don't believe the market is giving you appropriate credit, ways where you could get that value from EQM?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
This is Dave, and I do agree with your premise; and it is difficult at this point to differentiate between a couple of factors that might both be at work. One of them is that conglomerate issue that we chatted about before, different investors from Midstream and Upstream. That is certainly a possibility. And I think we all know the best way to go about resolving that kind of issue over time. And then the other, I think, possibility is that people look at the EQGP price and they aren't sure given the relative lack of float, whether that's a good marker to be using for the Midstream value at EQT. And I think we've also been pretty clear that we've got a notion that over time having more float out there is going to be a way to get more confidence level, if that's going on. Now I also happen to think that EQGP, though I notice that it's now trading after the whole market has had a tough period since its IPO of almost a year ago, it is now trading just a little bit above its – just above its IPO price. I still think that that represents a discount on EQGP. And I believe, and I think I've said this before, that I fear that some of that is just kind of a reverse – I mean like a sticker shock that folks models on growth, et cetera, would have suggested higher valuation for EQGP, but the current yield is still – that falls out of those calculations is a relatively low number; and there's a concern about bidding the price up such that that current yield drops too much. But I think as you continue to see distribution increases announced consistent with our guidance at the EQGP level, that that will tend to go away and that aspect of the valuation discount will start to be dealt with. But as far as some of those other issues that I've mentioned, yeah, we do work through those issues, we do see it the same way that you do. And we're kind of working through our alternatives on how to make sure that our shareholders realize that full value.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
But you talked about that conglomerate discount. To resolve that I would assume that is a longer term decision that you'd have to make on that, nothing in the intermediate term on that?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. I'm not going to get into any timing issues on when we do some of that. I think we all understand what those conglomerate discounts, what those are and the ultimate ways of resolving those. And I don't know that I'd want to go any further than that. There's a lot of times that what you want to do depends on the market conditions at the time.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
That's fair. That's fair...
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
I'm not trying to guide you to towards or away from any particular timing on any actions that we might take with regard to that.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
That's fair. That's clear. And just secondly, I know you guys have talked about doing five Deep Utica wells in the 2016 budget, and I think you gave yourself some potential to expand that. Are you still right now planning to do five and when could you potentially talk about expanding that if you decide to do so?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. Right now the plan is still five. But the actual number we end up drilling in the year is going to be very much based on the results we're seeing. And we want to be very careful about not getting ahead of our science, nor getting ahead of our ability to take the gas away and get it to a market. But we also want to progress our understanding and start to make some decisions about what the development mode of the Utica might look like. So I think for sure we're going to get the shipment well fracked, which we're currently fracking, and get results from it. It will give us a lot of information on the impact of ceramic proppants. We'll get some information on use of the dissolvable plug. So we might be able to take another step forward in our estimation of cost and therefore economics. So it's going to be kind of a decide-as-we-go kind of approach I think. But certainly don't expect to be making any decisions before mid to late summer in terms of any sort of a ramp up.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. Thanks a lot, gents.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, we have no further questions in queue at this time. I would like to turn the floor back over to Pat Kane, for closing comments.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thanks, Adam. And I'd like to thank you everybody for participating in our call today. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This does conclude our teleconference for today. You may now disconnect your lines at this time. Thank you for your participation, and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
Analysts:
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC Bob Bakanauskas - GMP Securities LLC Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc. Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.
Operator:
Please stand by. We're about to begin. Good day and welcome to the EQT Corporation Year-End Earnings Call. Today's call is being recorded. After today's presentation, there will be an opportunity to ask questions. At this time, I would like to turn the conference over to Patrick Kane. Please go ahead.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thanks, Kyle. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, CEO; Steve Schlotterbeck, President of EQT and E&P; Phil Conti, Senior Vice President and CFO; and Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President of EQT and President of Midstream and Commercial. This call will be replayed for a seven-day period beginning at approximately 1:30p.m. today. The telephone number for the replay is 719-457-0820 with a confirmation code of 4832196. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnership will have a joint earnings conference call at 11:30a.m. today which requires that we take the last question on this call at 11:20a.m. The dial-in number for that call if you're interested is 913-312-9034. In just a moment, Phil will summarize EQT's year-end 2015 results. Next, Steve will give a Utica update and summarize today's reserve report. And, finally, Dave will provide a summary of the 2016 budget and the balance sheet implications. Following the prepared remarks, Dave, Phil, Randy and Steve will be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release, and under risk factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs which were on file at the SEC and also available on our website; and under Risk Factors, an EQT's Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2015, which will be filled with the SEC next week. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures. I'd now like to turn the call over to Phil Conti.
Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
Thanks, Pat, and good morning, everyone. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced 2015 adjusted earnings of $0.75 per diluted share compared to $3.43 per diluted share in 2014. The high-level story for the year, as well as for the fourth quarter was very strong volume growth in a lower-commodity-price environment. Notably, production volumes were 27% higher than last year and Midstream gathering volumes were up by 28%. Due to the lower commodity prices, adjusted EQT earnings adjusted EPS and adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT for 2015 were all down versus 2014 by any measure, although results in both years were impacted by some unusual items that should be considered when interpreting and comparing the results year-over-year. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $964.3 million in 2015 compared to $1,424.0 million in 2014. And I refer to our non-GAAP reconciliations in today's release for more details. Results in the fourth quarter were similarly down. Fourth quarter 2015 adjusted net loss was $0.06 per diluted share. That compares to adjusted EPS of $0.97 in the fourth quarter of 2014. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $233.9 million in the fourth quarter compared to $390 million for the fourth quarter of 2014. Production sales volume was 13% higher than the fourth quarter of 2014. We also realized 12% higher gathered volumes than last year and continued low per unit operating costs. In the fourth quarter, we recorded a negative tax adjustment of $79.5 million to reserve certain state income tax net operating loss carry forwards that may not be utilized in a low commodity price environment. This had the impact of increasing the effective tax rate for the year. Netting out the effects of this NOL carry forward adjustment in the fourth quarter as well as the regulatory asset tax adjustment in the second quarter would have resulted in an effective tax rate for the year of closer to 15%. Although subject to many factors including commodity prices, transactions, et cetera, we think a range of 10% to 15% is a reasonable effective tax rate range for your 2016 modeling purposes. Now, moving on to a brief discussion of results by business segment, I will limit my discussion to the full year results as the explanations for the full year, for the most part, apply to the fourth quarter as well. So, starting with EQT Production, EQT Production achieved record production sales volume of 603.1 Bcf equivalent for 2015, again representing a 27% increase over 2014. As has been the case for many years now, the story in 2015 at EQT Production was a growth in sales of produced natural gas, driven by sales from our Marcellus wells. 2015 was our sixth straight year of more than 25% sales volume growth. However, lower average realized prices more than offset the increased sales of produced natural gas in our financial results. The EQT average realized price was $2.67 per Mcf equivalent for 2015 and that was $1.49 or 36% lower premium than last year. For segment reporting purposes, of that $2.67 realized by EQT Corporation, $1.74 was allocated to EQT Production, with the remaining $0.93 allocated to EQT Midstream. The majority of the $0.93 is for gathering, which averaged $0.74 per Mcf equivalent for the year. For the full year, total operating expenses at EQT Production were $1,251.6 million excluding asset impairment charges and one-time drilling costs, or 19% higher year-over-year. DD&A, SG&A, and LOE were all higher, again, consistent with the significant production growth, although production taxes were lower for the year as a result of lower prices. Per unit LOE, including production taxes, was 25% lower year-over-year as volume increased more than expenses. Moving on to the Midstream results, operating income here was up 23% year-over-year, mainly as a result of increased gathering and transmission revenues, partly offset by increased operating expenses. Gathering revenues also increased by almost 27% year-over-year as a result of higher gathered volumes in 2015. Total operating expenses at Midstream were $318.8 million or $41.2 million higher than 2014, excluding an impairment and the expiration of some right-of-way options. This increase was consistent with the growth of the Midstream business. And then finally, our standard liquidity update; we closed the year in a great liquidity position, with zero net short-term debt outstanding under EQT's $1.5 billion unsecured revolver and about $1.25 billion of cash on the balance sheet and that excludes cash on hand at EQM and EQGP. We currently forecast $600 million to $650 million of operating cash flow for 2016 at EQT which includes approximately $150 million of distributions to EQT from EQGP. So, we are fully capable of funding our roughly $1 billion 2016 CapEx forecast, excluding EQM and EQGP, with that expected operating cash flow, as well as the current cash on hand. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Steve for an update on the Utica program as well as some thoughts on today's reserve release.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Thanks, Phil. As Phil just said, today, I'd like to review two topics, the 2015 reserve report and an update on our Deep Utica program. Starting with the Utica, as you know, we turned in line our first Deep Utica well, the Scotts Run 591360 (sic) [591340] in July of 2015. The well continues to produce at a consistent 30 million cubic feet per day with a steady pressure decline. The well is exceeding our previous forecast and we now expect this well to flow at 30 million cubic feet a day until mid-April before it begins its production decline. As a result, we have revised the range of our EUR estimate to between 5.1 Bcfe and 5.9 Bcfe per thousand foot of lateral. As a reminder, this well has a completed lateral length of 3,221 feet. And to-date, this well has produced 5.8 Bcf. Our second well, the Pettit 593066, was completed at the very end of December. This well has a 5,200-foot lateral and was completed with a 29-stage frac job. After initial clean up and a 24-hour flow test at 43 million cubic feet per day, we shut the well in for an extended reservoir pressure test and to install the permanent production facilities. On January 29, we brought the well online at a choke restricted rate of 20 million cubic feet per day with a flowing casing pressure of 8,700 psi. The initial results from the Pettit well appear to be in line with other Deep Utica wells in the area and are consistent with our expectations of the Utica across our core focus area. In addition to the two producing wells, we spud another two Utica wells. The BIG 190 well in Wetzel County, West Virginia has been drilled to TD and we are now in the process of completing the 35-stage frac job. It has a 6,300-foot lateral and has an expected turn-in-line date in late February or early March. Our fourth well, the Shipman well in Greene County, Pennsylvania is currently being top-set with the planned lateral length of 7,000 feet. On the cost side for the Utica, we've been able to achieve significant savings on each of our wells and are ahead of our schedule to meet our target of $12.5 million to $14 million per well. Savings have been realized in all phases of the development cycle, with the most significant savings coming from improved drilling efficiency. Adjusting for lateral length, the Pettit well cost $17.3 million and the BIG 190 cost $15.4 million. On a cost-per-foot basis, we've successfully lowered our cost from $9,600 per foot for the Scotts Run well to $2,800 per foot for BIG 190. As a reminder, we have two objectives for our 2016 Utica program. One, get the cost-per-well down to our target range which we expect to achieve on our currently drilling Shipman well; and two, confirm the productivity of the reservoir within our core Utica focus area of Southwestern PA and Northern West Virginia. If we can accomplish both objectives, we expect the Utica returns in the core area will be competitive with or better than the core Marcellus, and we will work on a plan to include Utica in our future development plans. We will update you on our progress each quarter. Moving on to the reserves report, as you saw in our press release this morning, we've announced total proved reserves of 10 Tcfe with 6.3 Tcfe of these reserves associated with wells that have already been developed. This proved developed reserves total is 30% higher than year-end 2014 and includes 2.1 Tcfe of increases. Within that 2.1 Tcfe increase is 386 Bcfe in proved developed reserves from wells that were unproved in 2014 but were ultimately drilled and completed in 2015. This is consistent with the company's history of continuing to expand its footprint and develop areas that we believe to be economic even when they do not meet the SEC's definition of proved reserves. Also contributing to our increased proved developed reserves is over 300 Bcfe from producing wells that are outperforming our previous forecast. Additionally, we converted 1.5 Tcfe or 25% of our 2014 PUD reserves into the proved developed category. We also cut our five-year PUD development plan in half, which is consistent with our reduced activity in 2016. Both of these factors contributed to a 37% decrease in PUD reserves. Looking at just our Marcellus reserves, the average proved location, considering both developed and undeveloped, is 700 feet longer and has an EUR that is 1.4 Bcfe greater than the average proved Marcellus location booked in 2014. These statistics demonstrate consistently strong well performance as well as EQT's ability to continue leveraging our acreage position within our core development area allowing us to drill longer laterals. In fact, our PUD reserves reflect 337 Bcfe of increases that is directly related to length extensions of previously booked undeveloped locations. These length extensions not only boost the economics and reserves of previously booked locations, but also allowed us to book 703 Bcfe of new PUD locations that were previously too short to be considered economic PUDs. To further offset the effect of low pricing, EQT continued to improve our efficiency and drive development costs lower. The development cost of wells completed in 2015 was $0.83 per Mcfe versus $1.15 per Mcfe for wells completed in 2014. This 27% reduction was driven by longer laterals, improvements in drilling and completion efficiency and significant reductions in service cost particularly on the frac side. Our current estimate of total resource potential is 78 Tcfe which now includes 25 Tcfe attributed to the core of our Deep Utica play. Also within that 78 Tcfe of resource potential are our probable and possible reserves. As noted in this morning's release, using the SEC's required trailing 12-month pricing methodology resulted in total probable and possible reserves of 14.6 Tcfe. If you look at forward-looking prices which are more representative of our development assumptions, our probable and possible reserves would total 35 Tcfe. Neither of those probable and possible totals includes any Deep Utica reserves as we are relegating that play to other resource potential for now, with the exception of the 24 Bcf of proved reserves from our two producing wells. With that, I'll turn the call over to Dave.
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you, Steve. This morning, I would like to review our financial situation and philosophy when establishing our 2016 CapEx budget announced in December as this is our first call since that time. As Phil mentioned, we ended 2015 with well over $1 billion in cash and with nothing drawn on our $1.5 billion unsecured revolver. In that context and given that we have other potential sources of cash, such as another Midstream drop, we were comfortable with the CapEx estimate that was moderately higher than our operating cash flow estimate for 2016. However, we do not have any plans to significantly erode that strong liquidity position as we believe that our current conservative financial approach is appropriate for today's environment. The rest of my remarks will elaborate on that view. First, we've been looking to add to our core acreage position for the past year but have not yet transacted as sellers have not fully accepted the valuation impact of low commodity prices. Ironically, even if sellers' expectations did begin coming more in to line with current market realities, we narrowed our geographic focus to possibilities that have real consolidation benefits within the core of the cores, we have referred to it. As the market continues to evolve, it seems to us reasonably likely that there will be some actual transactions in the first half of 2016. However, given our tighter focus, as well as some other attributes to the current market, smaller asset transactions seem more likely than larger or whole company deals. Now speaking of the market, let's shift to our view of the natural gas supply demand market. You may recall that I do consider rig count to be a reasonable, if rough, leading indicator of natural gas production; though some adjustments need to be made to glean any meaning from the published data. For instance, there is a longer lead time between spuds and marketable production than there used to be. Rigs are more efficient than they used to be, especially because of longer laterals and also improved completion techniques and more natural gas production comes from drilling that the data associates with crude oil-focused activity. As an example of the latter issue, that is associated gas, when using the published Baker Hughes data, we believe it is best to look at gas equivalent rig count; an admittedly simplistic adjustment to try to account for this associated gas involves assuming that each oil rig behaves more as if it is three-quarters oil and one-quarter gas. The gas equivalent rig count equals gas-directed rigs plus 0.25 times oil-directed rigs. The gas equivalent rig count calculated that way was essentially flat at 700 to 800 rigs from mid-2012 through the end of 2014; so for about two-and-a-half years. The gas equivalent rig count then declined by about 45% by the spring of 2015 at which point it plateau-ed at about 380 rigs until last summer and then again declined gradually by another by another 10% or so. Then starting in late autumn, the gas equivalent rig count declined an additional 25% plus reaching 246 rigs last week. I recognize that only 121 rigs of those are natural gas rigs, is an aside that 121 rigs compares to a high in Pennsylvania alone of about 117 rigs not that many years ago. So, this 246 rigs is nearly two-thirds below the last rig count of 2014 and 35% lower than it was just in August of last year. This sharp downturn in activity suggests lower future natural gas production. The question in my opinion is when? That is how long is that lag? At EQT where we drill multi-well pads and long lateral wells, the lags from well spud to turn-in-line, or TIL, is 9 to 12 months. Other drillers may have somewhat shorter or longer lags but they all have material lags. The uses of so DUCs, that is drilled but uncompleted wells, obviously lengthens the time lag between spud and TIL. Also, improved efficiencies can mean that one rig today is equivalent to one plus rigs of a year ago. But this is only true for some efficiencies such as longer laterals. Efficiencies such as reduced cost of spacing, which also tend to accelerate production, can affect the rig volume relationships somewhat over time but mainly improve economics and, therefore, reduce the economic clearing price, at which supply equals demand. My point isn't to try to predict the exact timing of the production decline but rather, that this decline will occur, and it is best that we position ourselves to quickly respond to a higher gas price when the time is appropriate. We believe that a strong balance sheet does this. Based on my expectations of declining supply, I am reasonably bullish on natural gas prices once we have worked off the current inventory surplus, as the current activity level is insufficient to meet demand overtime. That said, increased efficiencies and a tighter focus on the core of the core have certainly decreased the clearing price for natural gas perhaps to the mid-$3 per Mcf range, down from our previous expectation of around $4. I do expect that the price will go past that clearing price to the upside eventually as we have seen in the past, as the lags that have delayed the production decline emanating from reduced activity will also delay an increase in supply from a future increase in activity. Given the industry-leading cost structure of our core Marcellus acreage and potentially the Utica, EQT can make excellent returns at mid-$3 gas. Still, just as we think it is important to be well-positioned when the market overshoots to the downside, we will want to be similarly well-positioned when the market eventually overshoots to the high side, even though that high side overshoot won't involve prices nearly as high as they were even a few short years ago. In times of financial stress for our industry, we think the prudent approach is to be conservative financially. Whatever happens over the course of the rest of this year and into next year from a commodity price perspective, we believe that having a strong balance sheet and available cash will put EQT in a position of strategic advantage. This is certainly true if my macro thesis is correct. However, if the alternative thesis, of prices that are much lower for much longer is correct, having a strong balance sheet and available cash flow will also put EQT in a position of strategic advantage. From what we can see, there is no reasonably likely thesis under which our shareholders would be well served by us surrendering those advantages. So, in summary, EQT is committed to increasing the value of your shares and we look forward to continuing to execute on our commitment to our shareholders. And we appreciate your continued support. With that, I'll turn the call back over to Pat Kane.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thank you, David. This concludes the comments portion of the call. Will you please open the call for questions?
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instruction] We'll take our first question from Scott Hanold with Royal Bank of Canada Capital Markets.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Yeah. Thanks. Good morning, guys. How are you doing?
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
Good Scott.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Doing well.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Good. So, Steve, if I could ask you on the Deep Utica, obviously, the first well is a little better than you expected, and if you run the math, I think you guys are projecting somewhere around 18 Bcf EUR. And just so I understand this right. And then the total bookings for the two would be 24 Bcf. So does that imply the second well, the expectation's around 6 Bcf. Is that the correct math?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, I think there's two adjustments you need to keep in mind, trying to use the SEC reserves number to back into EUR estimates. One, those are reserves, not EURs. So anything produced prior to December 31 is not in there. That's fairly minor for the Pettit well. But it's also, using the SEC definition, so reasonable certainty, we have two producing wells. The Pettit well had almost no production data, so our reserve projections in that case tend to be pretty much on the conservative side. So I'm not sure the SEC numbers for the Utica wells really reflect very accurately our view. And we think it's too early to really comment on our view of the EUR for the second well, but I would say that it's consistent with our expectations of the Utica. It's very, very early, but probably not quite as good as the Scotts Run. I think the Scotts Run well will likely stand out for quite a while as an exceptional well and one that is definitely above the mean for the Utica.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
So, can I ask you this question? What was, from what you've seen in the Scotts Run versus the Pettit, what made the Scotts Run that much better?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
I don't think we know at the current time. We're doing a lot of reservoir testing and studying it pretty closely and I don't think we have any firm conclusions. Again, we have some limited data points. We have two data points now and the second data point has such limited history that I think it's premature to speculate too much about the reservoir just yet, other than to say, I think, one thing we've proven is with the Scotts Run that clearly there's going to be some areas of the Utica that are exceptionally good and with the cost that we've already achieved, the economics of those types of locations will be superior to probably any of the Marcellus opportunities that we have. But we need to define where the areas are, how big they are, how repeatable they are. And then, you're going to have lots of areas that it's going to depend a lot on completion techniques and the final cost of these wells to see how it compares to the Marcellus. I think that's going to take us some time and quite a few more wells to really define. But there's certainly going to be some areas that are exceptional.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. So, would I be correct in saying that – and I realize, I totally respect the fact that we've got limited data, especially on that second well. But, certainly, you guys are still trying to evaluate whether or not this Deep Utica opportunity can compete with some of your better Marcellus areas. I mean, obviously, Scotts Run gave you indications that there's a good chance for it, but, I guess, the second well, did it sort of put you a little bit on the sidelines yet?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, I think, you can't oversimplify the process that we need to go through. It's a brand new play, very limited data, potentially over a fairly broad area. And I would say our expectations always have been that there will be some areas that are really, really good, and I think the Scotts Run clearly demonstrates that. There's going to be some areas that are – take more time to figure out exactly how good they are and exactly how they stack up to the Marcellus. And there's clearly going to be areas that you could drill Utica well – very productive Utica wells, but they don't compete economically. I mean, the Utica is huge, covers a very large area. So, there's going to be areas of exceptional performance in economics, areas of competitive with the core Marcellus. And remember, that's our hurdle is comparing it to the best of our Marcellus opportunities and there's going to be areas where it falls short. It's going to take some time to define that.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. I understand and appreciate that. Thanks.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yes.
Operator:
We will take our next question from Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning, everyone. I was hoping you can provide a little bit more color on the well cost targets. It sounds like it's not really changed at this point but you've made some really great progress so far on getting down to 12.5 Bcf to 14 Bcf. Can you tell us where your latest thinking is?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. I think, we haven't changed the targets, but I'm feeling pretty confident that our next well will be within that range. We still have a long way to go on it so anything can happen, but it's looking pretty good. I'm becoming much more optimistic that we will be ultimately at the bottom part of that range rather than the top part. It's just a little early for us to revise that range. We wanted to get in it for a well or two before we start updating it. But I think our confidence in the lower part of the range goes up every day. There's still quite a few areas for improvement and, I guess, that's why I'm so optimistic. We're going to be within that range and can identify numerous opportunities for future improvements. So, we'll keep you up-to-date on how we're doing.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
And as far as – obviously it's still early, but as far as the different parts of the play, do you expect well costs to be materially different between West Virginia and Pennsylvania once you get in to – let's say once you get closer to those well targets?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
I think – well, the biggest driver will be depth. Across most of our acreage, the depth doesn't change a lot. So for us, it probably won't vary that much. There are some regulatory differences between Pennsylvania and West Virginia particularly around casing and cementing designs. So, it'll vary a little bit by state, although, again not that much. I think cost variability should be pretty low other than depth and, of course, lateral length and number of stages.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. And last one just if you can give us color on where you plan to drill those next few wells. And if you could give a little bit more detail on where that, I guess, the well that's completing right now, where that one is too?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. The Shipman well is also in Greene County. I don't remember the distance from the other two but in the same general vicinity. And the West Virginia wells will be very dependent on the results we see from the BIG 190 well which we – again we're two-thirds of the way done fracking, so we should have results late February or early March which will influence our thinking about sort of where the program goes after that.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. Did you have an AFE for the Shipman well? Or is that too early for that?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, again, I think we're going to – I think we'll be within the range on our actual cost but we just started drilling the well. So, it's premature. But the high end of that range is where I expect that well to come in.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. Thanks for all the color.
Operator:
And we'll take our next question from Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yes. Good morning. Steve, just to clarify your comments, you're saying based on your initial results in the Deep Utica, it's kind of matching your expectations based on the limited data that you have, if you can get well cost into that range that it could compete with your Marcellus program? Obviously, a lot more drilling and completing to do, but just I want to get your initial read on how the program initially competes with the Marcellus.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. I think our thinking all along is if we can get within that range and get the results that we we're hoping to get, there will be areas of the Utica that are competitive with our very best Marcellus. And I think, clearly, the Scotts Run, which I would repeat, we don't expect the Scotts Run result to be the norm. So, that's not when we factor in what we think the Utica is going to do, we're assuming something a little less productive than the Scotts Run. But, yeah, I think, our view is that if we can get within that cost range and have the productivity that we think we can get, that there will be areas that are competitive and probably some areas that will outcompete some of our best Marcellus.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Got you. Got you. And just the overall objective of this year's appraisal program, which could be five to 10 wells?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, yeah. As I said in my comments, we have two objectives. The first one, and going into the year, was our primary focus was to get the get cost down. Since we started at around $30 million a well, we we're certain that the costs in that range were never going to yield an economic project. We've gotten this cost down quite a bit faster than I had expected. So, that was our primary objective. But, I think, we're almost there. I can't quite declare victory yet, but we're getting very, very close. The second objective was to understand the productivity and the extent within the core of that productivity of the Utica and that's why we have to drill a 5- to 10-well program this year and get various data points, and as we all know, early in new plays, there's always a lot of improvement even on the completion side. You have to get up the learning curve. So, we'll make some mistakes. We'll have some – obviously, we'll have some fantastic wells. We'll probably have some underperforming wells as we experiment with different techniques, and we have to gather that data and analyze it, and it's a lengthy process. So, we're going to spend the year gathering data and studying it, and as we become comfortable with the implications, we'll communicate that to you.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. And my final question is, just looking at the core Marcellus program, in 2015, you drilled about 160 Marcellus wells with an average lateral length of 5,400 feet. This year obviously, you're doing much longer laterals, plan to do 72 wells. Can you comment on what you're seeing in terms of well productivity for the longer laterals? Are you seeing similar EURs per 1,000 feet of lateral? And just maybe comment on the potential for well productivity gains in 2016 versus 2015.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. Our experience has been that the productivity versus lateral length is perfectly linear, at least out to 10,000 feet. We've seen no drop-off in productivity per foot as we've drilled longer, which is why we been saying for a long time, the longer the better. So, we work really hard on our land department to put together drilling locations with the longest possible laterals. So, you've seen our laterals get longer especially this year. A lot of that is driven by all the land work that goes on behind the scenes to make that happen. It hasn't been a change in our thinking about the economics of longer laterals. We've always believed longer is better.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay. Thank you very much.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Thanks. Good morning.
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
Good morning.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
I guess I just wanted to talk a little bit about the big picture outlook around production. David, you've walked through your views around the market and the big lags that you can see around laying down rigs and slowing down activity relative to production and highlighted the 9- to 12-month lag that you guys typically see. In that context with the reduced well count in 2016 versus 2015, how are you thinking about growth potential in 2017, fully understanding it's premature to quantify, but just kind of high level? What are the key factors within the 2016 program driving our expectations around a year out from here?
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
We certainly think we'll be looking at a lower growth rate in 2017 versus 2016. But also, I think that we will be seeing some growth. And probably that – I guess you could always say that the productivity of the specific wells that we drill is going to influence what happens in the next year. In this case, you'd probably particularly say it hinges on some of the Utica, even though there's not that many Utica wells. But generally speaking and I think it has to be for any of the companies that you're looking at that when you see lower capital expenditure and these kind of lags that when you look out another 9 to 12 months, you're going to be seeing a reduction in the growth rate. I think there's going to be folks like us where it's a – you'll see that real reduction in the growth rate, and I think probably the great untalked about 'elephant in the room' as it were is the companies where they've had a sharp reduction in capital expenditures, and their growth rates going to have parenthesis on it in 2017. And frankly, I think that will probably have a psychologically beneficial effect on the natural gas price market, but that's still within the context of a clearing price that's a lot lower than what we would have thought maybe a couple of years back. But that won't be the case for EQT, but you will see a – you'll see a reduction in growth rate; you will for anybody who's cutting their capital expenditure. I'll be happy to have anyone else here add their thoughts to that.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. Maybe the one piece of information I can provide that's related, might be helpful, is if we look at what our maintenance CapEx needs are to maintain a 2 Bcf a day production rate and this is all-in capital including sufficient capital to replace the acreage that we develop with the program. So, certainly, in theory, this would be a sustainable level of drilling. We need about $700 million per year to sustain 2 Bcf a day ad infinitum. So don't know if that gives you any more information?
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
That's helpful. Do you know roughly of that $700 million – sorry to get greedy here, but how much of that is that acreage replacement relative to just raw drilling and completion dollars?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, the raw drilling and completion is about $575 million, and then you have acreage, some capitalized overhead, G&G costs, compliance, CapEx, a bunch of other items to make up that difference, so.
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
I do want to add one other comment. Observing it, some peers, for their own reasons – we assume they obviously – we all try to do what's best for our shareholders, but are talking about no rigs operating in 2016. And I think it's phenomenal what the industry has done with improved rig efficiencies. I'm still a little dubious that you can get down to no rigs and still have your production keep going up.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Yeah. At some point, that seems like it'll give.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
And yet, frankly, the market seems to behave as if, of course, we can get to no rigs, and volumes will keep going up.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
I also wanted to think a little more near term. You've got a pretty substantial quarter-on-quarter growth rate implied by the first quarter guidance. Is that more a function of fourth quarter timing of well completions, or i.e., late completions in the fourth quarter or early completions in the first quarter or some other kind of variable?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, it's both of those reasons and really nothing more. It's really timing of when the rigs get done, and the fracs get done, and wells get turned on line versus specific quarter-end dates. So, yeah, we are expecting a pretty substantial growth rate in the first quarter. We will be, this year, in 2016, the growth will be more concentrated in the first half of the year than in the second half. And you'll see, if you look at our backlog numbers, they came down a little bit in the fourth quarter. We expect you'll see a pretty substantial drop when we report the results for the first quarter in terms of stages complete not online.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. So, the completions pace in 2016 is also then front-loaded, I would assume by that comment? Is that fair?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah, in terms of stages that come on per quarter. Yeah.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Yeah.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
It's more front-end loaded. And it's just the nature of the timing of the rigs and the reduction in our capital program. So, you'll see that reflected more in the second half of the year in terms of number of stages that come online.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Sure. And then last on my end is just the composition of that backlog, do you know the average lateral length on that or maybe the average stage length (41:48)?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
I do not...
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Maybe...
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
No. I don't have that.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
What's your typical stage length?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
In-between 5,000 and 5,500 feet, Michael. Because the last three years, our average length has been in that range.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
I know. Okay.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
150 foot frac jobs, five stages.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Perfect. Thanks, guys. Appreciate it.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Thank you.
Operator:
We will take our next question from Bob Bakanauskas with GMP Securities.
Bob Bakanauskas - GMP Securities LLC:
Hi. Good morning, guys. Thanks for taking my question. Back to the Scotts Run well, I wanted to ask in terms of the increase in EUR per lateral foot, is that simply a function of the pressures not declining as fast as you originally modeled?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, that's the primary driver, but it's also – so, we model that. So, it's not just the extra time it's going to take to get to pipeline pressure. It's the history matching of our reservoir models. The pressure decline that we match now indicates a higher potential EUR than the matches we were getting with West data, (43:09) but it manifests itself through a slower pressure decline than we originally had modeled.
Bob Bakanauskas - GMP Securities LLC:
Okay. Got it. Thanks. And then, just the progress on the cost side on the Shipman well, specifically, it looks like you'll be pretty close to hitting your original target. Is there a different completion design there or are you still using ceramics or have you switched to sand?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
We switched to sand on the Pettit well, so at the current time, our plans are only the Scotts Run will have ceramic. Our reservoir engineering analysis suggests that we're not seeing any impacts from switching to sand. We're going to monitor that. And, if clearly, if it would indicate that ceramic would drive a meaningful change in well performance, we would switch back and at least experiment more with it. But, for now, we're going with sand for this and all future wells.
Bob Bakanauskas - GMP Securities LLC:
Got it. That's it for me. Thanks.
Operator:
We will take our next questions from Dan Guffey with Stifel.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Hi, guys. Just piggy backing on that last question. You switched to sand in the Pettit well. I guess, I'm curious on the next two or I guess the five that'll be completed this year. Are same concentration water volumes and/or stage or cluster spacing changing in any of those next five wells?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, that's hard to answer because we will decide as we gather data and have to commit to certain completion designs. I think for now, generally speaking, it's a very general comment, we're going to try to not change too many variables at once. So, I think the completion designs most likely remain very similar unless the data that comes back is indicating that there's something that we do want to change and gather data on. So, again, I'm expecting not a lot of changes but that said, I would expect that we will be tweaking a few things over the course of the next several wells.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay. It's helpful. And then I'm curious – switching gears to the Marcellus. Can you, guys, give any detail regarding what you think to be optimal spacing throughout your core Marcellus and does this change as you move from Southwest PA dry into the wet West Virginia window?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, actually, we don't see a lot of change driven by dry versus wet. We do see some differences in optimum spacing driven more by clay content in the rock. And our spacing varies from as close as 500 feet in certain areas to as wide as 1,000 feet. I think our average right now is running around 700 feet. So, it varies by geographic location and by geology, but 500 feet or 750 feet are probably the two most common spacings with few areas at 1,000 feet.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay. That's helpful. And then just one last one. Can you guys give me the annual decline on your PDP at year-end 2015?
Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
It's around 30%.
Daniel Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay. Thanks for all the color, guys.
Operator:
We will take our next question from Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
David L. Porges - Chairman & Chief Executive Officer:
Good morning.
Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
Good morning.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
With regards to the impact of the CapEx trajectory on production as you see the pace of production start to slow, as a result of lower CapEx, is there any correlating impact on Midstream and the Midstream EBITDA growth? And if not, should we at all see unit cost to the E&P side of the equation move higher, all else equal?
Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
You mean in terms of a load factor. I guess, Brian...
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Exactly, does your Midstream – how aligned is the Midstream growth to what you're doing on the volume side to the E&P business, first and foremost?
Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
Yeah. I tend to be right around the 100% load factor. So, we're really spot on with the demand and capacity equipment (47:49). In fact, we're slightly over that in this quarter. So, pretty well aligned with the commitments to capacity.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Got it. Okay. And then separately, can you just talk about any consolidation opportunities and your strategy there and what you see out there at these valuations and the level of interest?
Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
We just keep looking. And I think this is what happens in a down market is the sellers – the sellers have a more difficult time adapting for lower valuations than the buyers do, right. I mean, I don't think that's unique in oil and gas. I think you probably see that in real estate. You see that in a many number of places. I'm guessing that the Houston real estate market is probably exhibiting some of those same, same characteristics, that's just, I think, what happens – the comment on the other bigger deals is, as values drop, I think the companies that sell have strategic reasons for wanting to sell. And at that point, they probably rather sell smaller packages rather than larger packages, because they don't like the value, they're kind of hoping for things to improve. And as we focus more and more on the core of the core, it just isn't the case. As an example, there are no – I think it's fair to say, there are no publicly-traded companies, where we'd say all of their properties are in what? For us, is the core of the core. It just doesn't exist. And then of course when you look at the financially troubled ones, that's just a whole different kettle of fish. You really can't go in and buy those because the debt is trading at way under par, and it just doesn't work for a company like us to go in and execute that. So, I just think all of those things conspire to restrict the number of opportunities for transactions that makes sense for both buyer and seller.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
That makes sense. Does the success you're seeing in the Utica can make you more introspective – or introspective might not be the right word – make you more consider just developing what you have or does this increase the case for broader industry consolidation?
Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President:
Gee, I don't know. Steve, do you have a -
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - President, President-Exploration & Production:
I mean, I would say success in the Utica – the one obvious advantage right, at face value is it greatly expands our economic inventory which might make you think consolidation becomes less interesting. I think one of the bring drivers in consolidation for us though is the enhancement in efficiencies you get, the synergies from consolidation, that will apply regardless of whether the Utica works. And if the Utica works applies to the Utica. So, longer laterals, more wells per pad, a more efficient Midstream system design. So, all of those incremental value exist regardless of what happens with the Utica. So, I think there's still a compelling case for consolidation given how fragmented the northeast natural gas plays are. There's definitely a lot of value add in having bigger more contiguous acreage positions.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you very much.
Operator:
I would now like to turn the conference back over to Patrick Kane for any additional or closing remarks.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thanks, Kyle. Just one last closing statement. We are updating our analyst presentation to reflect the new information put out today. That will be available sometime this evening. And again, thank you all for participating.
Operator:
This does conclude today's conference call. Thank you, all, for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Philip P. Conti - Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer Randall L. Crawford - Senior Vice President and President of Midstream & Commercial
Analysts:
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors Stephen Richardson - Evercore ISI Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Operator:
Good day and welcome to the EQT Corporation Third Quarter 2015 Earnings Conference Call. Today's call is being recorded. And after today's presentation, there will be an opportunity to ask questions. At this time, I'd like to turn the conference over to Patrick Kane, Chief Investor Relations Officer. Please go ahead, sir.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thanks, Jennifer. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, President and Chief Executive Officer; Phil Conti, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Steve Schlotterbeck, Executive Vice President and President of Exploration and Production. This call will be replayed for a seven-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 today. The telephone number for the replay is 719-457-0820. The confirmation code is 868-2699. The call will also be replayed for seven days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, and EQGP Holdings, ticker EQGP, are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there were separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnership's conference call is at 11:30 AM today, which requires that we take the last question at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call is 913-312-9034. The confirmation code is 215-7781. In just a moment, Phil will summarize EQT's results. Next, Steve will have a brief Utica update. Finally, Dave will provide preliminary thoughts on EQT's 2016 capital budget. Following their prepared remarks, Dave, Phil, Randy and Steve will be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release under risk factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs which are on file at the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such financial measures including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP measure. Before turning the call over to Phil, I'll walk you through one of the non-GAAP reconciliations that caused some confusion last quarter, specifically production adjusted net operating revenue presented on page seven of today's release. This number is used as a basis for calculating our average realized sales price as presented on the price reconciliation included in this morning's release. The average realized price is calculated by dividing the adjusted net operating revenue by total sales volumes. There is a non-GAAP reconciliation in the release that I will briefly explain. We are making two adjustments to EQT Production total operating revenues as reported on the segment page in order to provide you with operating revenues excluding the non-cash impact of derivatives and the net of transportation and processing costs. With respect to derivatives, adjustments for non-cash derivative activity have been the subject of SEC comments over the past couple of years. As a result, in accordance with what appears to be the SEC preference in this area, we adjust out the non-cash activity in three steps. First, we back up all gains and losses on derivatives not designated as hedges that were included in revenues during the period, which is the mark-to-market impact which was $160.5 million this quarter. Two, we add back the actual cash received, $33.2 million, and deducted premiums paid for derivatives that settled during the quarter, which was $1 million. This leaves us with just the actual cash received net of any premiums paid in our adjusted revenue number. The final adjustment on our non-GAAP reconciliation simply reduces the total operating revenues by $64.7 million of cost reported as expense on EQT Production segment page for transportation and processing. This provides a realized price net of transportation and processing cost which is consistent with our historic presentation. With that, I'll turn the call over to Phil Conti.
Philip P. Conti - Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Pat, and good morning everyone. As you read the press release this morning, EQT announced the third quarter 2015 adjusted loss of $0.33 per diluted share, which represents an $0.83 per share decrease from adjusted EPS in the third quarter of 2014. Adjusted operating cash flow was $156.3 million in the quarter or 46% lower than the third quarter of 2014. Results for the quarter were negatively impacted by lower commodity prices due to lower strip prices since the last quarter. We also recorded a significant non-cash gain on hedges of future production of $128.3 million during the quarter and that was some of the stuff that Pat just talked about and that's excluded from the adjusted earnings and cash flow. I'd like to briefly take a look at our continuing investment in the recently IPO'ed EQGP. On October 20, 2015, EQGP announced a cash distribution to its unit holders of $0.104 per unit for the third quarter of 2015 or a 13% increase over the equivalent full quarter distribution in the second quarter of 2015. The third quarter distribution decision represents $24.9 million in payments which EQT will receive on November 23. These quarterly payments will continue to grow as distributions at EQGP grow, and they highlight the value of EQGP to EQT. The operational results were fairly straightforward in the third quarter, so I'll move right into the segment results, and I will be brief. First, EQT Production continued to grow production sales volumes by 27% compared to the third quarter of 2014. However, revenues from that growth were more than offset by the lower commodity prices negatively impacting results in the third quarter. The average realized price at EQT Production was $1.21 per Mcf equivalent, a 55% decrease from $2.69 per Mcf equivalent last year, which led to adjusted operating revenues for the quarter of $188.5 million or $142.5 million lower than last year's third quarter. There were many factors that led to the lower price but lower NYMEX and liquids prices versus last year were the primary drivers. You will find the detailed components of the price differences in the tables in this morning's release. The adjusted operating loss at EQT Production was $72 million, excluding the non-cash gain on hedges of $128.3 million as I just mentioned. That compares to adjusted operating income of $107.9 million in the third quarter of 2014 and that was also excluding a non-cash gain on hedges. Total operating expenses at EQT Production were $325.2 million or $53.5 million higher compared to the third quarter 2014. DD&A was $30.2 million higher, transportation and processing expense was about $16 million higher, exploration expense was $4.6 million higher, and LOE, excluding production taxes, was about $1.6 million higher, all consistent with the volume growth. Production tax decreased by $3 million due to lower commodity prices in the period. SG&A expense excluding $3.5 million in rig release penalties was about $0.5 million higher. Midstream results. Here, the operating income was up 21%. The increase is consistent with the growth of gathered volumes and increased fixed capacity-based transmission charges. Gathering revenues increased 23% to $125.9 million in the third quarter of 2015 primarily due to a 24% increase in gathered volumes. Transmission revenues for the third quarter 2015 increased by $6.9 million or 12% driven by additional firm-contracted capacity added over the past year. Operating expenses at Midstream for the third quarter of $82.2 million were about $9.4 million higher than last year consistent with the growth in the Midstream business. And just to conclude with a brief note on liquidity, EQT did have $1.7 billion of cash on hand at quarter-end not including cash at EQM and EQGP, as well as full availability under EQT's $1.5 billion credit facility. So, we remain in a strong liquidity position to accomplish our goals for the foreseeable future. Our current estimate of 2015 EQT operating cash flow is $900 million adjusted to exclude the non-controlling interest portion of EQM and EQGP's cash flow. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Steve.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
Thank you, Phil. Today, I'll provide you an update on our deep Utica well program. As discussed on the last call, we completed our first deep Utica well in July, the Scotts Run 591340. To remind you, the well's initial 24-hour flow was 72.9 million cubic feet with an average flowing casing pressure of 8,641 psi. We've been flowing this well directly into the sales pipeline at a choke-restricted rate of about 30 million cubic feet per day. Except for the seven days required to install the wellhead equipment, daily sales have been steady at this rate. Casing pressure has been declining at an average of 40 psi per day. As of yesterday, sales volumes were 30.4 million cubic feet per day, and the casing pressure was 6,320 psi. Cumulative production from this well has totaled 2.6 Bcf in the first 86 days of production. Our expectation is that the daily production rate will not decline until the well pressure declines to the pipeline pressure, which is 500 psi. Based on an extrapolation of the current pressure decline rate, we estimate that we'll reach line pressure after approximately eight months of production, which will be at late March 2016. The cumulative production at that time would be approximately 7.4 Bcf. At that point, we have a wide range of possible decline curves as we do not have any analogous decline data to rely on. Our current reservoir modeling suggests an ultimate expected recovery for this well in a range between 13.9 Bcf and 18.8 Bcf or a range of 4.3 Bcf to 5.9 Bcf per thousand foot of lateral. Using the lowest EUR of our range and assuming the high end of our cost per well target of between $12.5 million and $14 million per well we estimate returns at a $2 wellhead gas price to be north of 20% for a 5,400 foot lateral well. Since the last call, we have exploit two additional Utica wells. In August, we exploit the second Greene County well, the Pettit #593066 which is located approximately five miles northeast of the Scotts Run well. They're currently at a depth of 12,200 feet, and we installed the intermediate casing. We're just beginning to drill a curve on this well and expect this well to be in line before the end of the mid-year. The third well was spud in September in Wetzel County, West Virginia, the Big 190 well, and is located approximately 30 miles southwest of the Scotts Run well. We reached TD of the deep intermediate hole. The top hole rig has been moved off the well and the well is secured awaiting the Big rig to run the intermediate casing. The rest of the drilling will be completed when the Greene County rig is finished with the Pettit well, and that rig is moved to West Virginia later this year. We're making good progress on cost reductions for these wells. Specifically at the current depth of the Pettit well, we spend approximately 22% less than we did on the Scotts Run well at the same point. As I previously noted, we expected to take several wells for us to achieve our cost target for these wells of between $12.5 million and $14 million. We are pleased with our progress so far and remain confident that we will achieve our targeted cost. We will continue to post well data from the Scotts Run well on our analyst presentation periodically, and we'll update you on the progress of the latest two wells as warranted. I will now turn the call over to Dave Porges for his initial thoughts for next year's capital budget.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you, Steve, and good morning everyone. Today the topic of my prepared remarks, as Steve mentioned, is our preliminary thinking regarding EQT's 2016 capital budget. We met with our board last week to discuss our long-term strategy, as we do every October. We will then meet in early December to approve the upcoming year's operating plan and capital budget. A key aspect of the discussion in last week's meeting was the impact of the emerging deep Utica play on EQT's strategy. There have been fewer than 10 wells drilled and completed in the deep Utica around our acreage, so it is still too early to be confident that the play will be economic, but the early results are certainly encouraging. Specifically, if the Utica does work, which for us means that the returns are better than returns from the core Marcellus, we will certainly add significant resource potential to our inventory. However, the clearing price for natural gas will likely be lower in that scenario than if the Utica is less economic. As a result, some of our other inventory that requires higher prices to make economic returns would be deferred possibly for many years. So, while those of us, certainly including EQT, who have significant position in the core of the deep Utica will be the winners, if you will, the cannibalization of other opportunities will affect everyone including those of us who will net-net be much better off if the deep Utica play does work economically. Given this potential for lower long-term gas prices, we do not think it's prudent to invest much money in wells whose all-in after-tax returns exceed our investment hurdle rates by only a relatively small amount. As a result, we are suspending drilling in those areas such as Central Pennsylvania and Upper Devonian play that are outside that core. This decision will affect our 2016 capital plan though we are just starting to develop the specifics of the 2016 drilling program that forms the core of that plan. The focus in 2016 will be on this more narrowly-drawn notion of what the core Marcellus would be assuming the deep Utica play works. We will also pursue the deep Utica play with a goal of determining economics, size of resource that midstream needs and on lowering the cost per well to our target range. Our initial thoughts are a 10 well to 15-well deep Utica program in 2016 with flexibility to shift capital between Marcellus and Utica as warranted based on our progress. Our preliminary estimate for production volume growth in 2016 versus 2015 is 15% to 20% which we will refine when we announce our formal development plan at early December. If we turn in line our fourth quarter wells in late December, as contemplated in our fourth quarter guidance, 2016 growth would likely be near the upper end of that range as those wells would contribute little if anything to volumes until early 2016. Obviously, this overall approach will result in a 2016 capital budget, absent any acquisitions that is a fair bit lower than 2015 and would result in continuing (16:28) of cash on hand as of end 2016 but we will provide specifics in December. Another strategic implication of an economic deep Utica play is the significant opportunity for EQM. A year ago, it would have been hard to imagine a more prolific play than the Marcellus. And EQM has already announced the $3 billion backlog of midstream in projects to serve the Marcellus play. Incidentally, that entire current backlog continues to make sense if the deep Utica proves economic as it either supports core Marcellus or takeaway projects that are needed regardless of the source rock for the natural gas. However, if the deep Utica works, it is likely to be larger than the Marcellus over time. The magnitude of incremental takeaway and gathering pipeline such as a play would support is significant, even net of the previously mentioned reductions in Marcellus development that would occur in this scenario. As we think about the EQT corporate structure, we are not likely to make any major decisions to change to current integrated model until we do understand the scope of a potential deep Utica development program. We have reaped much value in recent years from having the two businesses together and there is the potential that both companies would continue to benefit from the synergies into the dawn of the Utica era. Finally, the deep Utica potential has also affected our thoughts around acreage acquisitions. Given our view that our existing acreage sits on what is expected to be the core of the core in deep Utica, we are focusing our area of interest even more tightly on acreage that is in our core Marcellus and potentially core deep Utica area. As you can probably deduce from the lack of significant transaction announcements, the bid/ask spread continues to be wide. We are a patient company and believe that there will be acreage available at fair prices eventually. But the definition of fair has to contemplate the potential that the deep Utica works. We do not think that bodes well for that price of acreage concentrated in anything but the core Marcellus and core Utica. This narrowing focus also suggests that smaller asset deals are much more likely than larger corporate deals. However, as we have stated previously, we are comfortable maintaining our industry-leading balance sheet even as we look for opportunities to create value. In conclusion, EQT is committed to increasing the value of your shares. We look forward to continuing to execute on our commitment to our shareholders and appreciate your continued support. With that, I will turn the call back over to Pat Kane.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thank you, Dave. Jennifer, we're ready to open the call for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. And we'll take our first question from Neal Dingmann from SunTrust.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Morning, gentlemen. Dave, just on that last part that you mentioned on the M&A, your thoughts, and I would agree on the strong, obviously, position you have in that deep Utica. Are you and Steve thinking more bolt-on in that area? Are there some big packages you see? Anything else you could add about what you're kind of looking at in regard to M&A in that area?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Steve has been closer to that. I will let him answer that question.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
Sure. Neal, we're – our primary focus in terms of looking at acquisitions is really focused on a pretty narrow core area. And we'll be updating our Investor Presentation later today, and you'll see a map that shows kind of the area most of interest to us where we'll be focusing our development program as well as any M&A activity that we'd be interested in. So, right now, it seems like there's – people are interested in selling assets. So far, the prices have still been a bit high. But as Dave said, we plan on being patient waiting for what we would consider fair prices before we transact.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Right. And then the 10 to 15 wells you mentioned, Steve, in the deep Utica, your thoughts how far north – I mean, you've got obviously some interesting acreage all the way up in the Allegheny and given how successful CNX is, obviously, their Gott well was all the way clear up into Westmoreland. Just your thoughts on – any ideas you can give us on those 10 wells to 15 wells? Will most of those be focused down around that Greene County area, or would you take them all the way up to potentially as north as Allegheny?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
Well, we haven't spotted all of those 10 wells to 15 wells. So, it will depend on the results we see. But I would say, certainly into Southern Allegheny County where we have a pretty significant position and high expectations for the Utica, maybe up into the Northern Allegheny but more likely, it would be for us Southwestern Armstrong where we have an acreage position. I think our view would probably be we'll let others define that area. Part of the reason would be more limited takeaway capacity up there, so probably not going to be in a big hurry to drill some of these monster wells up there, probably more focused from Southern Allegheny down into Southern Wetzel and maybe a bit over into far western Marion County.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Got it. And then just the last question. Just on takeaway for the dry gas. Dave, at one time, Dave, you thought – I think you commented that really the only limitation might be just takeaway as far and maybe given how successful these wells and how economic these wells look. If you and Steve can talk about, is that – again, does that have limitations to how many wells you drill next year or by some point next year you'll have ample Utica takeaway?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Geez, I think these – if the early results continue to show up – if we see things consistent with those early results in future wells, I think we're probably going to be looking at takeaway limitations for a while. I mean, I think these wells can probably support volumes that the midstream wasn't really designed for and it's – I mean, we'll probably let Randy speak to this but it would- it's going to take a little while probably to figure out what the right midstream configuration is for the deep Utica. Randy, do you have any thoughts on that?
Randall L. Crawford - Senior Vice President and President of Midstream & Commercial:
No. I concur. Obviously, we've been trying to stay out in front of the Marcellus and we've looked at our Ohio Valley Connector that's coming on. But I would also say, we're looking at Jupiter system and how we can leverage that and the infrastructure that we have in Equitrans. So, I think we're best positioned to move a little bit of the product. But certainly, these wells are quite exciting and so that will take a lot of additional infrastructure as we develop the play.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Now, we do think incidentally that the cost per unit is going to be considerably less than it is for the Marcellus because of the higher volumes, and frankly, the more concentrated nature of it. I mean, it's not just higher volumes. It's that you can get it from a tighter area. That's a much better answer from the perspective of unit gathering and compression costs. Actually, the compression cost, early on, is going to probably be a round number. Zero.
Randall L. Crawford - Senior Vice President and President of Midstream & Commercial:
Yeah.
Neal D. Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Again, thanks, guys. Great details.
Operator:
Thank you. And we'll go next to Phillip Jungwirth from BMO.
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets:
Hey. Good morning. Couple of questions on Utica well costs. First, wondering if you could provide us with the AFE for the second Greene County and first Wetzel County Utica wells. And then, second, your targeted well cost imply about $2,500 per foot which I know it compares to some of the smaller peers over in Belmont and Monroe County who are quoting $1,200 to $1,500 per foot. Obviously, the Pennsylvania Utica is 13,000 feet compared to 10,000. But do you think that deeper depth at higher pressures would account for all of this difference or could there be further room to bring costs down as you progress through development?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
Phil, this is Steve. I think – I guess regarding the AFEs, I don't have the exact numbers in front of me, but they're in the low-$17 millions per well. That cost will be dependent on the ultimate lateral length, so we have some flexibility about how long we end up drilling these. So, I wouldn't put a whole lot of weight on those numbers. But a significant decrease from the actual costs from our first well, which was around $30 million. And the second part of your question, remind me again. Oh, the cost per foot? I think our view is that when we sit down and do a bottoms-up analysis of what we think it should cost to drill these wells once you work through all of the problems and get the non-productive time down to a minimum that that's where we come up with that $12.5 million. So, I think at current service costs, never say never but we don't see a path to being significantly less than that for these wells. And I think the $14 million gives us some room to have a few unexpected problems that maybe we wouldn't normally have on Marcellus wells, which is why we're quoting a range right now. But our hope is to get it at the bottom end of that range but very confident we'll get within the top end.
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets:
Okay. Great. Yeah. Looks like based on the EUR math that the implied F&D is already pretty comparable to what you're seeing in the Marcellus. Second question is on the last call you had mentioned how EQM is now more of an organic growth story. But with the narrowing of Marcellus development in 2016 and beyond, how would this impact future dropdowns given that most of the gathering of transmission assets held by EQT appear to be outside of the core Southwest PA and Northwest Virginia area?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
Well, we're still working through what we want to do with future drops. But the comment about what's most economic for EQM is kind of independent of that. EQM is not well, as you know, into the high splits. And it's just more economical for an MLP to organically develop projects than to have to pay up as long as it can afford it as long as it's got the coverage that allows it to wear that period of time when that got assets tied up in projects that aren't generating cash flow. So, we'll have to work through what happens with the remaining projects, et cetera, as we go through 2016. But my comments in the past about organic growth being the preference is just because of the way it works when you've got all of that incremental cash flow going to the GP.
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets:
Right. And then, historically EQT has always pre-funded the following year's cash flow outspend with asset sales or dropdown. Would this also be the intention in 2016 or do you consider the $1.7 billion in cash on the balance sheet as having already accomplished that given, I think you mentioned that you held cash as of year-end 2016? A – [009Z0W-E Steve Schlotterbeck]>
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets:
Okay, great. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you and we'll go next to Michael Hall from Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Thanks. Good morning. I guess, I just wanted to touch a little bit on the backlog, kind of get your updated thoughts around how that progresses over time, if that materially year-on-year continued to grow sequentially? And just trying to think through kind of what the strategy is there when you think that this ever would ultimately be drawn down and how's that contemplated in the 2016 plan?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
Yeah, Michael. This is Steve. Yeah. The backlog in terms of frac stages complete but not online grew a bit this quarter, as you saw. Our expectation is that the fourth quarter will be a pretty big quarter for new TILs. Most of those will be in the back half of the quarter, so it won't affect volumes in the quarter very much but should be coming on late. So, I think you will see a fairly significant drop back to more historic levels when we – on the next call when we're talking about Q4.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay. And so, is there is any thought process of continuing to draw that down even further in 2016 or is that moving in following quarters kind of do you think that could to a place where you're more kind of at a run rate (29:37).
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
I think that will be more the typical run rate. If you look back over our history, you go back two, three years or so, I think we've been giving these numbers you'll see it's always very lumpy. The biggest driver behind that backlog is just the timing of the rigs and the number of wells and the number of fracs per well for every pad we are on. So, it tends to be very lumpy. Right now, we haven't been taking any heroic efforts to get wells online superfast. So, that maybe drives the backlog a little bit this quarter. But again, you'll see by next quarter, we'll be back in the more of closer to the mean over the past few years.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay. And any indications around capital associated with that 2016 outlook?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Geez, only that it would be less than 2015. I mean, that's – but it's a fallout of this narrowing focus.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
But I feel uncomfortable putting numbers out there when we're still what six weeks away from putting numbers in front of our own board. But if you're looking for directional, it would be – clearly we're heading less than 2015.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
That's helpful. Okay. And then, I guess, just wanted to – last question on my end. Think about the fourth quarter a little bit, and I think you kind of alluded to it in your comments about the back-loaded nature of the completions. But just the implications backing off the first, three quarters of the year kind of flat to down on a quarter, What are the sensitivities around that from an operational perspective, how should we think about what might put you on one end of the range or the other?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
The rate for the fourth quarter...
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Right.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
I think we just stick with what Steve said which is, we're kind of aiming towards a lot of those pads getting tilled really at the end of the quarter and therefore having very little impact on the fourth quarter volumes. And so that results in the guidance being what it is. But we get asked a lot about our response to current prices at any one point in time. And as Steve was alluding to, in this price environment, it doesn't seem like the right time to be going through any type of heroic efforts to get things turned online any more quick.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Yeah.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Right. So the notion that we've reflected in the guidance that those TILs are going to drift backwards is just not troublesome.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
...because they still get TILs.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Right.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
It's just the question is whether it affects December volumes or January volumes is really the issue.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Fair enough. And in the past you guys – just kind of brought up another question I had. In the past you guys talked about a pretty substantial kind of spud to turn to sales time of, I'll call it, I think nine months or so, and therefore 2015 spending is really kind of baking in the 2016 growth rate. Given that, I mean, is that still in place, which I imagine is? Is there really a price at which in 2016 you would be able to really slowdown the production? Or how do you tactically respond to gas prices in 2016 if they continue to kind of remain at these low levels on a realized basis?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
We'll look at that as 2016 plays out. Obviously, part of the consideration, as you mentioned, is what the prices are. But really, the midstream is a big part of the consideration too. If you have some midstream flexibility, you can slowdown and kind of make it up later if you want to. And when the midstream is more full then you have to decide, you either want it or you don't. You want the volumes or you don't want the volumes because you can't really make it up on the back end, right? It's quite a ways down the road before you can make up those volumes. But we certainly take prices into account while making our decisions about capital expenditures and what type of efforts to go through to try to accelerate or otherwise turning lines for wells.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay. That's helpful. And then, I guess, sorry, one last one. On the gas processing side, do you have any increases in commitments around volumes from gas processing contracts that we ought to be keeping in minds, given how low NGL prices are?
Philip P. Conti - Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Michael, there's a little bit more coming on in January of less than 5% of where we are.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay. Great. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. And we'll go next to Stephen Richardson from Evercore ISI.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore ISI:
Hey, good morning.
Philip P. Conti - Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Good morning.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore ISI:
David, as you think about the strategy and kind of just went through some of these thoughts with the board. So, is there any evolution in your thoughts in terms of what the right mix of upstream versus midstream capital is here in terms and I'd appreciate that EQM is funded to some extent organically. But in terms of returns and how to optimize that beyond 2017 just considering the gas outlook versus the gathering outlook from what you see from the different horizons here?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Well, first of all, just kind of to reiterate, my belief is, the further out in the future you look, the clear – and you mentioned beyond 2017 the clearer it is in my mind that capital expenditures for midstream should be at the EQM level. We want to protect that IDR and the way to do that is to have the most attractive midstream projects possible so that they can afford to pay the incremental cash flow to the GP, which is kind of the core value of that IDR where we stand now. So, that's going to be the mindset. Strategically it's going to be midstream expenditures should occur at EQM. Now, if you're trying to get at what's more valuable, generally, midstream or upstream, I guess, that's a bigger picture question than just one company and we'll see. We're trying to position ourselves so that we can be agnostic so that we can take advantage of wherever the value is in the value chain. I agree that with the prospects of the Utica and issues like that it's not clear what the value chain will look like several years down the road but we think that the reason EQT is such an attractive investment is because EQT will participate no matter where the most value shows up in that value chain.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore ISI:
Right. And can you just remind us, as you think about upstream like the right capital allocation at EQT Production for next year appreciating this 9 months or 12 months gap between when you deploy capital and when it shows up in production? Like what is the – is it a wellhead hurdle rate, is it a corporate return, is it a burden return? What's the right return on capital?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah, we look at all-in return. All-in after-tax returns is the way we tend to look at things. But that overlay that I mentioned in my prepared remarks was we just think we need to bear in mind what if the deep Utica works and what does that mean for clearing prices, et cetera, and therefore we should be particularly cautious about investing in anything but the core Marcellus which does stand up still in those environments and in the core Utica. So, it's more of that. There's always uncertainty about what prices are going to be. But whenever you have a new low-cost supply source in any commodity business, you've got to start being wearier of where one wants to invest one's money. So, I think there's a certain amount of caution that we're taking that we're talking about because of that unknown because of not knowing yet the extent to which the deep Utica will work. But our feeling that if it works the way it's looking like it might that the core areas for Marcellus and Utica are simply going to be narrower. I mean, we're going to be able to supply a big portion of North America's natural gas needs from a relatively small geography.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore ISI:
Right. And – sorry, just final question from me is, have you and maybe it's for Randy in terms of conversations or thoughts on what the third-party opportunity is at this horizon? So again, we're all assuming that if this is economic and it is lower cost and it isn't just a zero-sum game in terms of different capital going to the Utica but is EQM particularly well-positioned to capture a larger proportion of potential third-party volumes in these areas than you have in the Marcellus? Is this a big piece of forward growth beyond the $3 billion CapEx number?
Randall L. Crawford - Senior Vice President and President of Midstream & Commercial:
This is Randy. Yeah, I think we have a significant opportunity with the well results that we're seeing. In fact, I think Dave and Steve both mentioned that the core of the core Utica actually appears to sit right on top of our EQM assets, both at Equitrans and with the gathering assets along Jupiter and Northern West Virginia. In our projects that we have embarked on currently, which is the Ohio Valley Connector and our Mountain Valley Pipeline I think position us quite well to both move – to be competitive and move gas to both affiliate as well as third parties. So, I think we're very competitively well positioned.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
Yeah. And, look, to your point, probably we weren't as well positioned as you move a little bit outside of the core Marcellus from a midstream perspective. So, this emergence of the Utica is from a competitive and a comparative perspective a positive for EQM.
Stephen Richardson - Evercore ISI:
Great. Thanks very much.
Operator:
Thank you. And we'll go next to Drew Venker from Morgan Stanley.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning, everyone. Could you speak to the 2016 program could change if we have a warm winter and gas prices are well below the Strip (40:20) I'm thinking something around $2.25 for 2016. I'm particularly interested whether that would significantly reduce your appetite to delineate the Utica in 2016? I guess, and conversely, if prices are higher, would that change that Utica program at all?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
At that point though you are just talking about what 2016 prices would be? I mean, the norm in commodities, and I understand there does tend to be in the investor community short-term focus. I recognize that people need to make money each quarter. But actually, lower prices near term tend to lead to more robust recoveries later. So, our view is much more the low-cost opportunities are going to be the ones that went out and you want to make sure that you're – especially if you think prices are going to be stressed at all that you're focusing on only going after the lowest cost opportunities and not letting yourself kind of get drawn into investing in opportunities that are other than that. So, I'd say that's our focus anyway. And, look, in a lower price environment because we're talking about the deep Utica perhaps helping to create that obviously becomes even more important.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Right. So, I guess, Dave, it sounds it's not – probably not much change.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Well, change -yeah, but the thing is we're not telling you what our 2016 plan is yet because we haven't gotten it approved from our board.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Right.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
So, it's – I'm not even sure how I go about telling you what the change would be versus the plan that we can't even discuss with you.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Fair enough, Dave. And then....
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
But yeah, well if prices are lower then we'd probably over time will spend less money and if they're higher we'll probably spend more money over time. But we're already talking about 2016 being below – fair a bit below 2015 as it is.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Right. Right. I was thinking, Dave, you mentioned maybe, 10 wells or 15 wells at the Utica in 2016 that's really what I was thinking about (42:18) program.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah, that'll be governed by how attractive it looks because those will still be more economical wells than anything else get probably that could get drilled anywhere in the country. So...
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. And then maybe you were speaking to probably wanting to build out another gathering system for the Utica. Does that delay how quickly you want to move into development mode there? I guess thinking let's fast forward and say, you're very happy with the results or maybe even more pleased than what you're seeing today? Would you still need to put a gathering system in place before you could accelerate in 2017?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. We're...
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Or it's too early even to think about that?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. Well, no, it's not too early to think about it but we haven't actually settled on what that approach will be. Our bias is that a fair bid of the gathering for Utica is probably going to be separate because of the pressures involved.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Right.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
But as far as the specifics and exactly where it is and exactly how much money gets spent that we haven't. We're not ready to disclose that stuff. We're only just in the midst of even discussing that internally with our own board.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
I guess and maybe another way to ask would be would you be interested potentially to have lower activity levels so you're not putting those very high pressures into your Marcellus gathering system?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
We're not going to put it into our Marcellus gathering system and that's – well, go ahead, Steve.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production:
Actually, in the short-term, Drew, we can put it into the Marcellus system. It's not the most optimum situation long term for the Utica because the gathering – the unit gathering cost for the Utica in a dedicated system will be significantly lower than the cost of moving through a Marcellus system. But for the next couple of years until we figure out exactly what the optimum systems are and get them built, we can, and the likely impact, if we were doing that because the Utica was looking so good would probably be a shift from Marcellus investments to Utica which is how – which is where the capacity in those systems would effectively come from. We've replaced Marcellus gas with Utica. And as we build Utica systems, at that point, we would start to get the benefits of the lower unit cost.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. All right. That's really helpful color. Your answers were great, I wasn't try to talk too bad or anything. Thanks a lot, guys.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
All right. Thank you.
Operator:
At this time, I'll turn it back over to our speakers for any additional or closing remarks.
Philip P. Conti - Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thank you, Jennifer. As Steve mentioned, we will be posting a new analyst presentation to our website later today, so that will be available some time after 4:00. And I'd like to thank you all for participating.
Operator:
And that does conclude today's conference. Thank you for your participation.
Executives:
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Philip P. Conti - Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer
Analysts:
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States) Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors Neal D. Dingmann - Suntrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. Sameer Uplenchwar - GMP Securities LP Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Daniel D. Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.
Operator:
Please stand by. We're about to begin. Good day and welcome to the EQT Corporation Second Quarter 2015 Earnings Conference Call. Today's call is being recorded. After today's presentation, there will be an opportunity to ask questions. At this time, I would like to turn the conference over to Patrick Kane. Please go ahead.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thanks, Kyle. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, President and Chief Executive Officer; Phil Conti, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Steve Schlotterbeck, Executive Vice President and President of Exploration and Production. This call will be replayed for a seven-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 p.m. The telephone number for the replay is 719-457-0820. The confirmation code is 9281362. The call will also be available on our website for seven days. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM and EQT GP Holdings, ticker EQGP are consolidated in EQT's results. Earlier this morning, there was a separate joint press release issued by EQM and EQGP. The partnership's conference call at 11:30 – there was a conference call at 11:30 today for the partnerships, which require that we take the last question at 11:20 today. The dial-in number for that call is 913-312-9034 with a confirmation code of 7812066. Later today, we will be updating our analyst presentation on our website to reflect a 5% reduction in cost per well since April, 16% year-to-date. We also updated our base case lateral lengths to better reflect the actual drilling program and made other minor updates. Under news releases, we updated our guidance metrics for 2015, including a modest reduction of our CapEx of approximately $100 million. In just a moment, Phil will summarize EQT's results; next Steve will have a brief topical update and finally Dave will provide a review of EQGP's IPO including valuation implications. Following the prepared remarks, Dave, Phil, Randy, and Steve will be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release and under risk factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2014 as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file with the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. I'd now like to turn the call over to Phil Conti.
Philip P. Conti - Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Pat, and good morning everyone. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced second quarter 2015 adjusted earnings per diluted share of $0.01, which represents a $0.60 per share decrease from adjusted EPS in the second quarter of 2014. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT also decreased by $202.3 million to $80.7 million for the quarter. Results in the quarter were significantly negatively impacted by lower commodity prices, which I will address in a minute. There were two fairly significant non-cash items that partially offset each other in the adjusted earnings this quarter. First, we recorded non-cash losses on hedges of $25.9 million during the quarter. The second item was a positive $35.7 million benefit based on IRS guidance on the regulatory ratemaking treatment of a like kind exchange associated with the utility sale, which had the effect of favorably distorting the reported effective tax rate for the second quarter. This tax benefit will reverse either over the life of the assets or upon a taxable disposition such as a future dropdown. Excluding this tax benefit, our year-to-date effective tax rate was 10.5%, which is still abnormally low due to an increase in our earnings attributable to the non-controlling unitholders of EQM and EQGP, which are not tax affected as well as negative production operating income as a result of lower commodity prices. As Pat mentioned, EQT Midstream Partners and EQT GP Holdings results are consolidated in EQT Corps result. And EQT recorded $58.2 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interests or $0.38 per diluted share in the second quarter 2015. Other than that, the second quarter was fairly straightforward and I will keep my remarks rather brief. Starting with EQT Production, the story here continues to be growth in sales of produced natural gas, although that growth was overshadowed this period by lower commodity prices. Production sales volume in the recently completed quarter was 34% higher than the second quarter 2014. Despite that volume growth, we recorded a $66.9 million operating loss in the quarter at production, including the non-cash losses on hedges of $25.9 million that I just mentioned and that compared to operating income of $113.7 million last year, excluding the $31 million gain on the asset exchange in the second quarter of 2014. So again, the significantly lower average realized price more than offset the volume growth. Operating revenues were $269.5 million excluding the non-cash loss, $113.5 million lower than last year's second quarter. The realized price at EQT production was $1.41 per Mcf equivalent, compared to $3 per Mcf equivalent last year. And you'll find detailed components of the price differences in the tables in this morning's release. Total operating expenses at EQT Production were $310.5 million, or $50.7 million higher quarter-over-quarter. DD&A was $37.1 million higher. Transportation and processing expenses were about $11 million higher. And LOE, excluding production taxes, were about $3 million higher, all consistent with the volume growth. Exploration expense including $9.4 million of non-cash lease impairments was $4 million higher quarter-over-quarter. Moving on to the Midstream business, operating income here was $108.2 million, up 22% over the second quarter of 2014. This is consistent with the growth of gathered volumes and increased capacity-based transmission revenue. Gathering net operating revenues increased by 35% to $122.9 million as gathering volumes increased by 35%. Transmission net revenues increased 19% to $61.1 million, as additional firm capacity was added over the past year, mostly in the fourth quarter of 2014. Storage, marketing and other net operating revenues were down $4.3 million in the quarter. Total operating expenses at Midstream were $81.2 million or $10.6 million higher as a result of our continuing growth. On a per unit basis, however, G&C expense was down 19% as a result of volumes growing faster than expenses. Just a brief note on liquidity; EQT had about $2 billion in cash on hand at quarter end, excluding the cash on hand at EQM and EQGP as well as full availability under EQT's $1.5 billion credit facility. So we do remain in a great liquidity position to accomplish our goals for the foreseeable future. Our current estimate of 2015 EQT operating cash flow is still $900 million, adjusted to exclude the non-controlling interest portion of EQM and EQGP's cash flow. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Steve Schlotterbeck.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Thank you, Phil. Today I'll give you an update on the two topics of interest to investors over the past few months, upstream M&A and our deep Utica well. On the upstream M&A front, we've not seen many deals getting done. It seems that sellers have not changed their value expectations to reflect a natural gas strip that is significantly lower than a year ago. We continue to believe that there is significant value creation opportunity by consolidating core Marcellus positions into larger more contiguous blocks. This would not only add to our core Marcellus development inventory, but more importantly, it would increase the economic value of our existing leasehold by taking advantage of the significant economies of scale of larger multi-well pads and longer laterals. We also believe that attractive M&A opportunities may present themselves as the effects of the low price environment become more pronounced for companies that entered this cycle with insufficient liquidity. However, we will be patient to ensure that any M&A activity we pursue will create additional value for our shareholders. Moving on to our dry gas Utica well. Last week we successfully completed the fracking of this well. The frac was an 18 stage job in a 3,221 foot lateral that utilized ceramic proppant. We were able to successfully place 100% of the planned proppant while maintaining our desired pumping rates. Last night we concluded a 24 hour deliverability test to sales of this well. During this test, the well averaged 72.9 million cubic feet per day with an average flowing casing pressure of 8,641 psi. This equates to a 24 hour IP per 1,000 foot of lateral of 22.6 million cubic feet per day. To the best of our knowledge, this is the highest reported IP of any Utica well to-date and the per-foot rate is more than double the previous high. As you might expect, we're very pleased with the results of this well. I want to make note of the fact that we were able to flow this well directly into the sales pipeline without shutting in production from our other wells. This was possible primarily because of the integrated nature of our Upstream and Midstream businesses. Our Midstream group was able to reconfigure the gathering system to allow this capacity to be available, which likely would not have been possible on a third-party system. Our current plan is to produce this well to choke controlled rate of approximately 24 million cubic feet per day to manage the stress on the proppant and to monitor the pressure decline so we can begin to get an understanding of the decline profile and EUR potential of this well. Currently the well is producing 26 million cubic feet per day and approximately 2,000 barrels of frac water per day with flowing casing pressure of 9,555 psi. In fact, the flowing pressure is currently climbing as the well continues to clean up. In addition, we plan to spud another deep Utica test in Wetzel County, West Virginia, in the third quarter of this year. Following that test, we will evaluate our next steps, where we expect to quickly begin focusing on lowering the cost of drilling and completing these wells. Our current estimate is that wells in this area can be drilled at a total cost of approximately $12.5 million for a 5,400 foot lateral, but it will take us several more wells to get fully up the learning curve. Finally, I'd like to take a moment to congratulate all the EQT folks involved in this success. As you've heard me say before, this well was the most technically challenging well we've ever drilled and completed. Our outstanding team was up to the challenge and has delivered a truly phenomenal well while continuing to maintain a safe and environmentally responsible operation. I'll now turn the call over to Dave Porges for his comments.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you, Steve. I'm going to mainly discuss topics related to EQGP. But before doing so, want to convey my congratulations to Steve and his team for the recently completed Utica well. They provided me with daily updates that focused on the issues that we're created by the tremendous reservoir pressures we encountered, but also made clear their excitement about the possibilities and clearly that excitement was more than justified. Great job. Now, on to EQT GP Holdings LP, or EQGP, which completed its initial public offering of 26.5 million units priced at $27 per unit in mid-May. To remind you of our motivation to take the GP public, we were seeking more midstream value transparency for EQT investors. EQT Corporation owns 90% of EQGP, a value of about $7.6 billion or about $50 per EQT share. This is a pre-tax value and the tax basis is low. Assuming a 15% cash tax obligation, our stake in EQGP is worth about $6.5 billion. We also still have about $800 million of midstream assets that have yet to be dropped for a total midstream value of $7.3 million. EQT's market cap is $11.1 billion that was based on last night's close, implying a value of EQT production of $3.8 billion. Using consensus 2016 cash flow estimates of $995 million, EQT production is being valued at less than four times cash flow, less than half the multiple of our Marcellus peers. So either we are not getting full value on our stock for our Midstream business or our Production business, or a combination of both. We will focus on our IR effort toward highlighting the value of our company and still anticipate that the transparency provided from a publicly traded GP should start showing up in EQT's stock price. While the valuation discount creates tension, we think having the two businesses together continues to create significant value for both Midstream and Production, as evidenced by the relative outperformance of EQT and EQM stocks. The MLP has provided a significant source of capital to fund development of our Marcellus and Utica acreage. Those volumes are flowing through the Midstream pipes, generating earnings growth at Midstream. Furthermore, matching the deductions generated from the capital investments at Production minimizes the cash tax hit from the dropdowns of Midstream assets to EQM. More important strategically is that the combined companies also make projects such as the Ohio Valley Connector and the Mountain Valley Pipeline more viable. This is because the Midstream starts with a significant anchor shipper in the form of EQT Production, and EQT Production gets optimally located pipeline projects. However, we recognize that over time, as EQT Production's growth rate slows and EQM's third-party growth accelerates, the synergies of having the two units together is reduced and the uplift in market value of a separation could exceed the value creation from the synergies. We are frequently asked about the tax consequences of monetizing our EQGP stake. So I will summarize the tax impact of a few scenarios we get asked about. In the event of future sales of EQGP units by EQT, up to about $1 billion per year, we would be able to use our current year drilling deductions to offset the gain on the sale of units. We would still expect to incur alternative minimum tax obligation of between 10% and 15%. Given our cash balance and planned plan dropdown in the first half of next year, it is unlikely that we would need to access this source of capital for some time, but did want to respond to inquiries about that hypothetical situation. Given the strong M&A market in the Midstream space, we also get asked what would happen in a hypothetical situation in which we sell the entire EQGP stake. As you likely inferred from my comments on ratable sales, a sale of the entire stake would result in a large gain that would overwhelm our drilling deductions. In that case, the proceeds and excess of the available deductions would be subject to a tax greater than 15%, but well less than the 35% federal tax rate because of carry backs. This would be the worst case from a tax leakage perspective, though the premium that would be required to make that a viable scenario would offset some or even most of the tax leakage. Clearly in that scenario, we would look for a more tax efficient transaction and would also need to find a way to get that value to EQT shareholders rather than just leave that much cash on the balance sheet. Finally, a tax efficient separation of Midstream from Production is an alternative. If done properly, a separation would not trigger a tax obligation and to answer questions we have received on that scenario, we continue to do a lot of work to ensure that we would not inadvertently endanger a tax efficient separation. So my purpose in this discussion of EQGP was to discuss value transparency and also answer questions related to tax issues. The Utica results also point toward the need to consider Midstream implications of a potential further shift of the North American natural gas supply mix toward the core Marcellus Utica play. As Steve alluded to, coordination between Upstream and Midstream is even more important, if these large Utica wells become a norm. In addition, even, or perhaps especially in a low price environment, an environment largely created by Marcellus Utica productivity, the organic opportunity for Midstream investment in this region grows. We will continue to focus on gathering and header projects with EQM's announcement this morning of another large investment for Range Resources being the latest example. We will also continue to look for the occasional complementary takeaway project, such as OVC and MVP. We are not convinced that these growth prospects are fully reflected in the unit prices of EQM or EQGP, yet the growth prospects for both EQM and EQGP look even greater in the wake of our enormous Utica well and the great results our neighbors have also been getting in their early Utica wells. The Utica is not exactly a positive for longer term natural gas prices, but it is very much a positive for those of us with core Utica positions and those of us with Midstream assets in this region. We will sort through these Midstream implications in the coming months and share our thoughts with you in future calls. In conclusion, EQT is committed to increasing the value of our vast resource by intelligently accelerating the monetization of our reserves and other opportunities. We have a very strong balance sheet which will allow us to continue to be focused on doing what we can to increase the value of your shares. We look forward to continuing to execute on our commitment to our shareholders and appreciate your continued support. And with that, I'll turn the call back over to Pat Kane.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thank you, Dave. This concludes the comments portion of the call. Kyle, can we please open the call for questions?
Operator:
Thank you. And we'll take our next question from Philip Jungwirth from BMO.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Hi. Good morning. Can you expand upon the reduction in the 2015 capital budget by $100 million? Is that all E&P that can be attributed to incremental cost deflation because it looks like you spent roughly 60% of the $1.7 billion budget which would imply a second half quarterly run rate of $350 million or so? Or if you're lowering that budget to $1.6 billion, a run rate of about $300 million per quarter.
Philip P. Conti - Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
No, Phil about $25 million to $30 million of that is the E&P, because the – some, not all the well cost will see the reduction for the full year. The rest is our Midstream projects that are basically slipping into next year on the gathering side.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Okay, great. And then with the success in the Utica, I mean, EQT is still spending quite a bit of money in the Upper Devonian, which you guys show as a lower return zone. I think 22% of the spuds this year are going to the Upper Devonian. Is there a nat gas price where you would rethink that co-development with the Marcellus? And then also, how would that compete for capital given the success in Utica?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Phil, This is Steve. I think we've already reassessed our Upper Devonian areas based on the lower gas prices, so we'll continue to do that. There are certain areas at the current prices that make sense. And I think relative to the Utica, while this is clearly a phenomenal well, we need to get up the learning curve and get our cost down and get some decline history of this well, so we truly understand what the economics are. I would say the initial data far exceeds our expectation. So I think that's a very positive sign for the economics of the Utica, but we're going to need to drill a few more wells and understand the type curve a lot better before we make any major shifts to our development plan.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Okay, great. And then, my last question, you highlighted the implied some of the parts multiple for the MP business being roughly half what the publicly traded pure play comps are trading at. In your view what would you attribute this discount to more? Is that the market view that peers have higher returns, greater inventory depth or is it simply a conglomerate discount that won't be unlocked unless there's a full split of the Upstream from Midstream?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
On my basic view, this is Dave, I'll let Pat answer too though, an inadequate investor relations effort.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
I would agree with that.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
But Pat, do you – I haven't actually studied why that would be so I'm happy to...
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
It's very hard to know. If you start with the Midstream value, the Upstream looks cheap. If you start with an Upstream value then the Midstream looks cheap. So it seems to be the conglomerate issue.
Phillip J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Great. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Hey. Thanks, guys. Steve, that, obviously dry gas Utica well came out at a pretty robust rate and it sounds like you guys are trying to manage it around 26 million cubic feet a day and I know it's really early. But based on what you've seen from some of the other wells and what you all know from this one, I guess in the short timeframe that you've had it online, what is your expectation in terms of that mid-20 million cubic feet a day rate? How long could that stay flat and implications on when an EUR, just an early-day EUR could look like?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
I think, Scott, we literally finished the deliverability test last night and the results were quite a bit in excess of our expectation, so I think it's a little premature for us to be predicting EURs and even the length of time at the current rate. We're going to need to study it a little while before we have any reasonable sense of that, but I think given the 24 hours we've seen, it's a very strong well and the pressures seem to be holding up very well. So, in fact it's still cleaning up, so like I mentioned in my comments, the pressure's actually still inclining a bit as the water production declines. So it hasn't even really fully cleaned up yet for us to get a good clean data set. So I think you're going to have to wait a little while for those kinds of predictions.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Can I ask a question on what – when you look at some of the other dry gas Utica wells that have been drilled and what had been your general expectation? You said it exceeded expectation, but what was your sense of what EURs can be based on the dozen or so wells that have been drilled with some history in the basin?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, again, I don't know that I want to comment on EURs of competitors' wells. I think you can refer to what they thought. What I will say is, we had set up to flow this well at 60 million cubic feet a day and to be honest I thought that was a bit insane. I didn't expect that from this short lateral. We had some extra units out there in case of mechanical problems and once we saw what this well was capable of, those backups became primary units. So that we could go above the 60 million cubic feet a day and frankly we were struggling to hold this well back at those rates. So it definitely was – we were expecting a good result, setting up for 60 million cubic feet a day and then the see these rates with even higher pressures than we expected, which means lower drawdown, so we didn't have to pull on this well very hard at all to get those rates. That makes us have to go back and reassess what's better about this, what's better about the reservoir than we expected. Do we have the right gas in place numbers or is there more gas in place. So it's premature really to comment on any of that given less than two days of production data on one well.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
In the Wetzel County well that you all will be drilling, what is the relative depth to that compared to what this one was at? Is it (26:30)
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
It's similar.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
It's a similar depth.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
It's similar. It's in that 13,000 foot to 14,000 foot range.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Okay. And I guess my next line of questioning is, you had a lot of frac stages I guess that weren't online at the end of this quarter. Could you give us a general discussion on why that number was so high at the end of the quarter and what we should expect in the coming I guess quarter or two?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Sure. Same answer I give every call. That's completely driven by timing of multi-well pads and long laterals with lots of stages. What I will tell you that I really haven't provided on future calls is we expect an increase as the year goes on in number of stages we're turning in line per quarter with the fourth quarter of this year being the highest for the year, which will drive production results in early 2016, but it's strictly driven by the timing of rig moves on big pads.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. And just so I understand that right, so like if there was a multi-well pad there, you're going to complete a certain amount of those wells, but that pad may not be timed correctly to get it online by the end of the quarter, but it would be, for example, in early July, and so those would come online a little bit later.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Exactly. Yeah.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Understood. Thanks a lot guys.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
You bet.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Holly Stuart from Howard Weil.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Good morning, gentlemen.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Morning.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
So, Dave, I appreciate the comments on the valuation discrepancy. It sounds like as you get Pat working harder, this discrepancy will erode over time.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
He said it was the sell side that had to step up, just so you know.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
You guys have certainly not been ones to sit on your hands. So I guess I'll leave that discussion there. Maybe bigger picture on 2016 thoughts, maybe just kind of thinking similar commodity levels, commodity price levels, how does your activity change maybe from this year to next year?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
We'll have to take a look at that in the normal course of events. We do try to be influenced more, given the lags of the wells, by the longer-term strip, something that will match when the gas is actually getting sold. And of course one of the things that's going on in the basin right now is that supply is outstripping for the time being takeaway capacity. But a number of projects, our projects, I mean EQM projects as well as other midstream companies' projects are coming online over the course of the next couple of years. And that at least will help with that. But clearly we will have to relook at activity level and where we allocate resources. As Steve mentioned, it's very early with the Utica to figure out what the implications are, but if we keep getting these kinds of results and our peers keep getting these kinds of results, then I do think we have to assume that that's going to shift the supply demand balance again, which will mean that some places probably don't make sense to develop. It will probably mean that the Marcellus Utica though, in future would make up an even higher percentage of the overall mix and we'd have to take that into account, the overall country. The North America's supply mix and we'll have to take that into account also. So clearly, we have to be working all of that in ahead of coming up with a budget for 2016.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay. Perfect. And then maybe Dave, just one other kind of bigger picture question on the cash. I look back through notes from, I guess, the end of the year and you kind of said financial stress makes you want to keep more cash on the balance sheet and come out stronger on the other side. Assuming things haven't changed in that line of thinking, but any color there would be helpful.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
That's exactly right. Still, wearing the fired retardant pants so that it doesn't burn a hole in our pockets. But, look, as Steve mentioned, if there's opportunities, especially on the Upstream side to enhance our current acreage position, then that's great. We want to be prepared to take advantage of that. But this is one of those times where I'm, geez, after the last three months, I think just for the whole sector we'd probably say no one would feel bad about having the liquidity position that we've got. And if anything, I think we feel better about it and I'm guessing we will get fewer questions about what we're going to do with all that cash because of this environment. That it just means that we're able to make decisions that we think are the right economic decisions for our shareholders rather than being overly influenced by near-term liquidity matters.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Yep. Perfect. And then just maybe one final minutia question. On the NGL realizations, I'm assuming no change to the barrel there. We're still rejecting ethane?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Yes.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Oh, yeah.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Okay.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
You know, for years, our view, or at least my view has been getting heat value for ethane is, on a netback basis, not a bad deal versus the alternative. And I got to tell you, nothing's happened in 2015 that would have changed my mind on that.
Holly Barrett Stewart - Scotia Howard Weil:
Yep. Okay. Great. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Michael Hall from Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Thanks. Good morning. Just wanted to come at I guess the Utica question on maybe a little bit different way as it relates to competitiveness within the inventory. What sort of EUR level, given a $12.5 million development cost, would compete with the Marcellus in your thinking?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Again, I'm going to pass on answering that question because it's not just – it's not based on EURs, it's based on the decline profile of the well and with 24 hours of data, we just don't know. So, it's going to take some time.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Fair enough. Worth a shot. I guess somewhat similar to some of the questions I think that have been asked. But I don't think it's been asked. Are you all curtailing any material amounts of production? You have a lot of wells come on in the quarter, but gas production was relatively flat. Just appears you're curtaining much in the way...
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
No operational issues, but...
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah, nothing, nothing in beyond that is just a normal day-to-day operations that's, that's likely due to the fact and a lot of those stages came on late in the quarter and just didn't have time to contribute.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Yeah, that would make sense for the third quarter guidance. Okay, and then, I guess, the netback to EQT production after working through the fixed, more fixed type Midstream costs has fallen quite a bit quarter-on-quarter and obviously year-on-year even more so. How sensitive is the second half program to prices given the fixed cost nature of some of the cost structure?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. There was a second half of the program isn't really sensitive to near term spot prices.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
We always, again, evaluate based on what the strip is going to be, because there's nothing we will do in the second half that would result in revenues in 2015. Really at this point probably there's nothing we do going forward that's going to result in much in the way of revenues before the second half of 2016, just because of the lags involved. So that's really more what we follow, is what's happening. And we do recognize the strip has declined. But the other issues on the seasonality with basis has been probably a bigger deal and that's going to be – so we do time some of these activities to when takeaway projects are going to be coming online.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Yeah, I guess that's what I was getting at, was more the strip level and if the strip falls more materially...
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah, you could always, absolutely always re-access what the economics look like, absolutely.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay. And then as I think about the G&P, the EQT Midstream cost as well as the G&P to third parties, how should we, just from a high level modeling standpoint, think about those on a per-unit basis, call it over the next 18 months? Are there any general pressures one way or the other that we ought to keep in mind?
Philip P. Conti - Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yeah, they're pretty – been pretty steady. They move a little bit, Michael. Later today we'll put out updated guidance for the rest of 2015 and you'll see that the second quarter numbers are consistent with that.
Michael Anthony Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay. Sounds great. Appreciate it. Thanks, guys.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Neal Dingmann with SunTrust.
Neal D. Dingmann - Suntrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Morning, guys. Say, great well. Say, Steve, I'm just wondering on the 400, I think on the slide it shows that 400,000 potential dry gas Utica acres. What's your thought as far as fully delineating that or will you just sort of stick to this, call it – I don't want to call a core yet, because you don't really know yet where the core is, but we stick to a concentrated area.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah, I think our plan will be to drill the Wetzel County, West Virginia well later this year, and that, we believe both our current well and that well geologically should be very similar, so we think that. And we think between those two wells and the acreage that they will delineate, we will have delineated plenty given what these wells will produce. And then we'll likely, rather than focus on delineating the extent of the play, we'll be focused more on cost reductions and efficiencies on the drilling and completion side and probably let our competitors do a little more of defining the limits of the play. So I think you'll see most of our drilling concentrated in that southwestern PA, northern West Virginia corridor where we think we have some really excellent Utica rock.
Neal D. Dingmann - Suntrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Steve, with just the two wells (37:54) on the slide deck, I think in your last update you mentioned maybe about five or so dry Utica wells this year. The plan just for the two this year now?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. I think there's a chance we will spud a third late in the year. We'll have to see on timing. I think our plan is since – the real economic key at this point appears to not be the reservoir. It appears to be the cost to drill and complete. So we don't want to go too fast so that we have the opportunity to learn lessons from each well we drill. So for the meantime, we'll probably be drilling one well sequentially rather than doubling up rigs and so that we can get full benefit from what we learn on each well. So a well in the third quarter depending on timing of that we may – around the end of the year would probably be another well. Maybe it'll be late this year or early next year. And then depending on how we progress up that learning curve and what the economics look like and the decline curves look like, that's when we'll know when it's time to accelerate or really what the plan is.
Neal D. Dingmann - Suntrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
It was just first one, or just this latest one. I shouldn't say first, was 100% ceramic used on it?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, we used some 100 mesh sand in the first part of each stage, but for all of the large size proppant, was 100% ceramic.
Neal D. Dingmann - Suntrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. And then you think you'll be able to, on the same pad, do Marcellus and Utica? And maybe probably too early to ask about stacked laterals, but just will you be able to put them on the same pad do you think?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah. That's our intent. Yeah, this well is on a existing Marcellus pad.
Neal D. Dingmann - Suntrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
Okay. Okay. And then just last overall question maybe for Dave, just ,now you continue to have this massive Midstream obviously value that you were talking about there. Does that encourage you to maybe increase the speed at which you do some dropdowns or really that doesn't change your thought process today about how quickly you continue to drop some of the those things down? Again, you certainly have a phenomenally large position and even now with EQM with the news out this morning, new pipe there, are lot of things going on over there as well, just your thoughts on the size and maybe the speed of the dropdowns.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. I think we've kind of moved a little bit past where it's mainly a dropdown story. I see EQM as being more of an organic growth story and I agree with you, the agreement to build out that system for that – pretty sizable system for Range Resources is a good example of that. And that is happening all at the EQM level. We haven't updated our guidance or even our thought process yet about whether we've got one more or a couple of more drops and we've alluded to how much value, cash flow, et cetera we have remaining at EQT and we do continue to invest a little bit at the EQT level in some of that. But generally speaking, you should be thinking about this as being organic growth at EQM and incidentally, I'll volunteer that, from an economics perspective, since we are into the high splits, it winds up being most value accretive all the way around to focus on organic projects, rather than, say, acquisitions or things like that. And that includes with the dropdown. So we will drop what remains, but the focus at EQM is to create value through pursuing these organic opportunities and again, that's, as you're seeing, we're going to – we're trying to grow our market share. That's what that Range Resources deal shows, to provide services to other producers. And I think the Utica's going to open up even more opportunities for EQM.
Neal D. Dingmann - Suntrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.:
That's – I'd agree with you. Thanks guys.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you.
Operator:
We will take our next question from Sameer Uplenchwar with GMP Securities.
Sameer Uplenchwar - GMP Securities LP:
Good morning, gentlemen. My question relates to service costs and operating efficiencies. Since the start of 2015, you've already seen like 16%. That's what I think Pat said on the call, 16% deflation in cost and that is, I'm guessing, is both high grading of the fleet and labor, and also drilling core acreage. I'm just trying to figure out on a long-term basis, how much of this do you think is sustainable where you can hold onto some of these lower costs and hold onto the labor and the fleets.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, I think actually that 16% is driven strictly by renegotiated service contracts, so there's no drilling efficiencies or any other factors in that 16%. Any of those factors would be over and above that. I think the reality of service cost reductions is they're not very sticky. If gas prices ramp back up, which I'm not expecting any time soon, but if they would, I think we'd likely be faced with service cost increases. So they tend to move with gas prices and operating levels.
Sameer Uplenchwar - GMP Securities LP:
Got it. Thanks. And on the cash side of the equation, I know you have answered all the questions pretty well. What I'm trying to understand is, you want to hold onto that cash as a dry powder safety net, but how long do you want to do that? At what point in time do you decide that we could do a buyback, we could do a dividend growth or something along those lines if the bid-ask spreads continues to remain wide?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. We continue to – we reassess that I'd say periodically. So that'll also factor in with drop schedules and the capital budget and things like that as we look later in the year. So the next time we take a real serious look at that, and this is really kind of starting now, is that they'll run up to the capital budget, the annual plan and capital budget for the coming year. So that'll cause a pretty deep dive on some of those things.
Sameer Uplenchwar - GMP Securities LP:
Got it. Thank you.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Drew Venker from Morgan Stanley.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning, everyone. I was hoping you could give us a little more color on the Utica well cost for that first well.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah, Drew. It was – we don't have the final numbers yet, but it's going to be right around $30 million and if you recall we had some pretty significant issues dealing with the extremely high reservoir pressure. So it was pretty expensive.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Right. So you cited this $12.5 million target. What are the primary cost items that you're trying to reduce? Is this just rig time, with the rig outside or completion time? Anything else that's a big component?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
A lot of all of that. So the rig time was long, the completion time was long. There's lots of opportunity for improvement, which is why there's such a big gap between the cost of this first well and what we think these should be able to be drilled for. So like anything new, there's a learning curve. I think we'll be able to get up it pretty quick. Just I would expect our next well would be substantially less expensive than this first well. But it's probably going to take several wells for us to approach that $12.5 million number.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. And then you said you probably will split another two or three wells this year? Did I have that right?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
No. One more I'd say for sure and the possibility of a third very late in the year. It might hit this year, might hit next year.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. Would you think we'd have results from that Wetzel County well this year?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Oh, no. I doubt it.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
You doubt it? Okay. And then so the plan for drilling in 2016 is really predicated on results from your next couple wells. Is that fair?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Yeah, probably as much predicated on how this current well performs. So we'll be watching it for the next few months. That'll start to give us a first read on decline rates in EURs. At this point, all we really know is the productivity of the well, or the deliverability, which again was exceptionally high, but we need to see how it holds up to really understand the economics and what this really means.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
But it's a good place to start.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Yeah, that was a very impressive well. And then I was thinking about the spending plan for next year. I know it's too early for guidance probably (46:47), but have you guys run some sensitivities on what kind of spending you think would be reasonable if the strip proves to be about right for next year, or any (46:56) you could throw out?
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
We actually look at that as we get into the autumn. So this is the time of the year we're probably least likely to do that type of back of the envelope sensitivity, because we're into the normal run up to our typical process and we will – you'll be doing that in some depth as we move into through third quarter into the beginning of the fourth quarter.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. And Dave, as you mentioned potentially splitting, or at least hypothetically splitting the production segment for the Midstream segment. Is this something you're looking at doing in the near-term future? Because I think we probably hear a lot of the same frustration that your investors communicate to you, that they really see a lot of value in both pieces and they don't feel like it's fairly reflected in the stock price.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
I'd just say that we are always focused and I think, over the course of the time that I've been here, this company has prided itself, and I think it's reasonably so, on being focused on creating shareholder value. So, I just leave it at that, that we just want to figure out the best way to create shareholder value over time.
Drew E. Venker - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Okay. Fair enough, Dave. Thank you.
David L. Porges - Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer:
Thanks.
Operator:
And we will take our final question from Daniel Guffey with Stifel.
Daniel D. Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Hi, guys. On your second Wetzel County, or on your first Wetzel County well, second Utica well, first was around 3,200 feet on the lateral. What's the length of your second well? And do you have an AFE on that yet?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
I don't know. Well, we don't have an AFE on it yet. I don't know the projected lateral length. I'm sure we will try to drill it longer than the 3,100 feet or 3,200 feet, but I don't know the exact length.
Daniel D. Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay. And then, you made a comment after drilling the Wetzel County well, you'll have plenty of acreage that's the de-risked. Care to throw an initial estimate on how much you think will be delineated after that second well?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
Well, maybe not that, but I will say that this first well gives us a high level of geologic and deliverability certainly around at least 50,000 acres. So there's 50,000 acres we think looks identical to this without getting too far away from this. We think Wetzel County looks similar, but that's getting pretty distant and is not included in that number. But that gives you sort of an estimate of, I'd say our certainty level has gone way up on at least 50,000 acres, just with this first well.
Daniel D. Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Okay. Great. And then final one from me, 16% decline in cost since year end and you gave some detail in terms of those potentially not being sticky, but I'm curious as we head into the second half this year, how much capacity do you think you have for further cost reductions?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive VP, President-Exploration & Production:
That's always hard to project. In April, I think when we announced our first set of cost reductions, we had gone through all of our suppliers and gotten what we thought we could at the time, but continued to work at it and now have announced another 5%. I don't know if there's another 5% or not, but I can tell you we're going to continue to keep working at it. So a lot depends on what happens in the market, what gas prices do, what activity levels do, but we're going to keep trying to squeeze a little bit more.
Daniel D. Guffey - Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.:
Fantastic. Thanks for all the color, guys.
Operator:
I would now like to turn the call back over to Pat Kane for any additional or closing remarks.
Patrick J. Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer:
Thank you, and thank you everybody for participating.
Operator:
And this does conclude today's conference call. Thank you all for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Patrick Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer David Porges - Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Philip Conti - Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Randall Crawford - Senior Vice President and President, Midstream & Commercial Steven Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President, Exploration & Production
Analysts:
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets Michael Rowe - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley Joseph Allman - JPMorgan
Operator:
Good day and welcome to the EQT Corporation First Quarter 2015 Earnings Call. Today’s call is being recorded. [Operator Instructions] At this time, I’d like to turn the conference over to your host, Patrick Kane. Please go ahead, sir.
Patrick Kane:
Thanks, Danny, and good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation’s conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, President and Chief Executive Officer; Phil Conti, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Steve Schlotterbeck, Executive Vice President and President of Exploration and Production. This call will be replayed for a 7-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 PM Eastern today. The telephone number for the replay is 719-457-0820 with a confirmation code of 2277056. The call will also be replayed for 7 days on our website. We remind you that results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, are consolidated in EQT’s results. There was a separate press release issued by EQM this morning and there’s a separate conference call at 11:30 AM today, which requires that we take the last question at 11:20. The dial-in number for that call is 913-312-9034. In just a moment, Phil will summarize EQT’s results; next, Steve will summarize the capital budget revisions; and finally, Dave will provide an update on two projects. Following the prepared remarks, Dave, Phil, Randy and Steve will be available to answer your questions. I’d like to remind you that today’s call may contain forward-looking statements. You can find factors that could cause the company’s actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today’s press release and under Risk Factors in EQT’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file with the SEC and available on our website. Today’s call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning’s press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. I’d now like to turn the call over to Phil Conti.
Philip Conti:
Thanks, Pat. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced first quarter 2015 adjusted earnings per diluted share of $1.08, which represents a 20% decrease from adjusted EPS in the first quarter 2014. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT also decreased by about 16% to $386 million for the quarter. We had another very solid operational quarter, including record produced natural gas sales and record gathering volumes at Midstream. A high level story for the first quarter was strong volume growth more than offset by lower realized prices. Our pricing was significantly below last year. Our average differential was better than expected, offsetting some of the impact of lower prices. This came primarily as a result of moving gas to higher priced Northeast markets in the first quarter 2015. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partners’ results are consolidated in EQT Corporation’s results, and EQT recorded $47.7 million of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests or $0.31 per diluted share in the first quarter 2015, as compared to $18.7 million or $0.12 per diluted share in the first quarter 2014. This increase also had an impact on the effective tax rate in the quarter, which was around 20%, and they have been lower than some of you expected. That is a function of both the increasing noncontrolling interest portion of EQM, which is not tax affected, as well as Production income, which is tax affected being a smaller piece of the overall pie versus last year as a result of lower commodity prices. Other than that, the first quarter was very straightforward and I will keep my remarks fairly brief. The story in the quarter at EQT Production continues to be growth in sales of produced natural gas. Production sales growth in the recently completed quarter was 37% higher than the first quarter of 2014. NGL volumes were also higher, 71% higher than last year, accounting for 9% of our total volumes. However, as I mentioned, the lower average realized price more than offset the volume growth. The realized price at EQT Production was $2.77 per Mcf equivalent compared to $4.50 per Mcf equivalent last year. And you will find the detailed components of the price differences in the tables in this morning’s press release. Total operating expenses at EQT Production were $316.4 million or $81.2 million higher quarter-over-quarter. In March, we decided to suspend drilling in the Permian Basin as projected economics continued to deteriorate. There are several expenses in the first quarter related to that decision as well as to the lower commodity prices in general. In SG&A, we recognized $11 million of expenses related to discontinued drilling, including rig termination costs, a write-down of some well casing inventory and operating well impairments. Exploration expense was also higher and includes $11 million of non-cash lease impairments. Shifting back to operating results, higher DD&A expense accounted for $40 million of the increase in total operating expenses and was driven by volume growth, but partially offset by a lower average depletion rate in 2015. Transportation and processing expenses were $15 million higher than last year and you should note that these expenses were previously presented as revenue deductions in EQT Production’s results. And as you would expect, reported EQT Production revenues are higher as well to reflect that new presentation. LOE, including production taxes, was essentially flat compared to last year. Moving on to the Midstream business, operating income here was up 56%. This is consistent with the growth of gathered volumes and increased capacity-based transmission revenue. Gathering net operating revenues increased by 44% to $129 million, as gathering volumes increased by about 47%. Transmission net revenues increased by $20 million or 38% as additional firm capacity was added over the past year, mostly in the second quarter 2014. Storage, marketing and other net operating revenues were down slightly about $1.4 million lower in the first quarter. Total operating expenses at Midstream were $11 million higher quarter-over-quarter as a result of continuing growth in our Midstream business. On a per-unit basis, however, gathering and compression expense was down 31% as a result of volumes growing much faster than expected. Just a brief note on liquidity, EQT currently has $1.6 billion of cash on hand, not including EQM, and full availability under EQT’s $1.5 billion credit facility. So we remain in a great liquidity position to accomplish our goals for the foreseeable future. Our current estimate of 2015 EQT operating cash flow adjusted to exclude the noncontrolling interest portion of EQM’s cash flow is $900 million. With that, I will turn the call over to Steve Schlotterbeck.
Steven Schlotterbeck:
Thank you, Phil. As you read in today’s press release, we are lowering our 2015 CapEx forecast by $150 million to reflect the midpoint of our negotiated service cost reductions that we published in our March analyst presentation. Based on these reduced service costs, we expect our average cost per well to be between 10% and 15% less than last year. If weak commodity prices persist, we believe there could be more opportunities to cut costs, but for now, we think 10% to 15% is a reasonable expectation. Also in response to weak oil prices, we’ve decided to suspend drilling in the Permian Basin which was already reduced to drilling the minimum number of wells to hold certain leases. As a result, we will lose our development rights to approximately 700 Upper Wolfcamp acres. It’s always a tough decision to let leases expire, but we think in this environment, that’s a prudent economic decision. Moving on to our dry gas Utica well, as you know, we spud this Greene County well in November. During the drilling of the curve, we encountered higher than expected reservoir pressures, and based on the pressures observed, we needed to significantly increase our mud weight, which required a larger rig. We deployed the larger rig in March and completed the drilling of the well with a final lateral length of 3,300 feet. We’re currently running some reservoir tests and expect to begin fracing in early June. Despite this timing setback, we continue to be excited and optimistic about the dry gas Utica potential beneath our acreage. Upon completion of the Greene County well, we plan to drill a deep Utica well in Wetzel County, West Virginia later this year. Since we still do not have any results from our first well, we will not speculate about those results, but we will provide you with updates as we learn more. I’d now turn the call over to Dave Porges for his comments.
David Porges:
Thank you, Steve. Given the straightforward results for the quarter, I will limit my prepared remarks to an update on two previously announced projects. Let’s cover the Master Limited Partnership first, the new one. As we discussed in February, we decided to take public a new vehicle that will own all of EQT’s interests in EQT Midstream Partners or EQM. This means the new vehicle, whose New York Stock Exchange symbol is expected to be EQGP, will own EQT’s general partner or GP interest, including the incentive distribution rights, and it will also own the 22 million EQM limited partner units owned by EQT. On February 12, we filed the initial draft S-1 registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We received comments from the SEC on the draft and incorporated them into a revised S-1, which was filed on April 1. This is an iterative process of review by the SEC and response by us so we cannot accurately predict the timing of a final S-1, but we reiterate our hope to be ready for an initial public offering of EQGP by about midyear. Now for an update on the Mountain Valley Pipeline or MVP, in the first quarter, MVP announced the addition of WGL Holdings and Vega Energy Partners, a WGL subsidiary, to the joint venture. As we have previously discussed, this project will be built and operated by EQT Midstream Partners. EQM’s ownership interest in the JV is 55%. NextERA owns 35% and WGL and its subsidiaries own 10%. In addition to their ownership stake, WGL will be a shipper on the pipeline and has also agreed to purchase 500 million cubic feet per day of natural gas priced at Transco station 165. We believe this further validates the demand market’s desire to access the abundant Marcellus and Utica supply resource. EQT shareholders will benefit in two ways from this project. First, it will provide EQT Production access to one of the fastest-growing gas consumption markets in the United States. And second, it will provide cash flow growth at the MLP, which adds to the value of our GP and LP interests. In conclusion, EQT is committed to increasing the value of our vast resource by intelligently accelerating the monetization of our reserves and other opportunities. We have a very strong balance sheet which will allow us to continue to be focused on doing what we can to increase the value of your shares. We look forward to continuing to execute on our commitment to our shareholders and appreciate your continued support. With that, I’d like to turn the call back over to Pat Kane again.
Patrick Kane:
Thank you, Dave. This concludes the comments portion of the call. Danny, can we now open the line for questions?
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] We’ll take our first question from Neal Dingmann with SunTrust.
Neal Dingmann:
Steve, for you and the guys, you mentioned obviously for the service costs, I know you took the CapEx down considerably. Could you talk a little bit, it looked also like LOE we was down considerably and then on a go forward, it appears to be – what are you doing in that category to continue to bring that down so nicely?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
I think it’s just more of the same, Neal. Production continues to increase at a much faster pace than the costs required to maintain that production. So I don’t think there’s anything in particular I would point to other than just continue trying to manage our water costs as best we can. That’s probably the one area that we focus a lot of attention on and it’s a pretty high cost area relative to the others and is an area that’s continuing to prove how we handle our water will help us continue to keep our unit costs in line.
Neal Dingmann:
I know it’s early, obviously, on that Utica well drill, and obviously a bit away from the one you’re going to drill in the west. I’m just wondering, on a bigger scope, Steve, any thoughts on – because it is so early on the dry Utica, what that could mean as far as allocating capital dollars? At this time, as you see it for at least the next 12 months, the bulk even as I expect as you are about the dry gas, the bulk is still going to be in Marcellus and then, if so, are you continuing to target sort of a concentrated area there or how are you tackling that now?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
I think our view there, Neal, is this year will certainly be a year of testing the Utica. So we’ve drilled our first well. The second well will be in Wetzel County. We could potentially drill up to four additional wells this year depending on timing and what we see. But regardless, this year we’ll be testing. I think a good bit of next year we’ll still be gathering data before we’ll be in a position to even make a decision about reallocating capital between Marcellus and Utica. And I think the driver there will be, regardless of the IPs, which clearly our peers have had some pretty impressive IPs, we’re certainly hopeful we will as well, we need to define what the type curve, the decline curve looks like to really understand the economics. And I think our view is it’ll be a minimum of a year’s worth of actual production data before we’ll have enough comfort to shift any significant amount of capital away from Marcellus into Utica, assuming that indications are that the economics are similar or hopefully better.
Neal Dingmann:
One last one, if I could. Probably for Dave, as far as, obviously, after the drop down, Dave, and even prior, you guys have if not the best, one of the best financial positions out there today, certainly in the – not just the East Coast, but really in the universe out there. Acquisition-wise, I know you guys continue, with Steve and his group, continue to look at everything. Are you open to adding in the East? Would you consider adding another basin? When you look at – I guess I have two questions around this. Given the financial position, are you more apt to do acquisitions these days? And then secondly, if so, or even if not, would you like to stay in the same basins or would you go somewhere else?
David Porges:
I don’t think I would characterize our perspective as being more interested in an acquisition because of our financial situation. We’re executing the transactions we are with the Midstream because we think it’s the best way to create value. It’s the money, as I’ve said multiple times, is not burning a hole in our pocket. With that said, we do recognize that this could be an opportunity to acquire, and I’d say really in core areas would be the priority if the opportunities presented themselves at values that recognize the depressed commodity price environment. So I think I kind of answered your second question too, which is...
Operator:
Our next question is from Scott Hanold with RBC Capital.
Scott Hanold:
Specifically, could you give us some color on CapEx? Obviously, the number has come down and maybe a little bit of color on where you’ve seen the reductions really come in, was it backdating contracts with a specific service there? And then as a follow on to that, will you be comfortable at any point in time if you do see service costs continue to come down to actually use that money and put it in the ground, or do you just feel comfortable enough just building – putting the cash balance at this point?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
I think the – because the biggest line item in our drilling costs is pumping services, that’s what really drives that number more than anything. I would say a few of our contracts have been backdated a little bit, but for the most part, most of them have been pulling forward from the time we negotiated the lower costs, so most of that is prospective. The one line item I will comment on in the opposite direction is our rig cost, our day rates. Most of our rigs are under longer term contracts that don’t expire this year. So we have relatively little leverage in that area. So our lack of leverage is reflected in that 10% to 15% estimate. If soft prices continue into next year and the year after, we’ll be in a position to benefit from lower rig costs, but for now, we’re not. I think our plan right now regarding redeployment of that capital is to keep it on the balance sheet. We think in this low-price environment and the growth rates we’re expecting, we’re in a pretty good spot and don’t feel compelled just because we’ll have some extra money to run out and spend it just because we have it. So for now, it’ll stay on the balance sheet and we’ll revisit that periodically as commodity prices move.
Scott Hanold:
Maybe if I could rephrase the question, what price do you think on the forward curve it would take for incremental capital to be spent to start to become interesting?
David Porges:
That’s hard to say. We just really look at the economics. Actually, I would say the one benefit we get though of having the cash on the balance sheet is, unlike what we, infer is the case of the number of our peers, we will obviously have the financial flexibility to revise our programs upward if the economics improve as opposed to if you live in hand to mouth experience where you have to wait until the money starts rolling in. In our case, the money is already there. So really it is just the judgment about the prospective economics. But we really haven’t come up with new sense of a magic price at which we would revise upward. It’s just something that we really look at pretty frequently.
Scott Hanold:
Dave, what would you sense your – with these reduced well costs because of services coming down, service costs coming down, what is the after-tax breakeven price to get a 10% rate of return today on your core acreage?
David Porges:
Pat’s already looking to find the right page in the right presentation. And I probably want to refer you to that because we don’t – as you know, I think, we don’t just look at it as core acreage. We tend to differentiate between Southwestern PA versus Northern West Virginia wet, Northern West Virginia dry, et cetera. Those are the categories we use. Pat, I’m happy for you to [indiscernible].
Patrick Kane:
Hanold, I don’t know what the 10% return would be, but if you look at the Southwest PA, which is one of the two core areas, the other is Northern West Virginia wet. Southwest PA at $2.50 realized price would give you an 18% after-tax return. And Southwest – or Northern West Virginia wet would be 24% at $2.50 realized price. So the returns are still quite good even at today’s prices.
Scott Hanold:
Is that today’s service costs that you’re stating me those numbers on?
Patrick Kane:
Yes. That includes the service cost reductions.
Operator:
From Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Company we have Michael Rowe.
Michael Rowe:
I just wanted to talk to you real quickly about the production guidance change, understanding it’s only about 1% increase at the midpoint, but has anything changed with respect to completion timing on your 2015 program, or wells performing better than expected? I’m just trying to tie your CapEx reduction in February which was activity-driven with the production guidance increase this morning?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
I think for the most part, it’s just driven by – we have one quarter under our belt, so the range of possible outcomes narrows with the first quarter being ahead of our original guidance. So I think that should be expected to be reflected in raising the lower end of guidance up. So that’s what we did. I think well performance continues to improve. So there’s a little bit of that. But it’s mostly just around certainty having been a quarter of the year in the bag.
Michael Rowe:
You had a good NGL realization relative to WTI at about 46%. This looks in line with what you experienced in Q1 of last year. So is it reasonable to assume NGL realization should moderate closer to the low 30s on a percentage basis relative to WTI as we enter Q2 through Q4 of this year?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
I don’t know that we have a particular view on that. But when you’re looking at percentages also you do need to be a bit careful to make sure that you’re looking at NGLs the same way. I mean, as you know, generally speaking, when we’re thinking NGLs, we are thinking C3s and above is what we’re actually selling, right? The rest of the ethane, generally speaking, you should assume is being sold as methane. And there are some folks who are selling ethane as ethane. They would obviously have a lower percentage if they’re making the calculation that way. That said I’m not sure that we have a particular forecast, any great insight into what is going on in the NGL market any more than anybody else would have.
Michael Rowe:
Maybe one last one, if I can, just we talked a little bit about type well economics and the updated ones that you all have in your March presentation. Can you just remind us what the differentials you have baked into those are? Is that just your outlook on basis differentials at that point in time when you ran the calculation?
Philip Conti:
So whenever we show there is IRRs, we are using the local price. So it’s not really taking an assumption of a differential. It’s the local price. So if you’re looking at $2.50 local price, that could be $3.59 minus $1 dollar diff, or $3 and then with minus $0.50. Operator Our next question is from Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley.
Andrew Venker:
Wanted to follow up on the dry gas Utica. I want to make sure I had that lateral length right, so can you just repeat that for us, and given the challenge that you had in the drilling portion, I wonder if that changes your expectations of costs at least for the drilling portion going forward?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
The lateral length was 3,300 feet. And I think our expectation is while we did have a lot of challenges, I don’t think it changes our long-term view of the cost other than maybe a little bit on the mud side. So the mud cost will probably be a bit more expensive since we had to use heavier mud than we would have originally thought. I think everything else, over time, there will be a learning curve. It’ll take us probably several wells to get the costs in line with where we think they’ll be long term. Maybe the one additional color I’ll add that maybe is on the positive side, although right now it’s a theory, not practice, is on the proppant where – for our first couple of wells we’re going to use ceramic proppant, which is quite a bit more expensive than sand. It looks like it’s going to run about $100,000 per stage or $2.5 million for a typical well to use ceramic versus sand. Our reservoir engineering at this point is suggesting that it might be possible to use sand in these wells. So that’ll be something we’re testing, probably not in these first two wells, but in subsequent wells. So that’s some positive news from our end in terms of what the long-term development costs for deep Utica will be on our acreage.
Andrew Venker:
I’m sorry, just a follow-up to that, was that 3,300 feet the original lateral length you had planned?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
We had planned anywhere from 3,000 to 4,500. So our internal discussions were we need 3,000 to get the reservoir test we really want, which is the purpose of this well, we’ll go as far as 4,500. We had room to, but really the guidance to the drilling team was get 3,000, and at that point any hint of a problem and we’re going to call it and TD the well and move on, because really the whole goal of this well is to test the reservoir and we can do that with a 3,300-foot lateral.
Andrew Venker:
And so it wasn’t that you had significant drilling issues and that you thought you wouldn’t be able to drill the full lateral length? It was enough to the test the reservoir.
Steven Schlotterbeck:
It was. We had a lot of difficulties on this well and the costs were pretty high. And when we got to 3,300 feet, there were some indications that more problems could be developing. And we just didn’t want to take – once we had the 3,000 feet, we didn’t see any reason to take any additional risk, put the well bore at risk where we might not even be able to complete it, so that’s when we called it at 3,300.
Andrew Venker:
Okay. And the last one and then I’ll leave the Utica alone. Was that $2.5 million incremental completion cost baked into your original well cost estimate?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
Well, our original one, yes. If you look in our investor presentation, we have a pretty wide range of $12 million to $17 million. The $12 million is closer to what we would hope long-term we could do if we can use sand. And the $17 million is sort of a worst-case scenario with ceramics and accounting for other unknowns. But yes, we did have the $2.5 million in our original thoughts.
Andrew Venker:
Okay. And then on the Midstream side, you guys obviously had a big beat on third-party recoveries. Can you give us a sense of what portion was related to selling firm that you didn’t need versus other uplift?
Randall Crawford:
Sure. The majority of it was actually moving to higher-priced markets to sell our gas, and a smaller percentage was really on the overall capacity, because, as you know we manage our overall portfolio to maximize our price. And so our commercial team did an excellent job and they make those decisions daily as to whether to move our product or release the capacity to move to another market. But overall, the whole driver is really the realized price for our production.
Operator:
From JPMorgan we have Joe Allman.
Joseph Allman:
Just a couple income statement questions, I noticed that exploration expense is up. Is that from dry hole expense or G&A or something else?
Philip Conti:
It’s not dry hole expense, it’s some lease impairments in the Permian that Steve talked about. A small amount of it is also related to the lease impairment in Ohio Utica.
Joseph Allman:
G&A also increased in the Production business, can you talk about that?
Philip Conti:
Some of it’s just the natural growth in the Production business, but we laid out several expenses and I mentioned in my comments that were, I guess, you’d call unusual, and we’ve adjusted them out in some of the tables in the release this morning. It was about $13 million of expenses like that related to the rig release in the Permian Basin. We did take a further impairment on Ohio Utica value and then there were some casing that we won’t be able to use. That was in casing and we wrote down as well. So things like that. And that totaled to about $13 million in the SG&A line.
Joseph Allman:
Lastly, just in terms of the rig count and the terms of those rigs you mentioned earlier that you’re not getting the leverage of lower service costs fully because of the longer-term rig contract, could you describe the number of rigs and the terms of those contracts?
Steven Schlotterbeck:
Typically those contracts were three or four-year contracts. Most of those are one or two years in. I think we have one or two in 2016 that will come up, so those would be the first – that’s the first opportunity we really have to lower those costs.
Operator:
At this time, there are no further questions in our queue. I’d like to turn things over to our speakers for any closing or additional remarks.
David Porges:
Thank you all for participating, and we’ll see you next quarter.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that does conclude today’s presentation. We appreciate everyone’s participation.
Executives:
Patrick Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production David L. Porges - Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Member of Executive Committee and Member of Public Policy & Corporate Responsibility Committee Randall L. Crawford - Senior Vice President and President of Midstream & Distribution
Analysts:
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets Canada Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division John J. Gerdes - KLR Group Holdings, LLC, Research Division Stephen Richardson - Deutsche Bank AG, Research Division Cameron Horwitz - U.S. Capital Advisors LLC, Research Division Michael J. Rowe - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc., Research Division
Operator:
Good day, and welcome to the EQT Corporation Year-end 2014 Earnings Conference Call. Today's call is being recorded. [Operator Instructions] At this time, I would like to turn the conference over to our Chief Investor Relations Officer, Mr. Pat Kane. Please go ahead, sir.
Patrick Kane:
Thanks, David. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's Year-end 2014 Conference Call. With me today are Dave Porges, President and Chief Executive Officer; Phil Conti, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Steve Schlotterbeck, Executive Vice President and President, Exploration and Production. This call will be replayed for a 7-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 p.m. Eastern Time today. The telephone number for the replay is (888) 445-1112 with the confirmation code of 8636267. The call will also be replayed for 7 days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, are consolidated in EQT's results. There was a separate press release issued by EQM this morning, and there is a separate conference call at 11:30 a.m. today, which requires us to take the last question at 11:20 on this call. If you're interested in the EQM call, the dial-in number is (913) 312-9034, the confirmation code is 8851668. In just a moment, Phil will summarize EQT's operational and financial results for the year-end 2014. Next, Steve will summarize the capital budget revisions and the reserve report. Finally, Dave will provide a summary of our strategic and operational matters. Following the prepared remarks, Dave, Phil, Randy and Steve will be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements related to future events and expectations. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release under Risk Factors in the EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was filed with the SEC; and is updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which were on file at the SEC and available on our website; and the company's Form 10-K for year-end December 31, 2014, which is scheduled to be filed with the SEC next week. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. With that, I'd like to turn the call over to Phil Conti.
Philip P. Conti:
Thanks, Pat, and good morning, everyone. As you read in press release this morning, EQT announced 2014 adjusted earnings of $3.40 per diluted share compared to $1.97 per diluted share in 2013. A high-level story for the year as well as the fourth quarter was a very strong volume growth and overall lower unit cash cost. Notably, Production volumes were 26% higher than last year and Midstream gathering volumes were up by 27%. As a result, adjusted EQT earnings, EPS and operating cash flow for 2014 were all up considerably over 2013 by any measure, although both years were impacted by some unusual items that should be considered when interpreting and comparing results. I will touch on a couple of these items in my comments, but I do refer you to our non-GAAP reconciliations in today's release for more details. Also, adjusted operating cash flow of $1.4 billion in 2014 was up considerably at 19% higher than 2013. As I mentioned, we have several unusual items impacting earnings during 2014. In the second quarter, EQT completed an exchange of our Nora assets with Range Resources Corporation for 73,000 net acres in the Permian basin. We did record a $34 million gain at the time on that transaction. In the fourth quarter of 2014, EQT recognized pretax impairment charges of $162 million on our Ohio Utica shale properties, where estimated ultimate recoveries, or EURs, were significantly below our expectations; and also, a $105 million impairment on our Permian basin properties as a result of the decline in oil prices. Also in the fourth quarter, EQT contributed $20 million to our charitable foundation. Fourth quarter 2014 adjusted earnings were $0.96 per diluted share. That compares to adjusted EPS of $0.39 in the fourth quarter 2013. A significantly higher Production and Midstream volumes, once again, drove results. Adjusted operating cash flow at EQT was $390 million in the fourth quarter compared to $314 million for the fourth quarter of 2013. Our operational performance continued to be outstanding in the fourth quarter with 33% higher Production volumes than the fourth quarter 2013. We also realized 40% higher gathering volumes than last year and continued low per unit operating cost in both businesses. Finally, in the fourth quarter, effective tax rate was actually negative as the full year 2014 effective tax rate of approximately 30% ended up lower than the 33%, which we had applied to the first 3 quarters of 2014. The lower full year rate resulted from several factors, including some state tax planning that was implemented in the fourth quarter. The continuing impact of blending and the growing nontaxable EQM partnership earnings are consolidated with EQT and low pretax income as a result of the impairments in the fourth quarter. Now moving on to a brief discussion of results by business segment. I will limit my discussion to the full year results as the explanations for the full year, for the most part, apply to the fourth quarter as well. So starting with EQT Production operating results. As has been the case for many years, now the big story in '14 at EQT Production was the growth in sales of produced natural gas. As I mentioned, the growth rate was 26% higher for the year, driven by sales from our Marcellus wells. 2014 was our fifth straight year of more than 25% sales volume growth. The EQT average realized sales price was relatively flat at $4.16 per Mcfe, and 14 -- about $0.04 lower than it was in 2013. For segment reporting purposes, of that $4.16 per Mcfe realized by EQT Corporation, $3.23 was allocated to EQT Production with the remaining $0.93 to EQT Midstream. The majority of this $0.93 at Midstream is for gathering, which averaged $0.73 per Mcfe. I'd like to summarize a few changes that we made to our price reconciliation table, which should help in understanding the buildup of our realized price, which excludes noncash impacts. First, we applied the processing deduction directly to the liquid sales rather than averaging those deductions across all gas and liquids volumes. And secondly, we moved the Btu uplift to the natural gas sale section of the table to reflect the fact that on average, our gas has a higher Btu content than the NYMEX spec, primarily as a result of ethane that is sold as methane. Because of that higher Btu value, we realized a higher price per Mcf at NYMEX, which is reflected on the table. And then finally, we added an average differential line. The average differentials include the impact of local basis, recoveries received from selling some of our natural gas into higher-priced markets, recoveries from the resale of unused capacity and the impact of cash settled basis swaps. With these changes, it better explains the sales price that we received for our gas. For the full year, total operating expenses at EQT Production were 600 -- $867 million, excluding the impairment charges of 9% higher year-over-year. Absolute DD&A, SG&A, LOE and production taxes were all higher, again, consistent with the significant production growth. Moving now to the Midstream business. Operating income here was up 17% year-over-year, mainly as a result of the continued growth on gathered volumes and the subsequent entries in gathering total operating revenues. Transmission net revenues also increased by almost 41% year-over-year as a result of an increase in firm-contracted capacity. Net operating expenses at Midstream were about 17% higher year-over-year, and that, again, was consistent with the growth in the Midstream business. Finally, our standard liquidity update. We closed the year in a great liquidity position with 0 net short-term debt outstanding under EQT's $1.5 billion unsecured revolver and about $950 million in cash on the balance sheet, and that excludes cash on hand at EQM. Based on current commodity prices, we forecast approximately $1 billion in operating cash flow for 2015 at EQT, and that is, again, excluding the noncontrolling interest portion of adjusted EQM EBITDA. So we expect to fund our roughly $2 billion, 2015 CapEx forecast, again, excluding EQM, with that expected cash flow and current cash on hand. With that, I'll turn the call over to Steve Schlotterbeck to discuss the reduction in our CapEx forecast as well as today's reserve release.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Thank you, Phil. As you read in today's press release, we were lowering our 2015 CapEx budget by $450 million or 18% in response to the current economic environment. This consists of $425 million in EQT Production and $25 million in EQT Midstream. Of the $425 million reductions at EQT Production, $400 million is related to reductions in our drilling and completions budgets. We're reducing our Permian program to 5 wells, which were required to hold our acreage. And in the Marcellus, we are narrowing our focus to our highest-return Marcellus development areas. And the remaining $25 million reduction is in G&G and facilities expenditures. These cuts do not assume any service cost deflation. While we expect to realize significant service cost reductions, we are currently in negotiations with all of our suppliers and do not want to forecast specific savings until those negotiations are concluded. Moving on to our dry gas Utica well. As you know, we spud this county [ph] well in November. During the drilling of the curve, we encountered higher-than-expected reservoir pressures. Based on the pressures observed, we needed to significantly increase our mud weight. However, the mud system on the rig is not rated high enough for what's required to continue drilling. Therefore, we are now bringing in a rig with a higher-rated mud system, which has caused us to be behind our original schedule. We expect that rig to be on location toward the end of February. But despite this minor timing setback, we continue to be excited and optimistic about our dry gas Utica potential beneath our acreage. Finally, I'd like to discuss our reserve report. This morning, we announced year-end 2014 total proved reserves of 10.7 Tcfe, with a 2.4 Tcfe or 29% higher than the previous year and represents a reserve replacement ratio of 590%. Extensions in discoveries totaled 3.3 Tcfe, which included 939 Bcfe of crude reserves from 220 wells that were unproved in 2013, but they were drilled and completed in 2014. This is consistent with the company's history of continuing to expand its footprint and develop areas that we believe to be economic even when they do not meet the SEC's definition of proved reserves. Another piece of the 3.3 Tcfe of extensions in discoveries was 1.4 Tcfe of previously probable and possible reserves that we plan to drill over the next 5 years that were moved to proved undeveloped due to expansion of the geographic area classified as proved, longer-planned laterals and improved type curves. Additionally, 954 Bcfe from new locations, primarily as a result of acreage additions, were booked as PUD reserves. And one final comment on proved reserves, 790 Bcfe of proved undeveloped reserves were converted to crude developed in 2014 as a result of our drilling and completion program. Our 3P reserves, or the total of proved, probable, and possible reserves, increased 6.4 Tcfe to 42.8 Tcfe, an 18% increase over the prior year. This increase was mostly in the Marcellus and does not include any dry Utica. And finally, we are adjusting our guidance for our DD&A rate for 2015 to reflect the finalized reserve report. We now estimate our per unit DD&A to be $1.17 per Mcfe or $0.05 lower than 2014. Also, as you see in our 10-K that we expect to file next week, our after-tax PV-10 was $4.8 billion, 22% higher than last year, driven by the increase in crude reserves. This reflects a NYMEX price calculating in accordance with the SEC requirements that was $0.70 per dekatherm higher than in 2013. However, a decrease in regional basis of $0.71 per dekatherm led to an effective wellhead price that was $0.01 lower than last year. I'll now turn the call over to Dave Porges for his comments.
David L. Porges:
Thank you, Steve. Given the straightforward results for the fourth quarter, I will limit my prepared remarks to a discussion of our 2 announcements back on December 8, our 2015 operational forecast and our intent to form a second master limited partnership, or MLP. As you know, this is our first conference call since we've made those announcements, and we thought there might be some interest in hearing us elaborate on those topics as both pertain to our contemplated activities in 2015. Let's cover the MLP first. Our intent with this new vehicle is that it will own EQT's general partner, or GP, interest in EQT Midstream Partners, or EQM, including the incentive distribution rights. And it will also own the $21 million EQM common units that are owned by EQT. EQT will be the general partner of the new MLP. And as a result, EQT will continue to operate both MLPs, a distinct advantage as we execute on our development plans. Once EQM's 2014 Form 10-K is filed and the results are incorporated into the draft prospectus, we intend to file that document, the S-1, with the Securities and Exchange Commission during the first quarter. This will begin the iterative process of review by the SEC in response by us, so we hope to be ready for an IPO by about midyear, but the timing will depend upon that review process. We do not believe that the rapidly growing GP cash flows are being fairly valued in the EQT stock price. As we reviewed our alternatives to rectify that situation, we concluded that we wanted to be a vehicle that was publicly traded; had favorable tax attributes, such as those offered by an MLP; retains effective operational control by EQT, as long as that seems optimal; and that would allow a tax-efficient separation from EQT should we decide to affect one in the future. To be clear, we do believe there are significant operational synergies between a midstream and upstream business during this time of rapid growth. We recognize that this period will not continue indefinitely, and we need to be quite comfortable, but the chosen structure would not preclude a tax-efficient separation should that become desirable. As tied to the announcement, we received a few offline questions as to why we chose the MLP structure over the structure known as Up-C. We did give that latter structure significant consideration but concluded that the age of a significant portion of the EQM assets precluded favorable tax treatment offered by the Up-C structure. Also, we concluded after much in-depth discussion with tax experts that a tax-efficient separation was every bit as feasible for a standard MLP as for an Up-C. Moving on to our operational forecast for 2015. You have read about the specific statistics in the December release and revisions in today's earnings release and heard more about this just now from Steve. What I would like to add in the discussion is more about our thought process, especially how it relates to our financial situation and philosophy. As Phil mentioned, we ended 2014 with $950 million in cash at the EQT level and investment-grade rating from the 3 major rating agencies
Patrick Kane:
Thank you, David. That concludes today's prepared portion of the call. David, can we please now open the call for questions?
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] We'll take our first question from Phillip Jungwirth with BMO.
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets Canada:
On the third quarter call, you guys have talked about it being most economical to develop the core Marcellus and Upper Devonian. That it's fast. It's practical and yet, midstream [indiscernible] commitment to support mid-20% growth for over the next couple of years, obviously, is the one that's changed since then. But I was just wondering if you could provide any update to the longer-term growth outlook and the reduction '15 CapEx, and whether you could provide a range of sensitivities such as at $4 gas, we can grow mid-20s. But with at $3 gas, I think it's more prudent to target a mid-teens growth rate.
David L. Porges:
We're all looking at each other. We haven't actually gone through all of those sensitivities. It is fair to say that if we spend less, then the growth rates will be a little bit less. But frankly, we would still think that they would have approached the levels that we have talked about previously if the strip remains what it is at. I mean, it's -- at the current strip, you're probably looking -- you might be looking at more like mid to high teens for the next couple of years, but we have tried to position ourselves so that we could ramp up, as Steve mentioned, pretty quickly if need be. I mean, that's part of the benefit of having cut back more than cash flow would have dictated that we needed to. But we haven't really run through a variety of sensitivities in this kind of volatile market to give you a good answer to your question about what the growth rate would be at different NYMEX prices. Over the course of the next couple of months, we probably will run through those types of sensitivities, and certainly, we'll share those as we do.
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets Canada:
Okay. I know you guys haven't provided '16 guidance. But how would the reduced '15 activity plan impact your ability to ramp back up? I know you've always talked about there being a 9-month lag and spud to sale. So for 2015, should we think about that just taking the sequential run rate in the back half of the year extrapolating that into '16? Or is there the potential to ramp back up any increase in wells but could still impact '16?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Yes. Phil, this is Steve. Yes, we continue to have a fairly long lag time from TIL -- or from spud to TIL, that will continue. So what that means is most of the changes in '15's CapEx plan will affect 2016 production, and we've announced no impact on 2015. We'll maintain the ability to ramp up fairly quickly if the current price environment would approve and dictate that, that's a prudent thing to do. So we could change our plans fairly quickly. But given the plan that we just announced with the CapEx reductions, we think it's safe to say that we expect to be in the mid- to high-teens production growth in 2016. And again, if things improve and we can ramp back up, then that number would go up as well.
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets Canada:
Okay, great. And then last question, has anything in the last couple of months, such as gas prices or land activity levels, changed your thinking on the GP valuation, which I think last quarter you expect at $4.6 billion. And I know there's a range based on terminal growth and the discount rates, but the publicly traded EQM LP units have actually been pretty resilient. I want to think that [ph] but I just want to make sure.
David L. Porges:
Well, the -- our inside counsel who is in the room are staring at us with what feels like daggers, and they have -- they reminded us before the call that given that we've announced our intention to file a prospectus, an S-1, that we really shouldn't be commenting on such things. So I hope you will understand our reluctance to answer that question. I will comment that I think other people's GP opportunities have not necessarily been impacted by this if they're in a -- an area that has a favorable -- relatively favorable cost structure such as the Marcellus, Utica.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
I guess a couple of questions on my end, some were kind of hit on already. But you all mentioned that there were no assumed cost reductions in 2015 budget as of yet. I guess, number one, where are you? I guess, in the process ahead of those conversations, any indications around quantifying what those might look like? And then secondarily, to the extent they do come in, in a material -- how should we think about that as it relates to the capital budget? Should we expect you to accelerate with those excess savings? Or would that -- it sounds like maybe more likely accrued to the balance sheet.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Michael, we're right in the middle of that process. I can tell you, we have contacted all of our suppliers requesting a reduction, and we are starting now to get responses. And we're pretty happy with what we're seeing so far. But again, it's in the middle of the process, and we're hesitant to really comment in detail on it because we don't want that compromise any of our negotiations. But I think over the course of the next 3 or 4 weeks, we should conclude the bulk of that and have a better idea of exactly how much savings we expect to get.
Philip P. Conti:
And given the -- to your question about spending the money, frankly, given our ample liquidity and forecast liquidity, getting extra money doesn't really affect our thought process. I mean, we will be making decisions about the pace of development as we look at the market more broadly, not based on having a few bucks. I mean, we've -- we're not uncomfortable at all. Because I think we've been saying ever since we started the drops of the MLP a couple of years ago, we are not at all uncomfortable with having extra cash in the balance sheet. We don't think that, that prudence has hurt us in the past. There's nothing about the market that makes us think that, that's not -- that, that's an inappropriate approach. So we're going to stick with that.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
Okay, helpful colors. And then the kind of resale of excess term has helped you out in the last few quarters or several quarters. How long do you guys project having the ability to do that? Meaning like, do you eat up that firm in 2015 time period? Or is that something you'll have in your back pocket, if you will, through the course of 2015?
Randall L. Crawford:
Michael, this is Randy. Certainly, we think that the capacity portfolio that EQT holds has value, value in the long run. And so we would expect that to continue for an extended period of time. But I would also point out that a great deal of the benefit that we're getting is our ability to get to further downstream markets and to pick up feel-better pricing as a result.
David L. Porges:
So in other words, it's -- we're happy -- we're just as happy with the money that we get from selling our own gas into a premium market, as we would be to sell to right to move the gas, sell that right to somebody else. We still get the benefit. And of course, we continue to add capacity, basically, every year from now for the next couple or 3 years, 4 years.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
Okay. Yes, that's helpful. And then it might be something I need to wait for, but as it relates to the second MLP, I don't know if this has been discussed in the past or not, but is the intention -- like you said, you're alone on the GP on that, or maybe I'm ahead of myself, but is there an intention to have IDRs on that GP as well?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Yes.
David L. Porges:
What was -- what if we...[ph]
Philip P. Conti:
Now there's the -- the new -- the GP IPO, or the GP MLP will not have an IDR structure.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
Compounding IDRs.
David L. Porges:
Yes. The IDRs from the existing MLP end up in the new MLP. But they won't have a similar structure.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
You had mentioned that first Utica test and encountering higher pressure. Can you provide any color on just how much the pressure exceeded your initial expectations?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
What I'll tell you is we had the mud up to 18.7 pound per gallon mud, which indicates an extremely high pressure gradient. And we were several pounds per gallon below that.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
Okay. And where was that well?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
That's in Greene County, Southwestern Pennsylvania.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
And can you remind us where you're planning to drill the other tests in 2015?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
The next test will -- is planned for Wetzel County. And beyond that, it will depend on the results we see from the first 2.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
Okay. So is it the idea to delineate primarily West Virginia this year aside from the Greene County well? Or is there a lot of potentially drilling tests in this first run within Pennsylvania as well?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I think it's going to be strictly dependent on what we find, so we have -- we don't have a lot of direct geologic data. So these are -- they are first tests, so we're going to gather a lot of data. And depending on what we see, we'll determine where we need to go. So first one, Southwestern Pennsylvania, second one, Northern West Virginia and beyond that will be determined by those first 2.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
All right. Can you give us a sense of when we might get results from those first 2 tests?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Well, I hesitate to say that given that these are exploratory wells, and as we've already seen, unexpected things can happen, so we expect to be back drilling the curve in the lateral on the first well in late February. So that should take a few weeks, and then we'll be fracking the well, so that pushes it out probably another month. But with these kinds of wells, it's hard to predict. So -- but in this early spring, we would hope to start getting some results.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
And you might share those at that time or maybe it may depends on what you see?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Yes, I think it depends.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Neal Dingmann with SunTrust.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Steve, for you or the guys, wonder -- I know the production -- or I guess I should say the EBITDA cash flow guidance out there, I think you are assuming some differentials that were certainly a bit higher than what you've seen last quarter. Just want to know how you think about that. I think, as far as what you're thinking now on cash flow, I think you had for the quarter, I would call, what's roughly around $0.40-or-so differential. Just, I guess, your thoughts on 2 things. One, what are you kind of -- you're thinking about differentials here for the next, I guess, the remainder of this year? And how does that impact that cash flow or EBITDA?
David L. Porges:
Neal, we have this in the press release that's under guidance. So the differential for the year, we're projecting at between negative $0.40 and negative $0.50. And for the first quarter, we expect it to be positive $0.10 to $0.15.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
That -- I guess I understand that path. I mean, I think back in December, you're looking -- on a higher differential number, you had, I thought, virtually the same sort of estimate for cash flow. So it's like -- I guess what I'm getting at is just the difference between the -- the difference in the [indiscernible] differentials, the new change in production, is that what offsets this?
David L. Porges:
No. The differentials is -- they were less than $0.05 better than in December, about $0.05 better. It's the NYMEX price that mainly is impacting the cash flow.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Okay. You just make sense on that. I got you, I got you, okay. And then lastly, just on takeaway, you guys continue to do an outstanding job as far as being ahead of the curve there. I know versus some of your peers that still lack ample takeaway in the Utica. Just your thoughts, maybe for Steve or any of the guys, when -- I guess depending on the success of some of these dry gas Utica wells, is it suffice to say you'll have ample takeaways in that region if those come on as well?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Neal, I think it's a little early to really try and project, really, what's going to happen with dry Utica, given that we haven't even finished our first well. So I think we're going to hold off even commenting on that until we've got some test results and really can quantify what we think the impact of a success in the dry Utica might be.
Operator:
Next question comes from Joe Allman with JP Morgan.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
So I know that this morning, you lowered your planned CapEx budget for 2015, but I just want to compare the new CapEx budget to what you spent in 2014. So if we're talking about just exploration and development, is your new CapEx budget for 2015 higher than what you spent for E&D in 2014? Or is it flat or lower? And what does that mean for where your rig count goes from here?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Joe, it is up a little bit. I don't actually have the number right in front of me, so we're checking on that to tell you how much. But it is an increase over '14.
David L. Porges:
Yes. So '14 for development, we were at $1.7 billion.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
$1.85 billion this year.
David L. Porges:
And $1.85 billion this year, so.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Okay. And so from here, does that mean an increase in rig count or?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Well, the rig count, we -- for the bulk of the year, we expect to have 8 big rigs running and 4 topple rigs, so a total rig count of 12. I think we’re currently at 15 as we stand today, but that will be ramping down here shortly.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Got you. Okay, that's helpful. And then the reduction in CapEx, at least on the production side, I think your old budget was $2.3 billion, and now you're at $1.85 billion, so that's a 20% decline in CapEx. Your well count is down by 33% in the Marcellus and the Permian from what you plan in December. So could you just help me understand the -- why the CapEx drop is not proportionate with the well drop?
David L. Porges:
Yes. There's a lot of CapEx that's -- for completing wells that we're spud last year. So you have a -- your CapEx, it goes against well spud against last year. And then wells are spud this year, there'll be CapEx associated with those that carry into next year as well. So it's very normal to have a disconnect there.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Remember that the majority -- the clear majority of what we spend on any well is spent after we've -- after the drilling rig itself has moved off the location. And yet our account is typically for spuds.
John J. Gerdes - KLR Group Holdings, LLC, Research Division:
Right. But what's the inventory of wells that you drilled that you haven't yet completed as of December 31, 2014?
Philip P. Conti:
[indiscernible] the release. We'll get back in a second. So we had 722 wells spud, and 531 of those were online at the end of the year. And then there's 23 that were complete, but not online.
Operator:
Next question comes from Stephen Richardson from Deutsche Bank.
Stephen Richardson - Deutsche Bank AG, Research Division:
David, I was wondering if you could -- at risk of raising the ire of your General Counsel, I was wondering if you could talk about your comments about the tax-efficient separation potential of this new HoldCo? And are there any restrictions on -- are there any requirements on EQT -- C corp's ownership of this structure going forward?
David L. Porges:
Yes, there will be with any of these things. It's not specific to our situation. But the requirements have more to do with how much kind of indirectly, I guess, you'd say, how much of the ownership of the underlying operating assets that we have. So that's -- it wouldn't be specifically EQT's ownership of this GP HoldCo. It would be more related to that ownership x the HoldCo's ownership of EQM. That would really be more of what would be looked through. So exactly how any such entity goes about optimizing that is kind of depends on the circumstances. We'd -- and we'll be taking a look of that. But that's really the issue. It's not the standard C corp, C corp, where you think about you need to add about 80% ownership, 80% -- and then -- and spend 80%, if that's what you're getting at. It's a much lower thresholds, but your requirements are tied to what that underlying -- the ownership of the underlying operating businesses.
Stephen Richardson - Deutsche Bank AG, Research Division:
Got it, okay. And is there any -- as you think forward, acknowledging the synergies between these 2 businesses in the next couple of years, certainly, as you think forward to certainly building potentially the MVP pipeline, are there -- do you think there's a relationship between when the timing of this potential tax-efficient separation would come and the funding needs of EQM building new projects? Are those 2 issues related? Or are they independent? How do we kind of think about that in terms of timing?
David L. Porges:
I haven't really thought that EQM's funding needs are necessarily related to that, so I would grant you, that given what we just talked about, the -- when you need more funding, that you too can get to the point where you'd dilute the parent company's ownership sufficiently that you'd say, "Geez, you better make a move before you pass through that threshold." So certainly, that would -- that could factor into it. But there's a variety of ways that one could deal with it in the meantime. More broadly, but really just looking at what's the best way to create shareholder value for EQT shareholders. That's the governing issue. But the comment that you're making about EQM's ultimate growth is certainly a fair one. It does impact the -- that is one of the factors that one would look at.
Stephen Richardson - Deutsche Bank AG, Research Division:
Got it. Okay. If I could follow up just a little quick one for Steve, the decision to cut back in the Marcellus. Can you talk a little bit about where you're going to be focusing activity? I would assume that this would be less C county drilling certainly and more Greene and Wetzel drilling in terms of the core program for '16. How do you balance that with what's going on with your processing margin and some of the issues right now in the NGL market in the Southwest? If you could just talk to that a little bit, it'd be useful.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I think you actually answered your own question. So our focus is definitely going to be in our core Southwestern Pennsylvania, Northern West Virginia areas. Until recently, the Northern West Virginia development has a slightly higher return in our Southwestern PA even though the Pennsylvania wells were a bit more productive because of the liquid uplift. The current liquids market, that's flip flopped a little bit. So the southwestern PA dry gas area is back on top with Northern West Virginia close second, but pretty much pulling back everywhere else. So yes, the C counties, no drilling and some of the step-out wells we were doing, especially some of the dry areas of West Virginia is where we're cutting back.
Operator:
Next question comes from Cameron Horwitz with U.S. Capital Advisors.
Cameron Horwitz - U.S. Capital Advisors LLC, Research Division:
Just a real quick question for me, does your production guidance bake in any expectation for production shut-in, in the next rollout period just due to pricing at all?
David L. Porges:
No, we're expecting any shut-ins.
Operator:
And we'll take our next question from Michael Hall, with Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
I'm just -- I was curious as it relates to the 2015 plan in wells put on the production. Any guidance or on how many wells you would expect to put on production in 2015 average lateral length? And if there's any nuance as to the timing of those wells coming on given the trajectory coming out of 2014?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Michael, I don't have the specific numbers in front of me. But regarding the timing, I think you're likely to see production in the second and third quarters to sort of moderate a bit. So this year will be a first in 4 quarters it'd be where our growth has been. And if you look back over our history, you'll see that, that moves around. But we generally have a couple of quarters every year with bigger sequential growth than the other 2 quarters. This year is more likely to be first and fourth, sort of [ph] bigger increases, just based on the timing of our drilling plan.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Michael Rowe with Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co.
Michael J. Rowe - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc., Research Division:
I was just wondering if you could maybe just expand a little bit on your comments earlier regarding the current liquids market fundamentals in West Virginia, and just how those have deteriorated a little bit since -- even just a month or 2 ago? I just wanted to see if you could expand on that maybe a little bit and then provide any insights into your NGL realization for 2015.
David L. Porges:
We have a slide in our presentation that shows what's usually called the liquids uplift, and now we call it the liquids impact. Because essentially, the price that you get -- you still get a higher price per Btu for the liquids, but we take out the processing fee, you end up back at even with the gas price. So right now, they're being priced on par net of fees.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
But we're not experiencing anything any different than others. We just -- I mean, we have less wet gas, obviously, than some of our peers, so we don't -- the impact is more muted for us. So it's probably better, folks, for you to ask about that question. But -- so we don't have anything, really, to offer other than what you see in the market, which is that ethane prices are very weak, especially netted back to the wellhead, especially. And propane, because of the storage situation, is also quite weak. And there's a variety of takeaway projects that are in the market, that are just designed to mitigate some of that. But it's -- when oil prices have dropped as much as they have, it's really swimming upstream.
Michael J. Rowe - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc., Research Division:
Okay, that makes sense. And I guess just the last question is, it looks like -- I look at your new February analyst presentation, the EQT gathering -- from EQT Midstream gathering CapEx has come down, probably 35%, 40% from your prior guidance. And so that's just related to fewer wells being drilled and potentially, fewer wells being brought online?
David L. Porges:
That only came down by $25 million on a 2.5 -- $250 million budget, so it's about 10% reduction. And that just ties to gathering systems that were being built where the drilling that's been cut that we won't need it as soon.
David L. Porges:
It refers to what Steve has talked about in the C counties and stuff like that.
Operator:
And we have no further questions in queue at this time. I would like to turn the conference back over to Mr. Pat Kane.
Patrick Kane:
All right. Thank you, David, and thank you, all, for participating.
Operator:
That does conclude today's conference. We thank you for your participation.
Executives:
Patrick Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President David L. Porges - Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Member of Executive Committee and Member of Public Policy & Corporate Responsibility Committee Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production Randall L. Crawford - Senior Vice President and President of Midstream & Distribution
Analysts:
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Operator:
Good morning, and welcome to the EQT Corp. Third Quarter 2014 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note, this event is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Patrick Kane, Chief IRO. Please go ahead, sir.
Patrick Kane:
Thanks, Maureen. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's third quarter 2014 earnings conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, President and Chief Executive Officer; Phil Conti, Senior VP and Chief Financial Officer; Randy Crawford, Senior VP and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Steve Schlotterbeck, Executive VP and President of Exploration and Production. This call will be replayed for a 7-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 p.m. today. The telephone number for the replay is (412) 317-0088. The confirmation code is 10037715. The call will also be replayed for 7 days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, are consolidated in EQT's results. There is a separate press release issued by EQM this morning, and there is a separate conference call at 11:30 a.m. today, which creates a hard stop for this call at 11:25. If you're interested in the EQM call, the dial-in number is (412) 317-6789. In just a moment, Phil will summarize EQT's operational and financial results for the third quarter, then Dave will provide a summary of our annual strategy review with our board and revised GP cash flow projections and valuation included in our updated analyst presentation, which was posted on our website this morning. Finally, Steve will discuss our preliminary thoughts for 2015 production plans. Following their prepared remarks, Dave, Phil, Randy and Steve will all be available to answer your questions. But first, I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements relating to future events and expectations. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release under Risk Factors and in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed with the SEC, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are also on file at the SEC and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. I'd now like to turn the call over to Phil Conti.
Philip P. Conti:
Thanks, Pat, and good morning, everyone. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced third quarter 2014 adjusted earnings attributable to EQT of $0.51 per diluted share or 7% lower than last year's third quarter. It should be noted that this quarter's effective tax rate was 33%, significantly higher than the 25% effective tax rate in the third quarter last year. The effective tax rate in the third quarter 2013 was favorably impacted by some onetime transaction adjustments. So normalizing for tax rates, adjusted EPS would actually have been about 6% higher year-over-year. Adjusted operating cash flow attributable to EQT was $291.3 million in the quarter or 5% higher than the third quarter of '13. Our operational performance was strong again this quarter, with 25% production volume growth and 24% higher gathering volume growth, while net operating expenses increased by only 8%, resulting in a cost reduction in per-unit operating costs. EQT Midstream Partner results, as you know, are consolidated in EQT's results. EQT recorded $33.7 million of net income attributable to the noncontrolling unitholders of EQM in the quarter, which was up significantly year-over-year due primarily to the sale of the Jupiter gathering system to EQM in May 2014 and the associated equity offering at EQM, which caused EQT's ownership of EQM to decrease to a little over 36%, down from almost 45% as of September 30, 2013. EQT raised almost $1.2 billion from the sale of Jupiter, which will ultimately be reinvested in high-return projects, but this transaction does have the effect of reducing both the EPS and cash flow growth attributable to EQT in the short term. You may have noticed in this morning's release that we included tables for adjusted earnings, adjusted EPS and adjusted operating cash flow, all excluding amounts attributable to the noncontrolling unitholders. As the noncontrolling portion continues to grow, we believe this approach is more informative to investors. The other significant negative impact to earnings and cash flow was a lower realized price compared to last year. At the consolidated level, EQT received $3.88 per Mcf equivalent compared to $4.12 last year. The average NYMEX gas price for the quarter was actually higher at $4.06 per Mcf compared to $3.58 last year, but basis was a negative $1.38 in the quarter 2014 compared to a negative $0.28 last year. Our third-party gathering and transmission costs were $0.45 per unit or $0.07 lower than the third quarter last year, and we were able to recover $0.70 per unit in the third quarter 2014 primarily by transporting some of our gas to higher-priced markets and reselling our unused capacity via termed sales. That $0.70 per unit in recoveries this quarter compares to recoveries of $0.40 per unit in the third quarter of 2013. The realized price of $3.88 includes a $0.26 per unit noncash hedge gain for hedge ineffectiveness and for derivatives that were mark-to-market in the quarter. The realized price at EQT Production was $2.94 per Mcf equivalent compared to $3.07 last year or a 4% decrease. EQT Midstream realized $0.94 compared to $1.05 last year as a result of lower average gathering rate. The operational results were again pretty straightforward in the third quarter, so I'll move right into the segment results. Now starting with EQT Production. As I mentioned previously, the sales volume growth rate in the recently completed quarter was 25% over the third quarter of 2013. That growth rate continues to be driven by sales from our Marcellus and Upper Devonian plays, which contributed approximately 79% of the volumes in the quarter. Operating income at Production was $105.7 million, excluding a noncash $34.3 million gain associated with the reduced hedge ineffectiveness in the third quarter of '14 or 12% higher than last year, excluding a comparable $3.4 million gain in the quarter last year. As discussed already, realized gas prices at Production were lower in the quarter. In total, operating revenues at EQT Production, net of the ineffectiveness gain, were $328.8 million or 9% higher than the third quarter of '13. On the expense side, total operating expenses were higher as you would expect given the company's growth and totaled $223 point million (sic) [ $223.1 million ] or an 8% increase. Moving on to the midstream results in the third quarter. Operating income here was up 19%. The increase is consistent with growth of gathered volumes and increase in fixed capacity-based transmission charges. Net gathering revenues increased 12% to $102.4 million in the third quarter '14 primarily due to a 24% increase in gathered volumes. The average gathering rate paid by EQT Production continues to decline as Marcellus production continues to grow as a percentage of our total production mix. Specifically, the average revenue deduction from EQT Production to EQT Midstream for gathering in the quarter of $0.74 per Mcf equivalent was $0.08 per unit lower than last year. Net transmission revenues for the third quarter 2014 increased by $15.8 million or 40%, driven by fixed capacity charges and higher volumes associated with Equitrans expansion projects. Operating expenses at Midstream for the third quarter of '14 of $72.9 million were about $11.5 million higher than last year, consistent with our growth and increasing activity level at Midstream. Just a quick note on guidance. We are estimating our operating cash flow for 2014 to be approximately $1.4 billion, excluding operating cash flow attributable to the noncontrolling EQM unitholders. We closed the quarter with no outstanding balance on EQT's $1.5 billion credit facility and over $1.35 billion of cash on our balance sheet, excluding the cash on hand at EQM. So we remain in a great position from both a liquidity and a balance sheet standpoint for the rest of the year and as we prepare for 2015. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Dave Porges.
David L. Porges:
Thank you, Phil. Last week, we completed our annual strategic review with our Board of Directors. As is our norm during the third quarter call, I will use most of my time reviewing the main points of that discussion. As you probably imagine, there are not a lot of material changes to our strategy. We continue to drive shareholder value by economically developing our vast resource base and investing in the ever-growing Midstream opportunity in our focus areas of Southwestern Pennsylvania and Northern West Virginia. There has been some evolution in the execution of our strategy that is worth discussing. One overarching theme is the continued emphasis on reducing unit cost, unit operating cost, cost of capital, et cetera, in all aspects of our business. I'd like to focus on one aspect of this today, optimal pace of development. First, we continue to believe that it is most economical to develop our core Marcellus and Upper Devonian acreage as fast as is practicable. But there are many factors that help determine that optimal pace, and these factors and constraints have shifted over the past 7 years or so since this play's early days. Through about 2010, the primary constraint for EQT was the availability of low-cost capital. We removed that constraint by redeploying proceeds from various monetizations to allow us to invest an excess of operating cash flow. In 2011, we sold 2 midstream assets. In 2012, we created an MLP, EQT Midstream Partners, to allow the continued sale of assets without surrendering effective control of those assets. We still have about $2 billion of midstream assets at EQT, which will be dropped to the MLP over the next 2 years, assuming EQM's continued economic access to capital markets. While a strong balance sheet may not be a differentiating attribute during times of capital availability, it can be very valuable when capital is scarcer. We're seeing some signs of that amongst our peer group and therefore want to ensure that we maintain a strong balance sheet and ample liquidity. This influences our thinking regarding the timing of drops, amongst other things. Hence, our decisions to accelerate drops and also to shift more midstream CapEx to EQM. Once we resolve the capital access constraint by monetizing assets, the constraint on optimal growth was set by the pace of clearing enough land for long lateral multi-well pads as we felt that was the most economic way to develop this asset. This year has been pivotable -- pivotal in resolving this constraint as we now clear pads well ahead of our drilling pace even though our emphasis on multi-well pads and long lateral stresses even the best of land groups. This success, primarily as a result of fast-tracking acquisition of mineral rights adjacent to existing development areas, revision of drilling permits pertaining to pads under development and other measures, has come earlier than we expected. As a result, we decided to start increasing our standard lateral length earlier this year as part of ongoing efforts to further improve economic returns. To give you an example. One pad cleared for 2015 drilling has 11 Marcellus wells averaging 5,700 feet, plus 8 Upper Devonian wells averaging 6,600 feet. That equates to over 115,000 pay -- of feet of pay and 770 stages on 1 pad. Now this approach does result in longer lead times between spudding a well and turning it in-line as it takes longer to both drill and complete wells with longer laterals. And that is what caused the modest reduction in the midpoint of our 2014 volume forecast. However, from our perspective, the more important point is that this move to longer laterals results in a 6% reduction in cost per foot of pay and is consistent with that clear strategic driver to further reduce overall unit cost structure. So having resolved the capital and land constraints, the current constraint to optimal development pace is takeaway capacity. We have seen this coming and have planned our midstream construction and firm capacity commitments to accommodate mid-20% per annum growth for the next several years. Given that there is limited incremental takeaway capacity in the near term, our development plans over that time will be calibrated to allow us to fill the takeaway capacity, meaning that efficiencies that allow us to achieve the mid-20% per annum growth more economically, such as multi-well pads in long laterals, likely will result in achieving volume targets with fewer wells. Of course, we keep adding to future takeaway capacity with projects like our Ohio Valley Connector, or OVC; and Mountain Valley Pipeline, or MVP, which are staged to provide takeaway capacity that facilitates such growth for many years. Continuing on that theme, our midstream growth -- our midstream group has an ever-growing opportunity to provide gathering and transmission services in the Marcellus and Utica. Strategically, we think more and more of the midstream growth projects should be funded at EQM instead of being built at EQT and dropped. Funding organic growth projects in that manner was probably always in EQM's best interest, but EQM was too small to wear this investment in construction projects. And frankly, EQT was able to profit from selling completed projects to EQM once they were built and contracted. With EQM's growth and high coverage ratio, it can afford to warehouse larger projects. From EQT's perspective, now that the general partner, or GP, is receiving 50% of incremental cash flows, we create more EQT value by avoiding capital at the EQT level and benefiting from the GP than we do from expending that capital at the EQT level and recovering it in drop proceeds. Also, consistent with EQT's desire to maintain a strong balance sheet and liquidity, we would rather not warehouse such large midstream projects at EQT. An example of this thinking was mentioned in the press release this morning that EQM is assuming EQT's interest in MVP. MVP will require a lot of capital in the coming years, but EQM now has the size to finance this project without compromising their distribution growth. This makes the project more economical for EQM unitholders, while EQT shareholders will benefit by an increase in GP value as a result of the higher number of shares outstanding and continued visibility in distribution growth. As an example of this latter point, we updated our GP value estimate to account for both OVC and MVP. As Pat mentioned, that new slide is in the updated presentation on our website. The previous estimate for GP value, as you will recall, was $3.9 billion. Adding MVP adds over $0.5 billion in GP value, and adding OVC adds over $100 million in value. So with these 2 projects as the only changes to that prior estimate, the updated estimate is $4.6 billion. This same dynamic exists when examining the impact on GP value of other possible investments by EQM. Now does EQT stock price reflect this GP value? It is impossible to be certain, but we think it is highly unlikely that it does. This fact, along with the growing GP value estimates, reinforces our view that we must do something else to highlight that value. All year, we have been saying that we are targeting sometime around year-end to make a final decision about what that is so that we can execute against that decision next year. We are still on that schedule. We will let you know as soon as we decide, but given that we are getting close to that decision, we think it best not to discuss the options in too much detail on today's call. And I'm now going to turn it over to Steve to provide more color regarding our preliminary thinking about next year's development program.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Thank you, Dave. Building a bit on Dave's remarks, we're in the early stages in preparing our 2015 capital budget. Given the progress of our land group, we are entering 2015 in great shape from a cleared location perspective. As Dave mentioned, we're -- we've been successful at lengthening our average lateral length. For 2014, we expect our average Marcellus lateral length to be 5,820 feet versus an average lateral length of just over 5,000 feet in 2013. We expect to continue to be able to drill longer laterals in 2015. In addition to lengthening our laterals, we're also drilling more wells per pad. In length -- in 2013, we averaged 7.6 wells per pad, and this year, we expect to average 11 wells per pad. All of this will translate into a slower increase in Marcellus/Upper Devonian well count in 2015 compared to previous years while still achieving our growth targets as we are more focused on feet of pay drilled, not well count. We plan to budget a few more dry Utica wells for 2015 to further derisk the play on our acreage as pure results continue to look strong. Keep in mind that if we are successful, the Utica wells will not increase our total production sales volumes for a few years. I've been asked what the impact of our development plans would be should the Utica be profitable. It's way too early to know for sure. But if the wells are more economic than the Marcellus wells, we would shift capital from Marcellus to Utica as we are committed to drilling the most economic wells. With that, we'll open the call to questions.
Patrick Kane:
Thank you, Steve. Maureen, could you please open the call for questions?
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question is from Neal Dingmann from SunTrust.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Say, maybe a question for -- a general question first for Phil or Dave. Just wondered, obviously, your liquidity position, certainly, is great out there right now. So wanted your thoughts, I guess, for you or even for Steve, on just acquisitions either for acreage or companies in general given that solid liquidity position you have.
David L. Porges:
We are not letting money burn a hole on our pocket. I know I say that in every call when we get asked, but that's -- to me, that has -- the liquidity has no impact on whether an investment in acreage, say, would be attractive or not. I don't think it -- it doesn't take a financial guru to notice that the financial markets don't exactly embrace some of those acquisitions -- at least not for the acquirer. And I think that has been true over many years. Our mindset has not changed. We are not impacted by that, and I'll just -- I would just as soon leave it at that.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Okay. Does that include -- just I guess, I'm trying to think about how much acreage. Are you just still filling in acreage? Or do you see yourselves -- do you feel like you have enough acreage now, enough drilling locations that -- does that include acreage as well, I guess?
David L. Porges:
I'll let Steve answer that.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Well, Neal, I think we're always interested in acreage that fills in the holes in our core areas. So acreage that becomes available that fills those holes, is interesting. And probably more specifically, acquisitions where we have a competitive advantage in the bidding are the most attractive. So that typically happens when we have a lot of acreage that's immediately adjacent to the available acreage. So we continue to look for those opportunities, but they're not particularly common. So we'll go after them when they reveal themselves. But in the meantime, we'll just fill in holes as we can.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Okay, and 2 more. One, obviously, you continue to have huge dropdown opportunities. Do things -- I guess, when you think about how quick in the schedule of the drop-downs, do things just have to get sort of to critical mass before you decide to drop down? Or how do you all decide on sort of timing of these dropdowns sort of going through next year?
Philip P. Conti:
We always are preparing for the next drop, and there's work that has to be done getting the contracts in place, getting the accounting right, et cetera. Our bias has been to do at least one drop a year. So we're always sort setting a goal to have one ready within a year of the last one or even sooner if we can. So I guess, the answer is we're always trying to get ready to do the next one because we think that's the right place for those cash flows to exist and get value at the lower cost of capital.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And then maybe, Dave, for you -- Dave. Thanks, Phil. Just wondered, you made a comment about limited takeaway capacity just in the near term, so doing more multi-pads and such. Is that -- can you just maybe discuss that a bit more? I mean, how much more -- to me, when I look at that capacity, it doesn't seem limited very long. Maybe if you can maybe comment about that, how that's going to grow.
David L. Porges:
No, but that's all it -- it's just not a very good use of capital to be even a few months ahead of takeaway capacity. That's all, Neal. And then you...
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Very, very good.
David L. Porges:
Right. You don't -- you just don't want to be spending that money if you don't have to. And a lot of times, you wind up with drilling rigs and frac crews that are on longer-term contracts. We think it's one of the most economic things that we've done is to make sure we have a lot of that stuff under long-term contract. And you want to make sure that you're carefully planning that so that you're not getting the one too far out in front of the other.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And then my last question just on differentials. I know just looking at your slides, such as on the Jupiter, you have a lot of firm gathering and compression agreements coming up. Your thoughts about, I know you highlighted or estimated what you thought different diffs would be for this quarter. Would you add any more hedges here? Would you add more FTE here? Just your thoughts given what's going on with basis differentials in your region.
David L. Porges:
Yes. I'm not sure if I got a great answer. Randy, you may have a comment on it. We're always looking at the hedge portfolio, I'll tell you that. And we're always looking for a better -- broadly a sales portfolio that exposes us to higher-priced markets in the most economic manner. But if you're -- you're looking for nearer-term assessments?
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
So Dave, would you lock in more firm transportation today or at the prices that FTE cost, not necessarily? I guess that's kind of where I was going with that.
David L. Porges:
It all depends on the market. I mean, we think a big advantage that we have in having a commercial group as well as a midstream group, as well as Production, is that we can develop our own view of what it costs to move from point A to point B, say, with a pipe. And that we can develop our own view of what we think the market is going to be, what the difference is going to be between point A and point B. And if you think it's more economical to take out capacity, then you'd be open to doing that. I certainly think that we're in a good situation now. Of course, we've got a variety of -- we've got even more capacity coming on in the fourth quarter as it is. But I don't know that we'd be looking to take on any more than what we've been planning to take on at this point. One -- the big -- a big variable, and I know Steve has alluded to this in the past, is what does happen with the Utica? And that could change some thinking. But the way we -- I think we're reasonably comfortable with where we are right now.
Operator:
Our next question is Drew Venker, Morgan Stanley.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
I was hoping you could provide some color on the assumptions on that dropdown figure you provided.
Patrick Kane:
Basically, it's -- we have -- in round numbers, 2 assets [ph] still owned by EQT. And assuming 10x multiple, which is kind of a little bit less than what we've dropped recently, that's about $2 billion. So that's the only 2 assumptions there.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
Okay, that's helpful, Pat. And just wanted to clarify what you're trying to say in terms of shifting capital to EQM for the midstream side. Is it kind of implying you would be spending more on the E&P side next year and in the next few years?
David L. Porges:
No, that actually -- all that meant to -- that was not meant to imply that we're spending more on E&P next year. That's just meant to imply that the best with -- especially with us moving up to the 50% splits for the GP, that when we've run through the numbers, we think the most economical thing for EQT and, for that matter, for EQM is to have more of those projects built at EQM. It's purely a cost of capital decision. It's not a capital availability issue. It's that -- back in the earliest days, we were able to spend X on a project at EQT and then drop it for maybe 2x X because EQM was at such a size that they really couldn't wear in construction projects or projects that haven't been contracted out. So they will -- EQT basically derisked that. And the GP wasn't taking away that much from the LP. Now that we're into the 50% splits, it means that the price that EQM can afford to pay is probably a little bit lower, but EQT makes up a lot of value on the GP, so it's really -- it winds up being win-win to have more of those projects be built at EQM. I do think you should assume that as you look out, I don't want to pick the number of years, but 2, 3 years into the future, you'll basically see all of the midstream CapEx for the consolidated group being spent at the EQM level. I mean, I guess you never want to say never to new projects. But directionally, our view will be, because of those factors I mentioned. Again, it's the size of EQM that allows them to do it, and the fact that EQT is actually picking up more value from the GP than it does from build and drop, you should see that capital -- those projects moving towards EQM as opposed to EQT. Does that -- I'll take another shot if that wasn't clear enough.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
No, that helps, Dave. I just -- I think maybe just to follow up, does it -- so does your development plan for 2015 largely depend on logistics and planning and, I guess, all the things you normally take into account?
David L. Porges:
Yes, yes, that's exactly right.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
Versus running as hard as you can?
David L. Porges:
That's exactly right. Incidentally, one thing we'll probably -- we can -- we'll ponder doing is if the understanding on the thought process behind the CapEx being spent at EQM versus EQT -- we've actually done internally a fair amount of analysis on that. We'll see if we can't figure out a way to capture that in a way that -- such that we can communicate it numerically to investors. But it is not a capital availability issue.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
Okay, that's helpful, Dave. Assuming you could provide some clarity or some more color on how much of those third-party recoveries are attributable to selling unused capacity versus just moving gas around to higher-price markets? Like kind of how we should try to forecast that in the future because it's more...
Patrick Kane:
I think for forecast, so there's 3 things, 3 main things in that recovery line. One is we do have firm capacity to get to higher-priced markets. So that's a big part of it. We also have some of that capacity that we're not using for our own volumes that we resell. That's the second part. And thirdly, in the -- say, the typical 12 months or shorter, we do have fixed -- firm sales where we set the basis at the time of the sale. So on those contracts, if basis widens after we enter the contracts, the recovery goes with it because the basis has been set. So that's what's in that line item. Just given that, that -- those tend to be shorter-term, the best way to model recovery going forward is if you look at our sales points, which we have in our analyst presentation on Slide 44, and do a weighted average of the pricing that you get compared to the local price, that should approximate your recovery line.
Operator:
Our next question is Christine Cho from Barclays.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Would you be able to break down the 2 Bcf a day on MVP between producers and end users?
Randall L. Crawford:
No, Christine, we're not providing the breakdown of customers at this point.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. Then do you have any insight in what the shippers are planning to do with the gas once it gets to Transco? Just because my understanding is that I thought Transco was full, so have most of them signed up for capacity on Transco? Or is there some sort of dynamic going on with capacity releases and such that doesn't make it necessary to sign up for FTE on that pipe?
Randall L. Crawford:
Sure, Christine. I think that MVP does provide a lot of supply diversity to Station 65 and currently supplied by Transco, as you mentioned. Certainly, that the -- generally speaking, our experience has been that when you're creating a new interconnect to existing interstate lines with a market needs -- and with any market, it needs to create capacity, such as when they had Cascade Creek, TETCO's TEMAX expansion and such. So basically, the market that is in need of that gas has the existing capacity on Transco. They'll purchase the gas at 165 or a Zone 5 pool and transport the gas on the capacity that it owns. So it's important to remember, okay, that the pipeline, which is an open-access pipeline, doesn't control what happens to the gas that's shipped on 165 as the shippers on that pipeline own the capacity. So essentially, the shippers will -- that significant amount of gas crosses that meter and takes away at 165. So those shippers that already exist and have capacity on Transco will be able to access that liquidity and that supply. So those shippers that have capacity will be able to move it at that point.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
But I guess if you're adding 2 Bcf a day to that interconnect, I mean, what was the capacity at Station 65 before that? I would just think that it's like it would overwhelm a little bit. Would it not?
Randall L. Crawford:
No, not in our judgment. I think that, significantly, right now, Transco Zone 5 [ph] Currently imports about 4 Bcf of gas per day with the majority that's flowing from the Gulf Coast. And with over 3 Bcf a day that's consumed at Zone 5 Station 165, that's significant volume flowing through the meter. So it has -- so MVP will have shippers who have access to this liquidity, and they can sell them to the existing shippers -- or new markets, which will be developed over the 4 years, that will develop their coal retirements in the Southeast and Mid-Atlantic regions and such. So essentially, our experience in the development of the Marcellus, similarly, such as the taps that have gone into Tennessee at Mawa and Algonquin, the Texas eastern taps and such. So you've got a market in need of a supply, and this will provide a reliable source of supply to a growing Southeast market. So we're -- the market has really validated that assumption with the shippers signing, and I think that's -- certainly, there'll be significant liquidity ahead for shippers on MVP.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Oh, great. Okay. And then I know in the press release, you guys talk about the size of the pipe diameter, and total capacity is yet to be determined. But kind of on that GP slide, it implies that the pipe is going to cost $1.9 billion. Is that a good number to start with for us?
David L. Porges:
Yes, but you're looking at the EQT share, just so you know.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Yes, yes, yes, I know.
David L. Porges:
Yes.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
That's a good number?
David L. Porges:
That's not a bad assumption.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. And then you're talking about in 2 years, you would like all of the midstream CapEx to take place at EQM. I know that the big pipeline projects that you've been contemplating, it's taking place at EQM. But they're still gathering that's taking -- gathering construction that's taking place at EQT, and I think the rough rule of thumb in the past has been 20% of E&P CapEx. Is that -- like when should we think that, that starts to transition over?
David L. Porges:
It's -- I would think you should -- you should look at that as beginning to transition over.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Right now?
David L. Porges:
And I didn't mean to make it so specific as suggesting that in 2 years there won't be any [indiscernible] At EQT. But I'd say you should assume that, that transitioning is beginning, and that, yes, we are talk about that capital also, not just the big projects like the OVCs and the MVPs.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. And then your peers in the Marcellus that do infrastructure up there, a lot of those guys also -- a lot of them do processing as well. So do you think that takes away from your third-party gathering opportunities? If they can go to someone else to do gathering and processing, whereas with you, they can only do gathering. Can you kind of and talk about that?
David L. Porges:
Randy might have a view. I actually don't think so, because at least the main processor we deal with here, often has said they would prefer not to have to do as much gathering.
Randall L. Crawford:
And I think, Christine, from a customer perspective, I think an example of that is the Mobley processing facility that MarkWest has placed on the Equitrans system. So really, providing producers a complete solution to get their gas processed and having a residue solution, moving the dry gas, which we have been very successful in doing, I think the combination of those 2 makes us very competitive in the marketplace.
David L. Porges:
And it's only -- we're more than happy to work in conjunction with other midstream companies, just as we're more than happy to work in conjunction with other producers.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. And then last question for me. Can you break down the NGL volumes between Marcellus and Permian?
Philip P. Conti:
I will turn it to Pat.
Patrick Kane:
No, with -- I don't have that with me, Christine. If you would just follow up, we'll try to get that.
Operator:
Our next question is from Holly Stewart, Howard Weil.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
Maybe just digging into Christine's question a little bit more on the gathering CapEx at the EQT level, I think we've backed into, call it, $240 million or so in 2014, so -- that's excluding transmissions. So just I guess bigger picture, assuming that, that starts to decline pretty significantly in 2015 and beyond?
David L. Porges:
It starts to decline in 2015. We haven't set the budget yet. And frankly, one of the things we have to figure out for '15 is to the extent that the projects have been committed to already, it may wind up being more problematical to transfer it at that -- in the middle of the project, right? There tends to be -- even on the gathering, there's a lead of at least several months in putting it in place. So I'm not at this point ready to put a number out for 2015. I was providing much more of a kind of strategic overview on that.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
Strategic big picture, okay.
David L. Porges:
But you should assume that number that you're talking about starts trending towards 0.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
Yes, got it. And then maybe just, Steve, as you mentioned, kind of thoughts around 2015, anything that we should think about as a shift in the development plan, whether it's within your different areas?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
No, I think we haven't finalized our plan yet. So we don't even have specifics internally. But I think you'll see a continued focus on our core areas of the Marcellus will attract the bulk of our investment capital next year. There'll be no change.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
Okay, okay, great. And then -- I mean, and Pat, maybe you talked about this a little bit just in terms of this third-party gathering and transmission recovery line. I mean, it looks like you blew away your 3Q guidance for that. And your 4Q guidance is a lot better than even what you've realized in the first quarter. I assume it's very seasonal with 1Q and 4Q. So can you just kind of help us better understand how you're getting to those numbers?
Patrick Kane:
Yes, it's -- I think the blowing away the guidance, if you look at the basis realized in the third quarter compared to where it was when we gave the guidance, it was wider. And the biggest chunk of the improvement in the recoveries had to do with these fixed sales that we had the -- basically the recovery moved up penny for penny with the basis. And you're right, it is seasonal. So fourth quarter, the big improvement there is that we do expect winter again, and that will help.
David L. Porges:
So a big part of that then is just not being as exposed to the basis as possibly, I guess, our earlier ways of presenting it might have made it seem.
Operator:
Our next question is Joe Allman, JPMorgan.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Just one question on the longer laterals. Could you quantify what happens to the longevity of the drilling inventory as you move over to drilling more longer laterals?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Well, I think it probably is unchanged given the fact that we're going to drill -- we have a set amount of capital. So we'll drill less wells, but the same number of lateral feeds, so develop the same amount of acreage in either case. So there's a capital efficiency improvement, but I think it doesn't really impact our -- the length of our inventory.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Okay. So how many longer laterals could you do? So for example, if you -- if any given area, you had say a 10-year inventory of drilling, do you think you could drill longer laterals in pretty much all your acreage? Or is it going to -- is it on 1/2 your acreage or 1/4 of your acreage? Then if you had a 10-year inventory of drilling, I'm assuming that inventory goes down to say 7 years, just because you have fewer wells, but they're longer wells.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
No, the -- I think you -- the way to think about it is how much acreage are we developing? And that's driven by the factors that Dave mentioned. Used to be driven by capital and land. Now for the next couple of years, by capacity. So we will drill -- we'll develop the same amount of acreage. We'll just do it with less wells because they're longer laterals. But inventory is really about acreage, not well count. So I guess if you want to just think about it as well count, which is not how we think about it, the well count will go down, but the available acreage and the growth opportunity is unchanged. It's just more capital-efficient.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
And how widely could you drill the longer laterals? On -- what percentage of your wells could be longer laterals?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Well, that's hard to answer. One, longer than what? But it's very acreage-dependent, and it's very dependent on our ability to add acreage adjacent to our current acreage, to swap with our competitors to build blockier positions. So there's numerous factors that go into that. I would say, we expect to be able to continue to drill laterals as long as we're drilling now, on average, for the next few years. And we hope to be able to lengthen them further, but we think we can replicate what we're doing now for a while.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Okay, that's helpful. And then on takeaway, when you compare yourselves to other operators in the Marcellus and the Upper Devonian, what advantages do you think EQT has versus others in terms of takeaway and price realizations?
David L. Porges:
Well, I'll -- yes, I'll just go back. I'll give my 2 cents on it, and if Randy or Steve wish to volunteer something, or Pat, that's fine as well. I come right back to thinking that the main advantage we have -- and look, I think a lot of these peers are very good companies. So I don't -- I certainly do not mean for any of this to come across as being critical. But if we just look at ourselves, we'd say we get a benefit from this factor I had mentioned on an earlier -- in answer to an earlier question, about having a better, more detailed knowledge of how much it actually costs to build the takeaway capacity to go from, say, point A to point B and to be able to compare that to what the prices are in the market. We -- as a result of a lot of these activities, we have a pretty good idea of what other projects are out there as well and a notion of how that's likely to impact that basis differential between those locations over the course of time. So we've got a sense of what projects we think make sense over time and which ones make less sense over time. Beyond that, of course, we do get a benefit from the fact that we have built a lot of the gathering here. So a lot of the gathering necessarily goes through our Equitrans system. Equitrans is feeding the MVP project, et cetera. Randy, you have any thoughts?
Randall L. Crawford:
Yes. I would just add that -- at EQT that we've been, from a first mover standpoint, from the fact that we were in the Huron and moving the importance of FTE, that the contracts that we have entered into are economically sound. They access a broad portfolio, an excellent commercial group, and we're getting to a variety of different markets. And so the fact that we have stepped up our team [ph] '14 [ph] Capacity is coming on in November, that will access both the Gulf Coast and the Northeast market. So we have consistently at EQT been proactive in procuring firm transportation to the valued markets that David said. And I think our track record speaks for itself.
David L. Porges:
So look, none of the peers who are roughly our size have their head in the sand on this. Everybody that we're aware of is aware and has been aware that they need to be focused on takeaway capacity. I mean, I understand there's been a couple of cases where folks maybe didn't have as much for whatever reason. Actually, if you -- the -- if your credit rating isn't as good, maybe it's harder to get some of the firm transport, the terms that you would like. But generally speaking, I think our -- the peers who are more or less our size are all very and have been very focused on this issue.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
That's very helpful. And then lastly, in terms of options for the GP, is doing nothing -- is that still an option that you might disclose at year-end? And could you disclose what the most viable options are that you're pursuing at this point?
David L. Porges:
I guess I'd say in theory, it's an option because I don't really want to go into details. But I don't know that, that would be a -- if I were in your shoes, I'm not sure that that's the inference that I would be drawing from the comments that we've made.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Got you. Could you talk about the most viable options that you are pursuing?
David L. Porges:
I've got 2 lawyers in the room staring at me. So is that an answer enough?
Operator:
This does conclude our question-and-answer session. I would like to turn the conference back over to Patrick Kane for any closing remarks.
Patrick Kane:
Thank you, Maureen, and thank you, all, for participating.
Operator:
The conference is now concluded. Thank you for attending today's presentation. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Patrick John Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production David L. Porges - Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Member of Executive Committee and Member of Public Policy & Corporate Responsibility Committee Randall L. Crawford - Senior Vice President and President of Midstream & Distribution
Analysts:
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets U.S. Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division Amir Arif - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC
Operator:
Good morning, and welcome to the EQT Corporation Second Quarter 2014 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note that this event is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Patrick Kane. Mr. Kane, please go ahead.
Patrick John Kane:
Thanks, Dana. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corporation's Second Quarter 2014 Earnings Conference Call. With me today are Dave Porges, President and Chief Executive Officer; Phil Conti, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Randy Crawford, Senior VP and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Steve Schlotterbeck, Executive Vice President and President of Exploration and Production. This call will be replayed for a 7-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 today. The telephone number for the replay is (412) 317-0088. The confirmation code is 10037707. The call will also be replayed for 7 days on our website. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, are consolidated in EQT's results. There was a separate press release issued by EQM this morning and there is a separate conference call today at 11:30 a.m., which creates a hard stop for this call at 11:25. If you are interested in the EQM call, the dial-in number for that call is (412) 317-6789. In just a moment, Phil will summarize EQT's operational and financial results for the second quarter 2014. Then Steve will comment on the findings of our review of our dry Utica acreage and finally Dave will provide an update on our transmission projects and GP cash flow projections and evaluation included in our updated analyst presentation, which was posted on our website this morning. Following Dave's remarks, Dave, Phil, Randy and Steve will all be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements related to future events and expectations. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release under Risk Factors in EQT's Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2013, filed with the SEC, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC and are available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. I'd now like to turn the call over to Phil Conti.
Philip P. Conti:
Thanks Pat, and good morning, everyone. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced second quarter 2014 adjusted earnings of $0.58 per diluted share, which represents a $0.02 per share increase versus the second quarter of 2013. The GAAP EPS was $0.73 per share in the quarter and included a $38 million gain on the asset exchange with Range, with $31 million of that gain realized at Production and the balance recognized at Midstream. As Pat reminded you, EQT Midstream Partners, or EQM's results, are consolidated in EQT's results. The impact of the noncontrolling interest in those results is a little clearer on the income statement than it is on the cash flow statement. EQM operating cash flow or adjusted EBITDA as it is defined in the EQM press release was $57 million in the quarter and is included in EQT's consolidated cash flow. However, as we have noted in the past, not all of that cash flow is available to EQT, as noncontrolling unitholders owned approximately 64% of EQM at the end of the second quarter 2014. Summarizing the quarter from an operational and financial perspective, EQT production volumes were 110 Bcf or approximately 17% higher than the second quarter last year but about 4 Bcf below our previous forecast. The shortfall versus guidance was due to the delay in the installation of a gathering pipeline, which postponed 2 multi-well pads from being turned in line, and also due to the delay in construction of well lines to another multi-well pad. In total, 22 wells were delayed and all 22 of those wells are currently flowing, which explains why we are reiterating our full year guidance of between 465 and 480 Bcf equivalent. We expect third quarter production volumes of 118 Bcf to 122 Bcf equivalent or a 9% sequential growth rate assuming the midpoint of that range. Midstream gathered volumes were also up in the quarter about 17% higher than last year. However, the volume growth at both businesses was largely offset by lower commodity prices and absolute costs that were higher than last year consistent with, but less than, the growth in volumes. Prices were obviously a big factor in the quarter. At the consolidated level EQT's average effective sales price of $3.85 per Mcf equivalent was about 10% lower than the $4.29 we realized in the second quarter last year. The average NYMEX gas price for the quarter was actually considerably higher at $4.67 per MMBtu compared to $4.09 last year. However, from a hedge price perspective, a portion of the impact of that higher NYMEX was offset by the fact that some higher price swaps rolled off in 2014. Also basis was significantly lower at negative $0.78 in the second quarter 2014 compared to basis which was basically flat with NYMEX last year. However, we were able to recover about $0.20 per Mcf equivalent in the second quarter 2014 through transporting some of our gas to higher-priced markets, and also through the resale of our unused capacity. The realized price of $3.85 included an $0.08 non-cash hedge loss on derivatives that were marked-to-market. The realized price at EQT Production was $2.92 per Mcf equivalent compared to $3.24 last year, or also about 10% lower. EQT Midstream realized $0.93 compared to $1.05 last year, as a result of a lower gathering rate, lower average gathering rate. And finally, our third-party gathering and transmission costs were $0.54 or about $0.05 per unit lower than the second quarter last year. A few brief comments on the production results. EQT production operating income, adjusted for the gain on the Range transaction was 8% higher than last year. As I discussed a minute ago, this 17% volume increase was significantly offset by lower commodity prices. The result was net operating revenue of about $322 million in the quarter, which was only 5% higher than the second quarter of 2013 despite the healthy volume growth. Operating expenses were about 1% higher. Excluding the $4.8 million legal reserve, SG&A, production taxes, and LOE were all higher, as you would expect given the volume growth, however DD&A was lower as a result of a depletion rate that is 19% lower than last year, primarily as a result of the increase in reserves at year-end 2013. Moving on to Midstream results in the quarter. Midstream operating income adjusted again for the gain on the Range transaction was up 13% due to the growth of gathered volumes and increased capacity base transmission revenue. Net revenue was $152 million, up about 16%. Gathering net revenue increased by 5%, as gathering volumes increased by 17%, but were somewhat offset by an 11% decrease in the average gathering rate. That gradual decrease in average gathering rate has been ongoing and is due to the continued increase in the Marcellus gathered volumes in the mix, which are relatively less expensive to gather and therefore, gets charged at a lower rate. Midstream transmission net revenues also increased by 33% in the quarter, driven by higher capacity reservation charges and throughput. Third-party transmission revenues were 73% higher than last year and accounted for 1/2 of second quarter transmission revenue. Storage, marketing and other operating revenue was $4.1 million higher in the second quarter, as a result of revenue from storage assets that were received as part of a consideration from the utility sale that closed in December. Operating expenses at Midstream were up 20% quarter-over-quarter, however, per unit gathering and compression expense was 6% lower, driven down by the volume growth. A couple of comments on funding and liquidity in the second quarter. As you know, we sold our Jupiter gathering system to EQM for $1.2 billion in May of 2014. There was no EQT income statement impact from that transaction, as EQT controls EQM through the general partner ownership and therefore, EQM's results are consolidated with EQT. From a tax perspective, however, EQT did realize a gain on the transaction, and we expect to pay cash taxes of approximately $100 million related to the sale of the Jupiter gathering system. A quick update on our share repurchase authorization. We bought back 300,000 shares of EQT stock during the quarter and have 700,000 shares remaining under the current authorization. And then just a couple of quick notes on the balance sheet. We closed the quarter with no short-term debt other than the $330 million of short-term debt at EQM that gets consolidated into EQT's balance sheet, and a current cash balance at EQT of approximately $1.4 billion. We also continue to have full availability under our $1.5 billion revolving credit facility. Using the current strip for the remainder of the year, our operating cash flow estimate for full year 2014 is approximately $1.5 billion. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Steve Schlotterbeck.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Thank you, Phil. As we discussed at the time of the first quarter call, we were revisiting our geologic and engineering analysis of the dry Utica/Point Pleasant potential on our acreage. As we look at the initial results of the wells drilled so far in the play by other operators, our technical teams are very encouraged that the results are basically in line with what our models would predict. Until now, we've been hesitant to drill our own well based solely on those models, given the lack of well control. But we think it is now time to drill a test well on our acreage. Based on our review, we have approximately 400,000 acres that could be prospective for Utica. There's little disagreement that there is a tremendous amount of gas in place in the play. The question is whether or not the gas can be profitably produced, as each well could cost as much as $15 million. Based on our work, we decided to drill the first test well in Greene County. The main reasons for this were
David L. Porges:
Thanks, Steve. I would like to comment on the status of our pipeline projects and the related topic of our current thoughts on the EQM GP. Before giving specifics on the status of 3 pipeline projects, however, I'd like to provide a strategic overview. With the growth in production volumes in our region, we have become quite confident that there will be many attractive Midstream investment opportunities. In fact, I believe there will be more opportunities over time than we can prudently pursue. Therefore, we need to prioritize our selection criteria and also make sure that EQT and EQM are prepared for this sustained growth. The primary drivers of our prioritization are
Patrick John Kane:
Thank you, Dave. That concludes the comments portion of the call. Dana, can we please now open the call for questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Neal Dingmann with SunTrust.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
A few questions here. First, maybe if you guys could just follow-on to what you were just saying at the very end there, you mentioned and I would agree with you about the material value of the GP, you mentioned by year end you would consider or look at some options for monetization. What are -- can you discuss this maybe in a little bit more detail, some things that maybe you or the board or anybody has talked about at this point? I mean certainly, there is value there, I'm just wondering if any...
David L. Porges:
Yes, I think, I'd rather not do that, Neal, other than -- well, first thanks for your question, and I'd rather not do that other than just mention that we are looking at what a lot of other folks have done but frankly, when I've gone through the list of alternatives in the past, it hasn't turned out well. So I just assume, we -- yes, you probably remember. But you just recall that we did -- we've been saying around year end for a little while and we both know that there are, we all know on this call probably, that a number of different companies have gone down this path before they picked different routes. And we've taken a look at a lot of that, and we've used some experts, some investment banks, et cetera, to try to help us think that through. But frankly, I'd just assume we'll leave it at that, if that's okay.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Maybe moving on for Steve. Steve you mentioned about the 400,000 perspective unit acreage and I was glad to see you guys finally breaking this out. Your thoughts on this first well in Greene County, Steve would you think about doing, I guess sort of commingled pads, or you would drill Utica and Marcellus on the one or is this just kind of just that step out test well? How do you foresee sort of developing some of these Utica wells with, say, the Marcellus there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I think, Neal, first of all, we're viewing this first well as a test. So it's an experimental well. We see lots of resource potential, I mean there's a lot of gas in place. I think that's pretty clear to everybody. But there are some challenges. It will be the deepest well we've drilled. It will be the deepest Utica well drilled so far, I believe. So I think it's going to be around 13,500 feet deep. So there are some -- not so much drilling questions, but I think on the completion side we have some questions we need to answer and some tests we need to run. So for now, this is an experimental well. Our view though is, if successful, and depending on the ultimate economics of the Utica development, I think we would develop it on existing pads or in combination with Marcellus drilling. We don't see a need for separate pads or separate facilities. It could all be done in conjunction with each other.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Steve, can I ask one thing here? Does that depth preclude you from taking the lateral out further than you might otherwise or maybe if you can comment around that?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I don't think so. I don't think we're too worried about the drilling aspects. Our test well is planned to be about 6,400 feet. We feel very comfortable with that. And I think, we feel like we'll be able to go longer. Probably our biggest questions in our mind concern the pressures and the stresses, so what's the right propping. We know we won't be able to use sand, so we'll be using most likely ceramic propping. What strength do we need, what sort of pumping pressures are we going to see and pump rates can we get at this depth in those pressures. So a lot of experimentation to do. We're kind of sort of in a new frontier here in terms of depth and pressures. So there's -- we have some questions to answer on this first well.
Operator:
Our next question is from Scott Hanold from RBC.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division:
Maybe if I can follow-up since we're talking about the Utica well right now. So when you step back and look at, I know it's really early today, but given what you know on what you think the cost could be, I mean, what do you think you need to get out of this well to make it economic and then I'll say, along with that then you make it competitive with some of the higher return projects you have in your portfolio?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I think, probably the simplest way to think about it, back of the envelope, is the wells are going to cost twice as much as a Marcellus well, so they're going to have to produce twice as much to be competitive. They can obviously produce less than that to be economic. But I think our -- given the large inventory of Marcellus opportunities we have, our real goal is to make it competitive with the Marcellus, not just meet our cost to capital. So basically we're looking for double.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division:
Okay. Got it. And I know you provided a pretty wide range on the cost expectation because, obviously, it's really -- you haven't drilled the well yet, but I mean what would be the ideal cost, maybe, is it that when you say twice the EUR, do you think twice the cost of Marcellus well is also going to be kind of the go forward thought, so if you can get your Marcellus wells down to, say, $6 million, $6.5 million, these are going always to be in that $12 million, $13 million range on the low side?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Well, I'm not sure it quite works that way. It's really, the well -- it happens to be about double our estimate but it's really based on the specifics. And because of the depth of the Utica under a lot of the most perspective acreage, they're going to be expensive. And I think that range, the range that we're providing is driven more by what strength casing we're going to need and what kind of horsepower and pressure limits on our frac equipment is going to be required. So those are things that we're going to have to drill a well to find out. But that's why there's such a big range now. And I think a lot of the costs go into higher propping, higher horsepower. So it's -- a lot of the extra costs are coming on the stimulation side. There's a little more cost because of the depth on drilling but it's really driven by increases in our frac-ing needs.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division:
Okay, understood. And then my follow-up would be then on production. Obviously, this quarter a little bit below expectations because of well timing. Was there any other kind of constraint in the field just due to a line -- high line pressures that you may all have seen or maybe a mix shift in terms of what you completed in the quarter. And I guess what I'm getting to is even with the 4 Bcf, you guys were within your guidance, but it's pretty much been a beaten race story in terms of production historically for you all. So not to be well above, kind of, your production range was a bit of surprise.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Yes, I mean, I think when we provide guidance, we're giving you our best estimate and sometimes things go more favorably than we expect and sometimes we have some issues that we didn't expect. In this quarter as we mentioned, we had 22 wells that were delayed for a couple of different reasons, mostly around just getting them in line. But just for reference, that's 22 wells from 3 pads on average delayed about 2 weeks. So because of the large number of wells per pad and the large production per well, it doesn't take a long delay to have some fairly significant impact, positive and negative. So if things happen a little faster, our numbers can exceed pretty easily. And if they're a little bit late, they can miss. In the end of the day it's all timing. I think when you look on a calendar year basis, the impacts are pretty minimal.
Operator:
Our next question is from Phillip Jungwirth with BMO.
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets U.S.:
I wanted to ask a question on the GP valuation. If I look at the LP distribution forecast for 2019, it looks like the LP is trading at a 4.8% yield. And then applying the same yield to the GP cash flow in 2019, basically gets you to the $3.9 billion base case valuation. But the GP growth rate doubles in the LP. So my question is, do you think an 8% WAC [ph] is really realistic to use for the GP base case valuation?
Philip P. Conti:
We based that WAC [ph] on information we got from various, as Dave mentioned, experts, investment bankers. The range is sort of 7% to 9%. We picked the midpoint, and didn't put a lot more thought into that. We did you give you a table so you could pick a different one, if you'd prefer to.
Phillip Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets U.S.:
Okay. And then can you talk about what percentage of midstream EBITDA is still held at EQT Corp versus EQM?
David L. Porges:
Yes. I don't know if we talked about what percentage is there.
Philip P. Conti:
It's a little less than $200 million of EBITDA currently, that's still at EQT.
David L. Porges:
Roughly 40%.
Operator:
Our next question is from Holly Stewart with Howard Weil.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
Dave, maybe a couple of strategic questions, lots of cash on the balance sheet, can you just kind of talk about your priorities at this point for use of cash?
David L. Porges:
Really, it's just to pursue the strategy that we've had with both the upstream and the midstream. As I think we've said in the past, Holly, we've got no desire to let cash burn a hole in our pocket. I think that it hasn't in the past when we've been in this situation. I understand we went through a period of years where that wasn't the situation. But we will not, for instance, accelerate just because we have cash. It is -- we're going to make what we think are the decisions that are most likely to create value for shareholders. It does factor in a little bit in decisions on whether we build midstream projects at EQM or EQT, but realistically EQM has had access to capital markets at pretty fair pricing since it's been around. So that hasn't really factored into it too much. And we'd also like investors to have a sense that we are in fact able to continue the development programs that are -- represent the optimal development of our resource base for a period of time. That we're not constantly having to look behind the sofa cushion as it were to find extra loose change.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
So no thoughts at this point on further accelerating in the Marcellus?
David L. Porges:
Not because of having cash available, no. That would be -- if we look at things with the Marcellus or the Utica or for that matter now, I guess, you would say the Permian, and we think that's the best way to create value, then we'd certainly be interested in doing that. But it isn't -- we try to studiously avoid being affected by the fact that we happen to have a lot of cash on the balance sheet. I think that's a good way to fritter away value over time, and we don't wish to do that.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
You had a good segue into the Permian, maybe just some strategic thoughts there around the deal, I know that you increased the well count for 2014.
David L. Porges:
Actually, I'm happy to let Steve comment on the Permian. I think we've talked about the deal as a whole, which was that the Nora was non-core for us and we've known for a long time it was more interesting for Range than it was for us. But I think we've kind of commented on that and the Permian was at the top of our list when we looked at other basins. But as far as what we're up to there, I'll turn that over to Steve.
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Yes, Holly. I think, it's the change in well count is really driven by the fact that we expect to have a rig available in the fourth quarter. And when we think it will be available and get the first well spud. We think we'll likely be able to spud 3 more wells and that well count includes a well started by Range, being finished by us, that we're actually starting a frac job today on that well. So that's well 1 of those and then, 2 or 3 more at the end of the year just to keep the rig running. All Upper Wolfcamp targets in the western part of our acreage position where we feel very comfortable about the economic returns.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
I appreciate all the detail on the GP value. Maybe Dave, you can kind of give us some thoughts on EQM's appetite at this point for the remainder of the year for more drops?
David L. Porges:
Well, we're still working through that. I don't know that we have anything to announce on further drop timing right now. I will observe that EQM has had a pretty ready access to the capital markets. But for us a lot of is making sure that an asset is ready to drop also, that we have those arm's length agreements. I know we've talked about that in the past, but we've long had tariffs, but you really need to -- with separate entities, you need to make sure you have the full agreement in place and that all other legal aspects are better taken care of as well. So I don't really have any announcements on drops other than we're just going to continue to plug along.
Holly Stewart - Howard Weil Incorporated, Research Division:
And then my last one would be, maybe for Randy. There's some good detail in the slide presentation on sort of your end market mix and how that shifts in '15. If you could just maybe give us some color on some of those changes, it looks like your M2 exposure goes down in Midwest and NYMEX goes up?
Randall L. Crawford:
That's right, Holly. I mean in November our team, 14 [ph] capacity comes into service, which provides us additional access to the Gulf Coast, as well as to northeast markets. And certainly, some of the capacity that we're looking for to go to Midwest that will kick in as well with the OVC into the future. So we feel pretty good around our portfolio right now.
Operator:
Our next question is from Amir Arif from Stifel.
Amir Arif - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division:
A couple of quick questions. For the 400,000-acre Utica position, how much of that is in roughly in Greene County and West Virginia?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I believe, roughly 50,000 acres in Greene County plus or minus a little bit.
Amir Arif - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division:
And then the West Virginia side?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I don't have that number specifically handy, but it's 150,000 or so.
Amir Arif - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division:
Okay. And are all the Utica rights held by the Marcellus production?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Actually, most of them are held by shallow production or Marcellus but they're nearly 100% held by production.
Amir Arif - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division:
Okay. And the new dry gas area that you've put out there, the 30,000 acres, is that newly acquired acreage or is that acreage you had previously and you just sort of defined as Marcellus now?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
It's a bit of a mix. We did acquire some acreage in that area recently. But I think the bulk of it was existing acreage.
Amir Arif - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division:
Okay. And then just finally on the basis for the second half, the $1 to $1.10, could you give some granularity on what you expect in 3Q versus 4Q for that?
Patrick John Kane:
I don't think have the details on that but all we did for that guidance was to just take the published strip for the local basis and average it for the 6 months. So we're not really trying to make a prediction that's different than the strip.
Amir Arif - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division:
But Pat, generally it's wider in 3Q and then narrows in 4Q. Is that fair?
Patrick John Kane:
Yes.
Operator:
Our next question is from Joe Allman with JPMorgan.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
A quick question on gas differentials. So what are you seeing so far this quarter on gas differentials and what's your expectation for the rest of the year? And I do see the market mix slide so I'm assuming that you're expecting differentials to improve in 2015?
Patrick John Kane:
Joe, we gave a specific forecast on what we think were differentials for the second half of the year. So from a local basis perspective between minus $1 and minus $1.10, but we think because we have capacity and are able to get to some higher-priced markets, we were able to recover $0.60 to $0.65 to kind of a net $0.50 negative.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
And am I correct that next year you're expecting the differentials, assuming, say, $4 flat gas to be better than 2014?
Patrick John Kane:
We're not really making predictions other than what the strip is. So it's hard to predict.
David L. Porges:
Yes. All you're really getting from us is a reflection of what the market shows we're guessing...
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
And then on the GP monetization options. So is it possible that because of the ramp in cash flow that one of the options is actually to wait till some point later when you get a better valuation?
David L. Porges:
We're still working through that process. We had, early on, recognized that one of the things that we need to do as part of this process is provide a bit more transparency on GP cash flows to investors and that's the only reason that we put this out when we did. We just -- this is still consistent with our thought process of trying to get to some type of an idea of what we think makes sense by the end of the year. So I really don't have a view on timing beyond -- since we're really just kind of, I guess, you'd say almost like halfway into that process or a little more than halfway I guess.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
And then any comments on service cost? Are you seeing service cost pressures and any specifics around that?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
No. Service cost has been holding fairly steady over the last quarter. And I think our view is we expect that to continue at least through the next quarter, hopefully, longer. I don't expect certainly any reductions, but we're not really feeling a lot upward pressure at the moment either. I would like to, while I have the microphone, clarify my previous comment. We have 65,000 acres in Greene County with Utica rights.
Operator:
Our next question is from Drew Venker with Morgan Stanley.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
I want to go back to the Permian, did I hear correctly you said all of the wells in the 2014 program are Upper Wolfcamp. Is that right?
David L. Porges:
That's correct.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
And can you remind us how thick the Wolfcamp is there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I'll be honest, I don't recall off the top of my head.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
So thinking ahead to next year, what's the goal of the '15 program? Are you trying to delineate the whole acreage position, are you more trying to hone well design? Can you just provide some color there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
We haven't set out a '15 plan yet. But I think, generically speaking, it won't be to delineate the entire position. I think our strategy will be to -- the bulk of the investment will be focused on the Upper Wolfcamp in the areas where we feel pretty confident about the economics. With some test wells sprinkled in, perhaps, in the Lower Wolfcamp or the Cline. And also with a couple sort of testing the eastern limits, sort of to find out where that economic threshold is going to be on the acreage. But I think the bulk of the investment will be focused on areas we think we can get good returns with some delineation tests sprinkled in.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
And then on the Ohio Utica, have you completed any of those wells that were waiting on completion?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
We have frac-ed the wells, and they will be flowing them back shortly. As we said previously, we don't intend to provide updates, specific flow information on those wells, but they are on the previous schedule that we talked about.
Operator:
Our next question is from Michael Hall with Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
All of mine have been answered at this point. But just diving into that recovery line item a little bit more and the guidance around that, the $0.60 to $0.65, positive recovery, how should we think about that kind of going forward? How much of that during the quarter was actually from better pricing versus selling capacity and how much of those prices are on a fixed basis versus floating?
Patrick John Kane:
It's a combination -- it's different every period, Michael. So it's really tough to give you specifics. But the intent was that separating the recovery from the expense of transmission, which is what we did in this quarter's presentation, should allow you to take the -- it would give you the sales points where we're selling our gas. So you should be able to use the weighted -- the weighting of the volumes at those points and the pricing at those points to better approximate the net of the local bases and the higher prices at the other sale points. And that would give you -- and that would be reflected in the recovery line would be the higher price portion of it and the basis is basically the first delivery point for our gas.
David L. Porges:
And generally speaking, it's -- we're going to have more opportunities when there's a lot of demand in some of those other areas. So for instance, cold weather will help, just as it did in the first quarter. And milder winters would mean that there wasn't as much opportunity, some, but not as much.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
The other question I had as it relates to -- your view, if you have one on seasonality in the Northeast markets and how you see that playing out as we move into '15 and beyond given the increased volumes and the supply dynamics in the Northeast. Do you think points like M3 still exhibit a lot of seasonality going forward or does that get materially muted given the supply situation?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Michael, I mean, obviously, as David said, there's a lot contingent on the weather and the conditions and the power generation load, and in the winter, certainly, there's certain aspects of seasonality as we saw this in our first quarter results in the winter. So there's significant -- our team, and the portfolio approach that we take attempts to maximize our sales priceline by optimizing the portfolio. So I think with regard to M3, we're seeing some significant price advantages this past winter and depending on the conditions, we may very well see a similar result.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Sorry to beat on this, but in terms of those contracts. Are all those floating on a price basis or are there material amounts that are fixed price contracts as it relates to the firm transportation you guys have outlined?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Yes, as I said, we take a portfolio approach, so it changes. But we do have some fixed but we also have others that are out of floating. So that -- overall, we intend to manage our price through a mix of each. I don't have the specific percentages.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
And then, I guess, on the Midstream side of things EQT Midstream, can you just review the growth outlook kind of as you see it for '15 and beyond on EQT Midstream at the EQT level?
Patrick John Kane:
Basically, we've been pretty much 20% growth of EBITDA for the last several years. And we haven't given a forecast for volumes for next year but certainly seem to be on track with that to continue.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
That's a 20% growth relative to the growth EBITDA stream rate?
Patrick John Kane:
Yes, you have to kind of look at consolidated because of the dynamics of the drops. So if you look at the consolidated Midstream EBITDA, it's a pretty steady growth trajectory. Obviously, whenever you're taking, dropping $100 million or so from one entity to the other midyear, it's going to make the sub-comparison choppy. But if you look at the consolidated growth, it's pretty predictable.
David L. Porges:
So basically, it is tracking the production growth. I mean, we're obviously been having more and more that's third-party but generally speaking, we've been trying to organize it so that the projects that support nonaffiliated producers are at the EQM level. So at the EQT level, generally speaking, you're going to wind up seeing results, growth results that track EQT's production growth.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
Okay. So that 20% kind of growth rates for the gross EBITDA stream is still reasonable?
Patrick John Kane:
It could be.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
And then just I was looking for a little more color on the increase in the EUR on the southwest VA assets, just any additional color there?
David L. Porges:
Not really, just a normal update based on results seen to date. So it wasn't a big change but it was enough that we thought we'd communicate it to you. But really nothing more than that.
Operator:
Due to the hard stop necessary for your next call, this concludes our question-and-answer session today. I would like to turn the conference back over to Mr. Kane for any closing remarks. Mr. Kane?
Patrick John Kane:
Thank you, Dana, and thank you, all, for participating.
Operator:
And he disconnected.
Executives:
Patrick John Kane - Chief Investor Relations Officer Philip P. Conti - Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President David L. Porges - Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Member of Executive Committee and Member of Public Policy & Corporate Responsibility Committee Randall L. Crawford - Senior Vice President and President of Midstream & Distribution Steven T. Schlotterbeck - Executive Vice President and President of Exploration & Production
Analysts:
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division Faisel Khan - Citigroup Inc, Research Division Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Operator:
Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the EQT Corporation First Quarter 2014 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please also note that today's event is being recorded. This time, I would like to turn the conference call over to Mr. Patrick Kane, Chief Investor Relations officer. Mr. Kane, please go ahead.
Patrick John Kane:
Thanks, Jamie. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for participating in EQT Corp.'s first quarter 2014 earnings conference call. With me today are Dave Porges, President and Chief Executive Officer; Phil Conti, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Randy Crawford, Senior Vice President and President of Midstream and Commercial; and Steve Schlotterbeck, Executive Vice President and President of Exploration and Production. This call will be replayed for a 7-day period beginning at approximately 1:30 p.m. Eastern Time today. The telephone number for the replay is (412) 317-0088. The confirmation code is 10037662. The call will be replayed for 7 days on our website as well. To remind you, the results of EQT Midstream Partners, ticker EQM, are consolidated in EQT's results. There was a separate press release issued today by EQM, and there's a separate conference call today at 11:30 a.m., which creates a hard stop for this call at 11:25 a.m. If you're interested in the EQM call, the dial-in number is (412) 317-6789. In just a moment, Phil will summarize EQT's operational and financial results for the first quarter of 2014, which were released this morning. Then Dave will provide an update on strategic and operational matters. Following Dave's remarks, Dave, Phil, Randy and Steve will be available to answer your questions. I'd like to remind you that today's call may contain forward-looking statements related to future events and expectations. You can find factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements listed in today's press release under Risk Factors in EQT's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was filed with the SEC, as updated by any subsequent Form 10-Qs, which are on file at the SEC, and available on our website. Today's call may also contain certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to this morning's press release for important disclosures regarding such measures, including reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measure. I'd now like to turn the call over to Phil Conti.
Philip P. Conti:
Thanks, Pat, and good morning, everyone. As you read in the press release this morning, EQT announced first quarter 2014 adjusted earnings per diluted share of $1.35, which represents a 214% increase over adjusted EPS in the first quarter of 2013. Adjusted operating cash flow also increased by 57% to $483 million in the quarter. As a reminder, EQT Midstream Partner results are consolidated in EQT Corp.'s results, and EQT recorded about $18.7 million of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, or about $0.12 per diluted share in the first quarter. We had a very solid operational quarter, including record produced natural gas sales and record gathering volumes at Midstream, the high-level story for the quarter was strong volume growth and higher realized prices, coupled with lower unit cost in both the Production and the Midstream businesses. While our volume growth in the quarter was a little ahead of the guidance we provided at year-end, the realized price was probably quite a bit above expectations, so I will start by walking you through some details around realized price this quarter. First, NYMEX was 48% higher than last year at $4.94 per MMBtu. As you're aware, there are a variety of factors that will cause our realized price to vary from NYMEX, many of which were listed in the press release this morning. One of the most obvious factors is basis, which average a negative $0.22 per Mcf equivalent in the first quarter compared to approximately flat with NYMEX during the first quarter of 2013. From a reporting perspective, EQT accounts for its basis relative to NYMEX at the first liquid delivery point. And even though we delivered to many points, the average basis has tended to be close to the TETCO M2 price, where approximately half of our gas is sold. And that was certainly the case in the first quarter as TETCO M2 was also a negative $0.22 per MMBtu. One point of clarification, as opposed to spot prices you may see reported, much of our gas is sold based on a bid week price, which is set by taking the last 5 business days of the month preceding the delivery month. For example, March 25 through the 31st of March for deliveries throughout April. And that is otherwise known as first of month, or FOM pricing, as it's often referred to. EQT's realized price also varies from NYMEX due to revenue deductions for the net cost of third-party gathering and transmission, and our transportation costs are reported in that line item. These costs were often partially offset by selling the gas into higher-priced markets, utilizing our transportation capacity, and by reselling unused transportation capacity when we have it. And that was the case in the first quarter, with the unusually cold temperatures. So much of the increased prices that we received in those markets, more than -- so much so that much of the increased prices we received in those quarters more than offset our entire third-party transportation cost. So instead of what normally has been a deduction, we are reporting positive net revenue of $0.64 per Mcf equivalent associated with our third-party capacity, more than offsetting the negative basis this quarter. To kind of tie all that together and removing the negative $0.21 per Mcf equivalent related to hedge and effectiveness, EQT Corp. realized $5.50 per Mcf equivalent in the first quarter or 33% higher than in the first quarter last year. Moving now to EQT Production operating results. The story in the quarter of Production continues to be the growth of sales in produced natural gas. The growth rate was 30% in the recently completed quarter over the first quarter of 2013. That growth rate was almost all organic and was driven by sales from our Marcellus and Upper Devonian shale plays which saw, together, volume growth of 50% versus last year. NGL volumes were also 16% higher than last quarter than the first quarter of 2013. As discussed, price also contributed as the realized price of EQT Production was $4.40 per Mcf equivalent compared to $3.05 per Mcf equivalent last year. Total operating expenses at Production were $191 million or $14.1 million higher quarter-over-quarter. Higher DD&A expense accounted for $16 million of that increase and was driven by volume growth and partially offset by a lower average depletion rate in 2014. Production taxes were $5.2 million higher, consistent with the higher volumes. And other operating expenses at Production were about $2.6 million higher. And sales continue to grow at significantly faster pace than expenses, bringing that cost continue to improve. For example, per unit LOE, excluding Production taxes of $0.14 per Mcfe, was 13% lower than last year. Moving on to Midstream results. Operating income here was up 12%. This is consistent with the growth of gathered volumes and increased capacity-based transmission charges. Gathering net operating revenues increased by 9% to $89.4 million, as gathering volumes increased by 25% but were somewhat offset by the average gathering rate which declined by 12%. The decline in rate continues to be driven by the increasing Marcellus mix which, as you know, has significantly lowered gathering rates than the other plays. Transmission net revenues increased by $14.8 million or 40%, as additional firm capacity was sold in the second quarter 2013, and we also received transmission revenue associated with the Allegheny Valley Connector system, acquired as part of the consideration for the utility sale last December. Storage, marketing and other net operating revenues were down $2.5 million in the first quarter. Net operating expenses at Midstream were $11 million higher quarter-over-quarter as a result of our growth in Midstream activities. But here, again, on a per-unit basis, gathering and compression expense was down 16% as a result of volumes growing faster than expenses. And then just a brief summary on liquidity. EQT exited the first quarter of 2014 with approximately $900 million in cash on hand and full availability under EQT's $1.5 billion credit facility. So we remain in a great liquidity position to accomplish our goals for the remainder of 2014. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Dave Porges.
David L. Porges:
Thank you, Phil. This was another strong quarter. But since the results were pretty straightforward, I'll focus my comments on the related issues of realized price and basis. In our discussions with investors over the past several months, there have been many questions around these topics at the basis in our region with some premium to or parity with Henry Hub to discount. Over time, basis should reflect the transportation cost in the producing regions of the market. This notion has been tested recently because of the historic construct of the producing regions being near the Gulf Coast and the market being in the northeast has clearly been turned on its head due to the tremendous growth of Marcellus production. Thus, while EQT has only sold and will continue to sell to the local market, most of our efforts recently have been to ensure that we have sufficient capacity on long-haul pipes to ship our gas to other considering markets, an imperative that couldn't really exist but with the growth in Marcellus production. More specifically, in total, we currently have 980,000 dekatherms per day of firm pipeline capacity out of the basin and expect to have 1.2 million deks per day by the end of 2014. We also have about 300,000 deks per day of firm sales. In total, our firm pipeline capacity plus firm sales will total 1.53 million dekatherms per day at the end of 2014. So we feel very comfortable with our position in 2014 and heading into 2015. This represents a mix of local sales, sales through the traditional Northeast markets and backhaul sales to the Gulf Coast. We continue to look at and make commitments on long-haul pipeline taking gas to a variety of markets. But our goal has been to stay ahead of our production growth and take a portfolio approach in end markets in terms of location, channel and distribution center, et cetera. We have recently entered into several agreements that add to that portfolio. Our most significant recent addition became effective on February 1 when we added 225,000 dekatherms per day of capacity for 7 years on the Texas Eastern System, TETCO M3. Another addition is 300,000 dekatherms per day of capacity that will come on November as part of the Texas Eastern sea port [ph] stream process [ph]. We continue to add to this portfolio and to add to the diversity of our markets, including the growing Midwest and Southeast markets. We readily acknowledged that this situation presents challenges for producers. But it's also true, however, that when it presents opportunities for midstream company such as ours. There is really nothing better for the growth prospects of a midstream company than the disconnect between the supply and demand. For example, EQT Midstream Partners, or EQM, has an active open season on a project that connects Equitrans to Clarington, Ohio. I'll elaborate in a moment. But our main goal in adding capacity is to ensure the profitable sale of EQT gas, but there are times like this winter when the capacity portfolio creates economic value. In the long, cold winter that has just ended, which I -- I thought it has ended, increased demand, we optimized our asset and sold some production to premium-priced markets. While we do not recorded this in basis, it does get reflected as lower net third-party transmission costs. The benefit of this intersection between Production and Midstream was commercial [indiscernible], which is ultimately reflected in higher realized price. We have provided guidance on basis and transportation cost, the 2 variables besides NYMEX that impact our realized price. Also today, we add in a slide in our analyst presentation that shows our approximate exposure to various pricing points and is consistent with the capacity update I had just provided. There are ranges on the slide, but you will see that a little under half of our gas is sold at a little less than 30% of TETCO M3 and a little over 10% at both NYMEX and [indiscernible]. We will update this slide periodically as we continue to add capacity. There are a few other topics that I would like to comment on briefly. First, the prospective sale of midstream assets from EQT to EQM. As we have discussed in the past, we didn't -- we do plan a drop-down this year. But as is our norm, we will not provide specific guidance on its size or timing, we'll just announce it when it occurs. Please note that EQM's recent distribution announcement is consistent with our guidance that the JT will be into the high splits by the end of 2014. The next comment is on the Utica. While we do not have any Utica results to share with you today, we do have an activity update. Our original capital budget contemplated drilling 21 Utica wells this year. We have revised that number to 0. Our current plan is just with only 5 wells that were spud in 2013. The first 3 will be completed in the current quarter using the different frac design on the wells completed last year. We will evaluate the results of the first 3 wells, probably revise our approach again and then frac our remaining 2 wells later in the year. Only after evaluating all those results will we decide whether to drill additional wells and if any such additional wells would not be spud in 2014. We will use the capital allocated for the 21 Utica wells to drill 8 additional Marcellus wells and 13 additional Upper Devonian wells in 2014. Volumes from these wells will show up in 2015 but they will not impact our 2014 guidance. Now for an update on the Ohio Valley Connector project. In January, EQM initiated a nonbinding open season for a third project that is 35 miles long, with a volume of 1.2 Bcf per day and an expected cost of about $300 million. It would extend the Equitrans transmission system from West Virginia to Clarington, Ohio and connect with the Rockies Express pipeline and the Texas Eastern pipeline. Strong interest was expressed in this project. The estimated in-service date is second quarter of 2016. As requested by numerous producers, EQM also extended a nonbinding open season to garner interest in a second project that would move gas from Clarington to liquidity points further west into Ohio. This would be compatible with the initial project but would not impact its timing or its cost. In summary, EQT is committed to increasing the value of our vast resource by accelerating the monetization of our reserve and other opportunities. We continue to be focused on earning the highest possible returns from those investments and are doing what we can to increase the value of your shares. We look forward to continuing to execute on our commitment to our shareholders and appreciate your continued support. And with that, I'll turn the call back over to Pat.
Patrick John Kane:
Thank you, Dave. Jamie, we're ready for questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Christine Cho from Barclays.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
You have some impressive gains for your third-party gathering and transportation lines. I know you discussed it, but can you talk more about the dynamics of that? Were you marketing someone else's gas or your own? In fact, there was some capacity released this Q, it was a little unclear to me what's going on. Also, if you can just talk about delivery into which markets drove this dynamic?
Randall L. Crawford:
Sure. Christine, this is Randy. The majority of the activities are selling our own gas into the -- primarily into the TETCO M3 markets and to this -- but we also have had some capacity releases on our Tennessee's 300 Line as well. But primarily, we enter into those capacity contracts to ensure flow and sharing some diversity at market and pricing. And so that is primarily there that we see the higher prices that we did this winter.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
On the TGP 300 line, is that mostly for your Huron gas?
Randall L. Crawford:
It certainly does access the Huron gas, but we also have the ability to deliver our Marcellus through other interconnections that we have with other capacity. So we can utilize it in both aspects as well as some of our Tioga gas.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. And then, can we talk a little bit more about the second leg of this Ohio Valley Connector? When you say you want to go more west, are you essentially trying to go parallel to a part of REX because it sounds like REX is going to be full going the other way? And what pipelines are you trying to interconnect to or markets that you're trying to deliver into?
Randall L. Crawford:
Yes. Sure, Christine. We're looking at -- your point on REX is a good one. But look, producers are looking for diversity of markets, right, including the Midwest. And we'll connect to a variety of pipes along the way, but certainly there's the ANR pipeline, the Panhandle, such -- Tennessee along the route are pipelines that I think producers are looking forward to access both the Midwest markets as well as the Gulf Coast.
David L. Porges:
I think the producers are really focused more on that than the fact that it might or might not parallel.
Randall L. Crawford:
Right.
David L. Porges:
They're interested in getting to other markets. You pick up more interconnects as you move further west into Ohio.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
And when you talk about more interconnects as you go West, are you guys also looking to go north like Michigan, and maybe Dawn, and I think ANR is offering that on their pipe.
Randall L. Crawford:
Sure. I think what we're looking for, as David had said, to go further west, really to hit those liquidity points that will give the producers access to go in either direction, quite frankly. When you connect with some of other additional pipelines, you can go north as well as you can -- those pipes are working our projects to turn around and to go into the Gulf Coast as well.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
I meant the E&P.
David L. Porges:
It's actually through the alternatives. We wouldn't be going to Michigan in this size. This is a size that [indiscernible].
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
No, no, no. I meant you as a producer, would you look to maybe take capacity to go north?
Randall L. Crawford:
We'll certainly look at that. Our overarching driver is to diversify our market and to realize -- to get to the best markets. And certainly, as part of a diverse portfolio, we consider that certainly.
Christine Cho - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. And then last one for me. Can you discuss what drove your decision to postpone your 2014 Utica program without even getting any of your own well results? Is some of this based on maybe competitor results, or just kind of the thinking around there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Christine, this is Steve. I think the decision was driven by the fact that the first wells that we drilled were not where they needed to be to have a viable economic play there. We have some very specific completion design changes we're going to implement. And we just thought it prudent to execute those changes, get the data, evaluate the data. And do expect that, since we're doing it in 2 phases, we'll make some changes based on the first phase and then collect the data from the second before we commit a lot of capital dollars into another drilling program. So we think 5 wells, we'll learn a lot from those 5 wells, and we just want to be prudent with the capital investments we're making.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann from SunTrust.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
I was trying to look at -- just on your -- the basis differential, obviously, continues to be very positive for you all. So you got the recent slide where you all talked about the price uplift, either for Steve or one of you, I'm just wondering about if you still have the same type of uplift for -- is it still about 35% of the acreage in the West? Is it still considered wet, Steve? And then secondly, I think on the slide, it shows the uplift going from, when it's not processed, around $5.57 to $6.76. Is that uplift, sort of that percentage, still in line, or is it even going a bit higher than that?
Philip P. Conti:
I think both of those numbers are still our best estimate.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Okay, okay. And then what about -- and then if I could just ask a follow-up on that. I think part of that says -- what are you seeing, Steve, on the propane side? Is that -- are those numbers holding in as far as -- I think, on the prior question, kind of talking about different markets where you would go, wondering about either on the propane, iso-butane or some of these others -- how some of those markets right now look for marketing some of those products?
Randall L. Crawford:
Neal, this is Randy. I'll answer that. Obviously, you've seen the price in propane has remained reasonably strong and it will be exports, at the same time till the export project is announced. And so, we are looking into -- at numerous ways to take advantage of that and to get that propane to the best market.
Neal Dingmann - SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Research Division:
Okay, very good. Then very last question. Steve, are you still comfortable -- I think it's got -- you got this slide that shows the type curves of the 3 different areas still -- are those still holding up? And is there any thoughts about -- as these wells continue to look solid, to say the least, about maybe even bringing this up anytime soon?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Neal, I think, as you know, our practice is to gather data, analyze it before we update our type curves. I think for now, those are our best estimates. I guess the only color I can provide is we've, more recently, been doing more drilling in the Southern Allegheny portion of our acreage. And those wells, they're still pretty early in their lives. So it's too early for us to incorporate them into a new type curve. But I will tell you that they are -- the results have been a little bit better than we expected. So I think there's reason to be optimistic in that area. But it's very early, the wells are just coming online, so we need to see how they hold up before we decide to make any changes either way.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division:
To clarify, you all provided updated guidance on what you think basis can be, $0.40 to $0.60. Can you just clarify, is that just your best view, or is there -- do you have some of that locked in at this point? Specifically, could we see that bleed up or down through the year? And if you could give any color on if -- going through 2Q, 3Q, 4Q, how that sort of marches along, they widen out and then tightening -- back up for the end of the year?
Randall L. Crawford:
Yes. Scott, this is Randy. Certainly, that's our forecast. We have -- we, certainly, throughout the year, take different positions on hedging our basis. But obviously, there's a lot of volatility in the basis going forward. And as you get forward into the year, into the winter, the prices do improve. And so, again, I think that the key driver for us is that with our diverse portfolio, be ready to access all of these different markets and continue to provide EQT with very good pricing. And we'll still -- and we're going to continue to utilize our commercial and midstream capabilities to make the best of whatever situation exists, whether -- you saw the effect of what happened in the cold winter. But that's quite possible, as you get into the shoulder months, in the summer, that the focus will be on mitigating any negative effects that we get from basis. So it's not just the basis numbers, it's utilizing the commercial and the midstream capabilities, they get the best realized price for their corporation.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division:
Okay, understood. And I guess, regard to my question, is if you had a bias -- I mean I know that's your best guess right now, but like what does that look like in the summer? Specifically, if we were to look at 3Q, what kind of basis do you think, on average, that you all would have of the $0.40, $0.60? What does it look like in kind of that worst quarter of the year?
Randall L. Crawford:
Worse than that. I don't know that we have a -- I don't think we have -- if I knew what the weather and such was going to be like I could predict. I would say that the commercial team is doing an excellent job. They do a great job maximizing the value for EQT. And I think we'll continue to do that.
David L. Porges:
But we have no special insight into what M2 is going to be, what M3 is going to be or NYMEX is going to be. We just based on what we see in the market. It's a kind of joke internally, if you know where those things are going, you should quit and go into business as a proprietary trader. But we don't. We have to deal with the markets as we see them, and try to build as much optionality, both financially and operationally, into our business as we can.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division:
Okay. Understood. Appreciate the color. And just kind of a follow-up on -- maybe it was Neal's type curve question and more, again, specifically to this quarter. It seemed like you had a -- the Marcellus sales performance was pretty strong. Was that a lot to do with those Southern Allegheny wells? It seem like the wells that you tied it was a little less than I thought, but production still is a little bit stronger. Is that what's really driving the performance there?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
That certainly was a portion of it since some of the new wells were in that -- in the last quarter, in the previous quarter, in that Southern Allegheny area. But I think overall, it's just continued good performance in the wells. They seem -- they're holding up very well. So Southern Allegheny was a contributor to that.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division:
Okay. And then when you look at like your, I guess, completion backlog real loaded this quarter. How is that going to progress through the year? Is that somewhat dictated by infrastructure? Is it going to be a little bit lumpy or linear as we go through the year?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
It will continue to be lumpy, just as it has in the past. It is driven primarily by drilling and frac-ing timing, not so much by infrastructure timing, although that occasionally had some small impacts. It's more with the larger, multi-well pads, large number of wells tend to come on in chunks. So we didn't have a lot of new wells come online in the first quarter. That means in the next couple of quarters, we're likely to be a little bit above the run rate. So it has been chunky, and I think it's going to continue to be chunky just from the nature of our drilling completion practices.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Research Division:
Okay. So we should anticipate the production in the next couple of quarters as well is lifted a little bit more by a higher mono-pad drilling being completed. Is that a fair context?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Well, I think you just have to keep in mind that turning wells online in a quarter is very dependent -- the volume impact of that is dependent on when in the quarter that happens. So you can have a lot of wells come on late in the second quarter and not have much impact in the second quarter. So just -- you do have to be mindful of that. But I think our backlog does indicate that over the next couple of quarters, we will have quite a few wells coming online.
David L. Porges:
But we -- look, we are particularly focused as a company on multi-well pads, often several wells on a pad, and a lot of stages per well. So that's probably a reason that we could show a little bit lumpier results than some of the peer group. There can be hundreds of stages at one pad.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Faisel Khan from Citigroup.
Faisel Khan - Citigroup Inc, Research Division:
If I could ask you another question on the change in sort of the midstream deductions going from positive $0.64 this year to negative sort of $0.26 last year. Can you give us a little bit of color on what your expectations are for the rest of this year for that number?
Philip P. Conti:
Yes. We put the -- those specific numbers in the release, Faisel.
Faisel Khan - Citigroup Inc, Research Division:
But the -- for the -- that's different from your basis assumptions, right?
Philip P. Conti:
Well, we get basis and the guidance on that line item as well.
Faisel Khan - Citigroup Inc, Research Division:
Okay, fair enough. And then just as I'm looking at your Marcellus capacity sort of assumptions that you guys just slide -- you guys laid out on your slide deck, Page 35. This market mix, is it fair to say that the 11% to 12% that you're assuming for NYMEX, that's all the capacity getting to the Gulf? Is that how I should look at it?
Philip P. Conti:
Right. That's from our backhaul, yes.
Faisel Khan - Citigroup Inc, Research Division:
Okay. So everything else usually will end up in M3, TCO and M2. And those are the next step pricing which you guys don't know what it could be. There are assumptions for it, but it could be anything over the course of the year.
Philip P. Conti:
Right.
Faisel Khan - Citigroup Inc, Research Division:
Okay. And then in terms of the injection rate and the storage for you guys, is there any sort of -- given what kind of winter we had this last few months, is there any sort of restrictions on the injection rate into storage in terms of just getting back up to full capacity before the season -- the next winter season starts?
Randall L. Crawford:
This is Randy. As you probably know, I mean a lot of northeast storage is reservoir storage. And so, there are certain -- from a utilities perspective, a certain amount of injection daily that's required. But certainly, the filling of that storage, it will be challenged throughout the year at the low level. So physically and contractually, there are some limitations.
Faisel Khan - Citigroup Inc, Research Division:
Okay, got it. And then just looking at sequential depreciation and amortization -- DD&A from fourth quarter to the first quarter. It looked like it ticked down. Just trying to figure out exactly what caused that to happen.
Philip P. Conti:
It was based on the reserve report that we released on the year-end.
Faisel Khan - Citigroup Inc, Research Division:
Okay. So there's an increase in proved reserves?
Philip P. Conti:
It's mostly what drove it down. I think it was $1.50 last year, it's about $1.21 in the first quarter.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Michael Hall from Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
I guess just want to come back a little bit on the outlook around basis and marketing. Number one, I guess through the summer, that $0.64 gain that you had in the first quarter and given the guidance for the rest of the year, I think implies probably around $0.20 or so negative on the gathering and transport. I'm just trying to understand kind of to what extent there's a possibility that as we work through the summer and into the fall as regional prices look likely to be pretty volatile. To what extent do you have an ability to repeat what we saw in the first quarter and kind of surprise to the upside by accessing other markets? Was that purely a weather-driven phenomenon in the first quarter, or is there really a flexibility that's provided by that line item that can really offset any basis headwinds that make their way through the summer?
Randall L. Crawford:
Yes. Michael, Randy again. Yes, they're both. Certainly, the weather had an impact but these capacity constraints and the optionality that EQT holds and just continue to hold upstream firm capacity contracts, certainly provide us the optionality to improve pricing.
David L. Porges:
Look it's easier to make a lot of money on it, frankly, when there's a lot of demand. I mean I just would be straightforward as possible. And this only isn't -- kind of getting, again some of the operational issues. A thing that I'm maybe not sure we related as an anecdote. There was a circumstance where some of our commercial folks saw an opportunity move gas in a different direction, but it wound up that we have to utilize our compressor station that actually hadn't been run for a while. So the operations folks in midstream went out and restarted the compressor station and flowed gas to take advantage of that opportunity. And we will continue to try and leverage our various capabilities to be able to do that. And it's just a lot easier to do it when we do have high demand.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
Okay, I guess -- I'm also just trying to understand this, if it's in part a function of -- when we have these big interregional spreads across these different price points, does that create an opportunity? So even if you do see a lot of negative basis throughout the region, if there's a lot of variability across those different points, that there's an opportunity in it for you guys to then...
David L. Porges:
As long as we do have the assets in place. I think what you'll see going forward is that we're going to continue to focus on an asset strategy that allows us to have more optionality going forward.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
Okay. that's helpful. And then, looking out to 2015, you provided the mix in the slide deck today for 2014 as it relates to the different price points you're selling to, which is helpful. How should we think about that evolving in 2015? Was it materially different where we stand today versus what 2014 looks like? And then, I guess as a follow-up on that, at what point -- as we think about reversals and changing flow dynamics in the Northeast, at what point do you see an environment -- and I know, it's hard to predict, but we're -- maybe we get back to the more normalized typesetting for basis in the Northeast.
Randall L. Crawford:
I'll take your first part. David mentioned in his comments, we have a 2014 capacity that comes on in November of this year. That capacity allows us to move gas both to the Northeast syndicate market as well as to the Gulf coast. So that, again, will have an impact in 2015 on our realized prices and the optionality. And your other question was really I guess about the growth in production and that of -- exceeding local markets. Certainly, again, that's why we go forward with our continuing in our capacity and access a variety of markets. And over time, it will. We'll get to a point where there will be more -- enough infrastructure to take the gas to the market.
David L. Porges:
But that will be a new steady-state, so we're not particularly worried, over time, about the basis going out in a negative way here. But it is going to wind up reflecting the cost of those reversals, et cetera.
David L. Porges:
So yes, we look forward and we see that our region of the country is going to be a net exporter to other regions of the country. And that's going to get reflected in basis. But that basis within -- over the next, I don't know, 3, 4 years, that starts collecting. So that [indiscernible] that matches what the cost is of moving the gas.
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
And what is that cost really currently, as you start looking at...
David L. Porges:
It depends on where you're going. You can see examples of the tariffs on the new pipeline projects as they come on. That's fair [ph].
Michael A. Hall - Heikkinen Energy Advisors, LLC:
And I guess last one on my end, just in the Utica, what are the completion design changes that you're bringing forward on these next 5 wells? Just kind of what's different in terms of -- versus the prior one?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
This is Steve. That's a topic that we're not ready to talk about. If it works, we want the techniques to remain proprietary for a while.
David L. Porges:
And if it doesn't work, you don't really care.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Andrew Venker from Morgan Stanley.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
In West Virginia, there's some talk about a pretty nice Utica play. Do you see that as prospective on your acreage?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Andrew, this is Steve. We're certainly monitoring the results from our competitors in the dry gas Utica. And certainly, as it seems to be moving further east toward where we have larger holdings. That said, we're currently updating our geologic review of the play, which we did a couple of years ago. And right now, all I can say is we're updating our assessment of the play and hope to be able to report a little more detail later in the year. But for now, we're monitoring what's going on and taking a closer look at the geology and how our assets sit on top of that.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
Can you provide some color on just the geology? Is it higher pressure in the Marcellus that sits right on top?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
It's certainly higher pressure. It's clearly very widespread from a geologic standpoint. I think the producibility of the reservoir in certain areas is still an unknown. I think one of the biggest challenges for us that we're looking hard at is the depth. So from a cost standpoint, the wells are going to be expensive. Where most of our acreage is, the minimum depth we'd be looking at is 10,000 feet, all the way up to north of 13,000, perhaps even closer to 14,000 feet in some areas. So that's a cost challenge as well as a completions challenge. So we have questions that we need to dig into concerning what will it take to stimulate this reservoir, particularly at the 12,000-foot depth, at the pressures we'd be looking at. Can we effectively pump the rates we think we would want? What kind of equipment would it take? What kind of wellbore design would it take? And therefore, what would be the cost and the economics? So we're looking into all of those aspects. But clearly, the challenges get a little more difficult as you move further to the east and deeper into the basin.
Andrew Venker - Morgan Stanley, Research Division:
Is there any significant chance that the gas there is overcooked, or are you fairly confident that it's dry gas?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
It's a huge play, so I don't think you can make blanket statements. I think, clearly, there are areas where it's not overcooked. But as you approach the deeper areas of the basin, it's certainly possible that it is. So that's why I say the producibility is an unknown, especially as you get further to the east.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Joe Allman from JP Morgan.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
On the Marcellus, are you set with your completion techniques? Are you still modifying some of the completion techniques?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Joe, I'll tell you, we'll never be set on our completion techniques. That will be a constantly evolving practice for us and for, probably, our competitors. I don't know that -- we're trying to know an unknowable when it comes to stimulating these reservoirs. We'll never know all we would like to know to have the perfect design. So you should expect we will always be [indiscernible].
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Could you talk about some of the recent modifications you made and the impact on production?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
I'd rather not talk about specifics. More recently, the changes from the Marcellus in our core areas where most of our drilling has been, had been focused on small changes around sanitizing, pump rates, stage sizing, those types of things, the normal things that completions engineers will be looking at. In Central PA, where we have -- there's a test program going on. That's -- we're a little early in our understanding of that rock, particularly around how we design our completions around faulting and there's more faulting there. So those are the sort of aspects of the design that we're focused on up there, more than in a quieter, in core parts of the play for us. But that's about as specific as I'd like to be.
Joseph D. Allman - JP Morgan Chase & Co, Research Division:
Okay. That's helpful. And then I know that Utica is not nearly as important for you as some other plays, but can you just repeat what you're going to do there? I think you drilled 7 wells. Have you completed 2 already and just not terribly satisfied with those results? I think you said you're going to complete 3 using a different technique. And then -- are you going to complete the next 2 using yet another technique? Could you just describe what you're going to do?
Steven T. Schlotterbeck:
Yes, it's great. Actually, I think we drilled 8 wells and 3 are online. The results are certainly not where we'd like them to be and not competitive with our other investments. So if we can't make improvements, it's not a play we put any more capital into. However, based on those results and the data we collected during those completions, we saw some very specific things that we want to address in the next stage, which will be 3 wells, and we're currently implementing right now. So we're going to finish frac-ing those wells, get them online midyear, get some results back, gather some more data. Based on that, we have 2 more wells that have been drilled that we will likely modify the completion design again. Frac those, get the results. That will be late in the year. And then based on all that of data, we'll start to make some decisions about do we move forward in this play, or do we not move forward? and we'll update you at that time on what we think. That's a year from now, probably.
Operator:
And everyone, at this time, I'm showing no additional questions. I'd like to turn the conference call back over to management for any closing remarks.
Patrick John Kane:
Thank you, Jamie, and thank you, all, for participating.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that does conclude today's conference call. We do thank you for attending, you may now disconnect your telephone lines.